January 23, 2009

On Inauguration Day I baked cookies, loaded up the car with our tabling stuff, and lots of art, banners, signs, and set out for Berkeley and the Ding Dong the Bush Is Gone Celebration at Ashkenaz. I had never been there before, and was greatly impressed by everyone who was there, and cooperatively helped lug stuff inside, and set up the room. At least 200 to 250 or more people showed up for the 4 bands, the great singers, speakers and the Bush Shoe Toss. Dana, Bill, Camille, Janette helped table and Vic Sadot also dropped in. Camille had printed a bundle of the 9/11 Truth Inauguration pamphlets that the DC 9/11 Truth group designed. For the most part, people were cheery and hopeful, but encouraged to continue to act and push for truth, peace, justice... As one of the last to leave, I didn't get home until 2 am, which made it particularly challenging the next day, Wednesday, to get up in time to cook enough for my son's Robotics' Team (parents take turns during the big robot building stage to provide meals for the kids who spend their afternoons, evenings, weekends designing and building a robot for national competitions.) Afterwards in the evening, I had hoped to go to raise questions at a youth center in Los Altos where an intelligence officer was supposed to speak, but a flat tire thwarted me.

Only today was I able to begin to catch up on the mail, the banking, at least I did the taxes yesterday (We were required to set up electronic tax filing). I am still behind on writing reviews of the new books and films that have come my way.

January 12, 2009

I am still trying to catch up unsuccessfully with many people and issues clamoring for my attention. Despite technical difficulties (being locked out of the Green Party office in San Francisco where the strategy/retreat was to be held on January 3rd and having to chase down the key), the meeting was productive and we voted to do another 9/11 Film Festival this year and support Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth at the upcoming Architects Conference, which will draw 25,000 architects to San Francisco. AE911Truth.org will have a booth on the inside!

Unfortunately Richard Gage broke his leg skiing, and I hope he'll be out of his cast for the trip to Denver next month where Ken Jenkins, Richard and I (representing Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and Fran Shure representing the local Colorado 9/11 Truth group) will have a booth, and be delegates at the American Citizen's Summit.

I have also been attending other meetings (for the Santa Clara County Green Party) and working on other events, not directly related to 9/11. There is a flurry of organizing going on beneath the surface, as well as above the surface. A youth was shot dead on New Year's Eve at BART, and there is no police accountability. Peace rallies in support of the Palestinians, who are under brutal assault from Israel are drawing thousands of people. David Ledesma, who has been doing peace vigils every weekend in San Jose for years, had two thousand people suddenly show up a week ago (I'm not sure what the turnout was yesterday and the day before as the 10th was a National/International Day of action and I went to the rally in San Francisco.)

The police were awful at the rally in San Francisco and would not let me hang up any of our banners. They can make it really difficult for protestors to exercise their first amendment rights. We ended up draping our large Deception Dollar banner over the chairs. A lot of Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance came in support of the Palestinians and to help with the tabling and flyering. The public, as usual supported our presence, we received lots of donations, and also moved a lot of materials- books, DVDs, Rock Island Free Press newspapers.

I came home right after the rally, cooked dinner for the family and baked cookies for my Listening Project. On the 11th, I had to repack the car, and set up in downtown Palo Alto. An incredibly nice homeless veteran helped me set up and break down; it was a beautiful day, very quiet after the intensity of the day before. I picked up groceries on the way home, made dinner and was asked again to bake cookies for Jean-Luc, and Daniel... Between the meetings, rallies, the kids' theater groups, the Gunn Robotics Team, I seem to spend a good chunk of each day baking cookies/food/bread rolls for varying numbers of people.

Hadley Louden who leads Drummers For Peace, several other musical ensembles, and is a Civil Rights attorney, invited us to speak and table at an Inauguration Day event at Ashkenaz in Berkeley. I'm looking forward to it and was wondering what he meant by a "Bush Shoe Toss." Ideally, I think he would like a large effigy of Bush and encourage the non-profit groups to rent out shoes for people to toss at the effigy. I told him that if he didn't find an effigy that I would be willing to sacrifice our Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush art. I think I still have at least two or possibly three of the giant posters we used for our comedy event- which would make good targets.

January 2, 2009

We returned from Canada at 2 am this morning, so I haven't quite been able to catch up on my sleep (laundry, grocery shopping, email... news), but we do have the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Strategy Meeting/Retreat tomorrow- which I'm sure will be productive. One of the questions I'll have to raise is whether we should reprint the Deception Dollars, I think all of us (who have been distributing them for years) are running out finally...

December 21, 2008, Winter Solstice

I've been very busy the past few days working out some of the logistic details for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance's participation in the upcoming American Citizen's Summit, in Denver, Colorado, February 11th-15th. David Ray Griffin and Cynthia McKinney are invited speakers and the 9/11 Truth Movement and issue is welcome at the conference- which is really moving towards "Truth and Reconciliation" and acknowledging the shadow side of our country.

At our last meeting/celebration, we voted $1200 to send Ken Jenkins, Richard Gage, and I to the Summit. Fran Shure and the Colorado activists have generously offered to host us. We have yet, to work out all the details, and I'm afraid we will have a hard time persuading David to attend in winter. He is also under deadline to finish a book. I hope that they will include Richard Gage, AIA, as a speaker... but we will have to wait and see.

December 12, 2008

Given the changes that are taking place on the political landscape, I'm not the only one re-evaluating the current situation, trying to figure out where to put my time, energy, resources. I've been to six organizing meetings/events in the past 9 days and have received two new books on Money and Monetary Reform.

Yesterday, I was in downtown Palo Alto, at my usual spot, for the now monthly Listening Project/ 9/11 Truth Action. Although I received a camera for Christmas last year (just so I could get photos of events/rallies that I attend or organize that otherwise might not get photographed), I still haven't read the manual or had time to figure out the new camera. Chuck Millar who often comes and takes photos, didn't make it.

One of the passerbys whom I questioned was an artist and told me about his art, now on display, that incorporated some of the deception dollars into an art collage about 9/11 and "how it was used as a tool to help subvert our rights" which is part of an exhibit that will be up until Dec. 29th. It was a pleasure to meet him, a young man, Michael Denning (Heart of Chaos Director and Juvenile Hall Art Teacher) who also told me that the first 9/11 Truth event that he attended was the premeire of "The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy" at the Guild Theater in Menlo Park (With Barrie Zwicker, Peter Phillips, Webster Tarpley, Michael Kane) back in March 2005 that I had organized. He mentioned that he had been working at Trader Joe's Market and saw 14 of his regular customers at the event- each one wondering "What are you doing here?" Obviously, the event had some impact, and he incorporated lots of our outreach materials into his collage.

Collage by Michael Denning
Currently on exhibit at Gardner Community Center, 520 W. Virginia St., San Jose

Details of Michael Denning's collage

Jon Gold was asking me for photos and suggestions for the videos that he was producing on the Incomplete History of the 9/11 Truth Movement (See Video I and Video II and Video III). He received quite a bit of flak for not including many events and groups that would like to receive more recognition for their efforts. Of all the stuff that I've done, he only mentioned the Deception Dollars and the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9/11. I did tell him that no one person could possibly chronicle everything, the movement has grown too big for that, and we simply don't know about all the things that other people are doing at the grassroots level. All those people passing out DVDs and Deception Dollars, organizing events and film showings, getting 9/11 Truth documentaries on TV, posting key articles and links on the internet, speaking out at public events. We often never know when our message reaches and touches someone in a profound way. I love giving stacks of Deception Dollars, in particular, to teachers, particularly art teachers, who pass them onto their students. Meeting Michael yesterday made my day and made me feel that ALL of my efforts, no matter how ignored nor vilified by the press they might be, have been worthwhile.

I do feel very lucky to live in a place where I have been able to exercise "Free Speech." As I wash dishes, cook for the family, engage in the mundane tasks, enjoy the simple, normal pleasures of life, I am glad that I have chosen the path of "challenging empire" rather than "unconsciously supporting empire through material acquisition"... In the video, True News 13: Statism is Dead - Part 3 - The Matrix, the methods of control to domesticate and control people, while maintaining an illusion of "freedom" are examined. I also received a link the other day to a lecture Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They Are Making with author: David Rothkopf

In the first video, the "rulers" certainly conspire to maintain their power and control over humanity. In the second video, Rothkopf, who jokes that he would like to sign up for such a global conspiracy, if it were an option, and makes fun of how he "doesn't belong to the "Superclass" that he describes in his book, also talks about his interview with the Federal Reserve chairman and his visits to Davos for the World Economic Forum. While he notes the incredible concentration of wealth, and the networks that connect the "Superclass" he dismisses a conscious intention to "rule the world," but says that when they act in unison that they can determine a "global agenda." This is their great power he says, neglecting to mention the consolidation of the media into very, very fews hands, the media's ability to omit, distort key information, perpetuate self-serving lies. He also quietly threw in the Al Qaeda myth in his talk, framed the need for a global governance structure to refrain the "bad actors," bashed "nationalism" (Hugo Chavez) and stated that the vast majority would never be in control, that only one group of elites might replace another under the guise of "serving humanity"... I can only hope that he is wrong, if we are to avoid totalitarian rule by the most corrupt, ruthless, wealthiest, deceptive people on the planet.

December 8, 2008

More on Pearl Harbor -- I was really moved by Admiral Kimmel's grandson's presentation on how they broke the Japanese code prior to the attack (at the Toronto International Inquiry into 9/11, which is corraborated by Stimmet's book and other sources. Today I received a link to this article-

Advance Warning? The Red Cross Connection
By Daryl S. Borgquist
Naval History, June 1999

It details how the Red Cross did receive emergency medical supplies and warning prior to the attack and how they kept that information quiet.

Additionally here is another link to an article- Misallocated Infamy, by Srdja Trifkovic with a compelling timeline of the events leading up to the attack.

My own article will probably be forever buried on this website, as I was horribly unsuccessful at posting this in a timely manner.

December 7, 2008 - Pearl Harbor Day

Pearl Harbor

Sixty-seven years ago, on Sunday, December 7, 1941 the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor, killing over two thousand people and wounding over a thousand. The attack enabled FDR to enter World War II, and prompted huge numbers of Americans to volunteer for military service. In the book Day of Deceit: The Truth About FDR and Pearl Harbor (2000), Robert Stinnett unveiled a memo outlining an 8 point plan to provoke Japan into attacking the US.

Admiral Kimmel, Commander in Chief of the Pacific Fleet, was removed from office and demoted, taking the blame for the losses at Pearl Harbor soon after the attacks. Researchers, over the course of many years, believe that critical information was withheld from Kimmel and that he was unjustly punished. One of those researchers was his grandson, Manning Kimmel IV, who persuaded the U.S. Senate in 1999 to pass a nonbinding resolution exonerating Admiral Kimmel and Army Lieutenant General Short.

In addition to shifting public opinion and gaining popular support for the US entry into World War II, Pearl Harbor was the justification for the passage of the National Security Act of 1947; the creation of the National Security Council, the CIA, and the Department of the Air Force; and the reorganization of the Department of War and the Department of the Navy into the Defense Department. Manning Kimmel IV, who worked for the FBI and the CIA, noted that emblazoned on the CIA’s walls is the reminder that the CIA was created “To Prevent Another Pearl Harbor.”

Philip Zelikow, author of the US “Pre-Emptive War Doctrine,” has studied and written about the use, and misuse, of history in policymaking, including “beliefs thought to be true (although not necessarily known to be true with certainty)”…“Searing events that take on 'transcendent' importance and, therefore, retain their power even as the experiencing generation passes from the scene.” In 1998 he co-authored the article Catastrophic Terrorism: Elements of a National Policy, which speculated that if the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center had succeeded,

"the resulting horror and chaos would have exceeded our ability to describe it. Such an act of catastrophic terrorism would be a watershed event in American history. It could involve loss of life and property unprecedented in peacetime and undermine America’s fundamental sense of security, as did the Soviet atomic bomb test in 1949. Like Pearl Harbor, the event would divide our past and future into a before and after. The United States might respond with draconian measures scaling back civil liberties, allowing wider surveillance of citizens, detention of suspects and use of deadly force.”

Zelikow, as the Executive Director of the 9/11 Commission, was able to control the “investigation,” write an outline for the contents of the report prior to the investigation, omit or distort facts, and edit the final report (much of it based upon confessions derived by torture). Amazingly, he and the 9/11 Report blamed the attacks upon a “failure of the imagination” on the part of the US government to even conceive of using airplanes as weapons. (This false statement, contradicted by innumerable reports and facts, was unquestioned and repeated by the mainstream press.)

In 1944 George Orwell wrote:

“History is written by the winners… The really frightening thing about totalitarianism is not that it commits atrocities but that it attacks the concept of objective truth: it claims to control the past as well as the future… There is some hope, therefore, that the liberal habit of mind, which thinks of truth as something outside yourself, something to be discovered, and not as something you can make up as you go along, will survive. But I still don't envy the future historian's job. Is it not a strange commentary on our time that even the casualties in the present war cannot be estimated within several millions?...”

The failings of the official 9/11 Report were clearly chronicled by David Ray Griffin in his books-- The New Pearl Harbor- Disturbing Questions about the Bush Administration Volume I, and his latest book- The New Pearl Harbor Revisited, 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé Volume II-- and in many documentaries, including 9/11: The Myth and the Reality. However, the report was accepted by the press uncritically. Congress accepted the official narrative and used it to justify the creation of Homeland Security and the National Counterterrorism Center, and to pass the most dramatic change since 1947 with the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, which created a new Director of National Intelligence reporting directly to the President, determining and directing the budget of all the national intelligence agencies.

The Project for a New American Century, founded in 1997, advocated for American “leadership” throughout the world, including the extension and reorganization of the military. Their document, entitled “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century,” states:

“The process of [military] transformation... is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event­--like a new Pearl Harbor.”

Immediately following 9/11, the military received substantially more funding and was expanded to fight the “war on terror,” a war that was not expected to end in our lifetimes. “Pearl Harbor” was the “code word or concept” behind the preamble and the aftermath of the event. For nearly a year prior to 9/11, “Donald Rumsfeld routinely stated that the inevitability of surprise was a guiding principle of the Bush administration's national security strategy and handed out or recommended Roberta Wohlstetter's 1962 book, Pearl Harbor: Warning and Decision.” [1] The Hollywood film, Pearl Harbor, which was released in May, 2001, conveniently maintained the popular myth and served psychologically as a recruitment tool. On 9/11 Bush, himself, very publicly wrote in his journal, “The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today.”

On 9/11, in response to the horrific attacks on our country, we entered into “Continuity of Government,” but, unbeknownst to most of the American people, a shadow government has been in place ever since. Cheney and Rumsfeld worked on the plans for Continuity of Government for decades prior to 9/11, the provisions of which have been shrouded in secrecy. Even members of the Homeland Security Oversight Committee are not allowed to see its classified plans, but apparently Congress is an expendable entity when Continuity of Government is declared. While the country is in a declared “State of Emergency,” the Constitution and the Bill of Rights are ignored. In this context, the recent financial crisis, the Military Commissions Act, and the deployment of 20,000 US troops trained to respond to civil unrest as well as terrorist attacks within the US are less than reassuring.

Although time and public opinion appear to be sweeping the now unpopular Bush and Cheney from the Oval Office, their policies and legacy remain. There has been no accountability for the “intelligence failures” leading up to 9/11, nor for the “failure to intercept the hijacked planes.” In a report released last August, NIST claimed that for the first time in modern history, fires felled a 47-story steel-framed building, World Trade Center 7, even though it exhibited all the characteristics of a controlled demolition. An earlier report claimed that fires plus two airplanes brought down the twin towers, ignoring the witness testimony and physical evidence that explosives were used.

Zelikow is allowed to praise the incoming Obama cabinet on National Public Radio. US Defense Secretary Robert Gates, after expanding upon Zelikow’s pre-emptive strike doctrine to include nuclear first strikes upon nations who might develop nuclear weapons, is retained by Obama as Defense Secretary. The winners might change, but the lies remain the same, as well as the direction of US foreign policy.

Napoleon believed that

“All you have to do is delay the truth until it no longer matters.”

The rulers seem particularly afraid of the internet, the information technologies which allow people to communicate directly, bypassing corporate and government control, the erosion of faith in government and the media, the challenges to their tenuous claims to be the legitimate elected representatives of the people or the titans of industries which serve humanity. The promised "endless wars" provoke endless "protests" and increasing repression to quell the rising tide of dissent.

Just as Pearl Harbor was encouraged and used by FDR as a pretext for war, 9/11 has been an equally deceptive new Pearl Harbor used to expand the National Security State into a Global Police State, where torture, pre-emptive war, surveillance, curtailment of civil rights, the Rule of Fear dominates the Rule of Law. As we remember the tragedy of Pearl Harbor, and we should educate and remind our fellow citizens that it was encouraged and allowed to happen by FDR as a pretext for war. Incidents since then- the Gulf of Tonkin, the story of babies thrown out of incubators during the invasion of Kuwait, were fabrications to trick the American people into supporting war. While the best historical parallel to 9/11 is the Reichstag Fire, used by Hitler to criminalize the communists and pass the Enabling Act (which bears a striking resemblance to the PATRIOT Act), Pearl Harbor and 9/11 both have been used to make the most sweeping military reorganizations within the US possible. Both events have served the powerful interests of genuine terrorists who have used the events to deceive the public, recruit soldiers, launch wars.

Only by shattering the myths, exposing the lies, uncovering the truth about Pearl Harbor, our history, 9/11, the new Pearl Harbor, can we genuinely prevent the rush towards totalitarianism, a militarism based on fear, terror, disregard for truth, justice, human rights. Difficult though it may be, it is time to challenge the "War on Terror," expose the hand of intelligence agencies in incidents designed to launch new wars, before a nuclear Pearl Harbor obliterates the possibility of redirecting humanity onto a path towards peace and prosperity for all.

[1] http://shoestring911.blogspot.com/2007/07/before-911-donald-rumsfeld-was.html

November 30, 2008

I received a well formatted copy of an excellent article entitled Summary of Evidence of Controlled Demolition at the World Trade Center posted at firefightersfor911truth.org. As I read it, this particular bit of info jumped out at me-

Firefighters were not evacuated from Ground Zero before the collapse of the structures because F.D.N.Y. Chief of Department Pete Ganci knew the history of the buildings involved and the extent of their damage, as well as the fact that the fires were in the process of being put out. Therefore, based on that knowledge, he considered total building collapse a literal impossibility, which was acknowledged in the FEMA Report. As evidence of that fact, when a message from OEM (Office of Emergency Management) that the buildings were going to collapse finally reached him shortly before collapse ensued, Chief Ganci considered that statement so outrageous that he reportedly looked at the person who delivered it and said:
“Who the f_ ck would tell you a thing like that?” ---

I asked David Wayne for his source and he wrote back:

Regarding the Chief Ganci statement, the best overview is at: http://hidhist.wordpress.com/terror/911/wtc7-barry-jennings-peter-ganci-giuliani-arnold-weick/

And, as we say in the Citations section:

"There are 3 witnesses to the statement from F.D.N.Y. Chief of Department Peter Ganci, who was also killed in action on the morning of 9/11. All 3 witnesses were on-scene at the time and all 3 substantiate the statement, separately from the others, in virtually the same words and meaning."

I was just in the midst of reading David Ray Griffin's latest book- The New Pearl Harbor Revisited, 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé and didn't see that key bit of information in the book, so I forwarded the link on to him.

David Ray Griffin replied:

You can find the original reference in this chapter from my "9/11 Contradictions."

Ooops... I felt badly about bothering him with something that he already knew about, and for forgetting that I had seen it before- since I did read 9/11 Contradictions An Open Letter to Congress and the Press. On the other hand, every once in a while, I am astonished that great writers and researchers aren't aware of key info that others have dug up, and have passed on to me, and I'd rather be little embarrassed, than not convey critical info which might be extremely useful to our best spokespeople.

Luckily, most people do send their info directly to David Ray Griffin. He is very good at judging it, and placing it in context in his own writings, speeches. The most difficult challenge that we all have to face is the abundance of evidence, and trying to sort it out, and convey the most compelling facts that we know to open the press, politicians, and public's minds to the improbablity and impossibilities within the official narrative. No one can keep up with all the research, evidence, continually bubbling to the surface. I think we need a new 9/11 Fact Sheet to incorporate some of the more compelling evidence produced in the past year. Tomorrow I need to drive to Oakland to pick up 10,000 new Patriots Question 9/11 cards that we just had printed.

I've had to borrow the latest version of the Deception Dollar from Gabriel Day and I wonder, if we will reprint them. The latest bombings in India, "India's 9/11," have CIA and MOSSAD fingerprints all over them. With the global economy in shambles, I'm afraid that The Powers Will Be will do what they can to distract folks with new wars, economic hardships, and false flag operations to boost recruitment.

I did finish reading The New Pearl Harbor Revisited, 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé and learned that Interlink has published it as a set, along with a reprint of The New Pearl Harbour and it is meant to be read in conjunction with the first book (if you haven't read it before- as a supplement or update). For those who read it years ago and are familiar with the topic, the book is very readable, engaging, with new information (maybe not all the information that has been unearthed in the past few years- but the most significant facts and evidence that David Ray Griffin chose to include). I do recommend it highly! And so does Publisher's Weekly which put it at the top of its list for Pick of the Week.

November 25, 2008

I cannot keep up with all the work and still need to write-up and post the minutes from last Thursday's Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting... but I was working on the speech for the rally to End the Fed until 1 am on Friday night. It's hard to access this computer because my son's computer is broken and he keeps bumping me, so he can do his homework and college applications. In fact, I just got bumped again, so I posted the write-up on the rally here, but won't be able to post it elsewhere til later.

November 18, 2008

Time flies by. Last week I started working on the local San Francisco End the Fed Rally/March. Gary Franchi, who I worked with to organize the 9/11 Truth Rally/March in Chicago, during the 9/11 Revealing the Truth, Reclaiming the Future Conference is trying to organize at the national level. It's a real challenge to coordinate multiple actions, and utterly dependent upon the self-organizing abilities of local folks. There are various people and groups working on the San Francisco rally/march and I got mixed signals, both welcoming and discouraging me from organizing more, so I just backed off and posted what the group decided on my calendars and I don't think I'll try to do media, just work on what I want to say, although I think the action has the potential to draw a huge, diverse multitude of folks, to oppose the financial heist of the century, and draw the media.

Perhaps, though, I am completely wrong. I have slowed down a bit this week to catch up on mundane household and family chores, including mending a long neglected patchwork quilt, while watching the stack of DVDs that I have been given to review. Last night I watched a DVD on Flight TWA 800, and heard the story of investigative journalist, James Sanders and his wife. They were vilified by the press and targeted by the Justice Department, convicted of felonies, in order to destroy their reputation and keep a lid on the cover-up that was being orchestrated at the highest levels of government. They truly experienced the "Into the Buzzsaw" betrayal of the corporate media, in the face of their honest, investigative efforts. I suppose that the biggest financial heist of the century wouldn't even be attempted, if there was a chance that the corporate press would actually prevent the most powerful people on the planet from getting away with it, but it is astonishing how much damning info is scattered throughout the mainstream press, this might be the straw that breaks the camel's back, exposing the whole crooked game.

I just know that educating the public about 9/11 has been relatively easy compared to my earlier efforts to educate folks about global economics and the monetary system- where there has been far greater resistance to the information, but perhaps that has changed and people are more apt now to want to understand what is going on, for their own safety and survival.

I also finished reading Mark Gaffney's The 9/11 Mystery Plane and the Vanishing of America which overall was excellent, documenting the presence of not one, but two of the E-4Bs that flew over Washington DC on the morning of September 11th. These "Doomsday planes," the most sophisticated communications platforms in the airforce, whose presence was denied by the military and excluded from the 9/11 Report clearly were present at the critical time over Washington DC, betraying the "we were so surprised alibi" given by the government for so many years.

What irked me the most was a factual error about Janette MacKinlay, a friend of mine, whom the author said was not in her apartment on September 11th, when I know for a well chronicled fact that she was. Small errors like that just make me wonder how many other "mistakes" made it into the book, and damage its credibility. I wonder how the author could get such a simple fact wrong.

I guess I need to be more careful with my own work. It is far too easy to make mistakes and one needs to check one's sources. It's hard sometimes when two sources that I trust have diametrically opposing views on critical issues.

I also finally watched John Hankey's JFK II- The Bush Connection. I posted a review on Amazon saying-

"John Hankey has put it together, in a very succinct, clear, powerful way. He builds a very solid case for the recruitment of George H. W. Bush into the CIA, his involvement with the anti-Castro operations, his presence in Dallas on the day of the assasination. He also shows how Kennedy was using the FBI to bust the CIA's anti-Castro terrorist training camps, and how Oswald was the FBI's key agent in busting the CIA's illegal, domestic camps. His analysis of the damning memo noting George Bush's CIA presence in Dallas, as being evidence of the CIA's threat to Hoover, demanding his cooperation in the cover-up is compelling.

John is a High School teacher. This is a low-budget, labor of love. He does throw in some strange songs and language most inappropriate for a serious documentary, but the facts are completely damning, particularly the timing of the Congressional Investigation in the 70's when CIA Director Colby opened up during the hearings, was fired and replaced by Bush as CIA Director, and the subsequent murders of the key witnesses, and the end of CIA cooperation with Congress.

I wish I had seen it earlier, but I can't process all the stuff that comes my way, and organize, and do everything else.

November 10, 2008

A 3 day migraine knocked me off my feet on Thursday, and I missed the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting. I guess my body is telling me to slow down and recover, before I plunge into more organizing, more responsibilities. So I am behind in my correspondences and promises, still drowning in reviewing books, dvds, essays that need to be looked at, and deserve more attention, dissemination... MX whose website I host on this site wrote a provocative essay (which hopefully will be posted here soon) looking at the real movement bubbling up beneath the psuedo movement backing Barama's "promise for change."

I know I have been sounding a bit disheartened, "realistic," pessimistic, in light of the challenges that I see before us. We have the promise of another 9/11 echoed by a bunch of world leaders in just the last day.

During my campaign, Barry Warmkessel saw my statement on KTVU, and contacted me, asking for a yard sign. He came over to my house, and we went for a walk and had an interesting conversation. His passion has been tracking the history of comet impacts and the possibility of future comet impacts upon the Earth. He suggested that 9/11 might be masking some other hidden agenda (besides the PNAC desire to take over the world and seize oil/drug resources) maybe to step up preparations for certain remnants of humanity to survive the cataclysmic impact of a comet. I must admit that idea had never dawned on me before, and Barry threw out a bunch of other provocative ideas on a range of subjects.

One of his ideas was that the evolution of humanity occurred when people were able to overcome their fears, through love, and in the process, unleash extraordinary creative insight, deepening human understanding, advancing the entire species forward.

I've felt that we need to "overcome the dominant fear paradigm with a love paradigm, that it is not power that corrupts, but fear..." and that FEAR, overcoming fear, has been probably the single biggest obstacle everyone has had to face in countless facets of our lives. Barry surprised me by saying that soulmates- couples can overcome their individual fears, by cancelling one another's fears out, that usually each person has a particular fear that holds them down, and he began listing 7 fears which I had never heard of before-

The fear of loss of control
The fear of inadequacy
The fear of worthlessness
The fear of loss or want
The fear of vulnerability
The fear of missing something
The fear of change or dealing with new situations

(I've grabbed a partial description of these fears from his website and posted them below.)

Of course, I immediately wondered which was my main fear, and which was my husband's, and I suspect my main fear is probably "The fear of inadequacy" and my husband's is probably "The fear of change or dealing with new situations" and we probably do help one another to overcome these basic fears and foray into the wider world.

But then I started thinking that we could also apply these fears to a group or a movement, which often seems to shoot itself in the foot, such as the 9/11 Truth Movement. Having been involved since the beginning, I know how I personally have played various roles, including shirking responsibility and retreating into my "comfort zone."

I remember when I first became an activist I wrote a long letter which I blasted out to friends which basically attacked the CIA, The Powers That Be, for the wars, oppression, economic disparities, deceptions, the ills of mankind and the destruction of the Earth's biosphere... It was more or less a declaration of War upon a system which was causing so many problems. I decided to throw my lot in with the bulk of humanity against the most powerful political forces on the planet... I wasn't too worried that the CIA or the bankers would go after some obscure, enraged, housewife in Palo Alto. At the time, I kept up with probably 150 people, friends and relatives, that I exchanged Christmas letters with. My friends were very important to me, especially because before I had children, I never lived anywhere for more than 11 months and I had to write letters to stay connected with my friends. I still have boxes of letters in my garage. I probably lost a few friends when I became an outspoken political activist, but I also gained new friends and my mailing list continued to grow, in fact it has become totally overwhelming and unmanageable.

My greatest fear, as an activist, has been to be organized and effective enough to merit the wrath of The Powers that Be, and endanger some of my friends, in the process. My biggest horror would actually be to be well organized enough to have a database which could identify the best, most effective, key activists- and assist the repressive forces in targeting, not just me, but my friends, innocent, and well organized alike.

So while part of me wants to be effective and build an unstoppable powerful movement/or movements, the fearful side of me, would like to stay under the radar, remain disorganized, not be too visible, not be perceived as a threat, not just for the sake of my own hide, my family, my friends, but also to protect the larger movements which I belong to. This is ludicrous, I know, but as I oscillate between battling the problems and nurturing solutions, so I oscillate between feeling incredibly powerful and woefully helpless.

Last night I watched an outstanding documentary called No End in Sight which was a remarkable expose of how incredibly unprepared the US military was when they began the occupation of Iraq. "Incompetent" is the kindest and most generous description of the US actions that followed the initial violence.

Initially, I guess when I took on the role of an activist, my main thinking was "Are they evil or stupid or both?" and I decided that they were both evil and stupid.

I think part of the challenge for the movement is a combination of fears, including the fear of success, the fear of becoming so strong that we have to face the ruthless violence of a threatened beast who will do anything to survive. So we continue to try, but not too hard, and to shoot ourselves in the feet, and hope that someone stronger, wiser, than us personally, will show greater courage and take on the mantle of responsibility and shine a brighter light upon the uncharted waters of turmoil that we face.

What we need more than anything, is to support one another, build stronger coalitions, deepen everyone's understanding, make it easier for people to participate, contribute, feel supported, connected, safe, and feel that what we are doing has meaning, purpose, and that even if we don't succeed, it is worth the effort, that the process itself is our hope.

(Time for me to get back to the mundane responsibilities and tasks.)

Here are the details on those fears:

The fear of loss of control

Positive Pole: Sacrifice - Negative Pole: Immolation
Those so afflicted are often well-disciplined people. They tend to avoid social contacts and do their socializing in very controlled situations like company luncheons, family reunions and cocktail parties. An intimate dinner for four is about as large a gathering as they can handle, and still keep some degree of control of the circumstances. They are often thought of as rather difficult people as they tend to be very authoritarian giving the outward appearance of success and tranquillity. Often they have a feeling of no accomplishment or a sense of being directed by others. This Chief Feature encourages terminal diseases such as cancer as it offers a way out of situations they cannot control.

The fear of inadequacy

Positive Pole: Humility - Negative Pole - Abasement
People suffering from this fear often inform others not to expect too much from them as they have many other "irons in the fire", all of which demand their time and attention. Often, they will take on far too much, then fail to "deliver the goods" because they are overloaded. Their self-effacing behavior can appear modest and they learn early to "bring others out of themselves" in order to accommodate the expectations of others. They lavish praise on others hoping that some will be returned to shore up their sagging confidence.

The fear of worthlessness

Positive Pole: Selflessness - Negative Pole - Mortification
These people will find a myriad of ways to "tempt fate" in order to establish their worth. They undertake an almost constant search for the illusive grail of worthiness. They put themselves at the disposal of others, whether it be a family member or just a friend on the phone. They are hard working, often volunteering their services to committee chairmen who keep heaping tasks upon them. They feel that if they suffer enough, someone will assure them that it is all worthwhile. This fear can bring on thankless families, wasting diseases, gallstones, sabotaged careers, destructive personal relationships, etc.

Greed - The fear of loss or want

Positive Pole: Egotism - Negative Pole - Voracity
There is no such thing as enough of whatever the greed is fixed on. This person is hardest to live with, as they are completely ruthless trying to satisfying their greed. They are rarely trusted by others, and rightly so. The Egotism makes these people self-centered, and appears outlandish unless they are public figures. Those who have greed centered on public recognition find that it makes accepting attention both easy and satisfying.

The fear of vulnerability

Positive Pole: Pride - Negative Pole: Vanity
These people are truly shy, although this behavior might not appear so during casual encounters with them. They will avoid anything that smacks of exposure. Sometimes, they will go out of their way to develop a very strong public image so that their true personality need not be exposed. These people are determined not to reveal any aspect of their vulnerability and even deny that it exists. If they have been wounded through their vulnerability, they will deny it and if they cannot, they will claim they can "take it".

The fear of missing something

Positive Pole: Audacity - Negative Pole: Intolerance
These people feel that whatever they have missed is more important than what they are currently doing. They have difficulty completing things. This fear is the hardest to live with since it causes constant restlessness and dissatisfaction. However, others around them find it exciting and intriguing.

The fear of change or dealing with new situations

Positive Pole: Determination - Negative Pole: Obstinacy
Someone so afflicted will tend to make a new situation as much like the one they are already familiar, or find inventive ways to avoid the new situation entirely. They develop skills in the social graces and can be very entertaining, going out of their way to make others comfortable in the old situation. Even if acted out of the positive pole, the determination is likely born of panic or other less obvious forms of fear. This is humanity's most common fear.

November 5, 2008

I put up the last of my signs in the sunshine yesterday morning, voted in the afternoon, and went to an Election Night Party with Peter Myers last night where we watched the election results roll in. Before I left for the party, I responded to queries from the Green Party:

"I know that I don't have a chance of winning (especially with the health problems I had earlier this year, and not really starting until late September), but I do think it will be interesting to see what impact the TV ad has had in the 14th District. I have received some very positive feedback.

"On a more personal note, my family was very opposed to my run in 2006, my kids basically said that it would ruin their lives, if I was elected. When the Green Party asked me to run again, I thought if I could do it without it imposing an ordeal upon my family, without them even noticing, then I would do it. They did notice when I had to admit that I was gathering signatures to get on the ballot. They weren't exactly enthusiastic, but they haven't mounted opposition. My husband even became a citizen in September. My son who is a senior in High School registered to vote. So my husband and son will actually be voting for me today, which means more to me than all the other votes that are cast my way. Elections come and go, but my family, my marriage, is what gives me the strength to continue this work throughout my lifetime."

This morning I sent Cres another statement for the press:

It looks like the record turnout also gave a larger percentage of the votes to Green Party Congressional Challengers. Democratic incumbent Anna Eshoo garnered 70% of the vote (as of 6 am) the Republican challenger 22% (down from 2006) Libertarian Brian Holtz 4% and Green Carol Brouillet 3.5%.

Clearly the voters have had enough of the Republicans, and the mandate is for real change. I hope that we will see a reversal in the policies of torture, imperial aggression, the assault on civil liberties and the Constitution. I hope that the changes are not merely cosmetic and that we will see a continuity of policies favoring corporate power, private profit at the public expense. The work of the citizens to pressure for the roll back of the offensive legislation of the past decade has just begun. I would like to see genuine investigations and real accountability, but I don't think the Democrats will be capable of that since they were complicit in enabling the Bush Regime. I would love to be proven wrong. I am glad that the Green Party enabled some of us to raise the taboo issues that the Republicans and Democrats refuse to discuss and to raise questions that still demand answers. If we the people, do not know what is true, real, how can we make wise rational decisions for our future? The lies that have gotten us into wars are unraveling, only the truth will help us forge a new, peaceful, hopeful future for our country and the world.

There's a Green Party Meeting tonight, a Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting tomorrow night. I just finished reading Anthony J. Hall's outstanding The American Empire and the Fourth World- The Bowl With One Spoon- Part One and am in the mids of Mark Gaffney's new book The 9/11 Mystery Plane and the Vanishing of America. The family, of course, wants me to take a vacation (and clean the house, bake cookies, make more food, love them...) I'm actually looking forward to taking some time off, to catch up with my personal life, but I know I can't resist doing the political work.

Ellen Brown sent me a link to her latest article: All Is Well in Stepfordville: More on the Pre-election Chicanery of the Plunge Protection Team which again exposes the criminal fraud behind our rigged stock market, which keeps luring victims into the financial game that wreaks havoc upon the planet. I also couldn't resist watching Zeitgeist Addendum which I thought was excellent (except the font on the titles was almost impossible to read- and should have been bigger for watching on the internet), although the site appeared to crash three or four minutes before the film ended and is still down. I could tell that the film maker really believed in the solution that he profers, but having confronted much of the problem that he articulates in the film, I think his solution is far too limited and only relevant to a small minority of people. It is much easier to describe a problem, than to come up with "the solution." When dealing with a very large systemic problem, I don't think there is a "silver bullet solution," we can only nudge the direction away from the suicidal path towards the evolutionary hopeful path, raising consciousness as widely as possible. That "nudging" can happen in an infinite number of ways and requires the creativity, ingenuity, energy of the majority of the people.

November 2, 2008

Between the cold that I caught from my children and the rain, I haven't found the strength or energy to do all I had hoped to do for the Congressional Campaign. I really appreciate the fancy new website that my volunteer came up with, but it is a little frustrating that it lacks some of the major issues that I had hoped to draw attention to- such as Continuity of Government. An excellent video of Dan Hamburg and Peter Dale Scott was posted at 911Blogger.com.

The most sobering thing about it, is the admission that we are losing in the larger information battle. Peter says that in Chicago when the mafia ruled with an iron hand and over 1000 people were killed, their murders were not investigated. This parallels today's situation where the murderous criminality of the power-holders is an, off the table, taboo, topic that cannot be discussed in the mainstream press. One is ignored or villified as a "conspiracy theorist" if one hints at the darker reality that "the most" organized crime is in complete control of our government.

Those "disorganized" honest folk, like me, really don't have a chance of getting our voices heard. We can squawk and make noise all we want in the swamp of the blogosphere, but who will hear us? There are so many layers of buffers that most folk have no idea that we exist or have any inkling of the information that we have. In the interview Peter Dale Scott says that probably less than 100 people in Congress are aware of COG, which in fact is more like "Change of Government"- the elimination of our Constitutional form of government, as we move into this undefined area where the government can do anything to anyone without any checks and balances or accountability.

I feel so inadequate to the task of communicating what I consider to be critical information, not just to the public, but to my friends, allies, press, people within my voting district. The TV ad was my feeble attempt at drawing attention to the larger issues, and I don't think it reached, touched or moved many people. It got almost zero press coverage, less than 2000 hits online, and who actually watches TV? I don't. At least, since I ran in 2006, if there is any significant change in how many votes that I receive, it might be indicative of the impact of the ad, but my campaign manager/webmaster feels that if I didn't speak about 9/11, and just stuck to economics, then I would do much better. He feels 9/11 is a polarizing issue, and I have certainly seen that happen, but I still can't keep my mouth shut. I want people to question 9/11; I want them to learn that they have been lied to; I want them to wake up, and help them find the courage to challenge a murderous regime.

I do think we need to hold a strategy retreat after the election. My husband wants me to take a vacation. I have received some great books in the past few days that I can hardly wait to read/review. I know that the next few years will be extremely challenging, and no matter what the outcome of the election, I certainly know that I need to organize myself better, to improve my effectiveness as an activist, person, political spokesperson. As it is, I still can almost never find a phone number, email address, or regular address when I need it- I have more contacts than I can manage scattered throughout stacks of paper, filing cabinets, the computer...

October 28, 2008

I can't believe the technical and physical challenges of the past few days. If I was paranoid, I would be highly suspicious of my nemesis, who is working closely with the NSA, and thinks the greatest threat to America today, is the cyberterrorist threat...

We had so much trouble with the campaign website and 99% of my emails to activists and activist lists bounced in the last few days- even the ones to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance list which I moderate (actually those simply disappeared, as far as I know- or they could be buried in the 30 or so bounced emails that came back to me after the Tuesday morning press conference.8:27 pm I just figured out what I did wrong, my emails to the entire group for the past month have been going to the wrong email address- one we set up to facilitate the organizing of the 9/11 Film Festival- so the whole group has not been getting the emails- it's my fault, not the NSA...)

I just barely got the graphics done for the yard sign, in time to be printed and put together for the press conference. With so many details and things to bring and craziness (including taking people to and from airports) I managed to forget the most critical item-- the laptop with the ad on it. Tian did show up, allowing me the time to run back home and get it. I didn't know if any press or supporters would actually show up. I didn't have time to send out a single press release or print the one that Cres wrote. Don Kazak from the Palo Alto Weekly came by and a photographer/journalist from Stanford University, and a couple of other local activists, but that was it. I posted this at 911Blogger.com:

Tuesday, October 28, 2008, a press conference was held in front of the incumbent, Anna Eshoo's office, the new TV AD was shown to the only journalist, Don Kazak, who came to the pretty last minute event. I have known Don Kazak for years, he has written a few stories about my activism before. Here is what he wrote:

(Posted at paloaltoonline.com/news/show_story.php?id=9825)

Palo Altan Carol Brouillet, who is the Green Party candidate running against Rep. Anna Eshoo, D-Palo Alto, will get her message on TV with a 30-second ad scheduled to start running Wednesday.

Brouillet said the ads will run more than 200 times in the 14th Congressional District at or near prime time on cable channels CNN, Fox and CNBC. Because the ads are just running in the district, "they aren't that expensive," she said.

Brouillet has long been a critic of the government's explanation of what happened on Sept. 11, 2001, when the World Trade Towers were demolished by terrorists who hijacked commercial jetliners.

"A number of documentaries have questioned the official explanation of 9/11," Brouillet said. "Internationally, people are questioning the official story."

-- Don Kazak

If you could add a comment online, it would be appreciated. PS. We were passing out yard signs at the press conference for Cynthia McKinney and for Carol Brouillet, one woman, just passing by asked me if I was Cynthia and said that she had already voted for Cynthia, she was happy to get lawn signs for both of us to put up in her yard. (I still have signs for both McKinney and I, if anyone (local) would like one.)

I hate doing the press work; I hate making press phone calls; I hate faxing press releases. The best thing about having the radio show for a year and a half was I didn't feel so guilty about not doing media outreach because I was media. I could pour a ton of energy and effort into an event and there are zero guarantees of any press coverage or whether they will ignore me or bash us mercilously.

I am so grateful and filled with love for the people who do come to events, show support, write letters, comments, help in any way. I must admit that I don't think I could do this work if I didn't know that no matter how mercilously I am treated by the press, when I come home, my husband and kids still love me and appreciate and support me and my efforts (even if they don't want me to win elections and wish I wouldn't work so hard.)

I'm still having trouble with the new campaign website, though. I still don't know how to move things around and use all the tools. I also managed to catch the cold that Jeremy gave to Daniel which means I just can't think as well as I normally do.

October 26, 2008

No matter what I do, I can never catch up with the work. I was trying to fix up the new campaign website this weekend, but it went down today and still isn't accessible or functional (although it should be up by midnight when I will crash...) Blaine was supposed to do a sign for me, but I guess he was too busy. There will be a press conference (for my TV ad campaign at Eshoo's office) on Tuesday at 10 am, but there is a lot to do before then- and I have yet to receive the revised press release from Cres or send him all my press contacts.

In addition to all the demands of the family, the international financial crisis is getting worse. Ellen Brown just posted an excellent article on THE NOT-SO-INVISIBLE HAND: HOW THE PLUNGE PROTECTION TEAM KILLED CAPITALISM. In the news, European and Asian leaders met to discuss creating a new global financial system, suggesting that they might even shut down the stock markets for a week or two to "sort things out"... The US does seem to have taken on the role of the world's pariah and cause of the debacle.

My son's sick and everyone is hoping that we won't all succumb to his illness...

October 23, 2008

We finished the new Carol Brouillet for Congress TV Ad

I also got an email from Jeff Bosakowski who interviewed me at the 9/11 Film Festival at the Grand Lake Theater on 9/11/2008 and posted the interview-

(Part II)

I think he did a good job, and I appreciate the help I'm getting from so many talented people, including activist, Robert Livingston, a gifted photographer, journalist, who also helped us at the Impeachment Rally/Cindy Sheehan for Congress Rally at the SF Chronicle, today, and created an entry in Wikipedia about me. Blain Machan, the Deception Dollar artist is going to try to help me with graphics for a belated yard sign. (I just picked up 43 that have a spelling error, and I can use the good side which is for Cynthia McKinney and paste one of my own over the side with the error.) Demand for them might pick up when the TV ad is shown. So much to do and never enough time. The campaign website needs so much work. I was up until 1 am last night trying to learn how to connect articles to live links on the site. Once I learn it, I'll be able to do a lot more relatively quickly, but alas I have so much to learn and never enough time to get all the articles, op-eds, press releases written and sent out, in addition to the legwork for the campaign. Plus I have kids to take to soccer games, on field trips, who need milk, dinner, attention, on top of the political work. At least the kids on the Gunn Robotics Team that I chauffeured today expressed a greater interest in my work than my own son (who is SO TIRED of hearing me articulate any political opinions because he has heard almost nothing else his entire life).

I doubt if I'll win the election, but I hope that I can at least raise the visibility of the issues I care about at this critical time. I know a lot of people are glad that someone is not to afraid to speak frankly and honestly about 9/11 and the total looting of the country by the most flagrant criminals/occupiers of high offices.

(If anyone has the energy/time next week to help put up signs in transportation corridors or your yard or window, if you are in the 14th District- please email me or give me a call- cbrouillet@igc.org 650-857-0927.

October 13, 2008

I can't keep up with all the work that needs to be done. I'm trying to learn joomla and help with the new campaign website, but there is so much work to be done, and I still don't know how to navigate around the site and organize content. At the same time, we are working on a television ad which I hope will raise consciousness and inspire people, but it is pretty challenging to do a message in 30 seconds that won't shock, terrify, people who have never heard that there was anything wrong with the official myth of 9/11 before. Fortunately some very gifted, talented advisors are stepping forward to help. My husband is weathering the financial crisis well and I think the whole family is beginning to appreciate one another and the "most important things" over material "wealth." My article Evolution of the Apocalypse- Empire's Demise- Human Renaissance will be published in an Australian magazine called New Dawn and was also posted at 911Truth.org. I know that it could have been much better and shorter, but I was under deadline and had to get it finished, to move on to other deadlines. Maria Gilardin- who produces TUC Radio also wants to produce a radio show about it and get me to interview Mike Nickerson, which I hope to do, but I need some help from my husband first to install, and to learn yet more technology, so that I can record my conversations on skype. Maybe, in the future, I'll be able to resume the radio show, once I figure out how to record, edit, and upload sound files.

October 6, 2008

I've been extremely busy. Last Wednesday, I participated in Political Awareness Day at Foothill College, and people were very receptive to our message and table. That night I attended the Green Party meeting and brought home lots of Cynthia McKinney yard signs, which I need to distribute and get up. We received an unexpected windfall in donations. On Thursday I was able to give the financial report of an improved $7500 balance to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance at the San Francisco Meeting where we had a couple of new faces. The group also voted to reimburse me for the $1500 I lost on the premieres of Loose Change last December, and they voted to donate $500 towards 911Truth.org. Vic Sadot also came to Foothill College and the meeting and needs some help to relocate to California. We did vote some money to buy some of his CDs to table and offered him the use of our new DVD burner. (We also voted $200 towards a new awning- but I'm not going to go shopping for that, as long as I can avoid it.)

I had hoped to get an article to Janice at 911Truth.org on 9/11 and the financial crisis on Friday morning, but it kept growing in length, and I just finished it today, after a good three solid days of work. I wrote it for multiple reasons, including to prepare myself for the scheduled radio show on Rethinking Money that was supposed to take place this evening, but I was a bit stunned to discover this afternoon that the We The People Radio Network shut down, as of today. I ended up posting a draft of my article Evolution of the Apocalypse- Empire's Demise- Human Renaissance on the show's website. Chuck is helping me to edit it, and I still need to add the footnotes.

It has been a challenging piece to write, in the midst of the passage of the $850,000,000,000 bailout bill which was rushed through Congress (much like the PATRIOT Act). In my research (no surprise to me and those who have been keeping an eye on this government), those most responsible for the crisis (like those most responsible for 9/11) are the ones who will benefit from the bailout and undoubtedly hope to benefit greatly from whatever follows. 9/11 didn't "just happen" and neither did the crisis, it was engineered. Naomi Wolf lays it out very well in a recent speech. Bush is following the textbook path to constructing a Facsist Dictatorship. His basic message to Congress and the American people in September was "Panic! Be very afraid! Only I and my cronies can save you, trust me." And on October 1, 2008 he brought in an army battalion to help him "maintain control."

Most Americans don't even realize we are living under Continuity of Government, in a State of Emergency, the world is Bush's battlefield and he can designate anyone, anywhere, anytime a terrorist or enemy combatant and have them disappeared, rendered, tortured, killed. Wolf suggests our best hope at this point, in light of Congress's failure to stand up to Bush last Friday and caving in to the pressure- urge State Attorney Generals to arrest Bush. We can't give in to fear, we must stop him before the situation gets even worse than it is now. Paulson was one of the architects of the crisis, he should be in jail, not determining which institutions go belly up, and which survive, and which will profit handsomely as they devour their rivals.

KTVU posted my candidate's speech:

I also plan on getting some ads on TV for ridiculously low prices and I was planning on drawing attention to 9/11 and the bogus NIST Report, but in light of the current situation, since I am so late in doing anything for my campaign, I'm thinking I should devote all the energy to the strongest message to just wake up the country. I only have 15 and 30 second spots, though. If anyone has some brilliant ideas, send them my way. I have so little time to come up with text, ads, signs, and I am in the process of revamping my old carolforcongress.org website- although we still don't have control of the darn thing.

September 29, 2008, My second son's 18th birthday

According to Rep. Michael Burgess from the 26th District in Fort Worth, Texas martial law (a procedure in Congress to bypass normal procedures to hasten passage of legislation) was declared over the weekend and Congress is really being forced to pass the Bailout, before it has been written, read, understood. It is probably opposed by everyone, except those few who will get a piece of the pie. I did call and write to Eshoo urging her to oppose the bill, but I'm not surprised that she seems to have already casted her lot in with Pelosi, Bush and the rest of the gang hellbent on looting the country. [Hey, I just heard that the bail-out was defeated! There is hope!]

Last weekend the American Monetary Institute held their annual conference in Chicago. They also posted their reaction to the criminally insane $700 billion proposed grab.

While I doubt if everyone in the country is ready to pause, sit still, and listen, it is certainly time for people to begin thinking about what is wrong with our financial system, how it works, what is money, how we could improve the system. I suppose the rush to push 700,000,000,000 into the pockets of those who have created the current crisis is to insure golden parachutes for those ready to skip the country to avoid the wrath of the American people and the world. While the likelihood of honest elections are remote, there is a chance of massive voter revolt at both the Republican and Democratic parties for their participation in the trashing of our Constitution, the illegal wars, and the economic havoc.

Our institutions- like the government and the media- have lost so much credibility, however, I doubt that anyone would trust them to come up with any sort of real reform to solve the problems that they have gotten us into. The only hope is ousting the incumbents, holding them accountable for their crimes, and finding some courageous, honest people willing to tackle the mess that they have made, including the financial debacle.

Next week I will be doing a radio show on Rethinking Money with Mike Nickerson, author of Life, Money & Illusion- Living on Earth as if we want to stay.

Mike wrote to me this morning:

I'm looking forward to the opportunity to address the crisis... One can only speculate productively for a while, but we need vision of a destination if we are to have hope of getting there.

Below is an article I recently wrote on the issue.

A Silver Lining to the Economic Downturn
by Mike Nickerson

An alternative to panicking when GDP stops growing is to view it as a sign of maturity.

Human activity cannot expand forever on our finite planet. An economy growing at 3% a year doubles its size every 24 years. Centuries of such growth have brought us to a mature size. As with individual maturity, there comes a time for societies to stop growing and to take responsibly for their strength and impacts on others.

As a mature species, we have two responsibilities to Earth and ultimately, to ourselves. The first is to live within the availability of natural resources. Global production of oil has stalled for three years at about 85 million barrels a day, yet demand continues to increase. This results in rising prices. The increased cost is reminding us all about how dependent we are on this particular resource.

While fossil fuels are a well-known resource issue, there is also cause for concern with fresh water, forests, fish, soil fertility and other resources.

Our second responsibility is to keep our waste within tolerable bounds. Climate change is a direct result of human activity having grown to where our C02 emissions are overwhelming the ability of oceans and forests to absorb it, leaving it to accumulate in the atmosphere. What is the logic of policies aimed at doubling our size, when current activities, at the present population level, have already brought us to the edge of climate chaos?

Climate change is not the only issue related to tolerance. Respiratory problems, many cancers and other illnesses, which result from the accumulation of manufactured toxins, are also wake up calls.

The sub-prime mortgage crisis rivals the price of fuel and climate change in terms of public concern. It too can be linked to confrontation with planetary limits.

Over the centuries, the expansion of our growth-dependent type of monetary system has inflated it to gargantuan proportions. In North America, to accomplish 3% growth, over four hundred billion dollars in new business has to take place in the present year. This is over and above the fifteen trillion dollars worth of transactions already taking place. Large amounts of new money has to be loaned into existence to accommodate this expansion.

Before humans filled the Earth, there were areas of untapped natural resources, from which we could produce things of tangible value that people were willing and able to pay for - businesses, houses, tools, food and the like - to back up an exponentially expanding money supply. By the 1980s, it was becoming increasingly difficult to produce enough real wealth to do the job. Following "junk bonds," and the DotCom bubble, bidding up real estate became a primary means for expanding the money supply. When that bubble threatened to burst after 9/11, interest rates were dropped to almost nothing and mortgages were offered to people with no down payments and little credit worthiness. At hundreds of thousands of dollars each, great quantities of money were loaned into circulation. It appeared to work, until energy driven inflation prompted interest rate increases that many sub-prime mortgage holders were unable to pay.

These problems indicate that the time has come for a fundamental change. Fuel prices, climate change and the sub-prime mortgage crisis are all symptoms of one cause. They will not effectively be resolved until the fact that human activity has grown to stretch planetary limits is addressed. We cannot grow out of problems that result from our size.

When we stopped growing as individuals, it was not the end of the world. Indeed, for most of us, life had scarcely begun before physical maturity. Even as physical growth ended, we became better informed, more comfortable in ourselves and we developed the skills and relationships that define our lives. The same can be true for civilization.

Among the first things societies can do, as we acknowledge our maturity, is to shift investment into education and health care. Unlike cars and expanding highway networks, which are resource and waste intensive, education and health care (particularly care at the preventative level) consist almost entirely of knowledge and good will.

Another step will be to revive local, small-scale agriculture. Food produced in this way requires less fuel and other natural resources and has been shown to produce more food per acre, of a higher nutritional quality, than industrial scale farming.

Investing in education, health care and local food security makes sense, if what we want is a healthy, well fed, educated population. With the present commitment to make money grow, however, such goals appear self-serving. Our advanced size requires that all our efforts be focused on monetary expansion.

Do we want to grow money or food? As long as our goal is defined as making the GDP grow, efficiency will be measured entirely in terms of what makes the most money. Even though industrial agriculture produces less food per acre, than small-scale local framing, it does produce a greater crop of investment capital. Money borrowed for heavy equipment, fuel, pesticides and fertilizer earns interest and, driven by payment schedules, stimulates efforts to maximize financial return. Local farming, on the other hand, contributes relatively little to the immediate need of expanding capital. It tends to put money into the pockets of farmers who, rather than investing it, are more likely to buy food, shelter and education for their children.

When industrialization began, it was recognized that mechanized, mass production could provide products at a fraction of the cost of hand-made goods. The main obstacle to applying the industrial process to all manner of goods was a shortage of capital. Because it costs a lot of up-front money to build an industry, our system of mutual provision (the economy) was designed to encourage the expansion of capital. However, now that the world is awash in so much capital that, a continuous stream of speculative bubbles is necessary to give it places to invest, it is time for another goal.

As we mature as a society, the things that indicate well-being change. Measuring how much a baby grows is a good measure of its health; it is not an effective way to measure the well-being of an adult. If we want to resolve today's multiple crises, we need more detailed information.

At present, if there is a natural disaster, toxic spill or a health epidemic, the costs of dealing with the problems are added to the GDP, giving the false impression that we are better off. While more money might be flowing, life is degraded by such things. If we were to measure social and environmental factors of well-being with the same authority and enthusiasm with which we measure GDP, much of the confusion would be avoided. A Genuine Progress Index (GPI) would provide a broader spectrum of information, enabling the costs and benefits of different activities to be assessed with greater accuracy. Along with the traditional economic indicators, accounts about air quality and health issues, for example, would reveal that the hundreds of millions of dollars spent annually on medicine to relieve respiratory suffering is more a sign of distress than of economic progress.

A legitimized indicator that shows whether social and environmental factors are improving or deteriorating would create the awareness needed to stimulate serious actions toward solving the problems.

By identifying resource draw-down, pollution, and disruptions to communities, with a GPI, external factors would enter the picture. Presently externalized costs are not included in the price of goods. When such costs are added to production costs, those goods that are socially and environmentally friendly would be less expensive and those that cause problems would cost more. Both consumers and producers would then be inclined toward responsible products.

Taking the additional step of shifting the skill, ingenuity and persuasive effort that is presently applied toward engineering obsolescence, and, instead, using it to design durable, easily repaired goods, and to reclaim pride in objects that have long served us, could cut up to 50% off of our material and energy consumption and consequent impacts.

One final shift - from looking for fulfillment in material goods, to seeking it in friendships, knowledge, appreciation, service, music, art, sport and adventure - would complete the transformation. Coupled with environmentally responsible agriculture, such a change could reduce our impacts to practically nothing. That is, the real costs of maintaining well-being for humans, in terms of the ability of Earth to sustain life over time, would be negligible.

By finding satisfaction in the richness of being human, we could change the image of our species from that of a potentially terminal blight on the Earth, to something much more suiting to our position amidst the life of this planet. As a mature species, we could reward three billion years of evolution by adding laughter, love, awe and wonder to a deep appreciation for the incredible accomplishments by which life has brought us to this point.

While arguments persist about oil supplies, climate change and the possibility of perpetual economic expansion, we are well advised to acknowledge the ultimate finiteness of Earth and accept responsibility. Policies intent on expanding until the last possible moment will almost certainly be followed by disaster.

Human ingenuity is more than sufficient to provide food, shelter and other necessities without having to double the total of all our activities every 24 years. It is a Question of Direction. We need to choose between the goal of perpetual growth and that of long-term well-being.

We celebrate when our children grow. If an adult continues to grow like a child, however, it is cause for serious concern. Developing a healthy steady-state economy is no more frightening than the prospect of becoming adult is for a teenager. The silver lining to this economic downturn is the opportunity it offers to grow up and take responsibility for our impacts. It can be done.

I am really amazed that the system has lasted as long as it has, but it has only been able to do so through fraud and complicity of the government at the very highest levels, rewriting laws to allow the financial sector to oversee itself and come up with ever more complex schemes to lure money into its grasp. All the money on the planet multiplied ten times couldn't come up with enough money to cancel all the debts that have been wracked up. I wrote- Reinventing Money, Restoring the Earth, Reweaving the Web of Life over a dozen years ago, but it still is a valid criticism of the monetary system and points towards local, regional, national, and global approaches towards needed systemic change.

Having spoken with numerous people who have studied money in depth, written many books, and who have come up with various ideas for change, I do realize that there is no one size fits all, magic bullet scheme to solving the current crisis. Money is basically an agreement, and it can be backed by brutal military force, or a spirit of cooperation and completely voluntarily. Ideally, it should be simple, clear, just, transparent, serve everyone's needs- which is the opposite of our current system which few people understand, relies on deception, and secrecy, concentrating wealth and power while destroying the Earth in the process.

I think the biggest challenge facing us is that so many misconceptions have to be unlearned, in order for people to grasp the reality of what money actually is today. We also must recognize our ability to change the system, and the need to reinvent money, so that it serves, rather than threatens, all of Life and humanity.

September 25, 2008

I have been so busy that I haven't had time to do 4% of the things I have planned on doing each day. Today I missed two demos against the Bailout of the crooks who caused the financial crisis, and the evening event on election issues in San Jose. At least I did make it over to KTVU and did my 5 minute speech. They made me edit it down, and then when I did it- I ended up with 20 seconds to spare... oh well. They were quite nice, though. I joked with the producers, "So, is the content of this speech legal or criminal, do I have to worry about Homeland Security busting me?" The response from the cameraman: "Homeland Security already knows the names of your grandkids..." (That haven't been born, yet...) They asked me if I was organizing the protests against the bailouts and I told them that I didn't have time to organize them, but that I'd probably try to attend them, but by the time I was back in Palo Alto, and had picked up the food, and CSA vegetables, I was too late for both the Palo Alto and San Jose protests. I figured I wasn't really needed in San Jose this evening, and that the kids would prefer it, if I stayed home and fed them.

There is so much to be said about the current "crisis." I must admit that I have been reading the point of view of my friends who have been writing, studying the financial/monetary system critically, in depth for years and years, and see its flaws, and have ideas on how to fix it. The major obstacle being that those in charge of it are the biggest criminals in the world, and they have institutionalized gambling, and ridiculous derivitives, and financial instruments on a colossal scale, without any kind of oversight or regulation, that has ballooned into a giant monster dwarfing the real economy, cannibalizing all the genuine investments, savings, in the process. These are the guys who have created the problem, and want to be sure that they and their pals don't get hammered, but are quite willing to let the taxpayers take the hit, and the pain of their bad bets and bursted bubble. We have never seen a more ripe moment for genuine reform, but there is almost no glimmer of hope with criminals installed in the White House and Congress. A few brave voices issue challenges, alternative proposals, but their voices are drowned out by the "Sky is Falling" President, ready to seal the biggest financial heist deal in history. I hope there is enough anger that every politician that goes along with it- gets canned.

I wonder how many people are actually noticing what is going on, and whether they would be willing to learn a bit about money and the economy. It does seem like the government is preparing for great civil unrest now, and I bet they are more worried about people waking up and recognizing and identifying the biggest crooks, liars and thieves in the land, and organizing more than just protests.

September 21, 2008, The International Day of Peace, and my first-born's 20th Birthday

I have been in recovery from our September 11th events, and also working hard to catch up on all the paperwork, banking, and television speeches. I can never catch up, but at least the challenging part has been tempered by dome pleasant gatherings- including a party in celebration of Jim Hoffman and Victoria Ashley's wedding last night (I baked a quickly devoured 6 layer coconut cake). There was another smaller welcoming party for Annie Machon. Unfortunately her event conflicts with the radio show that I had planned to do with her- so I had to hurry and find other guests. Right now I am trying to read the 600 page The American Empire and the Fourth World which is excellent, but I only have a few hours before the family returns from a backpacking trip.

I also never did a good write-up of our September 6th Rally/March and wish I had time to write a good article on the movement's 7th anniversay events, but as usual- there aren't enough hours in the day to do it all. I've also been getting some flak and threats from within and outside of the group, but I try not to let them bother me to much or kill my committment to getting the essential work done.

I'm trying to get help for a tv spot drawing attention to WTC7 and the need for truth, a real investigation, impeachment for my Congressional campaign.

Here's the 5 minute speech I wrote for KTVU; it's always a challenge to write something for people who actually watch television. I think I owe my sanity to the fact that I stopped watching tv about 34 years ago. I do believe it is the most Orwellian form of Thought Control devised. The question is- how do we break the trance? Or is it meant to divide the country? It does seem that the country is being savagely attacked right now, by those who seek to loot it, control it, use it to fund their attacks on the rest of the world.

Hello. I am Carol Brouillet, Green Party Candidate in California’s 14th Congressional District. It is out of love for my family and the world that I work for political change. I want to redirect our nation’s resources from a war economy-- from killing and controlling-- towards a peace economy. War is the biggest, most lucrative business on the planet.

Congress has supported a corporate military agenda that threatens our nation and the world. The Executive Branch has attacked our rights, launched pre-emptive wars based on deceptions, institutionalized torture, military and police force against people who stand in its way. The most outrageous conspiracy theory about 9/11 was the one used to sell the war in Iraq.

The Bush Administration’s corruption of science to pursue political goals violates the health and well-being of all and clouds our ability to make rational, wise decisions. The White House directed the EPA to falsely reassure people about the air and water quality at Ground Zero in the wake of 9/11. As a result, people are still dying from their exposure to the toxic dust.

Congress failed to investigate 9/11. The 9/11 Commission, overseen by the author of the pre-emptive war doctrine, used their report, with its omissions and distortions, based on unreliable tortured confessions, to justify the construction of Homeland Security, and to pave the path for future wars. Yet, Congress approved its flawed recommendations, to expand a police state that has been used to violently suppress and criminalize us.

Why were those most responsible for the failures of the military and the intelligence agencies on September 11th, rewarded with promotions and increased budgets?

The Project for a New American Century, called for the U.S. to extend its power, through a “Revolution in Military Affairs,” including the domination of space, cyberspace, military technologies, and information systems. Their “Rebuilding America’s Defenses” report says: “The process of transformation is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event, like a New Pearl Harbor.”

Who had the ability to carry out 9-11, to destroy the evidence, to cover it up, and who benefited? Cheney and Rumsfeld had worked for twenty years on “Continuity of Government plans” which were partially implemented on the morning of 9/11. The emergency measures have been renewed annually by the President, although the details have been kept secret. We do know that within the Continuity of Government plans, Congress is viewed as an impediment that can be discarded in favor of unelected, unknown appointees.

Cheney and Bush must be asked to testify “What were the orders that they issued that morning?” and “Who was overseeing the multiple war exercises that were being conducted?”

In August, the government released a report on World Trade Center 7. Not hit by a plane, its rapid disintegration into a neat pile exhibited all the characteristics of a controlled demolition. Yet, the report claims this 47-story steel-framed high rise collapsed on 9/11 due to normal office fires--a first in history. It's farcical Bush science, denying reality.

Treason is a crime which demands impeachment. We need to impeach those who have committed the highest crimes against our country. We need to recognize that the “War on Terror” is the biggest fraud ever and is a “War of Terror” against all of us.

“Real security” doesn’t depend upon weapons, spies, deceptions. Security cannot come from terrorizing entire nations in order to maintain the wealth and power of a few over the many. Real security comes from healthy relationships, a healthy environment, the cooperation of those who value and respect life and one another.

We must have voter verified paper ballots. We need to ban corporate money from campaigns. We need citizen oversight at every level of our electoral processes, or we will be stuck with illegitimate, criminal governments serving corporations, at the expense of people and planet.

The failure of the press to seek the truth, expose the lies, has obliged those of us who love life and care to become the media.

I organized the first rallies and marches to demand a Congressional Investigation of 9/11, the first San Francisco International Inquiry into 9/11, I have been out in the streets, organizing 9/11 Film Festivals, events for years. Those who look at the evidence know that the official reports on 9/11 are frauds.

We need a genuine investigation of 9/11, we need the truth, to make wise, intelligent decisions. Aung Sung Suu Kyi wrote: "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it." War, terror, fear have been wielded by those frightened of losing power. Do we want to be ruled by fear or to be ruled by laws which apply equally to everyone. We must champion truth. Truth is powerful, combined with love, it gives us the courage to speak, and becomes the most powerful force in the Universe. Vote for truth, for impeachment, for genuine investigations, for peace, for justice. Vote Green, for me, Carol Brouillet, for Congress.

Not the best speech, but I didn't have much time, and a deadline to get it into the teleprompter. This is the least I can do, since I'm on the ballot, and doing this to try to raise a few issues...

September 13, 2008

I'm beginning to recover from the events of the last week, although we just got nailed with a medical bill for our son for over $25,000 which we don't know if the insurance company will cover, which feels like getting hit by a car. These past two weeks have been incredibly demanding, and I am way behind in everything, from just trying to pull off the 7th annual 9/11 Truth Rally and March (Report posted here) and the 4th annual 9/11 Film Festival (Report posted here). In addition to those events, I've been doing my radio shows, there was a Dinner for Bob Bowman, a Candidate's Forum, we tabled at the Grand Lake Theater the night before at a comedy event, not to mention the demands of the kids, soccer season has started, the endless demand for cookies, brownies, etc... plus dinner.

On September 11th, when things were under control at the Film Festival, I went off with my dearest friend, Maria Gilardin, to get something to eat at a nearby Thai Restaurant, it was my only meal that day, the first in 24 hours, and a pleasure to relax and catch up with my friend. I am feeling a mixture of emotions as the world does seem to be waking up, but our progress in the US is torturously slow. It was inspiring to see the theater filled with people and most people seemed to think it was a great success, only one friend told me to take three deep breaths and proceeded to tell me what was wrong with it. I know it could have been better, but I did what I could, and am not going to beat myself up for what I failed to do. My dreams are so beyond anything that anyone could acheive in a lifetime, I am continually contenting myself with the knowledge that I tried.

August 30, 2008

I've been on an emotional roller coaster over the past several days. I've felt the pressure of wanting to do way more than I am physically capable of (resulting in headaches, migraines, stress, nausea) and had to let go of things that I really felt were important (like getting out our yearly newsletter and word of the upcoming events to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance mailing list). It was torturous for me to let go of that, but the deadline came and the group discouraged me from trying. On top of that, Thursday was my birthday and Daniel's birthday, and the last day the family was together before Jules left for College.

Yesterday was my mom's birthday and I had a headache the whole day. Today, I woke up again, with a headache, and checked my email. The situation in Denver and Minneapolis is terrible. The police are attacking and terrifying the peaceful protesters and the media is doing a hatchet job and vilifying Alex Jones. Starhawk sent a letter detailing the pre-emptive strikes/raids on activists in the convergence center and local homes prior to the RNC. She wrote a long letter, this is just the tail end:

"A protestor has been released from the building. A small crowd has gathered across the street, and Fox News has arrived. They interview Song, who does her first ever Fox media spot. She tells them the truth—that people were in there watching movies—a documentary about Meridel Le Seuer. Meridel would be proud, and I’m glad she is with us in some form.

"One by one, protestor’s trickle out. Now we get more pieces of the story. The cops burst in, with no warning. They pulled drew their guns on everyone—including a five year old child who was there with his mother, forced everyone down on the floor. It was terrifying.

"They had a warrant, apparently, from the county, not the city, to search for ‘bomb making materials.’ They were searching everyone in the building, then one by one releasing them as they found nothing.

"They continue to find nothing, as we wait through long hours. Meanwhile, more and more media arrives. These cops are not as creative as the DC cops during our first mobilization there against the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. Those cops confiscated the lunchtime soup—which included onions and chili powder, claiming they were materials for home made pepper spray.

"We wait until the last person gets out. He’s a twenty year old who the cops have accused of stealing his own backpack—but apparently they relented.

"And now it’s morning. I wake up to the news that cops have been raiding houses where activists are staying, bursting in with the same bogus warrant and arresting people, including a four year old child. They’ve arrested people at the Food Not Bombs house—a group dedicated to feeding protestors and the homeless. They’ve arrested others, presumably just for being in the wrong place at the wrong time.

"The Poor Peoples’ Campaign, which had set up camp at Harriet Island, a park in the middle of the Mississippi, has also been harassed, its participants ordered to disperse and its organizers arrested.

"Let me be perfectly clear here—all of us here are planning nonviolent protests against an administration which is responsible for immense violence, bombs that have destroyed whole countries, and hundreds of thousands of deaths.

"This is the America that eight years of the Bush administration have brought us, a place where dissent is no longer tolerated, where pre-emptive strikes have become the strategy of choice for those who hold power, where any group can be accused of ‘bombmaking’ or ‘terrorism’ on no evidence whatsoever in order to deter dissent.

"Please stand with us. Because it could be your home they are raiding, next.

"Call the Mayors of St. Paul and Minneapolis. Tell them you are outraged by these attacks on dissent. Urge them to let Poor People encamp and to let dissent be heard.

"FLOOD THE MAYORS' OFFICES ASAP

St. Paul Mayor Chris Coleman

651-266-8510

"Minneapolis Mayor RT Rybak

(612) 673-2100

(612) 673-3000 outside Minneapolis"

I was in tears reading this. I had watched the video of the police surrounding protesters in Denver, 2000 of them, trapping them, attacking them... (Remembering what that was like when Starhawk and I were trapped with hundreds of other in Washington DC at a peaceful antiwar demo outside the IMF in September 2001... Remembering the police stopping my son and I at midnight on HWY 101, pulling their guns on us, handcuffing me, putting me in the back of a dark police car...)

I called the first mayor and spoke, the person on the line said she would pass on the message (taking my name and phone number). I tried the last number and got a human being who listened to me and gave me the mayor's phone number-612-673-2100 which I called and no one answered.

My heart goes out to the people in Denver and Minneapolis organizing, protesting, challenging the corporate/war/media machine... I knew that I would be insanely busy just trying to pull off our events and couldn't dream of going to Denver or Minneapolis on top of everything else, but I appreciate that they have found the courage and strength to try to assert their rights, and demonstrate to the country how the police and politicians are working hand and hand to destroy those rights.

On my birthday, I also got a call from Richard Hayes Phillips who wrote WITNESS TO A CRIME: A CITIZENS' AUDIT OF AN AMERICAN ELECTION and who will be speaking at the Grand Lake Theater on Tuesday, September 9, 2008. He also plays a musical instrument and played me a little song for my birthday. I had planned on tabling at his event and he has been invited to table at the Film Festival, but just after he hung up, I got another call from the League of Women Voters to invite me to their Candidate's Forum on the very same night. So between the rally and the film festival, I get to speak with the incumbent Anna Eshoo, and the Republican and Libertarian challengers for the 14th Congressional District. The hard thing will be to keep within the time limits and to not lose my temper over what Congress has aided and abetted over the past 16 years. Beside 9/11, waging war on Afghanistan, Iraq, threatening other countries, attacking the Constitution, Bill of Rights, institutionalizing torture... it seems like the US military is pouring weapons into Georgia and using the provocative massacre of South Ossetia on 8/08/2008 to provoke a major war with Russia.

I was planning on being out in the streets/tabling/running around today, but the headache slowed me down, and here I am again, writing html, revising the Film Festival Program, wondering where I should direct my time, energy, attention to have the most impact. I wonder sometimes if the great articles/info on the internet is being "read" or "ignored" or "lost"... There is so much clamouring for people's attention. When I gave up on the newsletter, I emailed the group and said "I'll bake cookies, instead." I wasn't joking. I bring cookies to all my rallies, meetings, events and give them to the public and the volunteers. I'm a great cook and I enjoy baking. My kids love cookies and Jeremy had asked me to bake him some cookies to take with him to the Games Conference that he is attending this weekend. I gave up on the newsletter and baked cookies for Jeremy, who greatly appreciated them and thanked me for them. It was tangible, real. I pour two days into an article, webpage, press advisory, blast it out and who is to say if it ever gets read, seen, or has any impact whatsoever.

Can passion, ideas, words, hope, love, change the world? I don't know. I have only learned recently that people don't make decisions based upon rational thinking; they make decisions based upon their emotions, and often they have no idea how those emotions are being manipulated by those "constructing our cultural reality." We live in a world of intricately overlapping cultural circles, all affecting one another in surprising, unintentional, unpredictable ways.

Sometimes I think I care too much, but I can not stop caring, feeling, and sensing that I bear some responsibility for what is happening, that my thoughts, actions, words, efforts do make a difference... But what that is... I really don't know.

August 26, 2008

NIST Came out with the most ridiculous "Fires brought down WTC7, (for the first time in history fire has brought down a steel structure...) Report" last Thursday. The NY Times quoted Richard Gage, AIA challenging the ridiculous official claims. I was surprised Richard even came to our meeting on Thursday night- he should have been on the National News debunking the official line, but I don't think ae911truth.org has got its media response committee intact, neither do I. I barely got out review copies of the films we are premiering to the film reviewers and meant to send out press advisories, but still haven't gotten them out.

Last night I was impressed by the organizers in Canada on my radio show who are organizing a Truth Tour and a March on Ottawa and produced a great film Montreal, Next Terror Target? It's so much work to organize and takes so much time. Today was the first day of school, and aside from my youngest, Daniel, it seems like we never really got a summer vacation.

I also got a DVD in the mail yesterday of The Elephant in the Room, a British, award winning documentary on the 9/11 Truth Movement, with some excellent interviews of Cynthia McKinney, William Rodriguez, Scott Forbes (describing the power down that took place the weekend before), the first responders, Richard Gage, and good cameos of Alex Jones, Richard Gage, Cosmos. I wish I had received it, and permission to screen it sooner, as it is almost impossible to fit it into the program now, although a new wrench has been thrown into the program which the organizing committee is going to have to help me figure out how to solve (especially since I was heavily berated for the last program change that I made without consulting them. Groan, Sigh...)

August 19, 2008

It's been an incredibly busy and demanding week for me, not only organizing the upcoming The 9/11 Film Festival coming up in Oakland this September 11th, but also challenging Nancy Pelosi on her book tour, talking with Congresswoman Jackie Speier at the event on 9/11, COG and impeachment... tabling and reconnecting with David Rovics at a local concert. I also got a call from Jesse Ventura and we had a good, long conversation (just wish it could have been on my radio show).

Last night I was not too surprized, but quite disappointed when Cynthia McKinney and Rosa Clemente failed to do the scheduled interviews. At the last minute I found back-up guests- Les Jamieson speaking on the NYC 9/11 Ballot Initiative and 9/11 Citizen's Watch founder Kyle Hence, co-producer of Aftermath- Unanswered Questions from 9/11, 9/11 Press for Truth, and In Their Own Words: The Untold Stories of the 9/11 Families. Luckily Les wanted to speak, and Kyle was gracious to join me, and we, frankly, had a rare chance to catch up, since our paths don't cross that often, but we have all been working on 9/11 for so long and continue to do so.

Kyle and I had been exchanging emails earlier in the day over In Their Own Words: The Untold Stories of the 9/11 Families, Ken Ellis was in the credits, but when I invited him to our Film Festival and asked for some help, he shocked me by saying he didn't even know the film existed!!! We had been finalizing the card we were making to pass out at the 911 Power to the Peaceful Festival and for a while, I was afraid that I didn't have legitimate authorization for two of our main films. It is such a challenge to organize complex events.

It has been very demanding and stressful, especially with all the other demands on me (like being on a panel for the grassroots conference call with Cynthia McKinney last Thursday) which meant I couldn't feed my kids... well I was just too busy to feed them on Thursday and Friday nights. Saturday I had to take a break from the activism to clean the house and host relatives visiting from Canada. I can organize, I can do publicity, I can do the radio show, I can speak when need be, but I cannot do everything all the time. I am also doing the ordering, accounting, and can't keep up with the paperwork, database, pulling together the newsletter we hoped to get out Thursday. So I have tried to enlist the help of more people, and I hope they come through. I was hoping Cynthia McKinney and Cindy Sheehan would speak at the 911 Power to the Peaceful Festival and join us in our annual March and Rally, but after last night, I certainly am not going to count on them- even if they both say "yes." We all want to do more than we physically can- especially me.

This time of year is the most demanding time, and I am really struggling to stay healthy, balanced, not get too stressed- remember to eat, drink, sleep, so that I can make it through the next month, the next year, another decade or so...

August 11, 2008

Last week, I had the pleasure of going out to dinner with Peter Dale Scott (with my 19 year old along), we had hoped to be joined by the producers of The Reflecting Pool, but sadly they went to the wrong restaurant next door, so we didn't meet up with them until the showing at the Pacific Film Archive. I wish there had been a better turnout; the film and directors deserved one, but I must admit I didn't have time to do much promotion besides email/website announcements. Tuesday I came down with a cold/fever which I am still trying to get rid of and which has kept me from meetings, although I have been working on finalizing the program for our 9/11 Truth Film Festival in September.

Events on the global stage are unfolding at an alarming rate. I appreciate Chossudovsky's analysis on the Georgian attack on Tskhinvali, the capital of South Ossetia-

War in the Caucasus: Towards a Broader Russia-US Military Confrontation?

During the night of August 7, coinciding with the opening ceremony of the Beijing Olympics, Georgia's president Saakashvili ordered an all-out military attack on Tskhinvali, the capital of South Ossetia.

The aerial bombardments and ground attacks were largely directed against civilian targets including residential areas, hospitals and the university. The provincial capital Tskhinvali was destroyed. The attacks resulted in some 1500 civilian deaths, according to both Russian and Western sources.  "The air and artillery bombardment left the provincial capital without water, food, electricity and gas. Horrified civilians crawled out of the basements into the streets as fighting eased, looking for supplies." (AP, August 9, 2008). According to reports, some 34,000 people from South Ossetia have fled to Russia. (Deseret Morning News, Salt Lake City, August 10, 2008)

The importance and timing of this military operation must be carefully analyzed. It has far-reaching implications.

Georgia is an outpost of US and NATO forces, on the immediate border of the Russian Federation and within proximity of the Middle East Central Asian war theater. South Ossetia is also at the crossroads of strategic oil and gas pipeline routes.

Georgia does not act militarily without the assent of Washington. The Georgian head of State is a US proxy and Georgia is a de facto US protectorate.

Who is behind this military agenda? What interests are being served? What is the purpose of the military operation.

There is evidence that the attacks were carefully coordinated by the US military and NATO.

Moscow has accused NATO of "encouraging Georgia". Russia’s Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov underscored the destabilizing impacts of "foreign" military aid to Georgia:

“It all confirms our numerous warnings addressed to the international community that it is necessary to pay attention to massive arms purchasing by Georgia during several years. Now we see how these arms and Georgian special troops who had been trained by foreign specialists are used,” he said. (Moscow accuses NATO of having "encouraged Georgia" to attack South Ossetia. (Russia Today, August 9, 2008)

Moscow's envoy to NATO, Dmitry Rogozin, sent an official note to the representatives of all NATO member countries

“Russia has already begun consultations with the ambassadors of the NATO countries and consultations with NATO military representatives will be held tomorrow," Rogozin said. "We will caution them against continuing to further support of Saakashvili."“It is an undisguised aggression accompanied by a mass propaganda war,” he said.
(See Moscow accuses NATO of having "encouraged Georgia" to attack South Ossetia, Russia Today, August 9, 2008)

According to Rogozin, Georgia had initially planned to:

"start military action against Abkhazia, however, 'the Abkhaz fortified region turned out to be unassailable for Georgian armed formations, therefore a different tactic was chosen aimed against South Ossetia', which is more accessible territorially. The envoy has no doubts that Mikheil Saakashvili had agreed his actions with "sponsors", "those with whom he is negotiating Georgia's accession to NATO ". (RIA Novosti, August 8, 2008)

Contrary to what was conveyed by Western media reports, the attacks were anticipated by Moscow.The attacks were timed to coincide with the opening of the Olympics, largely with a view to avoiding frontpage media coverage of the Georgian military operation.

On August 7, Russian forces were in an advanced state readiness. The counterattack was swiftly carried out.

Russian paratroopers were sent in from Russia's Ivanovo, Moscow and Pskov airborne divisions. Tanks, armored vehicles and several thousand ground troops have been deployed. Russian air strikes have largely targeted military facilities inside Georgia including the Gori military base.

The Georgian military attack was repealed with a massive show of strength on the part of the Russian military... See complete article here.

At the same time the Free Gaza boats are journeying from Cyprus towards Gaza attempting to break the Israeli Blockade.

Today, being the 11th, means I'll be doing my Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto (I also set up my table and awning at the park last Saturday during the Green Party Picnic/Potluck. Tonight I'll be speaking with Peter Dale Scott and John Judge about 9/11 and Continuity of Government, sadly relevant in light of the war provocations currently underway against Russia and Iran. A heavily circulated article on the US Armada Currently Threatening Iran says that-

The two-ton elephant in the living room of the neo-con strategy is the advanced biowar (ABW) that Iran, and to a lessor extent Syria, has. This places the motherlands of the major neo-con nations (America, France, the United Kingdom), as well as Israel, in grave danger.

The idea that Iran would initiate a suicidal attack on the US- that would give the greatest gift imaginable to the neo-cons in charge- an excuse to attack Iran is insane and dangerous. The US is much more likely to launch an attack on its own citizens and try to pin it on Iran or another country to amp up its war on dissent and its imperial power grab abroad. Only recently have the Anthrax attacks targeting Democratic leadership that stood in the way of the PATRIOT Act coming back to light, as the government falsely tries to pin the blame on the suicided Ivins.

While my heart goes out to all the victims of war and occupation who are greatly suffering physically, mentally and emotionally from their hardships, I think the larger war is the psychological battle over the public mind and their grasp of reality and understanding of what is true and what is false. Scott sent out a link to a speech by Lindsey Williams on the Energy Non-Crisis, where a preacher working on the Alaskan pipeline describes his firsthand experience witnessing the discovery of the largest oilfield in America, which suddenly became classified information. Williams says basically that Kissinger cut a deal with oil producing nations that as long as they sold their oil in dollars and bought US securities, they would be rich and enrichen "those who would like to control the world." The only nations to balk the plan were- Iraq and Iran, and both were threatened militarily when they tried to sell their oil for Euros and buck the Dollar Hegemony.

I haven't has a chance to check out Williams' claims, but I do know that lots of people believe what he says and I have heard that sort of information before. People know that they are being lied to and manipulated- they just don't know what is true and what is real.

I ordered the book- False Flag 911: How Bush, Cheney and the Saudis Created the Post-911 World and spoke with the author, who says he was a pilot for decades and has spent years doing research on the plane aspect of 9/11. His thesis is completely at odds with Pilots for 9/11 Truth and the pilot featured in Neil Slade's film.

I know 9/11 was a special operation, but I do not know the nuts and bolts of what happened. I know evidence was destroyed, people are lying, but I don't know what claims are true or false in trying to piece together the events.

Argh, gotta get going!

August 2, 2008

Last weekend, I hosted a small retreat/organizing meeting for the Northern California Truth Alliance's upcoming rally/march/Film Festival which was quite productive, but I didn't have much time to get permissions/speakers/finalize the program before my sister and nieces arrived for a visit for the first time in over a decade. I decided to take a vacation from the radio show on Monday, August 4th, because I knew that I wouldn't have time to prepare and publicize the show with guests around. Fortunately that also means that I will be able to go to the premiere of

The Reflecting Pool

Premiering in Berkeley at the Pacific Film Archive
Monday, August 4, 2008 at 7pm
2575 Bancroft Way

I just wish I could have done more to publicize the screening which both producers and the leading characters- Joseph Culp and Jarek Kupsc will be attending- and I hope there will be a good turnout. I'm going to have dinner with Peter Dale Scott and bring him to the screening. Peter and John Judge will also be on my next radio show on August 11th.

I have so much work to catch up on! I still can't begin to process and disseminate all the stuff that comes my way...

July 23, 2008

Good News! The doctor called today and the cysts in my pancreas are benign. So, I don't have to worry about keeling over in the near future, and can start working on my Congressional Campaign (if I can find the time).

Last week and Michael Andregg and I had another chance to talk, walk, and have dinner before the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in Oakland. We have a ton of things to do, as we gear up for September 11th- like figuring out our plans, getting out a newsletter. I wanted to review films and figure out the program, and I have been working on it, as well as figuring out guests for the upcoming radio shows, sometimes they are very hard to reach. I have a Green Party meeting Saturday, and am organizing a retreat at my house next Sunday for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance activists. I still have lots of phone calls and queries to make about getting some of the new films and confirming speakers.

I did want to post my good news, though, since so many people have expressed concern, and generously offered me their cancer cures... I have a hard enough time drinking water and brushing my teeth- I don't think I could have ever have found time to seriously modify my diet and try all the other remedies. The news alone should reduce the stress level amongst my family, although now I probably will have a harder time persuading others to help me with the dishes and laundry...

Now to make Impeachment happen... back to work. July 15, 2008

I missed the Green Party Convention to get the biopsy done last Thursday. My throat is still sore from the procedure which really knocked me off my feet for that day. Friday, July 11th, I went to Downtown Palo Alto in solidarity with all the other 9/11 Truth Actions. Terry Koch and Chuck Millar also came.

July 11, 2008, Listening Project in Palo Alto

Later Chuck and I took a walk and, by chance, passed by his friend's house. His friend had just died of pancreatic cancer and a gathering was taking place at this home that evening. On Sunday, I attended a moving celebration of David Wald's life. David, at 80 years of age, died of pancreatic cancer. I first met him when he ran against Eshoo in 1992, in fact I voted for him, and he has always been a great inspiration to me. He will be deeply missed by all who knew him.

Hundreds of people came to the memorial, lots of them were old friends of mine, and activists, including Donna and Darlene Wallach who told me that they were going to Gaza via ship to break the medical blockade against Palestine. I have been working on a Free Gaza radio show ever since, and it has been quite an inspiring learning experience, but a lot of work with seven guests, in three countries, and lots of details to be ironed out.

I still can't keep up with my own life (like making a follow-up medical appointment, getting my campaign website back, finishing the design/changes/financing for the next Dollars), but my sister and nieces are coming to visit, and I'm working on events for September 6th and 11th, and still in triage mode. I am hopeful that Impeachment will move forward and hearings will begin.

July 8, 2008

Last Tuesday and Wednesday I worked on the mailing for the Green Party. We had a meeting in San Jose on Wednesday night which Congressional Candidate Peter Meyers and I both attended and were the featured speakers (which meant we got to pause in our assembly line work to give ten minute talks about our campaigns.).Attending the meeting were most of the new county council (I did get elected to the Santa Clara Green Party County Council)plus past council members and other Green Party liasons and a few friends, and we collated, folded, labeled a 500 piece mailing, and discussed the San Jose 4th of July 3 day festival, and the upcoming San Mateo/Santa Clara Green Party Picnic/Potluck and the Green Party National Convention.

The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance met last Thursday in San Francisco. Lots of people, including new people, attended the meeting, but I must admit that I was so tired I nearly fell asleep three times on the drive north which was rather frightening. John posted the notes on the discussion list. I passed out lots of the new Patriots Question 9/11 cards, and the ones I sent back east did reach Boston in a timely fashion.

I must admit that I took a holiday on the 4th of July to be with my family, we hiked, feasted, and played games.

On Sunday, I tabled for the Green Party at the music festival in San Jose, next to the Children's Discovery Museum.

I enjoyed passing out literature and talking with folks, but I did have a fairly intense encounter when I was leaving, on my way home to make dinner for my kids. I had just left the festival and found myself surrounded by some big burly marine types who had been in Iraq and were planning on going back and thought my handouts were sheer nonsense. The marines told me that women and kids were walking up to marines with bombs attached to their bodies and blowing themselves and the marines up in Iraq. One marine scoffed at the idea that Building #7 existed (let alone came down on 9/11) when I said it was reported on television and the BBC, he basically dismissed it as utterly fictitious.

When he started telling me that I owed my freedom of speech to him and other marines who were putting their bodies on the line in Iraq, I challenged him and said that I had freedom of speech because I had the courage to exercise my First Amendment Rights, and that marines killing people in other nations had nothing to do with protecting my rights, if anything it was increasing hostility towards Americans.

What was most disturbing about the exchange was seeing that we each believed a completely different narrative about our own history and world events- precisely the conditions needed for wars or civil wars to occur, according to Michael Andregg's book On the Causes of War.

On Monday, I took the day off from my radio show, and went to Stanford to consult with the specialist who is going to do the biopsy this coming Thursday. He warned me that it would be 10 days before we would get the results from the Mayo Clinic.

I started and finished reading a new 9/11 novel - Death at Angel Bay and stories of The Attack by Al Francis. I really should write a review.

I generally don't have time to read novels, but I know that many people wouldn't pick up a serious non-fiction book debunking the official 9/11 story, and we need art, music, literature, films that can slip in some key information past those psychological barriers that people have erected.

The hero of Death at Angel Bay is the producer of a television news program whose brother disappeared on September 11th 2001. It is a swift, action packed drama, mystery, with a fairly heavy dose of sex, violence, crime, stunning revelations.

I believe the author is Australian, so the most "jarring' part of the novel is the slang that he has created which doesn't feel "American" or real to me. I kept translating the words into my own "jargon" as I tried to follow the plot. He makes allusions to "secret societies," rituals, and places which are known by some people by other names. There are no direct references, so the reader doesn't know how real any of the "facts" that are tossed in are or whether there is any reality behind the "characters" described. There is the standard disclaimer of all the characters being fictitious and the novel being a speculative work. That said, he does manage to throw some light onto paedophiles within the Catholic Church, government, and powerful circles, the almost inconceivable corruption that has such a horrific effect upon individuals and policies which touch so many lives.

The main characters are complex, harbor their own skeletons, nightmares, and show surprising courage under extreme circumstances. It is a classic page turner which does not end in a neat tidy package. The end feels more like a beginning, as if this novel was the first step towards unraveling a much larger mystery, requiring a great many more heroes and courage to unravel.

The main character has just taken his first step down the 9/11 Rabbit Hole. We are exposed to powerful, evil forces which would ruthlessly kill anyone who might threaten to expose them. The main villain disappears and is presumed "dead," but the body has not been found.

This morning I got a call from John Bursill from Australia with great news about a meeting they had with Green Party officials. It sounds like the Australian Green Party will come out formally with support for a real investigation of 9/11. John has done some pathbreaking work there which is very heartening. I hope the Green Party will take a loud, brave stand on 9/11 Truth, Impeachment, and other taboo issues this week in Chicago at the national gathering.

July 1, 2008

On Friday, Chuck Thurston and I went up to Willits for a big party at the art gallery showcasing Bernie's art. Fires had been raging in Northern California and the air was smoky. My best friend, Maria (who does some of the best radio in the country with her show- T.U.C. Radio, who lived in Greenfield, near Ukiah was fighting fires over the weekend, and was ordered to evacuate. I hope and pray that her home survived.)

Despite the smoke, the gallery and exhibition were very impressive. The party was great. The music was great, and we really enjoyed dancing. We spent a couple of nights at Bernie's place, about 40 gorgeous acres which he has offered as a place for a "Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Retreat." On Saturday we showed The Reflecting Pool and The Esoteric Agenda (which none of us had seen before) at the gallery, and we had some lengthy discussions between 3 pm and 11 pm on 9/11 and, also, the larger picture. We hadn't advertised the event or made flyers, so there were just a few people besides Bernie, Chuck and I, but the discussion was very lively, and we were glad that we made the long trip to Willits. On Sunday, we took a hike with Bernie and headed back towards San Francisco. I actually had a Green Party meeting in Sunnyvale in the afternoon, and then went to Sant Cruz for David Ray Griffin's talk.

Yesterday was pretty hectic, especially since I had my radio show in the evening, and my son, Jeremy, also returned from a ten day trip to Costa Rica. I did a terrible job as radio host, and decided to take a vacation from the show next week, mainly because I haven't got a guest lined up, and there are too many demands on me now- to even fulfill my normal obligations- especially with 4th of July this weekend. Last Thursday I organized the printing of 10,000 more 9/11 Patriot cards with Gabriel and the folks in Boston who want to distribute them there on 4th of July. The Green Party will be tabling at a Festival for 3 days in San Jose next weekend, and the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance has been talking about doing outreach on 4th of July for quite some time. We've run out of 9/11 Fact Sheets. I need to work with Blaine on the new bills, so I really do have my hands full this week. Plus I need to design something for my Congressional Campaign, as we are doing a mailing for the Green Party tomorrow.

Back to work...

June 26, 2008

I've been very busy, as usual, but have been trying to read Michael Andregg's On the Causes of War. He also produced the film: Rethinking 9/11: Why Truth and Reconciliation are Better Strategies Than Global War posted on the Ground Zero Minnesota Website. Michael attended the National Conference on Media Reform and I spent hours speaking with him and invited him to be on my radio show in July. I am continually reminded of my friend Tom Atlee's observation that "Things are getting worser and worser, and better and better, faster and faster all the time." It's hard to say whether the light is responding to the dark, or vice versa, whether repression provokes resistance or resistance provokes repression, the tempo continues to build, the fears that the war is unstoppable and the hope that we can stop it continue to rise.

Years ago, I wrote a rebuttal to Sun Tzu's Art of War I had thought of editing it, printing it, passing it out on Hiroshima Day, when we usually protest nuclear weapons development at Livermore Labs, but I get so involved with so many projects, that I never got around to the final editing/formatting, etc... I also wrote an abbreviated version to post as an article, but I was never fully happy with my work, and I thought it could be vastly improved. However the insanity of the guys in the White House ready to launch a war on Iran has prompted me to post my original emotional outburst/response to Sun Tzu and the war mentality that has dominated the planet for too many thousands of years... I don't know if it will have any impact whatsoever, but if I never post it, I will regret not saying my two cents or doing all that I could to prevent a disastrous war.

I am still struggling to get into the websites, organize printing and distribution of Patriot cards for the 4th of July, prepare for the weekend trip to Willits, a Green Party meeting, the David Ray Griffin event in Santa Cruz, plus my regular household/radio show tasks. Life is a continual balancing act.

June 24, 2008

Last Thursday, we had a productive Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting (and I had a chance to have dinner with Nikolas and catch up with him). John posted notes on our discussion list, so I don't feel obliged to go over all the financial details. I'm still drowning in paperwork; I missed two dentist appointments, and started bouncing personal checks, just because I can't keep up with all the demands on my time. On Friday, I picked up a copy of SPYCHIPS: How Major Corporations and Government Plan to Track Your Every Purchase and Watch Your Every Move by Katherine Albrecht, in preparation of my 5-11 Campaign Against Real ID Radio Show. I intuitively knew that RFID's were bad, but I had no idea how bad the situation was until I read Katherine's book, and explored Missouri Representative Jim Guest's website for Legislators Against Real ID. In some ways the term "national ID" is misleading, because the standards being imposed on identity cards are international ones, which allows the sharing of data across national boundaries, which strikes me as particularly chilling, given that we don't really know who the supranational ruling entities wishing to control people's movements are and precisely what their intentions and goals are, although we must suspect that they are not benign and in the best interests of the vast majority. Certainly, the 5/11 and 9/11 campaigns are intertwined and inseparable, 9/11 being the "excuse" for the implementation of "5/11"- ID's serving the Global Police State (which is run by the largest terrorist organization in the world).

Unfortunately, I was knocked out for a couple of days with migraine headaches and nausea (maybe stress) while Jean Luc took the kids (and boy scouts) rafting on the American River.

Monday, I was better and able to do a two hour interview on the local Stanford Radio Station, make dinner, bake cookies, and do my show without collapsing. Actually, I really loved doing the show, my guests inspired me; I kept wishing I had more time to work more collaboratively with them and their campaign, and help Katherine with her show to pressure more politicians to push forward on impeachment, and more investigations. This morning I sent Jim Guest a packet of info on 9/11 and hope he will be inspired to support Karen Johnson, and share it with his national network of state legislators. I can't help feeling that the movements are gathering strength, growing, but the relationship building and trust building simply takes time, as does reading a book, making a phone call, those vital conversations, and getting to know people. Next week's show is on Movement Building, which has also demanded much time and energy to organize. I promised Jean-Luc that I would take a week off soon- just because organizing the radio show is so time demanding, but- I find the work irresistable. The shows give me a good excuse to read the books, and talk to people, and learn about issues that I care about deeply, and to share them with a larger audience. I'm like a bus driver who chooses to ride the bus when he goes on holiday- because he loves being on a bus...

June 18, 2008

Last week, the school year ended, our teenagers converged in celebration mode, and my husband and I took off for a much needed (though brief) romantic vacation, leaving the kids at home.

It has been wonderful to witness the revelations and public statements on isues close to my heart, such as impeachment and the need for a real 9/11 investigation, but sobering to find the info pigeonholed on the internet and ignored by the corporate media. I suppose they think that if they don't report it, it didn't happen, and the issues will melt away, be forgotten, and they can continue on their merry march towards fascism that even Orwell couldn't have conceived of.

Ironically, I find myself trapped at the computer, but unable to keep up with my websites/work and drained by the challenges of gaining access to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance website and my Carol for Congress website, neither of which I can get into. I can barely keep up my calendar, organize the radio shows, let alone work on the next version of the Deception Dollar, the Perception Dollar, coalitions of impeachment/9-11 Truth candidates, and assist in organizing/promoting events. The kids want attention, food, and there isn't time for me to write articles, or finish the ones I've begun. I'm continually in triage mode, just trying to get the most urgent things done.

Last night I did participate in a national Impeachment conference call. With the 35 articles of Impeachment introduced by Kucinich, there is ample reason to impeach, but still the incredible resistance within Congress and the press to acknowledge the absolute criminality of the regime and begin to rein them in through impeachment. We're facing a global chicken game, and I think only the courage and pressure from citizens, people, pushing Congress and the press, and "becoming the media" will help us make the curve and turn the situation around.

I still wonder whether I should keep on doing the radio show or turn my energies/time to other tasks (like my Congressional Campaign, local events, publishing). I guess everyone has to face that uncertainty dilemma, we never know, at the moment, when our efforts will bear fruit, or be forgotten, so we might as well choose to work on those things which nurture our spirit, and have the potential to make a difference, and that help us find a functional balance in our lives.

June 13, 2008

On Tuesday, New Democratic Party Deputy House Leader Libby Davies delivered and read aloud a Parliamentary Petition signed by over 500 Canadians demanding a new 9/11 investigation, in Canada's House of Commons.

We, the undersigned citizens of Canada draw the attention of the House to the following:

THAT, scientific and eyewitness evidence shows that the 9/11 Commission Report is a fraudulent document and that those behind the report are consciously or unconsciously guilty of covering up what happened on 9/11/2001. This evidence overwhelmingly supports the conclusion that World Trade Center Towers 1, 2 and 7 were brought down by demolition explosives and that the official theory of the towers collapsing from the airplanes and the ensuing fires is irrefutably false.

We further believe that elements within the US government were complicit in the murder of thousands of people on 9/11/2001. This event brought Canada into the so-called "War on Terror," it changed our domestic and foreign policies for the worse, and it will continue to have negative consequences for us all if we refuse to look at the facts.

THEREFORE, your petitioners call upon Parliament to:

(1) Immediately launch its own investigation into the events of 9/11/2001 on behalf of the 24 Canadian citizens murdered in New York City.

(2) Act lawfully on the findings of its own investigation by helping to pursue the guilty parties in the international courts.

Chuck and I took a few photos of our now monthly Listening for a Change- 9/11 Truth Action:

June 11, 2008- Palo Alto

Despite the fact that today was Friday the 13th, we finally opened a bank account for my Congressional Campaign, but I still don't have access to the website which needs updating. I worked on the radio show, and had the pleasure of speaking with Neil Slade, who will be a guest on Monday's show on Overcoming Collective Denial to 9/11 Truth I got him to repost his excellent page on The Psychology of 9/11 Perception and update his 9/11 website- www.911Think.com.

It is wonderful that so many people are doing great work, that I can't even begin to keep up with all of them. I was on the organizers' call yesterday and I'm glad that 911Truth.org wants to encourage people to do something to push for impeachment, especially since 3 of the 35 articles were directly related to 9/11. I think we need to be part of ever growing coalitions and I'm beginning to work on a radio show on those working on building grassroots movements to mobilize the vast majority of people who recognize the criminality of the current regime and the need to oust Congress and replace them with those committed to serving people and planet, not corporations.

June 11, 2008

In solidarity with other 9/11 Truth activists, I put up banners and held the Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto. Today the House Voted To Send the Impeachment Resolution To Judiciary Committee. I just hope that the Judiciary Committee will hold hearings, but I think it needs a major public outcry. I sent out the contact list to those who attended the poster session at the National Conference on Media Reform, and Minnesota We are Change posted this article:

9/11 Truth at the National Conference for Media Reform by Nate Clark

They also did a video of their confrontation with Amy Goodman and Dan Rather asking them about the Bilderbergers. I'm glad these guys are on our side and trying to get the truth out.

June 10, 2008

A major shift has happened, last Thursday I flew to Minneapolis for the National Conference on Media Reform. I probably should write an entire article about it, but since then even more has happened, and I'm reaching my "sitting at the computer" limit.

Before I left, I received a DVD anonymously from the UK entitled

911's a lie (by The Free Bees)

I'm so illiterate technologically that I didn't even know how to view it or see if it was safe from lethal viruses- so I didn't have a chance to view it before I left, but now it has been posted all over, and I'm delighted that whoever made it so generously offered it to the Truth Movement.

In Minneapolis, I was both thrilled and horrified by the conference. I had a great time and wonderful interactions with people. I saw old friends, made new friends, gave away all the Deception Dollars, 9/11 Fact sheets, and DVDs that I had brought with me. I gave a well attended poster session on "Overcoming Psychological Barriers to 9/11 Truth." I heard some great speakers, saw a wonderful Vote Fraud film called FreeFor All! One Dude's Quest to Save Democracy which will premiere online on July 4th. FCC Commissioner Adelstein (whom I had breakfast with in Memphis- and gave a copy of my DVD Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush to) announced that the FCC would investigate the Pentagon sponsored program to train military analysts to pitch the Iraq War to the media for them.

All the major speakers omitted to touch on the issue of stolen elections, impeachment, 9/11. There were several overt pitches for Obama (Hillary had withdrawn and thrown her support his way), including pitches and cautions by Naomi Klein and Van Jones. There was a "We're winning..." euphoria, as if Obama was actually a populist (not a corporate, war-mongering candidate)... and Cynthia McKinney was not there (although I did just talk to Larry Pinkney, who said she was enthusiastically cheered when her name was brought up in the session he attended...). Reform- maybe, revolution- no... False Hope- Velvet Glove Fascism on the rise- Real Hope- Real Democracy censored, toned down, ignored. Maybe the velvet glove is better than the iron fist for some people, but the killing sometimes gets worse when it is covert, rather than overt.

But I have thick skin, I'm used to marginalization, working at the edges, on the outside. I was glad to have some space at the conference and found people on an individual basis to be very receptive, friendly, encouraging, supportive. I'm glad I went and I had a wonderful roommate- even if we only had a chance to speak Sunday morning when I was somewhat sleep deprived.

Monday, it was great to get a phone call from Larry Pinkney telling me that Kucinich was introducing articles of impeachment in Congress. I knew Karen Johnson would be calling for a real 9/11 investigation in the legislature of Arizona today.

Great to know that crimes are being more exposed and probably the Bilderbergers have decided that Bush and Cheney have to go, for them to get away with their own empire project- Neo-liberals replacing neo-conservatives- chocolate to vanilla fascism. But who knows how far the pendulum will swing.

I'm still drowning in work, but trying to stay well, and deal with the most urgent demands of the family. I do feel we have more room to work in now, but I don't know how long that window will stay open.

May 28, 2008

The last few days have been very stressful and demanding. On Monday, Jean-Luc and the kids returned from their conference starving. It was the first time the family was together for dinner since Christmas, so I made a big dinner and a fresh apricot pie, but warned the kids that if they didn't do the dishes- no meals for a month, because I had to work on the Scientists, Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth Radio Show. I called Richard Gage and he wanted to restructure the whole show. It was great to speak with everyone, but very challenging with so many guests on at the same time, lots of callers, and a couple dogs barking in the distance. Kamal Obeid explained in a subsequent email:

Sorry about the dogs barking on my end. I have two dogs; they are both for 911 truth and wanted to get on the air. There was no one else at home to distract them.

The next morning I also got this very thoughtful suggestion from the wife of one of the engineers-

It might be really "neat" to have a discussion devoted to the subject of the collective denial, where 9-11 truths are concerned, and how to break through that denial.

I spoke with a therapist about this: He responded that repetition is a key to breaking through that very difficult psychological wall.

I believe, based on experience and observation of others, that denial is a very understandable mechanism with the function of shielding us from emotional pain. The pain of awareness----the dawning of truth----can be too difficult for many people to bear. It's just too hard to believe/unfathomable that some rare people are capable of certain things, like mass murder as in the 9-11 event.

My response to that is to ask the question: If it is commonly-known fact that Bush/Cheney went to war based on a lie, and are planning more wars based on lies, how can we possibly put anything past them? How can we *not* believe that they could and would plan 9-11 as the prelude to such a war? How can we *not* believe that they are murderers on the loose? It's not even logical to ask the question.

Perhaps a little bit of understanding of criminal psychology might be helpful too. If people understand that the mental health profession recognizes that murderers lack empathy and remorse for their victims, that they "have a screw loose" in this department, it might help people to understand how/why such crimes can be committed. This is not normal psychology we are dealing with here. "Oh really? You think so, really?" people ask me. My response is: "Could you yourself take our nation to war based on a lie, if you were President of the USA?" The answer is an obvious "no". That question, whether or not they could do such a thing, may get people thinking.

And there surely must be many other ways to break that wall of denial. Please fill in the blanks...I'd love to see this topic discussed, and the solutions to it, perhaps even on an on-going basis!

(Part of the solution may also be to understand that the human psyche will not take in info it is not prepared to deal with. Therefore, we as activists also have to know when to back down and give people space, for our own credibility's sake).

b) I have a suggestion for reaching a wider audience. Those who are technically educated understand the significance of thermite and iron orbs being found in the WTC. Those lacking such an education won't know what thermite is (I wouldn't if I wasn't married to an engineer) or what it means to find iron particles in the WTC dust. They won't know to infer that x/y/z happened due to such findings. Also, these lay people may not understand what it means for a building to fall "following the path of greatest resistance" or "potential energy" or the like. Perhaps if you can use such terminology but also explain what it means, for your lay listeners, more people will "wake up" out of their denial and you can reach a greater circle of people. I would say the same for the entire 9-11 truth movement, not just for you... It really *is* a generic which I have come across in *almost all* 9-11 truth discussions. I believe the entire movement, and the terribly important cause, would greatly benefit from such lay-oriented explanations.

c) More about denial: When people are not ready to "hear" certain information, knowing subconsciously that it will overwhelm them, they will subconsciuosly find ways to blow the information off. Hence:

"Conspiracy theorist"
"Paranoid"
and generally, they will make the truth-teller "The Problem" instead of giving credence to the obvious, logical facts spelled out in front of them. Psychology calls it "patient identification" when abusive parents label their victim kid as "The Problem". They blame their victims, instead of looking at the mirror. Once again, the pain of awareness---that we ourselves are capable of wrong-doing and not just the rest of the world----can be too much for some shame-based people to take in. Similarly, people may find very "convenient" ways to shame and blame 9-11 truth-tellers. How 9-11 activists deal with this phenomenon may be a very helpful discussion.

Sometimes logic and all the convincing facts don't work. The problem may not *always* be concerning the spreading of truth: Instead, it's centered around the question "how do we deal with this information? Can we bear it once it becomes known, from within?" How to deal delicately and compassionately with that psychology may be the key to the success of the 9-11 Truth Movement. (And some people may never be ready to receive the information, no matter how one stands on one's head to make just the right presentation).

I thought this was a great suggestion and I'm working on a radio show on Denial for June 9th (if I can find the right guests).

Tuesday morning was incredibly hectic, and I hadn't slept well the night before and was feeling very tired. I didn't have time to send out press releases, and had barely time to organize the stuff I was bringing, the passengers... Of course, that was when the phone rang, and I got an appointment for a "consultation" with the specialist who is supposed to do the biopsy of the tumors in my pancreas. Apparently he doesn't even schedule the procedure without a consultation first, and then they order a bunch of other tests, too. These specialists are so busy that it takes months to even get an appointment, so my "consultation" won't even happen until July 7th.

Chuck and Tian drove up to San Francisco with me, we were early and set up the table, sound system, and banner outside of the San Francisco Chronicle offices. We gave handouts to passer-bys and more stuff to people who were actually working at the SF Chronicle and interested in what we were up to. There was a brief round of "This is our sidewalk, our building, you have no right or permission to be here." to blithely ignoring us, with a couple of security guards in the vicinity to make sure we didn't spraypaint graffiti or doing anything "violently illegal."

(I did post a couple of articles on the press conference- one at 911Blogger.com another at indybay.org.) Tian Harter posted the photos he took and my text on his website-

(Click to see more photos of the California Impeachment Slate Press Conference)

I did mention that I had received the email from the wife of one of the engineers on my radio show, suggesting that I do a show on "Denial" and that even structural engineers experienced cognitive dissonance on 9/11 and were unable to process the visual evidence with descriptions which denied physical reality, and that we needed to recognize collectively that the "War on Terror is a Fraud," that the 9/11 Report is a big lie, based on tortured evidence, and with enormous omissions, such as the disintegration of WTC Building Number 7, which was not hit by a plane and that the Report fails to even mention, and can't explain. It has taken years for pilots, engineers, and the country to begin to recover from the trauma of 9/11 and begin thinking more rationally about the lies that they have been told.

I praised Shirley Golub's wonderful play "I", The Impeachment Trial of George W. Bush and Richard B. Cheney, but cautioned that in the play, it clearly showed how difficult it would be for Congress to convict Bush and Cheney without convicting themselves for their unwavering support of their policies. We don't want the Democrats to do the "War on Terror" better than the Republicans, which is what is happening now. I brought my favorite key shaped sign which someone kindly lifted to show that we all believed that Impeachment is vital for the country, for justice, to reject the criminal path that we are on. (One side reads IMPEACH with the symbol for Justice) On the other side of the sign was 9/11 TRUTH and the Peace symbol. I emphasized that in order to have peace, we need the truth about 9/11, a real investigation, to discover precisely what role Cheney and Bush had in the events of that day, which they have used to launch their wars and attack our rights. I applauded and thanked everyone for their courage and support of impeachment, truth and peace.

Later, I spoke with Carol Wolman, who is also a psychiatrist, and she agreed to participate in the radio show on Denial. I was surprised to learn that her husband and many of her supporters were still scared of the subject. I was glad that her son Jacob Clapsaddle, the film maker who did the film High Crimes and Atrocities was able to deal with it. He also was in San Francisco and filmed the Press Conference. I'm sure it will be posted online, soon.

A few of us visited the Bay Area Reporter on our way out of town to give them info about the California Impeachment Slate. Actually we thought we were going to the San Francisco Bay Guardian office, but it turned out we were given good directions, but the wrong name of the paper.

I had to hurriedly get home, bake cookies for Jeremy's volunteers, and help out with his Eagle Scout Project, make dinner. Jules volunteered to do the dishes, and I worked til 1:30 am on the computer.

Yesterday, I also worked on the computer, got the vital wood to complete the Eagle Scout Project, baked and delivered the wood and the cookies. We were so glad to get it finished, but in the end, it was just Jeremy and me at 7 pm, picking up the last costumes from the floor, hanging them on the new rack that they had built. The main project was adding a layer of wood to reinforce the costume loft floor at the Gunn High School Theater where Jeremy devotes hundreds of hours of time doing technical work, stage managing, and a bit of acting, too. [And I must add that Jeremy did a great job of managing a huge number of volunteers and adults during the course of the project, which he felt was "easy," compared to the stress of the "shows." We are very proud of him- he also scored really well in his SATs, is a straight A student. Unfortunately, he is super-responsible, and he works way too hard- following the bad example of his parents.]

Now, at least, I have more time for "my work."

May 25, 2008- Memorial Day

I still haven't figured out how to be in more than one place at a time, or squeeze more hours into the days, so I'm afraid I can only try to spread the word and hope other people help with all that is happening this week. I'm sending out a blast to the email lists with this week's events (not counting the radio show that I'm doing tonight with Kevin Ryan and Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth. There is also a solidarity action at noon in San Francisco for Blair Gadsby who will begin his hunger strike for 9/11 Truth outside the offices of John McCain in Phoenix.

And tomorrow, the California Impeachment Slate (including me) will be holding a Press Conference in San Francisco, in front of the SF Chronicle offices, and I need help with banners, literature, signs...

Last weekend, I finally got to San Francisco to see "I", The Impeachment Trial of George W. Bush and Richard B. Cheney, even if it didn't touch on the damning, treasonous crime of 9/11, it certainly was an indictment of a complicit Congress which have enabled the tyrants in the White House to shred our Constitution, rights, to bully, torture, and lie...

People loved the Deception Dollars and all of mine disappeared after the show.

On my way home, I stopped to visit my family, including my eldest son who had just flown back from college, at the "Games Conference" they were attending near San Francisco. Our house has been such a disaster since the construction, I was working on trying to clean it up, so there would be room for Jules and his stuff. He decided to come home with me and catch up on the schoolwork that he hadn't finished. So, in addition to the 9/11 Truth, Impeachment work, I still have housework, people to feed, an Eagle Scout Project that isn't quite done, yet- and plenty of demands on my time and attention.

May 20, 2008

The whole family is still in triage, although they finally finished the construction work- we still have no window coverings, and the furniture, drawers, stuff is strewn all over. Daniel was sick, I had a relapse over the weekend, and now everyone is on overdrive, working on Jeremy's Eagle Project. I did get to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting last Thursday, and was glad someone- actually two people took notes and posted them!!! So I don't feel obliged to report all the details, but the San Jose event and the Truth Convergence cost us a thousand dollars, and we don't have much money coming in. I also picked up the rest of the Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush DVDs that we had reprinted, and got the group a credit card. It was messing me up too much, using my card, and getting the group to reimburse me. I kept running out of money, and being denied credit, and having checks bounce. Hopefully now the bookkeeping and my life will be easier.

I was really glad to stumble upon Eric Larsen's work- A Nation Gone Blind: America in an Era of Simplification and Deceit. It was an excellent, provocative, book. I just wish I had had more time to speak with Eric on the radio show last night, but we had technical difficulties, so the show didn't really begin until 17 minutes past the hour and my first guest was Arizona State Senator Karen Johnson who was wonderful. I just wish that I had been able to round up more elected officials to support her courageous stand.

The show does take a lot of work, time, but I do get a lot out of it, and it is wonderful to learn things from my guests. Phil Burk informed me of the little known powers of Congress, who do have the ability and means to actually arrest and jail someone who does not answer their subpoena- such as Karl Rove, and Conyers is threatening to exercise that power. I just hope that it will lead to hearings, and more hearings, and hopefully the impeachment of Bush and Cheney. People know those guys are criminals- why can't the press be upfront about it... Actually, I know why, but it still makes me mad. I'm still reading Jules Boykoffs's excellent book- Beyond Bullets: The Suppression of Dissent in the United States. It is scary to realize how the present is mirroring the past.

I'm playing phone tag with Stanford Hospital, still haven't managed to schedule the biopsy, but have been getting lots of friendly prescriptions for cancer cures from my dear friends, who seem to want me to last a bit longer. Amazing how much affection a few hundred thousand cookies can generate...

May 12, 2008

Recovering from being sick, construction work on the house, the radio show, and trying to drum up more State Senators in support of Arizona State Senator Karen Johnson kept me busy last week. I'm also drowning in paperwork, and have to do lots of accounting for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. Last weekend, there were conflicting events- and I found it impossible to be at three places at the same time. I gave Chuck stuff to table at the Richard Gage event in San Jose, and I went to the Truth Convergence in San Francisco. I baked cookies and brownies on Saturday morning and had a helluva time just finding my car keys and making it to San Francisco on time. There were folks from all over. My sound system didn't seem to work very well- I think I was so frazzled, I probably just goofed on the volume control on the ipod, but people were dispersed on the street corners, and there seemed to be no effort or desire to actually have a rally. At 4 pm or so we did start marching to Market and circled the Civic Center where an actual rally, with lots of volume and music was taking place in support of the Palestinians. The police kept us away from the rally. I was going to meet Chuck at 6pm at Mission and 16th, which is where we were scheduled to go, but the organizers decided to go to Powell and Market and blow off going to 16th and Mission, so I went with the "Impeach the Terrorists"/Billion Deception Dollar banner to rendez-vous with Chuck who was going to give me the tabling stuff. A few other 9/11 Truth activists also converge there. We passed out some Deception Dollars and enjoyed meeting one another. My old friend, Bob Gipson was there. We tried to find out where the "tba Activist Summit" was taking place and were given the location of a pub near Union Square. Three of us went via car and three by BART to the pub, but we never found any other 9/11 Truth activists at the pub nor were able to reach Cosmos or anyone else. So, Chuck, Bob and I just found a Thai Restaurant and enjoyed having dinner together and went home.

On Sunday morning I couldn't sleep past 6 am thinking about all I needed to do to be ready for the Convergence in San Francisco. I baked more cookies, put 100 or more of the new DVDs (Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush) into clamshells to give to activists, printed out directions for the Gage video shoot (which I forgot to pack), and loaded the car with the sound system, tables, handouts, chairs, banners, cookies, brownies, food and headed for San Francisco where I met John at 10 am and we set up the tables. Kai and Bill both came to help. It was very quiet- hardly anyone around and I wanted to be able to do the march, so Kai called John, learned that it hadn't even begun at 1 pm and drove me to the rallying point.

In hopes of getting the rally to move, I got the sound system running and introduced Cosmos. A few speeches followed (including one by Robin Hordon and folks from LA) and we finally started to move. My voice was shot, but I spotted Remos and persuaded him to chant...

It was a long march, Cosmos chose the site of the first "Bush Did It!" rally where there is a statue of McKinley (who launched a major imperial war against Spain and the Phillipines under false premises over a century ago.) We really didn't see that much of the public and it seemed like the march was more for the benefit of the Truthers with video cameras. Because I had to pack up the table/banners and get to Marin for the Video shoot, I didn't have much time to meet people or socialize by the time they reached our Golden Gate Park destination, which to me was a bit of a shame. People had come from so far away and I wish we could have been more hospitable.

The video shoot was long, but very interesting. I hadn't seen Richard's presentation since he tried it for one of the first times at our December 2006 strategy meetings (and I still haven't seen the video). He did a good job, although I am always shocked by omissions of what I think are key points by every major speaker. He also had a Structural Engineer and another engineer who specialized in understanding the collapse of buildings damaged by fire. Both of them offered powerful insights into their professions and the problems with the official story. I also learned that engineers are committed ethically and professionally to exposing fraud. They gave me hope that not all professionals could be bought off into complying with the Empire and remaining silent over falsehoods that were increasingly evident to rational, intelligent people.

It was a struggle, though, to stay awake and drive home, but I had good company to San Francisco- a talented musician who has done some great political songs, including ones on Controlled Demolition and Impeachment.

Back to the zillion chores that I have to do...

I also went with Jean-Luc to see the specialist last Friday regarding the tumors in my pancreas, and decided to go ahead with the biopsy. At this stage they don't look malignant, but they are throughout the pancreas and they couldn't remove them without removing the whole pancreas. They could do that and I could live (like a diabetic), but we'll have to see what kind of cysts/tumors they are before I have to think about whether or not I would go through treatment or not. Jean-Luc's been extra nice and supportive and people are giving me all sorts of great advice and suggestions. I just wish I had more time to sleep, drink, eat, exercise and keep up with all the work that comes my way. Perhaps I should drop the radio show, but I don't want to.

May 5, 2008- Cinco de Mayo

I'm better, but have been struggling with a cold all week, sadly my husband is sick now, too- and on top of that the house is a construction site thick with dust, as they have replaced all the windows.

I posted a Report Back from the Newstools Conference on 9/11 Blogger -

Report on the Newstools Conference for 9/11 Truth Activists

Much has been happening this week, but I was particularly interested to learn about what is going on in Mexico, as people are seriously organizing against an illegitimate regime, and we do have something to learn from them. This was sent to me from a friend, Alan Benjamin-

Update on Political Situation in Mexico

By ALAN BENJAMIN

Cinco de Mayo -- May 5th -- marks the date in 1862 when the Mexican troops under General Ignacio Zaragoza defeated the French troops in the Battle of Puebla. (Despite this initial victory, the Mexican troops went on to lose the war; Mexico was placed under the occupation of Maximilian 1, Emperor of Mexico. Four years later, the French occupation forces were expelled from Mexico by the Reform government of Benito Juarez, who had Maximilian executed just outside Querétaro.)

This year, Cinco de Mayo takes place in Mexico in a situation of profound political and economic crisis.

La Jornada today published an article detailing the disastrous effects 14 years of NAFTA have had on Mexican agriculture. Top economists at the National Autonomous University of Mexico (UNAM) report that Mexico is paying US$20 billion per year to import grain and basic food staples -- mainly from the United States -- that were produced in Mexico prior to NAFTA. Not only is the bleeding the Mexican economy, the economists explain, it is forcing millions of peasants to leave their farms. It is also imposing near-famine conditions in certain regions of Mexico. The destruction of millions of acres of corn, rice and other grains is the direct result of NAFTA, as these native crops are not able compete on the market with the genetically modified and high-tech-production grains brought in from the United States. (1)

This report in La Jornada exposes the criminal lie presented by the Usurper ("El Espurio"), Felipe Calderón, in New Orleans, when he told the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP) Summit meeting that Mexico under NAFTA is making "great progress" on the economic front, modernizing its productive capacities and improving its ability to feed its people. (At the SPP Summit in New Orleans, Calderón also lambasted the takeover of the Mexican Congress buildings by the opposition congresspersons in the Broad Progressive Front (FAP), stating that it made "Mexico look ridiculous in the eyes of the world." Calderón also accused the legitimately elected president of Mexico, Andrés Manuel López Obrador, of "taking his power trip to a new level, thereby endangering the security and stability of our country.")

Last Thursday, May Day was celebrated in Mexico with a number of mass labor rallies and marches. The largest rally, spearheaded by the Mexican Electrical Workers Union (SME), the Mineworkers' Union and the National Union of Workers (UNT), witnessed speaker after speaker denounce the proposed "Energy Reform" packet submitted to the Mexican Congress on April 8 by Felipe Calderón. "The Mexican workers will not allow these reforms to go through," said Martin Esparza, general secretary of the SME. "If we allow these energy 'reform' measures to be passed, they will immediately move to 'reform' our labor laws. Calderón and his ilk have stated as much. This would destroy our collective-bargaining agreements, our unions, and our workforce."

Also on May Day, Andrés Manuel López Obrador answered publicly the widely circulated charges leveled by PRD founder Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas against him and against the Peaceful Civil Resistance Movement. One day earlier, Cárdenas had denounced the takeover by the FAP deputies and senators of the Mexican Congress buildings, calling it an "unnecessary and irresponsible" action that endangered the legitimacy of Mexico's political institutions. (Cárdenas has sided in the fierce internal struggle within the Revolutionary Democratic Party (PRD), the party of López Obrador, with the wing that has recognized the election of Felipe Calderón and that has voted to support the "reform" measures demanded by Calderón and Bush.)

López Obrador's reply to Cárdenas was respectful in tone but unyielding in content. "How can anyone think that Calderón was not aiming at ramming his reforms through this session of Congress?" he asked. "That was Calderón's stated goal, his mission. ... We must remember that Calderón was imposed in the presidency by the influence-peddlers, both domestic and foreign, whose aim has been to turn over to foreign oil interests the exploration, perforation, refining, petrochemical production, oilducts, transportation and storage of Mexico's oil resources. ... We will not allow Calderón and the foreign oil corporations to do this!"

López Obrador continued, answering the charge by Calderón in New Orleans that López Obrador and this Resistance Movement are opposed to progress and modernization in Mexico. "This claim is absurd," he stated. "On the contrary. We believe Mexico can make great progress. We believe we have the engineering and technical expertise in Mexico to modernize our equipment and drilling in our oil industry. But what we oppose are so-called 'reforms' that only benefit a handful of people in Mexico who are beholden to foreign interests."

López Obrador concluded his statement explaining that "before any country-selling energy 'reform' is enacted, he and the Peaceful Civil Resistance Movement will insist that the people of Mexico are allowed to express their point of view through a referendum or a plebiscite -- so that no decision is made behind their backs." He went on to urge the Mexican people to join the Brigades and Committees being formed across Mexico to defend Mexico's oil and sovereignty.

To be continued. ...

----

Endnote

(1) In their speeches on May Day in San Francisco, both Cynthia McKinney, presidential candidate of the Power to the People coalition, and Cindy Sheehan, independent candidate for U.S. Congress (challenging House Speaker Nancy Pelosi), called for repealing NAFTA, explaining that this agreement is responsible for the destruction of jobs and communities and both sides of the border. Their call must be taken up by working people and the trade union movement across the United States. (Video posted at http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4832122434521971338&q=may+day+cindy+sheehan&ei=9DsfSKbhG4-eqgOflOnEAQ).

April 29, 2008

Last week the Impeachment event at the Grand Lake Theater was a great success with a good turnout and a very good, inspiring program. (Read the keynote by David Swanson here- Sympathy for Dick Cheney). I went to dinner beforehand with a number of folks and Paul Burks put forward the idea of suing various members of Congress for failing to do their jobs. We still have to find out more details and get some good lawyers willing to help us.

I passed on the tabling stuff and banners to John Wright so he could take them to the Beach Impeach, and hopefully the May Day march/rally/protests.

Generally I miss out on the family/scout events and go to the political events, instead, but I made an exception last Saturday, because I had agreed to go canoeing with the family and the scouts, before they revived the Beach Impeach, and I love canoeing. So last Saturday, I was on the Russian River with the scouts. I have done a lot of white-water canoeing, but last Saturday we had two canoes overturn and get trapped by submerged trees in strong currents, one five feet below the water. Fortunately no one was seriously injured. I also was the one to venture up the bank and find a house, people, and borrow a rope which allowed us to haul the buried canoe out of the tree in deep water. Everyone was glad that we were able to save the canoe- and that I was there.

It was a beautifully hot summery day, but the water was freezing. I couldn't resist swimming, and unfortunately by evening I could feel myself coming down with a cold which knocked me out for a couple of days. Richard Gage called me Monday afternoon for the phone number of the Stanford Radio Station, reminding me that I had a radio interview. Besides feeling feverish and sick, the construction workers tore out our bedroom and office windows on Monday forcing us to move tons of stuff around, and I had completely forgotten about the radio show.

My own show is so much work, but I do enjoy it, even when I'm sick. I'm just way behind on a ton of paperwork, including taxes, the forms for Agape Foundation... posting events on the calendar, lining up guests for upcoming shows... And I need to rest to get well, but Life is so irresistable, and today is my husband's birthday, and I'd love to be able to bake him a birthday cake, at least.

April 19, 2008,

I have been struggling to balance the demands of my life, my family, with the demands of my "work." Sometimes there are surprising overlaps. Before I had Paul Krik on my radio show, last Monday, I realized that his great film Able Danger was inspired, to some degree, by the first "film noir" - The Maltese Falcon, which I had never seen. As it was, I was so interrupted by the demands of family that I never got to see the whole thing before the radio show, but Daniel watched it, too, and then afterwards Daniel and I watched Able Danger. On my second viewing, I could catch more of the jokes, parallels to the actual film, although Daniel (who is 14 was completely lost by the plot line). It's quite possible to enjoy Able Danger, without having seen The Maltese Falcon, but I think seeing both of them is a good idea and more fun...

On Tuesday I went to Stanford to question Morgan Spurlock about his new film- "Where in the World is Osama Bin Laden?"

Wednesday, I worked on the website and posted some of the news from Europe.

Thursday, I spent most of the day at the FCC Hearings on "The Future of the Internet" at Stanford.

Audio of the public comments are posted at www.indybay.org/newsitems/2008/04/17/18493592.php

I wish I could write an article about the meeting, but I haven't had time. There was a lottery to determine who would comment, in what order, during the public comment period, and I was lucky enough to be speaker #16 and get a whole 90 seconds (originally we were supposed to have two minutes) to speak. It was hard to squeeze the major points into such a small window.

I hurriedly bicycled home, skipped dinner and left for Oakland where I was half an hour late to a well attended meeting. The big action item was the upcoming 9/11 Truth Convergence being organized by Cosmos, we allocated $250 and encouraged him to find a defined space for people to meet, network, socialize, besides the street actions, so that it isn't just a vague, dissolve, bar hop later on your own, type of event. Those who could host folks from out of town are encouraged to let Cosmos know, so he can hook you up with folks who are coming. Most of the organizing is being done online at truthaction.org but we do need support from folks in San Francisco to help with logistics, actual meeting space, and there are monies allotted for that. Our next meeting is a joint meeting with us and Aaron Dames group on Thursday, May 1st, which I won't be able to attend because I'll be at the Media Conference in Sunnyvale. I do hope people will pitch in and help to make the Convergence a success, and that means helping with the real nuts and bolts logistics.

We also discussed other upcoming events and opportunities- The big Impeachment Event at the Grand Lake Theater on the 24th, the Beach Impeach, the upcoming media conferences, and the Week of Truth, and I urged folks with websites to put up banners on their sites. I still need to send out an email blast to our list and the Deception Dollar webmasters, but I have been "in triage" trying to do the most urgent stuff first- like feeding hungry kids, getting Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush republished, in time for the media conference, ordering all the DVDs that I should have ordered last January, plus The Shell Game to support the national effort and have the book available at our upcoming tabling events. I've also been working on the upcoming radio shows, and the interview I needed to do for the media conference. I have also had to do our taxes, pay the bills, do the banking, shipping. The demands never end, but my time keeps running out. I never can catch up with my Impeachment page, either, because my back just doesn't allow me to spend too many hours at the computer.

April 12, 2008

My appreciation for the outpouring of concern and support from friends and listeners who have been sending me emails, and my apologies for not being able to reply to all of them or even keep up with my phone messages. It has been challenging for me this week because the windows and doors are being replaced in our home and the sounds of construction and plastic spread to prevent the dust from getting everywhere has even shrouded the phone answering machine, so there obstacles for me to simply do the "ordinary things- like eat, drink, cook, sleep, as well as hear the phone or think when being blasted by the noise of walls being shattered by machines.

I have tried to escape when possible, to go for my hikes and it was a pleasure to set up the Listening Project on Friday, the 11th, in solidarity with the 11th Day od Actions. It almost felt like summer weather and I wished that I had worn shorts. Women in Black also gather in Lytton Plaza every Friday and they were very nice to us and welcomed our presence.

I also had a good long chat with John Bursill and shipped him 4 cases of Deception Dollars and 9/11 Fact Sheets. I'm getting so low on stock now, that I think I might have to reprint soon. I still hope to make "Conception" or "Perception" Dollars for Truth, Peace, Justice, Impeachment candidates, but I've been in triage mode for so long, I haven't even officially launched my Congressional campaign- or sent out a single press release. The guy who created my 2006 website (and the only one who has access to it) hasn't made it available to me, and has had his hands full with taking care of his mother who is seriously ill. Some day I hope to catch up with my life and become better organized.

Next Thursday, the 17th are the FCC hearings at Stanford (and the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in Oakland), plus the Week of Truth begins on Wednesday. Just doing my radio show, planning for the upcoming events, conferences, keeping up with the ordering, bookkeeping, taxes for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, and feeding the ever hungry family still occupy most of my time. At least the weather is beautiful and I am feeling well and happy. When I spoke to my son (in Oberlin, Ohio) yesterday, he told me that the hardest thing for him to do was his schoolwork when it was beautiful weather outside. I could sympathize 100%. I enjoy being outside and being with family and friends so much, it is hard to hunker down at the computer and catch up on all the "work."

April 11, 2008, The Listening Project, Downtown Palo Alto

April 8, 2008

I have several emails waiting to go out, but for the past two days I have been having trouble sending them out- they are blocked, and I've only been able to send them when they have more or less become obsolete. I am not sure what the problem is.

I worked far too long on the computer today on a review of the great new film Able Danger and updating my radio show blog with the upcoming 9/11 Film Makers' Show with Samira Goetschel, director of Our Own Private Bin Laden and Paul Krik creator of ABLE DANGER.

This evening I went to see John Pilger's new film - The War on Democracy which I had really been looking forward to seeing. I suppose I might have been more moved, had I not been familiar with all the material that Pilger covered, but I felt that the film would never attract a large general audience or people like my husband or kids who probably wouldn't have been able to sit through it.

I'll probably get blasted by my hardcore fellow 9/11 truth activists, but I think Able Danger could draw, and hold a larger crowd. I will post my review- of Able Danger - the film when my back recovers from today's ordeal.

April 6, 2008

On Thursday night we voted to donate $300 to the Feal Good Foundation (We did hold a benefit for them and us in December, but we lost money on the premieres of Loose Change- Final Cut, but we're in better shape now financially.) We also voted $300 to the organizers of the conference in Australia, and an additional $200 to help cover my expenses to attend the National Conference on Media Reform in June.

On Friday workman began ripping apart the walls of our home to replace the dead furnace, and I spent way too much time working at the computer, aggravating the pain in my lower back.

Saturday, I drove to UC Berkeley to attend the California State Green Party Plenary and press conference (I did interviews with 3 TV stations- abc, cbs, kpix, as well as interviews with KGO and KPFA radio stations (although I have no idea, if any of what I said was aired.) Here's the written statement of what I said at the press conference, although I did modify this somewhat:

For over a decade I have worked on educating the public about the global economy--which, frankly, is a war economy that undermines the health and well-being of the planet and all of us who ultimately depend upon the water, the air, and the living soil for our basic sustenance. As long as this nation devotes the bulk of its resources and energy towards waging war and controlling, killing, and imprisoning people, it will continue to criminally rob its citizens. The most blatant examples of this can be seen at the highest levels of government, where the Constitution, the Supreme Court, and basic morality are not respected. Instead we see rampant looting, corruption, war-profiteering, and, most recently, financial shenanigans legitimizing fraud and predatory lending, allowing the rich to legally rob the poor and deprive them of their homes.

The Federal Reserve itself was a horrific scam foisted upon the American people that has only benefited the “banking class” and never served the public good. The Fed has recently been responsible for deregulating the financial sector and encouraging speculative derivatives that created the housing bubble we are faced with now. Fortunes have been made by some, but many people were lured into debt traps through promises of credit, no questions asked.

Charging exorbitant interest used to be called “usury,” and it was forbidden by all the world’s religions. In recent years the federal government intervened to prevent state governments from protecting their people from the predatory lending practices of the largest financial institutions in the country. As a result, for the first time since the data began to be tracked in 1945, homeowners' debt on their houses now exceeds their equity [1]. California has the dubious distinction of being the state with the largest total number of foreclosures--more than 57,000 filings in January, one for every 227 homes [2]. This is serious. Personal bankruptcies are expected to be the highest ever this year, and all levels of government are facing fiscal crises.

There are solutions available to help those suffering the most in the short term--and we should help the most recent victims--but frankly, these are just band-aid solutions. We need systemic solutions that recognize that the debt crisis that has toppled empires historically--when wealth is so concentrated in the hands of the upper class that they blindly destroy their economic base. What our nation needs is basic and comprehensive monetary reform, to move us away from a debt-based system to an honest, transparent, accountable system. But as long as our political system is dominated by liars, crooks, and corrupt politicians--who ignore their oaths of office and our Constitution--such comprehensive reforms are highly unlikely at the federal level; it is only at the state level that we might have a chance of initiating minor reforms.

I am appalled that Congresswoman Eshoo--the incumbent I am running against--has been working closely with the NSA to “fight counterterrorism.” The so-called “War on Terror” has provided the Bush administration with an excuse to undermine civil liberties at home, siphon resources from the poor to the rich, and Eshoo has embraced this agenda. The real terrorists are in the White House and should be impeached. We should be exposing the lies and criminals, getting out of the war business, and redirecting resources to healing and improving people’s lives and the failing ecosystems upon which they depend.

[1]
http://www.usatoday.com/money/economy/housing/2008-03-06-foreclosures_N.htm

[2]
http://money.cnn.com/2008/02/26/real_estate/foreclosures_rise_again/index.htm?postversion=2008022608

It was great to see old friends and meet some new people, including Mark Sanchez who is running for the Board of Supervisors in San Francisco. The worst thing was not rendez-vousing with Tian on Sunday afternoon, when I went to a meeting on saving KPFA (which Tian couldn't locate- so he went home on public transit unbeknownst to me). I knew many of the speakers, including my dear friend, Maria Gilardin. Maria also gave me a copy of her new program on the Maritn Luther King Jr. Trial and the closing arguments of William Pepper to the jury who delivered the verdict that James Earl Ray did not kill King, but was part of a larger conspiracy involving the FBI, CIA, Memphis, police, the mafia. It was very late by the time I got home and everyone was very hungry, waiting for me to cook them dinner. (The rock-climbing was good, but the boy scout cuisine left something to be desired.)

The media is still vital to the battle for "democracy"- within KPFA, as well as in this country, the world. On Friday I learned that the FCC will be holding their hearing Thursday, April 17, 2008, 12:00 pm to 7:00 pm at Dinkelspiel Auditorium, Stanford University. At the same time I read a tongue in cheek article on Eshoo's working with the NSA to combat "cyber-terrorism" which I suspect is their euphemism for "free speech"- dissenting websites/information/the truth. We have a huge amount of work to do, and much of it will be "framing issues," getting out the information, helping people to realize what is at stake.

April 3, 2008

Just got an email from David Ray Griffin- the funds have been raised to get his new book to Congress.

April 2, 2008

9/11 Truth- The Key to Peace

Impeachment- The Key to Justice

Here are the wonderful signs that Cam made for the Impeachment/Anti-War Rallies in March. These photos were taken by Sandy Taylor who also created the great Pelosi on a Peach Impeachment image. I just wish we could get these ideas seared into the brains of the Peace and Justice Movement. There is still rampant fear and denial over the most blatant, obvious facts about 9/11.

Hard as our issue is, I think David Ray Griffin's gentle approach might be the most effective at winning over politicians and the press. Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance would like to help get David Ray Griffin's excellent new book, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press, sent to Congress with the assistance of the publishers (Interlink).

        

So far $3000 has been raised and we hope to raise an additional $1144.(April 3, 2008- The money has been raised. DRG just sent me a note today!) If you would like to help with this effort please earmark your donations "DRG- 9/11 Contradictions." Donations can be made out directly to Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance or, if you would like a tax deduction, checks can be written to Agape Foundation- or you can donate through Agape's webisite.

(Mail checks to Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, PO Box 60511, Palo Alto, CA 94306)

All donations of $50 or more that go through Agape Foundation to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance are tax-deductible. Although we do not have our own tax-exempt status, the Internal Revenue Service allows our donors to make charitable contributions through our Fiscal Sponsor, The Agape Foundation. As such, their name, not ours, will appear on your bank or credit card statement.

We greatly appreciate all donations. Our work depends on the generosity of people who share our vision for a non-violent world, and an end to state-sponsored terrorism. Donate through Agape Foundation

Our campaign is also in solidarity with another national campaign-

Week of Truth
April 16-22, 2008

Let's make 9/11 Truth part of the National Dialogue.

Help drive Steve Alten's novel- The Shell Game onto the NYT's Bestseller's List

        

When the book hits the top 10, hopefully #1, on the NY Times list, we should be able to have a major dialogue on this issue- a real break in the dam which has kept so many basic facts hidden from public consciousness. (Although a work of fiction, the book raises important issues and draws attention to the work of Griffin, Ruppert and the 9/11 Truth Movement, in general. It's a good read. My Review is posted here. Watch Steve Alten in this Video Interview by Jon Gold and decide whether or not you would like to see him in the national spotlight.

March 29, 2008

When I was 22 years old, facing a suicidal friend in Grenoble, France, I had my first "mystical experience" which lasted less than a minute, but profoundly changed my life- allowing me to forgive, accept and love my friend, myself, my family, the world. I felt that I had learned life's most important lesson, and while I had been extremely fearful of death as a child, from that moment onward, I felt that it would be no great tragedy, if I died, because I had learned life's most important lesson, I had found an inner peace which allowed me to live a full, joyous life.

When, on the verge of getting married (at age 25), I was informed that my fiance had a tumor, the size of an orange at the center of his brain, and might not survive the weekend, that certainly rocked my "inner peace" a bit and my values changed, as the future took on aspects of "a black hole" and each day, I never knew whether it would be my fiance's last day for about two years, while we lived on the intense edge.

In the last two weeks, I have had to confront the possibilities of death, again, my own and my husbands, as we have both been in and out of Stanford Hospital and had to undergo various tests. It's a little chilling to be in a Cancer Clinic, have a doctor remark, "Oh you're so young, I thought you'd be older." Point out giant cysts/tumors which are "probably benign," but suggesting a biopsy because, "Well, why? If they are not, then I would get the joyous news that I would probably die, soon."

Facing the possibility of knowing or not knowing, I can't help but think about whether or not I would live my life differently, if I was told that I did have cancer. As a political activist, maybe an effective one, maybe an abysmally ineffective one (Certainly, it is hard to say, to judge, and I'm hardly in a position to be objective), I do feel like I have stuck my neck out and, if I actually am successful, then I am putting my own life, and possibly those of my family and friends at greater risk. On the other hand, I usually take on giant, global issues, which have a huge impact upon humanity, and perhaps the survival of our species. I often see myself, and each of my colleagues, fellow activists, engaged on a multitude of issues, as the immune system of humanity and perhaps the biosphere, doing all we can to prevent "terracide." Each day could be my last day, and I am forever grateful for each moment that I am alive and for what I am able to do, although usually it is a small percentage of what I wish I could accomplish in the course of a day. I am forever trying to balance my life- the work, the kids, the husband, the friends, my body, my spirit, my intellectual curiosity, my passions.

So, I felt a certain ambivalence about more tests, a biopsy, and would like to avoid as many as possible, and just live my life.

I confirmed my attendance at a couple conferences, made airline/hotel reservations, lined up guests for my radio show in April, tried to update my calendar of events. I also baked lots of cookies for the horde of teenage boys who filled the house over Spring Break, playing all day long, and for Jeremy to take with him snow-camping with the scouts this weekend, and for Jules to take with him back to Oberlin (I was up at 5 am to get him to the airport). I missed the impeachment rallies in San Jose. I need to improve my write up for my next radio show with David Ray Griffin and Janette MacKinlay and post that, and finish and post some of the articles that I have neglected for years. Chuck and Adam contributed edits to the interview with Adam Trombly that I did on March 17th. I still need to figure out the voice recognition software for use on the other interviews (plus how to use the camera and audio tools that I have now). So much to do, to learn, and yet, I think of the lovely 84 year old woman dancer who shared her house with me in Berekely and advised- "Meditate an hour every day" and if you are really busy "Meditate for two hours."

On my list of favorite things to do, and things that I need to do, is simply going for a walk, a hike, a bike ride (getting away from the computer which causes me physical pain). I will never be able to do all that I wish to do, but I hope that I at least find the balance, so that I can enjoy every moment, of every activity, that I choose to do, including the work that I am still passionate about.

March 24, 2008

I've spent the last few days, transcribing the interview with Adam Trombly and I just posted an excerpt of it on this website, and need to edit it even more and post it elsewhere, if my body can bear working at this computer more. Actually, I need to take a break. I can't sit here too long without paying a horrible price physically, and I want to ship some stuff to Australia for the organizer of the Sydney 9/11 Truth Now Tour. My husband's sick, the kids are out of school, and I need to feed them and give them some attention, too.

I'm glad I did the transcript, however. It should help me prepare questions to ask Trombly, as we continue our conversation on tonight's radio show.

March 20, 2008

Many of my friends were hanging banners, getting arrested, demonstrating in creative civil disobedience actions yesterday, while I went with Jeremy very early to the oral surgeon's office to get his wisdom teeth pulled. Between taking the ice on and off his jaws, changing gauze, getting medication for him, I baked lots of cookies for the anti-war rally in San Francisco. I couldn't leave Jeremy, or home, though, until my husband returned from work to be with Jeremy. I was pretty late setting up, and glad to see some familiar faces, especially Jody and Bill, who helped me table. We set up banners, I brought the sound system, but we were so disorganized (my fault- I forgot to send out an email to people- and we never really figured out an organized action at our recent meetings.) Also I think a lot of people were arrested yesterday (not necessarily expecting to be arrested)- so I wasn't able to find people to carry our banners or form a contingent in the march. I can also blame my hand injury, light rain, for making it very challenging to spontaneously organize at the rally. The table was swamped/popular as usual, although the crowds were smaller than usual, the rally shorter than usual, and with the table covered to protect the papers/books from the rain a good part of the time, we still received a respectful dose of support from the public who gave us about $500 in donations, and for our educational materials- books, DVDs, bumper stickers, buttons. The cookies and Deception Dollars we gave away for free.

Yesterday I also got an email from Adam Trombly, agreeing to be on my radio show again next Monday. I'm so glad, we covered just the tip of an iceberg. If I didn't have to unload the car from yesterday's rally, get to the Post Office, bank, grocery store, feed the family and get to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting tonight- I'd try to do a transcript of our last show and get out a better article tomorrow to promote the next show.

Despite all the obstacles, and the seemingly glacial pace of change, however, I am so deeply encouraged at the raising of consciousness that is taking place- still beneath the mainstream media radar...

March 18, 2008

While I agree that "responsible" means being able to respond to the reality of the moment, I must admit that I cannot "respond" to everything or be at more than one place at a time, hence the belated, inadequate updating of this website, and I am missing the Impeachment caravan, as I write this, and prepare for the rally this afternoon in Palo Alto. I could not resist joining Tian at White Plaza yesterday (at Stanford) to pass out a few hundred flyers on today's Impeachment Rally, flaunting our great banners, and blasting our Impeachment- 9/11 songs on campus. Despite a few rude hardcore Bush fams, we found a lot of support and appreciation from the people who crossed our paths.

Last night I had a rather dramatic interview with Adam Trombly, if anyone has time to write up a transcript of the show- please send me a copy. I'd do it myself, if there were more hours in the day... Tomorrow there are major anti-war demonstrations in San Francisco (and on top of that my poor 17 year old is getting his wisdom teeth pulled- so I need to be mom first- activist second).

March 16, 2008

A cold, rainy forecast made it hard to coordinate our rally/march/tabling efforts in Palo Alto on Saturday. Camille made a beautiful key shaped sign with "9/11 Truth and the Peace symbol" on one side and "Impeachment and a Justice symbol" on the other. We missed one another for the first hour or so, as I set up banners in the Civic Center and then tried to make it to Town and Country Village for the Impeachment March, since I had the sound system and our two big Impeachment banners. Camille and Dana found us later when the rally began at the Civic Center. They brought a large case of the new Patriots Question 9/11 cards. The Peninsula Peace and Justice Center had rigged up some large awnings since there was a 70 % chance of rain and thunderstorms and the turnout was much smaller than usual- a couple of hundred of people. Many had gone to the direct action in Richmond against Chevron and others to the Winter Soldier Hearings in DC. We also did a side march for Impeachment to Lytton Plaza and up and down University with our Impeachment & 9/11 Truth Music, and flyered for the upcoming Impeachment Actions/Meeting/Rally. I was glad that it didn't rain. Our table was popular, especially since we had lots of cookies. There was a little coverage in the local papers, but by and large, the local press didn't have a clue about the events taking place nationwide, internationally, and the growing opposition to the war and the Administration.

I just wish I had figured out and brought my camera. As usual, I didn't get photos of our marches, and our wonderful new sign and handouts. We had an embarrassment of riches, as far as educational materials are concerned- more than we could pass out to all the people.

March 11, 2008

On Sunday night I had an extraordinary conversation with Adam Trombly who has agreed to be on my radio show next week. We started talking at 8:30 pm, at 1:20 am, I had to hang up on him, because my husband wanted to go to bed, and I didn't want to harm my marriage (plus I had to be up early the next morning). Monday, I spent most of the day on an article which I never was able to finish, before my back complained too much, and I had to shift to other tasks- baking cookies for today's Listening Project, feeding the family...and doing the radio show with the Australians, which was a wonderful experience.

The Listening Project- 9/11 Truth Action- March 11, 2008 - Downtown Palo Alto

It is heartening that so many people are doing outstanding consciousness raising work, not just on 9/11, but in exposing how the media controls information, creates lies/myths out of whole cloth. I just posted the links to the outstanding 8 part series of Expert Testimony by William Schaap on the FBI and CIA's control over the media and how it has been used to manipulate the public and crush dissent.

In this 8-part series Dr. William F. Pepper leads the co-publisher of Covert Action Quarterly, William Schaap, through a history of US Government Approved disinformation, beginning with examples in WWI and then WWII, when things really began to take off. The techniques of disinformation that the government employed during war-time were carried over into peace-time under the aegis of the Cold War. Schaap sites specific examples of CIA and FBI disinformation, concluding with Hoover's FBI attacks on Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

Part 1


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=bbnxsPgcsH0

Part 2


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=EcH7vKVM2iE

Part 3


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=C4rFXjGJ5os

Part 4


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=5oMqyWns1ew

Part 5


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=gd8Lqx7mazo

Part 6 (due to tape changes, some footage is lost in this section, please refer to transcript)


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=DP6dTsHIlI4

Part 7


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=enkxL0qquCE

Part 8


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=MPZrjxD4AAo

This should be seen by every student, every adult in the US- they would never be able to look at history or the news in the same light, if they knew this information. They would see through the "9/11 Lie" very quickly, and the government wouldn't be able to pull these operations off repeatedly.

There is so much I want to do. I have been thinking of a short "to do" list so as not to overwhelm myself:

1. Impeach Bush and Cheney.

2. Abolish the CIA.

3. Change the monetary system, from a debt based to a more honest system.

4. Restructure the global economy from war to healing people and planet.

Then again there are things I have to do:

1. Heal thumb.

2. Get treatment for the kidney stones.

3. Get oil change and car fixed.

4. Clean house and organize papers so I can find stuff, and catch up on my mail.

5. Clean garage, so I can find stuff and be prepared for the anti-war rally Saturday.

6. Finish and publish article I was working on Monday.

7. Schedule radio show guests for the rest of the month.

8. Get access, control over the website for my Congressional run that Christian created for me.

9. Fulfill all the promises, committments that I have made, the business work for NO. Ca 9/11 Truth Alliance.

10. Get some new pants, cause all my jeans have holes in them.

My husband wasn't feeling well today, and ended up in the Emergency Room of the Stanford Hospital. I worried about him when I went to my demonstration, and when I came home and Daniel told me to call Jean-Luc on his cell phone. I picked him up at Stanford, just before cooking dinner. There is no roof on our house, now- it is in the process of being "reroofed." Life is a continuing flow of personal, global crises, that I am compelled to respond to. At least things are so bad, that the whole family is relishing in our sense of humor and ability to laugh at what is happening, and glad that we are able to love, support, encourage one another to get through the challenges we create for ourselves each day.

March 9, 2008

It has been a very difficult week for me and my family. At the same time, some good things did happened and I was encouraged by the activism and efforts of many people from around the world and locally. Last Tuesday when I was dealt a heavy blow at the Voter Registrar's office, telling me that the signatures we had gathered were on the wrong form and wouldn't count, I also was hurrying back and forth to Stanford University to meet with filmmakers and see a documentary called-

Made in LA

Students had organized a lunch for the filmmakers, that was well attended. They spoke and showed poignant clips from their film and shared their story, which was quite moving.

What had started out as a ten minute organizational tool for activists working on a boycott to protest sweatshop conditions in LA, turned into a 6 year project, film, which followed the transformation of three women's lives> In the course of their organizing efforts, the women become empowered and understand how their own struggle is connected to the larger struggle of immigrant rights,and labor struggles taking place throughout the world.

I thought it would be a good opportunity to meet student activists, and people who would be good to ask to speak on my radio show on the topic of workers and immigrant rights.

After my ordeal at the Registrar's office in San Jose, I hurried back to feed my kids, and was slightly late for the evening film screening (which sadly was not very well attended). I could not be unmoved by the film, however, especially since it was so personal in showing how hard they worked at their jobs, and devoted all their free time to their organizing efforts, and tried to meet the demands of their families. I saw my own story in their story (plus I was born and raised in LA...). When the film concluded, I was the first to ask a question (actually more than one question- the second having to do with the larger picture and issues- how their struggle impacted sweatshops oin LA and pushed the industry to relocate elsewhere)> My first question was a very personal question about the mother who left three kids behind in El Salvador, and worked to support them in LA. In the film the kids try to rejoin her, but they don't make it. So I asked if she ever got to see her kids. The filmmaker said that at the World Premiere in DC, the three women were at the showing, and the organizers of the event arranged for the eldest son to come, as well. Mother and son were reunited at the World Priemire- and there wasn't a dry eye in the house. The son fully understood what his mom had been through to support his family for those many long years when they were separated.

The film's message is deeply personal and universal and is reaching audiences across all sorts of cultural boundaries, because everyone can relate to unjust laws, tyranny, oppression, exploitation, the daily struggle, the need to organize to defend rights not only for oneself, but for others.

I plan on doing a radio show with the film producers and others, when I can schedule it.

On Thursday, there was a rally that I could not resist going to at Stanford, in defense of habeus corpus and the prisoners at Guantanamo Bay, organized by students. That morning I also received a stunning report from the Palo Alto Police Department, completely exonerating themselves from my formal complaint- when they threatened to arrest me for gathering signatures on my Impeach Cheney petition in the local park last year.

Speaking at the rally were some amazing people, including a young man who spoke about the Wikileaks case, where a website was shut down because it posted some damning leaked documents about a bank's behavior. They won their case and got the website back up again, and he shared that they were posting leaked documents which showed how systemic the torture was at Guantanamo, and how the model was then systemically expanded to Abu Graib and other prisons.

Another speaker won three cases at the Supreme Court on behalf of the Guantanamo Bay prisoners (and will probably win a fourth case), but she expressed her frustration at winning cases that the Adminsistration chose to ignore. They have yet to comply with the law of the highest court of the land.

The same lawyer volunteered to write me a letter for the Palo Alto Police Department, as she agreed with me that the First Amendment trumps the city ordinance that they cited to shut me up, and use to threaten me with arrest. That should help me and others to exercise our rights, and prevent the police from intimidating us with arrest threats.

On Thursday, I continued to call the Secretary of State about what happened in Santa Clara County, and eventually she responded to my email. Here is her response- and my response to it:

March 6, 2008

Dear Ms. Brouillet:

Thank you for contacting me about the problem you had with submitting signatures to the Santa Clara County elections office in order to waive your candidate filing fees.

Under current law, California Elections Code sections 8020 and 8106, candidates must submit nomination documents and petition in-lieu filing fee forms according to specific deadlines set out in statute. Local elections officials verify the signatures submitted on those forms.

It appears that in your case, you attempted to submit additional in-lieu signatures on March 4, 2008, but that Santa Clara County was unable to accept the signatures, because they were submitted on a nomination form instead of a Petition in Lieu of Filing Fee form. You mentioned you were misinformed about which form to use. While I certainly understand your frustration, the law is very specific in this area and does not provide for exceptions. Fortunately, there is still time for you to submit signatures on the appropriate form. Friday, March 7th is the filing deadline, which should allow you time to resubmit your signatures to Santa Clara County on the proper form.

Thank you for taking the time to contact me. I hope this information is helpful to you. If you have any questions, or if I can assist you on another matter related to the Secretary of State’s office, please contact my office at (916) 653-7244.

Sincerely,

Debra Bowen
Secretary of State

Dear Ms. Bowen,

This is unfair and outrageous. We cannot go back to 35 people and tell them that I was misinformed by a horrific bureaucrat at the County Registrar's Office who gave me 3 copies of a useless form on February 21st. It was their mistake, but I am supposed to pay the price- in this case- a lot of work and annoyance to a lot of people or hundreds of dollars. I have turned in over 150 good signatures- 120 on the Petition in lieu of filing fee form which I received in January, and the rest on the form that was given to me on February 21st when I knew that I would need to gather replacement signatures, if some of the 158 signatures that I turned in on that day in were not good. We spent days gathering signatures. I'm a busy woman with an injured hand, people working on my house, meetings, kids to feed, rallies to attend, a radio show to organize.

I was misinformed, misdirected by the Santa Clara Office- and I think I should not have to bear the cost of their mistake, that the signatures were gathered in good faith (I thought the old form was no longer good) and all the signatures that I gathered should be honored as 122 were on Petition in Lieu of Filing Fee on them and 29 on the form given to me on February 21st which said "Nomination" on it. I thought it was the date/time period that was the important thing- and all of the signatures were gathered within the required time period- less than 40 stated Nomination on them. There is the letter of the law and the spirit of the law.

Of course today I spoke with a lawyer, who is willing to represent me for free on a more serious matter, but she won 3 cases in the Supreme Court on behalf of the Guantanamo Bay prisoners who were denied their habeus corpus rights (and other rights). The White House ignored the Supreme Court's decisions.

I am running for office because I think Cheney and Bush should be impeached, and that Congress is failing to live up to their oath of Office. I have been threatened with arrest for trying to exercise my First Amendment Rights. I have been pulled to the side of the road and had "law officers" hold me and my sixteen year old son at gunpoint, and been handcuffed and placed in an unmarked police car "supposedly because we fit the description of suspects in a non-existent armed robbery"- but, in actuality, it was a clear attempt to intimidate me and curb my activism. Under the new laws- I'll probably get labeled a "domestic terrorist" and tortured, killed in some undisclosed prison/concentration camp.

I shouldn't expect fair treatment, honesty, from bureaucrats who certainly don't want me to get elected to public office. I should expect lies, roadblocks, obstacles, on every step of my journey, especially since there are enough laws that contradictions are bound to exist, and I could probably be prosecuted for almost anything I do or say under some law or another.

I had expected better treatment from you, since I thought you cared about the blatant stealing of our elections, and I had hoped that you would be ethical, understanding, human, and working towards improving the electoral process.

I am angry, but I will direct my energy, efforts, towards other battles. This is, I think, grossly unfair and unjust, but emblematic of a corrupt system, that does not care if it hurts people, lies to them, denies them justice, and would like to shut them up- whatever it takes.

You wrote:
Fortunately, there is still time for you to submit signatures on the appropriate form.

It's impossible. That is tomorrow. You will deny the validity of the signatures gathered and charge me a hefty filing fee- because a petty bureaucrat gave me the wrong form, in triplicate at the wrong time.

We have suffered enough calamities from trying to do too much. The health bills and getting the car repaired would cost more than $400, but $400 hurts, and I am very mad at the Santa Clara County Registrar's Office and at your response. You can be sure that everyone will hear the story!!!!!

Carol Brouillet

I didn't tell Ms. Bowen, but I was feeling pretty ill, exhausted, and angry when I wrote my response (perhaps that comes through in my choice of language). However I had a headache from Wednesday through Saturday, and felt ill, particularly on Friday and Saturday. I think because of the kidney stones. On Monday, I will have to schedule the treatment for them. My husband's back is still hurting him, my hand is still in a splint and I hope it heals correctly, but if I try to bend it- I am still missing the lower knuckle. Secretary of State Bowen might think that gethering 35 signatures was no big deal for me, but to me it was just a huge, unnecessary, obstacle thrown in my path- a real blow to my spirit, more than anything else. Tian said he went out and got five more (I don't know if he turned them in or not), but I didn't find the strength or energy to gather anymore.

On Wednesday night, I went to bed at 6:30 pm. Then I got a really nice phone call from Larry Pinkney and his girlfriend thanking me for having him on the show. I thought he was great and hope to have him on again with Cynthia McKinney, who did agree to do the show (on Movement Building)- but didn't get back to me in a timely fashion. [It is hard to schedule shows with busy people, which is one of the things I need to do today- work on scheduling, especially since they just changed the clocks in the US- and tomorrow night I want to be sure to get John Bursill and Glen Clancy on at the right time- John's in Sydney and Glen is in Japan- and it is so easy to make mistakes when we are on different days and different clocks.]

On Thursday night Chuck came over and we went together to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in San Francisco. It was a pretty small meeting- I know Ken and Cosmos were preparing for their trip to Australia, so we really never bothered with an agenda, financial report, but just had a discussion and I passed out the latest Rock Island Free Presses. Chuck and I agreed to go to the Impeachment rally the next day at Zoe Lofgren's office. I'd bring the sound system and he's brings the songs.

Friday, I felt so ill, I wouldn't have gone, had I not agreed with Chuck that I'd bring the sound system- which really does help at those rallies. It was a struggle to get out press releases and post articles about my upcoming radio show.

Last week I also was cheered by Valentine, whom I sent the 32,000 Deception Dollars to, just in the nic of time, to be passed out at the EU parliament 9/11 event... I had sent Valentine the wrong account number for the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. She wrote back the sweetest note-

I am happy to find the problem
I make a new order.
Do not worry
My car broke down
The more you do the more calamities you make
And the more goals you reach!

We have had a very instructing week end in Amsterdam
With more than 40 europeen activists, Chiesa and Fujita
We want to start trials against these morons for genocide
An idea from Chris Coverdale who started this in the UK
Based on 4 international laws.
'Make war history' with Annie Machon.
You will hear from us.
love
Valentine

No matter what troubles we face dealing with the US government. It is good to know that there is this wonderful network of people throughout the planet committed to truth, peace, justice, working together, despite all the obstacles.

P.S. I just revised some of this when I realized that I had made some mistakes. On Friday when I returned from the Impeachment Rally, I immediately went to bed, and got up in time to go with my husband to see the High School production of The Winter's Tale which our son, Jeremy has been working on for so long. It was classical Shakespeare, a story about misplaced jealousy which causes death, heartbreak, various calamities, lots of suffering... but eventually with time, love, and forgiveness, the situation is resolved.

I know I should be more forgiving, but it is always hard when one is still in the "painful moment" and much easier when there is time and distance.

March 5, 2008

The Good News- I had a great time gathering signatures last weekend to get on ballot. It was wonderful, finally getting to speak directly with Wade Frazier on Monday's radio show, creator of the voluminous, insightful website- www.ahealedplanet.net exploring New Energy and the Abundance Paradigm. Lots of people helped me to hammer out a press release on the latest International Developments on the 9/11 Truth Movement, and John Bursill, organizer of the Sydney Conference agreed to do a radio show on it next week.

[Here's a short version of the Press Release]:

International Demands for New 9/11 Investigation Challenge US “War on Terror”

In 2008 alone, in Japan, in Europe, Australia, the US Congress, and New York, elected officials and citizen activists have questioned the Official Story of 9/11.

On January 10 in Japan, Yukihisa Fujita, a member of the Democratic Party of Japan, challenged Bush’s request for the Japanese to assist in supplying the US military effort in Afghanistan, by raising questions about 9/11 and the “War on Terrorism” before the Japanese Parliament.

On February 26 in Italy, Giulietto Chiesa, a journalist and member of the European Parliament, invited colleagues and the press to attend a screening of the documentary Zero, an investigation into the events of 9/11.

On February 26 in Washington, Republican Representative Dana Rohrabacher spoke out on the floor of the US Congress about the Bush administration’s obstruction of Congressional inquiries related to the crimes of 9/11, stating that he has “come to the sad conclusion that this administration has intentionally obstructed Congress' rightful and constitutional duties.”

In New York City, 2008 has seen a citizen effort to place on the November General Election ballot an initiative that will allow the voters of New York City to mandate, through public referendum, the formation of a new Citizens Commission to Re-Investigate 9/11.

In Australia, from March 14 to March 16, Sydney Truth Action will host an international conference to critically examine the events of 9/11 and Australia’s participation in the War on Terror. The central issue of the conference will be "Did Australia go to war in Iraq and Afghanistan on a false pretext?" The conference will focus on what really occurred on 9/11 and what has been done in the name of 9/11 by the Australian government. The conference will also examine whether the US and Australian governments have actively sponsored, or been complicit in the cover-up of, terrorism.

For more information about this international conference, go to www.truthnowtour.com

The Bad News- The cascading personal, family calamities continue. We've rented the same house for 18 years. Suddenly the owner wants to cherry it up (horror- will we have to move????). Workman coming to remove the dead water heater which has always lived in the garage forced us to move out a ton of stuff (including all the priceless banners and art onto the porch), we spent hours cleaning out a fraction of the garage, and it was extremely hard on our backs- particularly my husband's back- which is seriously traumatized (he can hardly walk and couldn't lay down because the pain was so bad last night he hardly got any sleep). In the turmoil which cost me my thumb last week, my son's notebook was lost plus the big assignment due today in his Honors English class.

Yesterday I joined Tian, Gerry and Dana to deliver signatures to the Voter Registrar's office in San Jose. As I was leaving the house- all the stuff on the porch (which I hadn't had time to put away) was getting wet and soiled by a guy cleaning the roof (argh- a thousand dollars worth of art wrecked- but I think they rescued it- I'm not sure yet- but I had to move it in the dark garage last night and I hope its ok.) I had to hurry...

What started out to be a joyous triumph turned into an ordeal when I was informed that the 35 signatures we had gathered "were on the wrong form and useless..."

Today I sent an email to-

The Secretary of State- Debra Bowen

Dear Debra,

Having spoken at one of the hearings you organized regarding the integrity of our elections, I am confidant that you will be able to help me, and be understanding of the outrage I felt today when I submitted 37 signatures of Registered Green Party members to eliminate my filing fee in the June 6th Election, where I hope to be on the ballot for the Green Party nomination for US Representative District 14 in the November Election.

In 2006, I also ran for Congress, and I enjoyed gathering signatures, and was able to do so in a timely fashion. In 2007, I was thinking about running for Congress, but I was also organizing film premieres, rallies, hosting a weekly radio show (one with Sherry Healy on Election Protection), and very active in the organization that I founded- The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. The day after our major rally/action in San Francisco, on December 17, 2007) while I was hosting my radio show, I became violently ill. I was unable to complete the broadcast, my husband called 911, and I was rushed by ambulance to the hospital. I was diagnosed with kidney stones. When I was able to leave the hospital, I was very weak.

Following the Green Party Presidential Debate, (January 13th, 2008) friends within the Party encouraged me to run again. I told them that if they could help me gather the necessary signatures to waive the filing fee that I would run again, although we really didn’t have much time, and I knew I would need help, especially since I hadn’t the physical strength that I was accustomed to. I did receive lots of help, and I also stopped taking the medication that was responsible for the weakness that I felt and regained my strength.

On February 21, 2008- the last day of signature gathering, I turned in 158 signatures in Santa Clara County (I had already turned in 3 in San Mateo County). The next day I received a phone call telling me that 120 were “good” and that I could turn in up to 38 replacement signatures.

On February 21st I also received a form and two copies of that form at the Registrar’s office and the distinct impression that these were the new forms for the replacement signatures, in case I needed them. They were dated February 21st and I thought that the other forms were only for signatures gathered before that date, not subsequent to that date.

Today when I tried to turn in 35 signatures, gathered between February 21st and March 4th, I was informed that they were on the wrong form and would not qualify to replace the needed signatures because they said “Nomination” not “Petition in Lieu of Filing Fee.” (The additional two signatures which someone handed me that day, I didn't think would count because they were on the "old form," but to my surprise- they were accepted and the staff tried to reject the others and say that they would not count towards the 150 signatures needed.) I was outraged, and the staff said that there was a terrible misunderstanding between me and whoever gave me the forms, but that there was nothing they could do- the situation was out of their control, and rested in your hands. Rules are rules, there are lots of candidates, no one could make an exception, I should have read all the rules. Well there is common sense and justice, and I assume you are amply endowed with both from my personal observation of you, and your actions, so I appeal to your humane understanding to acknowledge and grant the signatures that I gathered in this brief time period (that are good and from Registered Green Party members) to count towards the reduction of the filing fee. I'd rather save my anger, energy, efforts for larger justice battles that I am currently engaged in. Thank-you for your time, attention, and hopefully assistance in this matter.

Sincerely,

Carol Liane Brouillet...

PS I thought of ccing this to the press, but I’d rather just draw it to your attention and have it quickly rectified and suggest that the “current process and procedures” be improved, so that other candidates do not suffer from the situation I found myself in today. Thank-you.

Sometimes one doesn't have time to shorten and edit a message. Here's the first draft (with more info) of my DRAFT press release:

International Demands for a New 9/11 Investigation Challenge the “War on Terror”

In Japan, in Europe, in the Congress of the United States, in New York City, in Australia, elected officials and citizens are questioning the events of 9/11, the obstacles that the Administration has placed before the official Commission, and other Congressional investigations into terrorists’ attacks. People are challenging the official narrative of 9/11, and other attacks that have taken place in the US, and abroad, and challenging policies which assist the US to carry out its “War on Terror” and threaten civil liberties.

On January 10, 2008, Mr. Yukihisa Fujita, a member of Democratic Party of Japan, challenged Bush’s request for assistance from the Japanese to supply the US military effort in Afghanistan, by raising questions about 9/11 and the “War on Terrorism” in the Japanese Parliament.

On February 26, 2008 Guilietto Chiesa, a member of the European Parliament, journalist, and author, invited his colleagues and the press to attend a screening of the Italian documentary named ‘ZERO, an investigation into the events of 9/11’ and a debate with Mr. Yukihisa Fujita, Dr. David Ray Griffin, theologian and author of seven important books on 9/11, Tim Sparke, the film distributor, as well as the director and producers of ‘Zero’- Paolo Jormi Bianchi, Thomas Torelli, Francesco Trento and Franco Fracassi.

On the same day, the anniversary of the first World Trade Center bombings, Representative Rohrabacher spoke out on the floor of Congress.

“The disdain and uncooperative nature that this administration has shown toward Congress, including Republican Members, is so egregious that I can no longer assume that it is simply bureaucratic incompetence or isolated mistakes. Rather, I have come to the sad conclusion that this administration has intentionally obstructed Congress' rightful and constitutional duties.”

Rohrabacher detailed the lack of cooperation in many specific cases, including his request to the acting Attorney General last October-

“In 2005, former Clinton National Security Advisor Sandy Berger pled guilty to the mishandling and destruction of classified documents.

“He admitted to entering the National Archives and unlawfully removing, then subsequently destroying, classified documents dealing with terrorist related issues. He removed the documents by stuffing them down his pants and in his suit jacket, presumably with the intention of getting rid of any damning evidence showing his involvement in the failure of our intelligence and law enforcement communities to prevent the Sept. 11th attacks prior to his testimony before the 911 Commission. These documents have never been recovered.

“As part of a plea deal, Mr. Berger agreed to take a polygraph test to be administered by the Department of Justice. It has been two years since that agreement and Mr. Berger has yet to fulfill his obligation.

“We are writing to officially request that as Attorney General you direct the Department of Justice without any further delay to administer a lie detector test to Mr. Berger and determine what documents were stolen and how our National Security was compromised.

“The Congress, and the American people, deserve to know the facts of this crime and what Mr. Berger was covering up.”

Rohrabacher also was denied access to the Federal prisoner Ramzi Yousef who-

“may well have had something to do with the bombing of the World Trade Center and the bombing of the Oklahoma City building… This request is well within my committee's jurisdiction as ranking member of the Investigative Subcommittee of the House Foreign Affairs Committee. This request has been supported by the chairman of the Investigative Subcommittee, the chairman of the full Foreign Affairs Committee, the chairman of the Judiciary Committee, and the chairman of the Intelligence Committee…

“Nevertheless, the Department of Justice, consistent with its treatment of congressional inquiries during the tenure of this President, has dismissed this valid request. This request has been treated with what can only be described as contempt and condescension.

“So, why would this administration obstruct congressional inquiries such as this? Remember, Ramzi Yousef was the mastermind behind several devastating terrorist attacks and plots against America. He led the first murderous attack on the World Trade Center in 1993, as I say.

“After fleeing to the Philippines, he and two other terrorists plotted to kill thousands of Americans by blowing up 12 commercial airliners over the Pacific at the same time. It was known as the Bojinka plot. It was within 2 weeks of being executed when it was discovered and thwarted by Philippine police.

“Interestingly, the terrorist operation, the Bojinka plot, was to take place about the same time as the Oklahoma City Federal building bombing, perhaps on the same day. We don't know. Perhaps we should know. Perhaps we should ask Ramzi Yousef about that.

“Ramzi Yousef has been in Federal prison for over a decade. He is a prisoner with a unique understanding of the al Qaeda terrorist structure. He is the nephew of Khalid Sheik Mohammed, the mastermind of the 9/11 attack on the World Trade Center.

“In 2006, when I was the chairman of the House Oversight Investigations Subcommittee on the Foreign Affairs Committee, I was investigating Yousef's movements and activities not only in the United States but in the Philippines. I even traveled to the Philippines to question authorities who had captured Yousef's roommate and coconspirator in the Bojinka plot.

“In spite of that fact and in spite of the fact that I was looking into Yousef's terrorist activities and in spite of the fact that I had obtained new information about Yousef's phone calls right here in the United States and new information about his associates while he was in the United States, the Department of Justice still dismisses the effort and, more than that, they are obstructing a legitimate congressional investigation, refusing to permit this elected Member of Congress, a ranking member of a congressional investigating committee, to interview a Federal prisoner. They refused access to Yousef claiming that there is a ‘ongoing investigation.’

“This prisoner has been in jail for over 10 years. It is more likely that what we have here is an ongoing coverup and not an ongoing investigation. In fact, I have been told recently by a former member of the Justice Department that they were told routinely simply to give answers that there is an ongoing investigation even if no ongoing investigation was underway, but simply using it as a phrase to dismiss a request from Congress.

“Well, this is outrageous, but it's typical of this administration… Is it really the rules of engagement that we want for our government that Members of Congress and the legislative branch don't have a right to talk to Federal prisoners?

“Well, that's apparently what the Bush administration is trying to establish as the executive authority, as executive authority, the right to deny congressional investigators access to Federal prisoners. The danger of this should be easy to understand, both on my side of the aisle, the Republican side, and the Democratic side of the aisle.”*

In New York City, there is a citizen effort to place on the November 2008 General Election ballot an initiative which will allow the voters of New York City to mandate, through public referendum, directly and democratically, the formation of a new Citizen’s Commission to Re-Investigate 9/11.

Sydney Truth Action of Australia, from March 14th to Sunday 16th March, 2008, will host an International Conference to critically examine the events of 9/11 and Australia’s participation in the War on Terror. Themed- "Did Australia go to war in Iraq and Afghanistan on a false pretext?" the conference will focus on what really occurred on September 11th and what has been done in the name of September 11th by the Australian government. The conference will examine how the US and Australian governments have actively sponsored, or been complicit in the cover-up, of terrorism.

The 9/11 Truth Movement continues to grow, as evidenced by the websites devoted to the issue, the books, documentaries, films, music, art, international conferences, radio programs. A Green Party candidate for President, Cynthia McKinney, although vilified by the corporate press and the Democratic Party, raised the most challenging questions about 9/11 while she was in Congress. Public revelations that the official Report was based upon “tortured confessions” and that the Commissions’ work was directed by Philip Zelikow, author of the “Pre-Emptive War Doctrine” and integral to the National Security transition from the Clinton to Bush White House has fueled doubt in the Commission and demands for a real investigation and government accountability.

*www.fas.org/sgp/congress/2008/rohr022608.html

I had intended to get the press release out on Monday (Friday being the worst day for press releases, but all the immediate demands have kept me from so many tasks. If I don't get to the bank today- my checks will bounce- I've also been needing to go to the Post Office to send out orders. I also need to send out the email on the month's events to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and remind folks about the meeting this Thursday in San Francisco. I can't do it all, and on top of that I finally, listened to my phone messages this morning. I have 9 kidney stones including one too large to pass, and the doctor recommends the wave treatment- argh- not today.

March 1, 2008

This past week has been a series of cascading personal disasters/challenges for me... which I don't have the heart or strength to describe, other than to say that I smashed my right thumb which is now immobilized by a splint, and makes it hard for me to do the most mundane things, impossible to do the more urgent, demanding stuff, and frustrated by my limitations. So that is why I missed Friday's Impeachment Rally, or all the other stuff that I should have done. At least, if I'm forced to take a "vacation" from my usual activities, the movements are strong enough to pick up the slack and carry on fine without me.

February 27, 2008

Today I receieved an email from Valentine in Belgium with this note:

Can you help to spread this important event?

A film will follow soon.

Mr Fujita did not know the dollars! But now he does!

He met with Micheal Meacher today.

Lets hope they will make a stand together that can break the silence

Love from Brussel

Valentine

ZERO : Europe for an Independent Inquiry into 9/11

www.markdermul.be/911/zero.htm

BRUSSELS, European Parliament, 26th February 2008.

Mark Dermul www.911belgium.be reporting.

I posted the article on 911blogger.com with photos, perhaps prematurely, as I hadn't received permission, and my husband informed me that reprinting articles (without permission) is in violation of copyright laws... Ooops- not the first time either. However, some articles are so timely, that we do make efforts to get them to the activist community ASAP, and I felt this was a significant event.

I also think that I should concentrate on this country and, in particular, the Congressional District which I reside in, and am running against an incumbent who co-sponsored the Intelligence Reorganization Act, thinks the 9/11 Report was bipartisan and thorough, does not believe in Impeachment, serves as the Chair of the Subcommittee on Intelligence Community Management, and on the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, as well as subcommittees on Energy and Commerce, Health, Telecommunications and the Internet...

However, I am so glad that others are finding the time to travel abroad and speak out for 9/11 Truth- Dr. David Ray Griffin, William, Rodriguez, and the many others going to Australia in March. I greatly appreciate the wonderful Canadians who are organizing a March on Ottawa on September 11th of this year.

The networking and solidarity that is happening internationally strengthens all the local and national efforts here in the US- which hopefully will benefit the whole world, if we can succeed.

My closest ally in the early years was a Canadian, Blaine Machan, our 9/11 Truth artist, who has done the artwork and website for the Deception Dollar, but Blaine has led a different life from mine. He has had to work a real job, fell in love, and is planning on getting married (while my main job besides raising three kids has been my activism), staying in love, maintaining a happy marriage/family. So Blaine, at some point, stopped putting as much time into his website and the movement. I can't keep up with mine, but now I feel compelled to add (especially since Valentine asked us, too, when he ordered the 32,000 Deception Dollars to distribute in Europe- which arived just in time for him to pass them out at the EU Parliament event)...

Links to the European 9/11 Truth websites:

Belgium
www.911belgium.be

Holland
www.onderzoek911.nl
www.volkskrantblog.nl/blog/4786
www.zapruder.nl


France
www.reopen911.info
www.voltairenet.org/fr

I am actually glad that I cannot keep up with all the 9/11 Truth websites, although it does make it harder for us to figure out which websites to include on the Deception Dollars. I keep hoping that we will breakthrough, and not need to reprint them...

February 26, 2008

Chuck and I managed to get to Lofgren's Office on Friday in time for the Impeachment rally- we had the sound system and the Impeachment and 9/11 songs really made it a lot more fun. A group had met with Lofgren earlier in the day and she needs a lot more pushing to sign on to hearings- so we need to increase the pressure.

I heard from the Registrar of Voters, 120 of my signatures were good- so I have until March 7th to get an additional 30 good ones. Today Tian, Chuck and I went to White Plaza at Stanford with banners, a table, cookies, the sound system, passing out Deception Dollars and tried to register students to vote, and locate some Green students. We didn't get anyone registered or signatures on the petition, but we passed out the Dollars and it was great to blast the Impeachment/9-11 Truth songs on campus. We do need to find allies and better outreach opportunities, but it was finally a beautiful sunny day- and we all enjoyed a great hike afterwards.

I am also hoping to figure out how to download sound from the computer and use my ipod- so in addition to music I could play some key speeches. Last night's show on Impeachment and Larry Pinkney's critique of Obama should be heard more widely. The students (mainly all registered Democrats) should have a better idea of Obama's track record. American Blackout is showing in Palo Alto in March. I'd love to make better connections on campus to show films there and bring in speakers- like William Pepper.

Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance received $1150 in generous donations in the past few days. The 32,000 Deception Dollars I sent to Belgium were joyously received in time for the Zero film and Griffin and others presentation today to the European Parliament.

I'm still behind on the bookkeeping, website, DVD orders, my mail, housework, but I am happy to be healthy, and finding balance in my life.

February 22, 2008

Thank-you to the 161 people who signed my petition to get on the ballot, and all those who helped with the phoning, walking, talking and signature gathering! I turned in the signatures yesterday, and I will be on the ballot in November, although I can't promise that I will do much active campaigning- I plan on continuing my "normal organizing" and trying to find balance in my life- staying healthy and happy, so that I can do the work that I am most compelled to do. I'm just so glad the pressure of gathering those signatures is behind me, so that I can get on to other stuff...

Last night I went to the Oakland Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting. Camille was there and passed around the artwork for the new logo for the group, as well as the new informational "Patriots Question 9/11 Card" that she has designed. We voted between 250 and 300 to print cards for local distribution (as well as to slip into DVD cases). We also voted 1200- 1500 to reprint another 1000 Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush- which we are almost out of, and to let Tom and others make copies and distribute them for free. We will probably upgrade the next printing- Ken and I will figure out what is best to include in the second half. We had about $4000 in our account and are due to receive 1300 from a large Deception Dollar order from Europe. We discussed international developments- Griffin and Zero at the European Parliament on Feb. 26th, the upcoming Australian 9/11 Truth Tour, a mobilization happening in Canada hoping to march on Ottawa on September 11th with thousands raising the issue of a real investigation, shattering the myth that the Canadian Government has been going along with. Richard Gage is going to LA for a big event on Saturday and passed out a new cd that he did with Bonnie on Guns and Butter. He and Ken are working on doing another presentation for DVD in studio on May 11th. Both Richard and Scott shared stories of their recent accomplishments- which were very impressive and are posted online.

We also voted another $600 to support filmmakers and increase our stock of DVDs- with the sequel to 9/11 Press For Truth- The Family's Voices, The Reflecting Pool, Loose-Change Final Cut, Let's Get Empirical and 9/11 and Nationalist Faith. We also voted $150 for props for the March 15th Peace Rally in Palo Alto- using Jeremy's graphic idea with the key image using the peace sign and the shaft being 9/11 Truth. I'd like to see the other side of the key with a symbol for justice and the shaft saying impeachment- but how much artwork and construction we'll be able to do before March 15th, I don't know. We don't lack ideas... just time.

There were plenty of new developments that we discussed and shared. Paul Rea gave a report on the new Shenon book and Bill gave an overview of the denial of rights to the suspected 9/11 masterminds who would be held indefinitely or killed whether they were innocent or guilty.

Everyone ate all the cookies that I brought to the meeting, and understood why my family thought "feeding them" should be my main priority, and I should let go of the "political work..."

This morning I had a wonderful chat with Larry Pinkney who will be on my radio show on Monday, talking about Movement Building. I've also extended invitations to others, but people are so busy, Larry is the only confirmed guest, so far. If I can get to the Post Office and the bank, soon- I might be able to join the others at Lofgren's for the Impeachment Rally this afternoon. I wish there were more hours in the day. (I do need to buy milk and groceries, too- or I'll get a lot of flak from the family...)

February 17, 2008

I can't keep up with this website and all the work that needs to be done. I feel the pressure of needing 150 signatures by Thursday. I think we've only gathered 100 so far and if people don't call me, help more, come over and sign- soon, well maybe I won't be on the ballot in November and have more time for other things. I was up til midnight last night finishing a review of The Reflecting Pool and trying to post it (better late than never). I was stunned to realize today that it made the headlines of LA Indymedia- so often my articles get censored or buried at those sites (with the exception of Portland- although sometimes I can't get my posts up there either). I hope it helps- the film deserves attention. I did watch the new version and it is better than the one we premiered last September- they dropped the flashes and highlighted the collapse of building #7 and include an excellent commentary with references to the sources in the bonus material. Tomorrow, we'll be going to San francisco for the Impeachment Rallies, and I have preparation work to do for that, plus David Ray Griffin cancelled on me for the February 25th show- so he could catch a plane to Europe where he will be speaking to the European Parliament- which is great, but I am struggling to find replacement guests. So much to do- and not enough time. I'm just really grateful from the help that I have received from Tian, Michael, Arshalos, Dana, Dick, Chuck, Galen, Arlen and Jean chasing down Green Party signatures and to the wonderful people who kindly called me and signed the petitions.

It is always difficult to decide where to spend my time and energy- doing the website, writing and posting articles, talking to people, organizing, creating new materials, promoting the new films, books that have come my way and need to reach a wider audience. I ended up sending out another 100 Christmas letters (revised) in a less than timely fashion.

February 11, 2008

Ooops! In updating this website, I realized I forgot to post updates for tonight's Weather Warfare Show with Jerry Smith. I've just been in triage mode this past week, and still haven't caught up. Jerry was a very articulate, knowledgable guest, though- and I wish I had had time to read both of his books before tonight, but I was overwhelmed trying to get out my mailing, and with all the other stuff I had to do- including working on getting 150 signatures to be on the ballot in November. I had hesitated to tell my family, because I knew they would not approve of me running for Congress, again. I figured it was rather "iffy, too- unlikely that I would be able to gather enough signatures." If anyone can help- there really isn't much time- and I know that I won't be able to do it without help. Last week though, I finally stopped taking the medicine for the kidney stones and began to regain my strength. It was a pleasure to bicycle around the neighborhood and talk to people, while gathering signatures- a wonderful break from working at the computer, and sitting down to get out 300 Christmas letters... So I finally had to confess to the family that I had agreed to run- if we get the signatures. If I don't, that is ok, and I just will do my regular organizing. My top priority is still - balance- remaining healthy, maintaining healthy, happy relationships within my family situation, and "doing the work that I can't resist doing- when I can."

I am heartened by the revelations hitting the NY Times, and NPR challenging Zelikow and the 9/11 Commission Report. I also went to an Impeachment Meeting and it looks like someone else will be running in the Democratic Primary against Pelosi to push her into moving forward with impeachment. (Carol Wolman's campaign has forced her Congress Critter to sign on to support Impeachment Hearings.) Conyers has told activists that he fears "backlash" if he moves to impeach, but I think we need courage, and to continue to put pressure on Congress. The more outrageous the Administration gets- the more we need to do to oppose them loudly and visibly at every level.

Sander Hicks was here for his West Coast Tour, and it was great to reconnect with him and hear him speak. Chuck kept an eye on the table and let me catch some of Sander's talk at Stanford, after the Listening Project theoretically concluded at 1 pm. He even remembered to bring a camera... we usually never take photos of the regular weekly/now monthly actions.


February 11, 2008

February 5, 2008

Ironically, the guest I had hoped to have on my "Psychological Warfare Show" went into panic mode and decided not to "go public" until he gets his book published, which could take a year. At the last minute, I persuaded an old friend of mine, an excellent investigative journalist, Karl Grossman, to be my guest on last night's show. His cover story just came out:


Money Is the Real Green Power:
The hoax of eco-friendly nuclear energy
He also teaches Investigative Journalism and I couldn't resist asking him about whether he taught his students to challenge the big corporate lies- such as "9/11," but he steered clear of 9/11 and focused on his main issue which has been the nuclear issue for over twenty years. He does know his subject and it is unbelievable to me that the nuclear industry believes that they can get away with expanding under the guise of being "clean and green" now... Karl was not optimistic about the public's gullibility.

I was disheartened to see fanatic Hillary Clinton supporters waving their signs at a major intersection as I made my way to the Post Office yesterday. How anyone can fall for the rhetoric of Clinton, Obama, or the Republicans (with the exception of Ron Paul- who at least is anti-war, and anti-imperialism, and is kept out of the corporate press), I don't know. To me the only choices are McKinney or Nader and I would prefer to vote for both of them- they both have proven themselves by word and deed, in my opinion. I might not agree 100% on their strategic decisions, but at least I am confidant that I know which direction they are headed in.

I have been frantically working on lining up guests for the radio show, getting out my Christmas letter, feeding my hungry family, shipping Deception Dollars, going through the 4 foot stacks of unanswered mail that have piled up, housekeeping...

I have also continued to read and research group psychology/Psychological Operations/the history of Public Relations. It is sad to realize how many people have been hoodwinked and that the psyops continue in a much more sophisticated form. But I refuse to be disheartened by the "dumbing down efforts" that seek to control "the masses," I can't believe that people are so incredibly stupid that they cannot discern truth/reality from blatant lies. I believe that truth will triumph, that people are wisening up, that those who seek to kill, control, profit from war and other criminal activities will eventually be held accountable. So, I will continue with my humble efforts at educating myself and the public.

Allan Rees interviewed me for his special Election Night Coverage on-



February 2, 2008

Last night I went to San Francisco for the Reception for Robert Shetterly's exhibition of Americans Who Tell the Truth. Robert and many truth-tellers were there and there was also a great exhibition of art by Youth for Truth, who presented their poems in the adjacent theater space. The event was very well attended and I later went to a dinner party for Robert, his family and some of the organizers and friends. Robert is not only a gifted artist, but a very wonderful person, and a wonderful story-teller. He has continually added to his collection of paintings. I wanted to suggest that he do a portrait of Cynthia McKinney, but he was ahead of me and has already done one!


These paintings are very powerful- See them if you can!

I came home very late last night and decided to change the theme of next week's radio show, because I hadn't heard from the guest who has been working on exposing the Psychological Warfare Operations against the American people. I hope he is ok and that we could reschedule it. Fortunately, an old friend of mine is available on Monday night and has been doing work on exposing the latest hoax financed by the nuclear industry to sell nuclear energy.

January 30, 2008

I am swamped with info, meetings, and posting updates/events, and getting to dentist/doctor appointments, and trying to get my Christmas letter off. I am heartened by the organizing taking place in New York, Los Angeles, and locally (without much help from me). I did a radio interview on the Stanford Radio station on Monday, and hopefully Sander Hicks will do an interview next week, and the time/place of his talk there will be confirmed soon. I'm frustrated by my guest on the next radio show who hasn't sent me a bio and photo, so I have held off updating the site and links. I saw the doctor about my kidney stones today (first time since I left the hospital in December) and was reminded that I have to take care of myself, before I can begin to catch up on all the other things that I wish I could do.

January 27, 2008

Preparing for the radio show, research, and two sick kids kept me busy last week, as well as baking LOTS of cookies for the Independent Media Strategy Summit which I just returned from.

I need to type in my notes from the last group I was with, before I had to take Sarah Van Gelder to the airport. Unfortunately that particular group was a working group to achieve one of the major goals of the conference- an Independent Media Network with truthful, reliable, public serving news... Sarah mentioned that if we had started that meeting this morning we probably could have hammered something out, but we could only begin the task in a very short 45 minutes/hour, but we had some awesome people in the group and if we could collaborate to any degree, better than we have before that would be something.

Checking the website, again, I am amazed and impressed by the interactivisty aspects of it, maybe we could just evolve that into whatever we have money, time, talent, technology for, in an organic manner.

I must admit that I probably knew at least 50-100 people who attended the Summit which was a blessing and a curse, as catching up with friends also reduced the amount of time to meet other people, but I could not resist the rare opportunity either of seeing people that I love whom I almost only see at events such as these. The time passed all too quickly, however, and we will see what the ripple effect will be as the new relationships develop. I do have great respect for all those who came drawn broadly by shared goals, despite a real difference in viewpoint and strategical assessment of the current political situation, and the most urgent demands at this time. In the brief report back time that I was there (missing the finale because of the flight's timing) someone presented a two minute synopsis of "Personal Development"- the abc's of enlightenment- a gentle, delightful, reminder of honoring and accepting the moment. Like me, if the conference can achieve 2% of the stated goals, it should rest content- it will have made a significant contribution towards our collective enlightenment, survival and evolution.

January 18, 2008

I overdid it on Tuesday and was feeling too ill to work (cook, read...). I was better yesterday and able to attend the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, and get to the Grand Lake Theater to get a couple copies of the film they were premiering- Uncounted and give them a case of Election Deception Dollars.

I have a lot of work to do this morning and a dentist appointment, so don't have time to detail the entire meeting, but we did vote to support Sander Hicks visit/an event/party, give $250 to Cam to design a logo, give $100 to Jeremy Begin to print cards promoting a book signing February 22, 7 pm at Book Zoo, 6395 Telegraph Ave. for his great book- Fighting for G.O.D. (Gold, Oil and Drugs).

About eight of us will be attending the Media Strategy Summit in Santa Cruz at the end of the month. We voted to ask Brian not to attend meetings or be on committees- which was the most emotional, painful part of the meeting for most of us. I can't handle the emotional abuse.

A welcome new face at the meeting was Max from truthmove.org who is relocating to the Bay Area. Richard Gage also shared his great news of lots of speaking engagements and passed out some dramatic new bumper stickers for ae911truth.org that Cam designed.

Tian took some great photos at the-

Impeachment Rally at Pelosi's office last Monday, January 14th

(click on photo to see more images)

January 14, 2008

Although I am not fully recovered, and don't have my usual strength, I have been so busy these past 4 days. On Friday, I loaded the car, set up in Downtown Palo Alto with the Listening Project/9-11 Visibility Action (with the help of my dear friend- Chuck Millar), on Saturday Chuck and I went to the Strategy Meeting for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, on Sunday we (Chuck, Gerry Gras, Dana St. George and I) helped with the Green Party 'Presidential Debate That Matters' at the Herbst Theater in San Francisco, today we (Chuck, Gerry Gras, Dana St. George, Tian Harter and I) delivered over 8,000 letters and 3000 signatures to Pelosi's office demanding impeachment, with Cindy Sheehan, Cynthia McKinney and other activists (Including John Wright, Gordon Wright, Jody Paulson, Brad Newsham, Nancy Papermaster...). I just interviewed Sander Hicks and posted some details of the upcoming radio show with Steve Alten, author of The Shell Game.

I've had such amazing conversations with a wide variety of people in the last several days, and feel more hopeful than ever, despite the looming threats of disaster- manmade and otherwise.

Driving back and forth to San Francisco (for three days in a row), the conversations were very wide ranging and Gerry Gras (longtime activist) mused "what makes a person become an activist?" The Green Party candidates for President, each had their own amazing personal history and a deeper grasp of history than the average "Joe." Gerry thought maybe it was genetic... their parents were community leaders, engaged in the larger social justice struggle, they fought the new battles... I suggested "spirit," that innate energy we possess which can be nurtured, crushed, broken, but also connects us to every living thing, each of us a unique moment in time and space, but also open and touched by all the larger forces surrounding us, and called upon to do whatever we can do, wherever we are, depending on the needs of the moment and our awareness or connection with the larger whole. Our awareness of Death makes life all the more precious and helps us to appreciate the moment, even more. I think my greatest frustration will always be my human limitations, but it is very consoling and energizing to know how many wonderful amazing "kindred spirits"there are who share the reverence for Life, and will overcome anything that Fear throws our way. I just wish my organizing and communication skills were better. I still can't find phone numbers and addresses, and wonder if I'll be able to get the Christmas letter out with so many other responsibilities, work demands upon me.

January 10, 2008

I'm still catching up on "the work- website, banking, organizing..." and haven't had a chance to really process and convey all the info that has been thrown at me. There are multiple major strategy conferences taking place this month in the Bay Area, and I can't possibly go to all of them, which is a good sign- there is probably more activism happening now than in any other time in history. People are beginning to wake up. A shift is happening, and navigating the rapids of change is one of the challenges that we all must face.



Ten years ago, I was organizing the first Gathering to Transform the Global Economy in the Santa Cruz Mountains. That conference seeded some powerful ideas, connections, collaborations, and in 2000, I redirected my energies towards getting North Americans to the first World Social Forum (in January 2001), which has now evolved into a decentralized global organizing opportunity. Our -



is very much in alignment with the World Social Forum's purpose and processes. I called to volunteer to help with logistical stuff, since I'm not actually on the organizing committee and know how much work is involved in trying to pull off conferences. Media and communications are such a key part of the systemic transformations that we need. I can't help but be involved, and wish I had more time to do more.

Over the Christmas holidays, I read Lew Paz's book Pushing Ultimates- Fundamentals of Authentic Self Knowledge, an excellent look at one man's 40 + year journey into self-understanding and the perennial wisdom, philosophers, scientific discoveries, recent New Age/Spiritual movements of our time. I also began a trilogy of books, The Manipulated Mind, Battle for the Mind, and New World, New Mind that I got from John Leonard. I have always seen parallels between the individual, the family, the political system, but I hadn't read the detailed studies on how to "brainwash, condition" minds, nor realized how "contagious" beliefs were from one individual to a larger group of people. All the books force one to question the assumptions that have been laid down upon us by family and culture and reexamine them. The recent books- The Shock Doctrine and The End of America which I haven't read, but have heard a great deal about do show how the methods of brainwashing can be applied on a larger scale to a whole society to change their thinking patterns and belief systems. Almost every person, except possibly the insane or the ultra-enlightened, can be psychologically broken down when subjected to multiple shocks, stresses, including being deprived of food and sleep. Resiliency to endure psychological assaults isn't obtained through intellectual understanding, but is forged over a lifetime.

Peggy Holman's observation that the most personal experience is the most universal... strikes me as incredibly true, especially reading about the responses of people to torture, and captivity during war. Pavlov also wrote extensively about the "paradoxical transformation" that occurred in animals (the dogs he studied) when exposed to life threatening trauma. It made me think of my own "uncharacteristic behavior" last December, a few days before I went into the hospital, when I woke up feeling horribly ill, with an awful headache. I couldn't figure out what was wrong and I just desperately wanted to stop the pain. I thought maybe since emotions affect the body, perhaps the pain was because I was holding onto so much anger and that that was what was making me sick, and I ended up calling the person who I was most furious at. When Pavlov's dogs almost drowned due to flooding, he mentioned how their whole personalities switched and how they suddenly attacked those they used to like and favored those whom they used to dislike. In the books it shows that people can be their own worst enemy in their longing for approval, affection, desire to please, meet expectations, conform to a group, obey authority, abdicate personal responsibility.

I remember being confronted by a distraught woman, after I made a short announcement (alluding to the truth about 9/11) at a big event on "Non-Violence" at Stanford University. She basically charged me with shattering her worldview, disrupting her peace of mind, with my few spoken sentences. I felt a huge wave of emotion from her hit me, and I remembered how I felt after seeing Oliver Stone's film, JFK, and the six month soul searching, political research, personal transformation process that I went through during that time. Shattering the comforting myths laid down since childhood, will cause people sleepless nights, anxiety, stress... People can torture themselves far more effectively than sadistic jailers.

While I believe that Truth and perceiving reality, as best we can, is our best hope individually and collectively, I can also have compassion and understand that the process will be difficult and challenging for many, and that it will take time.

January 7, 2008

I can't believe how quickly the days go by! I've been working on tonight's radio show, and haven't had time to update the calendar, do the vital bookkeepping, get to the bank/Post Office or catch up on my phone calls/mail since we returned from Canada. I did write my annual Christmas Letter to Family and Friends, but I don't know if I'll be able to get it printed, and get it into the mail with so many events coming up this month, and I'm feeling the pressure to "clean the house" and might actually have to go shopping (horror of horrors- I hate shopping), but my jeans and our curtains are so full of holes- it's too embarrassing now to ignore.

Sibel Edmonds revelations are coming out in the UK if not in the US. I've been processing lots of books and films and need to write some reviews when the exigencies of the day are less demanding. I did read Steve Alten's The Shell Game and posted a quick review on Amazon and will have Steve on my radio show on January 21st- Martin Luther King's birthday. While it seems I have been speaking out for years, the urgency for for all of us to speak out and force a change in direction of this nation and the world's political direction has never been greater.

December 23, 2007

I am unable to process and disseminate all the stuff coming my way and am going to take some time off to be with the family and hopefully get well. I updated the calendar and will resume my radio show in January with folks working on Impeachment. I hope everyone supports Wexler's efforts to get hearings going. He's got over 100,000 signed up so far- hopefully over a million will force the media to take notice.

We must organize resistance faster than they can organize repression and they are moving awfully fast. The ACLU has been trying to expose the-

Fusion Centers
It is an ominous development- pure fascism.

From the ACLU website:

"A new institution is emerging in American life: Fusion Centers. These state, local and regional institutions were originally created to improve the sharing of anti-terrorism intelligence among different state, local and federal law enforcement agencies. Though they developed independently and remain quite different from one another, for many the scope of their mission has quickly expanded­with the support and encouragement of the federal government­to cover "all crimes and all hazards." The types of information they seek for analysis has also broadened over time to include not just criminal intelligence, but public and private sector data, and participation in these centers has grown to include not just law enforcement, but other government entities, the military and even select members of the private sector."

This is reminiscent of the part of the film The Corporation where the players in the NSA, alphabet soup agencies, are the big multinational companies who the government is working for.

December 20, 2007

There is no way that I'll be up to getting to tonight's Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, but I did try to add links and photos to the


San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth webpage

I included links to both slideshows, the video posted by the SF Chronicle, links to various articles, and video/photos from Boston, LA, Cincinatti, Milwaukee, and Minnesota. I wish I could do more, but I don't have that much strength, and I still have to do dishes, laundry, take care of a sick child, cook, and get well.

December 19, 2007

On Monday night, just before my radio show, I began feeling violently ill. I tried to do the show anyway, but felt worse and worse. I threw up all of my dinner and was in extreme pain. I felt badly for my guest, Vanessa German, but I finally had to give up, and let the station go ahead with a rerun. To make a long story short, my husband took care of me, finally called 911 and the paramedics came and took me by ambulance to the Emergency Room of Stanford Hospital where I was diagnosed with a kidney stone. They held me until I could keep down water and food and had the pain under control. I was released this morning, but I am still weak and doubt if I'll be able to catch up with my e-mail, let alone phone calls, regular mail, for awhile. I will probably miss the regular northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting tomorrow, too. The doctors hope that I will be able to pass the stone, without medical intervention (besides all the medicines that they have proscribed for me). My husband thinks it is obvious that I need a real vacation, and I feel so weak now, that I am inclined to agree with him. I think I've done what I could do, and its time to pass the baton onto others. (at least for the next month).

December 16, 2007, the 234th Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party

Part of me is sure that I was absolutely insane to agree to organize the Oakland Premiere of Loose Change, and then add on the San Francisco Premiere, as well. There just wasn't enough time to do the outreach, organizing, publicity. I counted on the Loose Change guys to help somewhat with promotion- add the premieres to their website, send an email to their list, but they didn't send out an email until 2:30 pm on the afternoon of the second premiere, and I don't think the website ever mentioned that Dylan and Jason with Remo would be at the San Francisco Premiere. That said, I'm still glad we did it. About 150 people came to the Victoria Theatre last night. This time Remo Conscious and his band performed onstage with the video of the San Francisco and Boston Tea Parties as a backdrop to the music. The stunning replicas earmarked for the Bay- The Patriot Act, The Military Commissions Act, HR 1955- the Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act, Presidential Directive #51, and the July 17, 2007 Executive Order flanked the stage. Dylan and Jason each had a chance to speak before and after the film. Everyone thought the film was great and people stayed late to ask questions and socialize. I didn't get home until past one am and had to get up at 7:30 am to reload my car for the Tea Party.

I was overjoyed to see Scott waiting for me to help me unload the awning, tables, cookies, handouts, sound system... We set up and prayed others would arrive in time for us to make it to Pier 39 by noon. John, Ken and Jason stopped by and picked up Scott and the sound system, leaving Ken to mind homebase. I tried to catch up with everyone on foot, passing out Deception Dollars and the beautiful Impeachment Cards, with an abbreviated text of our proclamation:



I came across a huge group of folks with the giant replica of the 9/11 Report with the big holes in it well before Pier 39, apparently the police had blocked off Pier 39 and were threatening to arrest anyone on the sidewalk or the parks or anywhere near the pier. I can't believe that even the sidewalks are not "public" and that we have no right to "free speech" on them. I guess in San Francisco, the use of public space is severely restricted and all musicians and artists must get permits for their little space of sidewalk and to hawk their talents. Rather than infringe upon the musician who was doing his thing in front of the replica, I took the sound system across the street- where there wasn't a crowd, to, at least, read the proclamation. A small crowd gathered as I read, and three quarters of the way through the proclamation the Pier 39 Security tried to shut me up and call the SFPD to arrest me. He made enough noise that I went back across the street to where the replica was and finished reading the proclamation and passed on the microphone. By that time we had quite a few videographers, photographers, supporters, press, and the strength of numbers. Bill Veale, Dylan Avery, Jeremy Begin, Cam, Jason Bermas spoke on the various pieces of legislation that we wished to reject and toss into the Bay. At one pm we began our march westward, pausing to read the proclamation again for the tourists, and local folk, and allow the giant replica to catch up with us. I didn't do a nose count. Some folks were in costume, and many weren't, we had pirates in purple and pink, fabulous banners, signs, the many replicas atop tall poles. If the press or anyone was looking for us, we would have been hard to miss. Amazingly the only time the police didn't bother us was when we were forced to take to the streets with the giant replica- to avoid smashing awnings over the sidewalks.

When we reached Hyde Street Pier we were intercepted by the Federal Park Security who granted us a temporary permit and then promptly revoked it. At one of our meetings someone had volunteered to apply for a permit, but he never actually followed through. The Park Security basically said we could go out on the Municipal Pier, as long as we had no signs and could only throw one object (not the many that we intended to throw into the Bay) off the pier. Since our last Tea Party, they had also constructed a large gate which they threatened to lock to keep us off the pier.

Although I gave the Feds my contact info (like last year- same info), I tried to step back at that point and let Jeremy and John make the decisions on how to proceed. There was a committee working on the Tea Party, but I knew that I didn't want the leadership role, and they had agreed to take it on.

We all followed the giant replica up the hill and they parked it at the park with the cable car turnaround and a fabulous view of the Bay, the three masted Balcutha, Alcatraz, and a somewhat captive audience, as it is a long wait for the cable car. Jodie read the proclamation. We had more speeches. Ken Jenkins was very articulate and brief in a damning condemnation of the 9/11 Report. More press, videographers, photographers and another crowd gathered. There was a slight ruckus with the performing artists who felt we were encroaching on their livelihood, but they graciously quieted when we gave them a few twenty dollar bills.

We had such a mixed reaction from the tourists. Some obviously disapproved of us and were absolutely closed to the information, others were very curious and delighted to accept our handouts, and some were hungry for more information.

We were fortunate with the weather- it wasn't as windy or as cold as last year. The sky was cloudy, but dramatic and beautiful. We had enough people to carry the signs, props, banners, push and pull the giant replica, until the right wheel gave way one hundred feet short of the Municipal Pier. The decision was made to toss in the smaller replica, again. Many of the props and banners were left behind and about fifty of us trekked out to the end of the pier for a final reading of the proclamation, the ceremonious tossing of the 9/11 Commission Report replica into the Bay. Although we didn't have the television coverage like we did last year, we did have the Examiner, the SF Chronicle, and a few other print reporters there.

There was an "After Tea Party Party" at the local tavern, down the road, which I missed, as I had to pack up all the stuff, load my car, and get home in time to feed my family. I was very grateful to all the people who came and participated, and spoke, and brought signs, and helped, and tabled (THANK-YOU Diane!!!!), and helped me pack up and load my car. There was so much work that went into the event, the art, the proclamation, the publicity- it just wouldn't have happened without so many people putting forward their time, creativity, energy. Scott gave me the wonderful Impeachment banner that Sandy designed for our next Impeachment actions, although since I'm closer to Zoe Lofgren's Office- I think it should be used more in San Francisco to target Pelosi. It is heartening to know that there are efforts to move forward with Impeachment Hearings in the Judiciary Committee now. Wexler has received over 67,000 emails in support of hearings- add your voice to the demands for impeachment at- wexlerwantshearings.com. I hope the Boston, L.A., Cincinnati, Milwaukee Tea Parties went well, and hope that our efforts find support amongst more Americans and encourage them to add their voices to ours.

December 13, 2007

Yesterday I tried not to panic or get too stressed; it's always a challenge when organizing an event. The premiere was especially difficult because we simply did not have enough lead time to do the normal stuff- psa's, calendar listings, and not enough time to get the film to reviewers for reviews in the local papers, although I had hoped that there would be something in the East Bay Express- and there was absolutely nothing. I was surprized that Cheryl Eddy at the San Francisco Bay Guardian did find time to review it and include it in Rep Picks

"Loose Change Final Cut All but the most completely gullible can agree there was more to Sept. 11 than meets the officially-sanctioned-version-of-events eye. The third and purportedly final version of Dylan Avery, Jason Bermas, and Korey Rowe's doc — a carefully edited array of news footage and government hearings, plus some original interviews — scrolls through the tragedy event by event, raising questions about what may or may not have happened. Some are obvious and valid: why didn't any fighter jets intercept the hijacked planes before they crashed? Some are a little harder to get behind — despite plenty of eyewitness testimony, Loose Change suggests the Pentagon explosion wasn't caused by a plane crash. But even if you don't agree that everything presented here is hard evidence, the film provides plenty of food for thought — and not merely crazy-eyed conspiracy-theory thought either. Proceeds from screenings benefit the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance and the FealGood Foundation. (2:00) Grand Lake, Victoria. (Eddy)"

Our large ad also came out in the SFBG, and they published Sandy's great Impeachment art and a hit piece on the San Francisco Tea Party entitled Pollution for truth? Egads!.

We had no idea what our turnout would be like and I was somewhat horrified when I arrived at the Grand Lake Theater to not even see Loose Change up on the marquee. We did manage to get it up on the marquee within an hour with the help of the theater staff and our volunteers- even Dylan helped hold the ladder. There was a lot of equipment to set up for Remo Conscious and his band. Fortunately, Remo was there and had things under control technically. Dylan was early, as well, but informed me that Jason missed a plane and would be there late. There was a slight flurry of panic, as we tried to figure out how to get a copy of the DVD for the showing. We actually ended up using a copy that someone had brought to be autographed, less than ten minutes before the program began. Luckily we got a DVD of the Boston Tea Party Tuesday, which gave Ken Jenkins time to edit a 15 minute segment of the Boston and San Francisco Tea Parties, which we ran, while Remo sang.

I don't think the Loose Change guys ever emailed their list about the premieres, and on their website, as of today, there is still no mention that they will be at the premiere in San Francisco.

We had about 150 people in the audience, including Richard Gage, Mickey Huff, Paul Rae, Scott Page, the hard core members of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. Everyone liked the film and Dylan fielded Q & A afterwards and was heaped with praises. Jason Bermas arrived during the screening and basically stayed in the lobby to table DVDs, T shirts, hats, and talk to people. The poor guy had a long day- over 12 hours catching planes and waiting in airports.

I wore my costume to the event and pitched the Tea Party before I introduced Dylan and when we stalled a bit to allow 40 people in line to get into the theater. The audience was very friendly and receptive and lingered until 11pm to socialize. I brought cookies and they were a hit.

I just hope that we have a better turnout on Saturday in San Francisco, so that we "break even." Although if we don't break even, then I'll have a better excuse to slow down, say no, and not try to pull off another event on incredibly short notice. I must have been temporarily insane when I agreed to do this, but it did seem like a good idea at the time, and regardless of how it turns out financially, I think we should support the film and film makers who have done so much to build the truth movement. Dylan put forward the idea of converging on Washington DC on September 11th 2008- and that was well received.

December 10, 2007

I've had my hands full with organizing the Loose Change Premieres and the Tea Party. Scott's sister, Sandy, together with Scott, came up with some fantastic art for our Tea Party action:


San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth
Sunday, December 16, 2007, on the 234th Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party

Camille and Sandy have also been working on a big ad for the SFBG and club cards to pass out at the Tea Party. Richard filled the house in Santa Rosa for his recent talk. So much info is coming out right now.

Bill, John, Bernie and I tabled and leafletted at the KPFA Holiday Crafts Fair Saturday and Sunday and got a good response from the people there. We still have lots of cards and posters to get out. Dylan is arriving today and he'll be on my radio show tonight. Tomorrow, the 11th, I'll be doing my Listening Project in Palo Alto, but in addition to Market and Powell, the guys are planning on targeting the Moscone Center during the lunch break of the American Geophysical Union conference.

I wish we had more time, but it slips by so fast, and so many tasks left undone. I just hope people will respond to the Tea Party idea and, like last year, come up with costumes, musical instruments, props, signs, and join us. I'm still worried about logistics- like fishing the props out of the drink...

December 4, 2007

I've been in triage mode working on the premieres for Loose Change - Final Cut, and I was gone for 4 days to a continuation of the Storyfield Conference. I can't keep up with the website, the radio show, the work, the phone calls, the e-mails... and had to book airline tickets and am in the process of figuring out how to include Remo, the very talented musician, who did the soundtrack for Loose Change, in the shows. He's actually local- but the tricky part is getting the sound equipment set up and moved- in a timely fashion, and he needs to see if the rest of the band is available Saturday night, too. Plus Jason is coming instead of Korey and not all the correct info went out on the press advisories, posters, cards, mailing... I think we are trying to do the impossible- too much, in too little time. the only way that we're going to pull this off- is with a lot of help! But I think people are with us, support what we are doing, and that we should pull in the support we need. I hope so!

November 25, 2007

Organizing the Loose Change Premiere and the San Francisco Tea Party has been agonizingly slow, but I've updated the website, art for the card is ready to go as soon as we get word on whether or not other premieres will happen during the little window of opportunity. The press needs review copies of the DVD ASAP- if we're going to get any reviews or press.

A lengthy article, worth reading appeared on the Dissident Voice website:

Averting World War III,
Ending Dollar Hegemony
and US Imperialism

by Rohini Hensman / November 16th, 2007

Despite some good articles, the website is horrific on the issue of 9/11 Truth.

I was also informed of a new "non-corporate, non-government news site" which holds great promise called The Real News Network. I don't know if they are going to touch 9/11 Truth or not, but it would be good to try to win them over.

I am totally drowning in work, but I'm glad I took some time off the last few days to be with my family, friends, and sneak in a couple of hikes to maintain my health and sanity. I don't think I'll ever be able to catch up with the work.

November 22, 2007

I received a request from Ohio for some Election Deception Dollars for a press conference they held yesterday. They didn't get them on time, but improvised fabulously.

My thanks to all my family, my friends, my fellow activists, all the people who love and cherish life and make the efforts to bring joy, love, health, justice, peace to the world.


I'll be doing a radio show on Election fraud and how to change the system on December 3rd.

November 20, 2007

Janette hosted a wonderful party on Saturday night. I tried to "not turn it into a meeting," but it was great to be able to have vital conversations to move forward our plans for December and also to learn a bit more about one another. I won't mention names, but someone admitted that they were probably the only person in the room to have experienced "waterboarding" and torture, at the hands of the government, as part of his military training- I would never have guessed that! Don Spark, whom we awarded a "2007 Heroic Citizen for Impeachment Award" joined us and mentioned he was leaving his activist mode to get a job in the more normal world and I said that I wished we could get him to work for us. He's a very skilled, talented organizer, and has many basic skills that I totally lack. I think he appreciates what we do and is in alignment with our mission and could be tempted, if we could actually figure out how to hire him. I hope we can, since we have so much work to do, and I know I can't do it all. Part of the challenge is simply coordinating and making use of the volunteers who do want to help and contribute, but don't know how to plug in, and of course the hardest part is communications- within the group, with the press and the public, which is so dependent on our various abilities- with computers, writing, artwork, film-making, musical, theatrical talents...

We don't have much time to organize a premiere of Loose Change, and the Tea Party, and John Parulis suggested that we hold an event where Sibel Edmonds could speak out with Daniel Ellsberg and Dennis Kucinich. I can see us doing something like that, if they were in favor, and trusted our ability to reach the public, bypassing the corporate controlled mainstream press, but time is a limiting factor. The Impeachment activists also are urging me to help organize a big Impeachment Forum in San Jose. With Thanksgiving and Christmas coming up, I don't see how we can pull off all the events that we would like to make happen- without a tremendous amount of concentrated effort on the part of the activist community.

It is heartening to get emails announcing great new websites and entities like Musicians for 9/11 Truth and a campaign for Black Friday- A Shopping Boycott From November 23rd- Christmas against the villainous corporations "to Impeach the Bush Administration, End the War in the Middle East, Eliminate Poverty, Crime, Hunger and Environmental Destruction Through Economic Resistance." Give money and time to the Resistance- don't buy corporate junk.

Sadly Brian is putting all his energy into counterproductive attacks, and I am doing my best to ignore him, and not let bother me, and I try to channel my anger into something productive like the work at hand.

The Loose Change Film-Makers are enthusiastic about coming to the Bay Area for premieres of their film and to participate in the San Francisco Tea Party for Truth, we would like to coordinate showings from Santa Cruz, to Oakland, San Franciso, and Marin, if possible- to get maximum publicity of their film, our issues, the Tea Party, while they are out here. To coordinate with us- contact Loose Change directly or me, if you can find a Theater/Venue between the 11th and the 17th of December.

Yesterday, we had a demo in front of Zoe Lofgren's San Jose office, and hope to push her into supporting Impeachment, but she was one of the co-sponsors of the horrific- H.R.1955 - Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007. This piece of legislation was written about in this Baltimore Sun article entitled :

Here come the thought police

By Ralph E. Shaffer and R. William Robinson
November 19, 2007

With overwhelming bipartisan support, Rep. Jane Harman's "Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act" passed the House 404-6 late last month and now rests in Sen. Joe Lieberman's Homeland Security Committee. Swift Senate passage appears certain.

Not since the "Patriot Act" of 2001 has any bill so threatened our constitutionally guaranteed rights.

The historian Henry Steele Commager, denouncing President John Adams' suppression of free speech in the 1790s, argued that the Bill of Rights was not written to protect government from dissenters but to provide a legal means for citizens to oppose a government they didn't trust. Thomas Jefferson's Declaration of Independence not only proclaimed the right to dissent but declared it a people's duty, under certain conditions, to alter or abolish their government.

In that vein, diverse groups vigorously oppose Ms. Harman's effort to stifle dissent. Unfortunately, the mainstream press and leading presidential candidates remain silent.

Ms. Harman, a California Democrat, thinks it likely that the United States will face a native brand of terrorism in the immediate future and offers a plan to deal with ideologically based violence.

But her plan is a greater danger to us than the threats she fears. Her bill tramples constitutional rights by creating a commission with sweeping investigative power and a mandate to propose laws prohibiting whatever the commission labels "homegrown terrorism."

The proposed commission is a menace through its power to hold hearings, take testimony and administer oaths, an authority granted to even individual members of the commission - little Joe McCarthys - who will tour the country to hold their own private hearings. An aura of authority will automatically accompany this congressionally authorized mandate to expose native terrorism.

Ms. Harman's proposal includes an absurd attack on the Internet, criticizing it for providing Americans with "access to broad and constant streams of terrorist-related propaganda," and legalizes an insidious infiltration of targeted organizations. The misnamed "Center of Excellence," which would function after the commission is disbanded in 18 months, gives the semblance of intellectual research to what is otherwise the suppression of dissent.

While its purpose is to prevent terrorism, the bill doesn't criminalize any specific conduct or contain penalties. But the commission's findings will be cited by those who see a terrorist under every bed and who will demand enactment of criminal penalties that further restrict free speech and other civil liberties. Action contrary to the commission's findings will be interpreted as a sign of treason at worst or a lack of patriotism at the least.

While Ms. Harman denies that her proposal creates "thought police," it defines "homegrown terrorism" as "planned" or "threatened" use of force to coerce the government or the people in the promotion of "political or social objectives." That means that no force need actually have occurred as long as the government charges that the individual or group thought about doing it.

Any social or economic reform is fair game. Have a march of 100 or 100,000 people to demand a reform - amnesty for illegal immigrants or overturning Roe v. Wade - and someone can perceive that to be a use of force to intimidate the people, courts or government.

The bill defines "violent radicalization" as promoting an "extremist belief system." But American governments, state and national, have a long history of interpreting radical "belief systems" as inevitably leading to violence to facilitate change.

Examples of the resulting crackdowns on such protests include the conviction and execution of anarchists tied to Chicago's 1886 Haymarket Riot. Hearings conducted by the House Un-American Activities Committee for several decades during the Cold War and the solo hearings by a member of that committee's Senate counterpart, Joseph McCarthy, demonstrate the dangers inherent in Ms. Harman's legislation.

Ms. Harman denies that her bill is a threat to the First Amendment. It clearly states that no measure to prevent homegrown terrorism should violate "constitutional rights, civil rights or civil liberties."

But the present administration has demonstrated, in its response to criticism regarding torture, that it can't be trusted to honor those rights.

Ralph E. Shaffer, professor emeritus of history at California State Polytechnic University, Pomona, and R. William Robinson, an elected director of a Southern California water district, wrote this article for the History News Service.

Copyright © 2007, The Baltimore Sun

I'm certainly glad this article made it into print, but I don't think we have a chance of stopping this from passing. Only impeachment and a reversal of this Administration's policies could change the current trajectory. Hillary Clinton is the darling of the War Mongerers and has no intention of changing the direction that this country is going, if elected, and I am afraid that is the case with all of Congress unless they give in to enormous public pressure which we must drum up through our actions, our own media, until we so saturate the consciousness of the public that the mainstream press is forced to abandon its most egregious lies and begin acknowledging the criminal truth about those wielding government power. However they might not ever do that, and so then it will be up to us, to make them irrelevant, and strengthen the public voice and power.

I really enjoyed my conversation/interview with Frank Morales last night on the radio show and am inspired to know that he is an integral part of the New York 9/11 Truth Movement.

The conference that I'm going to at the end of the month is a continuation of the Storyfield Conference, and is about empowering people to get their positive visions for themselves and humanity out. My friend Tom Atlee sent this link-www.movementvisionlab.org- to a great little video called "A Tale of Power and Vision" which attempts to do just that. It's a wonderful metaphor- looking at how we can get from where we are- to where we want to be in the future.

November 16, 2007

I was so busy yesterday, making plane reservations, taking Jeremy to the orthodontist, feeding him, before he had to leave for the play he's working on at school, and I couldn't get a straight answer from Brian as to whether or not he was going to the meeting, so I could figure out carpooling with Chuck and whether I needed to write a letter or not to the group. Fortunately, Chuck called Brian, received assurance that he wouldn't go to the meeting- so I went.

We were late, (I had to feed Daniel, Jean-Luc, Chuck and I, too). Kai facilitated, lots of people were there, including some new faces, and we got a lot done, and it felt like we did some group healing, too.

Becky from Code Pink shared a 9/11 Truth Impeachment Carol that she had written which bouyed all of our spirits. It's great when the Raging Grannies and Code Pink are carrying our messages out into the world. John Wright stepped forward to shoulder the Tea Party, along with Jeremy and Scott, and I'm going to help, although I need some help with web graphics to get up the webpage and a 2007 banner.

Ken also mentioned that Loose Change- Final Cut was something we could all support and the group voted $1000 towards the Tea Party and $2000 towards a premiere of Loose Change at the Grand Lake Theater. Allen said we could have the theater on December 12th, but I still need to connect with the Loose Change guys and work out the details.

There was a lot of discussion, news, revelations from witnesses interviewed by Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Janette also invited everyone to her fundraising party, to make up for the money she put into the Arizona Conference that was not reimbursed by Kent. The group voted $3000 to help make up for the bulk of the loss. They also gave me $300 to cover the PR guy I hired to help me out for the Rodriguez event, and $200 for Cosmos for TruthAction.org stickers and $100 for Camille to come up with art for a new card for TruthAction.org. So now we don't have much money left, and lots of work to do.

Today, Camille and I made it to San Jose for the action against Jeppeson, the travel agency that facilitates rendition (torture) flights for the CIA. There were over a hundred people from the Peace, Justice, Impeachment community. I saw lots of old friends. I hurriedly made a sign that said:

WHY TORTURE?
To frighten civilians into
silence and submission
TORTURERS
ARE
TERRORISTS

Suddenly, I am overwhelmed again- with committments for rallies, actions, events, and another small conference at the end of the month, and not enough time to even post all the events on this website. So much for my break..

November 13, 2007

My family is very happy that I have switched from doing the Listening Project on a weekly basis to every month. The conflict which is keeping me away from doing 9/11 street actions and probably the next meeting, is also giving me time and energy to do other things in life- like spending more time with my kids, husband, and friends, and attending Impeachment meetings and the Veterans for Peace meeting.

Here are some key points that I gathered from the Impeachment meeting-

General Info-

Best Impeachment News Sources- www.afterdowningstreet.org, rawstory.com (also impeachforpeace.org )

Great Impeachment Resource Site Phil Burk's site- www.impeachbush.tv
Includes section on How to and Why

87 towns have voted for impeachment
11 state have introduced legislation at the state level to push for impeachment, Vermont succeeded at passing legislation at the state level.

Procedures-
What are impeachable offenses? Broad range- but hard to get public support for violation of international law, even though violation of treaties falls under "a violation of the US Constitution." (Politically so many are against the UN that the argument doesn't fly.)
High Crimes- undermining rights and specific statutes. Now they are trying to retroactively change laws that they have blatantly violated. Undermining FISA law.
Lying to Congress to go to war is FRAUD. Lying to Congreess should be a major reason for Impeachment, and very provable. Many examples of half truths that Bush and Cheney have told to sell the war/make the case for the war on Iraq, for example.

Impeachment Movement- was in a lull. The Movement turned a corner when Kucinich introduced it and Hoyer tried to table it.

Congressman Wexler is the new hero, who wants impeachment hearings in the Judiciary Committee. Earlier he wanted to push for impeachment of both Cheney and Bush, but came up with censure instead. He's from West Palm Beach, Florida. He can speak to progressives and conservatives- needs help and support. Kucinich's bill (House Resolution 333) was languishing in committee. It now has a new number - House Resolution 799- and new life.

Key people for us to pressure- Zoe Lofgren (on the Judiciary Committee) and Nancy Pelosi (most powerful person in Congress- and in our own backyard).

How? Multiple possibilities- maybe can do all of them, and encourage others to be creative and come up with even better ones....

John Conyers is the key person actually scheduling hearings, needs visible support, pressure to do the right thing.

Suggestion- send him flowers, books, letters, messages.

Grasssroots- letter writing campaign (worked with Lynn Woolsey). Handwritten letters are many, many, many times more effective than just petitions, emails, phone calls. They should all come from the people in the district of the politician however- the constituents. [For SF- places to get letters from public using ironing board/volunteers- 6th & Irving, Haight, Farmers' Markets, Universities, busy street corners.]

However all of the Judiciary committee needs to be urged to move forward with impeachment. There are 40 members- 17 are Republicans. Of those that we need to win over, are the ones who voted to table impeachment these include-

Howard Berman (CA 28)- "forget it - won't change position"
Artur Davis AL 07- "a mystery"
William Delahunt MA 10- "will come around"
Zoe Lofgren- CA 16- "KEY"
Jerrold Nadler NY 08- "KEY- at the national level and also dead set against impeachment"
Linda Sanchez- CA 39- "could be moved"
Debbie Wasserman Schultz FL 20- "very obstinant"

These folks voted Against Tabling-

Tammy Baldwin WI 02
Stev Cohen TN 09
John Conyers MI 14
Keith Ellison MN 05
Luis Gutierrez IL 04
Sheila Jackson-Lee TX 18
Hank Johnson GA 04
Bobby Scott VA 03
Brad Sherman CA 27
Betty Sutton OH 13
Maxine Waters CA 35
Melvin Watt NC 12
Anthony Weiner NY 09
Robert Wexler FL 19

I've been missing the Silicon Valley Impeachment meetings, but they are very active and planning an Impeachment Teach-In for Zoe Lofgren. They have also put ads in the local paper.

There are actually plenty of things that we can do to increase the visibility of the issue and get the ball rolling, the public support is there, but mobilizing them means bypassing the media, or pushing the media into covering the issue/facts- which they have been so reluctant to do for so long. Maybe shaming them, so that if they don't cover it, than they will be discounted as government propaganda props.

I still think Impeachment is the best hope for the country.

This article appeared on Chossudovsky's globalresearch.ca site and has received a lot of interest:

Crisis in the U.S.: “Plan B”?
by Richard C. Cook

Strange events are taking place in the U.S.

By August 2007, a lot of very smart people were reading the tea leaves, convinced that the upper echelons of the U.S. government had their own hidden reasons for forecasting an event even more heinous than the attacks of September 11, 2001.

President George W. Bush, Vice President Richard Cheney, and Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff had been hinting that another 9/11 could be coming.

Figures from the U.S. military had also projected a 9/11-type event. On April 23, 2006, for instance, the Washington Post published a statement by an unnamed Pentagon source that, “Another attack could create both a justification and an opportunity that is lacking today to retaliate against some known targets.”

9/11 was a turning point in history, and not just because it provided a pretext for the Bush administration to use off-the-shelf plans to invade Afghanistan and Iraq. The 9/11 Commission criticized the government for failing to do enough to act on danger signs that attacks may have been afoot. But a movement has formed which argues that the reality was worse—that 9/11 was an inside job staged to further the geopolitical ambitions of an elite seeking to use U.S. military power to advance its own imperialistic agenda.

What is indisputable is that from the 2000 presidential election through the 9/11 attacks and their aftermath, what New York Times columnist Paul Krugman termed a “revolutionary power” took control of the U.S. government.

Krugman’s statement, contained in the introduction to his 2005 book The Great Unraveling, has not been taken seriously enough. George W. Bush had lost the popular vote to Al Gore but was named to office by a Supreme Court that rubber-stamped what Greg Palast and others have proven was an extended process of electoral fraud in Florida. The subsequent actions and policies of the Bush/Cheney administration have been in accord with its dubious beginnings.

From the emergence of the Neocons as an ideological power base dominant over U.S. foreign policy, to destruction wreaked on the Bill of Rights by illegal surveillance of citizens, to the senseless creation of the bureaucratically monstrous Department of Homeland Security and passage of the Patriot Acts, to the initiation of “wars of choice” leading to the devastation of two nations and the killing or displacement of perhaps a million Middle Eastern non-combatants, to violation of international treaties and conventions against wars of aggression and torture of prisoners, to presiding over an economy ruined by the continued export of manufacturing jobs and the creation and deflation of the housing bubble, to the wrecking of the federal budget by over a trillion dollars of wartime expenditure, to the abandonment of the city of New Orleans during and after Hurricane Katrina, to tax cuts for the most wealthy while the income of the middle class has drastically eroded, and to threats to start another war, this time against Iran, based on deceptions similar to those which preceded the Iraq invasion, the Bush/Cheney administration has brought the U.S. to the brink of catastrophe.

What is now being asked is whether there was a plan that was to take place in September-October 2007 whereby the rest of the job would have been done. Speculation was that a nuclear device was to have been detonated in a U.S. city, perhaps one of the six attached to cruise missiles that were “inadvertently” carried by the Air Force B-52 bomber that flew from South Dakota to Louisiana just before Labor Day.

Check this link from the Arkansas Democrat Gazette for the official explanation of the incident: http://www2.arkansasonline.com/news/2007/oct/19/air-force-punishes-70-accidental-nuclear-weapons-f/.

According to the Air Force’s report, the missiles were being mothballed due to “a treaty,” but ground personnel at Minot Air Force Base “grabbed the wrong ones” and loaded missiles with nuclear warheads by mistake.

Some have argued that these nukes were secretly bound for Iran to prepare for a nuclear attack on that country. But would such a Keystone Cops routine have been necessary to prepare for military action as a contingency to implement a possible decision coming from the highest political levels?

Suppose, on the other hand, that one of the nukes was targeted for a false-flag domestic attack, perhaps a city like Portland, Oregon, where military exercises simulating a major terrorist incident had been scheduled and where residents actually were warning each other to leave town.

Was the attack to trigger an economic collapse, leading as a side-effect to a payoff of billions of dollars for the placers of the “bin Laden bets” that were reportedly made in the financial markets anticipating a fifty percent decline in stock prices? Of course such an attack would be blamed on foreign terrorists. The trail of the explosion would be found to lead to Iran, resulting in war against that nation. Would the Constitution then have been suspended and martial law declared? Would citizens have been rounded up and herded into prison camps?

Such a scenario seems unfathomable, horrendous, even incredible. But it still may have been in character for a regime whose actions have led the world to view the U.S. as the greatest existing threat to peace. Rumors about such possible events have been churning on the internet for months.

But the rumors have not been confined to “conspiracy theorists.” Regarding President Bush’s commitment to the sanctity of constitutional processes, Congressman John Olver expressed the prevailing view in government circles when he told twenty of his constituents at a private meeting in Massachusetts on July 5, 2007, that he could not support a movement to impeach Bush. According to an attendee, the reason the Congressman gave was that, “The President would declare a national emergency, institute martial law, and suspend the 2008 elections.”

Therefore we might ask if it is true, as some sources have alleged, that the reason these events have not taken place was that there was a revolt by the U.S. military, which refused to carry out the false-flag attack that may have been intended?

What then has happened differently which indicates that events may have altered or postponed such a sinister denouement to the nightmare of the last seven years?

What has happened appears to be that the U.S. establishment has decided to move to “Plan B.” This may be defined as a decision that the sway of the Bush/Cheney regime must end and that some semblance of normality should be restored, at least in appearance, by making Hillary Clinton the next President...

I think, if we can mess up the already messed up schemes of these madmen that we are doing the right thing. I just hope we can mess them up more. I remember feeling the weight of the world on my shoulders years ago, when there wasn't much opposition to the Neo-Cons and their wars. Now I feel that the weight has been lifted and that there is a critical mass of opposition- that these guys are stoppable, if not "doomed," although the replacements for the evil Rumsfeld, Gonzales, do not bode well for the future. I have "zero" faith in the Democrats, particularly the Clintons. The only ones looking worse in the polls than Bush and Cheney are their enablers- Congress- which should definitely be ousted unless they get their act together, do their job- impeach (at least) these guys and reverse their policies. I'll continue to work for that.

At the Impeachment meeting, I met a wonderful woman who has been working on Election Reform for the past six years or so. I will have her on my radio show- what she knows does not bode well for "democracy" or the illusion of "democracy" in this country. Without citizens getting involved to challenge the tyrants and corruption within the US government, we and the world don't really have a chance.

Yesterday, I also made some phone calls, as I was catching up on the bookkeeping. One guy has sent us a couple of checks, and I was concerned that he might have made a mistake and forgotten that he had already sent one generous donation. He told me that he was old, happy to give away his money for a good cause (He'd given $50,000 to the 9/11 Truth movement) and he asked me for the names and addresses of activists doing the work fulltime who needed support. His generosity rekindled my hope. I think many people, when they realize what dire shape we are in, will shift their time, money, energy to following the heroic path and helping humanity to get off this war path.

I don't think there has ever been as much organizing going on, as there is now, even if it isn't making headlines- it is widespread and addressing the huge range of inter-related issues. No one could possibly focus on all of the problems nor all the solutions. I need to add all the great, inspiring conferences coming up to my events page...

November 10, 2007

Yesterday, I received a link to an article on the changing media landscape, quite relevant to the upcoming radio show on the "Media Renaissance." Here's an excerpt from

Ron Paul Vs. the Gatekeepers:

For over four centuries, the structure of Establishment rule has rested on one assumption above all others: the high cost of delivering images to large numbers of people. This assumption has become increasingly ludicrous ever since 1996.

THE ESTABLISHMENTS

A series of seemingly competitive Establishments are interlocked domestically and also internationally, despite competition at the margins among them. There is basic agreement on competitive rules and strategies. The Bilderberger organization conducts closed meetings where representatives of these Establishments get together to discuss in private the range of outcomes acceptable for the various international Punch and Judy shows.

These Establishments are an institutional mixture of long-term senior advisors to this year’s crop of presidents and prime ministers, multinational bankers, foreign policy specialists, oil industry decision-makers, university educators, mainstream media representatives and their well-paid and completely housebroken salaried intellectuals, plus hundreds of low-level candidates who dream of entry into the inner ring. (Read C. S. Lewis’ wonderful essay, "The Inner Ring." It is on the Web.) Entry into any of these Establishments is screened by senior members. The system is self-policed.

The key to this policing is control over the barriers to entry.

Officially and legally, these various organizations are private and voluntary. Their carefully crafted barriers to entry are not mentioned in the United States Constitution. These barriers are not mentioned in the foundational judicial documents of any nation. This means that, legally speaking, non-Establishment interlopers can breach these barriers and take over the society. The ideology of democracy guarantees this. Democracy is the reigning religion of our era.

But, as Forest Gump’s mother would say, "Democracy is as democracy does." In every democratic nation, non-democratic barriers to entry into the various controlling Establishments have kept democracy on a very tight leash.

Here, I am speaking of politics. But society is far more than politics. Politics is only one aspect of society. The Establishments’ system of controls is not limited to politics. Nevertheless, they maintain their control primarily through politics. This is their supreme institutional weakness. They are holed up inside a castle that has been built in terms of political control over the social order.

The social question is: How can the public get off the existing leash?

As economists would put it, at what price can the public get off the leash?

If the cost of maintaining the leash increases, the public is more likely to get off the leash.

The cost of maintaining the leash is now rising exponentially. Why? Because the cost of individuals’ operating off the leash is collapsing.

THE CRUCIAL BARRIER TO ENTRY

Today’s Establishments are an unofficial confederation of multiple interlocking directorates. These are self-policed directorates. The designers of this almost 500-year-old piecemeal system have based their control on a single highly specific barrier to entry: the cost of delivering pieces of paper. This barrier is now collapsing.

The last major communications-based revolution in the West began on October 31, 1517, when Martin Luther nailed his 95 proposed debate topics onto the door of the church in Wittenberg. He thought he was launching a serious academic debate in Latin. He was in fact launching a social revolution: a change in law, attitudes, and religion.

Luther could not have launched the Protestant Reformation had Gutenberg not invented movable type two generations earlier. The nameless printers who translated Luther’s 95 theses into German and then mass marketed them were the key to this revolution. By never paying Luther royalties for his writings and pocketing all the profits, they made him the most important person of the sixteenth century. Most historians would put him in the top five or ten men over the last 500 years. But Gutenberg is higher on the list: no Gutenberg = no Luther.

It was impossible for the existing Establishment to stop Luther and his followers at a price they were willing to pay: the systematic destruction of all unregulated printing. Subsequent political rulers recognized the threat and tried to control printers, but, political revolution by revolution, they failed. The cost-effectiveness of printing was too great. The lure of profit for printers was too great. Printers cheated. They broke the law.

The European Establishments in 1517 had been built on the older, pre-Gutenberg image-communications system. By 1517, the cost of delivering pieces of paper had fallen too far for the Establishments to adjust to the new pricing conditions. They had not recognized the enormous threat to their power for two generations. Luther spotted his opportunity by the end of 1517. The printers had made it visible to him within a matter of weeks. He took advantage of it. He became the greatest master of the pamphlet in the history of the world. He retains the title.

Peter Drucker years ago wrote that when a new technology reduces costs by 90%, it cannot be stopped. It will take over any market that has been maintained by an existing technology. The Internet has reduced communications costs – not counting our time – by far more than 90%. It cannot be stopped.

Any Establishment that fails to adjust to this new pricing structure for communications will not survive. This means that the single most important foundation of the present reigning Establishments is in its final stages unless the Establishments adjust. So far, they haven’t.

The information gatekeepers in every field except one are losing market share: newspapers, FCC-regulated television networks, K-12 public education, and movies. Radio long ago fell to the right-wing talk shows. All that the Establishment has left in radio are the news shows on National Public Radio: narcoleptic radio. ("The surgeon general has warned: Do not drive while listening to NPR.")

In only one area do they still maintain almost complete control: higher education. This control is maintained by means of a system of state-enforced accreditation. But there is a monster inside the gates of the halls of ivy: the for-profit University of Phoenix. It has at least 250,000 students enrolled today. It is mainly Web-based. It takes in over $2 billion in tuition each year. It is the harbinger of the future.

Drucker’s rule is about to manifest itself in higher education. He saw it coming. Distance learning cuts costs by 90%. "Universities won’t survive. The future is outside the traditional campus, outside the traditional classroom. Distance learning is coming on fast."

http://www.mises.org/story/2013

I have shown how a student can earn a distance learning B.A. degree from an accredited university for about $15,000 in three years – maybe two.

http://www.LowestCostColleges.com

The Establishments are losing control. They hold the leash, but it is wearing thin. Ron Paul’s $4 million day is indicative of how voters have begun to slip the Establishment’s leash.

The time cost of reading is an inescapable cost. Time is our only truly irreplaceable resource. Here, the Establishments have no insurmountable cost advantage over anyone else. If anything, they are on the defensive. They are not digital media savvy. This is why they are losing ground.

Through the dual technologies of Web addresses and graphics-based browsers, the Internet in just one decade, 1996 to 2006, stripped the cost of communicating ideas to the bedrock limit: the time cost of reading. I am sure there will be many more innovations, but the main one is now behind us: delivery costs. This outcome was not foreseen by anyone in the U.S. military who designed the original Internet back in 1969. The outcome just happened.

Assuming that the Internet stays up, the revolution was.

The fallout has begun.

ADAPTING

Decentralization is now the wave of the future. No single plan of social transformation will dominate the Internet. There are too many players. The cost of entry is too low. Google will be a big part of successful plans. That is about all I feel confident in saying.

This will be a trial-and-error procedure, which is weighted in favor of error. Most plans fail. This is good for liberty and bad for tyranny. Tyranny is limited to one plan per power unit: whatever the central planners agree to. Liberty is based on open entry: "Come one, come all!" The fact that most plans fail is the Achilles heel of central planning. Consumers determine who succeeds or fails – mostly fails – in the free market. Never has there been a market with entry costs lower than the Internet’s. The number of ways for private decision-makers to succeed is enormous and growing, due to low entry costs. The number of ways for central planners to fail is growing just as fast.

Innovation is a characteristic feature of decentralization. Stagnation is a characteristic feature of civil government. This is because of rival systems of funding, as Ludwig von Mises showed in his 1944 book, Bureaucracy. Funding for voluntary, decentralized agencies is dependent on creative promoters in the agencies or supportive of the agencies. Success is based on whatever pleases consumers or donors.

In contrast, funding for civil government is based on taxes, unamortized debt, and monetary inflation. All three produce losses for most consumers and therefore growing resistance.

Thus, my motto:

"Nothing is sure except death and taxes and people’s attempt to cheat both."

The inability of large, tax-funded, centralized government agencies to respond rapidly to innovative pathways around government controls is universal. The lower the costs of entry, the more overwhelmed the state and its licensed institutions become. Every Establishment therefore relies on the state to create barriers to entry. These barriers are being undermined daily by the Internet. This has happened so rapidly, under the radar of bureaucrats, that all of the various Establishments have been caught flat-footed.

If there was a single event that illustrates this tipping point, it was Matt Drudge’s 1998 story on President Clinton and the unnamed intern. Within hours, the attempted weekend suppression of the story by Newsweek ended in howls of derisive laughter. To Newsweek, the world said: "Close, but no cigar." The breach in the gatekeepers’ wall became visible to tens of millions of people within days.

This breach has gotten wider ever since.

The gatekeepers are frantic. The mainstream news media immediately branded Drudge an amateur. He was not credentialed in any way. He was just a high school graduate operating out of a room in an apartment. This attack had no effect. Today, his site is ranked in the top 1,300 by Alexa. It has a higher ranking than the Los Angeles Times or CBS. As for MSNBC, it’s about 16,000 – lower than LewRockwell.com, the Ron Paul information site.

WHAT ARE THE STAKES?

The stakes are enormous. The stakes are these: control over the flow of information, money, and power – in that order in importance. This issue can be encapsulated by one question:

"Will semi-public monopolistic agencies that are licensed by the central governments of the world be able to control the flow of information to individual decision-makers who have both money and brains?

If you want it in percentages, it is this:

"Will the 1% on top be able to protect today’s semi-monopolistic positions of the 4% who shape the thinking of the 20% who decide on behalf of the 80% who officially have the votes, but who rarely show up on election day?"

There are three primary trends that suggest that the answer is "no." First is the Internet. Second is the inability of most civil governments to protect the broad mass of the population from rising crime. Third are the promises by politicians regarding long-term retirement income – promises not funded by the accumulation of income-generating assets.

Consider the Internet. The denizens of the World Wide Web have more money than the typical voter. They have more formal education. They also have skills in navigating the Web. They have Google. They have e-mail. They are international.

These people are on the cutting edge of social change. In the way that literate people were on the cutting edge in 1517, so are people who use the Internet as their primary source of information.

In effect, the world’s Establishments have based their control on their ability to control the flow of information to illiterates – digital illiterates. They are in the condition that the Catholic Church was in back in 1517. The Church controlled the preachers, more or less, through a system of compulsory accreditation and licensing. The state backed up the Church. Most people in Western Europe got their information from preachers in 1517. Then one of the preachers, Drudge-like, got his hands on a lot of printing presses – not directly, but indirectly. The printers built his audience for him. They kept the money; he kept the audience.

Power after 1517 spread to local units of civil government in what we today call Germany. Protestant princes challenged the Catholic Emperor. The Church relied on the Emperor to enforce its system of accreditation and licensing. It rested on a weak reed. The process of decentralization, informed by low-cost pieces of paper, could not be reversed.

Today, the same process has accelerated. Digits have replaced pieces of paper. Electrons have replaced atoms.

It is very expensive for governments to control digits, which recognize no borders or jurisdictions. Yet without such control, the Establishments’ jointly held leash gets frayed.

Digits can cross borders. This means that two things are now beyond low-cost control by any national government: information and money. Information and money are conveyed in digital form.

The gatekeepers have always used control over information and money as their primary means of control. In our era, for the first time in recorded history, the self-screened gatekeepers have lost control over both the flow of information and the flow of money. They can try to influence both, but influence is not control.

Ron Paul’s campaign indicates that Establishment influence is waning where it counts most in the long run: the flow of information. The evidence for this is the flow of money: $4 million in one day. That got the attention of the gatekeepers. Money talks. In their world, it talks louder than anything except votes.

WHEN DIGITAL MONEY FAILS

Karl Marx called this the cash nexus. It’s the digital nexus today. Central banks control the creation of digital money. They cannot control the response of speculators to monetary policy. At most, they can influence speculators at the margin.

The key political fact in every Western nation is this: the supply of political promises has exceeded the supply of capital to fulfill these promises. The system of political promises is unamortized.

This will produce a crisis of faith. Today, there is society-wide faith in democracy and faith in civil government. Both faiths are waning. The evidence of this decline in faith is seen in rising prices and rising crime rates. This process seems to be irreversible throughout the West. This is the conclusion of Jacques Barzun in the final section of From Dawn to Decadence (2000). It is also the conclusion of Martin van Creveld in the final section of The Rise and Decline of the State (1999).

The politicians dare not openly repudiate their promises of retirement safety nets. To do so would be political suicide. Yet these nets cannot be funded for even one more generation. Their repudiation will therefore be papered over, not with paper money but with digital money.

When the flow of digital money from the world’s capital cities ceases to maintain the flow of economic goods and services to those with bank accounts filled with digits, the world will change dramatically, just as it changed in the generation after Luther nailed his debate topics on the church door.

What matters most now is the flow of information, not the flow of funds. The flow of funds is pretty much set. Neither the government nor the public has much discretionary income. The budget next month will look pretty much like the budget this month and last month.

What is changing is the budget for time. People are re-allocating their precious time in terms of the new cost conditions. Here, price competition has created a new world order.

Most denizens of the Web already have their favorite sites and e-letters. To get them to change is costly. Their attention cannot be bought with money alone, any more than the attention of pamphlet readers in Northern Europe could be bought with money alone after 1517.

Today’s political Establishment cannot respond effectively on the Web. It can respond in the traditional media, but these are shrinking in influence.

The handwriting is on the screen: "Thou hast been weighed in the balance and found wanting."

This morning I also received an email with this look at The Bilderbergers-

I’ll have the Bilderberger, well done!
By Jerry Mazza
Online Journal Associate Editor

I read Daniel Estulin’s The True Story of the Bilderberg Group over a long weekend trip to South Dakota to visit in-laws. The amazing history of the Bilderberg Group, its kindred Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and Trilateral Commission (TR), filled my mind with its awful vision of One World Government, one government uber alles, that is, over all sovereign nations, from America to Zambia.

Interestingly, the Wednesday that began our trip was Halloween. And lord knows the Bilderbergers had been spooking the world since 1954, though their ghost-like founders had been in operation since the days of Woodrow Wilson and well before.

The well-done Bilderberger called for in the headline is the one behind the fixed smile, pointy nose mask. He is one of the most aggressive Bilderberg leaders of our time, David Rockefeller, scion of the Rockefeller clan. He has also been the spook behind hundreds of think tanks, the giver of grants for studies to implement mind-control techniques, government-toppling scenarios, and other nasty business. Rockefeller is a leading man in this real-life horror movie, gathering some 200 government and corporate honchos, European Royalty, international CEO’s, bureaucrats of the highest order, to pull the strings of various governments; this along with prodding the World Bank, International Monetary Fund, Wall Street, the Federal Reserve, European Central banks; in short to tie us all in neocon knots.

And speaking of neocon knots, I thought of passing through LaGuardia airport en route to South Dakota. After presenting passports and/or drivers licenses, we were obliged to spill shoes, change, wallets, belts, jackets, watches and disgust into plastic boxes. As I passed through security without a beep, the surly guard was doing his best to be unpleasant and make us feel like a threat to the country we loved. Once past security, we entered the electronic Matrix, each robotized traveler with cellphone in hand, earpiece, earphones, blackberry, I-pod, Palmcorders, et al, in digital touch with Big Brother and his holding companies somewhere, everywhere.

This too was part of the Bilderberg-manufactured (Bush implemented) terror state guaranteed to cripple Americans and citizens of the world with angst, fear and apathy, color codes to match. But why wasn’t David Rockefeller, his gang and forbearers being grilled for their sins of treason and dissimulation, literally the ongoing attempt to destroy the Constitution and overthrow our democratic government? Why weren’t their feet (Kissinger’s, Brzezinski’s, Schulz’s, et al,) put to the fire for their treason? What gate of a thousand eyes should they pass through to reveal their offenses? Daniel Estulin’s, of course, that’s whose, and anyone else who felt the need, the importance to reveal these cretins’ crimes.

Somehow for 15 years Estulin managed to find the location of yearly Bilderberg meetings as they were announced, always just a week before they happened, always in some small town outside a major city, cloak and daggered with armed and vicious security guards. The meetings, first held in the Bilderberg Hotel in the small Dutch town of Oosterbeek in 1954, during the presidency of Dwight Eisenhower, did not allow press coverage of any kind. Today that remains true, even though major news and media figures may attend, that is, to plan to alter public opinion on some issue.

In fact, here is Estulin’s latest report on Bilderberg 2007: Welcome to the Lunatic Fringe. Read it, please. It includes a list of this year’s objectives and a complete list of attendees. Estulin’s razor-sharp observations will boggle your mind.

Bilderberg privacy reigns, too, to make attendees feel “free enough” to utter their innermost thoughts (a truly scary thought). Uninvited, Estulin arrives days in advance of meetings, bonds with hotel staff, even security once he gives them the past history of this group. And then there are those who know the history and come to him, eager to reveal the ugly “innermost thoughts” of someone who’d like to see a government toppled, a revolution financed, a leader disappeared (as in Aldo Moro of Italy), a president made or toppled (as in the case of Richard Nixon when he bucked Bilderbergers on his price control plan that was working). In short, the agenda is to weaken all world leadership but they’re own. Bilderberger needs, mandates, and laws, in their eyes, precede even those of the US government.

Yet planning and attending these meetings is in essence a crime. Estulin points out, “A US law, called the Logan Act, states explicitly that it is against the law for federal officials to attend secret meetings with private citizens to develop public policies. Although Bilderberg 2005 was missing one of its luminaries, US State Department official John Bolton who was testifying before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, the American government was well represented in Rottach-Egern by Alan Hubbard, assistant to the president for economic policy and director of the National Economic Council; William Luti, deputy under secretary of defense; James Wolfensohn, outgoing president of the World Bank and Paul Wolfowitz, deputy secretary of state, an ideologue of the Iraq war and incoming president of the World Bank. By attending Bilderberg 2005 meeting, these people are breaking federal laws of the United States.”

But then sovereign governments and their nation-states are in Bilderberger minds outmoded. We see this in the operation of the North American Treaty Agreement (NAFTA). The multinational participating corporations’ needs and mandates supersede the laws and mandates of the nations and peoples involved, whether they be the United States, Mexico or Canada. Curiously, the tarantula of NAFTA was gifted to us by none other than former President Bill Clinton, after his stints with the CFR and Trilateral Commission. Though President Bush is not formally a member of this triple threat, his father was, and Junior delivered CAFTA to us, the Central American Trade Agreement, extending the tentacles of participation further south.

And now we see George W. Bush attempting to wrap the US, Canada and Mexico into a North American Union. What they are doing is building a global free market for the multinationals and their profiteers, in order to loot the rest of the world’s people. National identities, cultures, aspirations, ideals be damned. This is the real meaning of their One World Government, one which maximizes their wealth and everyone else’s poverty and enslavement. Not a pretty picture. But then they’re not pretty people. They are predators.

Estulin points out that their founding precursors, JP Morgan among them, poured millions of dollars into the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia to topple the Czar who was trying to bring Russia into modernity, but unfortunately asked for 12-hour working days and every ounce of strength of the working people. This opened the door to the Bolsheviks to protest. It also opened opportunities for Morgan and his brand of capitalism to weaken the Russian people. In its second try at a coup, the Bolsheviks, with Morgan’s and other large financial and material assistance, succeeded in toppling the Czar and making Russia a satellite of their interests, not a super-power. This action provided a paradigm for future actions, right up to today.

Here is the first of Bilderberg 2007 activities that Estulin reports in his linked article: "Aside from the Iraq quagmire, energy problems continue to dominate Bilderberger discussions. Oil and natural gas are finite, non-renewable resources. That’s because once used up it cannot be replenished. As the world turns, and as oil and natural gas supplies dwindle while demand soars dramatically, especially with Indian and Chinese booming economies who want all the trinkets and privileges of an American way of life, we, as the Planet, have crossed the midpoint of oil production and discovery.

“From now on, the only sure thing is that supply will continue to diminish and prices will continue to increase. In these conditions world conflict is a physical certainty. End of oil means end of world’s financial system, something which has already been acknowledged by Wall Street Journal and the Financial Times, two full time members of the Bilderberger inner circle. Goldman Sachs oil report, [another full time member of the Bilderberger elite] published on March 30, 2005 increased the oil price range for the year 2005-6 from $55-$80 per barrel to $55-$105. During 2006 meeting, Bilderbergers have confirmed that their short range price estimate for oil for the 2007-08 continues to hover around US$105-150/barrel.

“No wonder Jose Barroso, President of the European Commission, announced several months ago during the unveiling of the new European energy policy that the time has come for a ‘post-industrial age.’ To bring the world into the post-industrial age, you first need to destroy the world's economic base and create another Great Depression. When people are poor, they don't spend money, they don't travel, and they don't consume.”

It is obvious why Bilderbergers would have “thinking out loud” like this stay in the privacy of their confines.

Estulin continued, “Third item on the [2007] agenda is European relations with Russia not only in Europe but also in Central Asia. With Moscow making a deal with Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan over the transport of gas to Europe, the US geo-strategic goal of driving a wedge between the Central Asian countries and Russia lies in shambles. While the US says this is 'not good for Europe,' the Europeans are divided. Iran, overnight has become America’s last hope in the energy war.

“Iran war, after two years of huffing and puffing by the Bush government is definitely off the table. Furthermore, with France, Russia, Japan and China investing heavily in Iran, the world has drawn a line in the sand and the U.S. will be told at the conference not to cross it. There is blood in the water, and blood in the water usually leads to a good fight.

“That notwithstanding, the United States needs to control the region, not only for its oil reserves but, most importantly to help it sustain world economic hegemony. Under this strategic design, regional states will be turned to weak domains of sectarian sheikhs with little or no sovereignty and, by implications, a pathetic agenda of their economic development. Regional chaos favours the spread of Islamic fundamentalism, which in turn reinforces the process of political and social disintegration supported by the Bilderbergers.”

Thus you see that David Rockefeller and his friends have their viewfinders on many sights. In fact, the world is in their sights. Yet this super-powerful world organization, as Estulin points out, “runs out of an 18m2 [194 square feet] offices, staffed by one person, using one telephone line and a single fax number. There is no web page and no brass name plate on the door. The independent press has never been allowed in, and no statements have ever been released on the attendees’ conclusions nor has any agenda for a Bilderberg meeting been made public . . ." It is the epitome of low-profile dark ops, a shadow government hidden in a doorway.

Yet somehow, Estulin reports in his book, the Bilderbergers were responsible for the elevation of Jimmy Carter from peanut farmer to president, and more. Thus you must read the 326-page story that moves like a novel of political intrigue, though Estulin’s facts are stranger (and truer) than any fiction. For me, on Halloween and past it, it was a treat to read and to understand the vicious trick these people have been exacting on humanity for 53 years and their forbearers for a hundred more. After all is said and done, our present is clarified by knowing the past, which illuminates the journey for global hegemony begun with the royals and elites of Europe, America, and Asia. It really is us against them. And now is the time to arm yourself with knowledge, to take action for the defense of your country, its freedoms and your survival.

I also had a lovely long chat with Rita Kubiak over the phone today. She and David had both given me a beautiful bamboo plant which used to sit on her meditation table and is now the only "live" plant in my "neglected for years" house. I also gave Rita and David a copy of the DVD- Outsourced a charming, comedy about a guy whose job is outsourced to India and ends up going there to train the forces that are replacing him. Since Rita is from India, and David, besides being an American, is one of the most insightful critics of the corporation, and subsequent corporate globalization- I knew they would both appreciate the excellent film, which was made by an independent filmmaker and needs to be suported and distributed through "non-traditional means." The film's enthusiasts had organized a showing at Google, where Jean-Luc and I saw it, and I received the DVD in the Q&A trivia contest which followed.

Rita and I discussed the power of art, storytelling and culture in effecting culutural change and bypassing the control of the hierarchies, so dependent upon lies, secrecy, to cling to power and legitimacy. Art, media, communication is vital for the health and survival of our species, and so much depends on those sensitive enough to activate the immune system or power of ordinary people to regain control over their communities, resources, and lives.

November 9, 2007

Yesterday I went to a lecture on "Collective Intelligence, Wisdom and Consciousness" applied to the monetary system (See Open Money.org) presented by Jean-Francois Noubel at (of all places!) Stanford Research Institute. With me was Rita Kubiak who is organizing a Best Practices Green Festival in India in 2009 and was especially interested in community currencies, also at the talk was an old friend of mine Sergio Lub, founder of Friendly Favors (The last time I saw Sergio was when he hosted an event with Nafeez Ahmed via webcam on the first anniversary of 9/11- one of the first educational events on 9/11 held in the Bay Area).

It was a lively interactive lecture and I couldn't help mentioning the Deception Dollars and passsing out the new Conception Dollars. In transitioning from teaching how money and the monetary system works to exposing the truth about 9/11, I have found that psychological barriers still exist, but actually explaining the monetary system is a lot harder than explaining special operations. The important thing is that changing people's belief systems is the key to changing the system- taboo truths about money, the CIA, war, religion, elections, whatever has the potential to change people's perceptions about themselves, the world, and to change their subsequent actions.

Later Rita, her husband David (officially the International Campaign Advisor for 911Truth.org), and Sergio came over to my house for dinner and we had a great conversation, discovering that we had many mutual friends, and interests. It looks like the Media , Truth versus Corporate Power Conference that David is working on is coming together, and I am hopeful in light of all the synchronicities of our lives.

November 7, 2007

Kucinich's action yesterday created more space for dialogue on Impeachment, and now we need to make a lot of noise to get Conyers to actually do something and not kill the resolution in committee. To reiterate your support for the Impeachment of Cheney, first, H.Res 333 go to:

www.usalone.com/hres333.php

The page is very effective in getting your message sent to public officials and the local press, though certainly not the "only" thing one could/should do.

I just got a call from a guy wanting more Deception Dollars and Conception Dollars. He especially wanted the ones featuring Cheney with "Impeach Cheney First!" graffiti on them. I'd like to see that image on the front cover of Time Magazine.

Yesterday, I got an email and a better photo from David Mathison, author of BE THE MEDIA who will be doing the radio show with me next week, along with Eduardo Cohen, who helped me with publicity for the Rodriguez event. My title: Media Renaissance- from Selling War to Serving Life Show is deliberately ambiguous. I believe the media is almost as guilty as Cheney in ushering in some horrific wars, and that both Cheney and media moguls should get Life Imprisonment for their crimes against humanity. At the same time, David Mathison has undergone a tremendous personal/career transformation from serving Reuters and the corporate news system to being the strongest activist for public participation in media creation. I met him at his home, in a follow up meeting to the National Conference on Media Reform, months and months ago. He sent me a copy of the intro to his book which was all about a "Media Renaissance" and I was really struck by the power of the words and the idea- that what we were experiencing wasn't a "Media Revolution, but a Renaissance" without the violent replacement implication that the word "revolution" connotates, but with the non-violent, creative, birthing of something new and hopeful that the word "renaissance" conjures.

It feels like humanity has been under a spell, put to sleep by the repeated lies, stories, myths spun by those seeking power and dominance over the planet. Slowly, but surely, humanity is beginning to wake up, recognize the spell, the drugs, the lies created to paralyze us into complacency, obedience to the black magicians trying to keep us under their control. The new media, our media, the truth, is the antidote, the light that pierces the darkness, the alarm that breaks the revery, to pull us collectively from unconsciousness so that we might exert our collective will and halt the plunge towards slavery/oblivion, set in motion by those seeking to rule the world. Our own ability to communicate between ourselves and with the larger world seems to hold the key to whether or not War, Peace, Death, Life, Tyranny, Justice will prevail.

November 6, 2007, National impeachment Day

Impeach Cheney First!

Today, Dennis Kucinich is going to introduce a resolution on the floor of Congress to Impeach Cheney. Another member will move to table (kill) the resolution. This will force a vote. Time to add more pressure to onr Congressional lobbying efforts and to get news of the existence of this resolution and the public support for it into the mainstream media.

Suggested actions include the simple email pages, petition signing, phone calling, occupation of Congressional Offices, writing letters to the editor. Click on the

Impeach Cheney First!

-if you have time and need ideas on how to support this effort.

I still think the best hope for the country is impeachment. My sound system ceased to function at the last anti-war rally and George is still trying to get it fixed. He called me yesterday about doing an action at Eshoo's office today. I'm tempted, but there isn't a whole lot of time to pull anything together, and I really should just clean up the house which I've neglected to do for so many months.

However, I still have lots of petitions with signatures that I haven't turned in to Eshoo's office, so I will probably write something, take it to the press, and to Eshoo's office, today. If enough of us make the effort, maybe we will prevail.

November 5, 2007, Guy Fawkes Day World Peace Week

The eloquent Kevin Barrett posted this on his 9/11 Truth Holidays webpage:

9/11 Truth Holidays!

Guy Fawkes Day, Boston Tea Party, 11th of the Month Spread 9/11 Truth Revolution 

"I don't wanna holiday in the sun / I wanna go to new Belsen / I wanna see some history..."  - The Sex Pistols 

9/11 truth holidays? Well, not exactly. We don't yet have real cause for celebration: Justice for the victims and truth in the newspaper headlines and history textbooks. 

But while we have not yet won the biggest battle—yanking the perps-in-chief out of office in chains before their terms expire—we are winning the war. The official myth of 9/11 is like Monty Python's parrot: "'E's passed on! This parrot is no more! He has ceased to be! 'E's expired and gone to meet 'is maker! 'E's a stiff! Bereft of life, 'e rests in peace! If you hadn't nailed 'im to the perch 'e'd be pushing up the daisies! 'Is metabolic processes are now 'istory! 'E's off the twig! 'E's kicked the bucket, 'e's shuffled off 'is mortal coil, run down the curtain and joined the bleedin' choir invisibile!! THIS IS AN EX-PARROT!!" 

But aren't there still plenty of people out there who believe the Osama-and-19-young-Arabs version? To borrow a line from Bill Clinton, it depends on what you mean by "believe." 

For a story to function as a myth in the anthropological sense, it needs to be fervently believed by almost all members of the group it serves to unify and mobilize. If a group member questions the myth, he or she must be branded as a heretic and silenced. If widespread questioning occurs, the myth dies.*  

While the official 9/11 story is still functioning in the corporate monopoly media as if it were a living myth, it is no longer widely believed by the general population. According to a New York Times poll, only 16% of the American people believe the government is telling the truth about 9/11. That is why an ever-growing majority opposes the 9/11 wars. Americans are no longer being unified and mobilized by the 9/11 myth. Instead, they are being disunified and demobilized. 

The battle for 9/11 truth and justice is the central theater of a larger cultural-political war: republic versus empire—or to put it bluntly, freedom versus slavery. In the end, no empire can survive without widespread public support, without public willingness to sacrifice, blood, treasure and liberty. 9/11 was a fabricated mythic event designed to mobilize support for empire. It succeeded for a few years, but is failing in the long term. To ensure that it fails—to ensure the triumph of liberty over slavery, of peace over war, of Republic over Empire—we of the 9/11 truth movement need to settle in for the long haul, and make it clear that we are not going away. 

Those who grumble "It's like the JFK case. We'll never get to the truth" are missing the point. The JFK coup d'état was primarily designed to change leadership at the top of the chain of command. The 9/11 coup d'état was different. It was primarily a psychological operation, designed to mobilize the public for a long-term imperial project of "wars that will not end in our lifetime." To function effectively it had to give rise to a sacred myth. By progressively dismantling the myth, we are dismantling the empire and stopping the wars, regardless of whether or when we bring truth and justice to the courtrooms, headlines and history books. 

In order to settle in for the long haul, the 9/11 truth movement needs holidays—or more accurately calendar customs as we folklorists call them. Special days like Christmas and Independence Day, celebrated on the same day each year, commemorate key events that the culture wishes to remember, such as the births of Jesus and the American nation. Establishing a calendar custom helps transform short-term cultural memory into long-term memory.  

As M.M. Bakhtin tells us, holidays are always the site of a battle between official and unofficial culture. And the good news for the 9/11 truth movement is that unofficial culture always has the edge. When medieval popes and clerics tried to maintain control over the meaning of religious holidays, framing them as occasions for the celebration of political and religious authority, the people were busy transforming them into carnivals designed to mock authority and establish a space of freedom, a temporary autonomous zone. 

We the people, meaning the 9/11 truth movement, have already overturned the official September 11th anniversary memorial at Ground Zero. Designed to legitimize such authority figures as Bush and Giuliani, and mobilize support for the endless 9/11 wars, the anniversary events have turned into huge 9/11 truth gatherings. Last year the authorities even tried to ban access to Ground Zero, in order to shut down an event that has been taken over by the 9/11 truth movement. What better evidence that the official myth is dead, defunct, deceased, persisting as a peripheral illusion only because it is repeatedly scooped up and nailed to its perch by an ever-more-desperate corporate media? 

But upending the official September 11th calendar custom is not enough. We need our own calendar customs—our own 9/11 truth holidays. And fortunately, we have them! 

The grandaddy of all 9/11 truth holidays is the not-quite-one-year-old Boston Tea Party for 9/11 Truth. Last year on December 16th, a riotous group in patriotic garb threw an oversized mock-up of the 9/11 Commission Report into Boston Harbor,  just as the patriotic revolutionary American colonists had done with British Imperial Tea back in 1773. 

The original Boston Tea Party "went viral" and helped spark the American Revolution: 

"As the electrifying news of the ‘Boston tea party’ spread, other seaports followed the example and staged similar acts of resistance of their own." The Boston Tea Party for 9/11 truth also went viral. All over the USA, 9/11 truth supporters joined the festivities by tossing the Report into rivers, lakes, bays, and streams. They burned and barbecued it, shredded it, and otherwise expressed their disapprobation. This year, expect the celebrations to grow and spread. 

The Boston Tea Party is a perfect 9/11 truth holiday. It reminds us that America was born in an insurrectionary struggle against empire—a people's rebellion against official political culture. Being violently opposed to empire, to the point of Patrick Henry preferring death to life under empire, is what being American is all about. This, more than anything else, is the core of American identity—and the Boston Tea Party for 9/11 Truth helps keep anti-imperialism in America's long-term memory, while building the momentum for truth and justice. 

Another important 9/11 truth calendar custom is the 11th-of-the-month day of public actions. By commemorating 9/11 and sparking action for truth on a monthly basis, Truth Action Day builds 9/11 truth communities and gets the movement off the internet and into the streets.  

Last but not least, Remember, Remember the Fifth of November! Today is November 5th, Guy Fawkes Day--a holiday which commemorates the first great act of imperial false-flag terrorism in modern history, the 1605 Gunpowder Plot. As Webster Tarpley and Barrie Zwicker have written, Guy Fawkes and his Gunpowder Plotters were set up as "Catholic extremist terrorists" by a cabal that wanted to demonize Catholics and launch imperial wars against Catholic Spain and Portugal. It was the 9/11 of the 17th century, the gigantic public relations stunt that launched the British Empire.  

In England, Guy Fawkes Day is celebrated with bonfires, fireworks and revelry. The British people have been brainwashed over the centuries to believe the official story, and encouraged to burn Guy Fawkes in effigy every November 5th because Fawkes "wanted to blow up Parliament." But here, as in so many holidays, the people have turned a pro-authority official holiday into an anti-authority carnival. The energy that drives Guy Fawkes Day is not anger at the "Catholic extremist terrorist" but popular celebration of "the rebel who wanted to blow up Parliament." That is why the brilliant graphic novel V for Vendetta put its anti-fascist freedom-fighting superhero behind a Guy Fawkes mask. And that is why the film V for Vendetta turned the story into an allegory for 9/11, celebrating rebellion against a fascist regime that had established itself by a huge false-flag terror attack blamed on Muslims.  

The massively-popular V for Vendetta, whatever you think of the film politically and artistically (personally I give it an A+ on both counts) is a perfect vehicle for discussions of false-flag terror and fascism. Screenings of V for Vendetta, perhaps accompanied by house parties, fireworks, bonfires, and masked revelry, will help us "Remember, Remember the Fifth of November" today and in future years. 

Today, Guy Fawkes Day, marks the beginning of World Peace Week / War on War Week, November 5th-November 11th. All antiwar activities this week, from the V for Vendetta parties and Ron Paul fundraiser today, to the Veterans Day peace events, 11th-of-the-month actions, and Loose Change premiere on November 11th, mark the first stage of a future calendar custom to help us remember the truth about false-flag terror and dedicate ourselves body and soul to overcoming fear and putting an end to war. 

9/11 truth holidays are not frills, but vital, essential events. When Emma Goldman said "If I can't dance, I don't want to be part of your revolution" she wasn't just thumbing her nose at the dour, insipid Bolsheviks. Emma was underlining a deeper truth: The struggle for freedom will be joyous and liberating, or it will not be at all. 9/11 truth holidays will play a key role in transforming a horribly painful, death-dealing event, the 9/11 crimes against humanity, into a life-giving force for peace, justice and freedom.  

So remember, remember...to get out there and party!  

* * *

* Note:  I analyze 9/11 as a scripted mythic event in “Interpreting the Unspeakable: The Myth of 9/11,” in 9/11 and American Empire: Christians, Jews and Muslims Speak Out (Interlink, 2007). David Griffin offers a similar perspective in “9/11: The Myth and the Reality.”
 

November 3, 2007

I still haven't quite recovered from organizing William Rodriguez's "Last Man Out Tour" at the Grand Lake Theater, on Thursday night. I should write a whole article about it, but maybe I need to recover more strength, before I spend four hours putting together a serious article with photos and post it. I have pushed myself so hard this past month, with all the logistical details, unending phone calls, never getting all the invitations out, all the calls made, the nametags written, the things I'd hope to do- done before it was time to get to Oakland to take William to a nice quiet dinner, hosted by Richard Gage (on behalf of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance) with Cindy Sheehan, Peter Dale Scott and Paul Thompson, while I met with volunteers at the Grand Lake Theater to prepare for the event.

We had to set up the tables, the sound system, the equipment for the slideshow and powerpoint presentation. Janette brought lots of food, drinks, tablecloths, serving stuff for the reception, plus her ikebana twin towers which she set up on stage. Cornelia brought seven enormous, fabulous bouquets of flowers. Mike Marino (I think?) brought a huge banner saying "9/11 Truth Now"- I didn't have time to figure out how to hang it, but he went ahead and figured it out and certainly it helped make a powerful statement. Janet Kobren helped order pizza for the volunteers, and it was an intense scramble to organize all the tables and stuff, before people started arriving- not everything got done, but lots of people pitched in to help with all the zillions of tasks including collating the programs and passing them out. Camille did a beautiful job on the programs. Chuck helped me edit it. Here's the text:

Last Man Out

6:45 pm- Slideshow: Local Heroes in the 9/11 Truth, Peace, Justice, and Impeachment Movements

6:55 pm- Song by August Bullock, “Heroes of America” - an anti-war anthem

7:00 pm- Welcome, by Carol Brouillet, co-founder of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance

7:05 pm- Peter Dale Scott—a former Canadian diplomat and English professor at the University of California, Berkeley—is a poet, writer, and researcher. His books include The War Conspiracy; The Assassinations: Dallas and Beyond; Crime and Cover-Up: The CIA, the Mafia, and the Dallas-Watergate Connection; Cocaine Politics: Drugs, Armies, and the CIA in Central America; Deep Politics and the Death of JFK; Deep Politics II: Essays on Oswald, Mexico, and Cuba; and Drugs, Oil, and War: The United States in Afghanistan, Columbia, and Indochina. He was featured in Guerrilla News Network’s short documentary “The War Conspiracy” and their more ambitious documentary “Aftermath: Unanswered Questions from 9/11.” He edited 9/11 and American Empire with David Ray Griffin. His latest book, The Road to 9/11: Wealth, Empire, and the Future of America, was published this fall by the University of California Press.

7:15 pm- Cindy Sheehan is an American anti-war activist whose son, Casey Sheehan, was killed during his service in the Iraq War on April 4, 2004, at age 24. In August 2005 she received national attention for her extended demonstration at a peace camp outside George Bush's Texas ranch. Her prominence earned her the nickname “the face of the anti-war movement.” She has written the book Peace Mom: A Mother's Journey through Heartache to Activism. She has also been at the forefront of the impeachment movement, and she is challenging Nancy Pelosi for failing to put Impeachment on the table.

7:30 pm- William Rodriguez was working as custodian in charge of three 110-story stairwells in the North Tower of the World Trade Center on the day it was destroyed. In possession of a master key to all of the stairwell doors, he personally saved the lives of 15 people and aided NYC firefighters in saving hundreds of others. He has used his recognition as one of the true heroes of that tragic day to help draft and pass legislation on behalf of victims’ family members and survivors, to help raise millions of dollars for the victims of 9/11 and their families, to bring attention to the health concerns of thousands of first responders, now sick with "Ground Zero Syndrome," and to lobby for the creation of the 9/11 Commission. His private testimony before the Commission was excluded from its final report. He is now raising questions about what he describes as serious gaps in the official story and is calling for a international investigation.

9:00 pm- Reception, with slideshow repeated

Thank you for coming! If you don’t have a name tag already, please go ahead and make one for yourself—materials are in the lobby. We have some very special guests this evening and we encourage people to meet one another. Beverages and desserts will be in the main theater after the presentation. Informational tables are in the main lobby.

We would like to thank our Individual Endorsers:

Patricia Gray
E. H. Joerger
John B. Massen
Chuck Millar
Allan Rees
Ron Stutz

Many thanks also to our Organizational Endorsers:

Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth
911Truth.org
Peace Resource Project
San Francisco Bay - World Can't Wait
Veterans for Peace - Chapter 69
Guns and Butter

This year the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance presented awards to:

2007 Citizen Heroes for Impeachment
Jacob Clapsaddle
Brad Newsham
Cynthia Papermaster
Don Spark
Carol Wolman

2007 Citizen Heroes for 9/11 Truth
Cosmos
Aaron Dames
Richard Gage
Jim Hoffman
Janette MacKinlay

2007 Citizen Hero for Truth

Dennis Bernstein

Many of our invited, honored guests also merit awards for their efforts and activism over the years. If we are to collectively experience “the Great Turning” that Joanna Macy (with us tonight) has described, and that David Korten has written about in his book The Great Turning: From Empire to Earth Community, then we must move from fear to love, find courage, and inspire others to join us in our efforts.

This evening is a celebration of the courage of our guest speakers and of our courageous audience, who each have their own story to tell.

Special thanks to all those who have helped to make this evening possible:

Gabriel Day, for organizing the western portion of the Last Man Out Tour.
William Rodriguez, Peter Dale Scott, and Cindy Sheehan for speaking tonight.
Allen Michaan for the use of the theater.

Artwork/Program – Camille

Technical Crew - John Parulis, Ken Jenkins, hummux

Transportation - Paul Rea, Matt Grantham, Patricia Gray, Galen, Kai Middleton, Mike Dean

Telephoning - Chuck Millar, Janette MacKinlay

Press - Eduardo Cohen, Carol Brouillet, Bonnie Faulkner

Slideshow - Janette MacKinlay, Camille, and all of you who kindly sent in photos!

Flowers - Cornelia Fletcher, Janette MacKinlay

Desserts - Riva Enteen, Janette MacKinlay, Richard Gage, Patricia Gray, Cynthia Morse, Carol Brouillet

Beverages - Bill Rushton, Paul Rea, Mike Marino

Volunteers - Chuck Millar, Mark Brandt, Bill R., Eric Wilson, Judy Shelton, Bob Damron, Mike Hagerty, Amanaa Rendall, Kurt Abrams, Jay Lee

The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance is one of the oldest 9/11 Truth groups, comprised of people who anonymously gathered for the first street actions “Demanding an Investigation of 9/11” and challenging the official narrative. We published the first “Deception Dollars” to overcome media censorship of the basic facts about 9/11. We have organized the first showings of 9/11 documentaries, the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9/11, innumerable marches, rallies, and educational events with the help of many people and organizations that have endorsed, sponsored, and contributed to all of our efforts. Our stated mission is:

“to seek and disseminate truths about the terrible crimes committed on September 11, 2001, exposing gaps and deceptions in the official story, and to thus inspire more eyewitness revelations, truthful media coverage, and a movement that will bring the responsible criminals to justice and eliminate governmental and corporate policies that enable criminal elements to commit such acts."

We strongly encourage and invite you to join us in promoting the following events:

“World Peace Week” is from November 5th to November 11th (Guy Fawkes Day to Veterans Day).

November 5th is Guy Fawkes Day. Even now, few understand the original Gunpowder Plot: Guy Fawkes was framed in a bogus “Catholic terrorist plot” to blow up the King and the Parliament. The real plot was royally successful: to invent a pretext for war with Catholic Spain. This fraud, which rallied popular opinion for a war with Spain, was the foundation of the British empire. Guy Fawkes Day, the holiday that celebrates the granddaddy of all fake war provocations -- the 400th anniversary was in 2005 – is the first day of World Peace Week. The last day falls on November 11th, Veterans Day, which commemorates the end of WWI on 11/11/1917 and honors the veterans and victims of this and all other wars (all of which, when you examine them closely, were started on false pretexts).

To end these wars, we need to promote both the knowledge of how the war party incites war as well as sympathy for the fallen. These dates in November are a perfect time to remember both the culprits and the victims, so we are encouraging people to observe World Peace Week by intensifying activities to bring an end to war.

The next meeting of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance is November 15th from 7 pm to 10 pm at the Grand Lake Neighborhood Center, 530 Lake Park Avenue (between Lakeshore Avenue and Grand Avenue) in Oakland (a short walk from the Grand Lake Theater).

The Tea Party for 911 Truth is on Sunday December 16.

The 9/11 Commission Report, the Military Commissions Act, the Patriot Act, Presidential Directive #51, the FEMA Report, the continuously revised and delayed NIST Report—this list of attacks on the truth and on our rights and freedoms continues to grow every day, by decree of this administration and with the blessing of Congress. The need to reject this encroachment is even greater than it was last year, and the need for a Tea Party to express our rejection is NOW!

On December 16 in New England, Boston 9/11 Truth will read a 9/11 Truth Proclamation at a downtown Boston location and publicly declare their demand to reopen the 9/11 investigations. Together they hope to demonstrate to the public that it’s ALL one big lie. The “Tea Party” will then disperse and reconvene near the site of the original 1773 Tea Party at the Evelyn Moakley Bridge, and ceremoniously cast into the sea the documents of tyranny that have been cynically imposed on a terrorized public—the 9/11 Commission Report, the Patriot Acts, the Military Commission Acts, PD51, and others.

Last year’s Boston Tea Party reverberated around the country, with 9/11 Truth coalitions stretching from Washington DC to San Francisco Bay staging their own Tea Parties. Join us in planning a local event in support of our brothers and sisters in Boston. The San Francisco Tea Party for Truth is being scheduled for Sunday, December 16th (the 234th anniversary of the original Tea Party).

sf911truth.org

I must say that I think I am the most disorganized organizer in the world. I can never find a phone number or address when I need it and I am awful at matching volunteers to the tasks needing to get done. I cannot do everything and continually disappoint myself, by not doing all that I mean to do. Since we do so much tabling all the time, I thought I could trust the experienced volunteers to take care of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance table, but the poor volunteer who had never set it up before didn't know what to do and bore the brunt of me "losing it" as I tried to fix the table...

I was totally stressed out because I felt I had to be in three locations at the same time, and at the same time delighted to see so many friends come, and wanting to be sure people had nametags, and trying to stay on time, as best I could. I hate events which abuse people's time and start really late- it's so unfair especially when hundreds are in the audience. I glanced inside the theater where Janette and volunteers had the reception tables and flowers beautifully under control, the slideshow was running, and August Bullock was singing, then I realized with horror that I was scheduled to speak in one minute, and I hadn't seen Peter Dale Scott, whom I was supposed to introduce.

I rushed into the theater, made sure Peter was there, and picked up the mike, and welcomed the people patiently sitting in the auditorium. I felt incredibly tongue tied and awed by the audience. I asked who considered themselves to be members of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, and had ever participated in any of our meetings, rallies, or even passed out Deception Dollars. A good number of pople had. I asked how many were at a 9/11 Truth event for the first time and was surprized to see a lot of hands raised, so there were many who were at their very first event which questioned the official story of 9/11. I asked how many people had ever been to the Bioneers Conference. Very few people raised their hands. I told them that it was a wonderful conference with great speakers, but the best thing about it was that the audiences were just as interesting and amazing as the speakers, and that we were blessed to have so many heroes and fabulous people in the audience and suggested that they look around at the people near them, and introduce themselves.

I hoped that people would stay for the reception afterwards and proceeded to introduce Peter and remember to thank all the people who came and contributed to making the event a reality. (I totally forgot to get people to turn off their cell-phones and all the housekeeping details.)

When Peter Dale Scott began to speak, much as I wanted to listen to him, I had to get the slideshow turned off, and dashed up to the lobby (which was totally full, and shouted out that the event had started, and that Peter was speaking, and tried to get more people into the main auditorium). Later August Bullock came up to me and asked when he was going to sing. I was shocked because I thought he had sung and was keeping to the schedule. "No," he said, "I was only doing the soundcheck with a Pete Seeger song." By then, there wasn't much I could do other than put him in after the presentation, when we were passing donation boxes and replaying the slideshow.

At least the ceiling didn't collapse; there wasn't an earthquake, and Peter and Cindy spoke well. Cindy shared her experience of 9/11, including a dream which was a premonition of the events that unfolded. I was glad that Maria Gilardin (my best friend) was recording everything.

We were so lucky that John Parulis volunteered his equipment, which allowed William to move around in the audience, rather than being stuck on stage behind a fixed microphone. Although he has told his story countless times before, and was incredibly sleep deprived, he mesmerized people with his very moving, detailed account, of his experience.

KPIX (Channel 5) came and recorded part of it, and filmed it (I'm not sure if and when they showed the footage). Although we didn't pack the theater, we had a 100 invited guests and I would estimate a crowd of between 3 and 400. I'm sure it would have been larger if we had been able to announce the event to the full house that we had on September 11th, but that was when Allen told me that he had double booked the theater, so we weren't able to publicly announce the event until about a month before it happened.

The only thing I do worse than organizing is asking for money, but when William finished his presentation, I announced that although the event was a benefit for the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, all the donations placed in our boxes would go to William to help him continue to tell his story. Volunteers circulated the boxes.(We received almost twice as much as we generally receive when we have asked for donations- about $1400 which went to William). August sang, the slideshow came up and when the singing ended the reception began. Janette had been worried that we would have too much food; I had been worried that we would run out, so I had baked over 9 batches of five different kinds of cookies and we had more food and drink than the guests desired (or maybe we goofed and should have circulated trays instead of relying on people to help themselves). It was apparent that everyone was enjoying their conversations, which took place everywhere, until we were kicked out by the theater staff who wanted to close up and go home at 11 pm.

I took William to the Bed and Breakfast place where we were staying, and then drove back to the theater to help finish packing up. People were still engaged in animated conversation outside of the theater when I finally left.

My husband kindly suggested that I spend the night in Oakland and offered to foot the bill, to spare me the drive home late at night and early the next morning, when I needed to get William to KTVU for a five minute interview at 8 am. This afternoon, I finally heard the phone message that we could have slept another half hour, because they rescheduled us for later. (He was on air between 8:45 and 8:55 am and they promoted his speaking event in Sonoma.)

William hadn't slept for two nights because the international press was asking his reaction to the verdicts related to the Madrid bombings. He was so tired that he must have forgotten to turn off his alarm and at 5:30 am or so Friday morning it went off. I heard it from my room down the hall, and the proprietor of the Bed and Breakfast must have heard it from downstairs and came up to see what was the matter. William, however, slept through it for two hours, while it gradually increased in volume, and didn't wake up until I pounded on his door at 7:30 am to wake him up for the television interview.

After the television interview, after breakfast, he did an interview with the largest spanish speaking newspaper in the US, L'Opinion, which should come out on Sunday. He did a half hour interview on a Sacramento radio station, confirmed an interview on Air America with Tom Hartman on Tuesday morning, did an interview with KBOO in Portland. We had less than ten minutes for him to grab fast food at a Mexican restaurant on our way to an interview on KPFA's Flashpoints. It was in Spanish, but he was very happy with that interview. Matt Grantham picked him up there, to take him on to Sonoma, where he was scheduled to give another presentation that night.

I felt so sorry for him, watching him go through so many interviews and having to deal with so many of the same questions. I cannot blame him for not wanting to do Q & A after each presentation, but preferring to talk to people one on one.

I told him on Thursday that I could be his chauffeur and secretary on Friday, luckily he never hired me and so couldn't fire me, when Friday morning arrived and I realized that all the critical phone numbers were packed up in the boxes that were loaded into Chuck's car on Thursday night. I don't think I would have survived the event without Chuck's help, in so many ways- from editing and listening, moral support to the hard physical ordeal of carry the bulk of the stuff- tables, tabling stuff, Deception Dollars in his vehicle to and from the event, which gave me room to carry the cookies, ice chests, my luggage, William's luggage and William on Thursday and Friday. I also felt lucky to have the new car that my husband bought me, which is much more ecological, functional and comfortable than the Omni held together by baling wire and luck for 19 years.

It was really a pleasure and honor to have a bit of time with William and get to know one another better. He gave me a copy of his new DVD "Last Man Out" which is, in essence, the same as his presentation, except it is longer, with more detail, and interesting footage from his travels, New York, and key witnesses, plus Annie Machan, the British whistleblower. I think it would actually be easier for William to show the movie, then do Q & A, but I guess the movie isn't quite the final cut.

I hope the rest of the tour goes well and that our efforts will help amplify his message, which is also our message to wake people up and inspire them to action.

It does feel like we might make the curve and I'm feeling exhausted, but also hopeful, and ready to allow others to carry the baton, and show leadership. My family was delighted when I told them that I wasn't going to organize any more events and was going to stop doing the Listening Project, and instead just do the 11th Day of Every Month Visibility Actions, and continue to do the radio show. I also said that I would try to catch up on the housework, mend my quilt which is full of holes, and try to catch up with my own life.

I still have plenty to do, but maybe I won't "forget to do" so many things, if I don't overcommit, and maybe I will be able to finish some of the projects, articles that I have been meaning to do/write that I have shelved while operating in intense triage mode for so many months/years.

October 29, 2007

I've had my hands full organizing the November 1st event, plus we all went to San Francisco for the big anti-war demo on Saturday, October 27th (and got a couple great 9/11 Truth photos in the SF Chronicle) and passed out thousands of cards, dollars... I keep getting new guests for tonight's radio show- so far- it is a Crushing Liberty and Dissent Show with Nikolas Sikelianos,Aram James, Mya Shone, Ralph Schonemann, and Frank Morales. I haven't even had time to think about next week- but I think I'll take a vacation and rerun the World Peace Week Show- after all it will be Guy Fawkes Day. There's just not enought time to do everything and answer all the emails, make all the phone calls, and the website comes last.

Wednesday will be the 6th year anniversary of my Listening Project.

October 21, 2007

My son is home from College and I need to spend time with him and the family, but there is so much work to do, and rifts in the movement to heal. Fortunately, there are some creative people still coming up with great art, music to challenge the powers that be. Martin Noakes who did the great music/video 911 Building 7 is releasing it again on Itunes and hopes it can break into the popular charts. He also sent me a link to another music video-

New World Order

By So Out There

It's well worth watching. A new group in LA has also been doing some great work, challenging Bill Maher and promoting the 11th day actions in Los Angeles at the bluff above the Santa Monica Pier and through the Promenade. I need to recruit them to help us do a promo for the Tea Parties for 9/11 Truth in December, but hey, maybe they are already at it...

October 19, 2007

I'm so behind on getting out the press advisories for the November 1st event, although I posted the latest version online if anyone wants to help send it out. I was working with Camille, Kevin Barrett, Sharry Clark, and John Leonard on art for the World Peace Week/War on War Week which is a real challenge via email.

I was stunned at last night's meeting when I was attacked heavily by Brian Good on the November 1st event AND the Trick or Truth idea, AND War on War Week- because of Kevin Barrett's involvement AND for having Captain May on my radio show. Jeremy Begin took Brian's side and the group voted against endorsing War on War Week and using any of our funds to promote it.

At the same time they also voted to give an award (publicly if possible) to our wonderful artist Cam, who did the art for the Rodriguez event and has been working closely with us on the "Trick or Truth" "World Peace Week" art and to give her $250. I was also given $250 in donations for radio ads on Air America for the Rodriguez event and they voted an additional $250 towards the ads- and Janette was at the meeting and lots of people signed up to help and volunteer. Dave Heller generously volunteered to make the picket signs for the October 27th rally- so I wasn't like totally beat up and murdered by the group.

However we wasted so much time- that we had less than ten minutes to discuss the San Francisco Tea Party for Truth and zero time to do any serious organizing/thinking about it, although we were lucky, and a newcomer said he might be able to squeeze a permit out of the National Park Service for the action- which we did without a permit last year...

Unfortunately, Brian wrote a LONG attack email directed at me and cced to most of the local activists this morning which I was forced to respond to- and ate up much of my precious time. No press advisories were sent out- I missed the big peace rally. I did get a hold of Barrie Zwicker who agreed to be on the next radio show on the "Stopping State Sponsored Terrorism" theme (also the theme of the book he's working on) - which is the theme of World Peace Week... oddly enough Barrie Zwicker's birthday is on November 5th (Guy Fawkes Day) and William Rodriguez's wedding anniversary is on Veterans Day- November 11th- which is when World Peace Week begins and ends.

I just hope when I get through this difficult period that I will be able to look back and appreciate the hard lesson that I was forced to learn from this experience, but I'm still in the midst of it, and royally mad at Brian for his incredibly bad judgement, and being so counterproductive.

On the brighter side, I do appreciate my family and friends more than ever for their understanding, love, and support, and I do hope that the time I spent responding to Brian's accusations might help increase understanding between Kevin Barrett and his accusers and mend some bridges (undoing the damage caused by those who are TRYING to create rifts in the movement and unjustly attacking Kevin Barrett, and Captain May, and I for being in league with those who have created some awful websites and films that target 9/11 Truth activists as members of Al Qaeda- with names, addresses and encouraging people to use violence against them.)

October 16, 2007

It has been a very busy week and I can't keep up with all the work on the website- and do my demo, and get out all the invitaions to our upcoming event, plus the press advisories... It was particularly hard last week because I was sick, and still had to take the kids out to get nice shoes and clothes for our friends' wedding last Saturday.

Eshoo had a last minute Town Hall Meeting in locations far removed from most activists on Saturday afternoon. I had no time to organize anything, but went to the meeting in Redwood City. She did not read or respond to my written questions or the issue that I had hoped to raise (besides impeachment- half the questions were pushing for impeachment). I wrote that Vincente Fox was pushing for the North American Union, that in the documents pushing for it, they said that another 9/11 would be necessary to gain public support for it. The media is silent on it, and I asked her whether she was for or against it. Since she didn't touch the issue, and wanted to close without even addressing it- I interrupted her closing remarks to raise the issue. She refused to answer me, and I marched out (I had to leave anyway to get to the wedding). I did patiently give her one hour and forty-five minutes of my time and the chance to speak her piece, and refrained myself from challenging her on some of her earlier remarks and statements which I found infuriating, deceitful, and misleading.

Last night's Stopping the Next 9/11 Radio Show looked at the major counter-terrorism exercise taking place this moment in Portland, which we hope won't "go live" but if it did- it would be precisely what the neo-cons need to launch a war on Iran, crack down on dissent in this country, toss out the Constitution entirely, and move forward with the North American Union- complete corporate takeover. Online Journal posted a great piece on the issue by Warren Pease entitled TOPOFF 4 and Vigilant Shield 08: a view from the "feverish fringe".

More sobering was a speech given by Ralph Nader Things are a lot worse than we thought! It's just a three minute clip showing that there are ample grounds and support for impeachment. He mentions how a majority of folks in New England where many towns passed impeachment resolutions have been pressuring their Congressman to move forward with impeachment. Congressman John Olver (Democrat born in 1936) vehemently refused, saying that, if they did so, the current autocratic executive branch would launch an aerial attack on Iran, institute martial law, and cancel the 2008 elections.

Corrupt or scared? Congress is not doing its job. I can understand how they might rationalize their fears, and tell themselves that they are protecting the country from Bush by "making nice" to him and not threatening him in any way which might push him over the edge to mad acts of self preservation and global domination. It takes a lot of spider webs to hold down an elephant (old African proverb).

I have also been working with some folks on the World Peace Week/War on War Week idea. Camille did some great art for a card that we could pass out:

We still haven't finalized text for the back. So much to do, and never enough time to do it all! At least I'm better now, but my husband and son were home sick yesterday, and are still recovering from my cold.

October 10, 2007

I finally went to the Veterans For Peace meeting last night and they voted to endorse our November 1st event, and they were also interested in working with me on a "Improving Our Communications Skills Workshop," and opening it up to other activists. Our posters have been printed! I'm in the midst of a mailing and need to get the PSA's, calendar listings out by the deadline which is really today. Unfortunately, I am sick, but went to the Listening Project anyway- it was amazingly beautiful despite the morning rains. Back to work. We have 10,000 cards to distribute- so anyone who can help- please let me know!

October 9, 2007

I've been way too busy, but lots is happening. It was great to see Cynthia McKinney and have a chance to really speak with her last Thursday. She raised more money than they were aiming for and I think she will run for President on the Green Party ticket. I told her that I would have put her face on the Conception Dollar had she announced last summer- but I put on Cindy for taking her stand against Pelosi. I will print more Conception Dollars for candidates who share my values and will work to change the direction of this country. I mentioned Ellen Brown's work to her and meant to take Web of Debt to her on Sunday, but I actually forgot the book, and a large supply of Conception Dollars. I was running late.

Friday, I joined World Can't Wait for their ORANGE action at Whole Foods Market, I received from Granny Ruth some great photos of the action, but haven't had time to post them, yet. It takes so much time to do the website- and I have a mailing deadline, and the press deadline coming up. Someone asked me to be on his radio show, and I put it off til November- cause I have so much work to do.

On Saturday, George Johnson's van broke down, and even though I felt really sick, I emptied my old car and drove to Redwood City and gave him the car. In the process, I discovered that I could fit two of my tables into the new Prius without dropping down the back seat- which is great because it is a logistical nightmare to shlup stuff in and out of the car all the time- especially the heavy tables. So I can leave the heavy tables in the trunk and just have to empty all the boxes, bamboo poles, banners every time I go tabling... now.

Sunday morning Daniel asked for waffles, and I couldn't say "no" but we were late to scout, set up, at the event. It was a real challenge trying to get out cards on our big event to all the people, at least 1000 people gathered to spell out IMPEACH 4 PEACE in Berkeley. Special guests included Cindy Sheehan, and Cynthia McKinney:

(Click for more photos)

An article with photos of 9/11 Truth activists was also posted on 911blogger.com BEACH IMPEACH IV - A great Success

We passed out the new Dollars and the new cards for the November 1st William Rodriguez event which will also honor Impeachment activists, and hopefully bring the Truth, Peace and Justice Movements together.

I worked Sunday and Monday on the invitations, guest list, and hope to get out a mailing today and tomorrow. It's just so much work- on top of the radio show, grocery shopping, feeding everyone, and I'm way behind on the bookkeeping and need to get stuff mailed out today to other folks. I just can't keep up with the work, and miss simple things- like getting my walks, playing with the kids when I feel the time pressure burden. I just hope the "crunch" will pass and that I will survive...

We had a very small number of people show up at our meeting last Thursday and so I feel a lot of weight on my shoulders, I wish more people would volunteer to take on some of the load for the upcoming anti-war rally and the November 1st event.

Camille made a great graphic for the posters, website, and the postcards:

I just haven't had time to send it out for people to post on their websites, yet.

October 3, 2007

I had a good talk with William Rodriguez this morning, although I was a bit late to Lytton Plaza. A few friends showed up and helped me set up in record time. We were immediately swamped by a large number of interested people, we had some great conversations, a hefty number of donations, although I had to leave promptly at 1 pm to attend a parent-teacher conference. We also had one journalist take lots of photos for an upcoming story on activism in the Peninsula/South Bay. I can't keep up with creating/posting/attending all the events that are happening. There is a lunch with Cynthia McKinney tomorrow in Mountain View- an Impeachment Demo at Whole Foods Market in Downtown Palo Alto from 3-6 pm on Friday, plus the Beach Impeach this Sunday. I just remembered to post Project Censored's Media Accountability Conference on my website, but unfortunately it conflicts with the next major anti-war demo. It's just impossible to go everywhere and do everything.

However, it does make me feel more hopeful that the movement is growing stronger, and wider, and deeper, and is more unstoppable than ever.

911Truth.org posted a very interesting article the other day about what happened when Martial Law was imposed in Poland (before Solidarity triumphed) with some great insights and suggestions from one of the key Solidarity leaders, Lech Biegalski. I think it is very important for activists to read and be aware of, because this month could be a turning point- and we might face something like this, if we continue to scare the 'powers that be...' One man, who came by the table today was from Iran, and used to work in Building Number 7; he was very aware of the current political situation, and felt that the US was engaging in a big bluffing game with Iran, but admitted that the Administration might be scared or stupid enough to start something. I quoted Aung Sung Suu Kyi for him- "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it." He asked me to write down the quote.

It seems like the battle that is going on now, within the individual and collective soul, is the choice between acting out of fear or out of love... acting to protect the small ego/self, or acting for the greater good of all.

October 2, 2007- Gandhi's Birthday! First international Day of Non-Violence

It's been so hectic with all the organizing and the radio show- I really enjoyed speaking last night, though, with Robert, Emily and Darryl. It's wonderful to have a radio show, even if it is a lot of work. One of the points Emily and Darryl made last night was the importance of "Listening" and in the CDs that they recommended for me and our group, one of the major points made by the trainer was that leaders are teachers and everyone is a learner and that our natural impulse/desire is to learn/grow/become/by doing and I think what they really teach is how to be "a better learner" so that we can really enjoy life, take advantage of all the learning opportunities thrown our way by the Universe. That's a fancy way of saying- DON'T PANIC!!! It's not a DISASTER- think of it as a learning opportunity- whenever we find ourselves "unconsciously reacting emotionally" to a person/situation...Or how to make lemonade out of lemons.

Challenges and opportunites abound! I just wish we had more time. Camille finished the art for the cards and posters, and I sent it to the printer. Now to move forward with the press, invtations... (But I also have to do the mundane stuff like laundry, cleaning the house, post office, and my husband bought me a new car (It's actually a very ecological one- I hate shopping- and he chose it.), which means I have to clean the garage (ARGH!!!) and get rid of my old car- which will be a huge pain in the neck...

Since Jean Luc works at Google, I complained to him about 911Truth.org suddenly disappearing from the Google search engines. I just learned, however, that it wasn't Google's fault. 911Truth.org's website had been hacked. The electronic warfare is increasing. Activists can't keep up against the paid disinfo wackers who are trying to sabotage our sites and set up their peculiar disinfo sites all over the place. I can't even post now on some sites, and get ignored or attacked at the popular- 911blogger.com website. I can't spend 24 hours a day online- or even keep up with this website, but I think that despite the disparity in financial backing and resources, the vast majority, those who really care about life, their families, the future, truth, peace, and justice will triumph over those who rely on fear, terror, war, lies to enrich themselves and maintain their power.

Monday, October 1, 2007

I finally got through to Cindy Sheehan's assistant and received confirmation that she will be able to come to the November 1st William Rodriguez event and introduce William Rodriguez. I also spoke with Peter Dale Scott who agreed to come and introduce Cindy Sheehan. Hooray- now we can move forward with publicity, outreach, invitations...

Sunday, September 30, 2007

Yesterday was my son- Jeremy's 17th birthday, besides celebrating, I have been working on the November 1st event. Camille has done some great graphics for cards and posters, and we want to get them to the printers tomorrow, so that we could have them by Thursday's meeting. It is so hard sometimes to organize when people do not respond to emails and phone calls.

At least, I have confirmed guests for my next couple of radio shows. Tomorrow night the show will be on "Telling the Truth" with Robert Shetterly and Emily and Darryl Bouchard. Robert and I have been having a wonderful correspondence since I read his excellent article (Here's an excerpt):

The Necessary Embrace of Conspiracy

Several years ago I gave a talk on Martha’s Vineyard about many of the people whose portraits I’ve painted in the Americans Who Tell the Truth series. I spent some time talking about the legacy of Martin Luther King, Jr. When I talk about King, I like to focus on his last year — the period when, defying the advice of many of his advisors in the civil rights movement, he spoke against the Vietnam War, equating racism with imperialism. King felt bound to make the point that the forces of capitalism, materialism, and militarism that were driving segregation were also driving the war, and until we confronted the source of the problem, the abuses would continue. It was April 4, 1967, in Riverside Church in New York, that he made that declaration. A year to the day before his assassination.

It has always confounded me every year when we celebrate Dr. King’s life that no mention is made of that Riverside Church speech in the major media. We are always treated to sound bites of the 1963 I Have a Dream speech. That speech’s oratory is as powerful as it is non-confrontational. Which is why it is re-played for modern audiences. Dr. King was about confrontation. Non-violence and confrontation, each ennobling and making the other effective. In 1967 he said, “… my country is the greatest purveyor of violence in the world today.” And he explained how our economic system thrived on exploitation and violence, or, as Emma Goldman put it, “The greatest bulwark of capitalism is militarism.” This was probably the most important speech King ever gave and not playing it when we ostensibly honor him, is tantamount to castrating him morally and intellectually. Just as there is a long history of White America castrating black men, there is an equal legacy of Elite America cutting the most important truths of our social prophets out of the history books. We pay homage to King’s icon, the cardboard cutout, but not to his strongest beliefs and his most cogent analysis of our problems — to what vision called forth his courage. And, if we think that he spoke the truth, to censor that truth is to promote a curious kind of segregation. He is segregated, not for the color of his skin, but for the accuracy of his perception, how close to the bone his words cut. We can’t bear to hear the sound of truth’s knife scraping on hypocrisy’s bone. Only people who actually want to change the system dance to that music or want it to be heard.

Equally important, and part of the same neglect, is the intentional ignoring of the facts of his death. In my talk on Martha’s Vineyard I spoke about William Pepper’s book, An Act of State: The Execution of Martin Luther King, Jr. Pepper had been James Earl Ray’s lawyer. Ray was the man convicted of killing King. But both Pepper and the King family were convinced that Ray was innocent. The King family hired Pepper to represent them in a suit; they asked only $100.00 in damages to clear Ray’s name. Before the trial came to court in 1999, Ray had died in prison. The jury determined that King had been assassinated by a conspiracy involving the Memphis police, the Mafia, the FBI, and the Special Forces of the U.S. Army. Ray, the patsy, had left town before the shot was fired. Pepper had confessions from people involved from each of the organizations named. The verdict was barely mentioned in the U.S. media then and is not mentioned every year on the anniversary of his death. Why?

After my talk on Martha’s Vineyard a man came up to me and said, “I enjoyed your speech and was with you until you started that conspiracy stuff about MLK, Jr.” I said, “That’s not conspiracy. What I told you are facts.” End of conversation.

I think we’re confronted with two conspiracies here: one to commit the crime, the other to ignore it even when the facts are known. ( Two sides of the same coin.) The man who accused me of slipping into the neurotic, aliens-are-among-us land of conspiracy nuts was unable to hear the evidence, perhaps because he was so utterly convinced by our government and media that conspiracies don’t exist, people who espouse them are dangerous fruitcakes, and if you begin to think like that, your whole house of cards wobbles then topples. Who wants that? Better a standing tower of marked cards, than having to admit the game is rigged and the ground is shaking.

America is steeped in conspiracy, and even more steeped in propaganda that discredits those who try to expose the conspiracies. Whether we’re talking about MLK, Jr., JFK, RFK, Iran-Contra, 9/11, or, most importantly, the status quo, anyone who works to uncover the truth is branded a “conspiracy nut” and discredited before any evidence has a fair hearing. The government/corporate/media version is THE VERSION. Anything else is illusory...

Emily and Darryl I met at the Storyfield Conference and I was very impressed by their ability to communicate. Actually, I felt like the "worst communicator" in the world when I was at the conference and Emily recommended some tapes that they had used with a group to improve their own communication skills. I thought it might be a good idea for the whole Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance to listen to the CDs, together and practice the skills on one another. I just received them and heard the first one. It's really geared towards "Leadership" and was very good. My son, Jeremy, was just voted into a leadership position in the Boy Scouts, and my husband was giving him some pointers on leadership and I think both of them could benefit from the CDs, as we all are in "leadership positions" and have to do "speeches" or speak to large groups.

I think one of the challenges that the movements for peace, justice, impeachment face is that we are scaring those in power whose power is so dependent upon lies, deception, violence. I don't know what is happening, as far as the next war against Iran, but I do think that the Bush/Cheney cabal would do another 9/11, if they thought that they could get away with it and use it to increase their power in the US and in the rest of the world. I think we're really approaching a tipping point.

Peter Dale Scott wrote an excellent article in the Journal of 9/11 Studies entitled 9/11 Commission Deception, Cheney's Actions on 9/11, and Why He Should Testify Under Oath. His new book- The Road to 9/11- Wealth, Empire, and the Future of America is out, and I hope he will continue to get good press. At least he is respected by the Left, independent media in general, although I suspect he is ignored by the mainstream press, in general. This month, I am hoping to do press for William and Peter and Richard Gage, while promoting the event on November 1st. I'd love to have them, plus David Ray Griffin on Krasny's Forum, which I think is one of the most listened to programs in the Bay Area, but has been highly supportive of the Big Lie, the official Commission Report...

However, the more noise we make, the harder it is for the newspapers, television and radio shows to ignore us.

I would also like to get on my radio show a person named Captain Eric H. May who wrote this article:

"Amerika Uber Alles" -- Our Nazi Nation

October 1, 2007
Peter Guenther's Prologue

The most persuasive anti-Nazi I ever knew was my mentor, Dr. Peter W. Guenther, who believed that Nazism was monstrous at every level. As a professor of humanities, he thought it was both inhumane and inhuman. As a professor of art history he thought its aesthetics were artless histrionics. He readily granted that his intellectual opinions were molded by his personal experiences. As a German veteran of World War II, he regretted the loss of his youth, the waste of his friends' lives and the devastation that they had inflicted on others. He held Hitler accountable for all of this -- after all, it was Hitler who had drafted them into the war. He had served from 1939 to 1945, from Poland to Norway to France to Russia. He once quipped that before every one of their invasions their leaders said they were fighting for national defense, but after the shooting started every soldier on every side believed that he was fighting for his own self-defense.

By the time of the Iraq war he was retired from academe, and I was writing military analysis for media. As US forces began storming up the Euphrates Valley in the spring of 2003, hell-bent on Baghdad, we began to discuss the limited American mobilized manpower and materiel, and the overall limitations of blitz tactics. Guided by his insights, I published a then-radical op-ed in the Houston Chronicle that predicted a quicksand war in Iraq, and maybe a world war as a result of it.

As the easy war promised us by the Bush administration wore on into the summer of 2003, Dr. Guenther and I began to note that there were more similarities between Post-9/11 America and Third Reich Germany than just over-reliance on Blitzkrieg tactics. We finally determined that the two nations were following parallel political courses. Most disturbing for my mentor, who had become a patriotic American citizen after World War II, was the painful conclusion that our American president, with his global war for a New American Century, was just another German fuhrer, with a world war for a Thousand Year Reich. "This is a bad copy of a bad original," he said.

"Drang Nach Ost" -- The Eastern Offensive

George W. Bush came into office with a secret war plan and no excuse to implement it -- just as Hitler had come into office in 1933 with the same predicament. Both of them wanted the prize of Middle Eastern oil. In Hitler's case that meant going through "Judeo-Bolshevik" Russia on the way, while in Bush's case that meant going through "Islamo-Fascist" Iraq. In Hitler's case the guiding document was Mein Kampf, while in Bush's case there were two. A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm was presented to the Israeli government in 1996 by American neocons Douglas Feith, Richard Perle and David Wurmser, among others. Restructuring America's Defenses was presented to the American government in 2000. Its arguments mirrored the Israeli document, and had been drawn up by the neocons as well. In 2001 Feith, Perle and Wurmser became key Bush administration members.

Neither Hitler's nor Bush's plans for world dominance could have been pursued without some good luck, though. Both leaders entered office with over half their nations opposing them, and an avid opposition that wanted to pull them down. Hitler's good luck came with the Reichstag fire, blamed on Jewish Communists, which mobilized his fatherland to rally behind him. Bush's good luck happened on 9/11, blamed on Muslim Fundamentalists, which mobilized his homeland to rally behind him.

In both cases, their followers smiled at their good luck, and began their new order of things. Hitler quickly instituted an Enabling Act for the protection of the German people, slated for expiration in five years, which was quietly continued. Bush quickly instituted a Patriot Act for the protection of the American people, slated for expiration in five years, which was quietly continued. Hitler created the Geheime Staatspolizei (Gestapo) to further protect the German people, while Bush created the Homeland Security Agency (Homeseca) to do the same for the American people.

"Fuhrer Prinzip" -- The Unitary Executive

Both leaders were believers in the authoritarian concept. A few weeks before assuming office, Bush said outright that he thought dictatorship would be a fine form of government, if he could be the dictator. They both believed that power should come from above and obedience should come from below, and they offered protection in exchange for loyalty. Thus no one was surprised when Hermann Goering made a fortune helping to run Germany, just as no one was surprised when Irving "Scooter" Libby received a pardon for his pro-Bush political crimes in America.

Both leaders supplemented their new security police and security acts with concentration camps such as Dachau and Gitmo, initially designed for only a small percentage of national enemies. Both dispensed with international rules and regulations in their treatment of enemies in those installations, and applied a wide variety of innovative persuasive techniques to extract information and obtain confessions. The lessons learned in these proto-type camps proved to be invaluable in later establishments such as Auschwitz and Abu Ghraib.

Both leaders relied on agreeable legislatures. In Germany the Reichstag cheered enthusiastically as it endorsed the increase in police powers, the reduction in civil rights and the national march to world war. In America Congress did the same things, but in more subdued fashion, even with a show of dissent. In Germany, Hitler declared a dictatorship under Article 48, provided by the old Weimar Constitution for the event of a national emergency. In America Bush recently created National Security Presidential Directive 51 (NSPD 51), thereby legalizing a dictatorship in the event of a national emergency.

"Gott Mit Uns" -- God's on Our Side

Neither Hitler nor Bush could have effected their radical plans without a party full of functionaries and a compliant national media, of course. Hitler relied on his "Nazi" party, a word derived from the name of his National Socialist organization. He had a brilliant individual named Joseph Goebbels to control the Reich Propaganda Ministry and rally the public behind Nazi policies. Bush relied on his "Nozi" party, a word derived from "Zionism," with the first four letters Z-i-o-n remixed into N-o-z-i. He had a brilliant cartel of Zionists to control the American Mainstream Media and rally the public behind Nozi policies.

The greatest accomplishment of both the Nazi and Nozi parties was convincing themselves and their citizens that they were not conspirators of any sort, but rather the victims of an international conspiracy. The Nazi party never tired of saying that Judeo-Communism was the hidden enemy, against which all the powers of a determined fatherland had to be directed, and that they were the targets of anti-German propaganda. The Nozi party never tires of saying that Islamo-Fascism is the hidden enemy, against which all the powers of a determined homeland have to be directed, and that they are the targets of anti-Semitic propaganda.

The rest of the world didn't buy the pro-war propaganda from Germany's Nazis three generations ago, and they don't buy it from America's Nozis three generations later. The way the rest of the world sees it, what we have been taught to call the axis of evil is not so dangerous to the world as the axis of America and Israel. They see American naval forces massing in the name of national defense against Iran, and they remember Iraq. They see Israeli air forces attacking Syria, and they remember Lebanon. The rest of the world knows who we have become, even if we don't.

Peter Guenther's Epilogue: He died in 2005, and was followed by his wife Andrea six months later. They had been married for 58 years, and had been American citizens for more than 50. For more about my friendship with them, refer to the first and fourth volumes of my 2003 Iraq war correspondence here.- Captain Eric H. May

Thursday, September 27, 2007

On Tuesday, I was riding my bicycle when I was hit by a car. I was uninjured, but my wheel was damaged and I was pretty shaken up by the experience, and have had a migraine ever since. I went to the Listening Project yesterday, and was informed by a friend who came to help me that I was not my usual "chipper" self. So I am behind on the organizing work for my radio show, William Rodriguez's event at the Grand Lake Theater on November 1st... I'm afrad I'll never catch up with this website, but the hardcore organizing that needs to be done takes precedence.

September 22, 2007

On Thursday night we held our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting in Oakland. Eric thought we should have been celebrating our great success, but we had a few new people and basically just held our regular meeting, discussing the event, the gaffes we made, how to improve, and expressed our own frustration at our website- which could be greatly improved, but we have no one willing to take it on. I can't keep up my own 3 websites, and many in the group are struggling with their own websites, and they guy who began our sf911truth.org website, lost interest, and let it go. Unfortunately, the group website is now high up google's "9/11 truth" links, but isn't the best reflection of us or the movement.

Our financial situation has improved with the ticket sales from the 9/11/07 event and we voted reimbursements, honorariums, and replenished our stock of DVDs from Ken and Richard. We also have enough money to move forward with the William Rodriguez, November 1st event at the Grand Lake Theater. There is a great clip of William's appearance on Dutch National TV. William has really helped to galvanize the International 9/11 Truth Movement.

At the meeting we agreed to do promotion in English and Spanish and to try to reach out to communities that we haven't been able to speak to before.

Friday was the International Day of Peace (And my eldest son's birthday), the Peninsula Peace and Justice Center organized a vigil at Lytton Plaza where we encouraged folks to call Congress, and had cell phones available to push for cutting off the war funding, and for impeachment. I put up a couple of banners and helped pass out flyers, and Deception and Conception Dollars. The media came, I gave the Dollars to ABC's reporter and cameraman, who filmed me (but I didn't see the news or monitor what made it into the clip or papers). The best coup, was a great Op Ed that Fred wrote on Impeachment entitled Arguments against impeachment don't stand up which made it into the San Jose Mercury News. Also Ben Terrall wrote a piece that appeared on 9/21/07 entitled Where Impeachment is Taken Seriously ... By Everyone But Nancy Pelosi The Streets of San Francisco which talks about the Beach Impeaches and Pelosi's cold dismissal of the will of her constituents.

September 20, 2007

Yesterday, I set up my tables, banners and did my usual "Listening Project." I never know who will come by, but I met some great people and had some wonderful conversations yesterday that reminded me of how important it is, just to be there, be visible and create the space for genuine dialogue and such interactions to take place.

This morning I viewed the video of the 9/9 United for Truth rally in Brussels and was moved to tears by it. What each one of us does is so important, and it is so good to know that consciousness is rising and people are rising up all over the world.

It is hard to predict the future, but each of us can effect those whose lives we touch. Simple questions, basic truths, fearless courage to note that "The Emperor has no clothes..." inspires others and shifts the field of perception. We cannot let lies, fear, dominate the world, wherever one person or ten or twenty or two hundred or fifty or one hundred thousand gather for truth, peace, justice, we help nudge humanity's direction, away from the abyss, towards evolution, the expansion of life and consciousness.

September 18, 2007

On Saturday, I was told at the Beach impeach that there was a concerted effort to fire Dennis Bernstein and get Flashpoints off the air. We gave Dennis a "Heroic Citizen for Truth" award at our June Rally. He has done some excellent programs on 9/11 Truth wih David Ray Griffin and also exposing the "Global Police State" legislation "justified by the bogus war on terrorism." There is supposed to be a rally in support of Dennis Bernstein and Flashpoints at 2 pm, today, Tuesday, September 18th at 1929 Martin Luther King Jr Way, Berkeley. I have a ton of work to do, but I'm tempted to go. KPFA is so far away that I have managed to avoid most of the mahjor battles over the direction of the station- I have always had too many other issues to shoulder and have never relied on them to break a story or issue. However, listening to KPFA and NPR on my long car rides, I have been struck (horrified really) to hear some of the limited debates which support an utterly criminal regime, to my mind and give cover to the aspiring politicians like Obama and Hillary who are clearly in the corporate/military camp and are a threat to this nation and the world (as much as Cheney/Bush are- since they are currently not opposing them on any, but the most superficial levels.)

I sent out an email to the Northern california 9/11 Truth Alliance and hope some other folks will show up to help Dennis and Flashpoints out- there are so very few courageous voices standing up to the big lies- we need to support them.

September 17, 2007

Saturday, September 15th, 2007, while over 100,000 people converged on Wshington DC for Truth, Peace, Impeachment, in the Bay Area, about a thousand people gathered in Crissy Field to spell out:

IMPEACH - REASON: - TREASON!

Others gathered in the People's Park in Berkeley for a more traditional anti-war rally with speakers and music.

I brought the banners, Conception and Deception Dollars and a 9/11 Truth contingent formed a chunk of the H and the O. The photos, videos look great, but sadly the media ignored our action, and really basically ignored the mass mobilization in DC, as well. NPR did a totally lame story on it, narrowing the debate between the sold out "Move-On" fake opposition, and the Committee to Reduce the Escalation in Iraq (or some such ridiculously titled official Democratic Party mild opposition to the size of the war- which failed utterly to address the basic immorality and criminal nature of the war or how Congress had a duty and obligation to cut funding for it). All the more reason for us to become the media- their omissions and distortions of key issues is one of the prime reasons humanity is in its present state of crisis.

After the action at Crissy Field, I headed north to join friends for dinner and an evening concert with David Rovics in Bolinas, where Ponderosa Pine, Bonnie Faulkner and I also had an opportunity to say a few words. Ponderosa was one of the original folks on one of the first 9/11 Truth email lists and has supported the movement and global transformation since he became politically awakened (like me in his early 30's). He had been living in Thailand and just returned to the US last May. After the concert, we headed home and had a great conversation late into the night. The next morning we conitinued the conversation and went on a couple of little hikes around Bolinas. I had a chance to talk to David candidly about 9/11. It was amazing how subjected he was to the government attacks on the movement and how little he knew about "our side"- he never even heard of William Rodriguez, but accepted the DVDs I gave him graciously, and I think he might actually watch them, and hopefully gain a deeper understanding of what we have learned since 2004, when he sang for us at the first International Inquiry into 9/11.

It was delightful to stay in my friend's home (although they were in DC filming the IFG's big Teach-in: Confronting the Global Triple Crisis - Climate Change, Peak Oil, Global Resource Depletion & Extinction). I made some new friends and caught up with old friends of mine, which was a real treat, expecially since I was missing out on the trip to Yosemite with Jean-Luc and my kids. I also left a couple stacks of the latest issue of the Dollars in Mary Beth and Jim's place, since I featured their website on the new Conception Dollar: www.eon3.net (The Ecological Options Network).

Time to get back to work!

September 14, 2007

A damning clip came out on CNN on September 12, 2007 entitled 9/11: The mystery plane. The plane is identified as an E4B state of the art- Flying Command Post, nicknamed the "Doomsday plane." The Pentagon says it is not a military plane. Hamilton dismisses the obvious "Inside Job" thesis as preposterous. There's a snapshot of the 911Blogger.com webpage discussing the plane.

Despite the official denials, it is a very damning fact that shows how untrue the official narrative is to any who can think rationally and critically.

We did fail to plug the Beach Impeach III event at Crissy Field at 1 pm- on Saturday at the Film Festival, but I hope people will come. We will table at Crissy Field and pass out our new "Impeach Cheney First!" Dollars. I think we should aim for the H again. If you come, bring plastic to lay on- as the grass can be quite wet. I'll bring our 9/11 Banners and signs.

September 13, 2007

I didn't have a camera, nor have I found time to write up the events of the past week, but Camille and Bonnie both posted articles:

9/11 Truth Festival presents the case for an "unimpeachable" investigation into 9/11

Grand Lake Theatre 9/11 Truth Film Festival A Huge Success!

And there was a hit piece (with photos) of Saturday's 9/11 Truth/Impeachment/Peace Rally posted at-

9/11 Truth March and Power to the Peaceful Festival
San Francisco, September 8, 2007

The woman who took the photos and wrote the hit piece article thinks that we are insane. She also doesn't think we are at war with Iraq- and she thinks we're the "zombies!"

We did no real organizing or outreach for the rally/march and knew that the turnout would be small, which is why we wore the costumes- to just draw more attention, and make it easier to pass out the thousands of cards for the 9/11 Truth Festival. (We discovered in Palo Alto and Mountain View that it was a lot easier to pass out flyers in costume- and people loved the superhero costumes).

I know that I have tried to do too much, and have done a poor job of balancing being a mom, journalist, organizer, publisher, distributer, treasurer, cook, chief bottle-washer, laundress, and I'll have to give up something, and do a better job with fewer tasks to juggle, but it is hard to let go of all the work that seems so urgent. There is a meeting tomorrow at Eshoo's office, and I'm wondering if it would be possible to give her any information that would penetrate her corporate consciousness. Saturday there is the Beach Impeach III and I've been invited to speak a bit at a David Rovics Concert in Bolinas. I can't resist doing the political work, but will miss the trip to Yosemite with the family (and the Boy Scouts).

There is so much concern over another "nuclear 9/11" which we'd like to prevent, but I can't go into "panic mode," especially with Jean-Luc's dad and my mom's husband both in serious condition in hospitals, Jules's and Jeremy's 17th & 19th birthdays coming up, watching my kids grow up, and leaving home now, reminding me of the extraordinarily rapid passage of time, and how brief our lives are.

September 12, 2007

Our 9/11 Truth Film Festivals went really well and last night we filled the Grand Lake Theater. My thanks to all the volunteers, organizers, Bonnie and Allen Michaan, the film makers, and especially to Jarek, Jodie, and Joseph who came all the way up from LA to do a special preview screening of The Reflecting Pool which was very well received. Unfortunately, I didn't get out of there until 12:20 am and had a hard time getting up at 7 am this morning- to take care of the kids and reload my car for the Listening Project. I stopped at the bank and Post Office (and grocery store) on my way home, to deposit the accumulated cash/checks from the Power to the Peaceful Concert, Deception Dollars, and the tabling/donations from the festival. It does help our almost utterly depleted cash situation- especially since we have the huge bill to pay for the latest Deception Dollars. We took in about $500 last Saturday, $200 Monday, and $1400 Tuesday; I gave a small $200 honorarium to Jarek and Jodie (gas money, really- since they drove all the way up from LA). Hopefully most of the people didn't sneak into the theater for free and we should get some of the ticket proceeds, but I don't know when and how much we will get from that. At least it looks like we will be in the black.

I was surprized when Gabriel Day showed up yesterday; he returned from New York early and reported that the groups there were not working together well, at all. I must admit that I felt badly at not forming greater coalitions with other groups prior to our events, but I was stretched way too thin, however, we could have done a better job, and totally missed Code Pink's 9/11 event at the Oakland Federal Building that took place yesterday at noon.

It's just impossible to do everything. I received two emails today from friends who have huge mailing lists over their concerns about the possibility of another 9/11 type event (nuclear) happening this week, perhaps best summed up by Carol Wolman's Op-Ed piece:

9-11-2007- WHAT'S GOING ON?

Going into Labor Day weekend, there were lots of rumors anticipating a false flag operation, another 9-11. Trainloads of armored vehicles rolled into Houston. The San Francisco Bay bridge closed for three days. Suspicious activity was reported on ferries in Puget Sound. Ominous civil defense exercises are being held in Oregon, as part of Operation Noble Resolve, which also involves military jets flying over New York. An antiaircraft division is ordered to Washington DC.

We made it through the holiday safely.

Then last Wednesday, Congressman Paul Gillmor (R-OH) was found dead in his home. This was reported as a heart attack, until word leaked out that he had blunt trauma to the head and neck. www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20649320/ Now we're being told he fell down the stairs. Gillmor was investigating a series of option trades that are suspicious- someone is betting billions of dollars that the market will fall 50% by September 21st. Even with the housing crisis, it would take a major catastrophe, like a "terrorist" attack, to precipitate such a plunge. As part of his job on the House Finance Committee, Gillmor was investigating this deal. Was he murdered because he was about to reveal something?

Would this death, on top of the deaths of Senators Wellstone and Carnahan, and the anthraxing of Senators Daschle and Leahy, have a chilling effect on people in Congress? Maybe that's why they're "spineless".

Now we learn that on August 30th, six nuclear warheads were "accidentally" shipped by B-52 from Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota to Barksdale Air Force Base in Louisiana. (Five arrived, did one get "lost"? Or is someone unable to count?) This violates all military procedure, which requires that nuclear weapons always be shipped on the ground in the continental US, so that if there's an accident, a bomb detonation won't occur. It would take an order from the Commander-in-Chief to put nukes on a plane. The warheads were reportedly fastened to cruise missiles, which have a range of 1500-2000 miles. Not enough to cross the Atlantic, but enough to hit cities in the US as part of a false flag operation. This scenario is being claimed by "military investigators" on the Hal Turner show, and is making its way around the internet. It's being said the plan was to hit 5 American cities with nuclear weapons over Labor Day weekend in order to install martial law. If so, we have been saved by the grace of God, operating through loyal American whistleblowers, who made the "accidental shipment" of nuclear warheads public.

Now we are told that the entire Air Force will stand down on September 14th, for overhaul and review of procedures. www.airforcetimes.com/news/2007/09/airforce_aircombatcommand_standdown_070807/ Our skies will be unguarded for a day, and our vulnerability has been announced to the whole world. It's an open invitation to America's enemies to attack us. The last stand-down, unannounced ahead of time, took place on Sept 11, 2001. What's planned for Sept. 14th, 2007? Oddly enough, El Al, the Israeli airline, will not be flying planes that day either.

What is going on? One of my most anti-conspiracy friends says he believes it's a giant conspiracy. What do you think? and how can we nip it in the bud?

Let us pray that honest, conscientious, loyal Americans will abort whatever evil plot is in the works, just as someone "outed" the nukes on the B 52 on August 30th. Let us remember that many such evil plots have been headed off- the fourth plane that did NOT hit Congress or the White House 6 years ago (which would have initiated martial law) , the anthrax that did NOT wipe out the whole Senate (thanks to alert postal workers and doctors at the Communicable Disease Center), the lie about "yellowcake from Niger" that was exposed by Ambassador Joe Wilson (at great cost to his wife Valerie Plame, and to all of us who were being protected by her undercover CIA network), and many others.

What to do? Talk about the Sept 14th stand-down and your suspicions, write about it, protest about it. The truth will set us free. God is with us, with We the People. We are being threatened with great harm by those in power who are supposed to be serving us. If we shed enough light, if we make enough noise, if we love our country and our planet, we will finally be able to overthrow the pirates who have hijacked our ship of state, and bring them to justice.

Impeachment now!

In the name of the God of truth and justice,
Carol Wolman

The other friend who sent out an alert on this was Tom Atlee, organizer of the Storyfield Conference where I was unable to address the whole group about the 9/11 issue, but managed to get some key pieces into many people's hands.

September 10, 2007

The 9/11 Truth Film Festival at the Grand Lake Theater has started. I sent my car, loaded with stuff for the event, but stayed home to attend a meeting with Eshoo's staff and do the radio show tonight with Mike Berger and Donna Marsh O'Connor. Tomorrow, I'll go to the Film Festival.

Meetings with the staffs of Senators and Congressmen often feel like a waste of time, especially when you know that they don't want to look at the information that you are trying to offer them. On the other hand, when they do listen and act on information that we offer them, there is a tremendous potential effect... and certainly all positive changes have been due to the people pressure rather than benign inspiration of the "political leadership." There are some good people in office, as well. Amazingly, we have had some very productive dialogues on 9/11 recently with State Senators from Vermont to Ohio. Maybe if every state pushes for Impeachment- we'll stop those guys.

Unfortunately, I didn't have time to craft a great letter, but here's my "five minutes before I have to bicycle to the Congressional office" attempt to express my concerns and push Eshoo in the right direction. I also included a print- out of the Declaration of Peace Document, urging her to sign it.

September 10, 2007
Dear Congresswoman Eshoo,

We have been demanding Impeachment since before the Iraq War. There is more and more evidence that those in the White House particularly, Bush and Cheney are a threat to our nation and the world. They haven’t hesitated to subvert our electoral processes, lie to Congress and the American people, champion torture and war. They are practically guaranteeing a nuclear 9/11 and preparing to oust the Constitution and cling to power in the event of an “emergency” that would facilitate the illegal Security and Prosperity Pact that they have been negotiating with Mexican, Canadian, and American business and political leaders. Indeed, as the Project for a New American Century calls for “a catastrophic and catalyzing event like a New Pearl Harbour” to further American hegemony, in the documents pushing for a North American Union, the same mentality is expressed, and there are statements that rather baldly recognize that another “9/11” is required, to get support, for the radical changes, a North American Union would impose upon all three nations.

For the sake of our nation and the world the Bush Administration and their policy direction must be stopped and reversed, not aided and abetted by a timid Congress.

Please exercise more courage and stop their funding for war, move forward with impeachment, investigate them for the most blatant of their crimes.

We will continue to educate the public and create a groundswell for politicians brave enough to champion the interests of the people of our nation and the world.

Sincerely,

Carol Brouillet
Palo Alto, California
Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance

I neglected to mention "Iran," but others did at the meeting. I don't see how the Democrats can "pretend" that neither Bush nor Cheney haven't committed grave offenses against the Constitution, as well as violations of International Law (not to even mention the treasonous crimes of 9-11). The psychological operations against Congress and us continue to this day. I just got an email about -

CIA Director Gen. Michael Hayden warned of new attacks by al-Qaida:

"Our analysts assess with high confidence that al-Qaida's central leadership is planning high-impact plots against the U.S. homeland."

Hayden's unusual public address was made at his request at the Council of Foreign Relations.

The newly minted CIA chief also took the unusual step of making his appearance in military uniform, though as CIA director he is not on active military assignment.

Hayden's address appears to be part of a coordinated White House public relations campaign leading up to the 6th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks next week.

The fear card is being played, yet again. Who's Congress more afraid of? The Executive Branch? Or the people of the world??

They have caved in so much these past several years, that our hopes of their finding courage and reining in the White House seem rather remote, but I don't think they will do anything unless, we the people, make enough noise and exert enough pressure to force them to take action.

September 9, 2007

It is so much work to pull together rallies, marches, a booth, and I feel like I'm in recovery from the effort I put into yesterday's annual 9/11 Truth Rally/March to the 911 Power to the Peaceful Concert where we passed out thousands of cards and Dollars to the 40-50,000 strong crowd.

Fortunately, the most important thing I learned at the Storyfield Conference was "Radical Forgiveness" so I'm not going to beat myself up for doing a lousy job pulling together the rally and march. It was very small. Bernie came and sang his songs, but we had no prominent speakers- just those of us hardcore 9/11 Truth activists who have been doing the work- and one journalist/photographer from some University or another, covering the event. I just didn't have time to do all the organizing, legwork, outreach to pull off something big. Knowing it would probably be small, Brian and I donned the superhero costumes to add drama/color/draw attention to our rather small march. I don't think we were many beyond 30 people- but we were loud, and sang most of the way. I was glad that some young people were there and we shared the microphone- and I think it was good for everyone to be able to get their voices heard, publicly. We got the usual thumbs up- favorable response from the Haight/Ashbury District and through Golden Gate Park and at the Festival. The costumes helped us to pass out another 4000 cards about the Film Festival- and I had to do a couple film interviews and pose for at least a hundred photos. Ironically, I didn't bring a camera, so I have no actual photos of the rally and march- I just hope some will show up. The hardest thing for me was the cold. I used my satin cape, but the skimpy Wonder Woman costume is really only doable in warm weather. At least the music was good- so I danced to keep warm and spent most of the day just passing out the cards and the Deception and Conception Dollars.

The great thing (for me) was that I was, at least, able to do the rally, march, and hand out the cards, which would have been impossible had it not been for Chuck and Brian and Scott, Bill, Bob, Camille, and others who helped carry stuff, set-up, minded the table, and pass out cards, too- it really was a group effort. One of us can make a little noise, but together we can have a big impact- I would say we did reach our message to most of the crowd at the Concert- and that we definitely felt our work and efforts were appreciated by most of the public and our fellow activists.

I still have to unload and repack the car- for Brian who will be tabling at the Grand Lake Theater tomorrow. I will have to miss it- so I can do my weekly radio show. At some point, I will have to choose between the show/the street activism/organizing events/keeping up on the website. It is clearly impossible to do everything, and I'm not finding time to catch up on my reading nor the writing I want to do.

I just got a link to an outstanding short video The Shock Doctrine by Alfonso Cuarón and Naomi Klein based on the book- The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism

About the book:

"Based on breakthrough historical research and four years of on-the-ground reporting in disaster zones, The Shock Doctrine vividly shows how disaster capitalism – the rapid-fire corporate reengineering of societies still reeling from shock – did not begin with September 11, 2001. The book traces its origins back fifty years, to the University of Chicago under Milton Friedman, which produced many of the leading neo-conservative and neo-liberal thinkers whose influence is still profound in Washington today. New, surprising connections are drawn between economic policy, “shock and awe” warfare and covert CIA-funded experiments in electroshock and sensory deprivation in the 1950s, research that helped write the torture manuals used today in Guantanamo Bay.

"The Shock Doctrine follows the application of these ideas though our contemporary history, showing in riveting detail how well-known events of the recent past have been deliberate, active theatres for the shock doctrine, among them: Pinochet’s coup in Chile in 1973, the Falklands War in 1982, the Tiananmen Square Massacre in 1989, the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991, the Asian Financial crisis in 1997 and Hurricane Mitch in 1998."

I should read the book. I suspect it doesn't go so far as to say that the US caused the Tsunami, Hurricane Katrina, or 9/11, but merely capitalized on their "shock value" to push forward brutal shock therapy benefiting the global elite. However, the brutal methods are well exposed in the film and applicable to the infantilized psychological state that so many Americans are stuck in today- so that they can't even conceive that "Papa Bush" might knowingly, deliberately do them wrong. The healthiest thing is to help people get out of shock and grasp with clarity what has happened, is happening, to stop, prevent further victimization.

September 4, 2007

Since I was in Colorado all last week at the Storyfield Conference, I am way behind on my work. The new Deception/Conception Dollars were printed and I am shipping some of them out today. We had fun giving them out yesterday at the 40th Anniversary of the Summer of Love Concert in San Francisco. I need to update my radio show website and do some press for our upcoming Rally/Film Festival... but there are still lots of logistical details to attend to- getting new cards made, bumper stickers, books, dvds ordered, insurance, signs, my regular demo, Thursday's meeting... I wish I had time to write about my experience in Colorado, but will have to shelve it. There is just never enough time to catch up...

August 23, 2007

I've been working so hard on finalizing the publishing details for the Dollars, barely finding strength for my Listening Project and the Impeachment Rally/March yesterday (which was really organized by the Silicon Valley Impeachment Coalition- a small rally, but much needed- unfortunately Annie, from Annie and the Vets took a serious fall and badly injured her knee- necessitating a trip to the hospital).

I posted a new page for the Conception Dollar.

Of greater significance, the CIA inspecter general's Report released on Tuesday, August 21, 2007, is really a damning look at the CIA's role in the September 11th attacks- obscured as much as possible by gobbledygook language. Read the Executive Summary of the Report and a damning review by Kurt Nimmo entitled 9/11 Blame Game: CIA Falls on Its Sword Again. Of course NBC can't just come right out and say "The CIA did it!!!"... They need to sanitize and spin it, so that the report supports the innocent, incompetent, bumbling idiot, less daming image of a well intentioned tool of the benign American Empire bringing Democracy and Freedom to the world, so they just say- Report Faults CIA For Pre-9/11 Failures Finds Tenet, Agency Did Not Adequately Confront Terror Threat.

August 20, 2007

I was up very late last night and early this morning working with Blaine on the new bills and figuring out who is going to speak when on tonight's radio show. Michel Chossudovsky just posted an excellent article on the topic- Montebello SPP Summit: Canada's Sovereignty in Jeopardy: the Militarization of North America.

I've updated and added images to yesterday's entry to make it easier for people to see what the new bills look like and figure out how many they want of which variety- so that I will know how many, in which proportion to print. Blaine will upload the art files this evening and we are still making changes and working on these.

August 19, 2007

I'm feeling better, but not quite well, yet and have been working all day on the latest Deception Dollar and Conception Dollar, the art is due tomorrow- if we are going to have these printed and shipped in time for September 11th Anniversary events. Blaine hasn't finished all the details and changes, but here are some of the latest drafts-

New Conception Dollar-Front

New Conception Dollar- Back

New Deception Dollar-Front

New Deception Dollar-Back

New Billion Deception Dollar-Front

New Billion Deception Dollar-Back

If anyone wants these in quantity- now is the time to let me know. I still have to figure out how many to print of each issue. John wants to keep Bush on the Billion Dollar Note, but it will have some other changes on it- bumping and adding a few different websites.

While I was sick, I didn't manage to get out the usual PSA's and calendar listings and press advisories, calendar listings for our September 11th events. I also missed last Thursday's meeting and someone failed to pick up the 5000 beautiful cards that Cam designed to promote the Film Festival and Richard's talk on September 11th at the Grand Lake Theater- so those didn't get out to everyone. Fortunately Dana picked them up plus the beautiful 250 color posters we had made on Saturday and took them to the Asby Flea Market where Brian, Bill and others were tabling. Cam put up posters in the area around the Grand Lake Theater. Mickey has volunteered to be the distributor of cards and posters at Berkeley City College. [Email him Mickey Huff at mickeyhuff(at)mac.com to arrange a pick-up]. With 250 we should try to get all the colleges/Universities- downtown Berkeley and strategic places in San Francisco and the rest of the Bay Area- like libraries, bookstores.

It is so hard to coordinate and do everything. I just can't. I'm just so grateful to people with skills, talents, time and energy who do come forward and volunteer- or nothing would get done.

August 14, 2007

Sadly, no one from Portland called in last night on the radio show to speak about the upcoming Terrorist Drill planned for Portland, but there is a new website devoted to the issue- Oregon Truth Alliance.

I am still finalizing guests for next week's show which will look at the opposition to the North American Union- and the mobilization taking place in Montebello, Quebec where the leaders of Mexico, Canada, and the US will be having their summit.

George Bush is coming to Canada - the Trailer (2007)

(click to see video- "unwelcoming Bush")

I also stumbled upon an article written back in June, but highly significant, given the current situaton and the importance of controlling the public mind- particularly in targeted areas.

Sentient world: war games on the grandest scale
by Mark Baard
Published Saturday 23rd June 2007

An excerpt:

"The DOD is developing a parallel to Planet Earth, with billions of individual "nodes" to reflect every man, woman, and child this side of the dividing line between reality and AR.

Called the Sentient World Simulation (SWS), it will be a "synthetic mirror of the real world with automated continuous calibration with respect to current real-world information", according to a concept paper for the project.

"SWS provides an environment for testing Psychological Operations (PSYOP)," the paper reads, so that military leaders can "develop and test multiple courses of action to anticipate and shape behaviors of adversaries, neutrals, and partners".

SWS also replicates financial institutions, utilities, media outlets, and street corner shops. By applying theories of economics and human psychology, its developers believe they can predict how individuals and mobs will respond to various stressors.

Yank a country's water supply. Stage a military coup. SWS will tell you what happens next.

"The idea is to generate alternative futures with outcomes based on interactions between multiple sides," said Purdue University professor Alok Chaturvedi, co-author of the SWS concept paper...

The US government appears to be Simulex's number one customer, however. And Chaturvedi has received millions of dollars in grants from the military and the National Science Foundation to develop SEAS.

Chaturvedi is now pitching SWS to DARPA (www.darpa.mil) and discussing it with officials at the US Department of Homeland Security (www.dhs.gov), where he said the idea has been well received, despite the thorny privacy issues for US citizens.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

In fact, Homeland Security and the Defense Department are already using SEAS to simulate crises on the US mainland.

The Joint Innovation and Experimentation Directorate of the US Joint Forces Command (JFCOM-J9) in April began working with Homeland Security and multinational forces over "Noble Resolve 07", (www.jfcom.mil/about/experiments/nobleresolve.html) a homeland defense experiment."

The movie- The Matrix, in light of what the government is up to, is seeming less far out, and more like a frightening prediction of where we are going.

August 13, 2007

I have a sore throat and am afraid I'm coming down with something. I've been hacking away at the computer all day, working on the upcoming radio shows, and putting Webster Tarpley's latest missive into html which I posted here-

Fed Attempts to Bail Out Bankrupt Wall Street Speculators;
Cheney Demands Staged Terror Attacks, War with Iran

Helicopter Ben Unleashes Hyperinflation

August 12, 2007
Webster G. Tarpley

Highlights-
By deciding to ante up $38 billion for a hopeless bailout of predatory Wall Street hedge funds and the banks that stand behind them, Federal Reserve Chairman Helicopter Ben Bernanke has placed the bankrupt US dollar on a direct course towards the precipice of hyperinflation. In so doing, he has given new momentum to the backers and controllers of Dick Cheney, who favor an insane flight forward into general war with Iran, deluding themselves that they can thus escape from both military defeat in Iraq and Afghanistan, and from the death agony of the dollar...

Back in September 1998, at the time of the Russian state bankruptcy around bonds called GKOs, Long Term Capital Management (LTCM), a Connecticut hedge fund, went bankrupt, blowing a hole of several hundred billion dollars in the world banking system. LTCM used high leverage and the Black-Scholes model to place gigantic bets on currency movements. If Greenspan had not rushed in with billions of Fed money to carry out a back-door crony bailout, the interbank clearing systems of the US, UK, and perhaps Japan – known as CHIPS, CHAPS, and BoJ Net, would have jammed up, and the hearts of the financier universe would have ceased to beat, leading swiftly to world economic chaos and depression. But this time it is not one LTCM, but two dozen highly-leveraged hedge funds which have blown up or are about to. Prominent among them are the so-called quant funds, which bet $10 billion and up on financial fluctuations using computerized predictive models. Prominent among these is Renaissance. The quants complain that their models, which are supposed to incorporate 45 years of market history and experience, are now failing to forecast what will happen next, and losses are mounting. The reason is that we have now encountered a cataclysmic singularity which has not been seen in more than half a century – the beginning of the end of the US dollar. To find a financial earthquake comparable to the present one touching the leading currency of the world, we must in fact go back to the disintegration of the British pound in September, 1931.

In recent days, reality has filtered through, even on CNBC. Commentators have warned of “systemic risk if a big bank blows,” “the end of the world,” “depression,” “Armageddon,” “panic,” “the Hindenburg” (the dirigible, not the signal), “a return to 1990” (when Citibank was bankrupt and secretly seized by the Controller of the Currency), the crash of 1987, the hedge fund crisis of 1998, and a “credit crunch.” “Bond traders are afraid.” “Wall Street is afraid.” Led by Jim Cramer with his celebrated on-air psychotic episode on the afternoon of Friday, August 3, Wall Street has been heaping insults on Helicopter Ben and demanding that he open the cash spigots, cut the fed funds and discount rates drastically and quickly, and reassure the stockjobbers that back door crony bailouts will be available for all, starting with the too big to fail, like JP Morgan Chase and Citibank.

On top of this, the folks in Portland are quite worried about a nuclear 9/11 targeting them. They have the only indymedia site with a section devoted to 9/11 truth, hence I usually post articles there and on our local indymedia site. These are just a few articles concerned with a drill taking place in Portland August 20th-24th which they are afraid might go "live" such as the drill taking place on 9/11/2001 and 7/7 in London.

• HARVARD STUDY: 10K Nuke in Portland
  http://portland.indymedia.org/en/2007/08/363356.shtml

• Katrina Quality Emergency Management for Oregon!
  http://portland.indymedia.org/en/2007/08/363223.shtml

• DON'T NUKE PORTLAND
  http://portland.indymedia.org/en/2007/08/363204.shtml

I sent these links to my historian guests and hopefully we will get some callers from Portland to discuss what is going on now, the historical parallels, how we can prevent history from repeating itself by casting light on the current situation.

Today's good news is that Karl Rove is leaving his position at the end of the month- like rats leaving a sinking ship, let us hope that more and more of these characters desert the Bush/Cheney cabal, and that others will be afraid to carry out their more treasonous, murderous orders.

I also got a couple of very sweet emails from Dylan Avery, of Loose Change, in response to my concern about Korey Rowe (and other people's concern as well). he wrote:

"He'll be ok. Just gotta take care of things. Are you coming to NYC on 9/11 or are you going to DC?"

and

"It's funny...this morning I re-watched your confrontation with Phillip Zelikow. That man is guilty as sin and he knows it. You really put him in his place. Congratulations. If you don't mind I'm going to find a spot for that somewhere in the movie..."

and

"LC3 is being wrapped up, we plan on having a test screening in NYC and Norway (David Ray Griffin's going to be there, and he requested to screen the Final Cut, as opposed to the Second Edition, so we obliged) for the anniversary, and it should be released shortly thereafter. I believe Alex is planning on premiering his new film on the 10th in NYC with us, but that's still being planned..."

It's great how each of us can do something and inspire others, and the movement gathers strength.

Over the weekend I reviewed two books-

Bearer of Light- A Catalyst for Global Change

by Paul DesLauriers

and The American Truth- a novel

by Nick Shelton

Both books try to get out basic information about 9/11, in order raise consciousness, mobilize people and prevent those responsible from continuing on their global domination project, but they each take a very different approach.

Bearer of Light pulls people into a mystical, spiritual, romantic contemporary story, plunging them into a near death experience, reliving past lives. Combining ancient spiritual truths with modern physics and organizational development, the main character takes on a Herculean task of transforming modern corporations and governments, miraculously escaping death from the clutches of his evil nemesis who tortured and killed him in past lives... Unfortunately, if you are not a devout believer in the Holy Bible, the storyline is awfully hard to swallow. The insights, however, which apply to spiritual truths, or the Jesus Code, as the author calls them, and to organizational development, are practically very useful for groups, and personal development. They are explained, along with a handy self survey for groups and individuals to use at http://www.beareroflight.com/bulk.html.

The American Truth begins with 20 pages of facts (very well laid out for those unfamiliar with them) before plunging into a murder/mystery/suspense/action novel revolving around a Pentagon PR man who lost his wife in the attacks, but somehow finally realized that something was seriously wrong with the official story, and begins digging for the truth. Unfortunately, these military characters who worked at the Pentagon on 9/11/2001 are very expendable beings in the new 9/11 Truth films and novels. The government just doesn't want them to talk and is out to get them. They suffer grim fates.

When I was reviewing the Severe Visibility film, with a similar plotline, my son said, "Well I think he probably meant to get people to take action and do something, but this is probably going to have the opposite effect."

I wonder what it is that makes some people do something brave and others shrink and remain silent.

In the first book the parable of the seeds is told- how some take root and grow and others don't survive rocky, unhospitable conditions. I suppose 9/11 Truth seeds are that way, too. Some people are utterly closed and don't want to know anything about it, then there are those who are open and hungry to learn the truth about all things and incorporate whatever they learn into their existence. We just don't know - who, what, when, where, how- our words, actions, and 9/11 Truth materials/seeds will fall upon or have some effect- we just keep trying to get those seeds out there, and the more there are, the better the chances of them taking root.

There is a great story about Eugene Debs traveling for hours in a snowstorm to give a lecture, but only one person showed up. He gave his lecture. That one person was Susan B. Anthony- who was apparently very moved, and became a powerful leader in the suffrage movement which gained women the right to vote.

They say that when the student is ready- the teacher will appear (probably because the teacher has been there all along, but the student finally notices and starts to pay attention- raise questions- open himself up). The principles of open space, the conference that I will be going to this month are very Zenlike in that sense. They are:

1) Whoever comes is the right people.
2) Whatever happens is the only thing that could have.
3) Whenever it starts is the right time.
4) When it is over it is over.

August 10, 2007

My body hurts from working at this computer way too long- and I still haven't done 50% of the work that needs to be done- especially with deadlines coming up for the newsletter, the Deception Dollar, and the press/publicity work for our big events next month and the last minute August 22nd Impeachment Rally in Palo Alto. Again, I feel like an awful bottleneck with more coming to me than I can disseminate in a timely fashion.

I did post a short article on August 6th -

Speaking for 9/11 Truth- August 6, 2007, Before Arrest at Livermore Labs

I also posted -

Interview with Jarek Kupsc, Writer, Director, Actor in The Reflecting Pool

I also received two books to review, and a great article -Air Defense Response- September 11, 2001- which looks at Robin Hordon's contribution plus other key points to make a compelling case for how September 11th was engineered from within the US government- and things that no Al Qaeda operatives could possibly have done to thwart a response from NORAD on 9/11/2001.

Back to work...

August 6, 2007

I've been so busy. I was up at 5 am to get to Livermore Labs in time for the speeches, remembrances, civil disobedience. I picked up Tian Harter on my way. It was extraordinarily cold for August (I was shaking with cold) and perhaps the smallest gathering that I have seen. We grabbed one banner and one 9/11 Was an Inside Job sign and hurried to the West Gate. Ed Rippy was getting sound for radio. Gordon Wright helped me pass out Deception Dollars and 9/11 Fact Cards. There were lots of police and press, great speeches and songs. People layed down in the road and their outlines were chalked in memory of those incinerated 63 years ago. A air raid siren sounded to mark the event, followed by a long minute of silence. In addition to the main speakers, there was an open mike and many who wished to say something. I had planned to write a 3 minute speech- and I even worked on it and an article that I had hoped to have printed and to pass out today, but neither were finished with all the other stuff that I have had to do. So, I just spoke from my heart. Here's a paraphrase of the gist of it:

"I speak for truth. Sun Tzu wrote thousands of years ago that "War is based on deception." The largest deception being the self-decption of rulers that they are superior to everyone else and have the right to kill and control others. We entered World War II on the basis of a deception. Hiroshima and Nagasaki were deceptions, too. They didn't drop the bombs to end a war, but to launch a new war of terror against all people- the Cold War.

The war on terror is a fraud. It is a war of terror against all of us, the entire planet. It has never been criminally investigated. The director of the 9/11 Commission was Philip Zelikow who co-authored a book with Condoleeza Rice and wrote the "Pre-Emptive War Doctrine." As Pearl Harbor was used to create the National Security State; 9/11 is being used to create a Global Police State. Now they are promising us a nuclear 9/11, if it happens it will be by the hands of those who did 9/11. We need a real investigation.

Aung Sung Suu Kyi wrote: "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it."

The global elite are afraid of us, the world's people, and afraid of the truth. They use terror and fear to try to control us. The only antidote to fear is courage. I hope that the peace and justice movements will join with the truth movement. War relies on deception. Truth can stop war. We need the truth and courage.

I then went to the side of the road where people were laying down to block traffic, in anticipation of being arrested. I lay down and someone chalked my outline on the pavement. Eventually when everyone had laid down and been chalked we gathered in front of the gate and held one another and began singing "We will not be moved." The police warned us several times that if we did not disperse we would be arrested. With all their fancy riot gear, they surrounded us. Then in three groups they marched in taking us one at a time into Livermore. They placed our stuff in plastic bags, frisked us, handcuffed us, put us on buses, took us into pens, then took off the handcuffs, then wrote out tickets for each of us. They goofed on the tickets. Some had court appearance dates and some didn't. Eventually, they crossed out all the dates, and we all knew that we would not be compelled to go to court ("Don't call us- we'll call you" kinda message...)

I can't imagine being arrested with a nicer group of people, Daniel Ellsberg was the most famous one with us. Usually, I have too much stuff and am too busy to get arrested, but today I had time. Tian didn't mind waiting for me and the whole arrest probably took less than an hour.

I'm trying to finalize the program for our upcoming -

Click for details and film schedule

I hope also to find time to buy groceries and feed the family before tonight's radio show with John Perkins and Jarek Kupsc- writer/director of The Reflecting Pool, both Jarek Kupsc and Joseph Culp will be coming for Special Preview Screenings of their new 9/11 Truth feature Film in September-

July 30, 2007

I ended up hosting our Northern California Truth Alliance Retreat at my house on Sunday, which meant I spent more time baking fresh fruit pies, and meals than facilitating, but we had some great people at the gathering and did get through of most of our agenda. I'm still in the midst of organizing- making phone calls, answering the phone, updating my websites, scheduling my radio show guests and figuring out the program for September 11th. I wish there were more hours in the day. Paul DesLauriers also called me today, regarding organizing and will send me his new book- Bearer of Light; we had a great conversation discussing organizing and I will probably get him on my radio show, after I read his book. It's just hard to keep up with all the good books that are coming out and the articles/speeches I need to write, in addition to pulling together events and the next Deception Dollar.

I did enjoy and was inspired by last night's radio show with Tom Atlee, Founder of the Co-Intelligence Institute, author of The Tao of Democracy and Peggy Holman, author of The Change Handbook,
both are organizers of this August's Story Field Conference.

July 25, 2007

The sun shone today, and many people came to help me at the Listening Project. There is so much organizing going on, at so many different levels. I've been struggling with pulling people together for the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Retreat. We were going to do a 2 day retreat this weekend in Mendocino, but for technical and logistical reasons, we changed our plans, and will just do a one day retreat at my house (at least I don't have to drive). Hopefully, we'll be able to work up a plan, enthusiasm for the next couple of months activities, and do some serious long term thinking, as well.

I got blasted for an email that I sent out which included my recent letter to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo (on the East Bay Impeachment list for being too vague about my sources). For those who think I am too vague about the current political climate and want sobering facts/analysis. Here are links to three articles which, I feel, back up the concerns that I hinted at in the latest letter to Eshoo:

Fascist America, in 10 easy steps
From Hitler to Pinochet and beyond, history shows there are certain steps
that any would-be dictator must take to destroy constitutional freedoms.
And, argues Naomi Wolf, George Bush and his administration seem to be taking them all
Tuesday April 24, 2007
The Guardian

Operation Falcon and the Looming Police State
By Mike Whitney
02/26/07

De Fazio asks, but he's denied access
Classified info - The congressman wanted to see government plans for after a terror attack
Friday, July 20, 2007

The producer of the popular 9/11 Truth film Loose Change, Korey Rowe, was arrested today by the US Military for Desertion. We should make as much noise as possible to protest his arrest and demand his release. Alex Jones covered the arrest at prisonplanet.com, and includes an interview he did last year with Korey, and useful phone numbers for activists to call in support of Korey and to show that we want the military to let him go.

July 23, 2007

With all the work I have to do, I must admit that I did flake out over the weekend to spend time with family and friends. (Unbelievably, my 18 and 16 year old sons even asked me to wake them up at 6 am on Sunday to join me on a 10 mile hike in the hills, after complaining that they would have gone with me on the same hike Saturday had I just woken them up.) I'd hoped to organize a last minute Impeachment Rally/Action for today while I was at my friend's birthday party yesterday (She is an activist, and on the Board of Veteran's for Peace). Most of the people at the party were activists- including the Raging Grannies, and Annie and the Vets, but we were having such a great time- and celebrating Sharon Kufeldt's 60th Birthday- which seemed more important, at the time, than just bringing down the current criminal regime.

Today in DC, Cindy Sheehan and others will be rallying, marching, taking action on John Conyers' office, which they plan to occupy, until he moves forward with impeachment. I still have a stack of impeachment petitions to deliver to Eshoo's Office, but I haven't organized an action for today- I just have been too busy, to do everything, and I still have so much work to do, taxes to get done, the calendar to update, a radio show to produce (Tonight's show will include a report form DC on the Impeachment events from Matthew Sullivan). I wish there were more hours in the day.

Congresswoman Eshoo knows how I feel about Impeachment, so I think that I'm the last person that she will listen to, but a groundswell of other voices, besides mine- might have an effect. She is close to Pelosi, who has balked on the issue, as well. They will only cave in to massive public and media pressure.

July 20, 2007

A rare "summer storm" doused the Listening Project on Wednesday. I had baked cookies, bread rolls, loaded the car, and just was amazed that the sky "spitted" or "sweated" (you couldn't really call it rain- it was so feeble and light) for 20 minutes, I finally gave up and went home and back to work...Thursday, I went to Oakland for our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, and to discuss our upcoming retreat- where we can hopefully strategize and plan in greater detail our upcoming events, and figure out a schedule for September 11th at the Grand Lake Theater. Richard Gage wants to present and Ken wants to premiere his new film (which he hasn't made, yet- of David Ray Griffin Debunking 9/11 Debunking.) I'd like to share the new feature films with the group and see if we could premiere them, or choose the best of the 9/11 Truth ones that have been made, and intersperse the films with good speakers.

I refused to be scared at this point; I am so tired of the "looming terrorist attack" that we are continually threatened with, but I did get a particularly grim email today, regarding plans to crush domestic dissent with the US military, and the latest Bush seizure of power to quell opposition to the Iraq Folly/Occupation.

Green Zone Follies

Baghdad, 13 July 07: “Yesterday, one of my good friends from another office was telling me they were going to start issuing armored vests to us office types because of the growing danger from mortars. We are being shelled daily and, like everything else, casualties are way underreported . But more important than the flak vests was a file he had copied out and which he gave to me to smuggle out of the country. As I have said, we have strict censorship here on all incoming and outgoing snail mail, email, phone calls and so on. This report is so serious I am making a précis of it and am even now sending it around to various news outlets, both Stateside and elsewhere. I have my sources and believe me, the CIC people here are so stupid they couldn’t pour piss out of a boot if the directions were on the bottom.

It states that because of “growing popular unrest in the United States, caused by the prolonged war in Iraq .coupled with obvious Congressional inaction,” the U.S. military has drawn up plans for combating domestic U.S. civil insurrections. This is not a theoretical study but a very specific one. Units to be used domestically are listed in detail as are detention centers, etc.

As a result of this, plans are now in train to segregate, retrain and reequip certain anti-insurgent U.S. military units now serving in Iraq and to prepare them for quick transfer back to the United States for use "as needed" The Pentagon command believes that such civil insurrections are not only a possibility but a very real probability in the event that the President and his advisors maintain their present course vis a vis the Iraqi war.

It is interesting to note that "foreign intelligence representatives, now active in the United States” (read Mossad) are to be subject to “arrest, confinement and eventual deportation to their country of origin."

The report and several attached ones, run to almost 900 pages and cannot be put up in their current form. However, I will list some of the more important data here:

Classification: Top Secret-Noforn as of 1 June 2007

Distribution Restriction: Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only to maintain operations security. This determination was made on 1 June 2007. Other requests for this document must be referred to (redacted)

Destruction Notice: Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. ….

This publication uses the term insurgent to describe those taking part in any activity designed to undermine or to overthrow the established authorities……

Counterinsurgency is those military, paramilitary, political, economic, psychological, and civic actions taken by a government to defeat insurgency (JP 1-02). It is an offensive approach involving all elements of national power; it can take place across the range of operations and spectrum of conflict …

In dealing with the local populace, the primary aims must be to:

•Protect the population.
•Establish local political institutions.
•Reinforce local governments.
•Eliminate insurgent capabilities.
•Exploit information from local sources.

…

An insurgency is organized movement aimed at the overthrow of a constituted government through use of subversion and armed conflict (JP 1-02). It is a protracted politico-military struggle designed to weaken government control and legitimacy while increasing insurgent control. Political power is the central issue in an insurgency.

An insurgent organization normally consists of four elements:

Leadership.
Combatants (main forces, regional forces, local forces).
Cadre (local political leaders that are also called the militants).
Mass base (the bulk of the membership).

…

A perceived serious potential of dissident American groups rising up against constituted authority has been clearly identified by counter-intelligence agencies.. The stated cause for such an uprising appear to be growing dissatisfaction with the course and conduct of the war in Iraq, the chronic inability of Congress to deal with various pressing issues and the perception of widespread corruption and indifference to public needs.

The support of the people, passive or active then, is the center of gravity. It must be gained in whatever proportion is necessary to sustain the insurgent movement (or, contrariwise, to defeat it). As in any political campaign, all levels of support are relative.

Insurgent movements begin as “fire in the minds of men.” Insurgent leaders commit themselves to building a new world. They construct the organization to carry through this desire. Generally, popular grievances become insurgent causes when interpreted and shaped by the insurgent leadership. The insurgency grows if the cadre that is local insurgent leaders and representatives can establish a link between the insurgent movement and the desire for solutions to grievances sought by the local population

Insurgent leaders will exploit opportunities created by government security force actions. The behavior of security forces is critical. Lack of security force discipline leads to alienation, and security force abuse of the populace is a very effective insurgent recruiting tool. Consequently, specific insurgent tactical actions are often planned to frequently elicit overreaction from security force individuals and units.

Insurgencies are dynamic political movements, resulting from real or perceived grievance or neglect that leads to alienation from an established government.

A successful counterinsurgency will result in the neutralization by the state of the insurgency and its effort to form a counterstate. While many abortive insurgencies are defeated by military and police actions alone, if an insurgency has tapped into serious grievances and has mobilized a significant portion of the population, simply returning to the status quo may not be an option. Reform may be necessary, but reform is a matter for the state, using all of its human and material resources. Security forces are only one such resource. The response must be multifaceted and coordinated, yet states typically charge their security forces with “waging counterinsurgency.” This the security forces cannot do alone.

These imperatives are—

· Facilitate establishment or reestablishment of a ‘legitimate government’.
· Counterinsurgency requires perseverance.
· Foster popular support for the incumbent US government.
· Prepare to perform functions and conduct operations that are outside normal scope of training.
· Coordinate with US governmental departments and agencies, and with vital non-governmental, agencies.

Urban operations.
· Protection of government facilities.
· Protection of infrastructure.
· Protection of commercial enterprises vital to the HN economy.
· Protection of cultural facilities.
· Prevention of looting.
· Military police functions.
· Close interaction with civilians.
· Assistance with reconstruction projects.
· Securing the national borders.
· Training or retraining a national military police and security force.

Establishing and maintaining local government credibility.
· Contributing local government is both tangible and psychological. Local security forces must reinforce and be integrated into the plan at every stage.
· Facilitate and use information and intelligence obtained from local sources to gain access to the insurgent’s economic and social base of support, order of battle, tactics, techniques, and procedures.

Army forces help local pro-government police, paramilitary, and military forces perform counterinsurgency, area security, or local security operations. They advise and assist in finding, dispersing, capturing, and destroying the insurgent force.

US forces may conduct offensive operations to disrupt and destroy insurgent combat formations. These operations prevent the insurgents from attacking government-controlled areas.

There are many organizations and extensive resources available to aid counterinsurgent forces.

Commanders should not overlook the aid these organizations may provide. All forces assigned an AO or function should determine which departments and agencies are assisting in that AO and coordinate actions so that there is no duplication of effort. Such departments, councils and agencies include—

· National Security Council.
· Department of Defense.
· Department of State.
· Department of Justice.
· Department of the Treasury.
· Department of Homeland Security.
· Department of Agriculture.
· Department of Commerce.
· Central Intelligence Agency.
· Department of Transportation

Various governmental departments directly administer or support other governmental agencies. Examples of these US agencies are—
· The US Coast Guard (under Department of Homeland Security).
· The Federal Bureau of Investigation (under Department of Justice).
· Immigration Customs Enforcement (under Department of Homeland Security).
· Federal Communications Commission

The proper application of force is a critical component to any successful counterinsurgency operation. In a counterinsurgency, the center of gravity is public support. In order to defeat an insurgent force, US forces must be able to separate insurgents from the population. At the same time, US forces must conduct themselves in a manner that enables them to maintain popular domestic support. Excessive or indiscriminant use of force is likely to alienate the local populace, thereby increasing support for insurgent forces. Insufficient use of force results in increased risks to US forces and perceived weaknesses that can jeopardize the mission by emboldening insurgents and undermining domestic popular support. Achieving the appropriate balance requires a thorough understanding of the nature and causes of the insurgency, the end state, and the military’s role in a counterinsurgency operation. Nevertheless, US forces always retain the right to use necessary and proportional force for individual and unit self-defense in response to a hostile act or demonstrated hostile intent.

The media, print and broadcast (radio, television and the Internet), play a vital role in societies involved in a counterinsurgency. Members of the media have a significant influence and shaping impact on political direction, national security objectives, and policy and national will. The media is a factor in military operations. It is their right and obligation to report to their respective audiences on the use of military force. They demand logistic support and access to military operations while refusing to be controlled. Their desire for immediate footage and on-the-spot coverage of events, and the increasing contact with units and Soldiers (for example, with embedded reporters) require commanders and public affairs officers to provide guidance to leaders and Soldiers on media relations. However, military planners must provide and enforce ground rules to the media to ensure operations security. Public affairs offices plan for daily briefings and a special briefing after each significant event because the media affect and influence each potential target audience external and internal to the AO. Speaking with the media in a forward-deployed area is an opportunity to explain what our organizations and efforts have accomplished.

Continuous PSYOP are mounted to—

· Counter the effects of insurgent propaganda.
· Relate controls to the security and well-being of the population.
· Portray a favorable governmental image.

Control measures must—
· Be authorized by national laws and regulations (counterparts should be trained not to improvise unauthorized measures).
· Be tailored to fit the situation (apply the minimum force required to achieve the de-sired result).
· Be supported by effective local intelligence.
· Be instituted in as wide an area as possible to prevent bypass or evasion.
· Be supported by good communications.
· Be enforceable.
· Be lifted as the need diminishes.
· Be compatible, where possible, with local customs and traditions.
· Establish and maintain credibility of local government.

A control program may be developed in five phases:

· Securing and defending the area internally and externally.
· Organizing for law enforcement.
· Executing cordon and search operations.
· Screening and documenting the population (performing a detailed census).
· Performing public administration, to include resource control.

Support to the judiciary may be limited to providing security to the existing courts or may lead to more comprehensive actions to build local, regional, and national courts and the required support apparatus. To avoid overcrowding in police jails, the courts must have an efficient and timely magistrate capability, ideally co-located with police stations and police jails, to review cases for trial.

Cordon and search is a technique used by military and police forces in both urban and rural environments. It is frequently used by counterinsurgency forces conducting a population and resource control mission against small centers of population or subdivisions of a larger community. To be effective, cordon and search operations must have sufficient forces to effectively cordon off and thoroughly search target areas, to include subsurface areas.

PSYOP, civil affairs, and specialist interrogation teams should augment cordon and search orces to increase the effectiveness of operations. Consider the following when conducting cordon and search operations:

Cordon and search operations may be conducted as follows:

Disposition of troops should—

· Facilitate visual contact between posts within the cordon.
· Provide for adequate patrolling and immediate deployment of an effective re-serve force.

Priority should be given to—
· Sealing the administrative center of the community.
· Occupying all critical facilities.
· Detaining personnel in place.
· Preserving and securing all records, files, and other archives.

Key facilities include—
· Administrative buildings.
· Police stations.
· News media facilities.
· Post offices.
· Communications centers.
· Transportation offices and motor pools.
· Prisons and other places of detention.
· Schools.
· Medical facilities.

Search Techniques include—
· Search teams of squad size organized in assault, support, and security elements. One target is assigned per team.
· Room searches are conducted by two-person teams.
· Room search teams are armed with pistols, assault weapons, and automatic weapons.
· Providing security for search teams screening operations and facilities.

Pre-search coordination includes—
· Between control personnel and screening team leaders.
· Study of layout plans.
· Communications, that is, radio, whistle, and hand signals.
· Disposition of suspects.
· On-site security.
· Guard entrances, exits (to include the roof), halls, corridors, and tunnels.
· Assign contingency tasks for reserve.
· Room searches conducted by two- or three-person teams.
· Immobilize occupants with one team member.
· Search room with other team member.
· Search all occupants. When available, a third team member should be the re-corder.
· Place documents in a numbered envelope and tag the associated individual with a corresponding number.

SCREENING AND DOCUMENTING THE POPULATION

Screening and documentation include following:

· Systematic identification and registration.
· Issuance of individual identification cards containing—
A unique number.
Picture of individual.
Personal identification data.
Fingerprints.
An official stamp (use different colors for each administration region).
Family group census cards, an official copy of which is retained at the local po-lice agency. These must include a picture and appropriate personal data.
Frequent use of mobile and fixed checkpoints for inspection, identification, and reg-istration of documents.
Preventing counterfeiting of identification and registration documents by laminat-ing and embossing.
Programs to inform the population of the need for identification and registration.

Covert surveillance is a collection effort with the responsibility fixed at the intelligence/security division or detective division of the police department. Covert techniques, ranging from application of sophisticated electronics systems to informants, should include—
Informant nets. Reliability of informants should be verified. Protection of identity is a must.
Block control. Dividing a community or populated area into zones where a trusted resident reports on the activities of the population. If the loyalty of block leaders is questionable, an informant net can be established to verify questionable areas.

Units designated for counterinsurgency operations

· 115th MIB, Schofield, HI
· 704th MIB, Fort Made, MD, Collaboration with NSA
· 513st MIB, Fort Gordon, GA in Collaboration with NSA
· Arlington Hall Station, VA
· Aberdeen Proving Ground (Maryland)
· US Army Intelligence and Security Command – INSCOM- Huachuca ( Arizona )
· INTELLIGENCE THREAT and ANALYSIS CENTER ( Center Analysis for threat and Intelligence )
· 501st Military Intelligence Brigade EAC
· 3rd Military Intelligence Battalion Exploitation Area

Michel Chossudovsky has also been writing about this. In his latest posting:

Bush Executive Order: Criminalizing the Antiwar Movement
by Prof. Michel Chossudovsky
Global Research, July 20, 2007

Excerpts:

A presidential Executive Order issued on July 17th, repeals with the stroke of a pen the right to dissent and to oppose the Pentagon's military agenda in Iraq.

In substance, the Executive Order entitled "Blocking Property of Certain Persons Who Threaten Stabilization Efforts in Iraq" provides the President with the authority to confiscate the assets of "certain persons" who oppose the US led war in Iraq...

Broader implications

The criminalization of the State is when the sitting President and Vice President use and abuse their authority through executive orders, presidential directives or otherwise to define "who are the criminals" when in fact they they are the criminals.

This latest executive order criminalizes the peace movement. It must be viewed in relation to various pieces of "anti-terrorist" legislation, the gamut of presidential and national security directives, etc., which are ultimately geared towards repealing constitutional government in the case of an impending "national emergency".

The war criminals in high office are intent upon repressing all forms of dissent which question the legitimacy of the war in Iraq. The executive order combined with the existing anti terrorist legislation is eventually intended to be used against the anti-war and civil rights movements. It can be used to seize the assets of antiwar groups in America as well as block the property and activities of non-governmental humanitarian organizations providing relief in Iraq, seizing the assets of alternative media involved in a critique of the US-led war, etc.

In May 2007, Bush issued a major presidential National Security Directive (National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive NSPD 51/HSPD 20), which would suspend constitutional government and instate broad dictatorial powers under martial law in the case of a "Catastrophic Emergency" (Second 9/11 terrorist attack.

On July 11, 2007 the CIA published its National Intelligence Estimate which pointed to an imminent Al Qaeda attack on America, a second 9/11 which would according to NSPD 51 immediately be followed by the suspension of constitutional government.

NSPD 51 grants unprecedented powers to the Presidency and the Department of Homeland Security, overriding the foundations of Constitutional government. It allows the sitting president to declare a “national emergency” without Congressional approval The adoption of NSPD 51 would lead to the de facto closing down of the Legislature and the militarization of justice and law enforcement.

I am going to make copies of these articles and bring them with me when I meet with city officials and the police to complain about their threat to arrest me when I was gathering signatures on my "Impeach Cheney First Petition" at my local park. I want to know where local officials stand in regard to these Federal Decrees- on the side of the Constitution and the American people, or on the side of a criminal government, hoping to cling to power through violence, terror, and fear, through war, and the "criminalization of dissent."

I do think that many people are afraid of another False Flag operation to persuade Americans to fall in line with the Bush Agenda. People are also afraid of dividing the country and civil war. Our best hope, I believe, is non-violent, widespread opposition to the threats to the constitution and our civil rights, and the world, and for Congress to begin Impeachment proceedings to halt these guys and reverse the policies of the past several years.

July 17, 2007

I don't think that I will ever catch up with my life, my mail, my e-mail, all the things that I have started and hope to finish someday. The past week, I've been just trying to catch up with the basic houshold demands, the radio show schedule, and working with the organizers of the upcoming Story Field Conference. I have been amazed at the emails, news, of the past week- what has come out, and what has "not been said." Google has been holding a series of forums at their Mountain View office, where my husband works, for all the presidential candidates, including Ron Paul who also spoke last Sunday at the Mountain View Charleston Park. I attended the rally with 4-500 other people) and was very impressed with some of the things he said (which I agreed with) and awed at the silence on my issues- "9/11 Truth and Impeachment" which were not mentioned at all, although I had great success passing out Deception Dollars and gathering signatures on my impeachment petitions at the rally.

Last week two articles were sent to me-

Chinese Secret Society Challenges Illuminati

By Henry Makow, June 29, 2007

And a lengthy transcript of an interview with Benjamin Fulford on Jeff Rense's radio show.

Here's what I learned about Fulford:

His great grandfather was George Taylor Fulford, one of the richest men in the world, was the largest single shareholder in General Electric. He was going to finance free-energy wizard Nikola Tesla, but was murdered by the Rockefellers in 1905 in a fake car accident. Fulford claims the family fortune was stolen by the Rockefeller Cabal.

Benjamin Fulford, former Asia Pacific Bureau chief at Forbes

From Y. Yamamoto's posting on TokyoFreePress

"I first got to know of Benjamin Fulford when I somehow came across his book titled Say Good-bye to Zombies (Kobunsha, March 2006). I found the main part of this work so truthful and revealing that I asked the author for a sit-together. He complied with my request on the condition that I read his most recent book 9.11 Tero Netsuzo, or 9-11 Hoax Terror in my tentative translation of the title (Tokuma Shoten, July 2006), in advance of our meeting. That's how we met on August 21 to talk over the issues Fulford took up in these controversial books.

"Fulford's Bio

"Benjamin Fulford was born in Canada in 1961. He majored in comparative literature in Tokyo's Sophia University, and then went on to attend the University of British Columbia, Vancouver. He came back to Japan in the late-1970s to settle down here and joined Forbes magazine. When he was Asia Pacific Bureau chief of the publisher, a deadly virus epidemic broke out and quickly spread all over the world. The Asia Pacific Bureau chief somehow got wise to the fact that the one who had created the particular computer virus was working for an anti-virus software company. But that software company happened to be one of the major advertising clients for Forbes. His big scoop was aborted when the headquarters in New York City turned it down. He made up his mind to submit his resignation. This is how he became a freelance journalist several years ago.

"Two important books on Japan published to date this year

"In Say Good-bye to Zombies, he calls Japan a kleptocracy hijacked by a host of zombies. Although he isn't very clear about who are zombies and who are not, his merciless revelation of the truth about the "Iron Square" formed among politicians, bureaucracy, business, and yakuza is compellingly convincing. That's what made me think he is a person to watch, despite the fact that the solution part of the book is not quite impressive.

"9-11 Hoax Terror is a 409-page book written based on a substantial amount of research. Fulford theorizes here that 9-11 was a hoax plotted by the military-industrial complex and Christian fundamentalists in the U.S. According to the author, the American conspiracy can be traced back as far as to 1898 when America launched an attack on the Spanish colonies in Latin America on the pretext of the sinking of the battleship USS Maine, which later proved a fake as late as in 1975. In the concluding chapters of the book, he expresses his hope that the Japanese will be among the first to wake up to the reality of the conspiracy. Furthermore he speculates that they will then act like the Japanese cartoon superhero Ultraman to thwart the evil ambitions of the American imperialism. So, the questions I wanted to ask the author in person all came down to this: "What exactly makes you think the zombies will be among the first to wake up to the crisis of mankind, and act accordingly, i.e., emerge as a savior of the world?"...

"Throughout 9-11 Hoax Terror, he repeatedly refers to the serial movie, Matrix. According to him, this near-future film series depicts people who are forced to choose between the red pill and the blue pill, in the face of the devastation caused by a nuclear warfare (or an environmental destruction?). If one takes a dose of the blue pill, he remains unaware of the devastation, and thus sits on his ass just awaiting the doomsday, whereas one who picks the red pill wakes up to what has actually happened while he was in a hypnotic state caused by the political sandmen, and gets on his feet to prevent the ruin of mankind, if ever he is strong enough to face up to the reality."

A friend of mine made these comments on the Fulford interview:

Well, we listened to the whole interview when it came out, and it was definitely.... interesting.

If I didn't know what I do, I think it would have been a struggle to take what he said at face value. After all, one must always consider the possibility that any type of unusual public statement is an attempt at 'muddying the waters'. This is particularly true of many websites related to the so-called 'Illuminati' - e.g. garbage like http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/hardtruth/the_satanic_bloodlines.htm or http://www.illuminati-news.com/illuminati_organization_chart.htm.

Yet while I may not agree with every point of his analysis of the 'big picture' or of the 'attitude' prevailing 'in Japan', I deem that he believes he is telling the truth as he sees it. As such, if there IS any attempt to muddy the waters here, my guess is that he is not privy to that attempt. Moreover, my take is that that interview was not really aimed at 'convincing' anyone anyway. It was what he stated - a public warning to those who already know what he was talking about. Sort of like a modern personal ad, you know the kind which was in former times used to anonymously transmit messages to others.

Notes:

- His credentials stack up. He was in a position to know the people he claims he knows.
- His information about the history of the Qinghongbang (the Chinese secret society that he refers to) is accurate as far as I can assess.
- I personally see no strong evidence for a Rockefeller-Rothschild split, but then again, I am no expert. I certainly would guess that the Rockefellers are ultimately first row front boys for the Rothschilds.
- I suspect that the numbers of nips who are 'in the know' are considerably lower than he implies, but I certainly could not supply even estimates.
- It would have been swell if he could have cited some evidence for the manufactured nature of SARS, but then again, I don't think he was talking to the 'uninitiated' in the interview.
- If he is not being fooled here into a large-scale water-muddying excursion, then I would have to say that this is the first serious challenge they have had in a long long while.... being cowards at heart, what will they do??? OK, Putin is a minor threat, but he's only one guy and an open target. It's all he can do to avoid being assassinated - much less threaten others. They rule by intimidation of the Bush-level public elites and are very unused to anyone having the nerve to actually attack THEM. I look forward to searching field reports for signs of a reaction....

I certainly hope there is a split within the ruling factions, simply to give those at the grassroots the opportunity to come together and seriously challenge them.

Impeachment also broke through the mainstream media barrier on local television in Los Angeles and San Francisco, as well as nationally on Bill Moyer's Journal. I actually watched the broadcast live (a rare occurence, believe me!) It was shocking to me how they could ignore and not mention the articles of impeachment introduced by Cynthia McKinney and Dennis Kucinich, as if those Congresspeople never walked the face of the Earth and didn't exist. They also gave veracity to the bogus "war on terrorism" in an offhand manner. That's what drives me nuts- the acceptance of the "Big Lie" to win incremental progress in raising public awareness, ever so gradually...

People keep talking to me about "strategy" and the reason for not speaking the "truth" and alienating those who haven't quite figured out what is going on, but it still irks me. I know my job is to create the giant sea of support, so that leaders feel "safe enough" to speak the "truth" someday...

I had Blaine Machan, John Parulis and Paul Cross on the radio show last night, all artists, really, trying to raise consciousness on 9/11 Truth. We also sought input for the new Deception Dollar which Blaine is working on now- and we hope to get out before the next anniversary of the attacks. There is a convergence of movements going on and next week's show will look at the Impeachment/9/11 Truth activities taking place in DC (There is a big Impeachment Rally/Action planned for July 23rd) with Rock Island Free Press Editor Matthew Sullivan. I'll also be interviewing an old CIA op, Robert David Steele, who I ran across amongst the participants in the Story Field Conference, but also is starting up a weekly radio show on We The People Radio Network.

Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance is also working on a newsletter, for our members, and to pass out at the upcoming September 11th events. We will be having a meeting Thursday and are hoping to have a weekend retreat July 28th/29th up in Mendocino to make our plans and strategize our short and long term activities/goals.

July 11, 2007

I got up early to load my car and set up for the Listening Project and the Impeachment Rally. Brian helped me and brought the large Deception Dollar banner which he and Joni used when they held the Listening Project, in my absence. University Avenue had finallly opened (after the fire/crime investigation had shut it down) and there were people about. Unfortunately, only a few activists, my regular supporters, came for the rally. Chuck brought his I-pod so we were able to play our excellent collection of 9/11 Truth and Impeachment songs- but we didn't bother with speeches. The table was more or less swamped with interested people and we had some very good conversations throughout the day. I hadn't made any great impeachment fliers, and it seemed like we could be more effective staying at Lytton plaza than marching up and down University without relavant handouts. "Next time we'll be perfect." said Brian, again... Next time, however, we will have to post the rally on the calendars, do some outreach, publicity, get out press releases and have some decent fliers. The size of a turnout doesn't really depend on the strength of the issue, but the time and effort that goes into organizing it. I still feel passionately about the importance of Impeachment and 9/11 Truth, but must admit, that I am human and do need a vacation- and summers are generally earmarked for the kids and family activities. They will put up with me being away one day a week, but It is harder on the family when I also have "more" to do like the radio show and monthly rallies and other events...

I do love some of the conversations I get to have with people visiting Palo Alto who come from all over the world. We share what we know and they share their nuggets of insight, wisdom, experiences and the dialogues are often very rich. Although I have a dozen books to read and essays/articles to write, one guy recomended the "best book he has ever read to us entitled- "The Paradigm Conspiracy: Why Our Social Systems Violate Human Potential -- And How We Can Change Them " which I just ordered and looks like a very useful book when You are in the midst of challenging the dominant institutions that are trying desperately to control the public mind.

July 10, 2007

I had a mini-vacation over the weekend and still haven't had a chance to catch up, let alone do the organizing/outreach/publicity for tomorrow's Impeachment Rally- it is not even listed in my events calendar or on Indymedia.org. However, I did bake cookies, start the dough for the bread rolls and intend to be at Lytton Plaza tomorrow with the ingredients necessary for the Listening Project and a Rally/March. One other major hindrance has been the fire that occurred downtown, while I was away. Streets have been closed; the papers report that it looks like arson; the downtown businesses are suffering, and our usual march route has been cut off by the "crime scene." So tomorrow may bring very few people to Lytton Plaza.

On the other hand the national movement for Impeachment is growing. New Yrk has finally got a NYC 9/11 Ballot Initiative for an honest, independent investigation of 9/11 to create a new Commission chosen by independent researchers, not the government. The work really has to be done by New York City residents, but I support their effort.

A music video of our June 13th Impeachment Rally was posted by Brain Phreak. I like the song (Impeach Cheney First by Bill Oliver), but I think we have better photos and video to draw from than the ones that he used. I just don't have the technical know how- and I haven't had the time to start doing video editing, but I think I have enough raw material...

I registered for the Story Field Conference and am looking forward to it. There are so many dots to be connected in shaping a better narrative to serve life rather than a corporate elite clinging to power through the use of fear, terror, and war. I want to be sure than 9/11 Truth is included... I invited dear Steve Bhaerman (Swami Beyondananda) to be a guest on my radio show the other day, and he was to busy finishing up a new book he is writing, but might also come to the conference- I hope so, as he is one of the Truth Movement's best allies.

The radio show is taking up such a huge amount of my time and energy. I have a stack of books to read to prepare for future shows. There is so much I don't know. There are so many issues- and all inextricably connected.

New documents have come to light on the North American Union through the Freedom of Information Act and the Corbett Report. Here is an excerpt from Corbett:

The most startling passage of the document concerns the North American Competitiveness Council (NACC), which the minutes themselves note was a "body created by Leaders in 2006 to give the private sector a formal role in providing advice on how to enhance competitiveness in North America." The idea that business interests are really in control of the process is suggested in the following passage:

Exchanges following a formal presentation of the [NACC's] report uncovered frustration relating to the private sector's seeming inability to influence the pace of regulatory change "from the bottom up."[...]The subtext was clear: in the absence of ministerial endorsement, bureaucracies are unlikely to act on the more challenging recommendations.[...]The complex and far-reaching nature of the recommendations suggest that governments will need ample time to review and consult internally — and trilaterally — but it seems clear that the NACC will be looking for an early commitment to moving forward quickly.

This shockingly candid passage makes it clear that the business interests are actually in charge of the process, giving the politicians marching orders and demanding that these orders are followed, and followed quickly. Perhaps this is not surprising when one discovers that the SPP in fact did not start life as a governmental "dialogue" at all, but rather as an initiative launched by the Canadian Council of Chief Executives (CCOCE) in January 2003. According to the CCOCE's own documents Council members comprise the CEOs of 150 leading Canadian businesses which "administer in excess of C$2.1 trillion in assets, have annual revenues of more than $500 billion" and, it seems, have a number of ranking governmental officials from all three North American nations in their back pocket.

The other worrying news to come out of the meeting minutes is the revelation that Canadian Public Safety Minister Stockwell Day proposed at the meeting "the establishment of a coordinating body on Emergency Management" which like all other SPP initiatives will drastically curtail democracy in each of the three countries by leaving vital matters of national security in the hands of unelected foreign nationals and bureaucrats...

July 6, 2007

I have been on vacation with the kids the past couple of weeks, and it is wonderful to learn that much has happened to advance the movements for truth, peace, justice, impeachment while I was away. The Vancouver 9/11 Truth Conference was a success; at the US Social Forum resolutions for Impeachment and 9/11 Truth were passed; in Philadelphia and Los Angeles on July 4th, the emergency anti-war/9/11 Truth gathering was well attended and the Los Angeles National Impeachment Center launched. More and more people, even some of the press, are supporting impeachment, even Move-On is beginning to Wake-Up.

Last night I went to San Francisco for our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting and we voted to budget $2500 towards edition #10 of the Deception Dollar (we're almost completely out of them), and still trying to decide what changes/improvements to make. We also want to have a strategy/planning retreat to figure out what we'll be doing in August/September and beyond. Kris Milligan (Publisher of Trine Day Books) called to let me know Wayne Madsen will be in California in August, and William Rodriguez is planning a tour as well- and we need to decide which events/films/speakers we want to put our time/energy/efforts into showcasing.

Jeremy Begin's book is finally in print:

Although it is not exclusive to 9/11 Truth, it does a good job of painting an overview of where we are now historically. It doesn't have much humor, but the illustrations are very good, although I can't say that I'm all that wild about the cover.

I have a lot of catching up to do and although "refreshed" by the vacation, I still feel overwhelmed at all the tasks on my plate.

June 19, 2007

Last weekend, I went river rafting with the kids and the scouts. It was Father's Day on Sunday, so after the river trip, I chauffeured everyone home, did four loads of laundry, cooked dinner, baked a fresh peach pie, discovered the phone answering machine had died- destroying all phone messages, and that my friends had no clue on how to post articles on Indymedia. I was so tired that after I botched a couple of postings (forgetting to click on the html box), I gave up on work and went to bed. On Monday, I tried to catch up on work and couldn't resist checking out a highly recommended online video called- Zeitgeist which was an excellent deconstruction of the major myths of our times- Religion, 9/11 and the Monetary system. The problem with it- is that it is 2 hours long, and the first 3 minutes are just sound- no images. I didn't have the patience for it the first time that I tried to see it.

In 1984, I was in London doing research on a metaphysical movie project, and I learned that big chunks of the Bible were lifted out of ancient Egyptian teaching texts. Zeitgeist clearly shows how the Bible and other myths are really descriptions of the voyage of the sun through the zodiac, and not based upon physical people or actual events. It is very well done and convincing. An online source which hints at what is expressed very well in the film is at

USBIBLE.com

I know many people believe in the literal interpretation of the Bible and could be upset by this film, which challenges not just Christianity, but an array of religions that have similar central myths. What I liked most about the film was the conclusion which presented the "Fear or Love" choice that lies before us, at this moment in time, and perhaps with everyone, at every moment in time. To me the choice is clear- let us fearlessly love the moment, our families, our friends, humanity, our freedoms, and champion truth, justice for all, and not cower in fear from those who seek to own and control the material world for themselves, regardless of the cost to others.

It was a pleasure last night speaking with Michel Chossudovsky and Maria Gilardin (on Questioning War- Organizing Resistance) both of whom I could spend hours on the phone with- so the time flew by. A caller asked Michel if he agreed with an article posted on globalresearch.ca that stated the US was entering into a Depression. Chossudovsky answered that "Yes the American economy had already collapsed." He pointed out that at the time of the Depression, the rhetoric was much like today's, and that it was not acknowledged publicly for several years well into the Deppression/crisis. However the current Depression is not confined to the US, but is a global one. Maria provided her own keen insights, as well, particularly the history of Fast Track and the expiration of Bush's authority to hang onto it beyond this month, and how 9/11 was used to push "Free Trade" in the WTO Doha Round in November 2001.

This month there is so much going on, in terms of protests, conferences, and activism, but I feel ready for a real vacation and plan on visiting family. Jean-Luc has less of an option and less vacation time, now that he is working at Google. I am going to try to return in time for the 4th of July and Boy Scout Camp, but much will depend on the kids and whether I can help Daniel get over the cold he acquired on the river trip.

One of the more profound insights I learned from the scouts, is that one of the hardest things for a "leader" to do is keep his hands in his pockets, and allow others to learn to do things on their own- without direct assistance. It's good to see so many people taking leadership positions, and taking on various important work within the 9/11 Truth Movement. I'm so glad that I can take a break, and know that the movement will continue to grow and flourish without me.

June 15, 2007, 5:27 pm

In the process of posting this- I got a bunch of photos of our-

Impeachment Rally on June 13th

June 15, 2007

I'm embarrassed to admit that with all the fantastic photo opportunities that we had at Wednesday's rally; I forgot my camera and don't have a single photo. I did write a report about it, including a couple of great speeches, but I am hoping to get some photos soon- and then I will post the report.

It has been a very demanding week for me, with very little sleep, and lots to do. The other "things I forgot on Wednesday" were a case of Deception Dollars, sunscreen and it was a very hot day. I got sunburned, and either heatstroke/sunstroke/dehydrated or a combination of those and yesterday I was simply in recovery mode. When we arrived to set up at Lytton plaza early Wednesday morning (for the Listening Project, as well as the rally), and evironmental group was posing with pinwheels planted around all the trees. A photographer from the Palo Alto Weekly warned me that our event conflicted with numerable graduation ceremonies. My sons both celebrated their last day of school June 14th (Daniel graduated from Terman Middle School)- which is one reason I put so much effort into the rally. With the kids home this summer- we will be doing a lot of family trips and i won't be able to do as much organizing/activism during summer break.

Many friends came to the rally, which, I think, was a success. There was some press there- the largest Chinese newspaper in the US covered it, and the local Foothill College, but none of the television networks or local papers. We, however, took lots of video footage and there were lots of photographers and hopefully some good synergies, music videos will come out of it- with new collaborations between activists, singers, video producers, photographers...

This week I also learned that the 9/11 and the Media Conference will probably be postponed to January. I also was invited to another conference whose intention is this:

We believe that changing the stories of the defining culture is a key to the social transformation of humanity now at hand. Our intention is to gather a diverse group of creative artists, media people, thinkers, and doers engaged in story-work to share our stories of what we are doing and learning in our own work, to deepen our collective insights into the story change process, and to grow the relationships of new alliances.

I agree and I think changing breaking the "myth" of 9/11 has to be included in that story, so I am hoping to go to-

The First Annual Story Field Conference

"Invoking a New World through Story"

a pioneering interdisciplinary gathering

of storytellers, artists and experts

August 26-31, 2007
Shambhala Mountain Center, Colorado

I told my husband about it. When I turned 40, I had a party which involved a circle, lots of dialogue, a talking stick, facilitated by Tom Atlee (one of the organizers of this conference) a good friend who taught me a lot about process and facilitated the first Gathering to Transform the Global Economy. At that birthday party, my husband spent at least 6 hours washing dishes. This year, I will turn 50 and I was thinking of having another birthday party with a similar theme and structure... but Jean-Luc (perhaps in hopes of avoiding another 6 hours of dish-washing suggested that the conference might be a good gift to me from him...) I just got the green light from my son, too (who shares me birthday). So I think I will try to go.

I received this from friends today which is actually one of the most hopeful articles that I've seen:

"What happens if the president of the EU tells US citizens to go sign the Kyoto treaty for themselves and 20m Americans do? It would have no legal standing - but what does the president of the US do?"

Internet spells end for political spin, says US web guru

Tania Branigan, political correspondent
Wednesday June 13, 2007

Guardian Unlimited http://politics.guardian.co.uk/print/0,,330018750-110779,00.html

Internet activism is spelling the end for the age of spin, the online campaign guru Joe Trippi will warn British politicians today, suggesting that the rules for dealing with "old media" no longer apply.

"The game has changed in a way the top needs to understand," he told the Guardian.

"It may take a disaster: a leader saying something ridiculous in an unregulated moment, thinking no press are there, and then realising a person in the UK with a video cellphone could destroy you, [with the clip] getting passed through social networks.

"Before TV, what mattered was how your voice sounded. Then with TV it matters what your candidate looks like ... Anybody can fake it on TV: all the Joe Trippis and Alastair Campbells get really good at making sure our guy looks great for the eight seconds that are actually going on the news.

"We are now moving to a medium where authenticity is king, from what things look like to what's real ... You have to be 'on' 24 hours a day, seven days a week."

Tony Blair yesterday attacked the mainstream media as a "feral beast" which requires new regulation and lamented his lack of success in bypassing it through websites and press conferences.

But Mr Trippi believes the influence of the established media is waning and argues that politicians must allow activists to build their own online communities, not simply use the net to disseminate information.

He argues that, in an age of declining deference and empowered individuals, most voters will trust the opinion of peers who endorse a politician much more than a "top-down" message.

Rather than encouraging politicians to say one thing in public and another in private, this shift makes it pointless for them to try.

Platitudes will simply bore people, but the public will learn to filter out trivial gaffes: voters are unlikely to tolerate evidence of racism, but may learn to accept that senators occasionally drop off in hearings, for example.

But the switch will be particularly hard for incumbents, he suggested, who have to abandon the tactics which have made them successful.

"Parties that have had iron-clad message discipline - in the US, the Republican party and in the UK, Labour - have a tougher time," he warned.

"Command and control ... [is] a disaster in the peer-to-peer social network world."

Mr Trippi will today address MPs and other campaigners on the changing face of politics at a meeting in Westminster organised by the social networking group Bebo.

He was hailed as the man who reinvented campaigning after using the net to build an unprecedented grassroots movement around Howard Dean's bid for the 2004 presidential nomination: creating an official blog, raising huge amounts in small donations and using Meetup and other social networks to allow volunteers to organise themselves.

"The candidate lost, but the campaign won," argued Mr Trippi, who has now joined the John Edwards campaign.

"Most people think: 'My £10, or my four hours in my neighbourhood, can't make a hill of beans in this big mess of politics.'

"They come to realise that if 300,000 people put in £10 [or their time] we can change the whole country."

Labour's deputy leadership candidates have begun to learn his lessons - Jon Cruddas has posted videos on YouTube; Alan Johnson is updating supporters on his whereabouts via Twitter - but Mr Trippi suggested that the UK faces particular challenges.

Set election dates in the US make it easier to build momentum in the run-up to polling day.

"What I see happening [here] is people saying, 'Let's try this on the net,' when the election is going to be in 60 days.

"Then [they just assume] it doesn't work like it does in the States. The party that pushes through that and understands that the future is bottom-up and that continues through false starts will be the party that destroys other parties over the long haul.

"The parties are also stronger here organizationally; they're top-down [from the leader] ... There's almost a feeling that 'we don't need riff-raff telling us what to do'."

Mr Trippi argued that the parties had to learn to utilise the networks created by supporters, rather than corralling activists into party structures.

"Social networking is building an army of Davids. You don't want to be Goliath. So how does Labour or the Conservatives provide slingshots for the armies out there who want to do something on climate change?" he asked.

"What happens if the president of the EU tells US citizens to go sign the Kyoto treaty for themselves and 20m Americans do? It would have no legal standing - but what does the president of the US do?"

The big question is determining what is true and what is authentic. In an era where images can be manipulated, voice can be simulated, where those who control the technology can control access to information, there is an enormous struggle being waged over the multiple ways that people can communicate directly, as well as via the larger commercial megaphones, which shape peoples' worldviews, and their confidance in public and private institutions. Who will the majority of people believe is telling the truth?

June 10, 2007

The good news is that Congresswomen Lynne Woolsey, Barbara Lee, and Yvonne Clarke have co-sponsored House Resolution 333. This is significant because Woolsey and Lee are co-chairs of the Progressive Caucus. The bad news is that in my home state of California a horrendous prison expansion plan was passed- the largest prison expansion in the history of the United States. This is one reason, I am reluctant to recite the pledge of allegiance with its "liberty and justice for all" line when I know how enormous the human and environmental toll is from the war-mongering, dissent crushing apparatus that is expanding.

I got an email this morning alerting me to Project 28 and the Arivaca Tower a militarization of the border project under the "Real ID Act" which is a further erosion of our rights and a threat to everyone.

Saturday, Brian and I donned our superhero costumes, again to flyer in Downtown Palo Alto and were very successful, passing out ALL of the hundreds of fliers Brian printed. I had to take a few hour break in the middle of the afternoon to attend a double Eagle Scout graduaton ceremony. It was a wonderful ceremony- the kids and speeches were great and I think Brian's idea of a giant sign with an eagle clutching an Impeach banner in his claws is a great idea. Since my husband hates politics, and is very active in the scouts with my 3 sons; I didn't bring my fliers to the event. However, I had some good conversations with parents and leaders who were very open to and interestd in my impeachment and 9/11 Truth work and loved my T shirt which bore the Orwell quote- "To Tell the Truth in a Time of Universal Deceit is a Revolutionary Act."

I just wish there were more hours in the day to do all the work, and find time to play, eat, sleep, and all those other delightfully human activities. I found a new impeachment song- "Impeach Cheney First by Bill Oliver, and worked on lyrics for the one we began at the last rally.

June 9, 2007

On Thursday night at the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting which was well attended by "old faces"- everyone knew one another - we actually got a lot accomplished and voted $700 to subsidize John Wright, Cosmos, Ken Jenkins, hummux's expenses/conference fees for the upcoming Vancouver 9/11 Truth Conference, and will help get Peter Dale Scott to and from the San Francisco airport- so that he can speak there. We voted $100 for the rental of Humanist Hall, to sponsor the Bob Bowman event this Sunday at 7 pm. We voted an additional $4-500 for awards/honorariums/lunch for Aaron Dames, Dennis Bernstein, Jim Hoffman for our upcoming Impeachment Rally, plus $200 to retroactively pay for the mailing that Brian and I did for those events. Bernie volunteered to film on Wednesday. Cosmos spoke about the action at the press outlets on Monday morning, June 11th- which many of us will attend and Brian agreed to get the replica there.

We also discussed the new film Severe visibility which will premiere at the Grand Lake Theater in August, and all the events this summer/September and the need for a real newsletter/mailing in mid-August. Aaron is organizing lots of library showings of 9/11 films this summer, and I've been too busy to update all the events of July on my calendar. Ken and John gave an update on the David Ray Griffin tour in the Northwest which went very well, but complimented us on having a more functional group dynamic than other groups. When the meeting ended at 10 pm, people went into lively socializing mode and were merrily conversing when I had to play "mom" and kick everyone out of the room at 10:45 pm- because I had to get some sleep to get my kids out of bed for school on Friday morning. I gave Scott abunch of stuff to table for the group at the Oakland Bowman event. (Thursday we also got out press advisories to our list. Friday I posted articles.)

Friday, Brian and I, in costume, leafletted the downtown Mountain View area before joining everyone for the regular Impeachment vigil at Castro and El Camino. Afterwards we went to downtown Palo Alto, which was "the happening place"- we quickly drew lots of attention, including from a Marine in full dress uniform who argued at length with Brian attracting a large crowd. Most people approved of our action, complimented us, took photos, and occaisionally signed my impeachment petition (I was given a new pen when my pen ran out of ink...) We're thinking of doing more leafletting there today- since mayor and councilmen are having a rally at Lytton Plaza today and the evening scene should be even more lively.

The imperative for impeachment looms greater than ever. I just got this aricle:

Was Pace Fired Because He Balked at Iran?
by leveymg
DAILY KOS

This isn't good news.

THIS IS EXTREMELY OMINOUS

I’ve been writing for over a year now that the Joint Chiefs have been blocking the White House’s efforts to expand the war to Iran. No matter what you might think of Gen. Pete Pace, this really is TERRIFYING news, unless you crave a wider war in the Persian Gulf and South Asia.

Pace has been the most visible symbol of the push-back within the military against the Long War.

George W. Bush, in effect, just fired the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. Peter Pace, USMC. This is unprecedented, as it is the first time the JCS Chair has not been reappointed.

Pace's replacement will be Chief of Naval Operations Admiral Michael Mullen, if the Senate approves his nomination.

The Admiral appears to be a much more convinced true-believer than Pace. Mullen was quoted in an address earlier this month to naval personnel: http://starbulletin.com/...

"The enemy now is basically evil and fundamentally hates everything we are -- the democratic principles for which we stand ... This war is going to go on for a long time. It's a generational war."

Read that again. Mullen says he thinks we're in a Long War with Evil. Who does that sound like? Click the link above and take a look at Admiral Mullen. That man, if confirmed by the Senate, will have all of our lives in his hands. Is he the man you want to have that responsibility? You do have a say in that - let your Senator know what you think.

When Pace goes, there may be a further shake-out of the Joint Chiefs to remove the other top brass who have reportedly opposed the Surge into Iran. I am afraid that may leave it all in the laps of Congress.

Either the Senate Democrats get their act together, block this appointment, AND get on with the overdue job of Impeachment, or we should be ready to start losing more American cities.

If you liked the preventable losses of the WTC and NOLA, you're going to love the impact of the next act of malign incompetence of the Bush-Cheney Administration. If you liked the optional war in Iraq, now appearing on Central Stage, global war with Iran and Shi'a Islam.

By the way - a war with Iran still doesn't make any military sense. Least of all for the troops on the ground in Iraq, who will be facing an uprising by at least 60 percent of the Iraqi population, which is Shi'a. Maybe, just maybe, Congress understands that. Our Senators can show their understanding of this issue by denying the Admiral's confirmation.

Blocking Mullen and Impeaching Bush may be the most important things we ever do.

FYI: The term of the next Chair starts October 1.

That doesn't give us much time.

I don't think we should operate in "panic mode" and hate to use fear to propel people to action, but I do think it is up to "we the people" to rein in this criminal government which seems hell bent on expanding an unpopular war into an unprecedented catastrophic war. There's a short damning video on who controls the media which focuses on the Council on Foreign Relations. Until people realize who the mainstream media is serving and how it actually threatens humanity's interests in favor of the corporate elite interests, and we (ordinary people who oppose corporate control over every aspect of our lives) are able to organize effective communications and mobilize opposition to thwart their plans, the future looks rocky at best.

We are, however, part of the global majority and the struggle is going on throughout the world. In Germany at the G8 summit, police provacteurs are trying to make opposition to corporate rule look bad, but more and more people are waking up to who the real problem is:

June 6, 2007

Yesterday, Brian and I worked on producing and mailing 500 postcards on the upcoming events for Bob Bowman and our Impeachment Rally. Today, we tabled in Downtown Palo Alto, and I'm still trying to catch up on phone calls and the website.

Cosmos is back from his whirlwind three week travels and trying to organize his show, the Bowman event in Oakland on the 10th, a press conference (sort-of) on the 11th of June. He also will be at the regular meeting tomorrow night and will accept a Heroic Citizen's for 9/11 Truth award on Wednesday, June 13th, at our rally. There are just a zillion logistical details that I need to take care of, in addition to the press work, and getting up posters... Mike Baldwin sent me some very nice photos of our last rally-

Raging Grannies, August Bullock(Superman), Spiderman, Cynthia Papermaster, Brad Newsham, Jacob Clapsaddle, Don Spark, Yoda

I added his photos to the "Impeachment" page.

Today I received a couple of articles which make chilling reading and clarify our dire global situation-

Financing the Imperial Armed Forces
A Trillion Dollars and Nowhere to Go but Up
By Robert Dreyfuss

"Democratic criticism of administration policy in Iraq looks muscle-bound when compared with the Party's readiness to go along with the President's massive military buildup, domestically and globally. Nothing underlines the tacit alliance between so-called foreign-policy realists and hard-line exponents of neoconservative-style empire-building more than the Washington consensus that the United States needs to expand the budget of the Defense Department without end, while increasing the size of the U.S. Armed Forces. In addition, spending on the 16 agencies and other organizations that make up the official U.S. "intelligence community" or IC -- including the CIA -- and on homeland security is going through the roof."

Iraqi Lawmakers Pass Resolution That May Force End to Occupation
By Raed Jarrar and Joshua Holland

Without the cover of the U.N. mandate, the continued presence of coalition troops in Iraq would become, in law as in fact, an armed occupation, at which point it would no longer be politically tenable to support it. While polls show that most Iraqis consider U.S. forces to be occupiers rather than liberators or peacekeepers -- 92 percent of respondents said as much in a 2004 survey by the Independent Institute for Administration and Civil Society Studies -- the U.N. mandate confers an aura of legitimacy on the continuing presence of foreign troops on Iraq's streets, even four years after the fall of Saddam Hussein.

It's heartbreaking to see the false choices we are given- between Democratic or Republican warmongers- between a U.N. or U.S. occupation that both serve transnational oil interests.

The veil is getting thinner. A reporter was arrested for trying to raise a 9/11 question to the Guiliani camp in New Hampshire. Try as they might to shut us up and keep us from asking questions, people are waking up.

June 4, 2007

On Friday I posted my blurb on the Interview with Paul Cross which generated lots of interest and responses, and my essay on Impeachment Not Appeasement. Brian and I donned our costumes to join the folks in Mountain View for their weekly Impeachment Vigil. We had the big Impeach the Terrorists! banner. 101 was closed and the traffic was very heavy on El Camino (where we were, at the intersection with Castro). Unfortunately there was a 3 car pile-up. I hope it wasn't our fault- but the costumes, banners and signs sure drew attention off the road.

Over the weekend, I couldn't resist going with my kids and the boy scouts on a 25 mile and a 50 mile bike ride (even though I should have been putting up posters and doing the mailing). I knew the kids only need one 50 mile ride to get their bike merit badges and it was a spectacular ride across Dumbarton Bridge, all the way to the hills on the other side of the valley. (I didn't want to miss it!) The back of my T-shirt has my favorite Orwell quote

"To Tell the Truth in a Time of Universal Deceit is a Revolutionary Act."

And the bumper stickers on my bike seat say-

Bush is LYING
about 9/11 and the War

Impeach the Terrorists!

IMPEACH THE SON OF A BUSH

At least, I got the message out, even if I was, just, having a good time.

I had another long talk with Paul Cross and watched Severe Visibility again last night to clarify some issues and concerns about him, the film and the website that had come up. He did grow up in a Republican family and did undergo a dramatic transformation when he figured out 9/11.

It's strange how people's names sometimes effect or mirror their roles in life. His film "Follow the Leader" was a naive, idealistic look at the office of the presidency and he did win an award and travel and speak about the film, even at a Bush/Cheny 2004 Republican fundraiser in 2004 in L.A.- although he says his speech was restricted to his film. However he is now passionate about getting out the truth and exposing the criminality of the regime- and he has "his cross" to bear- his karma to deal with, after making "Follow the Leader." His webmaster should get the Severe Visibility website functional tonight- it couldn't deal with the surge of traffic that came his way when my article hit the front page of 911Blogger.com.

It's great to see 9/11 Truth news breaking in Canada! Barrie Zwicker won A Gold Award in the Current Events category of the 2007 Independent Publisher Book Awards.

And the folks putting on the upcoming 9/11 Truth Conference in Vancouver have posted a short and sweet Promotional video for the event.

I have a ton of work for the radio show and to get out word of all of our upcoming events today.

May 30, 2007

I have been struggling to balance life and work- even with a holiday and the kids gone for a couple of days, I'm still having a hard time catching up- with the radio show organizing and the next Impeachment Rally.

I really did enjoy my conversations on Monday's show with Wayne, Bev and Paul speaking about the upcoming 9/11 Truth Conference in Vancouver and Paul's new film- I'd like to write up that interview with Paul or the transcript, because I think it is a powerful story.

A migraine, unfortunately took the wind out of my sails yesterday, but I did get to call Dennis Bernstein and persuade him to be Master of Ceremonies for our June 13th rally!

I also got to a Peace Picnic on Monday- which was great (we also had lots of 9/11 truth activists, banners, and tables), and gathered lots of signatures on my Impeachment petitions. Today, there was a respectable rendez-vous of activsists at the Listening Project and we had good conversations with the public and one another.

I haven't had a chance to add all the upcoming events to this website, nor publicize all the ones I'm still trying to organize. What is hopeful is how much mobilizing is going on- so many events/gatherings happening simultaneously all over the world. In addition to the evil G-8 Gathering in Germany, the Bilderbergers gathering in Turkey, their opposition (us) are coming together for the first US Social Forum, and all sorts of "Peace Convergences" are happening.

I'm resisting committments to going to them, and organizing things this summer, because the kids want to visit family, but I'm so glad that others are picking up the slack. In fact, a friend said this to me about Cindy Sheehan's announcement of her retirement-

I am looking at Cindy's change in status within the peace movement as a WONDERFUL OPPORTUNITY for:

...the peace movement to decentralize and become more focused upon local "peace presences" all across the country...

...change from being a "one trick pony", that of HUGE MARCHES which have been easily made useless by warmongers...

...the peace movement to "get underground" using the internet to "meet-up and coordinate" local-national-international actions...like the 9/11TM...

...putting more POWER into the PEOPLE's hands...

...and pardon my stuttering below...but...its PEACE PRESENCE BABY...here, there, and everywhere...[in high traffic areas on routine basis]

...PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE- PEACEPRESENCE...

...and some more stuttering...

...BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUIL DING-BRIDGEBUILDING...

So, THIS is the opportunity that we can really, really turn on its ear and do what Billy Bragg croons in song by making a..."GREAT LEAP FORWARD"...

Carol, I write you because of your central position and I'm hoping that we can avoid the usual "knee-jerk" reactions so intrinsically connected to overreactionary liberals by appealling to how FULL the glass still is...in fact, its more full now than it was yesterday...IF, we want to see it that way...

Love, Peace and Progress...and PAPER BALLOTS ONLY

R.

I've been working on an essay on Impeachment to raise issues and get out some basic information that never was published or menioned in the press. Of course with every day that goes by, I have to edit out the old stuff and add the new. So here is this evening's version- which could be improved and plagarized tomorrow with my blessings (The title a gift from Jon Olsen who was at the rally in Maine the other day and told me what a great rally they had delivering over 11,000 signature to their State Senate and Congressional Representatives. It's inspiring to know folks are doing this all over the country and not just in Palo Alto.)

Impeachment Not Appeasement
Opposition to the current regime has steadily grown over the years, as one scandal after another has exposed the lies used to sell illegal, immoral wars to the American people, the institutionalization of torture, unlawful spying on vast numbers of U.S. citizens, and serious assaults upon our Constitution and Bill of Rights. After opposition to the war in Iraq enabled Democrats to take over the House of Representatives, anger smoldered when impeachment was pushed off the table and Congress voted to continue funding the war effort.

Activists wrote books, staged demonstrations and rallies, and spelled out IMPEACH upon beach after beach to pressure the media into covering the issue and members of Congress into upholding their oaths to defend the Constitution against all enemies- foreign and domestic. Representative Cynthia McKinney, who courageously introduced the first articles of impeachment before leaving office last year, was crucified by the press and by her own Democratic Party for daring to champion truth and justice and failing to toe the "party line."

Last month Representative Dennis Kucinich introduced HR 333 (http://thomas.loc.gov/cgi-bin/query/z?c110:H.RES.333:) to launch impeachment proceedings against Vice President Richard Cheney on these grounds: 1) fabricating a threat of Iraqi weapons of mass destruction, undermining the genuine security interests of the United States, 2) manipulating public opinion about the relationship between al Qaeda and Iraq in order to gain support for a war, 3) threatening aggression against Iran in violation of international law, in a manner that destabilizes the region and harms the genuine national security interests of the United States.

Kucinich's resolution reflects the concern that there might be another false flag event or fabricated incident or manipulation of intelligence to justify an expansion of the war into Iran. Kucinich has only three co-sponsors at the moment. Just in the past week, large Impeachment Rallies were held when Bush spoke at the Coast Guard Academy in Connecticut, hundreds representing an array of impeachment and anti-war groups rallied to protest Cheney’s address at West Point last Saturday, in Maine a hundred citizens rallied to present over 11,000 signatures to Maine's Senate and their Congressmen to urge them to impeach Bush and Cheney.

Resolutions for impeachment have already been passed by the Green Party, but are now being passed by the Democratic Parties in various States- California and Massachusetts, as well as by numerous cities, most recently Detroit, the mayor of which is married to Rep. John Conyers, chair of the U.S. House Judiciary Committee.

In Palo Alto, we demanded pre-emptive impeachment of Bush in January 2003 (as well as investigations back in 2002), in hopes of exposing the fraudulent (and irrationally named) War on Terror, preventing the Iraq War, and reversing the disastrous policies bulldozed through Congress. Public awareness of these issues is much elevated since then, the ripening fruit of the grassroots efforts to demand justice and accountability from our government. We will continue our monthly impeachment rallies and marches in downtown Palo Alto until Bush and Cheney are impeached.

May 25, 2007

Wednesday, some great folks stopped by the Listening Project, and we had some wonderful conversations. Chuck was late, and announced that it was his birthday- and I took him out to lunch. If we can't celebrate our lives and our friendships, then Life isn't worth all the effort we pour into it...

Although, I must say, it seems to be one interruption after another. Condi Rice came to town yesterday, and I hate it when Bush, Cheney, Rice, or other assorted war criminals show up, because I do feel a moral obligation to protest them- when there are so many other things that I would rather be doing. However, we did have fun putting up signs, positioning the replica on Los Robles Avenue in Barron Park, almost across the street from the house she usually stays in on her visits here. Here's a photo:

Message to Condi- May 24, 2007

I also got to see a review copy of the new film-

It is a very sobering, dark, film. Amazing how life mirrors art, and art mirrors life. Just this month, Bush, in an Orwellian power-grab signed a new National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive (See- Bush To Be Dictator In A Catastrophic Emergency) basically destroying the Constitution under the guise of protecting it. At the same time, he has been caught in the act of using covert action to topple Iran. Congress ignores the impeachment option offered by Kucinich to give Bush more money than he asked for to continue the war against Iraq.

I wrote an op-ed on Impeachment for the Palo Alto Weekly, but they have ignored it. I'll have to post it elsewhere, before the desperadoes in the White House decide to nuke an American City and declare Martial Law and void the Constitution forever. After all, the only ones to benefit from a major terrorist attack at this point, would be the ones clinging to power, hiding their crimes under the cloak of National Security, making out like bandits from their war profiteering.

I posted a Call for 9/11 Truth Heroes for our upcoming Impeachment Rally, and still have a ton of PR, reading, outreach, organizing to do. So many worthwhile projects, so little time...

May 22, 2007

Today... there is a call for meditation by indigenous people buried somewhere in my IN box. I was advised by a dynamic 84 year old dancer to meditate half an hour a day- and for an hour a day when I'm super-busy. I'm beginning to think it is a good idea. I'm trying to do too much, and never have time to do everything- catch up with email, respond to phone calls, give my kid a haircut... I want to write an impeachment piece for the local paper, maybe I'll be able to do it, if I take time to meditate (maybe when I take a break and go for my hike.)

May 21, 2007

I was nearly arrested yesterday, believe it or not, trying to gather signatures on my Impeach Cheney petition in the local park! After repeated warnings on the illegality of doing anything "political" at a permitted park event, I thought that the First Amendment allowed me to ask people to sign petitions- and believed that it was my duty to exercise those rights- or lose them to the intimidating tactics of the local heavies. I finally did stop- but was tempted to continue- just to challenge an ordinance which I felt was "unconstitutional." However, yesterday my son returned from college, I had to pick up friends from the airport- and I didn't have time nor inclination to deal with jail- even for a just cause.

Nafeez posted an excellent write up on the Strategy of Tension at his blog- exposing the State Sponsored Terrorism of the last several decades, and I found a link to an excellent number of videos on cover-ups, including the three parts in the expose on Operation Gladio.

I also just got a call from the guy organizing the Truth Burn Art Project at Burning Man, which strikes me as a very worthwhile project. I agreed to help funnel donations through Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance (And our 501c3 sponsor- Agape Foundation), and hope to do a radio show with him, and architect Richard Gage in June (which is good- I've got guests lined up now for the next 5 shows, so can worry less about coming up with a new show at the last moment each week.)

May 18, 2007

I have tried, to some degree, to catch up with my life this past week, although just keeping up with the radio show, the Listening Project and our monthly Oakland/San Francisco No. Ca 9/11 Truth Alliance meetings (the paperwork-bookkeeping/shipping/ordering)- is a full-time job in itself. I've been trying to learn how to say "no," to new endeavors, but it is a challenge. It is hard to resist opportunitities, great ideas, actions that would be fun and help further the movements along. With the New York Times and the Senate raising the big 9/11 questions, it seems like we need to keep pushing forward loudly.

On Wednesday, we had some interesting people come by the Listening Project, and I received a 9/11 Truth screenplay to review, which prompted me to follow up on the two Hollywood 9/11 Truth feature films that are supposed to come out. I phoned the Executive Producers of The Reflecting Pool and Severe Visibility to find out the status of their films, when they hoped to premiere them, and to talk about strategy and the larger 9/11 Truth movement. The films should come out this summer, and I will have the producers/directors/writers on my radio show, when they are ready to go public.

At last night's Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, Janette reported that Steven Jones would be willing to come out for an event/benefit to help raise money for the $20,000 lost at the Arizona 9/11 Accountability Conference. Richard Gage reported on the phenomenal success of his presentations to architects. We discussed at length the fire that collapsed the freeway and understanding how that collapse could not be rationally used to support the official "collapse theory" of the WTC buildings- so that we could debunk those who are trying to use the incident to "sell the Big Lie."

Bernie brought photos of an enormous 7' by 9' painting he did of the WTC buildings on September 11th- showing multiple scenes of the stages of the attacks and the disintegration of the towers. Chuck Thurston brought a couple of well mounted informational posters for our use tabling and at educational events.

I finally remembered to bring the clippings from the last several impeachment rallies and report on our recent success- and the inclusion of our group under the "Impeach for Peace" umbrella, and suggested that we use the superhero theme for a 9/11 Truth Action. Mary Ann suggested that we use it again for the June Rally, and I thought of giving out awards to 9/11 Truth heroes. The impeachment rally was voted another $400, and I'm starting to work on it.

We also got a couple of volunteers to work on producing a newsletter, and to feed in the latest data and print out a local 9/11 Truth Activist Directory- to help with organizing efforts outside of meetings.

I am also seeking ideas and nominations for a book title for issue #10 of the Deception Dollar, which will also probably come out in June.

May 15, 2007

Larry Chin wrote an excellent article entitled -

US government fans homeland terrorism fear
Washington consensus plans for martial law, nuclear terror holocaust, behind closed doors

It seems so obvious to me that these guys are desperately trying to fabricate enemies to prevent rational thought, keep the population frightened and under control. Their artificial "victories" disrupting wild terrorist plots are so transparent. I just can't believe the mainstream press can believe they can get away with parroting the bogus terrorism lies without people seeing through it and laughing at them. I guess they hope that fear will overcome common sense and people's ability to add two and two together. I think we've reached a tipping point and that these guys should be ridiculed, as well as whoever helps promote the "fear mongering myths and ramping up the preparedness for terrorist nuclear holocaust."

Last night I enjoyed talking with John Leonard, Hal Sisson, and Manuel Valenzuela about 9/11 Truth books, and basically all means to get our message out to the general population (on my radio show Questioning War- Organizing Resistance), although I feel a bit embarrassed that I tripped over my tongue and criticized Manuel Valenzuela's novel Echoes in the Wind without praising its good points- like I couldn't put it down and read it in just two days (although I must admit that I couldn't read the violent sections and when some of the characters went on political rants). I'm a harsh critic and I do believe that almost all writing can be improved- especially with a good editor.

I've been wanting to publish something I wrote in the summer of 2004, that I still haven't "finished" because I feel so strongly about it, and it could be better- and still needs editing.

I'm wondering what book title to put on the next version of the Deception Dollar. We've been trying to put our strongest book titles on them, but now there are so many books- it is hard to choose.

May 12, 2007

Yesterday I was brainstorming about creating a new impeachment music video with all the great footage and images that we have now, and stumbled across an impeach video contest on YouTube by Free Soul Jah, which is now finished (The resulting video is posted at- Impeach Bush Now! Liberty Depends on it. I also received a link to Tom Chelston's new video from his new CD- Brick. The video includes some great images from the National Impeachment Day- several of the Beach Impeach, a cameo of me. Here is a link to it:

Another Great Impeachment Song/Video by Tom Chelston

Brick

At our last No. Ca 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, there was a slight reluctance to fund the recent impeachment rally because it wasn't directly "9/11 Truth" related. I think impeachment and 9/11 Truth need to be combined, and I'm glad to see 9/11 Truth entering more into the discussion of the need for impeachment. The article I wrote about our Wednesday rally quotes Don Spark, World Can't Wait, saying "9/11 was an inside job." Tom Chelston's video shows the demolition of WTC building 7, and adds 9/11 Truth to challenge Bush. I think we need to build these important bridges between movements, so I'm very glad we are now recognized as a new chapter of

Yesterday, Brian took the relica of the Commission Report to the 11th Day Truth Action in San Jose. There were a dozen people; they had a great time, and they think they had some impact. I was sorry I missed it, but I had so much work to do. I still have bookkeeping, helping with the resource pages for the new book, organizing for my upcoming radio shows, worrying about our next issue of the Deception Dollar. I was going to send 911truth.org a large case of them yesterday, when I realized that I was out of the plain version and only have 16,000 of the graffiti version left. Blaine also needs to get a new computer before he can resume work on it, so there are obstacles to overcome to keep the Deception Dollars flowing.

May 11, 2007

This appeared in the local paper today:

Caption: Supergroup
Anti-war demonstrators in superhero garb sang and marched on University Avenue Wednesday,
ending up at Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's office calling for the impeachment of President George W. Bush.
Carol Brouillet (left) dressed as Wonder Woman and singer-songwriter August Bullock played guitar in a Superman costume.
Palo Alto Weekly photo [page 3] May 11, 2007

I've been very busy just trying to catch up with all the work that has been piling up, and working on a 9/11 Truth Comic Book that is going to the printer's Monday.

May 10, 2007, 11 pm

I just posted an article - 2007 Heroic Citizens for Impeachment Awards; Heroes Rally, Sing, and March for Impeachment on the local indymedia (and I tried to post it on 911blogger.com, too- but I have trouble posting to that site.

I also finally sent out a letter to those who came, thanking them for coming and helping, and said:

I included a rather bad scan (better than none) of a 5 1/2" x 4 1/2" photo plus 1" x 2" caption that read- One with the force that appeared on page 5 of The Palo Alto Daily News today. While they neglected to mention who else we wanted impeached besides "w" at least they mentioned that there was a rally for impeachment and hinted with the visuals- our opposition to the Evil EMPIRE. I will email you all again, when the Palo Alto Weekly does their "photo." I can't tell you how hard it is to get stories in the paper, but sometimes the photos are more powerful. In the original photo (not my lousy scanned one)- you can just make out the word Impeach on the flier.



Palo Alto Daily News, Thursday, May 10, 2007

I think the public responded well though to the music, the message, our theme- and I hope activists elsewhere will be inspired to do similar local actions. I hope that the event was a positive one for all of you and that you did get to meet and know one another a bit better, and had a good time. I loved the song/chant we started to jam together, and kept thinking of the verses I should have thought of, yesterday. I think we need more practice. Let's do it again, and we'll come up with a great song! I did have a lot of fun, and I hope our actions encourage others to join in the fun and help us defeat the EMPIRE.

I think we should use the superhero costumes and theme for a 9/11 Truth Action, though precisely when and where- I don't know- oh yes I do! Fremont and other places on the 4th of July!!! (My only problem is that I'm usually gone then... but it would work well with that holiday, I think.)

May 10, 2007

We had a great rally/march yesterday and both Palo Alto papers sent photographers, at least. So impeachment was mentioned in the Palo Alto Daily, today, beneath a photo of Wonder Woman and Yoda passing out fliers at Lytton Plaza and a large caption that says: "One with the force" although it says the rally was "for the impeachment of President Bush" omitting our multiple mentioning of impeaching Cheney, too- and the articles of impeachment submitted by Kucinich to impeach Cheney. Oh well, we'll have to try again. I am working on an article to submit to indybay, but I'm hoping for some help with the editing. Here are a couple of photos from yesterday:

2007 Heroic Citizens for Impeachment Award Recipients Surrounded by Super-Heroes
Cynthia Papermaster (Code Pink), Brad Newsham (Beach Impeach), Carol Wolman's son- Jacob Clapsaddle, producer of High Crimes (both impeachbush-cheney.com- he accepted on behalf of his mom), Don Spark (World Can't Wait)

Risking parking tickets, these heroes stayed til the very end to pressure Eshoo at her office.

May 8, 2007

A busy day, just catching up on the website, doing the press work for the Impeachment Rally. Brian, Tian and I had a great time as Spiderman, Wonder Woman, and Yoda passing out flyers at White Plaza at Stanford University. There was a great band playing, lots of people and we easily passed out a ton of flyers, before heading downtown, where we got a warm reception flyering up and down University Avenue. My computer still is unable to do faxes, so Brian helped me fax out all the releases, and bake cookies, brownies for tomorrow. I just hope people bring lots of their own Impeachment signs- we have our two big banners, but not much else.

An article appeared in the local online High School paper with this photo:

Anti-war protestors rally near Paly
Photo and article by Venna Tran

I was mentioned and interviewed in the article (and obviously that is me and my Impeach the Terrororists! banner in the photo) speaking about the rally:

Though many protesters were affiliated with MoveOn or PPJC, activist Carol Brouillet doesn't agree with their purpose.

"MoveOn has been really bad. I think the bill was weak anyway. This is a charade, a fake battle between Congress and Bush."

Her Web site clears any confusion over her intent.

"I was furious at Move-On, as well as Eshoo and Congress for the lousy bill [H.R. 1591], which gives tons of money to the military, doesn't prohibit Bush from launching a new war on Iran, and seems like a PR stunt to sell a distant deadline for ending the war, which can be easily changed," she wrote March 25.

"I'm worried that those rallies might allow the media to pretend that Congress is standing up to Bush, when they are doing so very little in that regard… We should have been rallying support for Impeachment (not appeasement!)," she continued on May 3.

Brouillet brought a large sign saying "Impeach the Terrorists" and passed out fliers and Deception Dollars. Deception Dollars are fliers made to looks like dollars, good for "one deception" from the government. Printed on the Deception Dollars are websites that Brouillet has found to be the " the best information…found on 9-11," according to deceptiondollar.com. Brouillet, who holds weekly rallies in Lytton Plaza, estimates that over 6 million Deception Dollars have been distributed.

Before the radio show yesterday, I sent Griffin and Hordon a significant article that appeared in the NYT regarding the co-option of the "Anti-War Movement by the Democratic Party.

http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/06/washington/06left.html?ref=us
Antiwar Groups Use New Clout to Influence Democrats on Iraq
By MICHAEL LUO
Published: May 6, 2007

Here's just an excerpt:

WASHINGTON, May 4 — Every morning, representatives from a cluster of antiwar groups gather for a conference call with Democratic leadership staff members in the House and the Senate... Shortly after, in a cramped meeting room here, they convene for a call with organizers across the country. They hash out plans for rallies. They sketch out talking points for “rapid response” news conferences. They discuss polls they have conducted in several dozen crucial Congressional districts and states across the country.

Over the last four months, the Iraq deliberations in Congress have lurched from a purely symbolic resolution rebuking the president’s strategy to timetables for the withdrawal of American troops. Behind the scenes, an elaborate political operation, organized by a coalition of antiwar groups and fine-tuned to wrestle members of Congress into place one by one, has helped nudge the debate forward.

But there are tensions in the relationship between the groups, which banded together earlier this year under the umbrella of Americans Against Escalation in Iraq, and the Democratic leadership. The fissures could be magnified in coming weeks as the House speaker, Nancy Pelosi of California, and the Senate majority leader, Harry Reid of Nevada, struggle to cobble together a strategy after President Bush’s veto of the $124 billion Iraq spending bill that tied the money to a timetable for withdrawal.

On Thursday, leaders of the liberal group MoveOn.org, including Tom Matzzie, the group’s Washington director who also serves as the campaign manager for the coalition, sent a harshly worded warning to the Democratic leadership.

“In the past few days, we have seen what appear to be trial balloons signaling a significant weakening of the Democratic position,” the letter read. “On this, we want to be perfectly clear: if Democrats appear to capitulate to Bush — passing a bill without measures to end the war — the unity Democrats have enjoyed and Democratic leadership has so expertly built, will immediately disappear.”

The letter went on to say that if Democrats passed a bill “without a timeline and with all five months of funding,” they would essentially be endorsing a “war without end.” MoveOn, it said, “will move to a position of opposition.”

The antiwar coalition combines the online mobilization capabilities of MoveOn with the old-school political muscle of organized labor. They have been working in tandem with Democratic leadership in both the House and the Senate on a systematic strategy to unify Democrats, divide Republicans and isolate the president.

The alliance, including MoveOn, chose to stick with Ms. Pelosi as she ushered through a war financing bill that included a timeline for withdrawal, but many peace advocates called the measure too timid. Some critics accused the alliance of becoming too cozy with the Democratic leadership and selling out the cause.

“There’s a dividing line between those groups who feel the most important thing is to be clear on bringing the troops home as soon as possible, and the groups that feel that unity within the Democratic Party is most important and the most important thing is for the Democrats to win the White House,” said Medea Benjamin, a co-founder of Code Pink, an antiwar group that is not part of the alliance. “So the groups who feel the most important thing is to win the White House would naturally be more inclined to listening to Speaker Nancy Pelosi when she says the only way we can get a vote through is if we water it down.”...

There is such a huge difference between the watered down "realistic lobbying efforts activists are "instructed" to do in DC by the major organizations and the desires at the grassroots, far from the DC corruption. In DC shaving off a million here and there is a win, even if the billions for Israel's illegal nuclear weapons never get challenged- at least that was my experience years ago.

I need to send out the events announcements, get some sleep- tomorrow is going to be very demanding.

May 7, 2007

I played hookey last weekend and went camping at the beach with the boy scouts (and my husband and the younger kids). I worked on my tan and finished reading David Griffin's new book Debunking 9/11 Debunking- An Answer to Popular Mechanics and the Other Defenders of the Official Conspiracy Theory. I think it is the best intro to 9/11 Truth for anyone who has never looked at the subject before and am very glad Robin Hordon urged me to read it. Both Griffin and Hordon were on my radio show tonight. I'm still drowning trying to catch up with all the website work, updating the press release, and info for Wednesday's Impeachment Rally. During the show- I was lucky to get confirmation from three people that I asked to be on next week's show- John Leonard, Manuel Valenzuela, and Hal Sisson, speaking on 9-11 Truth and publishing fiction and non-fiction on 9/11 from the publishers', activists' and authors' points of view.

I did take time off today- to get outside and get fresh air (at noon- no lunch!) and go with Brian in our costumes to Stanford University to pass out flyers for the Impeachment Rally. In less than half an hour, we passed out 300 of them- I guess Spiderman and Wonder Woman are better at passing out flyers than "ordinary citizens." We'll do it again tomorrow- with more flyers and Yoda, maybe even get there earlier with a table, banner, and get signaures on our impeachment petitions. One person can do a helluva lot, two can do even more, three can change the world!!!! The Raging Grannies will sing at the rally Wednesday, and I think we might have a good turn-out- despite the last minute flurry of effort. Good weather should help, too!!! I think the threat of rain greatly diminished the turnout in April.

May 4, 2007

I'm afraid my back won't permit me to work too much at the computer anymore and I'm going to have to figure out how to do "less" or the impossible... I forgot to mail out reminders to last night's meeting which drew lots of new faces. We had a number of report backs and discussion, but little business- although we voted $400 for "Citizen Hero Awards" to pass out at the Impeachment Rally (Theme- Be a Hero!) next Wednesday. We also want to move forward with a Sacramento rally/action in June, but I am still in triage mode- and just doing the most urgent stuff first. The big action items now on 9/11 is to vote for Kevin Barrett to get reinstated as a teacher at http://www.channel3000.com/news/13255407/detail.html#, and to urge the morons at move-on to try to impeach, already at http://pol.moveon.org/bushsurvey/a.html?id=10229-4599041-uA6iZW&t=1. I'm still angry with Move-On for urging people to support that awful legislation which gave Bush more money than he wanted for the war, plus a weak "timetable to withdraw"- the one Bush vetoed...

May 3, 2007

Paul Hawken has come out with a new book entitled- Blessed Unrest: How the Largest Movement in the World Came into Being, and Why No One Saw It Coming

I have a lot of respect for Paul, although we have had our disagreements from time to time and I have not yet had time to read his book, but the idea of it is "I believe" echoed in the enormity and diversity and breadth of what I see as a rising global movement in opposition to corporate faciscm, military dominance, the police state, a contempt for life, liberty, and planet on behalf of the ruling class. I think one reason why it is hard to get people to demonstrations- is because there are so many of them, so many fronts that we are working on- and one just can't possibly be everywhere, all the time.

Maybe I'm feeling just a bit guilty for missing out on the May 1st marches and demonstrations, and the Global Warming one, and my own "Listening Project," yesterday, as I struggled with my most recent opportunity/dilemma organizing next week's radio show (with Robin Hordon, David Ray Griffin on 9/11 Truth, and Griffin's latest book- Debunking 9/11 Debunking An Answer to Popular Mechanics and the Other Defenders of the Official Conspiracy Theory, as well as doing the publicity, outreach, organizing for next week's Impeachment Rally.

I did manage to get to the emergency rally last night- against the Bush veto of that awful legislation authoring more money for war than he asked for, and a dubious timetable for withdrawal which could easily be changed. I'm worried that those rallies might allow the media to pretend that Congress is standing up to Bush, when they are doing so very little in that regard, with the rare exception of Kucinich, and the three other co-sponsors of the Resolution to Impeach Cheney. We should have been rallying support for Impeachment (not appeasement!). So I took the big Impeach the Terrorists! banner to the demo, along with flyers for next week's impeachment rally, in solidarity with the Peace and Justice community.

When I was ill, and recovering, I also couldn't resist reading a novel by Manuel Valenzuela called Echoes in the Wind which reflects the ideas and realizations behind the environmental and social justice movements in a dramatic, violent, romantic, adventurous, fictional story.

So here is an excerpt from Paul Hawken's Blessed Unrest: How the Largest Movement in the World Came into Being, and Why No One Saw It Coming

The environmental movement discovered that to protect the environment, it had to confront power, corruption, and mendacity in the world of commerce, a struggle that extended back through history and across the world. From the beginning, an environmental movement had to be an environmental justice movement, and an environmental justice movement was de facto a social justice movement. Two seemingly unrelated elements of history had become reengaged in the public mind because of Carson’s work. The question that continues to reverberate to this day is whether human rights trump the rights of business, or vice versa, a conflict that has been ongoing for more than three hundred years.

Business justifies these rights because of its indisputable argument that it creates value, a position that nevertheless neatly evades the other side of the issue: How much value does it destroy in the process of carrying out its activities? Whether value is taken from the environment in the form of resources or despoliation, or from people in terms of wages, conditions, or worker health, it is largely unaccounted for in the calculation of rights. Rachel Carson’s reluctant conclusion was that once -respected businesses were creating products that destroyed value. They were exceeding their license to operate, and creating a public health hazard that threatened the web of life. Business rights are illegitimate if they remove rights from others, if they are not reciprocal and mutual with the rights of citizens, and if they extirpate other forms of life. From an economic viewpoint, what citizens have been trying to do for two hundred years is to force business to pay full freight, to internalize their costs to society instead of externalizing them onto a river, a town, a single patient, or a whole generation.

Just as ecology is the study of the relationship between living beings and their environment, human ecology examines the relationship between human systems and their environment. Concerns about worker health, living wages, equity, education, and basic human rights are inseparable from concerns about water, climate, soil, and biodiversity. The cri de coeur of environmentalists in Carson’s time was the same … as in the time of Emerson, the same as in the time of 2005 Nobel Peace Prize winner Wangari Maathai of Kenya. It can be summed up in a single word: life. Life is the most fundamental human right, and all of the movements within the movement are dedicated to creating the conditions for life, conditions that include livelihood, food, security, peace, a stable environment, and freedom from external tyranny. Whenever and wherever that right is violated, human beings rise up. Today, they are rising up in record numbers, and in a collective body that is as often as not more sophisticated than the corporate and governmental institutions they address.

from Blessed Unrest by Paul Hawken. Copyright © Paul Hawken, 2007

I also got an email from Genevieve Vaughan who is the most passionate advocate of the Gift Economy. Gen wrote :

Dear Friends
As you know I have been working on the idea of a gift economy for years. Last year I went to the World Social Forum in Mali, where I ran into Bev Bell, an activist from the US who was visiting a group of Malian women who are doing an alternative school there. The women told us about the dama, their traditional gift economy.Of course I was totally enthusiastic to hear about that. Bev has started a new organization called Other Worlds, based in the US, and they have now made this little video.

(click on image to view video)

Other Worlds: Malian Gift Economy.

April 30, 2007

It was wonderful tonight to do the "Impeachment Radio Show with Jacob Park, Amilie Coster, Carol Wolman, Elizabeth de la Vega, Anthony St. Martin, and Stephania Widger. So much happened, all over the country last week, and it was great to hear the reports, views, ideas, energy generated to grow and push the movement to the next level. After the show, Jacob sent out a fantastically long email with lots of photos and reports from www.a28.org plus links to many media reports which I'm afraid I can't replicate here, but am very inspired by.

Because I was sick last week and yesterday was my husband's birthday, I didn't have time to make or follow all the news or organize our group's action and participation in the long Impeachment march to Pelosi's mansion last Saturday or, even, chase down more guests for the radio show. However, after having had conversations with Jacob and Amilie prior to the events- it was a real treat to hear about their successes. I just wish Brad Newsham had called in, but I think he was too tired from organizing the biggest, most impressive, fun, Impeachment event of all... At least I was there and had a chance to talk to him a little bit about it afterward, despite all the time, money, stress, energy that goes into organizing, I think people realize that it is worth the effort- that our time, attention, efforts, do have an impact and make our own lives richer and more meaningful in surprising, wonderful ways.

This morning, between getting the taxes done, depositing donations in the bank, catching up on the accounting, organizing the radio show, I filled in one of those online petitions to "Impeach Cheney" http://www.usalone.com/cheney_impeachment.php and was surprised to get a phone call later in the afternoon from the Palo Alto Daily News, confirming that I had written to the local paper which were forwarded comments I had posted on the online petition. I would encourage everyone to fill out this particular petition- I think it really will make a difference- if all those letters and comments go to the representatives- and the papers.

I also got together with Brian to plot our next Impeachment Rally- publicity, endorsements, posters, flyers, costumes, and an action plan- it was fun. I think he'll get a Spiderman costume to wear at the May Fete Parade this Saturday to pass out flyers. I'll probably get a Wonder Woman costume...

Tomorrow is also May Day- a huge holiday- with all sorts of actions planned to support labor and immigrant rights- and "National Law Day" —this year, the Center for Constitutional Rights wants to make it Restore Habeas Corpus Day.

On Tuesday, attorneys from the Center for Constitutional Rights and more than 75 influential lawyers and respected legal scholars representing Guantánamo Bay detainees are traveling from around the country to Washington D.C. to urge members of Congress to approve legislation that will restore habeas corpus.

But members of Congress also need to hear a loud and clear message from you, their constituents, that the fundamental right of habeas corpus must be restored!

The provision in the Military Commissions Act of 2006 that stripped habeas corpus is unconstitutional and sets a dangerous precedent. However, because of the political pressure and misinformation spread by the Bush administration, some members of Congress are reluctant to support habeas corpus restoration.

We know that habeas corpus is a core principle of the western legal system and is one of the major checks on presidential power. We know that according to the government's own documents, 92 percent of the men held at Guantánamo Bay have no affiliation with al Qaeda and were simply in the wrong place at the wrong time. Many members of Congress seem to want to ignore these facts—it is up to us to remind them.

Please visit our new action and resource center restorehabeascorpus.org and learn how you can take multiple types of action to support the restoration of habeas corpus.

So many battles to fight on so many fronts- and all of them inextricably linked together. I wish I could do more, but I know that I have to recognize my human limitations- and get some sleep and take care of myself, so I have the health and strength to get me through the weeks/months/years of struggle ahead of us. Even if we win on Impeachment and Habeas Corpus, that will just be the beginning...

April 28, 2007

This week was one of the most demanding of my life, and I was feeling horrifically stressed trying to do "the impossible" on Tuesday, which simply meant organizing and preparing for the week's events...

On Wednesday, however, when I went to Lytton Plaza for my Listening Project, I never felt so cold, and the hours never took so long to pass by. I had lots of errands to do- taking tax info to the accountant, mailing stuff at the Post Office, delivering 15 petitions filled with "Impeach Bush and Cheney" signatures to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's office, in support of the articles of Impeachment filed by Kucinich against Cheney.

I didn't have the strength, however, to buy groceries, and came home and went to bed. When my husband got home he popped the thermometer in my mouth and "surprise"- I had a fever (though no other symptoms- other than the pain and lack of strength).

Thursday, I used medication to bring the fever down, and with the help of my husband and Brian, put powerpoint presentations together for the 9/11 Cover-up? Exposing the Official Story presentation at UC Berkeley. Half the audience was the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance who helped shlup the stuff in and out of the car. I think Ken, Joyce, and I did a fairly good job, and it was a beautiful venue with a good technical crew and an excellent screen, but it was a shame we had spent so much time, energy, into a presentation for such a small crowd (40-50, although it was videotaped as part of their Globalization Series, but few students came). I can organize, and do publicity, and give presentations, but I can't do everything, especially during a week with multiple events, so "nobody did any publicity" other than some emails and flyers around the International House and campus, but there wasn't even an announcement in the student paper or the East Bay papers- or in any calendar listings...

On Friday, I was supposed to speak at the Impeachment Press Conference at Pelosi's office, but I woke up with a fever, and just knew- I couldn't do it. Brian kindly took my car (with the banners to San Francisco) and sent back this report:

The event was attended by about 40 people, and that included the speakers. Speakers included:

Carol Wolman (former Congressional candidate) www.votecarolwolmanforcongress.com

Cynthia Papermaster, Code Pink

Leah DiTullio, PDA and Kucinich for Pres.

Don Spark, World Can't Wait

Norma Harrison, Peace and Freedom

Jim Dorcott, Veterans for Peace and pelosiwatch.org

Evan, Impeach Bush Cheney

Brad Newsham

Jodie Paulson

The Impeach Blimp was about 12 feet long and 6 feet in diameter.

The police told me I couldn't hang the banner on any government property, but they let me drape it on the retaining wall.

Curt Wechsler very kindly took the other post on the "Impeach the Terrorists" banner, and the blimp handlers floated the blimp over it and we were all photographed together.

Jodie made a point of saying she had no group affiliations.

It's awfully tough to get folks out on a weekday, but I think many people aimed for Saturday which was, of course, much more fun- how often do you get to enjoy lying in the warmth of the sun on the beach, while making a powerful political statement, in solidarity with 1500+ people?

This morning I woke up without a fever. Brian drove the replica of the 9/11 Report to the Beach and Pelosi's house. I had meant to arrive earlier, but just arrived at Ocean Beach at 10:30 am, in time to fill in some vast blank spots on the "W" with my huge collection of banners and signs, plus all the bright colored cloth which makes lying on the sand more pleasant (and is easy to wash). There was also another call for 9/11 Truth activists to be the "H" so there were multiple 9/11 Truth organizations participating. Brian parked the replica between the cars and the sidewalk above the W- if you look closely in the photos you can spot it, but you have to try. Lots of people helped me set up, pass out posters, handouts, etc... and the table was very popular. We saw lots of friends, but the time flew by.

I suddenly realized it was 11:00 am, and rushed to lay down with everyone else. Brad didn't try to get us to run to the wall and the sea, like last time, but there was a dramatic switch when we did the second spelling and I and M turned into a Peace sign and H morphed into an E... One news helicopter arrived too late, when the whole thing was breaking up... By noon, we were totally scattered.


First Spelling


Second Spelling

Later we went, some by foot, others by bus, and others on their own, to converge on Nancy Pelosi's mansion where we held a rally for a couple of hours. Channel KNTVU (2) was there, and I suppose some other press was there, too. By far the greatest turnout, however, was at the beach- that was simply FUN.

There is so much more I could add to this, but I know I need to rest. Tom Chelston sent me a great song I am a Brick from his new album. He is also coming to California and I hope I can persuade him to sing at our next Impeachment Rally on May 9th.

Another friend, Bill Douglas, who really was a powerful force in the early days of the 9/11 Truth Movement, sent me one of his poems, which echoes the spirit of Tom's song, and, heck, all of our Impeachment actions, nationwide today- by challenging that force which seeks to dominate us all through terror and war-

My old man was an Okie.
Picked fruit all day and watched children starve around him.
I love the stories of Vince Papali, and Jim Braddock.
Little men that ripped the lungs out of the Dick Cheney’s of this world.
Men who found the spark, Judas was shown by Jesus.

I do not give a damn how big, how powerful, how ruthless men can be.
There is something in the soul of humanity.
There is something deep and profound.

There is no name for it.
It cannot be patented.
It cannot be bottled or packaged.

There is a spark that comes from the bowels of our creation.
There is a need, an urge, a fever within,
It cannot be diverted, subverted, or perverted by this CNN, FOX, Hollywood delusion they try to sell us.

There is a POWER within.
I can’t name it.
But, Goddamn it, I can FEEL IT.

YOU can FEEL IT!

We will NOT allow oil companies to sell our children for their profits.
We will NOT allow our father’s blood to spill for them.
We will NOT allow the soul of our nation to be sold to the highest bidder in the sham we call elections.

The streets are calling us.
The streets are calling us.

STAND UP!
There is an electricity in the blood in our veins!

The voltage within us cannot be suppressed.
“We” are THE POWER.

by Bill Douglas
Son of an Okie farmer, a veteran in Patton's Army, a simple American.
Author of “The Amateur Parent ­ A Book on Life, Death, War & Peace, and Everything Else in the Universe”

April 23, 2007

I just finished doing our first 9/11 Truth radio show with Ken Jenkins and Joyce Lynn, which was actually a rehearsal for our event on Thursday at Berkeley, minus the visuals and the big audience, Q & A and other participants. I still have more preparation work to do before Thursday (like editing a ten minute segment of 9/11 Press for Truth to cast more light on the 9/11 Commission. I still need to learn so many skills, in order to do the work I need to do.

There is an excellent new documentary on Sibel Edmonds called Kill the Messenger, although I don't think that it has been released in its entirety in the US, yet. There was an event last February in DC - followed by a panel discussing "the current state of the U.S. Main media, unconstitutional government secrecy, and national security whistleblowers." A description and clips from Sibel and the panel are posted at http://sibeledmonds.blogspot.com/. There is also a pirated version of the movie in circulation (including one posted at http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/04/22/18403725.php.) I tried unsuccessfully to contact the producers to see if we could premiere it in the Bay Area without any luck. (Mike Berger also tried to do so in St. Louis without success). It's difficult devising distribution in this country with all sorts of new challenges because DVDs are so easy to replicate and post online.

In the panel discussion they say we need more investigative journalism films, but Americans aren't making them. They are almost impossible to get on television or into the theaters, without a big bankroll, and of course those with the most money don't want those sort of films, or information to get any public attention.

I wonder if Kucinich will introduce articles of impeachment against Cheney tomorrow or whether "some other incident" will upstage him and stay his hand.

April 21, 2007

There was a decent turnout in Berkeley for the 9/11 and the media event that Mickey Huff organized (although Peter Phillips played hookey to attend his grand-daughter's 2nd birthday party.) Half a dozen of us had dinner afterwards at a nice Thai Restaurant. There is a real "9/11 Truth Community" in Berkeley and it was good to see so many friends. I just got a phone message from Cosmos inviting me to be on his radio show this Wednesday. I think he just decided to do it and has very ambitiously agreed to host a one hour radio show 5 nights a week on the We The People Radio Network. His show is every night Monday through Friday from 9-10 pm PST and is called "Truth Revolution." Cosmos also did a community access television show with Abel Ashes, who also was at the Berkeley event tonight. Cosmos is the moving force behind the The Eleventh of Every Month 9/11 Truth Action. I have no idea how he could take on so much work and still expect to find time to eat, sleep or do anything else...

I did agree to be on his show this Wednesday, even though my week is going to be very, very busy with all the events going on.

I found another very useful 9/11 truth song, as I was checking out the We The People Radio Network hosts/shows, looking for Cosmos.Three Shoe Posse has a show, and a great song called "10 Second Freefall."

I think the synergy of musicians, film-makers, researchers, activists, artists, creative, perceptive, passionate people who care about life will triumph over the fear-mongering and the lies that continue to prop up the failing empire.

Next week, however, it looks like the climax of a long, drawn out game of "chicken" between the world and the Bush/Cheney cabal- two cars hurtling at breakneck speed at one another. Who will change course? Will the World destroy Cheney? Or will Cheney/Bush destroy the world? Will they collide and destroy one another? Will disaster be averted with someone blowing a whistle and applying the brakes to the next major False Flag Operation designed to expand the war into Iran and crush civil liberties in the US?

I guess I won't be retiring in the near future.

April 20, 2007

Today my great-aunt, Lucille Swanson, celebrated her 100th birthday. I meant to call her, to wish her a "Happy Birthday!" but I got busy, as usual.

I just want to post here for those who don't get 400 emails a day the news about the big exercises (drills) planned for next week. See Noble Resolve 07: Four days of “simulated” nuclear terrorist scenarios in the US & Europe or go directly to the source: www.falseflagnews.com. DL Abrahamson also has a show on We the People Radio Network. I also got an email telling me that the radio archives are finally up- although the shows aren't labled on it, yet.

I'll be tabling at the Deconstructing Deceit: 9/11, the Media, and Misinformation at Berkeley City College tomorrow, and on Sunday I want to attend (and pass out flyers for all the upcoming impeachment events) at the 25th anniversary celebration dinner of the local Peninsula Peace and Justice Center. I haven't had time to catch up with all the work I need to do- like website, taxes, bookkeeping...

April 19, 2007

When I decided to do the radio show, my husband asked me what I was going to give up, knowing how stretched I already am with all my activism. I couldn't figure out what I would "let go," but I am afraid that in trying to do everything, I simply won't be able to do a very good job at publicizing anything properly. Fiske did a great job of filming our rally and march last Wednesday, and we weren't able to edit or post the footage in a timely fashion. I simply lack the skills. Yesterday, I went to downtown Palo Alto for the Listening Project, where I had some great assistance from a lot of activists, we filled up the Impeachment petitions and passed out all the cards on the National Shopping Boycott to Impeach for Peace and Justice. I also met with a great Stanford student/activist who had organized a 9/11 Film Festival on the East Coast and was enthusiastic about doing something at Stanford.

In the evening Brian and I took a class on video-blogging which didn't actually teach me any useful technical skills, but pointed me to where I could find explicite tutorials and some other great online resources. The instructors had written books about the secrets of Videoblogging and are in David Mathison's book BE THE MEDIA.



Also attending the class was Jay Thorwaldson of the Palo Alto Weekly, we spoke a bit after class and he encouraged me to give him more materials on 9/11, particularly looking into the collapses of the buildings. Since I have been trying to get them to break the story for only 6 1/2 years, I haven't been rushing to them each time a new book or DVD comes out with new information and they condemned and ignored me as a "Conspiracy Theorist" long ago. I still send them press releases, but haven't banged on their door since they last ignored the screening of 9/11 Press for Truth with Paul Thompson and Peter Dale Scott, just prior to the November election.

The event and radio show with Ken Jenkins and Joyce Lynn hit some roadblocks in the student council, but I think we'll be going forward with it. It's very hard to say what motivates the extremely fearful reaction of journalists, academia when touching the subject.

I wrote a "Thank-You letter" yesterday to the author of the Winnepeg Sun article:

Scholars debate 9/11 findings who opened his piece with this observation-

"An unbiased observer doesn't need to look beyond what's happening on the ground today in Iraq and Afghanistan to conclude the War on Terror has been a brutal, manipulative means to a transparently self-serving end."

I suppose I will "let go" of my weekly "Listening Project" in Downtown Palo Alto when the country and the world recognizes that the "War on Terror" is a fraud and the dismantling of the war machine and the police state begins. Until then, I'll just keep up in triage mode, doing what I can to educate myself and the public with my limited time, energy, and resources. Today, I need to get to the Post Office, and Oakland for our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting. The Stanford student, that I met with on Wednesday, will be graduating this summer and is looking to do something next fall, and I hope she might take on the administrative work of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance (banking, shipping, ordering, tabling, mailing, database, email list, calendar) to free me for other work.

April 17, 2007, 3:00 pm

Wooh, truth is busting out! It's heartening to see and well reported on 911blogger.com. Last night I received an email with a link in it from a friend. She wrote- "This song was written by a bankruptcy lawyer in Santa Cruz, August Bullock. He made the video himself. It's worth watching!"

Heroes of America - an anti-war anthem

(Click image to go to video-link)
I think it's great and asked August if he would sing for us at our next Impeachment Rally on May 9th and he said he would. So- let's make "Be a Hero! Stand up and March for Impeachment, for Peace, for Justice the theme of our next rally. Costumes encouraged!!! August also has a website at- augustbullock.com.

April 17, 2007

I was so busy with the Impeachment Show yesterday that I couldn't follow or register the massacre which took place in Virginia, however I am very suspicious of the cover story that has come out in the press. Violent events can be manufactured to "manipulate the public emotions" and to push through legislation, or distract the public from other issues. The big message is "fear" and the general outcome means more power to "police forces" and fewer rights to ordinary people.

I enjoyed doing the radio show last night and speaking to activists doing great work on Impeachment. I had scheduled 6 people to be on the show, and one of them, for I don't know what reason, was not available for her 20 minute slot, which meant a more meandering conversation than planned between 7:40 and 8:00 pm (Pacific Time), but I hope the show was informative and inspiring for whoever listened to it. My guests were:

Jacob Park www.a28.org has done a great job creating a website for the National Day of Action on April 28th. The theme is "Spell It Out" and people are encouraged to spell it out publicly (or privately) and take photos, films- creatively show their support for Impeachment. Lots of groups are involved and participating. There is plenty of room for individuals and small groups to do something and meet like-minded people.

Amilie Coster, a young woman who is organizing the Coney Island Impeach Beach event and I spoke the longest. She attended the National Conference on Media Reform last January which really inspired her to become more involved. I attended both the Conference and the San Francisco Impeach Beach event, so we basically spoke about organizing and our activism.

Lew Brown, national coordinator for the National Shopping Boycott to Impeach for Peace and Justice talked about the campaign, their strategy, its educational/organizing function, and some of the background of his work with Peter Phillips of Project Censored which led him to become involved. They have done some pretty significant research into the next generation of weaponry, and are well aware of what a major threat the neo-cons are to Americans and the planet. It is sometimes a bit of a challenge to not overwhelm people with the magnitude of the challenges we face, since what we need, above all is an informed, activated, empowered public. Some truths scare people or shut them down, or make them flee, whereas others get angry, rise to action, become involved, and inspired. I mentioned to Lew the film A Force More Powerful which chronicles the history of non-violent social movements over the past couple centuries, including the Danish resistance to the Nazis who were occupying their country during World War II. It also has been made into an online game which is supposed to be useful in developing appropriate non-violent strategies under different oppressive conditions (but I haven't actually played it or gotten my kids to try it yet.) One of the hopes behind the boycott is to help educate people about the power of their purchases, and to draw energy from the worst corporations and to nurture the local economy. Another facet is simply building community by organizing locally. Doing the Impeachment, 9/11 Truth work, I know that I have helped to build community and the friendships born out of the work strengthen the movement and feed and nurture my soul. It's a lot of work to tap into a computer, but the love I feel for the world in general, and my friends in the struggle in particular give me the strength and energy to work (and make it fun and bearable when it is hard).

Nancy Mancias, from Code Pink (which also does Pelosi Watch) including camping at Pelosi's SF mansion, protesting, and putting the pressure on Pelosi to move forward with impeachment and to end the war, also spoke about CodePink's lobbying and protest efforts in DC, and the local work. On the national day of action, they plan to go to Pelosi's house (after the Beach event) for a big impeachment rally. There are also plans to launch an "IMPEACH" blimp at the Federal Building on April 27th, being organized by Impeachbush-Cheney.com and others.

Brad Newsham, beachimpeach.com who organized the wonderful Impeach Beach event last January (click on photo for a great musical film on the action) was the final guest on the show.



Brad described his emotional, physical, logistical hurtles, trials, and tribulations pulling together the January event, and his plans for an even larger event on April 28th, and how he is also helping to launch similar events in Coney Island, Central Park, Washington DC and Coachella Valley. His work is certainly heroic and, at the same time, he provided a great opportunity for people to do something, get involved, form community, get together, make a powerful statement, overcome the media barriers. I could also empathize with his "sleepless nights and concerns." I know what it is like to risk all of my savings (even borrowed money) to put on an event, not knowing if people will come, if the weather will turn against you, whether all the time and effort poured into organizing will bear fruit. I had to admit to Brad that I haven't registered, yet, to come to the next event, and lots of people wait until the last minute to decide what they are going to do. So, to make life easier for Brad and the Impeachment Movement, I am urging whoever is local to plan on going, register as soon as possible. For those in the 9/11 Truth Movement, I'll try to be there earlier next time (I actually thought I had the flu last time- and barely made it there.) I'll bring banners, posters, signs, Deception Dollars, 9/11 Fact cards...Let's try for the "W " if Brad goes for "Impeach... NOW!") Otherwise- lets' do the "H" again...

Register at- http://volunteerforchange.org/e/987?refcode=o547

I was sorry Dennis Loo cancelled at the last moment. I loved what he had to say at Sunday's Impeachment event and his Show It Off! Wear Your Politics on Your Sleeve idea. Interviews with him can be found at his homepage- http://dennisloo.blogspot.com/ and I'll just have to have him on next time I do an impeachment show. Jacob mentioned the gathering in New York with mulitple groups working towards impeachment with convergent strategies...

I just got an email from my friend saying that Kucinich is taking the lead and- Articles of Impeachment To Be Filed On Cheney. Let us pray. We might have the Impeachment Summer Jacob spoke of. Things are heating up.

After the show last night, I spoke with Wes, the technical guru, the We The People Radio Network still needs sponsors to uplink on the satellite and reach a much larger audience (like $1100 a month). When I first became an activist, I helped co-found the National Radio Project, which produces Making Contact, now heard on over 200 stations. We had discussed the sorry state of media and decided that radio was the cheapest, best medium to reach lots of people for the least amount of money. I probably gave over $30,000 to get Making Contact up and running, and subsequently gave away all my money for social change work in the 90's. I have no regrets for the seed money that I gave away, and I still pour all my money into my work, but I just don't have a fat bank account. I do think, however, that the 9/11 Truth movement, or others who recognize how bad the media is and how vital it is for the truth to get out to put their resources into spreading the word at this point in time. So I would urge people to donate or help sponsor the fledgling network. Maybe the 9/11 Truth Movement can pool its funds, as this network is the only one to have a huge number of 9/11 Truth Activists as show hosts.

Yesterday I spoke with John Leonard, publisher of Progressive Press. John published the first 9/11 Truth book in the US- The War on Freedom, which I helped promote, and he has been a big sponsor, help, distributor of the Deception Dollars. He also met Webster Tarpley at the SF Inquiry, which I organized, and became Webster's publisher, and is publishing Kevin Barrett's work, as well. Between the two of us, we have only about 150,000 Deception Dollars (version #9) left, maybe we can help the radio network with our next issue. I also thought of better graffiti for the back side. Instead of "Only 9/11 truth can stop endless war"- just "9/11 Truth Ends War" (plagarized from my dear friend, Cosmos, whose organizing the eleventh of every month 9/11 truth actions). It would be nice to get the radio network up on the satellite, however, as soon as possible...

We also have to edit our video of the "411 on 911 event" and get that up as soon as possible. Another task on today's "do list." So much to do - and the time flies by.

April 16, 2007

Saturday night, a number of us attended Gordon's showing of 9/11 - The Myth and the Reality in Berkeley, there was a modest turn out. I think the event in San Diego- the Grand Jury went well. Sunday, we tabled at the Impeachment Round-Table Discussion in Berkeley. The speakers were good. The press failed to show up; the turn-out was modest. It was a gorgeous day and I don't think the outreach effort was enormous. Still, I remain optimistic on the Impeachment Movement. I spent most of today working on the roster for tonight's Impeachment Show. Brian is also trying to edit the 1 1/2 hour video of our 411 on 911 Rally/March for 9/11 Truth and Impeachment to post on the internet in a timely fashion- we want the message to go viral on the upcoming actions. I wish I had better technical skills. Luckily more people with those skills are joining the movement daily.

We get info, DVDs, faster than we can process or disseminate it.

Although this subversive 9/11 Truth Mailer produced by the Comic News might strike some people as grossly commercial, it includes a very good 9/11 Quiz that I think is a powerful way to raise awareness on key 9/11 facts and I wish the guy that came up with the subversive stamp/mailer idea all the best. Click on the stamp and cartoon to see the mailer, the quiz- and order some of these, if you think they might move "Uncle Vinnie"...




April 14, 2007

I've been in correspondence with a Green Party activist in Australia, who organized their Australian 9/11 Truth website and solidarity actions on the 11th of Australia, and is hoping that he can persuade the Australian Greens to add their voice to the call for a genuine investigation of 9/11. He had written an excellent letter to a politician in Australia and said this about the Greens in office:

(I will paraphrase so as not to get anyone in trouble) "Two Green Senators embarrased Australia by questioning Dubya during his speech to parliament when he visited Australia in October of 2003. They were suspended for 24 hours by the speaker for their dissent. This has given me hope that they are prepared to take risks."

I am going to send the Australians some Deception Dollars and 9/11 fact cards for their future actions.

This morning I also received a link to an excellent video put together by Ann Arbor 9/11 Truth entitled:

Open Complicty: Anatomy of the 9/11 Cover-Up

It's an excellent, informative, provocative film looking at the bizarre, incriminating evidence of complicity within the event and the cover-up.

I am so heartened by the excellent work being done at the grassroots level and how we can share information and support one another to a deeper understanding of the events, in our efforts to expose the crime and redirect humanity's path.

Brian was burning the midnight oil working on cutting down the video of our Wednesday action into a video release for television and the internet.

April 13, 2007

I just got this graphic from Stephen whose helping to organize this event at the International House at UC Berkeley:



Ken Jenkins and Joyce Lynn will also be my guests on the April 23rd Questioning War- Organizing Resistance radio show and we'll do a 9/11 Truth program.

This weekend- I think I'll table at the Impeachment/9-11 Truth materials at the Global Warming event on Saturday in nearby Mitchell Park, and get to Berkeley to help with Gordon's event- the showing of David Ray Griffin's- 9/11 The Myth and the Rality, and stay in Berkeley for Sunday's big Impeachment event where we'll table 9/11 Truth materials- and our impeachment action cards. I'll miss out on the rock-climbing trip with the scouts (and the family) to Pinnacles (which is extremely beautiful- a great place to hike). It's impossible to do everything.

April 12, 2007

I just updated this website a bit and posted an article about our 411 on 911 Rally/March on Indymedia.org. The complete text of my letter to Eshoo and Janette's speech and the Impeachment handouts we made are posted on the Impeachment page.

April 12, 2007



More photos and a write-up by Tian Harter can be found here:

411 on 911 - Rally/March for 9/11 Truth and Impeachment concludes at Congresswoman Eshoo's office in Palo Alto

April 11, 2007

Rain was forecasted last night, and it was raining this morning when Annie cancelled and George's vehicle wouldn't start. I was late to Lytton Plaza and it looked a bit iffy, but the sun showed up- as did all of our speakers, the replica, and more!!!! Although we missed the music for the first hour, we had some great speeches, Fiske filmed them, a phtographer from the Palo Alto Daily News was there (maybe we'll get another cover photo in the Palo Alto Daily tomorrow!). We managed to wheel the replica into the street, with 25 people accompanying it with banners, signs, hand-outs and MUSIC. Chuck rigged up his ipod to the speaker so -we had some great Impeachment and 9/11 Truth music as we marched up University to Cowper, and down Hamilton. We almost made it to Emerson (Eshoo's office) when the police stopped us, and we persuaded her that our destination was a short block away and she let us go. I'll post a write-up and photos ASAP, but gotta feed the family and attend a slide-show event of Jeremy's school trip to the Grand Tetons tonight.

April 10, 2007

Yesterday, I got an email informing me that-


Women and the Gift Economy

was released. It includes my speech- "Facing the Shadow of 9/11."

I also had to go to San Francisco to meet with Ken Jenkins, Joyce, and Stephen to organize our 9/11 event in Berkeley on April 26th.

Despite some minor technical glitches, (like not being able to get the first guest on the air for 5 minutes) we did produce my first Questioning War- Organizing Resistance radio show with Dr. Garth Nicolson, author of Project Day Lily on We The People Radio Network. It was a pleasure, and an eye-opener, to finally speak directly with Dr. Nicolson whose story is such a dramatic one that it rivals any work of fiction and also has dramatic repercussions for all of us. In the book, which details how they stumbled upon the Bioweapons program in the United States, multiple attempts on their lives, the deaths of many of their colleagues, it also describes how his wife was always treated in a very bizarre way, because she was an heiress to one of the largest trusts in the world. That trust, ironically was funding the very bioweapons programs that they were opposed to and she had no access to the levers of control over the trust. Apparently that is changing now, as are the political winds. The Nicolsons' work is still being suppressed, and not officially acknowledged in this country, but increasingly understood outside the US.

Unfortunately, it does seem like there is a deliberate attempt going on to decrease the human population dramatically. Prison Planet posted an article today about the Bees Dying and alluding to yesterday's posting that in a Government Report: Bio-Weapons Could Be Used To Combat Overpopulation (MoD dossier outlines nightmare vision of new world order, ethnic cleansing, class warfare, brain chips by 2035) which links back to the Meeting Dr. Doom article about Dr. Eric R. Pianka's advocacy of eliminating 90% of the world population using a modified Ebola virus (and getting a standing ovation). I raised these issues with Dr. Nicolson yesterday and he quite bluntly stated that a modified Ebola virus wouldn't work and could be stopped via quarantine and other methods, whereas the bioweapons released upon him and his wife, the soldiers in the Gulf War, the prisoners in Texas, were slow, stealthy, and could not be stopped or identified easily, as they manifest themselves in countless ways ("much like the health effects of low level radiation which accelerate the aging process"- my words not his).

I asked him about the repeated attempts on his life and how he found the courage to continue to speak out and he did say that "being a public persona" offered a certain measure of protection. I think he is right about that and that those who champion issues, do need to get some public attention that identifies them with their issue to protect themselves- and that can be a hard- chicken/egg sort of problem for whistleblowers, whose lives are in greatest danger when nobody knows what they know...

The radio shows will all be archived at We The People Radio Network if anyone wants to hear the show.

I need to work on tomorrow's rally and bake cookies, and get to the Post Office, and I'll probably never catch up on all the work that needs to be done.

April 8, 2007, Easter Sunday, 11:30 pm

I was up way too late last night with all sorts of technological problems. Today, my husband fixed the sound on the computer, so I can actually do the radio show from home. Nikolas volunteered to help rig up a sound system for Wednesday's rally/march, which can play the great new Impeachment, 9/11 Truth songs that I had hoped to play. I finally figured out how to make the small banner for the We The People Radio Network website, and edited two 60 second spots to promote the Deception Dollar and 911tv.org (My compensation for hosting the show). I didn't do all the work, that I still hope to do, but it was Easter - and a beautiful day. The whole family slept in. I made waffles, we went for bike rides, played tennis, and celebrated Jeremy's straight A report card at a great Thai Restaurant. It's the last day of Spring Break, the kids go back to school tomorrow, and I'll get back to work Monday morning.

April 8, 2007, Easter

I'm so frustrated by my lack of technological skills. I can't even make a 468 x 74 or 128 pixel wide Deception Dollar banner because I can't figure out the graphics program on this computer. I haven't done the publicity that I should have done for the upcoming rally/march this Wednesday, and the new radio show that begins tomorrow. I haven't figured out the technology that I need for the radio show, nor have I bought a portable sound system that we need/want for the march. I feel like a failure. On the other hand, I am glad that the 9/11 Truth movement really doesn't "need me" anymore, at this point. It has legs, is growing by leaps and bounds, and there are far more talented, creative, skilled, people out there doing important work.

Last night, we went to see the Dixie Chicks in Shut Up and Sing and it was an inspiring, encouraging film. When their hit Not Ready to Make Nice won a grammy and started playing in Convenience Stores that was a sign that the Bush Days are numbered and Truth and Justice will overcome...

I just feel like the least organized organizer in the world, but thank God that it's through the efforts of so many people that the tide has turned. There's a new campaign to put 9/11 Truth yard signs up on the eleventh day of every month... what a great idea!

It's wonderful that the 9/11 Truth and Impeachment moving are growing faster than I or anyone can keep up with them.

I was passing out our postcards about the rally at last night's screening and found a lot of enthusiasm, including for a local impeachment action on April 28th, the national day of action, so Wednesday will give Rainbow time to make flyers and pitch her idea to the local community (and I might not have to drive to San Francisco for the Impeach Beach II event, after all- if we reach critical mass here, locally). That is good. The more, the better. Then if I can't do it all- it's ok; it doesn't matter, other folks can pick up the slack.

Even Canada (Vancouver, BC June 22-24th), and Texas and San Diego are putting on big 9/11 Truth events next weekend. There's a new Project for a New American Citizen Dedicated to Rebuilding America's Senses...

Who knows, I might be able to take today off after all.

April 6, 2007

Last night the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance met in San Francisco, Kai actually did a great job taking notes and posting them on the list (a rare accomplishment). There were so many upcoming events and announcements; we also voted up to $400 for a sound system for next Wednesday's march- to play the new 9/11 and impeachment songs, from the Replica, which will also be useful at future actions/rallies/marches. I haven't been feeling well and mentioned an article that I saw about Cheney stating that he wanted to change the 22nd amendment, such an outrageous statement that I thought we could increase the movement for impeachment from 58 to 85% if people just heard about it, but when I got home I realized that the article was an April Fool's joke.

Dennis Loo also sent me a link to his idea for a week prior to the National Day of Action for Impeachment, April 28th. His idea is Show it Off Now!!! to get a percentage of those supporting impeachment to visibly wear "Impeachment garb/colors" during the week leading up to April 28th to get the message to the public that we are the majority and make it easier for people to expess dissent and opposition to current regime.

I agree that the more visible we are, the more we prompt public dialogue on these important issues and are able to disspell the big lies which have held sway these past several years (centuries...). A friend of mine is working on a book about how history is basically written by those who win the wars and the larger battle over the public mind.

Another interesting article passed my way, by Mark H. Gaffney, who has also written a path-breaking book about Israel's nuclear program and about the gnostics and the early Christian religion (the heretical point of view). Mark posted an article about a mystery plane that appeared on Rense.com, as well as a wider ranging article on 9/11 Will America Face the Truth About 9/11? on Information Clearinghouse. I hadn't been aware of the mystery plane before, but it makes sense in light of all the wargames going on on September 11th, and the fact that the Pentagon has consistently lied about the events, timeline, their behaviour on 9/11. I must admit, that I like to be sure of the authenticity of "new evidence" that suddenly appears after many years. However, I remember trying to compile the original list of questions that we raised when we demanded an investigation of 9/11 in December 2001/January 2002- the questions were far from comprehensive- there was a lot we didn't know, and we didn't have half the pieces to the puzzle that we have now. It's not like a widespread grassroots movement without any funding can do comprehensive research. It's more of a hit or miss, cooperative enterprise, amongst a diverse growing number of individuals, each of whon have a unique perspective, an different access to the mulitple facets of a very complex event.

April 4, 2007

Yesterday, Brian and I finished painting about 160 posters for the upcoming rally. We saved a whole $200, but at a price- I forgot to drink water and didn't feel very well today. Brian was inspired to add the color ourselves by a poster in San Francisco that had been hand painted. "I could do better than that." he thought. We hope that our efforts will inspire more creativity and better technique in others.





Cosmos sent me a link to a shortened version of the new 9/11 Truth Film, specifically calling people to action

The Eleventh Day of Every Month: The Third Stage
(about 3 minutes in length).

[ I'm also in it- challenging Philip Zelikow at Stanford.]

Today we were in Lytton Plaza at the weekly Listening Project and met some great people and passed out lots of postcards. We also got our press advisory into the mail (and I posted it yesterday at Indymedia.org.)

Unfortunately, the press work never ends and I just can't do it all. Fortunately, new people are jumping in and helping all the time, and taking the load off my shoulders. The press advisory included suggestions and edits from Janice Matthews, Janette MacKinlay, Brian, and Chuck. The worse the Administration is- the more creative, inspired, generous and cooperative people become to challenge them.

April 2, 2007

Here is a very short and sweet new 9/11 Truth film (about 20 minutes), encouraging 9/11 Visibility actions on the 11th of every month entitled-

The Third Phase

(Photo from SF March 3/17/2007 by Steven Gray)

Friday, Brian and I worked on a postcard and the poster for our upcoming rally, trying to get 1000 made in time to pass out at last weekend's events in Palo Alto when Kucinich and Chris Hedges spoke.

Here's what we came up with:



The text on the back reads:

9/11 Truth

The 21st century's defining event is the crime of 9/11, used by the
Bush Administration to launch illegal wars and assaults on the
Constitution, the Bill of Rights, and habeas corpus. The
institutionalization of torture, and the Military Commissions Act's
authorization of the use of martial law and military force against US
citizens, were supported by Congress and unchallenged by the media.
They have both failed to investigate and report the basic facts about
9/11. 115 serious omissions and distortions in the 9/11 Report are listed
by Dr. David Ray Griffin in his essay, “The 571 Page Lie.” The lies,
the cover-up, and the conspiracy theory Bush and Cheney used to
connect 9/11 to invasion of Iraq are high crimes meriting impeachment.

communitycurrency.org, 911truth.org, 911review.com

National Shopping Boycott – April 15-22nd
Impeach for Peace and Justice

To defend the U.S. Constitution against all enemies foreign and
domestic, to hold accountable those who through fraud and
malfeasance have sought endless war, demonstrated endemic
corruption and heartless disregard for the weakest among us, for
justice, we will begin a one-week shopping boycott, along with other
civil disobediences, uniting citizens who agree we must do something
NOW. Simultaneously withdrawing from the retail economy, millions
of us can send a wake-up call to the corporations that back our national
leaders. During this week, shop only at local independent stores.
We can show the corporate powers and our elected representatives
that we are determined, that the time for truth and justice has come, that
“We're not buying it any more” and a full accounting is expected from
Washington and Wall Street both.

www.wearenotbuyingit.org

The National Day of Action for Impeachment (April 28th)

www.a28.org

We could use help passing them out before the rally and during the march. Tomorrow I hope to get out the press advisory, and include the upcoming 9/11 Truth educational events- there are so many this month- and we still haven't worked out all the details for all of them.

(I must admit, I took a vacation on Saturday- to celebrate our 17th wedding anniversary. My husband won a contest at Google and the prize was a night at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel [plus spending money], so we left the kids on Saturday and had a delightful, romantic weekend in San Francisco. I do feel refreshed now, though, and ready to get back to work. I think my happy marriage and kids actually give me the strength and energy to do my activism.)

March 29, 2007

One of the biggest challenges of the 9/11 Truth Movement has been to get the basic facts about 9/11 into the mainstream media or general consciousness. People who go to see documentaries are vastly fewer in number than those who seek entertainment and distraction. Since I became an activist, only after seeing a film which disturbed me (JFK) and doing some research on the CIA, I have always thought that films are one of the best tools to raise awareness, and we have continually tried to produce better and better films- mainly documentaries. Late last night, Chris Emery, who made a film about the Oklahoma City bombing, sent me a link to a trailer for a new 9/11 film, which is not a documentary-

ALL GREAT TRUTHS BEGIN AS BLASPHEMIES
G.B. Shaw


THE REFLECTING POOL

SYNOPSIS

An investigation of the 9/11 events by a Russian-American journalist and a father of a 9/11 victim implicates the US government in the attacks.

ALEX PROKOP (JK Baltazar), a successful journalist, receives a rare 9/11 video tape revealing missile-like bursts of light on the hijacked planes as they hit the Twin Towers. The footage was sent by PAUL COOPER (Joseph Culp), a driven researcher, whose daughter died on 9/11. Sensing a good story, Prokop travels with Cooper to New York and Washington, DC, where they uncover suppressed information implicating the US Government in the attacks. As Cooper introduces Prokop to key eye-witnesses, the façade of the "official story" begins to crumble. Prokop hears accounts of underground explosions in the Twin Towers moments before their collapse, and learns of mysterious "engineers” who rendered the WTC security systems inoperative the weekend before 9/11. To his astonishment, he discovers that the firm providing WTC security was run by immediate family members of the President.

We follow Alex and Cooper as they investigate the inexplicable collapse of the 47-story WTC Building Seven, disprove the implausible airliner "attack" on the Pentagon, and uncover the illegal destruction of physical evidence from Ground Zero.

The pressure builds as the FBI intimidates Alex's editor, McGUIRE, (Lisa Black) to reveal key sources – while the magazine's corporate investors threaten to kill the entire story. Plagued by the ghosts of his Communist childhood and trying to uphold the independence of American journalism, Alex's search for the truth leads to a dangerous and shocking realization! THE REFLECTING POOL is an intense, sobering investigation into the most controversial tragedy of our time. Drawn from established sources and based on verifiable facts, THE REFLECTING POOL is a thought-provoking study of a search for truth and the profound consequences of not looking for it any further than the nightly news.

There's a trailer on the main website and on YouTube- http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_2wqSf2AU9g.

I hope the film gets wide distribution and think we all should do what we can to help promote it.

Yesterday, at my Listening Project, I interviewed lots of people and I could tell that some of them really hoped that I was wrong, but that they had never been exposed to the facts, and were open to looking into it. The country is beginning to wake up, and I'm sure fifty years down the road the fact that 9/11 was a special operation, state sponsored terrorism, will be common knowledge. However, to prevent the next 9/11, to reverse this course of endless war and terror, we need people to wake up as soon as possible- film, art, music, truth, courage are our best tools. I'm delighted that these filmmakers, who don't even have any connection to the 9/11 Truth Movement that I know of, have come up with this powerful film. I hope we can help premiere it here in the Bay Area.

March 28, 2007

The blueprints for the World Trade Center were leaked to Steven Jones and have been posted on a few websites. Jim Hoffman has posted them on his comprehensive website. Victoria details this at 911blogger.com at Independent Investigators Release Suppressed Blueprints of Destroyed World Trade Center Tower. It's great that the researchers, bloggers, can work together so cooperatively.

I got a nice email from Steven Jones asking on pointers for organizing protests against Dick Cheney who is scheduled to do a commencement speech at BYU.

I also got word from We the People Radio Network that the network launch has been push back a week, so my first show Questioning War-Organizing Resistance will be on April 9, 2007, 7-9 pm (Pacific Time) with Garth Nicolson, co-author of Project Day Lily and Director of THE INSTITUTE FOR MOLECULAR MEDICINE.

Our 411 on 911- 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Rally and March is beginning to coalesce, and my videographer friend, Fiske, will be able to film it, but I sure could use some help with both the rally/radio show/website, especially with graphics!!!! I called Blaine Machan, the Deception Dollar artist, and he is unavailable now, in the middle of moving (though he plans on visiting SF next month).

With my son home now, on spring break (from Oberlin), I'm spending more time cooking and being with the family. Last night before and after the big family dinner celebration at a favorite Chinese Restaurant, I went to the Palo Alto Taser Task Force Meeting, where Aram James and the ACLU, and the public finally had an opportunity to voice opposition to tasers. Most of the local TV stations came, and I hope the public outcry against tasers will outweigh the stacked deck within the task force, in favor of tasers. I spoke out, particularly voicing my concerns about the militarization of the police force in the face of rising domestic dissent, and my opposition to a torture device to be used against non-violent protesters conducting civil disobedience and exercising their first amendment rights to oppose criminal policies by the Federal Government.

This morning I need to get to Lytton Plaza for my weekly Listening Project; it's a gorgeous, sunny day.

March 25, 2007

The recent successes of 9/11 Truth breaking on a national level have been mirrored by our small local efforts, including a great photo (which I have yet to see in the front section of the SF Chronicle on March 24th). Today, an article appeared in Fremont's Argus about the Saturday screening of 9/11 Press for Truth entitled: Documentary questions response to 9/11. The choice quotes at the articles conclusion were:

"The absolute failure (of officials) to address important issues is so apparent," said Brian Good, who was on hand to help promote the film. "They seem to be covering up."

Paul Rea, author of the upcoming book

"Still Seeking the Truth About 9/11," fielded questions with a liberal dose of his own perspective. He predicted the tide would turn in favor of the public's putting greater pressure on lawmakers to hold the administration accountable.

"Things are really bubbling up in a lot of places," Rea said.

On Saturday I also received a letter from Congresswoman Anna Eshoo ( I wonder if she saw the cover photo of our Impeachment rally in the Palo Alto Daily). She wrote:
March 16, 2007

Dear Ms Brouillet,

Thank you for your letter about impeaching President Bush and Vice President Cheney. I have received numerous letters from you over the years and my office records demonstrate that I have responded to each and every one. We have discussed this issue at length before.

I've lived through an impeachment process and witnessed firsthand how it tewars the country apart. The election in November was a resounding rejection of the Presidents's policies and the policies of his party. I think it's time to bring the country together and move forward. In my view, impeachment will heavily distract from the important work of reversing the disastrous course this Administration has set and will virtually bring to a halt progress on important issues including healthcare and global warming.

As you know, the Bush Administration enjoyed virtually unfettered and unchecked power over the federal government under Republican Majorities in both the House and the Senate over the last six years. This has changed. In the first two and-a-half-months of the 110th Congress, Democrats have held more than 100 oversight hearings covering the war in Iraq, the response to Hurricane Katrina, the firing of United States Attorneys, and the treatment of our veterans at Walter Reed. The House has voted its disapproval of the President's plan to send 20,000 more troops to Iraq. In the coming weeks, the House of Representatives will be voting on legislation to set conditions and timelines for ending the war in Iraq. Congress will conduct rigorous oversight and investigations that will serve the interests of the American people.

Sincerely,

Anna G. Eshoo
Member of Congress

On March 23, 2007 Eshoo made a statement supporting H.R. 1591. Move-On had urged its members to support the bill and then thank legislators when the bill passed. I was furious at Move-On, as well as Eshoo and Congress for the lousy bill, which gives tons of money to the military, doesn't prohibit Bush from launching a new war on Iran, and seems like a PR stunt to sell a distant deadline for ending the war, which can be easily changed. It is simply Orwellian and perpetuates the bogus "War on Terrorism" which is the biggest scam this country has ever pulled on its own citizens.

I continue to collect signatures on Impeachment Petitions and to plan our next "411 on 911" 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Rally. If Anna continues to serve the corporate/military interests, work collaboratively with a criminal regime, rather than hold them accountable, I am sure the Green Party will run a candidate against her in 2008.

Today Webster Tarpley sent out this message:

OPERATION BITE: APRIL 6 SNEAK ATTACK BY US FORCES AGAINST IRAN PLANNED,
RUSSIAN MILITARY SOURCES WARN

GENERAL IVASHOV CALLS FOR EMERGENCY SESSION OF UN SECURITY COUNCIL
TO WARD OFF LOOMING US AGGRESSION

By Webster G. Tarpley

Washington DC, March 25 -- The long awaited US military attack on Iran is now on track for the first week of April, specifically for 4 AM on April 6, the Good Friday opening of Easter weekend, writes the well-known Russian journalist Andrei Uglanov in the Moscow weekly “Argumenty Nedeli.” Uglanov cites Russian military experts close to the Russian General Staff for his account.

The attack is slated to last for twelve hours, according to Uglanov, lasting from 4 AM until 4 PM local time. Friday is a holiday in Iran. In the course of the attack, code named Operation Bite, about 20 targets are marked for bombing; the list includes uranium enrichment facilities, research centers, and laboratories.

The first reactor at the Bushehr nuclear plant, where Russian engineers are working, is supposed to be spared from destruction. The US attack plan reportedly calls for the Iranian air defense system to be degraded, for numerous Iranian warships to be sunk in the Persian Gulf, and the for the most important headquarters of the Iranian armed forces to be wiped out.

The attacks will be mounted from a number of bases, including the island of Diego Garcia in the Indian Ocean. Diego Garcia is currently home to B-52 bombers equipped with standoff missiles. Also participating in the air strikes will be US naval aviation from aircraft carriers in the Persian Gulf, as well as from those of the Sixth Fleet in the Mediterranean. Additional cruise missiles will be fired from submarines in the Indian Ocean and off the coast of the Arabian peninsula. The goal is allegedly to set back Iran’s nuclear program by several years, writes Uglanov, whose article was re-issued by RIA-Novosti in various languages, but apparently not English, several days ago. The story is the top item on numerous Italian and German blogs, but so far appears to have been ignored by US websites.

Observers comment that this dispatch represents a high-level orchestrated leak from the Kremlin, in effect a war warning, which draws on the formidable resources of the Russian intelligence services, and which deserves to be taken with the utmost seriousness by pro-peace forces around the world.

Asked by RIA-Novosti to comment on the Uglanov report, retired Colonel General Leonid Ivashov confirmed its essential features in a March 21 interview: “I have no doubt that there will be an operation, or more precisely a violent action against Iran.” Ivashov, who has reportedly served at various times as an informal advisor to Putin, is currently the Vice President of the Moscow Academy for Geopolitical Sciences.

Ivashov attributed decisive importance to the decision of the Democratic leadership of the US House of Representatives to remove language from the just-passed Iraq supplemental military appropriations bill which would have demanded that Bush come to Congress before launching an attack on Iran. Ivashov pointed out that the language was eliminated under pressure from AIPAC, the lobbing group representing the Israeli extreme right, and of Israeli Foreign Minister Tsipi Livni.

“We have drawn the unmistakable conclusion that this operation will take place,” said Ivashov. In his opinion, the US planning does not include a land operation: “ Most probably there will be no ground attack, but rather massive air attacks with the goal of annihilating Iran’s capacity for military resistance, the centers of administration, the key economic assets, and quite possibly the Iranian political leadership, or at least part of it,” he continued.

Ivashov noted that it was not to be excluded that the Pentagon would use smaller tactical nuclear weapons against targets of the Iranian nuclear industry. These attacks could paralyze everyday life, create panic in the population, and generally produce an atmosphere of chaos and uncertainty all over Iran, Ivashov told RIA-Novosti.

“This will unleash a struggle for power inside Iran, and then there will be a peace delegation sent in to install a pro-American government in Teheran,”

Ivashov continued. One of the US goals was, in his estimation, to burnish the image of the current Republican administration, who would now be able to boast that they had wiped out the Iranian nuclear program.

Among the other outcomes, General Ivashov pointed to a partition of Iran along the same lines as Iraq, and a subsequent carving up of the Near and Middle East into smaller regions.

“This concept worked well for them in the Balkans and will now be applied to the greater Middle East,” he commented.

“Moscow must expert Russia’s influence by demanding an emergency session of the United Nations Security Council to deal with the current preparations for an illegal use of force against Iran and the destruction of the basis of the United Nations Charter,” said General Ivashov. “In this context Russia could cooperate with China, France and the non-permanent members of the Security Council. We need this kind of preventive action to ward off the use of force,” he concluded.

http://fr.rian.ru/world/20070319/62260006.html
http://fr.rian.ru/world/20070321/62387717.html

Even Conservatives are talking now about impeachment to stop Bush, and most recently held a press conference pushing an American Freedom Agenda which reins in some of the worst excesses of the Executive branch.

I don't think you have to be conservative or liberal to recognize the difference between self serving, evil, un constitutional power grabbing and that which protects the rights of ordinary people. Even the media people are beginning to wake up to this giant threat, although we have a long way to go before the media acknowledges 9/11 Truth and encourages power-holder and policy changes that we have been working towards these many years.

March 23, 2007

I still have to learn blog technology. I posted a new blog for my upcoming radio show at -

questioningwar-organizingresistance.blogspot.com

with some info on my first guest- Professor Garth Nicolson, co-author of Project Day Lily.
Project Day Lily is based on the true story of two scientists in Texas that discovered the presence of one of the most insidious incapacitating biological agents ever developed in Gulf War veterans’ blood. This microbe hides inside cells and causes all sorts of chronic signs and symptoms, similar to what one would see with Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Fibromyalgia Syndrome, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Multiple Sclerosis and many other chronic illnesses. It also tells the story of the two scientists being thrust into a world of danger and intrigue as they unravel the mystery of how sinister university and government administrators plotted to keep what these scientists had discovered hidden from the American public, even attempting to murder the two whistleblowers to prevent the exposure of their hideous experiments from public scrutiny. The final irony is that the inheritance of one of these scientists was likely used to finance the development and testing of biological weapons of mass destruction by a rogue faction of government scientists, bureaucrats and intelligence operatives, and these same funds likely financed the diabolical campaign of sabotage against the two Texas scientists.

Project Day Lily explains to the general public what happened to the veterans and their family members after the first Gulf War and what is happening to our Armed Forces to this day.

I learned about Professor Nicolson and his book when someone sent me an e-mail stating that the Nicolsons had been warned about 9/11, and passed on the warning to the US government.

Project Day Lily is a fictionalized version of the Nicolsons personal experiences that casts light on the science and politics behind the bioweapons program. It raises larger questions about who is funding the research, and for what purpose? After innumerable attempts on their lives, Professor Nicolson is still bravely speaking out, but is his story reaching the country or having any effect upon the policies of the Veteran's Administration or the medical profession or the people suffering directly from being exposed to the bioweapons created and tested upon American soldiers, prisoners, and ordinary citizens? What can we do to raise awareness on this issue and stop the development and testing of bioweapons upon more people? Recent legislation which removes liability from the pharmaceutical companies for their vaccines, does not bode well for the health of the public. Who is benefiting from this war on human health? And who is paying the price? These are some of the issues we will be discussing on April 2, 2007.

Last night, I went to a house party where we watched highlights from the National Conference on Media Reform. It was hosted by David Mathison, who is working on a multi-media book/website project entitled: BE THE MEDIA. I was so impressed by David. He did a tremendous amount of work in the corporate world, was a Vice President at Reuters for five years, but radicalized by his firsthand observation of the stolen election and the failure of the press to tell the story. All his work is devoted to empowering people to raise their voices and champion truth, and their issues, and be heard above the din of the mainstream media. The way media technologies are developing and transforming society are so dramatic that he sees it as a "Renaissance" rather than a revolution, which is far more hopeful, promising, and undefeatable. I hope to get him on my radio show, too- if his schedule permits it.

This morning I spoke with Gabriel Day and David Kubiak who will be able to join us at our "411 on 911" (April 11th) 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Rally. They are also brainstorming on a conference this summer with a special emphasis on "Media and 9/11." Certainly our struggle is to break through fear and denial, encourage understanding, create a movement strong enough to bring the responsible criminals to justice and eliminate governmental and corporate policies that enable criminal elements to commit such acts. By exposing the deceptive war game, hopefully we can break it once and for all.

March 21, 2007, 10 pm

Just found this image in the local paper:


March 21, 2007

On this beautiful warm first day of spring, I had quite a bit of help at the Listening Project, but hurried home to work on updating the calendar, and organizing upcoming events. It looks like Ken Jenkins, Joyce Lynn and I will be doing something together at Berkeley on April 26th, and we need to define it more precisely.

Mickey Huff is organizing a "Deconstructing Deceit: 9/11, the Media, and Misinformation" on Saturday, April 21, 2007, 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm at Berkeley City College with Peter Phillips and Bonnie Faulkner in session one, and Richard Gage and Jim Hoffman in a subsequent session.

I just got word that my radio program will begin on April 2nd, and I need to work on a website (with feedback options) or at least a webpage, so that I can list the guests and work out the schedule.

I was touched by Rabbi Lerner's speech at the Federal Building the other day and contacted him and he invited me to submit an essay on the "Gift Economy" to Tikkun, which I hope to do soon.

Some excellent articles have been surfacing lately on the concentration of wealth in the world (An excellent read is Global Ruling Class: Billionaires and How They “Made It” by James Petras, March 20, 2007 . A sobering analysis on Lula, the Left's darling in Brazil, who has sold out to the Bushes and serve elite needs now appeared in Narco-News:

Out-Flanked: A New War on Terra Arrives with Bush-Lula Ethanol Deal
Another Bush Family Energy Empire Now Forming in the Heart Of South America, by Garrett St. James

I guess us "fanatics" need to redouble our efforts in the face of "impossibilities." I remain optimistic despite the drooling malevolence and hutzpah of the ruling elite.

March 19, 2007

On Saturday, I set up our banners, the tables very early at the Palo Alto Civic Center. I was there before the main organizers and helped them unload. Fortunately a few activists came to help. Brian fixed the Replica so that it could be hauled vertically, but sadly the police said it was "illegal, too dangerous, exceeded height limitations and had to be hauled horizontally." I was so disappointed. We managed to pass out a fraction of the picket signs that I brought to the rally and I could only find people to cary one of the banners and had to leave the other two behind. Chuck leafletted, Bill watched the tables during the march. Still- we were visible and the table was popular (We took in $175 in donations- mainly bumper stickers, buttons, a few books and dvds. We passed out a lot of Deception Dollars.) I would guess that four hundred people were at the rally, and more than that participated in the march. The Palo Alto Daily News said:

Marking the fourth year since United States forces invaded Iraq, millions across the country marched to protest the war, including about 350 people in downtown Palo Alto.

Impeaching President George Bush, bringing the troops home, conspiracies about the 9/11 attacks and fear of an impending attack on Iran were common themes among the 40 and older crowd.

And many, such as organizer Paul George, director of the Peninsula Peace and Justice Center, were frustrated that the newly-elected Democratic Congress isn't pushing the White House harder for a troop withdrawal. It was the center's fourth anniversary rally.

... I actually spoke with the reporter at the rally and gave him some of the 9/11 materials. He seemed genuinely open to looking into it, but said his editor wouldn't go for it. There was also a videographer from a Turkish television statement who was interested in the 9/11 materials.

First to arrive, we were also the last to leave. Chuck and I went back to my house to finish stapling 50 picket signs for the big rally the next day.

Sunday, we were up early to get a good spot in the Civic Center, and set up the large Deception Dollar banner and my Earth Banner and Not in our Name banner, we borrowed an awning from Veteran's for Peace and set it up for for Bonnie Faulkner (Guns and Butter) who tabled next to us. Eric, Chuck and I left Scott and Bill to table while we went to Justin Herman Plaza to help with the replica, banners, signs.

We found John and Cosmos, who stapled together and passed out lots of picket signs. Brian was late, so it was hard for us to rally easily at the replica, but fortunately he unloaded it, and most of the signs, right at the beginning of where the march would travel- which was an ideal location to pass out signs, and I recruited five wonderful young people to help pull the replica and carry two banners, so all of our signs and banners made it into the march (We didn't get many back and I think people liked the message and will reuse the signs.)

Our leaflets and dollars were so popular that we handed out almost all the sacks of them that we brought. There were at least 40,000 people who filled all of Market Street. My voice was horribly raw from chanting on Saturday and the sound system wasn't directed well and bounced inside the replica rather than towards the street, there was lots of music, drumming and sound coming from multiple groups all along the way, with an occaisional roar from the entire march. We felt the public was very supportive of our message. Kids would flash "9/11 was an inside job" t shirts at me and give me the thumbs up. We were glad to be there.

We parked the replica behind our tables when we reached the fairly packed Civic Center and our table was, again, the most popular, and us, about the last to leave. We gave out lots of free literature and received about a thousand dollars in donations (running out of some of our books).

Some people were quite upset that we didn't have a speaker at the podium. It's amazing the level of resistance there is still to 9/11 truth within the official "left," but we are getting more popular support and the evidence is becoming more evident and obvious to a critical mass.

Today, Brian and I went to the rally at the Federal Building to cut off the war funding. I had only heard about the rally from George Johnson, who was one of the speakers last Wednesday when he spoke at our Impeachment Rally. I tried to see if we could endorse, speak and table at the event. They had a full slate of speakers, allowed no tabling, but did include us as endorsers on their website, and we felt warmly welcomed and easily found volunteers to hold two of our three large Deception Dollar banners and they left us tie up the big one in the trees behind the podium! (Hopefully the banners will find their way into the newscasts, as they are the perfect visuals to complement the message of the rally).

I saw lots of friends, several Green Party folks including- Krissy Keefer, Supervisor Ross Mirkarimi, and Matt Gonzalez spoke. The Democrats have shown such horrific contempt for popular will and support for criminal policies that I have no idea if they will even begin to cave in, even cosmetically, to the stop the war funding efforts. I am more hopeful, though, that Cynthia McKinney, so vilified by the press and Democrats will consider to run as a Green in the next election to be a true champion of people, truth, peace and justice.

With the shifting alliances in the power elite, the dumping of the dollar on the world stage, it looks like the elite are in full "damage control" mode.

I'm sure Rabbi Lerner, today, was trying to offer them a carrot to help prevent "total meltdown" in his articulation of a Global Marshall Plan or Generosity Strategy to help us transition from the "Dominator culture" towards a "Cooperative culture." It's a good first move.

Sadly our replica failed to make it into the photos of the rallies, and I forgot to bring my camera, again, but here is a nice one of the rally at the Civic Center March 18, 2007 with a prominent "9/11 Truth Now" banner beneath the "TRUTH" building:


March 15, 2007

Today we made the


cover of the Palo Alto Daily News

That was a nice surprise!

Kucinich also made remarks on the floor-

U.S. House - 15 March 2007 -- This House cannot avoid its Constitutionally authorized responsibility to restrain the abuse of Executive power. The Administration has been preparing for an aggressive war against Iran. There is no solid, direct evidence that Iran has the intention of attacking the United States or its allies.

The US is a signatory to the UN Charter, a constituent treaty among the nations of the world. Article II, Section 4 of the UN Charter states, "all members shall refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state. . ." Even the threat of a war of aggression is illegal.

Article VI of the US Constitution makes such treaties the Supreme Law of the Land. This Administration, has openly threatened aggression against Iran in violation of the US Constitution and the UN Charter.

This week the House Appropriations committee removed language from the Iraq war funding bill requiring the Administration, under Article 1, Section 8, Clause 11 of the Constitution, to seek permission before it launched an attack against Iran. Since war with Iran is an option of this Administration and since such war is patently illegal, then impeachment may well be the only remedy which remains to stop a war of aggression against Iran.

Kevin Ryan also posted an excellent article entitled 9/11: Looking for Truth in Credentials: The Peculiar WTC “Experts”. The article also was posted at crimesofthestate.blogspot.com which has some very good articles on it.

Global Research also posted an excellent piece on Propaganda and the Politics of Perception. We are in the midsts of an information war with violence looming over our very heads.

Since Jean-Luc (my husband) works at Google and doesn't share my political views, we have some very interesting conversations about what is happening with the internet. Google just got sued bigtime- New Media challenging Old Media for copyright violations, but they are probably safe because they are "policing" YouTube and removing "copyrighted material" quickly. Well the copyrighted material- happens to be the most damning evidence of complicity in 9/11. A great new documentary entitled The Ultimate Con 911 Documentary Trailer I disappeared sooner than I could add a live link to it the other day, and who knows how many places it will be put up on and taken down from by those who don't want people to see it, not because it violates copyright laws, but because of its damning political nature.

At least my husband no longer works at Inxight which he admitted was beginning to get more and more funding from the alphabet soup agencies that I oppose. He is hopeful that the guys at Google really do mean well; I'm more skeptical.

March 14, 2007

I've been so busy these past few days, but I am so moved and hopeful by my conversations, the latest news, the phenomenal work of other activists, our impeachment rally in Palo Alto, today, and our ideas for a major impeachment/9-11 visibility rally on 4/11 (Dial 411- for info) next month.

On Monday night, it was a pleasure to speak with Samuel Ettaro on the Citizen's Advocate radio program (The show is archived there- if anyone wants to listen to it.) Tom Chelston was the first caller. He had written to me a little while ago and gave me a link to an excellent Impeach music video which Tom produced, and which Samuel managed to play on the air, at some point, during the show. Samuel is a wonderful resource, too, for learning multi-media skills, and he actually teaches people how to "be the media." I wish I could learn his skills!! Another caller mentioned that he felt isolated, and was losing his friends when he tried to get them to look at the 9/11 Truth materials. He did perk up when I mentioned the www.truthaction.org 9/11 Visibility Actions and the possibility of targeting state capitals on the eleventh of some month (maybe June) in a coordinated national campaign to demand a real investigation of 9/11. He said he'd drive the several hours to get to Olympia. I do think actions begin small and then have the potential to grow and be replicated in many places...

Tuesday was actually a bit frustrating because I hadn't done much outreach for today's rally. Last February, I pulled together as many people as I could with less than 24 hours notice. Aside from some calendar listings, I had no speakers scheduled, one flyer that I had made on Monday, and I needed a new banner. So I sent out some e-mails, made a few phone calls, put up a few flyers, baked a lot of cookies, painted a banner, wrote a letter for Congresswoman Eshoo, and drafted a press release.

Today, I got up very early, got some good editing suggestions from friends, posted a quick article on Indymedia, sent out a couple faxes to the local press, loaded up signs, banners, food, sound system and hoped for the best...

Many of my dear friends showed up, plus a few people that I didn't know. It was a pretty small, but vocal group. George Johnson, from Veteran's for Peace and Annie and the Vets came and gave a great short little speech and sang "Connecticut Yankee." Tian and Drew both spoke on behalf of the Santa Clara Green Party and the Silicon Valley Impeachment Coalition. Galen also spoke on 9/11, and, with his booming voice, led most of the chants during our march (He also was in Snowshoe Films NYC Ground Zero 9/11/06 film, and will be featured on Kevin Barrett's show, soon). Julia Bernd represented the Peninsula Peace and Justice Center and spoke very briefly, encouraging everyone to come to the rally at the Civic Center on Saturday whose theme is Get Out of Iraq - Stay Out of Iran. Unfortunately, the Raging Grannies, Code Pink, and others were busy with other actions and couldn't make it to ours, too. There is just so much being done all over the Bay Area all this week and next week!

I forgot to bring a camera and so did Tian, but a photographer did show up. Miraculously, he was from the Palo Alto Daily News which has ignored me consistently for over six years, and ignored over a hundred demonstrations, rallies, marches, and events that I have organized. The photographer stayed around for quite a while and took a few photos as we marched, spoke and chanted down the sidewalks on University Avenue encouraging people to support impeachment, and passing out our flyers about the upcoming rallies and the national campaign to boycott corporate America from Tax Day to Earth Day to send the "Impeach for Peace and Justice" message to the powers that be.

We ran out of flyers, people were receptive to our message. We also went to Eshoo's office, I presented my latest letter ; we all signed in, then returned to Lytton Plaza to break bread and pow-wow a bit on further actions. Drew noted 4/11 also was "411" meaning info and we thought that would help with our publicity efforts to make next month's rally larger and more powerful. It just takes a lot of effort and more people, than just me, to pull off something "big."

I was so tired when I returned home, but I was revitalized when I found a brilliant 9/11 music video posted at 911 blogger a larger screen version is also posted at www.911building7.co.uk which includes the lyrics with hyperlinks to relevant websites. It's so well done- a marvelous tool for the 9/11 Truth Movement.

John Gold also posted an excellent interview with Bob McIlvaine, whom I was honored to meet in Arizona. Of all the victim's family members that I have heard speak, Bob's voice, story and understanding of 9/11 has touched me the most. He is probably the best spokesperson for 9/11 Truth, although it is heartbreaking to witness his emotion at the loss of his son, Bobby, who sounds like an exceptional, wonderful person.

March 12, 2007

Today, I need to catch up on all the organizing that I haven't been able to do since Thursday, including the usual accounting, post office runs, and I have to feed the kids early tonight because I'll be on the radio tonight from 6-8 pm, Pacific Time (if the East Coast is getting off Daylight Savings time, as we are).

Today, Carol Brouillet will be speaking on the Citizen's Advocate Monday, March 12th-9pm EST on Live365 Radio



March 11, 2007

Unfortunately, a 4 day migraine knocked the wind out of me these past few days and today was the first day that I felt "almost normal" again. The kids, errands, cooking, and sorting out all the 9/11 materials in the garage consumed most of my strength. Even though I couldn't join everyone in San Francisco, or even stage a minor 9/11 visibility action in Palo Alto today, I at least wore my T shirt and buttons. Dave made 50-100 picket signs which he tried to deliver to us in San Francisco, but he was a week off on his timing, so they ended up in my place- and I'll need help getting them to the upcoming rallies (They also need back-sides.)

I just posted an interesting interview that a friend of mine did-

The First Fifteen Minutes of September 11th
Former Air Traffic Controller Robin Hordon speaks out
on 9/11, NORAD and what should have happened on 9/11.

By Jeremy Baker

Former Air Traffic Controller Robin Hordon

From the first two paragraphs-
Within three hours of the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, Robin Hordon knew it was an inside job. He had been an Air Traffic Controller (ATC) for eleven years before Reagan fired him and hundreds of his colleagues after they went on strike in the eighties. Having handled in-flight emergencies and two actual hijackings in his career, he is well qualified to comment on what NORAD should have been able to achieve in its response to the near simultaneous hijacking of four domestic passenger carriers on the morning of September 11th, 2001.
“There had to be something huge to explain why those aircraft weren’t shot down out of the sky. We have fighters on the ready to handle these situations twenty-four-seven. We have NORAD (North American Aerospace Defense Command) monitors monitoring our skies twenty-four-seven. We have a lot of human beings, civilian and military, who care about doing their jobs.”

Although I have hated to even look at the Pentagon issue, because it is so controversial and decisive within the movement, I really was disappointed to not meet the Pilots for 9/11 Truth in Arizona in February and to see the Citizen Investigation Team's new film The Penta Con. I wasn't as impressed by The Penta Con video, as I was by the official pilots challenging the data released with the official report, but both expose some severe problems with the official story.

I do think that one of the best points made in the air traffic controller interview, and in my own interviews with pilots and witnesses is that those coming forward need to feel safe or have some sense of protection. This is very challenging to provide, when I don't think "anyone" can actually "be safe" anywhere anymore- not from the government, not from the media... All we can do really is to overcome fear, be brave, and hope for the support of the growing community of 9/11 truth, peace, justice activists and our own communications network- at some point people "will feel safer" being on the side of the vast majority who do want peace, justice, truth to prevail rather than on the side of the crooks, liars, and sellers of war.

It's a deeply personal decision which people must make for themselves.

March 8, 2007, International Women's Day

The last few days have been sobering, but I think there has never been more compelling reason to get out in the streets and organize, mobilize the public for change. Tuesday night, we went up to San Francisco for a Unity meeting to mobilize people for the upcoming anti-war rally/march on March 18th in San Francisco. While there wasn't much discussion, but a lot of short speeches from the thirty or so groups who had representatives there, it was good to realize that the movement is growing, but daunting to realize that it has been forced to grow by the repressive attacks by the police and the Christian Right upon people of color, immigrants, homosexuals, the poor, the Left in general.

I managed to get in my two minute 9/11 speech and raise the issue of a upcoming false flag attack, to be blamed on Iran, in order to get support for the next war, and query as to how many believed the official story of 9/11 (yes-2) and how many felt that 9/11 was used as a pretext for imperial expansion (yes 35- out of 80). The taboo issue, 9/11 Truth is still not addressed by ANSWER, the ISO, and others in the anti-war movement. I'm going to try to write something up for the upcoming summit to stop the war on Iran that will be held in Berkeley on Saturday. We need to merge the truth movement with the peace and justice movement- to strengthen them and have a more significant impact on the public, the media, the government.

Wednesday, at the Listening Project, I was told about how the police stopped a bus on 101 because a "sleeping man" had a knife on him. The police interrogated, photographed, and terrorized everyone on the bus and delayed them for over an hour. It is almost like they are practicing for martial law. That evening in Berkeley, Chalmers-Johnson gave a very grim talk with a poor prognosis for the demise not only of the American Empire, but its economic collapse. He is an old guy, but seemed willing to take in "new facts" and change his opinion about things, so we did present him with 9/11 materials after the talk, but he held tightly to his famous "Blowback Thesis" which was published prior to 9/11 and probably helped sell the official 9/11 narrative to the Left.

Today, I actually was feeling quite ill, and wasn't too happy to receive more confirming articles on the dire situtation that we are facing in this country today. Here are excerpts from-

Operation Falcon and the Looming Police State by Mike Whitney, February 26, 2007
On 29th June, 1934, Chancellor Adolph Hitler, accompanied by the Schutzstaffel (SS), arrived at Wiesse, where he personally arrested the leader of the Strum Abteilung (SA), Ernnst Roehm. During the next 24 hours 200 other senior SA officers were arrested on the way to Wiesse. Many were shot as soon as they were captured but Hitler decided to pardon Roehm because of his past service to the movement. However, after much pressure from Hermann Goering and Heinrich Himmler, Hitler agreed that Roehm should die. At first Hitler insisted that Roehm should be allowed to commit suicide but, when he refused, Roehm was shot by two SS men. (Spartacus.schoolnet.co)

Later, Hitler delivered a speech at the Reichstag in which he justified the murders of his rivals saying:

"If anyone reproaches me and asks why I did not resort to the regular courts of justice, then all I can say is this: In this hour I was responsible for the fate of the German people, and thereby I became the supreme judge of the German people. It was no secret that this time the revolution would have to be bloody; when we spoke of it we called it 'The Night of the Long Knives.' Everyone must know for all future time that if he raises his hand to strike the State, then certain death is his lot."

The Night of the Long Knives is seen by many as the turning point where Hitler made it clear that he was above the law and the supreme leader of the German people.

Operation Falcon: Blueprint for removing dissidents and political rivals

The Bush administration has carried out three massive sweeps in the last two years, rolling up more than 30,000 minor crooks and criminals, without as much as a whimper of protest from the public.

Operation Falcon is the clearest indication yet that the Bush administration is fine-tuning its shock-troops so it can roll up tens of thousands of people at a moment’s notice and toss them into the newly-built Halliburton detention centers. This should be a red flag for anyone who cares at all about human rights, civil liberties, or simply saving his own skin.

Operation Falcon was allegedly the brainchild of Attorney General Alberto Gonzales and his counterpart in the US Marshal's office, (Director) Ben Reyna. But its roots go much deeper into the nexus of right-wing Washington think tanks where fantasies of autocratic government have a long history. The name, Falcon, is an acronym for "Federal and Local Cops Organized Nationally." It relates to the more than 960 state, local and federal agencies which are directly involved in the administration’s expansive criminal dragnets.

Typically, law enforcement agencies are protective of their own turf and wary of outside intervention. The Falcon program overrides these concerns by streamlining the information-sharing processes and setting up a chain-of-command structure that radiates from the Justice Department. This removes many of the traditional obstacles to agency interface. It also relocates the levers of power in Washington where thy can be manned by members of the Bush administration...

The first Operation Falcon took place during the week of April 4 to April 10, 2005. According to the US Marshal’s official website, "The emphasis centered on gang related crimes, homicides, crimes involving use of a weapon, crimes against children and the elderly, crimes involving sexual assaults, organized crime and drug related fugitives, and other crimes of violence." More than 10,000 criminal suspects were arrested in a matter of days. It was the largest criminal sweep in the nation’s history and, according to U.S. Marshall chief Ben Reyna, "produced the largest number of arrests ever recorded during a single initiative." The Washington Times noted, "The sweep was a virtual clearinghouse for warrants on drug, gang, gun and sex-offender suspects nationwide."

The emphasis was clearly on quantity not quality...

Still, this doesn’t explain why state and federal agencies had to be integrated with local law enforcement simply to carry out routine police work...

Operation FALCON II was another massive dragnet which covered the western half of the country and focused primarily on "violent sex offenders". The raids took place from April 17-23, and succeeded in apprehending 9,037 alleged fugitives. The US Marshals web site boasts that the operation "took some of the country's most dangerous wanted criminals off the streets and made America's communities safer".

Nonsense. Despite the claims of success, only 462 "violent sex crime" suspects were arrested, along with 1,094 "unregistered sex offenders" and other minor "sex crime" suspects. That leaves 7,481 suspects who were rounded up for other unrelated reasons.

Who are they and what crime did they commit? Were these drug violations, dads who were delinquent on child-support payments, traffic tickets, jay-walking?!?

7,481 people who were incarcerated are unaccounted by the government’s estimate. This means that the bulk of them were probably undocumented workers who were shunted off to the INS (Immigration and Naturalization) or dispatched to Cheney’s tent-city gulags in western Texas. (See: Democracy Now "Human Rights Groups Call for Closure of Texas Jail Holding Undocumented Immigrants" 2-23-07)

Similar inconsistencies appear in "Operation FALCON III, which covered the eastern half of the country from October 22 - 28, 2006." State, local and federal police-units arrested 10,773 fugitives; including 1,659 sex offenders, 971 unregistered sex offenders, 364 gang members, 140 homicide suspects, and 3,609 drug violations. Once again, the US Marshal’s official tally doesn’t pencil out. This time, 4,030 extra people were rounded up without any further explanation.

Who are they and have they been charged with a crime?

Furthermore, sex offenders, drug users and gang-bangers are not what we normally consider "some of the country's most dangerous wanted criminals". In fact, there are indications that the great majority of these people are not violent at all. For example, of the 30,110 total fugitives who were apprehended in all three Falcon sweeps, a measly 586 firearms were seized.

Clearly, the people who were arrested for the most part were not "armed and dangerous" nor were they a serious threat to public safety. They were probably just the unwitting victims of an overzealous US Marshals office and an ideologically-driven Justice Department.

So, what was the real impetus for the Falcon raids? Was it just a bean-counting exercise to see how many people would fit in the back of a Paddy-wagon or are they a dress rehearsal for future crackdowns on potential enemies of the state?

Bogus News Reports

The Falcon operation illustrates the incestuous relationship between the media and the state. They are two wings on the same plane. The Justice Department provided the TV networks with official footage of policemen and government agents raiding homes and handcuffing suspects; and the media dutifully aired the video on stations across the country. The scenes were accompanied by a reassuring commentary lauding the administration’s new crime fighting strategies and linking homeland security with the nebulous war on terror...

The Falcon operations can only be understood in the broader context of the ongoing assault on the constitutional system of checks and balances; including the repeal of habeas corpus, warrantless wiretaps and searches, and the use of torture.

For the last 6 years, the Bush administration has been busy dismantling the legal safeguards which protect the citizen from the arbitrary and, oftentimes, ruthless actions of the state. To that end, detention camps are being prepared by Halliburton within the U.S., secret courts have been established which deny due process of law, American citizens are arrested without charge, law enforcement is increasingly militarized, and the media has strengthened its alliance with the central government.

Additionally, in October 2006, George Bush quietly changed the Insurrection Act, which prevented the President from deploying troops inside the United States. Bush’s revision effectively overturns the Posse Comitatus Act which put strict limits on the executive’s power to use US troops in domestic situations. Just days earlier Bush signed a similar bill, "The John Warner Defense Authorization Act of 2007" which gives Bush the power to take command of National Guard units across the country which are traditionally under the control of the state governors.

Without fanfare, Bush has taken control of all armed forces and militias inside and outside of the country and now has a monopoly on all the state-sanctioned tools of organized violence. It’s a coup that could never have succeeded without the tacit cooperation of the media.

Bush is now free to declare martial law in response to a natural disaster, a pandemic or a terrorist attack. The congress is powerless to stop him.

Also, Bush recently signed the Military Commissions Act of 2006, which allows the president to arbitrarily declare citizens and non citizens "enemy combatants" and imprison them indefinitely without charge. The new law gives Bush the authority to disregard the Geneva Conventions and the 8th amendment’s ban on "cruel and unusual" punishment and apply "harsh interrogation" which may include torture. The act effectively repeals habeas corpus, the cornerstone of American jurisprudence and the Bill of Rights...

These are the chilling precedents which have paved the way for further government lawlessness and abuse. They foreshadow the ominous transition from representative government to autocratic rule; from inalienable rights to martial law.

The Falcon operations are just a small part of this larger paradigm. The program is not designed for rounding up minor crooks and drug dealers, (which no one really cares about anyway) but for removing leftists, dissidents and political rivals. These are the real targets. The power of the state is measured in terms of how effectively it defeats or eliminates its enemies. And, the Bush administration has shown a remarkable aptitude for crushing its rivals.

The Crawford Fuehrer

One day, after a particularly savage domestic purge; we can expect President Bush to stride to the presidential podium and reiterate the same words that were uttered by his German predecessor 60 years ago:

"If anyone reproaches me and asks why I did not resort to the regular courts of justice, then all I can say is this: In this hour I was responsible for the fate of the American people, and thereby I became the supreme judge of the American people….Everyone must know for all future time that if he raises his hand to strike the State, then certain death is his lot."

This article, which was published in Pravda, echoes the other one:
US president orders military to begin jailing all civilian protestors to war, by Sorcha Faal, January 18, 2007
In yet another shocking prelude towards becoming a Total Police State, Russian Intelligence Analysts are reporting today that the American War Leaders have issued orders to the United States Military Northern Command authorizing the jailing, and military tribunals, for any American citizen critical of the 'war effort'.

These reports state that the American President has 'lost his confidence' in the American Judicial System and has further ordered his War Cabinet to begin attacking civilian judges, and as we can read as confirmed by the MSNBC News Service in their article titled "Gonzales: Judges unfit to rule on terror policy", and which says:

"Attorney General Alberto Gonzales says federal judges are unqualified to make rulings affecting national security policy, ramping up his criticism of how they handle terrorism cases.

"We want to determine whether he understands the inherent limits that make an unelected judiciary inferior to Congress or the president in making policy judgments," Gonzales says in the prepared speech. "That, for example, a judge will never be in the best position to know what is in the national security interests of our country."

The American War Leaders have further launched attacks against their own civilian judiciary from the Pentagon, and as we can read as reported by the Jurist Legal Research and News Service in their report titled "US law deans 'appalled' by Stimson criticism of law firms for representing detainees", and which says:

"More than 130 deans of US law schools signed a statement released Monday expressing their dismay at comments made last week by DOD Deputy Assistant Secretary for Detainee Affairs Charles "Cully" Stimson in a radio interview critizing top US law firms for providing pro bono representation to Guantanamo detainees.

"We," the deans wrote, are appalled by the January 11, 2007 statement of Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense Charles "Cully" Stimson, criticizing law firms for their pro bono representation of suspected terrorist detainees and encouraging corporate executives to force these law firms to choose between their pro bono and paying clients."

Furthering the complete destruction of the rights of the American people to 'due process' and 'fair trials', the American War Leaders have passed a new law subjecting their citizens to Military, instead of Civilian trials.

According to reports from the United States, this little known law was 'slipped into' a large spending bill unbeknownst to US Congressional Leaders, and though 'seemingly' applying to American contractors in fact subjects all American citizens to Military Arrest and Trials.

The most destructive of these 'new' laws 'slipped into' much larger legislation, and bypassing the notice of US Lawmakers, has overturned over 200 years of American procedures for appointing US Federal Prosecutors, and who are, according the American Constitution, charged with being 'politically neutral' so as to afford the citizens of the United States protection against prosecution by a vengeful government, and as we can read as reported by the Associated Press News Service in their article titled "2 U.S. Attorneys in Calif. quit, critics say Bush forced them out", and which says:

"Two U.S. Attorneys in California announced they are stepping down, as critics alleged political pressure from the Bush administration was pushing them and others out of their jobs. Kevin Ryan, chief federal prosecutor for the state's Northern District, and Carol Lam, who headed the state's Southern District, both announced Tuesday they would be leaving their positions.

The two are among 11 top federal prosecutors who have resigned or announced their resignations since an obscure provision in the USA Patriot Act reauthorization last year enabled the U.S. attorney general to appoint replacements without Senate confirmation."

Russian Legal Analysts familiar with American Law state in these reports that the significance of these actions being taking against American citizens by the US War Leaders shows the 'complete ascendancy' to 'total power' of the American President, and who now is free to rule his Nation by decree free from interference by either the US Congress, or the American people themselves.

So powerless have the US Congress and American people become, that as outrage continues to build within the United States against the expansion of the war in Iraq, and the planned US attack upon Iran, the spokesman for the American War Leader has stated in response to a US Congressional move to block further war making:

"Presidential spokesman Tony Snow said resolutions passed by Congress will not affect Bush's decision-making. "The president has obligations as a commander in chief," he said. "And he will go ahead and execute them."

Russian Intelligence Analysts in these reports to President Putin have asked, "If President Bush feels that he is not constrained by either the elected representatives of the American people, or the American people themselves, we must then consider that he, and his Administration, have become powers unto themselves and that the United States should therefore be considered a dictatorship, not a democracy."

To the American people themselves, they remain in abject denial of the dark Fascist forces descending around them; but soon, and much sooner than they could believe, and with their families and neighbors disappearing into the vast American Gulag, what they once believed in as the American Dream, will soon be shown for what it really is, an American Nightmare.

Not exactly cheerful reading. At least in the Bay Area, we are somewhat encouraged by the police to protest against the war, a lot of them seem to be on our side ideologically. Tomorrow the Christian Rightwing will be coming to San Francisco to protest our "immoral liberal laws" and hold a gargantuan militant Christian rally in the stadium called "Battlecry" encouraging youth to "kill for Christ." In some ways, the country seems to be deliberately polarized, divided, and being pushed in the direction of civil war.

A friend who visited me this week, and who generally lives outside the US, agreed that the prognosis for the United States was bleak and that the country was being deliberately destroyed. He also felt that it wasn't a new phenomena hatched by the neocons, but part of a larger process begun centuries ago, by monied interests, desirous of maintaining the "Divine Rights" that they have held onto. Just as the US has tried to destroy Cuba and the threats of a "alternative example" elsewhere, the bad American example is being "destroyed." The ideals of the US, which have inspired revolutionary, nationalist movements in other countries, are being exposed as false, empty, veneer with no substance, as the country is losing all respect in the eyes of the world for its rapacious militarism, flagrant use of torture, imperial overreach, and descent into tyranny.

The stage is being set for revolution. I would rather see a media revolution and a revolution in consciousness, than the descent into a bloody civil war. The biggest challenge is to wake up those who have been apathetic, cynical, frightened, and encourage and empower them into taking action, only the involvement and the support of the majority in opposition to the current regime will stave off the expansion of war at home and abroad.

March 6, 2007

I just posted upcoming anti-war organizing meetings on the calendar. Also Chalmers-Johnson and Gray Brechin will be speaking on "NEMESIS: The Last Days of the American Republic" Wednesday in Berkeley and Ken and Hummux would like to table at what should be a very big event. Richard Gage also wants to try out his new powerpoint presentation at our Thursday Educational Forum, March 8th in Oakland- This is his www.AE911Truth.org (Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth multimedia presentation), a 1-1/2 power-packed expose of the 3 WTC High-rise “Collapses” on 9/11, which he will be giving at 6 different colleges during March and April- so we should come, bring friends, give positive and critical feedback to him, wish I had had more notice, but I'll send out an email on our larger events list for all the new events, including the Impeachment Rally, that I'm working on organizing for March 14th. Yesterday I was stuck at the computer and phone all day and didn't begin to get all the work done. Today is gorgeous and I'm going to at least go for a walk to maintain my health and sanity.

It is somewhat magical and wonderful, however, to make connections via the internet and see them blossom into friendships and collaborations. Last night I got an email and a song about Impeachment from Tom Chelston- the mp is posted here- www.tomsongs.com/images/Impeach.MP3, the Video version is posted at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xT6Zhx0q8xs. His website is www.tomsongs.org. I was really impressed by his music and his work, and I hope he'll be able to participate in some of our events when he comes through the Bay Area in early April. I also want to include his song in the new radio show- I just have to figure out all the technological details. The challenge isn't lack of ideas, but lack of time to do everything I want to do- and feed the kids and not neglect the family...

March 5, 2007

I wish there were more hours in the day, I'm feeling a bit overwhelmed with all that is coming my way, and all that I'm being asked to do.

I started watching 9/11: The Birth of Treason the other day and it seemed pretty well done, until I noticed a rather horrific gaff, selling the Commission Report's Lie about Mineta's testimony which was actually about the plane heading for the Pentagon, rather than Flight 93. I wish they had had time to get more seasoned 9/11 truth activists to check their facts. However, I think that there is disagreement on many of the "facts" throughout the movement. We know that we've been lied to; we agree that the whole thing has the fingerprints of a special operation all over it, but we still don't know exactly what happened. Actually an excellent little segment on Al-Jazeera's Look at 9/11 Conspiracy Theories and the Media Coverage which Sparked Them. Certainly, any time we get the facts wrong- we look awful in the eyes of the press and the public and the mistakes undermine the credibility of the whole movement. Sadly, it's pretty easy to "infiltrate us," get the stage, and then start spouting nonsense. Similar techniques were used to discredit Jim Garrison's investigation of the assasination of J.F.K.. All we really can do is try to reach the most people with our best information, and trust in the power of rational thinking, truth, to overcome the fear mongering, and the Big Lie.

Today, I worked on the final edits of my chapter in an upcoming book that is basically a copy of the speech I gave in November 2004 at the International Conference on the Gift Economy entitled Facing the Shadow of 9/11. I also got a link to an interview of me at the recent 9/11 Accountability Conference by Matthew Jarfi.

Brian miraculously fixed my car (which saves me thousands of dollars, a huge headache, and much stress) and it also allows me to put resources into more useful activities- including the 9/11 Truth events that I'd like to organize. I also have been asked to help organize events for Kevin Barrett, Bob Bowman, and Mike Palacek. The more urgents events, however, are the upcoming anti-war rallies, and the impeachment rally on March 14th which require some legwork, graphics, outreach. There is also a planning meeting in San Francisco on Tuesday night for the big mobilization in San Francisco on March 18th, and we really should attend- if we're going to get the 9/11 Truth issue mentioned at the rally. It's time for the 9/11 Truth, Peace, Justice, Impeachment Movewments to merge- and ample opportunities. We just heard of another anti-war summit (this Saturday) to protest the upcoming war on Iran, plus there is the anti-war conference May 16-17th in New Mexico, the US Social Forum in Atlanta in June, and the UFPJ Conference in Chicago in June. Thank goodness there are so many of us, now- that hopefully people will be able to champion 9/11 Truth, locally, regionally, nationally and internationally- wherever and whenever thay can. (Summers, I usually can't do much, because the kids are out of school and I'm on family trips.)

March 2, 2007

Yesterday, Raymond and Elliott, devoted Christians, began a walk for 9/11 Truth leaving Denver for DC. They posted two films on google 9/11: The Birth of Treason and Iraq: The Death of Reason. I believe they are sincerely devoted to waking up the genuine Christians in this country as to the true nature of the Bush regime, and they deserve our support. I still haven't had a chance to view their films, but I was fortunate to meet them last October when they were in Boulder filming.

Last night, we didn't get very far covering our agenda at the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting. Brian and I were late, which didn't help. Except that I did get a phone call from the new We the People Radio Network and agreed to do a radio show on Mondays, 7-9 pm Pacific Time (which is when my kids are at their Boy Scout meetings and really my only "free" evening). I know it will be a lot of work, but also an opportunity to interview people whom I couldn't interview otherwise and to get voices and issues on the air that have a hard time getting their important messages out. If anyone wants to help me lining up shows, finding music, writing up transcripts, please let me know. The best thing about it is that I'll be able to do it from my computer at home and don't have to drive anywhere.

It was very good for us to share our experiences and views of the conference and the net result was that the conference succeeded, despite the poor organization, and structural, logistical gaffs. The most critical thing was bringing people together. Great connections were made, important networking did happen, our message did get out favorably in the press, despite the fact that we couldn't have staged a better opportunity for detractors to run with various bad soundbites. We made lots of lemonade out of lemons. I need to follow through and provide the best ideas we want to convey under "outreach" for the webmaster to post at their site, and I will write up an article on "strategy" to help people avoid falling into "perception of failure or burnout" which is a real danger at this stage of the movement. With enough support and understanding of how social movements work, we should be able to pull the movements together into phase six which is "Success."

Janette also lent me a car, and Brian is working on mine, so at least I'll be able to get to meetings, rallies, and demonstrations in the near term without agonizing over what I could fit on my bicycle.

March 1, 2007

Yesterday it poured rain before I could get to the Listening Project, so I cancelled it and just worked at home. I lost my voice somewhat from the conference, the cold, and am fighting off another illness. I went to bed early last night, for health reasons, but also to finish reading the novel that Ian Woods passed out in Arizona- Hal Sisson's Modus Operandi 9/11. Jim Marrs is quoted on the cover- "It's a bit like having 9/11 explained to you by Benny Hill."

While it mixes outrageous fiction with the plausible facts that have led most of us to the conclusion that "9/11 was an inside job," it also paints a larger scenario where Cheney and Bush (or at least their fictional equivalents) are willing puppets in a larger game. There were some slow parts (the redundant pieces elaborating the facts that I already knew), but also more engaging interesting pieces that made the book hard to put down. I think it would actually be most enthralling to people who have had zero exposure to the 9/11 Truth Movement's work. Just as I produced Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush to sneak basic facts into the public domain, I think Hal has done a great job of sneaking facts into his engaging novel. We need to try it out on the uninitiated.

Yesterday an excellent piece appeared in The Burlington Free Press about the initiative that will appear on Vermont's ballot on March 6th demanding a real investigation of 9/11. If it succeeds, it should help us mobilize more public pressure, expose the cover-up, and halt the criminals who are still riding high on the Big Lie.

February 28, 2007

Today it was supposed to rain, but it is beautiful and sunny. I just wonder how I'll be able to get to my Listening Project at Lytton Plaza with my tabling stuff and banners without a car, guess I'll have to condense and try it with my bicycle and bike trailer and hope the weather doesn't turn on me.

I got an email with most of the outreach ideas generated at the workshop in Arizona and posted a new section on this page at Outreach Ideas. Missing is www.wearenotbuyingit.org - the National Boycott from Tax Day to Earth Day to demand impeachment and an end to the war on Iraq.

But I have to bake bread and load up the bicycle... I can never do everything...

February 27, 2007

The 9/11 Accountability Conference in Chandler, Arizona concluded yesterday with a birthday breakfast for Janette and a closing circle. I think Janette found the whole experience to be quite an ordeal and it really isn't over for her. We will have to see how we can support her and help her to continue her vital work within the 9/11 Truth Movement. There were at least ten of us- Janette, Ken Jenkins, hummux, John, Brian, Scott, MaryAnn, Cosmos, Scott's sister Sandy, her friend Valerie, Richard Gage, and me representing Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance over the weekend- plus the folks from Santa Cruz. MaryAnn and I got a dose of the disorganization when we left for the airport with no rendez-vous point for a ride to the resort, no one answered the conference phone hotline, and we decided to grab the super shuttle. At the hotel lobby, Steven Jones doubled as door opener. Peter Dale Scott couldn't get into a room, and MaryAnn and I let him rest in our room, until the conference organizers could authorize a room for him.

I know when I did the San Francisco Inquiry, no one was met at the airport and everyone was on their own, so who am I to criticize? It's a struggle to organize a complex event with no paid staff and just a boon of volunteers at the last minute. Kent took blame publicly for all the gaffs and directed credit for all that worked towards volunteers and others.

We did the best we could to make the conference work, but it was a bit of a challenge logistically and the real tragedy to my point of view was that there wasn't any formal mechanism which gave people an easy place to meet and get to know one another- you basically bumped into people by random chance and people that I would have loved to meet- I never even got to see. Some people are shy and can't just strike up a conversation randomly with people that they don't know, just because they are attending the same conference. I oscillate between bravado and shyness, myself- it takes an effort to reach out to strangers. MaryAnn made a Herculean effort to gather contact info for the 9/11 Truth Activist Directory, but it would mean a lot more to us all had there been a place for everyone to comfortably, even briefly, introduce themselves to one another- I wish there had been more circles and less of the hierarchical traditional conference structures.

I was delighted that we actually got some great press on the local channel 12 (NBC) news station- What if Everything We Knew About 9/11 was Wrong?. However, there were ample opportunities to give critics devastating footage of the fissures within the movement and the people who specialize in sticking their feet in their mouths. I witnessed part of the Press Conference, but couldn't endure the whole thing.

I did get to meet some great people and despite the lack of sleep, I think I held up better than I usually do at conferences, primarily because MaryAnn and Brian were there and shouldered most of the tabling, so I actually did get to relax, socialize, eat (didn't sleep much, though). There was a party on Saturday night which began at 10:30 pm and kept most people up until past 2 pm, and then the fire alarm went off at 5:18 am, and I was scheduled to hold an outreach meeting at 9:00 am (not my idea, but it was posted on the website and on the registration table) so I went to it (it wasn't printed in the schedule and only 2 other people showed up at that incredibly early time on Sunday morning. That was really the biggest challenge- the program- which was rarely followed and stuck people for hours in one place or another- waiting and waiting.)

I'm sure Kent lost tens of thousands of dollars on the event, and there was a lot of stress at the end on how people were going to be reimbursed for their out of pocket expenses, which was not resolved by the time that I left.

I missed most of the programs, but I did get to Ken and Janette's presentations and the Saturday morning memorial session which I think were vitally important and much appreciated. I have a feeling that each person who attended Chandler had a unique experience depending on where they went, what they did, who they encountered, who they knew. I joked with MaryAnn as we were leaving- "Thank God- we're more than one person!" That also happened to be the same sentiment expressed at the close of the closing circle "We are the ones we've been waiting for. We are the one." Despite all the differences, most of us (with the exception of those deliberately working to destroy the movement) were united in exposing the big lie, demanding accountability, and changing the system, so that false flag operations and future wars could be prevented.

Leaving for the airport, MaryAnn and I were given a lift by a great activist in Gabriel's new car, along with Damon from the East Coast. We had a delightful conversation and after the three of us were dropped off at the airport, before we went our separate ways, I realized that Damon and I had chanted our 9/11 song at the rally/march in Chicago last June, so I suggested we teach him and sing, at the top of our lungs the whole song with the latest stanza, in the airport which we did!!! It was fun (sometimes the police will give you a hard time for passing out Deception Dollars- but they can't stop us from singing.)

Coming home, I got a ton of email and phone messages. The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance hotline number is suddenly out of commission, and we're afraid that the company that hosted it went out of business.

I received notice that a whole new section has been added to the www.patriotsquestion911.com with statements and photos of Victim's family members and survivors.

February 22, 2007

I'm incredibly busy, but here is what is happening:

Impeachment, 9/11, Overcoming Fear, Showing Courage

Tonight, Impeachment is on the table at the Grand Lake Theater, but 9/11 Truth has been bumped from the panel discussion. Why is it important to overcome fear and include 9/11 Truth in the discussion? Here is the text of the speech that won't be given this evening...

A year ago today, Janette MacKinlay, a 9/11 survivor, who lived directly across the street from the World Trade Center, organized an event in this Theater entitled Question 9/11- A Call to Activism. The Bay Area has been called “Ground Zero” for “the 9/11 Truth Movement.” We have held numerous events here including David Ray Griffin speaking on 9/11 The Myth and the Reality. The first Citizen’s International Inquiry into 9/11 took place in San Francisco and now those who say that they believe the official narrative of 9/11 is down to 16% of the population. Tomorrow, hundreds of people will converge in Arizona for the 9/11 Accountability- Strategies and Solutions Conference.

We know that this Administration has committed terrible crimes against our country, the world, our Constitution, the Bill of Rights. We passionately believe that they must be stopped and impeached.

It is possible that Congress might “Impeach him” for a minor charge, and merrily carry on with the worst of the Bush/Cheney’ policies, the bogus war on terrorism, beefing up Homeland Security, ceding the destruction of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, the institutionalization of torture, the Military Commissions Act, the imposition of a national identification card, the militarization of space, global hegemony. For this reason, 9/11 should be included in the articles of impeachment. However since the current Congress has embraced the bad recommendations of the 9/11 Cover-up Commission this may be politically unfeasible, without a massive effort on the part of the public. We need to create the wave which will give courage to those in Congress to impeach the Administration and reverse their policies.

The real terrorists have hijacked our country and are occupying the White House. They have stolen at least two presidential elections, and have no legitimacy.

They lied and covered up the truth about 9/11 and Katrina. Those lies cost the lives of thousands of people. The worst conspiracy theory about 9/11 is the one that Cheney and Bush used to sell the war on Iraq which has cost over one hundred thousand innocent lives. They spent billions of dollars on propaganda to sell that lie and 85% of the soldiers in Iraq were tricked into believing that Saddam had something to do with 9/11. This could not have been accomplished without the complicity of Congress and the press. They supported the lies, they failed to ask the hard questions, and they deserve much of the blame for the enormous suffering and loss of life of these past five years.

Fear and lies are the tools of a criminal regime. Courage and truth are the tools and hope of those who cherish and respect life. We who seek justice, peace, freedom, a future for our children and future generations must have the courage to seek and speak the truth about the foundational lie of the current regime.

Resistance to 9/11 Truth comes mainly from fear. People can’t believe that important facts could be true and unreported by the mainstream press or absent from the official investigations. People do not want to believe that their government or the press could deceive them on such an important matter.

However we have abundant evidence that the official 9/11 report is a 571 page lie with at least 115 significant omissions and distortions. Additionally, on the day after 9/11 the White House pressured the Environmental Protection Agency to say that the air and water at Ground Zero were safe, dooming first responders to extremely toxic health hazards which have ruined the health and killed not only first responders, but those who were exposed to the deadly dust created by the disintegration of the twin towers and Building 7. While many agree that the official narrative of 9/11 is false and that there is strong evidence of “government incompetence, foreknowledge, criminal negligence, destruction of evidence, a cover-up;” there is also evidence of complicity, means, motive, opportunity. Clearly the attacks benefited the White House, military contractors, oil companies, the surveillance industry and others. In his chapter on the Global Dominance Group in the book 9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out, Peter Phillips and his fellow researchers identify 236 suspects, who wanted to expand the American Empire, their power, and profits...

February 20, 2007

Astonishingly, the New York Times published this editorial yesterday-

Making Martial Law Easier
A disturbing recent phenomenon in Washington is that laws that strike to the heart of American democracy have been passed in the dead of night. So it was with a provision quietly tucked into the enormous defense budget bill at the Bush administration’s behest that makes it easier for a president to override local control of law enforcement and declare martial law.

The provision, signed into law in October, weakens two obscure but important bulwarks of liberty. One is the doctrine that bars military forces, including a federalized National Guard, from engaging in law enforcement. Called posse comitatus, it was enshrined in law after the Civil War to preserve the line between civil government and the military. The other is the Insurrection Act of 1807, which provides the major exemptions to posse comitatus. It essentially limits a president’s use of the military in law enforcement to putting down lawlessness, insurrection and rebellion, where a state is violating federal law or depriving people of constitutional rights.

The newly enacted provisions upset this careful balance. They shift the focus from making sure that federal laws are enforced to restoring public order. Beyond cases of actual insurrection, the president may now use military troops as a domestic police force in response to a natural disaster, a disease outbreak, terrorist attack or to any “other condition.”

Changes of this magnitude should be made only after a thorough public airing. But these new presidential powers were slipped into the law without hearings or public debate. The president made no mention of the changes when he signed the measure, and neither the White House nor Congress consulted in advance with the nation’s governors. There is a bipartisan bill, introduced by Senators Patrick Leahy, Democrat of Vermont, and Christopher Bond, Republican of Missouri, and backed unanimously by the nation’s governors, that would repeal the stealthy revisions. Congress should pass it. If changes of this kind are proposed in the future, they must get a full and open debate.

____________________________________

Of course, Leahy spoke about this on February 7, 2007, and I don't think it made headlines back then.

My car, which I bought when Jules was 3 weeks old (he's now 18), was formally pronounced dead by the local mechanic. Even $1500 in parts couldn't guarantee its revival, and I doubt if it is worth that much. It throws a wrench into my activism, since I use it so much to get to meetings, events, carry the stuff to rallies. If I don't buy another car, than I can justify bicycling more, and not going to distant meetings and events. I also got an email with another offer for a weekly radio show- so maybe I will redirect my energies in a more ecological manner- less travel- more computer/radio/local work.

I've helped to edit a 9/11 chapter for an upcoming book, and am working on the presentations for Thursday and the Arizona Conference, and getting the website up- which could compile a 9/11 Truth Activist Directory for Arizona (as well as for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and other 9/11 groups). I also baked cookies for tomorrow's Listening Project, the forecast is for rain later in the afternoon- I hope it doesn't hit sooner.

Locally, the Silicon Valley impeachment group would like to do an Impeachment Rally and March on Eshoo's office once a month. That would dovetail in nicely with the upcoming Palo Alto anti-war rally on March 17th, and the National "We're Not Buying It!" Boycott from Tax Day to Earth Day. I think it would make sense to do the Impeachment Rally/March on the second Wednesdays of the rest of the year. I just wonder what I can carry in my bike trailer, or whether I'll be able to find a functional affordable car.

February 18, 2007

The excellent 9/11 Solution video posted by Brasscheck TV-

The 9/11 Solution
The big clue that everyone missed
How the key 9/11 myths were implanted

was removed, but I found another viewable copy posted at-

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-3074561005024763960&q=911+solution

It's very worthwhile checking out, and reposting if you have the technological capacity- so that it can't be removed or suppressed again.

February 17, 2007

Here's a posed group picture, after our "Love America- Impeach Bush/Cheney" Rally and March which ended at Eshoo's office in Downtown Palo Alto.


Valentine's Day- February 14, 2007, Palo Alto
We didn't attract any news media, but quite a few people turned up and the public was supportive. If you click on the photo- it will take you to Tian Harter's account of the day and more photos. I had fun making the banners, but my car chose that day to die. I really didn't know if I'd make it to Lytton Plaza, and just barely made it home.

Thursday, I was obliged to rent a car for a week to get to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting and other upcoming events- including getting my son to the airport tomorrow morning at 4:30 am, while my husband is away. At the Oakland meeting, I dispersed tabling materials for the Thursday (February 23rd) High Crimes screening, with Cynthia McKinney, Larry Everest, Peter Phillips at the Grand Lake Theater- where I'll also have an opprtunity to speak on 9/11 for 5-10 minutes. I also gave cases of materials for others to bring to Arizona, and got out T-shirts and books, and bumper stickers to those who had asked for them. The meeting was well attended with a full agenda, including discussion of possible future events, which require some effort on our part to make happen. Jeremy announced that he is doing a 9/11 Truth comic book with Trine Day Press, and Mickey Huff is pulling together a great event at Berkeley City College on 9/11 and the Media on April 20th- or around that time- I'll post it on the calendar when I have the chance. We're trying to get a functional online 9/11 Truth Activist Directory- for local use, as well as to offer to the 9/11 Truth conference in Arizona, to improve communications between activists. We can't do all the organizing at meetings- there are too many events- which require various sub-groups to communicate directly with one another, to spearhead, and shoulder the various actions.

Friday, Peter Phillips came to Mountain View for an "Impeachment" event and gave an excellent talk, along with Lew Brown, whose working 100 hours a week to organize a nationwide shopping boycott. Here's links to the new website:





I was so busy on Friday with the normal tasks, feeding the kids who were on holiday, getting to the Post Office, Bank, and baking cookies for the kids to take to their conference and for the Impeachment event. I also brought a sound system, in case we needed it and was one of the first to arrive, besides Fred and his wife, who did the brunt of the work setting up.

Unfortunately, I was feeling pretty exhausted, with a headache, ill. After the event, when I got home, I discovered that I had lost my keys (I thought that I left them in the house when I rushed to the meeting). I couldn't get in the house and was forced to take a "vacation"- drive to San Ramon and join my husband and the kids in their hotel. I just brought Jeremy back this evening. So I'm drowning in stuff that needs to be done, including editing a chapter on 9/11 for an upcoming book, two speeches, and I doubt if I'll be able to get the press releases out for Arizona, or everything else done next week, since Daniel will be home alone and will need some attention.

It was very heartening to talk with Peter on Friday and hear about all the activities that the students are doing at Sonoma State University. The national student strike/walk-out scheduled for last Thursday drew 300 of their students together for a rally. It is great to realize how much is going on, how widespread the activism is, although certainly there are major areas where people don't have access to information, or the desire to look beyond the headlines or their own problems, to see the larger challenges facing us.

I still have to figure out how to balance the work I'd like to do with maintaining my health and giving the kids and Jean Luc the attention that they deserve.

February 13, 2007

I missed the local Impeachment group meeting and just found out about an action that they are planning for tomorrow, Valentine's Day. It's a great idea and I'm going to work on props, publicity, outreach today, fortunately I can easily add it on to my regular weekly Listening Project. With such short notice, though- I have no idea how many people we will draw- but that is ok- even just a dozen with good props, a strong message, could have an impact!

Here's what I put on the calendar:

• Love America! Impeach Bush/Cheney Valentine Action!
  Wednesday, Valentine's Day, February 14, 2007
  Rally begins following the Listening Project at Lytton Plaza (11am- 1pm- Emerson/University, Downtown Palo Alto). 1- 1:30 pm.
  1:30 pm March to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's Office (a short 5 minute walk- Eshoo's office is at 698 Emerson Street)
  Time for Impeachment! With Love for our Country and the World- what better Valentine could there be?

  The Silicon Valley Impeachment Group is delivering Impeachment messages to Congressional offices in Santa Clara County. Please join us!!!!!

  (Contact- Carol Brouillet about the Palo Alto Rally/March, 650-857-0927, cbrouillet@igc.org).

  From the Silicon Valley Impeachment Group-

  Celebrate a Green Valentines Day of Impeachment Demonstrations — Campbell, San Jose, and Palo Alto (we will travel by the Light Rail - our Impeachment Train)

  The day of Impeachment demonstrations begins in Campbell at congressmember Mike Honda's office

  9 a.m. Meet in front of Mike Honda's office, 1999 South Bascom Ave., Suite 815

  Join the Green Party of Santa Clara County in showing love for our country and our Constitution. The Green Party has passed a resolution requesting impeachment proceedings against George Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld and Alberto Gonzales. Green Party representatives and the South Bay Impeachment Committee will deliver the resolution to our congressional representatives.

  Come with us as we deliver our resolution to Mike Honda, Zoe Lofgren, Anna Eschoo and Jerry McNerney. We are going to travel on our own Impeachment Train and we invite you to join us for a day of standing up for the Constitution. We will begin our day at Mike Honda's office, travel by the Light Rail to Zoe Lofgren's office and to Anna Eshoo's office. We will have our signs demanding impeachment and in support of the Green's resolution. We will have a day of friendship, solidarity and enjoyment. We also will be delivering impeachment valentines. Plan to be a part of this history we are creating, this valentine of impeachment.

  To RSVP and to get full details CONTACT: Merriam Kathaleen 408-482-6032 mkmusic03@aol.com

  February 12, 2007

  Someday, I will have to get a decent camera, a friend took some pictures, yesterday of the table and banner we set up in San Francisco- it turned out to be beautiful T-shirt weather - no rain- and a large number of us gathered to do a a 9/11 Truth Action in Memory of Dan Wallace. Sadly, I don't have yet any photos of the larger group of people, mainly young people, with their bullhorns and energy, who gathered at Powell and Market, and helped me set up the banner and table. We passed out lots of our 9/11 fact sheets, Rejected Commission Report Cards, and the popular Deception Dollars.

  
  9/11 Truth Action- February 11, 2007, San Francisco- In Memory of Dan Wallace

  
  We gave these to most of the people that passed by

  I feel overwhelmed by all the demands upon my time. Kent wants help with the Conference in Arizona. Yesterday, I was asked to consider taking a 2 hour time slot once a week to do an internet radio show, that could be picked up by a lot of commercial stations. I called Bonnie Faulkner for advice and we spoke for a long time. She might be willing to do it with me, if I take "Thursdays," but Thursdays are the meeting days for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. It would mean that I probably couldn't cook those nights for my kids. My husband basically said that if I wanted to do it then I would have to stop doing other things- like my Wednesday Listening Project or going to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meetings, or maintaining (trying to maintain) my calendar of events and website.

  Yesterday, I would have been better prepared for the action in San Francisco (and not late) had I not been on the phone to Arizona working on the conference. Plus there are a bunch of events that I should add to my local 9/11 truth calendar and after writing this article and not getting a response from my queries, I think I'd better post it, before it becomes utterly obsolete:

  Truth Versus the Lie
  

  Reflections Inspired by 9/11 and American Empire:
  Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out (Volume II)
  Edited by Kevin Barrett, John Cobb, Jr. and Sandra Lubarsky

  I also have to do the bookkeeping and financial work for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and just can't sit here all day at the computer without my back and body screaming complaints. So I question where I should direct my skills, talent, time and energy , to have the best impact, and keep me functioning, healthy and happy. When I'm ill or in pain- I'm not much use to anyone. I think everyone is faced with a similar dillema, but I actually have more options, since I don't actually have to work to pay the rent or feed the family, and can devote my time to volunteer work. With greater freedom comes greater responsibility, and I have to prioritize that which is most important. I usually end up doing that which I find irresistable.

  February 10, 2007

  Understanding propaganda and psychological operations is key to understanding 9/11. Here is an excellent compilation of three "commentaries" broadcast on the morning of September 11th that sell the big "myths" about 9/11 that we are trying to shatter.

  The 9/11 Solution
  The big clue that everyone missed
  How the key 9/11 myths were implanted

  Brasscheck TV suggests that if we knew who prepared and posted these stories/ideas on tv during the operation we will be able to identify the perpetrators. Of particular interest is the voice of Jerome Hauer, who has been identified as a prime 9/11 suspct, by virtue of his background:

  From the 9/11 Encycopedia:

  In May 2002, Tommy G. Thompson named Jerome M. Hauer as new director of the Office of Public Health Preparedness (OPHP). Hauer replaced D.A. Henderson, who will continue to serve as principal science advisor to the secretary for public health preparedness and chairman of the Secretary's Council on Public Health Preparedness http://www.biohazardnews.net/news/news9_2001.htm

  From a former GROUND ZERO Forum article, released at Scoop: "Very few cities at this point in time are prepared to manage the consequences of bio-terrorist attack." Jerry Hauer in an interview with Eyewitness News, October 1, 2001 http://abclocal.go.com/wabc/news/WABC_investigators_100101bioterror.html

  On May 5th 2002, Jerome Hauer became director of the federal Office of Public Health Preparedness (OPHP), succeeding Dr. D. A. Henderson from Johns Hopkins Institute... ...Hauer is controversial among those who are able to connect the dots between his person and shady business deals in biopharmacy since 1998. More interesting, he seems to have had prior knowledge about both so called terrorist-attacks: September 11th and Anthrax. But many private investigators claim since months, he let the attacks happen on purpose to continue his career. Is Hauer Lihopsuspect No.1? He started to work for the NIH under Tommy Thompson on September 10, 2001 as an adviser on national security. On September 11th, he told the White House to take Cipro, the antibiotic that works against the anthrax virus, without bothering to reveal his warning to the American nation. http://www.bayarea.com/mld/bayarea/living/health/3020501.hym

  The watchdog group JudicialWatch decided to file a lawsuit against the NIH, the FBI, CDC and the White House, for the same reason: Prior Knowledge. It is not known how long Hauer worked at the NIH before Sept. 11, but we can confirm that he was working on Sept. 10. http://www.lauriegarrett.com/wtc_day12.html But things get really interesting when we consider that in August 2001, Jerome Hauer arranged a new job for John O' Neill - the resigning chief of the FBI Terror Task Force - as head of security at the World Trade Center. How did Hauer know that the Twin Towers would be so important?

  We would like to ask John O' Neill, but there is one problem: O'Neill died in the towers on September 11th, one day after he started his job officially, according to the New Yorker. Disturbingly, O'Neill has never been received the same hero status in the mass media as has been accorded to the fallen New York firefighters and police officers. His death has gone without the same fanfare. For 11 months his story went untold, with two big exceptions. The two French intelligence specialists Brisard and Dasquie (see: http://intelligenceonline.fr) published an interview with O'Neill taken before his death in their book, "Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth." And articles on O'Neill were published in the New Yorker and New York Magazine. ...TIME magazine tried to remember him, but left out the most important angles. This should change immediately. There is a lot which has been hidden from us, but for what reason?

  This might have something to do with the FBI HQ (O'Neill complained about them), but also with Jerome Hauer - who is a friend of the current prime anthrax suspect, Stephen Hatfill, who was working for the military anthrax program USAMRIID at Fort Detrick and Battelle, a huge pharmacy company with many ties to the CIA. Hauer and Hatfill worked together at the SAIC's Center for Counterterrorism Technology and Analysis in 1999. The SAIC (Scientific Applications International Corp) later received a huge BioDefense budget in autumn 2001. http://www.saic.com/news/nov99/news11-30a-99.html - (Hauer) http://www.nandotimes.com/nation/story/455218p-3643441c.html - (Hatfill)

  But first, more about Hauer: In 1983, Hauer joined IBM where he was responsible for the company's Hazardous Materials Response and Crisis Management and Fire Safety programs. Hauer produced a series of hazardous materials training videos that earned him the International Film andTV Critics of New York Bronze award in 1986. In the early 1990s, Hauer got his first contacts to military and biodefense. Hauer received a master's degree in emergency medical services from the Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health. Then he became member of the Johns Hopkins Working Group on Civilian Bio Defense, where he wrote various articles about a possible bioterrorist attack. http://iml.dartmouth.edu/ists/hauer.html

  In 1998, he started working at the OEM (Office for Emergency Management) in New York. In the same year, Hauer and anthrax suspect Hatfill both supported the CFR as experts in their respective fields. The Cfr is an acronym for Council on Foreign Relations, one of the most important think-tanks advising the US government, as well as many other governments abroad. CFR members include the Pentagon's top advisers, Richard Perle, Henry Kissinger, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, ex-CIA chief Woolsey,James, biosciences specialist Joshua Lederberg, and many others.

  On May 28, 1998, Hatfill and Hauer spoke together at the same CFR meeting about "Building a 'Biobomb': Terrorist Challenge" http://www.cfr.org/public/resource.cgi?meet!102 Hatfill was at that time Senior Research Associate at the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute for Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID).

  Hauer seems to specialize in the art of holding down several different jobs at the same time. While he started to work for the NIH in September 2001, he remained a Managing Director at Kroll Associates - the official security and bodyguard company for all American presidents since World War II! With Hauer's many sources of insider information (e.g. Kroll/President bodyguards) , it makes sense that he knew about the CIA briefing for George Bush on August 6, 2001, about warnings of an imminent terrorist "attack with planes." Hauer is still trying to save the world. On November 6th, 2001 he participated in the "Independent Task Force on America's Response to Terrorism" at the CFR. Participants there included James J. Zogby (President of the Arab American Institute and Central Asian Enterprise Fund), Newton L. Gingrich (Chief Executive Officer, The Gingrich Group), Harold Brown (former secretary of defense and counselor at CSIS: the Center for Strategic and International Studies), Henry A. Kissinger (Senior Fellow in National Security and European Affairs), Richard C. Holbrooke (Counselor, CFR and Vice Chairman of Perseus, LLC) and Philip A. Odeen (Executive Vice President, Washington Operations of TRW, Inc. and CEO of Reynolds + Reynolds, Dayton).

  Their agenda, eight weeks after the attack of Sept. 11, was strange indeed: http://www.cfr.org/Public/publications/PubDiplom_TF.html "....Release a White Paper explaining our goals and rationale for the war in Afghanistan, and outlining the evidence that the al-Qa'eda network was responsible for the 9/11 attacks.... ...Disseminate stories of particular victims to convey the range of people killed in the 9/11 attacks-stress range of religions, races, income levels, etc... ...counteract myth that Mossad was behind the attacks by showing Jews killed, etc... ...Routinely monitor the regional press in real time to enable prompt responses..." (*Note: As other sources pointed out, parts of this text had been based on ideas of George Soros )

  Hauer's deep connection to disinformation circles for his own purpose are well known. In 1998, he convinced New York Mayor Rudi Guilliani to develop a vaccine against the West Nile virus - almost one year before this virus broke out in New York. To this end, Hauer introduced Col. Thomas Monath of Oravax (now Accambis) to Guliani and organised a business deal. Hauer continued giving bioterror lectures and writing terror scenario scripts. He organized a July 26, 1999, conference in New York for journalists and "thought leaders," on bioterrorism and "Reporting on Weapons of Mass Destruction - Responsibility, Reliability, Readiness." At the same time, he was heading the West Nile spray operation in NYC. Bioterrorism and vaccines - a perfect payroll combination for Hauer? Among the participants at this 1999 conference was Brigadier General Bruce Lawlor of the U.S. Army and the former FBI assistant director, Lewis Schiliro (NYC). General Lawlor has in the meantime become the Senior Director for Protection and Prevention at the Office of Homeland Security: http://ksgnotes1.harvard.edu/bcsia/esdp.nsf/bios/lawlorbruce Lawlor was the first commanding general of Joint Task Force - Civil Support (JTF-CS), located in Fort Monroe, Virginia. JTF-CS is a standing joint task force assigned to U.S. Joint Forces Command. Lawlor has taught at the U.S. Army War College and served as a consultant to the Defense Science Board. Nothing is known about his further influence in preventing attacks on America. However, as FBI assistant director, Schiliro supervised several counterterrorism investigations, including the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and the 1998 embassy bombings in Kenya and Tanzania. But Schiliro gave up supporting Hauer in February 2000, too. http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/terrorism/fail/ He left the FBI to move to credit card giant MBNA Corp. And Schiliro wasn't the only one. His close friend Louis Freeh - who was replaced in the FBI in August 2001 by Thomas Pickard as the acting head of the Bureau - started a new job as a Senior Vice Chairman at MBNA Corp in early September 2001 and began to collect shares. http://biz.yahoo.com/t/in/k/krb.html

  The background of the MBNA is very interesting. They helped the FBI in tracing the hijackers' credit card transactions, and had a lot of prominent helping hands. Among them was James Kallstrom, the former head of Special Operations, FBI. MBNA has a controversial status among civil right groups. Since 1996, MBNA CORP has unleashed various bulldozers, dump-trucks and explosives in a savage attack on the Ducktrap Deeryard (major coastal wildlife area on Penobscot Bay, Maine USA) or continued with "dull roar of corporate jet noise". Then, in April 2001, MBNA had to deal with check fraud. Involved was Intelligent Finance, a Halifax-backed Internet bank and a bogus account for a guy named Vindel. http://www.mbnasucks.org/kallstrom.html Interesting is the bio of another director of the MBNA Corporation: Bernadine P. Healy. She serves as a trustee of the Battelle Memorial Institute and is President and CEO of the American Red Cross. http://yahoo.marketguide.com/mgi/biograph.asp?rt=biograph&rn=5570N On May 10, 2001, a few months before Sept. 11, she testified on "human challenges that we will face during a WMD attack": http://www.slu.edu/colleges/sph/csbei/bioterrorism/official/congress.htm

  The Red Cross and the OEM under Jerome Hauer worked very closely together. Hauer's connections and insider information seem to be intriguing! He helped with the construction of the New York OEM headquarters known as "the bunker," on the 23rd floor of 7 World Trade Center. http://www.politicsny.com/reports/february02/2-14-02-sheirer.shtml The CIA later confirmed that they had an office in that building, next to the Department of Defense and the INS. For unknown reasons, 7 World Trade Center was the third skyscraper to collapse on Sept. 11. Officially, it began burning after debris from the Twin Tower collapses caused an illegal diesel-fuel tank inside the building to explode. The presence of this large gas tank - on the 23rd floor, too - with thousands of gallons of fuel far above ground, in violation of the fire code, was confirmed some weeks after Sept. 11th. There has never been an official verdict on the reasons for the collapse of WTC 7. A FEMA study failed to reach a clear conclusion: http://www.house.gov/science/hot/wtc/wtc-report/WTC_ch5.pdf

  While the collapse of WTC 7 remains a mystery, it cannot be said that the deaths caused by the bio-attack a couple of weeks later were similarly due to incompetence. On the contrary, Hauer had a huge team behind him, and had already warned the White House. Why didn't he leak all his information in time?

  In May 2000, the Johns Hopkins Center, in collaboration with the ANSER Institute for Homeland Defense, the Center for Strategic and International Studies, and the Oklahoma Memorial Institute for the Study of Terrorism held a bioterrorism exercise at Andrews Air Force Base. Former Senator Sam Nunn played the President. David Gergen played the National Security Advisor. Governor Frank Keating played himself, Frank Wisner was Secretary of State, ex-CIA director Woolsey,James (ironically) played CIA Director, John White played Defense Secretary, and Dr. Margaret Hamburg was HHS Secretary. The Attorney General was played by George Terwilliger, William Sessions was FBI Director, and Jerome Hauer played FEMA Director. http://www.hopkins-biodefense.org/pages/library/fema.html "One of the striking observations of this exercise was the unfamiliarity of these distinguished and experienced professionals with the basic decisions and trade-offs associated with managing the response to the epidemic." Observing was Tara O'Toole, MD, MPH Senior Fellow, Center for Civilian Biodefense Studies and at that time Deputy Director of Johns Hopkins Institute.

  This started a series of different "war games." On June 22-23, 2001, the same crew organised their last big scenario before Sep11th. They called it DARK WINTER. It was about a possible smallpox attack. Hauer participated as well, this time "playing" the director of the FBI. The whole list is still mirrored at: http://www.hopkins-biodefense.org/participants.html http://www.mipt.org/darkwinter06222001.html http://www.mipt.org/darkwinter06222001.html http://www.homelanddefense.org/darkwinter/index.cfm http://www.homelanddefense.org/darkwinter/index.cfm http://www.homelanddefense.org/darkwinter/index.cfm Among the other participants once again: Woolsey,James, ex-CIA director Hon. Sam Nunn George Terwilliger etc. Observing, among many others, Thomas Inglesby, at that time Senior Fellow Johns Hopkins Institute

  Hauer ignored one report by Barbara Rosenberg (on possible anthrax suspects), but he certainly knew who she was. He first met her on April 10, 1998, at a "roundtable on genetic engineering and biological weapons" under President Clinton. The small group of outside experts and cabinet members present there included: William Cohen (at the time Secretary of Defense), CIA boss George Tenet, Craig Ventner (Celera), Joshua Lederberg (Rockefeller University, Defense Science Board), Thomas Monath (Oravax/Acambis, former CDC and USAMRIID), Hauer, and Barbara Rosenberg. In November 2001, Hauer was still ignoring the investigations by Barbara Rosenberg, who had already worked out a list of possible anthrax suspects, scientists who would have been able to gain access to the original Ames strain from USAMRIID, Fort Detrick. http://www.fas.org/bwc/news/anthraxreport.htm

  Among the suspects on this list were Battelle and the Battelle Memorial Institute administrators, who supplied the Dugway anthrax proving facility in Utah, where the only virtually identical Ames strain of silica-impregnated hyper-weaponized anthrax was found: http://www.stlimc.org/print.php3?article_id=1295

  Meanwhile, Hauer in November started an initiative known as "De-Mystifying the Biological Weapons Debate," and as a member of this group he claimed at the time that the suspects for the anthrax attacks included "Osama Bin Laden and his Al-Qaeda network and sympathizers to US right wing extremists" http://www.basicint.org/BWreport.htm

  Is Hauer in any conflicts of interest? What was his coordination with FEMA? Can Hauer confirm, if a FEMA team was already dispatched to New York on September 10, as spokesman Tom Kennedy said in an interview with Dan Rather (CBS, shortly after the attack)? (INFO: An interview with FEMA director Joe Allbaugh took place on September 12th on CBS at 7:40:20 accirding to the CBS transcript) http://www.google.com/search?q=cache:WsMptQzZzY8C:tvnews.vanderbilt.edu/010912cb.html+&hl=en&ie=UTF-8

  On May 8, 2001, Bush announced a new Office of National Preparedness for Terrorism at the Federal Emergency Management Agency. At the same time, he proposed to cut FEMA's budget by $200 million. Bush said that day that Cheney would direct a government-wide review on managing the consequences of a domestic attack... http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wp-dyn?pagename=article&node=&contentId=A8734-2002 Jan19 ...Hauer not only knew former CIA director Woolsey,James, but also Milt Bearden, who was station commander and had managed America's covert war in Afghanistan, helping the Moujaheddin drive out the Soviets between 1986-1989. Both spoke at the Nassau Community College (NYC) on October 22, 2001: http://www.sunynassau.edu/collegerel/news/archives/10_01/102201_3.htm

  Hauer's connections to the CDC, Johns Hopkins and the CIA (James Woolsey) are well-established. What role did Jerome Hauer really play? Why was the distribution of Cipro to White House staff on Sept. 11 classified for such a long time (AP)? http://www.infowars.com/saved%20pages/Prior_Knowledge/bush_cipro.htm

  What exactly does Hauer know about Stephen Hatfill and his former USAMRIID colleague, Thomas Monath? What was his concern in organizing a security job for John O'Neill at the Twin Towers? What exactly did Hauer organise on Sep11th? Is it true that his office ordered thousands of employees "back to their desks" after the first plane hit, causing hundreds of unnecessary deaths?"

  NOTE: Journalist Mitchel Cohen wrote another story on Hauer in November 2002 (See Vaccinations,Forced)

  The most recent psychological outrage reinforcing the "Terrorism Myth," justifying torture, and violation of civil rights by US operatives in efforts to "thwart" terrorism is a Fox TV show called "24." Who else should be the authority explaining to the public about the next "real attack" but Jerome Hauer? He wrote- "Chemical Nerve Agents: A 24/7 Threat on June 14, 2006.

  The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance just endorsed the Campaign to Stop Torture and I've added the Petition to Stop Torture and reverse the horrible military Commissions Act to the list of Petitions to sign. Cosmos is committed to doing the Sunday Action in memory of Dan Wallace- rain or shine and I've posted it under events on this website and I'll try to mention it on the radio today. I'll be on Kevin Barrett's Truth Jihad Show beginning 4 pm California time.

  February 9, 2007

  The rain and a storm have altered this week's plans. On Wednesday I worked on the press advisory for the upcoming 9/11 Accountability Conference and stayed up til midnight faxing them to all the newspaper, radio, tv contacts I had in Arizona, instead of going to Lytton Plaza. Despite a few drops of rain, wind, threatening clouds- the weather wasn't actually that bad, and I probably could have tabled- it's just so hard when it does rain, after all the time and effort it takes to set up- and there is so much risk to damaging the materials.

  I hoped to at least do a street action in San Francisco on Sunday, February 11th, in response to the call from 9/11 TruthAction.org and in solidarity with NY911truth.org's decision to do street actions, in memory of Dan Wallace, the young activist son of a firefighter who died so suddenly, recently. Here's his photo -

  
  Dan Wallace

  and a link-http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kMkkA16mNJk&eurl to
  his 6 minute speech to the New York 9/11 Truth group.

  Right now, there is a call to meet at noon at Powell and Market in San Francisco, Sunday, February 11, 2007, but the weather report looks very iffy. I had hoped to table and bring banners, but what we can do will be limited by how cold, wet, windy it is on Sunday.

  Last night Ken Jenkins gave an excellent presentation on 9/11 in Redwood City. It was on short notice, the first of a series, but there was decent turn out, including a couple people who had not looked into 9/11 before and many who were undecided. hummux filmed it and Ken is beginning to produce DVDs of his presentations right now.

  I have my hands full doing press work now for upcoming events, but my back can't stand being at the computer too much, so I'm struggling to balance the work with the family/household demands.

  I'll be on Kevin Barrett's radio show this weekend- I guess maybe this afternoon- I get the times mixed up with Webster's show. I'm going to try to reconfirm it.

  February 6, 2007

  I had a good talk with Kent this morning who gave me the "Green Light" to work with Kevin Barrett on pulling together contributors to 9/11 and American Empire- Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out (Volume II) to the conference in Arizona.

  Posted to me this morning were 3 rather critical articles- one chronicling what we have been suspecting/knowing all along that the real terrorists in Iraq are the ones getting support from the CIA and MI6-

  Who Are The Real Terrorists in Iraq?

  *Clear Evidence British special forces are recruiting, training terrorists to heighten ethnic tensions
  *Elite SAS wing with bloody past operates with immunity, provides advanced explosives
  *Some attacks being blamed on Iranians

  Steve Watson Infowars.net
  Monday, February 5, 2007

  and a more chilling article on the US's march forward in developing bioweaopons-

  New Fort Detrick BioDefense Laboratory May Reflect a Bush Germ War Effort

  by Sherwood Ross, globalresearch, February 5, 2007

  Although no foreign power has threatened a bioterror attack against America, since 9/11 the Bush administration has allocated a stunning $43-billion to "defend" against one. Critics are now saying, however, Bush's newest "biodefense" initiative is both offensive and illegal.

  The latest development, according to the Associated Press, is that the U.S. Army is replacing its Military Institute of Infectious Diseases at Fort Detrick, Md., "with a new laboratory that would be a component of a biodefense campus operated by several agencies." The Army told AP the laboratory is intended to continue research that is only meant for defense against biological threats.

  But University of Illinois international law professor Francis Boyle charged the Fort Detrick work will include "acquiring, growing, modifying, storing, packaging and dispersing classical, emerging and genetically engineered pathogens." Those activities, as well as planned study of the properties of pathogens when weaponized, "are unmistakable hallmarks of an offensive weapons program."

  Boyle made his comments to Fort Detrick as part of its environmental impact assessment of the new facility. Boyle pointed out in his letter that he authored the 1989 U.S. law enacted by Congress that criminalized BWC violations.

  The Fort Detrick expansion is but one phase of a multi-billion biotech buildup going forward in 11 agencies sparked by the unsolved, Oct., 2001, anthrax attacks on Congress that claimed five lives and sickened 17.

  The attacks, and ensuing panic, led to passage of the BioShield Act of 2004. There is strong evidence, though, the attacks were not perpetrated by any foreign government or terrorist band but originated at Fort Detrick, the huge, supposedly super-safe biotechnology research center. Despite an intensive FBI investigation, no one has been charged with a crime...

  here's the worst part...

  The current expansion at Fort Detrick flows from a paper penned by President Bush. His Homeland Security Presidential Directive, HSPD-10, written April 28, 2004, states, "Among our many initiatives we are continuing to develop more forward-looking analyses, to include Red Teaming efforts, to understand new scientific trends that may be exploited by our adversaries to develop biological weapons and to help position intelligence collectors ahead of the problem."

  Boyle said the Bush paper is "a smoking gun" fired at the BWC. "Red Teaming means that we actually have people out there on a Red Team plotting, planning, scheming and conspiring how to use biowarfare..."

  The last article was a letter by Ellen Mariani describing her experience and current plight. The website that posted the letter is down now, but this is supposed to link to it- http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?read=99090.

  Ellen spoke at the San Francisco Inquiry, and she has been through a lot. I hope she will also come to Arizona for support and to share her experience with those who want to pursue "legal strategies." In case you can't get it via the link, here are a couple excerpts-

  After five years of battling to find the truth of 9/11/2001, the day I lost my husband Louis Neal Mariani on United Airlines Flight 175, I want to give 9-11 activists and 9-11 researchers an idea of what I’ve been through. It includes emotional abuse, harassment, lawyers’ misguidance, and now the prospect of financial ruin. Even more, there’s been a constant pressure to give up the fight to expose the criminals involved in 9/11 and what they did to our loved ones—and to the service men and women presently fighting and dying in the aftermath of September 11, 2001.

  It took me three months after 9/11 to gather my composure and face the fact that I would never see my husband again. But on December 20th, I put together and filed a wrongful death law suit against United Airlines. I was not suing the government at that time. That idea originated with attorney Phil Berg.

  Airlines get $10 billion in assistance

  Unknown to many of us in late September 2001, the presidents of the American Trial Lawyers Association from all over the country had already formed a group to go to Washington DC to meet with our elected government officials to save the airlines. With the help of lobbyists, these people presented a bill called The Air Transportation Safety and Stabilization Act. On September 22, 2001, President Bush signed it into law. The Act established an Air Transportation Stabilization Board that could issue up to $10 billion in Federal credit. Most officials never read the bill, but were encouraged to sign it.

  On December 21, 2001, the same Washington DC officials had also put together a September 11th Victim Compensation Fund to pay us for the terrible losses of the lives of loved ones on that tragic day. No court trials would be needed and there would be no attorney fees, so they said. But to receive “compensation,” the victims’ families must sign off that they would never sue the airlines or the government. This rule did not take into account whatever facts the future might reveal as to what really happened or why their loved ones were not protected from the air disasters. After all, incidents of terror and planes crashes had been going on since the 1970’s. To me and many others that “compensation” appeared to be “hush money,” not “help money.”

  Victim’s families get $7 billion in assistance

  Kenneth Feinberg was appointed Special Master to run this fund. He was actually angry that I had placed the first lawsuit in the country the day before he began his assignment. I was not aware I was the first widow in the country to do so. Nevertheless, it was up to Feinberg to decide how much each victim’s family would receive, by estimating how much each victim would have earned in a full lifetime.

  Once a family accepted the offer, they had the right to appeal. Families unhappy with the offer were permitted to appeal in a non-adversarial, informal hearing and present their case as they wished. After some 1600 hearings, by the end of the process some $7 billion went to 97% of the families. The average payout was about $1.8 million. Somehow the airlines managed to get more financial assistance than the victims’ families.

  This is very long and describes horrific abuse by the attorneys and lawyers, and concludes with this:

  My attorney informed the judge that I requested to speak. To defend myself against their insulting and cruel accusations, I told the judge how far they’d gone to harass me and discredit me. I also pointed out with whom they were all associating with and why. I felt I was no longer being taken seriously, given the judge’s facial expressions. I then turned and said directly, “YOUR HONOR, what would you do if your husband was murdered and you had been harassed from day one, without a moment to grieve? I want you to order them to stop doing this to me now!”

  The judge listened to all sides and then recessed. On our way out of the courtroom, I noticed a man sitting there. I didn’t understand what he was doing there, because no one had been in the seating areas of the courtroom during any of my previous proceedings. The man introduced himself as a 9/11 activist who lived in New Hampshire. He was told I’d be in court that day and he wanted to meet me for an interview.

  He later informed me that there had been a note posted on the courtroom door that read, DO NOT ENTER, PRIVATE SESSION IN ORDER. My God, that would explain the lack of people attending any of my 9/11 proceedings. They were literally shut out with that sign. I informed my personal attorney and he was shocked. He said, “this note is supposed to be posted when there is a juvenile or mentally handicapped case in progress.” So, there was this endless series of dirty tricks to deal with.

  Afterwards, the new administrator and heir’s attorneys tried a second time to have my psychological evaluation challenged and removed, to be replaced with one of the heir’s attorney’s appointed psychiatrists’ evaluators. The judge finally decided that my evaluation was sufficient. That was it for now.

  And so my dear friends, I sincerely need your help…

  As you’ve read, I’ve been abused, harassed, financially ruined in the process of trying to get justice for 9/11 and my dear husband.

  At this point, any and all gift donations to help me with legal bills and living expenses would be greatly appreciated. Believe me, it’s not easy to ask, but your gift would be very gratefully accepted. And know that your gift will help me to never give up the fight to expose these criminals and what they have done to our loved ones, on 9/11 or in its bloody aftermath.

  Keep the faith.

  With Love,

  Ellen Mariani
  emariani911@yahoo.com.

  Please send gift donations to:

  P.O. Box 2792
  Parker, Co 80134

  © 2007, Ellen Mariani
  All rights reserved.

  I will send Ellen a check and urge others to support her. She is a fighter and if we ever do win a legal suit against the government for the crime of 9/11- I'll bet that Ellen is behind it, and whatever she does- is one of our best hopes of getting the real evidence- or chronicling the criminal cover-up that has "GUILTY" written all over it.

  February 5, 2007

  I worked all day writing "Truth Versus the Lie"- Reflections Inspired by 9/11 and American Empire- Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out (Volume II) Edited by Kevin Barrett, John Cobb, Jr. and Sandra Lubarsky. It still needs some work and editing, but I hope to post it soon, if I can work with Kent and Kevin Barrett to incorporate some more people and ideas into the upcoming conference in Arizona.

  This evening my son bumped me off the computer so that he could play, and I finally got around to seeing a DVD that Josh Harvey (Snowshoe Films) gave to me in Memphis (at the National Conference on Media Reform) entitled "NYC 9/11 2006 Series with We Were Also Killed, NYC clips one, William Pepper, Hasta La Victoria Seimpre." We were actually showing the DVD at our table, but I was so busy with other people and other tasks, that I never actually watched the whole thing.

  The entire 58 minutes was extremely moving and powerful, from the voices of the dying 9/11 first responder, to the activists at Ground Zero last September 11th, to William Pepper's address to the 9/11 Truth Movement. There are some great insights, observations, and inspiring suggestions. Having devoted so much of my time and life to the movement, over these past five years (plus three months), I am glad, proud, to have played a significant role in the birth of the 9/11 Truth Movement. I wish that I was smarter, braver, more energetic, gifted at public speaking than I am and was more successful in trying to do "the impossible," but oh well, at least I know that I did the best I could, under the circumstances, and I thank God for all the people who have joined the 9/11 Truth Movement, and support the larger goals of the greater movement for truth, peace, justice, and a hopeful future for our children and all children.

  In Pepper's speech he mentioned the five major elephants in the room- Military Intelligence, agents provacateurs (urging us to say something stupid or do something stupid which could be used by the press to annihilate us), the corporate media (which is the CIA to a great degree since the CIA is the world's largest publisher, owning and controlling so many publications), the TRUTH, and the support of the majority of the world's people.

  Sometimes I forget that I am not alone, and it is nice to be reminded that our efforts and actions do matter- to ourselves, to those whose lives we touch, and to those whom we will never know, whose lives will depend on whether or not the movement succeeds and the dominant fear/terror/war paradigm is replaced by a respectful, peaceful, life nurturing one. Someone once said "If you can acheive your dream in your lifetime, then you are not dreaming big enough." I think I prefer to dream big, and try to content myself with acheiving maybe 2% of my hopes and aspirations- and leave the rest to the kids and grandkids... give them something constructive and meaningful to do... (Joke- as if rescuing a planet in crisis isn't enough to occupy the current and future generations.)

  Here is a great photo I stumbled upon today, plus a direct link-www.pbase.com/lautreamont/protest" to Steven Gray's great photo album of the recent anti-war rally in San Francisco.

  
  The People Demand the Truth

  February 2, 2007

  I'm glad I missed last night's meeting- they went on til well past 11pm. Brian tells me that he usually falls asleep after the first hour of our 3 hour meetings, but last night there was high energy and he stayed awake the whole time. Some young people from Marin and organizers of 9/11 Truth Films at San Francisco State University were there.

  I felt better today- no headache- just a slight sore throat, so I caught up with the bookkeeping, went to the bank, post office, and baked lots of cookies for a Peace Rally/March, scheduled to take place tomorrow in East Palo Alto. It s supposed to be cold- but hopefully it won't rain!

  While the 9/11 Truth Movement has been under attack lately in the press, at least a rare fairly decent piece came out on Alternet by Sander Hicks. I'm also thinking of trying to pull together another big event in the Bay Area drawing from 9/11 and American Empire- Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out, edited by Kevin Barrett, John Cobb, and Sandra Lubarsky, but I'll need some help, and it will take awhile to pull it together. I've been reading the book, while sick in bed, but it is inspiring, and I hope it reaches a larger audience.

  February 1, 2007

  Unfortunately, I am sick and don't know whether I'll be able to make it to tonight's meeting or not. This morning I found a bunch of great photos in my In Box- including those of banners that I hadn't even seen, carried by people that I didn't know at the San Francisco March. It would be good to write an article and post it on Indymedia, but I haven't the strength for that and am just going to post them here for now:

  
  Here's our replica on Market Street, January 27, 2007
  (Thanks to Darrow Bishop for this photo)

  
  Here's a banner at the rally, before the march, January 27, 2007

  
  Here's a different 9/11 banner during the march, January 27, 2007

  
  Here's the "War on Terror is a Fraud" banner during the march, January 27, 2007

  January 31, 2007

  I'm pretty exhausted now. I think I'm coming down with Jean-Luc's cold. I was up early to do chores and prepare for today's Listening Project in Lytton Plaza. However, I finally received some good photos from Saturday's March/Rally so I couldn't resist posting them:

  
  Our replica of the Commission Report at the march/rally in San Francisco on Saturday, January 27, 2007

  
  Carol Brouillet holding the "9/11=Inside Job" banner-
  It would have looked better, had I found someone else to help me with it- hint, hint

  
  Another view of our replica of the Commission Report at the march/rally in San Francisco on Saturday, January 27, 2007

  
  Great shot of Dana- "The Ghost of 9/11's"

  
  Another view of our replica of the Commission Report at the march/rally in San Francisco on Saturday, January 27, 2007

  All of these photos were taken by the talented Steven Gray who has taken an incredible number of shots of all the major anti-war demos over the years. He hasn't posted the most recent ones at his website, but you can find fabulous shots of many past actions at his website- www.telepoetic.com

  January 29, 2007

  Yesterday, I received a phone call from Janette about one of the young speakers who was scheduled to come to Arizona, a son of a fireman who was killed on September 11th, who had just completed a film that he said he would send her. He was dead. The circumstances seem mysterious and Janette was shaken.

  This morning an email came from the New York 9/11 Truth group:

  There is no easy way to say this, I've been looking at my keyboard for the past 2 hours.

  One of our most prominent, courageous and dedicated young members of NY911Truth and CHANGE, Dan Wallace is no longer with us. Dan's father Robert Wallace gave his life on 9/11/01, leaving Dan in a pursuit of truth. Dan was an ardent activist who showed no fear when confronted by police at street actions at WTC Building 7 and at the New York Stock Exchange. Dan was an eloquent speaker, both on videos of the street actions and at St. Mark's Church, where he gave a moving ovation before a packed crowd in a recent Sunday night presentation. Dan Wallace, 23, was found dead early Monday morning in his bed. The exact cause of death is yet to be determined.

  He was a young man of great conviction and conscience, and his heart was as big as his smile. Dan will be sorely missed by myself and the members of "We Are Change," as well as all of us in the New York 911 Truth organization. Our hearts go out to his family, especially his mother who must endure the deaths of a husband and child in the span of only a few years. We carry on the fight in the memory of Dan Wallace. He is in our hearts now, as his Dad has been in our hearts already. We continue the mission that Dan felt so strongly about: to strive to expose the truth of 911, and to bring the real 911 criminals to justice. Dan, you are with us, we'll never forget you, and we promise to make you proud.

  Funeral Services will be held for Dan at...

  87-13 87th street
  Woodhaven New York, 11421
  J train to 85th street

  Wednesday 1/31/07 7pm-9pm

  I think all of us are very saddened by the news, and would like to know precisely why this brave soul suddenly died.

  I hope we can locate a copy of the film he made and see it in Arizona- perhaps it might have some clues.

  Yesterday, I also received a call from someone who gave me the contact info for people at CNN who have been working on a 9/11 story. I sent them an email, received a response and encouraged them to come to the Conference in Arizona. I also learned from Janette that the Italians who filmed in Chicago will be coming and presenting their new film. I'd like to see if I can get a room for a serious dialogue/circle to look at strategy and pool together the insights from everyone who will be coming to the conference, but that will be a challenge logistically.

  Organizing requires so many conversations, communication, connecting people, ideas... and much as I try- it is often hit and miss- sometimes I succeed and often I don't, but I think I have to keep trying.

  I am heartened that so many other people now are organizing locally on 9-11, and it is all I can do to try to keep up my calendar of events- I can't begin to attend or participate in all that is going on- which is great. The movement "has legs" and will continue regardless of whether one or more of us "drops out" or takes a vacation.

  I think our regular meetings are more of a support group for activists and actually aren't that great for getting work/organizing/logistical work done. We need to put more effort into the database and our communications infrastructure and a lot of that falls on my shoulders and I continually put it off- cause its "not fun work," but it needs to be done.

  I'm just so behind on my own "life"- mail, having failed to get out my annual "Christmas letter" two years in a row. I hardly know how to begin catching up, and there are always other things to do.

  January 28, 2007

  The rain was a major organizing obstacle on Friday and Saturday- it just makes a march/rally/tabling ten times more challenging. My husband also came down with a cold and I didn't want to get soaked, chilled, ill, marching in the rain or forcing others to do so- so I didn't do any phoning or outreach and just prayed that we'd manage as best we could, depending on weather conditions.

  Brian was up til 2 am finishing up details for the replica, and up at 6 am, trying to get the thing to San Francisco. Since it was raining, I baked bread and cookies for my family and for activists, on Saturday morning, before the rain let up and I was able to toss the sound system, posters, banners in the car. Chuck joined me (thank Heavens), so we were able to unload directly at Powell and Market where we were lucky enough to spot Scott, who helped. We got a couple tables set up, with just our free handouts, buttons, bumper stickers, and set up the big banners so 9/11 Truth activists could find us. Dozens of Northern California 9/11 Truth activists came and helped pass out signs and literature, but they melted away for the most part, before we got all our stuff into the parade.

  There were some sprinkles before and after the march, but the weather was surprisingly mild and the crowds larger than expected. I think they had over 100,000 in DC and over 15,000 in San Francisco. It was hard to count noses in the midst of it all. I saw so many friends!!! Brian brought the 12' x 8' x 2' replica of the Flawed Commission Report with all its holes, and unloaded it about 75 feet away from the table. The challenge was getting the replica, and the banners, the sound system, and activists together to march. People didn't stay together, but were all over the place, so we didn't have a strong vocal component for our contingent.

  Darrow filmed me singing our traditional chant. and posted it on You Tube (at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hmOh-lP4-qY). You can see part of the replica in it, but I have yet to find a good shot of it, at the march, yesterday. Robert Livingston, who usually takes great pictures and posts them quickly, took a few, but he was actually pushing the replica, so only a little piece of it shows in his photos. He also interviewed me and did post a three part piece on the protest-

  Part One (which has me in it) is at- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/01/28/18353373.php

  Part Two- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/01/28/18353395.php

  Part Three- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/01/28/18353410.php

  We did take over all of Market- it was shut down completely to traffic, and fun to have the whole street. There were lots of bands, drums, other sound systems, besides ours, and the usual extraordinary creativity displayed through art, posters, costumes, by activists seeking to get out their message to the world.

  There were lots of great photos posted at indymedia.org and also some at SF Gate.com the San Francisco Chronicle headline was-

  Wide Opposition to war energizes protests
  SAN FRANCISCO: Diverse crowd defies drizzle in downtown march.

  I didn't see lots of our signs in the photos, although some did appear with Neo-Con Jobs- Iraq, 9/11 in them. There was one interesting photo of the latest version of the Deception Dollar ironically taken by Darryl Bush:

  Jonathan Selin of San Francisco takes a break from performing in the "Extra Action Marching Band"
  to wear an anti-President Bush dollar on his head.
  

  He was part of an awesome band, whose leader had stenciled on his black shirt- BUSH KNEW

  I think this photo really captures the flavor of the march which was "IMPEACH"-
  photo by Jeff Patterson from Courage to Resist:

  

  Today, I baked more bread and cookies (and made waffles for the family). The cookies were for the Barron Park Neighborhood Annual Meeting where I set up an information table outside the school and passed out my Homeland Insecurity: Big Lies, Big Disasters, Bird Flu Hoax 4 pager. Probably 80 people came to the meeting, including a large number of friends and neighbors who I have known for years. My kids' Boy Scout Troop put up and took down the flyers and posters, as well as babysat kids while their parents ate cookies and attended the meeting. The Police, Fire Department, Mayor, Commissioners came. Unbeknownst to me there had been a release of some hazardous gas recently, and a tearful man spoke very frankly about his fear for his children and his own life in the event of another, worse release (apparently 600 people live in the KILL zone and their is no evacuation plan). Barron Park is also one of the most "prepared" of the neighborhoods to deal with emergencies.

  __________________________________________________
  posting from Palo Alto Town Square Forum on the release and the City's response to it:

  CPI Settlement with City is criminal posted by Bill Kelly, a resident of the Barron Park neighborhood, on Jan 22, 2007 at 9:00 am

  On Friday CPI Industries settled with the city for releasing toxic gases into Barron Park. The settlement calls for no admission of guilt and a $20,000 fine. CPI's own investigation concluded it was employee error; however, the PA fire department changed the finding to 'inconclusive'.

  CPI stores 600 pounds of deadly potassium Cyanide and 4000 pounds of Nitric Acid on their property line next to Barron Park residents. Inhaling 10 milligrams of Potassium Cyanide will cause a person to pass out within 60 seconds of exposure and, if untreated, will be dead in 20 minutes. This stuff is seriously dangerous.

  In documents submitted to the county toxics board, CPI says in a worst case scenerio, they will release 13 pounds of potassium cyanide to the neighborhood; and residents living within 1000 feet of the chemical storage areas will be incapacitated or possibly die.

  The Palo Alto fire chief and city attorney concluded that better community notification are the solution to future issues. With a 10 mile per hour breeze, that gives the closest residents 7 seconds to evacuate, and 68 seconds to the residents 1000 feet away (this includes a pre-school).

  How in the world will better notification help this problem?

  __________________________________________________
  

  The new Educational Officer for Homeland Security covered general emergency response info and a man who was part of the Neighborhood Barron Park Association went over the Bird Flu Pandemic preparations with a power point presentation. Apparently there is going to be a much more detailed presentation next Thursday at 7 pm and we got the condensed version. One slide showed that only 15% of the medical folk who attended some major conference felt there might be a pandemic within three years, whereas 65% of officials without medical expertise felt it was likely within three years.

  I stood up and suggested that with the politically motivated fake terror alerts, and the White House's ordering of the EPA to downplay the health hazards at Ground Zero saying that the air and water were safe, thereby causing enormous harm to the health of first-responders, and volunteers in the wake of 9/11, that I was concerned that the pandemic preparations might be politically motivated, based on Bush Science rather than genuine science, for the benefit of certain economic interests rather than for the well being of the country, noting that Rumsfeld had interests in the Gilead Company which benefited financially from the scare.

  The presenter tried to assure me that he was a scientist and that this was scientifically based info and not at all political.

  I remained unconvinced- especially since the Democrats are pushing for Homeland Security these days and both Democrats and Republicans seem to represent "corporate globalization and war" regardless of the human cost and the environment. (which is why I'm a Green.)

  Galen also came to the meeting and spoke up, much more forcefully than I about his concern over the Homeland Security Officer's understanding of the anti-Patriot Act resolution that the city had passed, the threat to our civil rights, the threat of martial law when a pandemic occurs, and his stance on tasers, quarantines, and forced vaccinations. The officer joked, and evaded most of his questions.

  He was followed by the mayor who joked that fixing potholes was neither "Democratic nor Republican" but a bipartisan issue.

  The mayor blithely went on to speak of her committment for "the seventh generation, sustainability, concern for global warming..." and in the next breath her priority seemed to be expanding Stanford Shopping Center with a new hotel and more... a gross contradiction if I ever heard of one.

  When the meeting broke up, I went outside where people thanked me for speaking up, and some who didn't get my paper earlier, took it. Brian helped me with the table. The audience was older and for the most part trusting of government officials, although one women spoke up about the mayor's action to slightly reduce the use of hazardous chemicals- which do threaten Barron Park residents and how they had no power to get the corporation to do anything, including warn them or the city in a timely fashion should a release occur. She made me think of the Bhopal Disaster.

  Clearly the city officials seem most concerned over finances and the bottom line. People are concerned about their health, safety, lives, in the event of emergencies.

  I doubt if anyone felt particularly reassured that the government (local/state/federal) could handle big disasters should one strike us in the Bay Area or in the entire country... The guy presenting the bird flu pandemic was assuring us that it would hit the entire nation from coast to coast... and in waves that could last for months.

  When I organized a march in Sacramento to protest the Model Health Emergency Powers Act, and spoke out against the dangerous Smallpox Vaccine at the CDC hearings in San Francisco, I felt like a lone voice in the wilderness, but a needed voice. The challenge has been to champion multiple issues. The Anthrax threat and the Smallpox threat both came from the government and were sold by the media. I suspect if a "Bird Flu Pandemic" appears- it will come from a government lab and I don't trust the legislation which removes liability from drug companies in testing their "vaccines." I think it is part of the war of terror against us to frighten people into giving up even more rights for the benefit of the few, and at great cost to us all, and I don't want to unquestioningly let them get away with it.

  Part of me wants to go to the next Palo Alto "Bird Flu Pandemic" meeting and raise some noise- but unfortunately the meeting conflicts with the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting- and I just still can't figure out how to be in two places at the same time- or do everything- someone else will have to shoulder the "Bird Flu Pandemic Debunking...".

  January 26, 2007

  Yesterday I worked on a handout for this weekend when Palo Alto's new- Coordinator for Homeland Security and Public Outreach will be discussing the upcoming Bird Flu Pandemic at the annual Barron Park Neighborhood meeting from 2-4 pm at Barron Park Elementary School (800 Barron Ave.) With help from William Engdahl and Chuck Millar, I put together a 4 pager on Homeland Insecurity: Big Lies, Big Disasters, and the Bird Flu Hoax. I'll post Chuck's pdf here, but I have tried to improve it and don't know how to post the final word document.

  The best supporting articles on the Bird Flu Hoax were:

  Bird Flu: A Corporate Bonanza for the Biotech Industry Tamiflu, Vistide and the Pentagon Agenda by F. William Engdahl, Global Research, November 6, 2005

  and Bird Flu and Chicken Factory Farms: Profit Bonanza for US Agribusiness by F. William Engdahl, November 27, 2005

  I asked permission to butcher the articles somewhat to fit a smaller format and got this encouraging response from the author:

  Carol,

  I would love to come and help you pass these out! Beautiful. This is why despite all their total spectrum dominance, cyper-snooping, homeland insecurity and mind control games these people who have usurped the title government will ultimately be ‘heist on their own petard’ as Will Shakespeare would say. Please send me a followup report after the event. I always tell people when I give a talk on these horrible themes and they say ‘Mr E what can we do???’ ‘Remember there are about 5,100,000,000 of ‘us’ normal peace-loving ordinary human beings, and only maybe 2,100,000 of those mentally-disturbed power control freaks who think they have the right to control or extinguish our lives and the only thing that stands between us and their control is angst. The rest are those who aspire to join the 2,100,000 and will ultimately destroy themselves in the process.

  And angst is something we can change. I never give blueprints to people when they ask me. I say, my role is to tell the truth as completely as I humanly am able. The rest is your decision what you do with it. I think there is a deep current in American culture which is capable of the most marvellous sudden change to the positive from the passive, and let’s hope its beginning to surface.

  p.s. I’m now in final editing of my book Seeds of Destruction: The Dark Side of Genetic Engineering due out from GlobalResearch publishers later in spring.

  Best,

  William

  Yesterday, I also attended a lecture at Stanford University entitled:

  Stifling Debate: Reflections on the Misuse of Anti-Semitism and the Exploitation of Jewish Suffering by Norman Finkelstein-

  Son of Holocaust survivors, Professor Norman Finkelstein is the author of five books exploring the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the politicization of the Holocaust. Finkelstein will discuss how the concept of Anti-Semitism has been distorted to include any criticism of the state of Israel and silence all legitimate criticisms of Israeli policy. His powerful argument will also reveal how the Holocaust has been exploited to promote Israel's political agenda and overlook Palestinian suffering. A professor of political science and Princeton Ph.D., Finkelstein has received extensive international praise for insightful contributions to the field.

  Sponsored by Coalition for Justice in the Middle East and Students Confronting Apartheid in Israel, Stanford Unviersity.

  There was a full house- standing ovation- and in essence he said Truth and Justice will win out over the lies/smoke and mirrors that dominate the mainstream press in America... We just have to have the courage to speak the truth, and present it rationally and clearly...

  I was very moved by his talk which really cleared the confusion/controversy surrounding the Israeli/Palestinian conflict and presented the situation as simple, easy to understand, with obvious solutions.

  "To tell the truth in a time of universal deceit is a revolutionary act." was the most apt quote of the evening.

  The hopeful thing was that the lies are becoming more and more transparent, and even within the "establishment" the obvious truths are beginning to emerge, and find support amongst the larger public who have figured out what is real despite and not thanks to the "established opinion leaders that dominate the media."

  Indeed an article that appeared in the UK Guardian on Loose Change, today, stressed the same point:

  "It has forced millions of people to question whether they can trust big media, and by bypassing the broadcasters through internet distribution it has altered the media power balance profoundly. With a little money and passion, anyone can make an important film."

  The final test for Avery and co is yet to come. They are putting together Loose Change: the Final Cut... They have filmed original interviews with Washington players, employed lawyers to iron out copyright issues with borrowed footage, commissioned 3D graphics from Germany, and recruited a theology professor to act as fact-checker and consultant. The end result, they hope, will be seen at Cannes and have a cinema release in America and across the world on the sixth anniversary of 9/11.

  If that happens, they will have squared the circle. The underground film-makers will have come up for air, exposing millions more people to their argument - and themselves to intense scrutiny. Stand back and enjoy the fireworks.

  The Mass Media Reality will be forced to confront the reality that others are piecing together, via personal experience, cooperation via the internet that challenges "official reality."

  All we can do is try to strengthen the voices for truth and justice, and create the political will and mechanisms to change the laws and institutions that are benefiting a tiny minority and are harming and threatening the vast majority of people and all life.

  Yesterday, a case of 9/11 and American Empire- Christians, Jews, and Muslims Speak Out, Vol.II turned up on my doorstep. Kevin Barret is one of the editors and doing a 10 day speaking tour now.

  The opening line of the introduction is-

  This book is about our need for truth--especially if the truth is disturbing, uncomfortable, or even painful.

  I agree. It is also our hope for the positive transformation of our planet.

  January 23, 2007

  There is so much going on internationally, nationally, regionally and locally that I don't know where best to put my time and energy. Brian finally made it back from Memphis, so we can move forward with the action/march/rally on Saturday, although since no one attended the organizing meeting last Saturday- we probably won't have a speaker- oh well!

  Sunday, I actually want to be prepared to meet with folks in my neighborhood where the new mayor and new Educational Officer from Homeland Security will give a Bird Flu Pandemic- Be Prepared "pitch" to local residents. The Bird Flu scare/hoax has been all over the news- pushed by all sorts of government officials- including the City council, our Congresswoman, and of course, the White House. Rumsfeld may have resigned, but he is making tons of money from his company which is making windfall profits with the scare and Tamiflu. The military and the UK are really beefing up the stockpiles of useless vaccine. Meanwhile the scare has really had the biggest impact on small poultry farmers who have had their livelihoods and markets under attack while the 5 major poultry growers have elbowed their way into lucrative Asian markets. It's so outrageous. I need to write up a good footnoted info sheet for local people.

  At the same time, on the international level, we need a concerted effort to expose "State Sponsored Terrorism" and the Mainstream media that trumpets the big lies for the benefit of war mongers, empire builders, the growing police state/surveillance industry. Daniele Ganser wrote an excellent book on NATO’s Secret Armies. Operation Gladio and Terrorism in Western Europe as well as a chapter in the latest 9/11 and American Empire- intellectuals Speak Out, but this info needs to get out beyond intellectual circles to the average Joe who is being bombarded with ridiculous orange alerts, forced to give up his toothpaste in airports, and told that "moms with babies are hiding explosives in baby bottles and diapers."

  Some of us 9/11 Truth filmmakers were given an invitation to get our films translated and distributed more widely via a French publisher, and he sent me these heartening words yesterday:

  rejoice then, for there are sites and groups all over Europe and probably outside Europe and the US but U fellow people of the US are and will remain our models and inspiration !

  (I had mentioned that I felt my time was best spent trying to educate Americans, as opposed to travelling and working on the issue outside of the US.)

  There is certainly lots happening locally and everyone wants help with publicity for their events- including several film screenings, lectures, rallies, plus next month's 9/11 Truth Conference. The Impeachment Movement is gaining legs, and I haven't even linked yet to a nationwide shopping boycott to demand impeachment and an end to the Iraq War April 15- April 22nd. But it is still in the development phase. I'm sure after Bush speaks tonight, demand for impeachment will SURGE.

  I have a ton of things to do, but I remain hopeful that reason will triumph over insanity and that the madmen threatening Iran will be stopped by the combined courage and outrage of the global community.

  January 21, 2007

  I have to be up at 5 am for the 6-9 am radio show on KKUP tomorrow, so this is going to be short.

  A new 9/11 song is out posted at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dJpCezIsMpk&mode=related&search= by Remo Conscious entitled "We Know." It's a very damning political statement.

  Today I went to a National Organizer's Alliance meeting and an Impeachment meeting. Barrie Zwicker and I spoke for a couple hours and I am heartened by all the activism. We do seem to be in a race between education, an enlightened population and annihilation by an unenlightened, frightened global elite who are scared of the vast bulk of humanity and underestimate our collective intelligence and ability to communicate directly with one another and not fall for the redundant big lies that are blasted at us by the corporate press.

  We need to keep organizing, making noise, making songs, music, films, art, whatever it takes to "wake the folk up." But that also means, we need to remember to sleep, to eat, to be coherent and functional when the dawn comes... which will be vary early tomorrow for me!

  January 20, 2007

  Last night, I reviewed a couple of DVDs that I had received from friends. Oil, Smoke & Mirrors produced by Irish filmmaker Ronan Doyle featured many of my friends/colleagues- Richard Heinberg, Nafeez Ahmed, Webster Tarpley, as well as Julian Darley, Michael Meacher, Andreas von Bulow, Chris Sanders which, although mainly talking heads, was very well done and raises the issue of peak oil, as well as 9/11 as special operation... The byline is "There is no war on terror." I agree with that sentiment wholeheartedly. The film is well worth watching, and perhaps as gentle as it gets to introducing 9/11 to people who have zero knowledge or interest in the topic.

  I get so much stuff thrown my way that I often wonder "what is the psyop?" How much of this info is real, or meant to terrify or paralyze people? For example, peak oil is a fairly simple concept, but it can be presented in a terrifying way- an insurmountable crisis which will wipe out half of humanity with a sudden contration of the food supply and an economic depression and war- the reason politicians won't go there- is because there are no "easy solutions" so they avoid it like the plague. At the same time, it's hard to imagine such a bleak, impossible, future when there are so many promising alternative technologies being developed, and it is possible to produce food almost anywhere, and we have been doing so for thousands of years, and have adapted to harsh circumstances when necessary. I am wary of the scare tactics being deployed to get people to join various bandwagons and concentrate on issues in isolation from the the larger global problems.

  hummux sent me a couple of photos that he took at Memphis- one of most of the 9/11 Truth activsts gathered in Gabriel's Peace Resource Project's booth, and another of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance's booth.

  
  Charles, Saachi, Maryann, Les, Josh, John, Gabriel, Carol, Tom
  
  Representing the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance - Brian, Maryann, John, Carol

  I also received invitations to upcoming events, which are still in the process of being finalized, so I can't put them on the calendar, yet- but hopefully Ken Jenkins will be showing a film and presenting in Redwood City on February 8th, and there will be a big impeachment event in Oakland at the Grand Lake Theater on February 22nd. We will also have Peter Phillips speaking on Impeachment on Friday, February 16th at 7:30 pm in Mountain View, but I don't have the details on that one, yet either.

  There is also something big happening in Europe, which I was invited to, but I think the most important work has to be done in the U.S. and hopefully Ken or hummux could do the thing in Europe. The publisher of the best 9/11 books in France also wants to get our works translated and distributed in France and Europe.

  Barrie Zwicker and I were supposed to talk today, but he forgot about a birthday party for his grandchild, so we rescheduled the conversation, but just speaking to him briefly, I could understand his need to take time out to think and be by himself. It is hard to go full throttle and speak/do/organize without pausing, thinking, strategizing, digesting, reviving oneself, refocusing our limited strength to the areas where we can have the most impact, and maintaining some sort of balance in our "real lives" and the relationships we have with our family and friends. This weekend with the kids and Jean-Luc gone (skiing with the Boy Scouts)- I had hoped to catch up somewhat, but I can hardly make a dent in the household demands, let alone catching up with my mail, and all the activism requests... and the website, the book reviews... the publicity needs of half a dozen different upcoming events. At least it feels like we are winning, although I am concerned that the insane folks in power might do something horrific in order to cling to their positions.

  January 19, 2007

  We had a lively meeting in Oakland last night, sharing stories about Memphis, the upcoming conference in Arizona, recent research, books, films, and catching up on all the organizing, events happening here in the Bay Area.

  I also spoke to Brian's mom, who reported that he was stranded by a storm in Oklahoma (He had driven much of our stuff all the way to Memphis- and was the only one who didn't make it back.) I hope he returns ok, and in a timely fashion- as we would love to have the great replica he made of the rejected Commission Report for the upcoming anti-war rally/march on January 27th (noon- Powell and Market) in San Francisco. I also need volunteers to help with the banners, sound system, signs, tabling. Anyone who can go tomorrow to the last organizing meeting before the rally at 2 pm, 110 Capp St. in San Francisco- please do so. We also need to provide two volunteers to help with security.

  Tomorrow, I've scheduled a phone conversation (long overdue) with Barrie Zwicker, looking at the larger picture and strategizing on where we are and where to put our energies now.

  Sunday, there are a couple of meetings- one for the National Organizers Alliance, in Oakland at 2 pm (2326 Maywood), and the other on Impeachment, at 3 pm in Berkeley (2161 Allston Way), which will be working on the next big impreachment event- scheduled for the Grand Lake Theater on February 22nd. Also Brad who organized the Impeach Beach event (which made the cover of the Christian Science Monitor today) is opening a storefront in oakland devoted to impeachment, just a few doors down from the Grand Lake Theater. Quieter efforts are also underway, directly reaching people through word of mouth and dvd, as well as in more public gatherings- radio shows and in churches- speaking on 9/11 Truth and Impeachment. I remain hopeful in spite of the silence and fear exhibited by the politicians and the press; heartened by those moments when i've torn myself from the computer and enjoyed the fresh air, exercise, nature, direct contact with people and life, the sky at night.

  Communications seem to be the key to everything, and yet there are such enormous limits to language itself. At our meetings, after four years, and many shared experiences, that "which is not said" I think binds us more than whatever is said, a deep knowing on a soul level, a love of life, compassion, and committment to a cause much larger than anyone of us. I think we are and will continue to be a support group for 9/11 truth activists who realize profoundly how truth can lift the blindfold from a condemned failing regime, and offer a ray of hope for redemption and salvation from the rush towards oblivion.

  Richard Gage, Founder of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth www.ae911truth.org and I will be speaking on a 9/11 Truth Radio show from 6 am to 9 am Monday, January 22, 2007 on KKUP 91.5 FM.

  Les Jamison sent me this photo of our booth in Memphis at the National Conference on Media Reform

  
  Representing the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance - Ken Jenkins, John Wright, Carol Brouillet, Maryann Thomas

  January 17, 2007

  I have to rush out the door soon for my weekly Listening Project, but this morning I received a link to an outstanding article, actually the third in a series by Juan Santos. I was so impressed- I just emailed him to see if he could come to the conference in Arizona this February. I think he sees the larger picture and could have some great insight, as far as strategy is concerned. Here are links to the three articles:

  Apocalypse No! an indigenist perspective
  September 2, 2006
  by Juan Santos

  Apocalypse No! an indigenist perspective
  Christian Facsism and the Nazi legacyan
  November 1, 2006
  by Juan Santos

  Apocalypse No!(Part III)
  The Law of Life and the Law of Death
  The Great Emergency: Global Warming, Mass Death and Resource Wars in the 21st Century
  by Juan Santos,
  www.dissidentvoice.org
  January 11, 2007

  January 16, 2007

  The National Conference on Media Reform was extremely well attended- over 3000 people, mainly media activists, plus a fair sprinkling of celebrities and high profile, articulate champions of the movement to free the means of communication from corporate control. Six of us from the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, and others from New York, Arkansas, Illinois, had a very visible 9/11 Truth presence with our booth, and outreach efforts to the attendees, and hopefully had a significant impact on a lot of people and should generate some press and motivate more people to become involved in the movement. I hope I can get a photo of our booth to post. We had the large 4' x 8' Deception Dollar banner, the rescued cover from our rejected 9/11 Report replica (that we tossed into SF Bay at the Tea Party for 9/11 Truth last December) and an enormous photo of Martin Luther King with a headline about the court case which found the US government guilty of complicity in King's murder, that never really found its way into the press or national consciousness, despite the well documented evidenced compiled by William Pepper, the lawyer for the King family who won the case and wrote a book on it entitled- An Act of State- The Execution of Martin Luther King. We passed out 20 deluxe 9/11 Truth packets to the celebrities, and major press figures, and 80 or so to the general press, who were attending the conference, which included my press release and a one pager, Ken Jenkins wrote on the King trial:

  The Media Blackout of the Memphis Martin Luther King trial of 1999
  Memphis,TN, December 8, 1999:

  Shocking Jury Verdict in MLK Assassination Case:

  US Government Guilty of Conspiracy to Murder Martin Luther King!

  This headline did not appear in mainstream media in 1999, even though it is true.

  The following is a summary of a TV script by Barrie Zwicker, broadcast in Canada in 2003.

  James Earl Ray, a petty criminal who died in 1998, never confessed to killing Martin Luther King. Ray was manipulated by his government plant lawyer into signing a guilty plea. On the basis of the guilty plea, Ray was sentenced to 99 years in prison. Ray realized he’d been duped. Three days after arriving in the penitentiary he moved for his guilty plea to be set aside, and, that he be given a trial. But stalling by government officials denied him that for the rest of his life; to his dying day he insisted he did not kill Dr. King. Whoever killed King, it was not James Earl Ray. He was the fall guy.

  A civil trial into Dr. King’s death was held in Memphis, Tennessee in 1999. The King family’s complaint is against co-conspirators both named and unknown. The trial is about the truth. It lasts almost a month. Seventy witnesses are heard. A jury of six black and six white persons take just one hour to arrive at a guilty verdict against “the co-conspirators (consisting of) the named defendant, Loyd Jowers and those that the Defendant named in his response namely, the United States Government, the State of Tennessee, the City of Memphis and Memphis Police Department, James Earl Ray, Earl Clark, and Frank Liberto.” Earl Clark, now deceased, was the top marksman in the Memphis Police Department. Frank Liberto was a Mafia kingpin. Conspirators within the U.S. Government, included J. Edgar Hoover and the FBI, Richard Helms and the CIA, and the military.”

  One of only two people attend every day of the trial, was Memphis TV reporter and local ABC news anchor Wendell Stacy. Because of insisting on attending the trial every day, Stacy is fired. He sues for wrongful dismissal and wins.

  The mainstream media effectively boycotted the trial. As William Pepper writes: “…the silence following these shocking revelations was deafening. Like the pattern during all the investigations of the assassination throughout the years, no major media outlet would cover the story. It was effectively buried.”

  Based on the evidence, the Kings “were in effect charging U.S. intelligence agencies – particularly the FBI and Army intelligence – with organizing, subcontracting and covering up the assassination.”

  King recognized that powerful economic forces stunt history and kill hope. It’s important to understand that these powerful forces now include the mainstream media.

  Recommended book on the King assassination: An Act of State—The Execution of Martin Luther King, by William Pepper, a friend and colleague of Dr. King, who has spent most of the past 35 years investigating the circumstances surrounding Dr. King’s death.

  At our booth, we had a small DVD player and we showed Ken's new DVD with the Barrie Zwicker report on the trial, as well as 9/11 Press for Truth, and Snowshoe Films latest documentary on the actions in New York at Ground Zero last September. I think our booth was one of the most popular booths there- and almost always drew people to it (We also passed out thousands of Deception Dollars and received over 1000 dollars in direct donations and sales from our huge collection of books, DVDs, and other 9/11 related materials). We were happily surprised to also learn that there was a huge 9/11 Truth section at the FreePress Bookstore, and many people were quite aware of the issue (and maybe the movement could have done very well without us there- but we were all glad that we came and felt people were quite receptive and supportive of our presence and our message). We did a couple of small poster sessions, but I think most people were drawn to the booth (whereas last time in St. Louis- we didn't have a booth- so people were more drawn to the 9/11 poster session, as the only way to connect with one another.)

  Peter Phillips also spoke critically about the left/progressive press's coverage of critical issues- 9/11 truth, impeachment, and the stolen elections during one of the formal sessions. He took a bit of flak and lost another Project Censored judge, although he also received support from the audience- including a journalist from Switzerland who spoke about a four page spread in a Swiss paper confirming Jones' work on the controlled demolition of Building #7.

  There are still enormous psychological barriers for us to overcome to deconstruct the bogus "war on terrorism," but we have made tremendos progress over the years, and are winning in the court of popular public opinion- despite the major propaganda effort of the corporate press, Hollywood, and the attacks from the "so-called" Left.

  It was wonderful to connect with activists from all over the country, who helped us with outreach, and at the booths.

  I just wish that we had been able to capture an interview that I had with one woman who used to work for the military (for 18 years) and worked as a public information (propaganda officer, and in "counter-terrorism"). She was tearful when she explained how she realized 9/11 was an inside job when she heard the Taliban interviewed, just after the attacks, denying any knowledge about them. Given her background, her analysis gives even more strength to our 9/11 truth message. (I also found a link to another military insider pointing out the huge lies surrounding the war on Iraq.)

  Astonishingly, still many people know nothing of the 1999 King court case, and can't believe that the press is capable of being "silent" about the crimes committed by the government, nor their "ask no hard questions" policy since 9/11. Fortunately, there are people who do want to know what is going on and actually do seek the truth, who are very glad to accept assistance on their quests from other "truth-seekers".

  The best concession that the 9/11 Truth Movement will triumph is an admission by Zelikow who said that trying to argue with "conspiracy theorists" is like playing "whack a mole"- they might be able to whack down one argument, but instantly another ten will pop up. This is especially true because they have destroyed so much evidence and told so many outrageous lies, that the new ones they construct tend to be feebler and feebler and less and less believable, by any standards. I still am shocked that Congress had the "hutzpah" to pass legislation implementing the bogus 9/11 Commission's recommendations. I suppose they are trying to rush through all the horrific, repressive legislation, before the public really catched on and can organize more resistance against it. They keep many people off balance trying to fight them on multiple fronts.

  I'm glad that I at least tried to oppose these policies when I ran for Congress, even if I didn't break the mainstream press barrier. Another exchange that I wish I had filmed in Memphis, was when a Congressman approached me at the booth- and I gave him our deluxe 9/11 Truth packet, and began asking him the tough questions about 9/11- he just fled as fast as he could when he realized what issues I was raising. I think Congress is as scared of the public, as the White House is, which is why they are working so feverishly to control the flow of information, the internet, and scare people with bogus terror alerts, expansion of the war in Iraq, escalation of the violence against pro-democracy forces in Mexico, and the threat of war against Iran.

  If Congress had any moral fiber, they would be focusing on Impeachment hearings, now.

  January 9, 2007

  The Impeach Beach action was great fun and produced a wealth of photos and films, already. Fortunately, I didn't have the flu (just a misdiagnosed severe case of pre-menstrual cramps- so if I hugged and kissed you Saturday- breathe easier- I don't think I was contagious.) Many of our 9/11 Truth banners and signs and art were in the photos.

  I'm feeling better- beginning to hear again in my left ear. I wrote a press release for our 130 press packets for Memphis and finally wrote a resource list with a dozen books and a dozen DVDs- embarrassing to admit many were not included on this website, but I just never find time to catch up, and I keep getting books!

  I got a review copy of James Petras's The Power of Israel in the United States which is an excellent look at the power of the Jewish Lobby in DC and their control of Congress and US foreign policy, although I don't think I agree with him on every point, and his few pages on 9/11 don't cast a tremendous amount of light on the events- only hint that the Israeli spies knew in advance and didn't give the US a timely warning. However, we'll be getting some copies delivered to table in Memphis where the major issues raised by the book are still relatively taboo in the so called Progressive/Independent Press.

  I'm also getting more films- Penny's 911 Dust and Deceit at the WTC, and Samira Goetschel 's award winning documentary- Our Own Priv@te Bin Laden.

  I also am reviewing Kevin Barrett's new book, Truth Jihad: My Epic Struggle Against the 9/11 Big Lie which is very funny and enjoyable (I will have a chance to finish reading it flying Thursday) and will take a few copies to Memphis. Lisa Finnegan will also let us table her new book No Questions Asked on the media failure to question the administration or hold them accountable for lies and actions, in the wake of 9/11 (which I haven't got a copy of yet.)

  I have had my hands full getting stuff to John and Brian to take with them to Memphis, getting materials for the press kits, including writing a cover letter/press release to go with the books and DVDs we want to give to press (and Jane Fonda and other big celebrities we'd like to win over, if given the opportunity.)

  Yesterday, on the fifth anniversary of our first public 9/11 Truth March, Demanding a Congressional Investigation of 9/11, I had the pleasure of being invited to speak at a showing of Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush in Santa Cruz at a Green Party meeting. It was the first time that I actually got to see it with an audience (besides the kids walking through the living room when I was trying to do all the paper edits from the original show, which was twice as long as the edited version). They laughed in all the right places and even applauded (only one person left in the middle). It was fun. I also spoke with Richard and Joseph, two of the Patriots in our SF Tea Party action who want to do a 3 hour radio show on KKUP 6-9 am on January 22nd with a special emphasis on the collapse of the towers. Hard to work on everything simultaneously, and get out the checks, and get the stuff we need, while feeding kids and trying to get my body into more functional/optimal shape...

  Here's a draft of the press release for Memphis and the flip side with our recommended list (I know it's not fully comprehensive, but it is what we will have in Memphis, and can fit on a sheet of paper).

  9/11 Truth Movement Challenges Press Censorship
  at National Conference on Media Reform
  The crime of the century took place on September 11th, 2001 when the World Trade Center and the Pentagon were attacked. Afghanistan and Iraq. Challenging the official spin and weak, ludicrous, evidence were citizens, who demanded a Congressional Investigation of the attacks. The White House opposed a full investigation, limiting the first official inquiry to “Intelligence Failures.” Forced by public pressure to create the 9/11 Commission, the White House sought to control it by appointing Henry Kissinger to head it, and Philip Zelikow, part of Bush’s National Security Transition Team, to direct it. Systemic destruction of actual evidence and a cover-up began directly following the attacks. The Commission was used to buttress the official narrative, justify the construction of Homeland Security, expand the National Security State, and push for the 'pre-emptive' war doctrine, in part crafted by the 9/11 Commission Director, Zelikow.

  The 9/11 Truth Movement and opposition to “Endless War” upon civil liberties within and outside of the US has steadily grown. The 9/11 Truth Alliance has grown from a few activists and scattered websites into many groups, in many cities and many countries. They have produced numerous websites, events, rallies, marches, books, films, conferences, inquiries, magazines, art, music, articles, films, documentaries, television and radio programs and they continue to win, in the battle of public opinion. The New York Times/CBS News poll, in October 2006, shows that only 16% of the public believes the official narrative, while 53% believe the government is hiding something and 28 % believe that they are mostly lying about prior knowledge about 9/11.

  In 1999 in Memphis, Tennessee, the family of Martin Luther King, Jr. brought the government to trial for its role in King’s assassination. Seventy witnesses under oath set out the details of the conspiracy and the jury took an hour to find for the King family. It was ruled that a wide-running conspiracy existed and that government agents were involved. The story was effectively buried. William Pepper proceeded to detail the case in An Act of State, published by Verso in 2003, including the government plans for King’s execution that involved the military and the FBI, media cover-ups, and the corporate forces dominating the nation. The continuing silence of the press on government and corporate crimes committed against Americans, as well as innocent people living in targeted countries is the greatest impetus for a genuinely independent media. Where it should have, the media failed to rewrite history and bring to account those really behind the King assassination. We ask that the press to stop censoring and suppressing the truth in the case of 9/11.

  Out of necessity, the 9/11 Truth Movement has become the media to raise consciousness on the basic facts surrounding the attacks of 9/11. We ask that more media producers look at the evidence, recognize the lies and omissions in the government’s story. Join us in demanding a genuine investigation, accountability, and an end to the use of violence, terror, and war for the benefit and enrichment of the few, at the expense of the many.

  _______________________________________________________________________________________________
  The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance has sponsored activists to attend the National Conference on Media Reform, to give press kits to the press, and have available 9/11 Truth materials at our Booth (#26). These are materials we recommend. * means that they are in our press kits, ** means that we are producers of the materials. We also publish the Deception Dollars (over 6,000,000 in circulation) which are covered with excellent 9/11 Truth websites, have created useful 9/11 Fact and information cards, and have produced many 9/11 Truth events.
  Recommended 9/11 Truth Books-

  *Towers of Deception: The Media Cover-up of 9/11 by Barrie Zwicker(includes the DVD- The Great Conspiracy- The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw), New Society Publishers

  *9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out, Edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott, Interlink Publishers

  Christian Faith and the Truth Behind 9/11: A Call to Reflection and Action, by David Griffin

  The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions, by David Ray Griffin, Interlink Publishing

  The War on Truth: 9/11, Disinformation, and the Anatomy of Terrorism, by Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed, Interlink Publishing

  The Terror Timeline: Year by Year, Day by Day, Minute by Minute, by Paul Thompson, published by Harper Collins

  America’s "War on Terrorism" in the Wake of 9/11, by Michel Chossudovsky, published by Global Research

  Synthetic Terror- Made in USA, by Webster Griffin Tarpley, published by Progressive Press

  9/11: The Greatest Crime of All Time, the Best of Global Outlook, published by Global Outlook

  Truth Jihad: My Epic Struggle Against the 9/11 Big Lie, by Kevin Barrett, published by Progressive Press

  The Big Wedding, by Sander Hicks, Long Island Press

  **Still Seeking the Truth About 9/11, Exposing Fallacies in the Official Story, by Paul Rea

  Recommended 9/11 Truth DVDs-

  *9/11 Press for Truth, by Ray Nowosielski & John Duffy, producer Kyle Hence, 911tv.org

  The Great Conspiracy- The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw, by Barrie Zwicker

  **Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush, by Carol Brouillet

  Improbable Collapse, by Mike Berger

  9/11: Dust and Deceit at the WTC, by Penny Little, www.911dust.org

  **9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out, KPFA event, by hummux & Ken Jenkins

  9/11 Mysteries, by Small Storm, www.911weknow.com

  Who Killed John O’Neil?, by Ty Rauber and Ryan Thurston, www.WKJO.com

  **9/11 Overview, compiled by Ken Jenkins, especially to give to the press

  Our Own Priv@te Bin Laden, by Samira Goetschel, www.ourownprivatebinladen.com

  Tomorrow I have my Listening Project in Palo Alto and the challenge of packing all the rest of the stuff that needs to get to Memphis.

  January 6, 2007

  We returned from Canada very late on January 2nd/3rd. On Wednesday after little sleep, I still did the Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto, and started catching up, unpacking, etc... I wrote a blog entry on January 3rd, which seems to have disappeared, not the first time that I messed up and forgot to save- late at night. I did, however write my belated annual Christmas Letter. Thursday, we had our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in San Francisco, where I transferred hundreds of pounds of stuff for others to carry to Memphis for the upcoming National Conference on Media Reform, where we will have a booth. Other excuses for not catching up- I've been deaf in one ear since the flight home, my hand/one finger is broken, and I think I have a touch of the flu, but I still hope to get to San Francisco today for the Impeach Beach action- we'll be meeting at the left top of the H. There is so much to write about and links to add to this website, but I'm occupied by the most urgent demands of my life, now.

  January 4, 2007

  I very much wanted to go to the protests at the Federal Building in San Francisco today, but sanity prevailed and I realized there was no way I could go AND get all the preparations in order for next week's National Conference on Media Reform, catch up on my mail, do the shipping, get to the bank, and get all the paperwork done, so that we will have what we need at tonight's meeting and in Memphis. Each of us going to Memphis has to carry 40- 50 pounds of materials for our booth, plus I've ordered some books and DVDs to be shipped directly to Memphis. Wish I had time to update this website with links to all the great new resources and articles, but unfortunately I still have work to do and kids to feed. I must say, though, that I am thoroughly disgusted with the Democrats and organizations like Move-On who are actually pushing for people to get their congressmen to support the awful recommendations of the bogus 9/11 Commission. Michael Dietrich forwarded their repulsive pitch to me-

  ( Hi,

  As you may have heard, Nancy Pelosi is hoping to start off big with her "100 Hours Agenda." It's a bunch of progressive proposals...)

  and I replied to him:
  Move On should Move Out- this petition makes me furious- they want to implement all the awful recommendations of the 9/11 Cover-Up Commission- The Democrats are as eager to build the Global Police State- Surveillance Industry as the paranoid die-hard neo-Nazis that they have graciously permitted to reign these last several years- Anyone who supports the asinine Move-on recommendations should think twice- they are being conned--- including you!

  Carol Brouillet

  All of congress should be impeached if they aid and abet Bush/Cheney with their dark agenda, while cloaking it with token crumbs- healthcare, bread, and circuses to appease the discontented.

  December 18, 2006

  I added more photos and links to video clips, including links to the local television news clip of the-

  
  San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth

  It is heartening to see the video clips and photos from Boston, D.C., Philadelphia, Milwaukee, (still hope to see something from St. Louis), and I think people will be inspired to join us in January when we are mobilizing so many forces to push Congress in a different direction. I hope we can improve our giant replica of the flawed Commission Report for the upcoming rallies and demonstrations and not let Pelosi beef up the Intelligence agencies and Homeland Security for the benefit of the criminals who did and went along with 9/11 and the cover-up in their quest for global domination.

  I hope that I have time to do a real write up about December 16th before the family demands my complete attention. Low tide was about 3 pm on the 233rd Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party, and it just felt like the entire Earth, all of nature was sending this loud, clear message that the tide was turning in favor of the people over tyrants, in favor of truth over lies, in favor of peace over war, in favor of hope, joy, light over terror, fear, despair... This is a magical time of year, the shortest days, when the season begins to turn and I remain hopeful that courage, love, and humanity will prevail.

  December 16, 2006

  233rd Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party, in solidarity with Boston 9/11 Truth who organized a huge Tea Party for 9/11 Truth, we held a San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth. We had a great time! I just updated the webpage with some of the details and a link to an article that Cam posted at Indymedia.org entitled San Francisco 9/11 Truth Tea Party Dumps Official Whitewash in the Bay which has some great pictures. There were lots of photographers there, plus the local television station, KPIX, and KPFA got sound and interviews for their nightly newscast, and I gave an update on Tarpley's radio show, but I was up til late last night, and up very early this morning- so can't write or do more tonight.

  December 15, 2006

  We've been very busy- building replicas of the 9/11 Report, finding costumes, bells, writing and sending out press releases, praying for good weather. Finally there is a promising weather report with "late afternoon showers possibility 30%" in the forecast. I got a call from the manager of the Hilton Hotel at Fisherman's Wharf, asking if we needed rooms and saying he hopes to come to the party. Good to know the word is out and that there is support coming from all quarters. Scott picked up 5000 cards to distribute tomorrow and we hope to arrive in SF at 10 am, to set-up and do some outreach, and have some fun with our props and costumes before the press and larger public turn up.

  We'd like to meet around 10 am near Hyde Street Pier and set up a home base- awning, table with all the free literature/props, etcetera, but we need help to manage/mind the table throughout the day- or it won't work. Please let me know if you can volunteer to do a shift. (650-857-0927).

  There are still lots of details to attend to. I can't update this website, but there is a page at 911blogger.com that details the multiple Tea Parties that will be happening tomorrow. We'll try to call in to Webster Tarpley's radio show and give a report in the afternoon.

  December 10, 2006, Human Rights and Impeachment Day

  While I was working on my Impeachment speech on Friday, unbeknownst to me, Representative Cynthia McKinney was introducing Articles of Impeachment and gave a speech on the floor of Congress.

  On Saturday, we set up the table at the KPFA Crafts fair despite the bad weather forecast, and Veteran's for Peace kindly lent us an awning. I spent most of the time at a big War Resister's event (couragetoresist.org) at the War Memorial Building, followed by a rally and procession with war resistors and their parents. It was very moving, and heartening; there were also outstanding speakers and musicians, plus the Brass Liberation Orchestra, and David Solnit with his beautiful, awesome puppets and a giant bird. There was some television coverage, as well as a film maker working on a documentary. The Veterans are the real backbone of the anti-war/peace movement. Unfortunately, it started pouring when I returned to the table and it was an ordeal packing up. Brian and I managed a quick bowl of soup to warm our chilled bodies before a 5 pm antiwar organizing meeting, which drew 40-50 people.

  I think I found out about McKinney's action and speech very late last night, and didn't have time to completely rewrite my speech- but I modified it somewhat spontaneously at today's rally.

  I was up very early this morning, baking cookies, and bread for the rally, and the family, reloading the car, printing out my speech. I was late leaving the house. We had hoped to get to San Francisco by 11 am for the action against the Military Commissions Act at Union Square, but the weather was bad, and we picked up the awning again, and had just an hour to join the leafletting/action at Union Square before heading for UN Plaza.

  We barely had the awning up, before the rains started falling. The turnout was pretty small, but the press did come. Peter Phillips and others spoke very well and there was some great music, as well. The Declaration of Human Rights was born out of the founding of the United Nations and the documents were actually signed in the War Memorial Building.

  There is an obelisk at UN Plaza honoring the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, which reads, in part:

  "Everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food, clothing, housing and medical care and necessary social services."

  UN Plaza is also where the homeless gather, and those who really suffer from the problems due to the abundance of drugs on the street, the lack of available medical care, come up to the activists to enlist them in their struggles. (An elderly woman told me that of all the dozen or so doctors she saw, none would accept Medicare and refused her healthcare.) I have a hard time explaining why I can't take on every issue to people who are suffering. The cookies were popular (with the homeless, the well-fed, and the hungry). We saw lots of old friends, and passed out Deception Dollars, and flyers for the San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth.

  Two speakers didn't show up, so I actually was able to say a few extra words about the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, the Deception Dollar, our action, and our demand for a real investigation. Brian noted that I got the best audience response when I was speaking spontaneously about 9/11 and that if we had a real investigation of 9/11 the Administration would fall from power, as well as those who aided and abetted them in the cover-up, but I didn't write it down, so here's the slightly modified written part of my speech:

  A great peace activist, John Galtung, when asked about the difference between Russians and Americans, replied “In Russia, when people hear the party line, they know it is the party line. In America, they don’t.”

  As children, we are taught to revere our presidents, and the founding ideals of this country, the idea of a government “of, by and for the people.” We don’t learn in school that our original government was ratified by a small voting minority. The Founding Fathers knew that their winning slogan wouldn’t work so well if they said, “a government of, by, and for “the rich, the white, the male, the propertied few.”

  History is the story of the struggle between vested interests, and social justice for the bulk of humanity, who have been killed, enslaved, exploited for so long. All social gains-- representative government, ending slavery and monarchy, laws protecting children and the environment—come from raising human consciousness about injustices, and forcing institutional changes, or the ousting of tyrants. History is slanted to legitimize the powerful and and celebrate their role, and rarely do the people get the credit. The politicians seeking to avoid “revolution” and “dismissal via the ballot box,” who only reluctantly concede to public pressure, usually like to pat themselves on the back, later, for being “visionary leaders.”

  As far as I am concerned, all members of the 109th Congress who opposed impeachment, should have been ousted in the recent election, especially Nancy Pelosi. The exception being Cynthia McKinney, who bravely submitted articles of impeachment on Friday, and she was ousted from Congress this year. Perhaps we should run her for President in 2008. Please try to imagine if Congress does do the right thing, and opens real investigations into the blatant crimes of the Administration. Imagine if Congress follows through with impeachment and indictment, should the credit go to the people?

  The people, who have marched and rallied in the rain, forced the issues into the press, deconstructed the lies, deceptions and crimes this Administration has committed against the US and the world, and disseminated the information via the internet, community access television, radio, film, art, music, and all the myriad ways humans can communicate with other humans. The people should get credit for stopping this Administration, and reversing its horrendous domestic and foreign policies. However, if Madame Speaker Pelosi or Congress wants to take credit for impeaching Bush and reversing his policies, few of us would be really bent out of shape about it.

  What worries me is that Congress might not impeach him, but try to divert our attention elsewhere. Or that Congress might “Impeach him” for some trivial charge, and merrily carry on with the Bush/Cheney’ horrendous policies, the bogus war on terrorism, beefing up Homeland Security, ceding the destruction of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, the institutionalization of torture, the Military Commissions Act. We cannot allow them to toss out habeas corpus, bring back the Inquisition, where secret evidence, tyrannical whim, could condemn innocent people to death.

  It is clear to us that the real terrorists have hijacked our country and they are occupying the White House. They have stolen at least two presidential elections, and they have no legitimacy. We know that they lied and covered up the truth about 9/11 and Katrina, and that those lies cost the lives of thousands of people. We know that the worst conspiracy theory about 9/11 is the one that Cheney and Bush used to sell the war on Iraq. We know they spent billions of dollars on propaganda to sell that lie and that 85% of the soldiers in Iraq were tricked into believing that Saddam had something to do with 9/11. This could not have been accomplished without the complicity of Congress and the press. They supported the lies, they failed to ask the hard questions, and they deserve much of the blame for the enormous suffering and loss of life of these past five years.

  The country is starting to wake up--a slow, painful process that I know well. I came from a Republican family. I missed the rallies against the first Gulf War in 1991. My own outrage at the government’s actions and lies—and the media’s silence--began in 1992 when I began doing research on the CIA. More and more people are waking up to the lies, and distrusting official sources. More and more people are learning from one another, and organizing, in self defense, to keep the rights we still have, and to exercise some control over a government that poses a greater and greater threat to them and the world.

  We need to help the country wake up. We need to force our elected officials to uphold our Constitution and rein in an Executive Branch that claims the divine right of kings. We need to become the media and force the mainstream media to address the vital issues. Or perhaps, we might have to follow the example of Venezuela, who elected Chavez despite opposition from the corporate press. We have plenty of work before us. I believe that all of us, as Americans, have a responsibility to hold our government accountable for its actions. The Bush Administration has flagrantly violated our Constitution, trashed the Bill of Rights, launched illegal, immoral wars, lied about matters of utmost importance to the American people. Bush, Cheney, are, truly, the most dangerous terrorists in the world. It is up to us, the people, to force our elected representatives to recognize and adhere to their duty and hold top officials accountable for their heinous crimes, that means impeachment," It is our best hope to redeem ourselves as a nation. Impeachment, regime change, should begin and end at “home.”

  After the rally, we went to another organizing meeting with World Can't Wait. It would have been nice to join everyone after the meeting for dinner, but I had to get home and feed the kids. My husband and kids set up the Christmas tree, today, and the evening meal and a game afterwards was all the time we spent together as a family the whole weekend. At least they know me well, and tolerate my activism (as long as they are well fed).

  Scott was able to speak about the San Francisco Tea Party on Webster's radio show last Saturday, and I am now hearing that there are more Tea Parties for 9/11 Truth scheduled - for DC, the Mississippi River, Lake Michigan. We'll have to revise the press release this week. Lots of people are excited about it, and I hope we have a good turnout- and good weather!!!! It's such a challenge in the rain...

  December 6, 2006

  I've been super busy- working on our upcoming San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth action. We finally worked out the details, so I can post the webpage, the press advisory, the updated calendar, and (soon) a pdf. of the new flyer. I also was on a conference call for the Arizona 9/11 Accountability- Strategies and Solutions Conference, and did my regular Listening Project in Downtown Palo Alto, today. I also need to get a statement on Impeachment to the Green Party for a press release, and write a short speech for the Impeachment Rally in San Francisco this Sunday. I won't be able to get out Press Advisories tonight- because we also have a local Impeachment meeting. I doubt if I'll get that Christmas letter out by Christmas at this rate!

  December 4, 2006

  On Saturday, Brian and I tabled at the 25th Annual Holiday Peace Fair in San Jose. It was a wonderful event! There was lots of food, drink, music, dancing, tabling by activist groups; I knew lots of people and got to see old friends, as well as make some great new connections with activists, and a professor at San Jose State University- who can and will arrange for us to get rooms there- for 9/11 Truth events! We also gathered over a hundred dollars in donations and recycled some of the money into other groups- like the African Women Refugee's Group, whom we purchased two beautiful handmade tablecloths from to upgrade the dying blue plastic ones that we have used tabling for the past few years.

  On Sunday, we went to San Francisco for the all day Strategy/and regular meeting. The space was a bit tight for the group, but we all enjoyed the day and accomplished something. The morning was spent doing introductions using the circle process (without a timekeeper) and I believe we each got to share what was most important to us, and to know each other better.

  We broke for lunch and had a feast, Brian made a huge vegetarian lasagna, Kyle cooked curried lentils, I brought fresh baked bread and cookies, and everyone else contributed chips, crackers, goodies, fruit to the meal.

  When we reconvened, Kai quickly facilitated us through our regular meeting process. We voted $200 towards our Solidarity Boston Tea Party Action on December 16th. Brian, Bill, and possibly Becky and I plan to table next weekend in SF during the KPFA Crafts Fair- and there might be an Impeachment event at UN Plaza, as well.

  The Boston 9-11 Truth group sent me their media list (which they paid $300 for) and they want a $20 donation to other 9/11 Truth groups that also use it.

  There was one new person at the meeting, David from Santa Cruz, who was told about the meeting by Gabriel, and has jumped into mass producing 9-11 Truth DVDs and passing them out. He was also a businessman and very interested in getting out 9-11 Truth kits to the legislators and the press. Since he had lots of business experience, as well as organizing experience from grassroots environmental groups to Toastmasters, I asked him if he wanted to facilitate the strategy session. Despite the fact that it was an all day strategy meeting- we actually only spent one and a half hours going over a fraction of the proposed agenda items on strategy and gave an hour and a half to Richard Gage to practice/and improve his public presentation on 9/11.

  What we did cover-

  *Successes of the 9/11 Truth Movement over the years, and in particular, this past year-

  More Celebrities speaking out on 9/11 Truth (Charlie Sheen)

  9/11 Truth Movement being taken seriously.

  Great support and momentum of the 9-11 Truth Movement at the grassroots level.

  The weakness of the repetitious, fallacious debunking attacks upon us, mostly generated at a couple sites which are easy to rebuke.

  Media empowered "tide is changing" in our favor.

  Recognizing that politicians or high profile people need to feel "safe and comfortable" to "show leadership- speak-out on 9/11 Truth" and it is up to us to create a parade which the more high profile folk will either try to lead or get trampled by.

  We want to force the media to be on the "right side" of history.

  There is consensus in the 9-11 Truth movement for a genuine investigation- and the release of documents, evidence that the government has been withholding.

  We see signs of fear amongst the ruling elite- Zelikow's resignation, attacks upon one another (instead of just us!)

  With technological innovations, we are overcoming corporate/Left Gatekeepers through the internet, DVD, and creative/artistic/literary/musical means...

  We discussed in detail who to target within the press- nationally and locally and our experiences dealing with politicians.

  We reiterated the amazing resources that those in the room had to offer to the 9/11 Truth Movement and the importance of improving our internal communications to improve the networking within the movement.

  Richard did a great job presenting his multimedia show, but with the wealth of informed activists in the room- he got lots of valuable corrections, suggestions, new info to improve his show.

  Chuck also wrote a couple of great pieces which he passed out to the group- one might be very good to reformat and publish as a pamphlet. He also improved his powerpoint/slideshow- which is a great resource for all 9-11 Truth Activists online at www.truememes.com.

  We went over time- still managed a closing circle, and a good number of us ended up going out to a Thai Restaurant after the meeting to continue to socialize and also refine our plan to do a San Francisco Solidarity Action with the Boston 9/11 Truth Tea Party event. As soon as we nail down the details, I will post them. Anyone who wants to get involved and help- please contact me cbrouillet@igc.org 650-857-0927- we're still working on the timetable/route and plan on building a giant Commission Report with giant holes in it, parading in colonial costume through Fisherman's wharf and tossing the thing in the Bay, with appropriate speeches- and filming the event. We have a flute player and could use a drummer... and as many people as possible wishing to come in costume and help.

  December 1, 2006

  I spent most of yesterday phoning and emailing trying to find a location for our Strategy Meeting. Our options were paying $20 an hour for Cellspace from 5 pm to 10 pm or holding the meeting in someone's home from 10 am to 6 pm, and we opted for the home meeting/either that or cancel the meeting. Since we haven't had much lead time on this, it is questionable how many people can come- hopefully not 75 like last year, but it would have been nicer to have more space, but oh well, we couldn't find a better place.

  The meeting will be from 10am to 6pm. If you want to bring food (ala potluck) that would be welcome. Here's the proposed agenda for the strategy meeting:
  Assess (and celebrate) the 9/11 Truth Movement's (and our) achievements, over the years, this year in particular, and where we are now. Look at our current situation, politically, the obstacles, opportunities, threats, before us now.
  Determine what our resources our, where are passions and energies can be directed for the benefit of Movement needs, and our personal needs/hopes. Brainstorm short, medium, long term goals.
  Consider how we can be more effective, what our our internal weaknesses, how can we improve our communications within the group, and getting our message out to the public.
  How can we support, encourage, inspire one another, and grow the movement?
  My suggestion is to use a circle process, unless we are in pure "brainstorming mode." Rotate facilitators, during the day, if needed.
  We can also flesh out a more precise agenda on Sunday, when people show up.
  We want to be able to have the thoughtful discussions that we don't have time for at our regular meetings, but since this meeting will replace our usual San Francisco, first Thursday meeting, we will try to cover our regular business, as well. One reason we chose to have the meeting this weekend is so that those who wanted to do a solidarity action with the December 16th Boston Tea Party 9/11 Truth event- would have a bit of time to connect and plan an action.

  (Logistics are posted under Events and Bay Area Events)

  November 30, 2006

  I can't believe how hard it has been to find a place to hold our strategy meeting this weekend. I'm hoping to hear back from several people because we must decide whether to try to have one or cancel by tonight. Life keeps interfering with "Politics" and vice versa. There are a number of events political and otherwise already in the works for this weekend. On Tuesday night there was a conference call on the proposed national conference in Arizona, but it is still "in the air," "no contracts" "no genuine committee" "no secured domain name/website" and time slipping away. It's almost impossible to do much in December because of the holidays. We also have our trip to Memphis and the National Media Reform Conference in mid January- so I can't commit to shouldering too much, myself. Simple things, like baking cookies, adding links to a website, reviewing movies, making phone calls, just take TIME. Penny Little sent me copies of her new DVDs- Electile Dysfunction and 911 Dust and Deceit at the World Trade Center. Since I've seen many films on the stolen elections, "Electile Dysfunction" wasn't a tremendous shock or eye-opener. It is a very good one for those who haven't looked into the stolen elections. 911 Dust and Deceit was an excellent look at the lies about the health hazards at and generated by the collapse of the WTC buildings. What I didn't realize was that there was a major media cover-up of that, and the treatment (or lack of treatment) of those sick and dying from their exposure to the "dust." I should have known that! However, I remembered that stories had appeared, in fact a new one just came out the other day in the Village Voice, but Penny documented how the paper, that first broke the story, had the writer and editor ousted and replaced. The ousted writer went on to write a book on the subject.

  I think the way the whole propaganda system works is that "a little truth" can appear, no big deal. However, "too much truth" is not allowed, so writers, editors, publications, sources are bought up, axed, discredited to help "disappear a story, info, topic." Sometimes, perhaps, a person may resign from a visible post, to quell public outrage, and prevent further investigations into the scandal. Who knows why the whistleblower on the Moscow apartment buildings (the Soviet Union's 9/11) was poisoned recently, but probably it is in part a message to whistleblowers- shut up. Alexander Cockburn just did a hit-piece, several actually appeared in Counterpunch recently, on the 9/11 Truth Movement. If I had time, I'd refute him on every point, but I can't do everything, and some things are more important than arguing. I did greatly appreciate, however, Kevin Ryan, taking the time to lay bare the brunt of the attack, although I doubt if readers of the Counterpunch hit piece will ever figure out who Kevin is or have access to his excellent work in debunking NIST and the Bush Science used to further a political agenda and obscure reality.

  I was flattered and happy to receieve warm compliments on the radio yesterday, and via email from my 9/11 truth colleagues, but I was also sobered by an email that said-

  "you were getting dissed tonight on kpfk at 12:30am, by a guy named daniel something or other
  he said you were getting paid to put out disinformation!"

  Does anyone know if Daniel Hopsicker was the guy on KPFK? He has attacked me before. It does seem like there are elements within the 9/11 truth movement that are spending more energy on attacking one another than those who did 9/11. John Albanese is working on a film looking at Cointelpro efforts to destroy the movement. I guess we should be flattered that we are succeeding and having so much impact that we actually merit being fought "tooth and nail."

  The more serious threat, sadly, comes from Hollywood, where big names and big producers are churning out "CIA Propaganda."

  My friend called me today and urged me, and others to lobby Oliver Stone to not do the proposed CIA flick (Here is the email she sent me awhile back...)

  Dear friends of Afghanistan,

  Beginning in 1992 we've worked with Oliver Stone to develop an Afghanistan story based on our experience and research. There is nobody in Hollywood who has been better briefed on the deep complexities and American responsibilities than Oliver surrounding the Afghan story. Rather than take on the challenging and complex story that every American needs to know, Oliver has chosen to make his Afghanistan film based on Jawbreaker, a book by a CIA officer who helped topple the Taliban. It's particularly tragic that Oliver should choose this story given that the Taliban are on the rise again!

  We've included below the letter Sima Wali sent to Oliver... Please send your own letter and feel free to pass this information along.

  Thanks,
  Paul & Liz

  ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Oliver Stone
  IXTLAN
  1207 4th Street PH 1
  Santa Monica, CA 90401
  Fax: 310-395-1536

  November 7, 2006

  Dear Mr. Stone,

  I was shocked to read that you have chosen to make a film about Afghanistan based on Gary Bernsten’s Jawbreaker. The world does not need another film from the perspective of the intelligence operatives who set this tragedy in motion in the first place. In Robert Dreyfuss's Devil’s Game How the United States Helped Unleash Fundamentalist Islam, the truth of the US role in creating Afghanistan’s travail today is laid bare. "In Afghanistan, we made a deliberate choice," says Cheryl Benard, a RAND Corporation expert on political Islam, who is married to Zalmay Khalilzad, who served as U.S. ambassador in Kabul. "At first, everyone thought, There's no way to beat the Soviets. So what we have to do is to throw the worst crazies against them that we can find, and there was a lot of collateral damage. We knew exactly who these people were, and what their organizations were like, and we didn't care," she says. "Then, we allowed them to get rid of, just kill all the moderate leaders. The reason we don't have moderate leaders in Afghanistan today is because we let the nuts kill them all. They killed the leftists, the moderates, the middle-of-the-roaders. They were just eliminated, during the 1980s and afterward."

  I understand that Tom Hanks is in production for Charlie Wilson’s War, a telling that lionizes the wild-west fantasy world of the Mujihadeen freedom fighters. Robert DeNiro has the rights to former CIA Station Chief in Pakistan during the Reagan Administration Milt Bearden’s book The Main Enemy that continues to glorify these operatives while revealing nothing of the role of their puppeteers.

  As I work to resurrect Afghanistan from the ashes of the Cold War that destroyed my homeland, I’ve come to realize it is the ignorance of the US role by Americans that is my biggest obstacle. These films will set an understanding of the atrocity to the Afghan people back a century.

  I ask you to please not use your great talent to add to the misery of my people.

  Sincerely,

  Sima Wali, President
  Refugee Women in Development (RefWID), Inc. www.refwid.org

  November 28, 2006

  Many people have been asking me for a campaign report and an update on my thinking- after the election. This article contains the gist of it (although it probably leaves out even more than it says, but that is part of the "description process" when one draws a line around an experience- separating it from the larger whole).

  Running in Circles:
  2006 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Congressional Campaign Report
  From Beginning to End, and Where Next?
  by Carol Brouillet
  November 28, 2006
  
  Click on image to go to the complete article.

  An excerpt:

  Recently I was invited to join a “circle” and I couldn’t resist the invitation, because circles can be very powerful experiences. Native Americans have traditionally formed circles, passing a talking stick and speaking from the heart, to draw from the collective wisdom of the group to solve problems. Circles respect everyone’s ability to contribute and participate meaningfully. The most productive, meaningful gatherings that I’ve participated in have used circle processes; when they grow large, sometimes they give birth to many new circles. I see the spread of circles--concentric, overlapping circles everywhere--as people make more and more connections between the personal and the political, as the unconscious becomes conscious, and as light is cast upon the darkest shadows of our collective experience.

  We are needed to midwife the transition from a dying “dominator paradigm,” where large institutions and governments hold power and legitimacy, to the “peaceful paradigm” where individuals and small groups with courage, integrity, truth, and heart will begin to shoulder greater responsibility for pointing a way through the rapids of change, to avoid the rocks, the whirlpools of economic collapse, endless war, and the unleashing of the latest wave of bio-terrorism attacks.

  Did the anti-war movement win the recent election? Is the Baker/Iraq study group just a mask for the fascists to hide behind, as they lick their wounds and retreat? The proposal to create a North American Union--a more draconian expansion of NAFTA that asserts control over Mexico’s energy resources--allows for the super-exploitation of labor and the environment and guarantees profits to the major players with the costs to be borne by people and planet. A few Congressmen have put forward a resolution condemning and drawing attention to the plan. The idea will be vigorously opposed at the grassroots level. After a suspicious election, the legitimacy of the Mexican government remains questionable. Repression, rebellion, and murder in Oaxaca have sparked solidarity protests in many American cities and other countries as well. The Global Justice movement, set back by the events of September 11th, is reviving and again challenging the most visible dominant institutions that exercise the most obvious power over most countries.

  November 27, 2006

  Thanksgiving, the kids, have kept me busy, but I have had time to review a couple of DVDs, and finish a couple of books, and received the book version of Global Outlook's #11, today. (It's very impressive!) I feel, again, like the bottleneck of an hourglass- and could spend the whole night, just adding links to this website and catching up on the abundant news. However, I did spend most of today working on an article, which I hope to post tomorrow with lots of links.

  I did find a very interesting online tool/website for activists entitled www.issuecrawler.net which maps out networks working on various issues- such as media reform. I thought it would be interesting to see how the 9/11 Truth Movement looked on an internet map and tried to create one. It works with Internet Explorer, but not well with Firefox. It was my first try, and I think I need to redo the inputs and parameters, and depth, but it does certainly show how the 9/11 Truth Movement has grown over the years (Another way to see that is by going to Google trends and typing in 9/11 Truth). The websites that I fed into the search were those that were on the Deception Dollar. Today a new 9/11 Truth Europe Website was launched, in conjunction with an effort to create a European 9/11 Citizens Jury.

  Tonight I received a phone call from Malcontent X (whose website I host on this site- September 11-Unanswered Questions) and we spoke about our current projects, and remembered what it was like when we had our first telephone conference calls- when there were only a few 9/11 Truth websites. We're both still working on 9/11, but feel that there are enough of us now, that the weight isn't quite as heavy as it used to be on our shoulders. He is working on a 9/11 Rock Opera, and I've seen how creative projects need time, and lots of inputs to mature, and get produced. I still can't get more than 2% of what I'd like to do finished on any given day.

  We still haven't found space, yet for our Strategy Meeting which we hope to hold next weekend in San Francisco. I also have been brushing up on some issues for an upcoming radio show-

  • Radio Malaspina, CHLY 101.7 FM, presents 9/11 Truth Show: An Exercise in Speaking Truth to Power
    Wednesday evenings from 6:00 to 7:00 pm
    Nov. 29 2006.
    Confirmed Guest:
    Nov. 29 Carol Brouillet - 9/11 Truth activist.

    For reading, website and documentary movie lists, questions, and comments contact producer/host Raymond Geisler at radioshowfor911truth@hotmail.com.

    Listen online at www.chly.ca

    Raymond wrote:
    "For this interview/discussion I would like to focus on the 9/11 Truth movement itself, and your seemingly tireless energy in it, as well as the consequences for Canadians citizens and their government, the North American Union, for example...(his blurb for the show)

    The September 11, 2001 terror attacks, conducted by elements within the US government, awakened in this researcher the desire to learn a more comprehensive version of U.S. military and economic history than corporate/financial elite and complicit governments make begrudgingly available. This expose on 9/11 and the resulting War on Terror, with particular regard for Canadian content and consequences, began as a counter argument to the well-intended but misinformed citizens trapped within an artificial reality created by decades of patriotic propaganda. However, research exposes something equally frightening; documented plans for the creation of an integrated North American Police State with the US government that will forfeit Canadian independence to the greed of Wall Street and the military might of the Pentagon. Our governments are doing this by creating a climate of fear and counting on our continued ignorance. Our concerns and actions must become political before our democratic process becomes the charade it has for our southern neighbours.

  November 22, 2006

  On this day, in 1963, President John F. Kenndy was assasinated. The details of the murder, the cover-up, the why behind it have been obscured by the press, the government for decades, but most people realize now that Kennedy was not the victim of a lone deranged gunman, but the victim of a conspiracy that reached high into our own government. My research into the CIA and special operations, and 9/11 were sparked by that murder.

  This morning, I was delighted to learn that C-Span will finally be airing 9/11 and American Empire- Intellectuals Speak Out, the event held in Berkeley last September, which I had hoped would have been aired before our October 27th premiere with Peter Dale Scott, but oh well, better late than never...

  I also added a new link to a Petition to urge Congress to try Bush/Cheney for treason for their role in 9-11.

  I also went to Downtown Palo Alto for my usual Wednesday Listening Project, and I am glad that I was there. Lots of people came to help, and we had some great conversations with the passerbys, some of whom had never thought to question the official story before. We passed out lots of Deception Dollars, and moved a few articles, books, bumper stickers, as well. A friend came by to tell me he was passing out 900 copies of the David Ray Griffin cover story that appeared in the Metro last September. Slowly but surely, it is beginning to feel like we are winning.

  November 21, 2006

  I've been working on an article, and trying to catch up on household stuff, including provisions for the holidays, and tomorrow's demo. Impeachment has been the topic floating around the 9/11 lists, as well as a new banner, which I can't find a jpg image of- but it says "Impeach- Bush Cheney, 9/11 Was an Inside Job." I agree that we should include 9/11 amongst the impeachment charges. Craig Hill wrote:

  "...the Green Party of Vermont became the first political party in the US if not the Western Hemisphere to insist impeachment of Bush/Cheney be based first and foremost on the greatest crimes they committed, as opposed to the kitchen sink everyone else has been throwing at them, most of which they would be able to wriggle out from under in a real courtroom. Treason, which consists of making war against one's own country, not only puts them quickly in the clink but, as we know, is so heinous it will go beyond that to destroy the entirety of the system that put them in office. This not only makes plain the value of 9/11 in the impeachment process, as you nailed it, it validates the value of impeachment as the vehicle to expose those crimes in legal, public hearings. Which as a movement i feel should be our primary focus:
  Green Party of Vermont
  Historic Resolution of April 23 2006
  The Vermont Green Party reaffirms its 2003 resolution that President George W. Bush and Vice President Richard Cheney should be impeached. The President continues to commit crimes against peace and humanity, assuming the powers of an imperial executive unaccountable to law, and usurping powers of the Congress, the Judiciary and those reserved to the people of the United States, and violating the civil rights of U.S. citizens and people of other nations. Further, the complicity of the Bush administration in the terrorist attacks of 9/11 and the massive nationwide election fraud of 2004 must be be put in the forefront of the overall drive toward impeachment. Since we issued our original impeachment resolution of 2003, the situation has greatly worsened with almost 2,400 U.S. military dead, more than a hundred thousand Iraqis killed, and untold numbers from both countries injured and maimed in an illegal war. At this time we call on the Vermont Legislature to request that the U.S. Congress begin the impeachment process.

  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Comments delivered at the press conference of May 4 2006 in the Cedar Creek Room of the Vermont Statehouse in Montpelier ~~~

  As stated in its historic resolution of April 23 2006, the Green Party of Vermont is the first political party in the known world to stress that the impeachment process can best and only come to its desired goal by exposing, for all Americans to see, the greatest impeachable crimes of all which the chief executives of this country, who hold our very futures hostage, have committed: Their complicity in the attacks of 9/11 and the massive nationwide election fraud of 2004.

  It is with deepest frustration with the supposed opposition party which refuses to oppose that we make this this announcement today, May 4, in this hallowed room of great Vermont and national historic significance, the Cedar Creek Room of the Statehouse in Montpelier. Were the Democratic Party to allow its own frustrated grassroots lead it, this nation today would in such a whirlwind of pressure to impeach both Bush and Cheney, there would be no time for them to prepare for the nuking of Iran for the time they'd be spending preparing their defense for their trials. Were the Democratic Party to unleash the pent-up anger, if not hatred, of this administration, Bush's polls would be in the single digits and he and Cheney would be nearing the end of their occupation of the White House and control of OUR government.

  WE, the people, are the sovereign. We are the master of our servant, government. Not the other way around, as the servant has fooled some of its masters into believing. We are NOT to be spied on by our servant to quite possibly become its future detainees for politically opposing our servant's madness. Our servant has repeatedly lied us into paying for unprovoked wars it initiates with our blood. The mushroom cloud Condeleeza Rice claimed Saddam Huessin was threatening us with is in fact a mushroom cloud her bosses are including in their plans to attack Iran and which would doom us all. That our servant is threatening us was proven for anyone with the curiousity to discover the facts of their orchestration of 9/11, and so should not come as a surprise, but as a confirmation. They are criminally mad, and must be removed from power as immediately as possible before they kill us all.

  That's why the impeachment drive is so important. That's why there is a special place in global warming hell for those of the beltway leadership of the supposed opposition party who have continually thwarted any sincere real opposition to the administration they, by their inaction and silence, protect. Silence is consent, not dissent. Votes are deeds, not mere hot wind fooling constituencies into thinking they oppose when they do not. The removal from power of the thugs among our servants is of such importance we have no time to waste. It is up to the people to support impeachment as the first priority of the planet at this moment. Greens proactively urge citizens from each jurisdiction in each town in Vermont, and beyond, to step forward to oppose those who will not oppose Bush in the state legislature, the governor's office, and in Washington DC. The Green Party of Vermont has a ballot line waiting for many of you to fill who are frustrated and frightened of the future the monsters occupying the White House have in mind for us all.

  ~ /s/ John Darc
  Secretary, GPoV

  I'm proud to be a Green Party member! I wish the California Green Party could show the same courage as they show in Vermont! (Hopefully, they will someday!)

  November 19, 2006

  Every year there is an action in Fort Benning, Georgia, to shut down the School of the Americas, which has been been training soldiers on how to torture and terrorize people for decades. This year over 22,000 people were there.

  "Thousands of people took part in simultaneous events calling for the closure of the School of the Americas throughout Latin America this weekend -- in Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Paraguay and Peru.

  "The SOA/WHINSEC, a military training facility for Latin American security personnel, made headlines in 1996 when the Pentagon released training manuals used at the school that advocated torture, extortion and execution. Despite this shocking admission and hundreds of documented human rights abuses connected to soldiers trained at the school over its 60-year history, no independent investigation into the training facility has ever taken place."

  See www.soaw.org for a report on all the activites.

  I have never actually gone to Georgia myself, but I certainly support all the efforts to shut the place down, and to eliminate torture and terrorism. It is outrageous that the US could continue to operate such a place and declare a "War on Terrorism" at the same time (and institutionalize torture).

  If the Democrats don't do anything to investigate or shut the place down, then I think they certainly should lose all their credibility as "champions of the people." I have almost zero faith in Democrats, but I know they would like people to believe that they are "protecting us" rather than aiding to construct the Global Police State.

  On the SOAW website, they say-

  November 2006 : Midterm Elections Update

  Dear Friends in the Struggle,

  Yesterday’s midterm elections results represent a victory for all grassroots activists working to hold the U.S. Congress accountable for failed policies and misplaced priorities. Over 20 of our opponents of the June 2006 amendment have lost their seats in the House surpassing the 15 vote margin we need to win a vote in Congress. With this new and more favorable Congress, we expect a successful vote on the SOA/ WHINSEC. The next few months will be a crucial time for SOA Watch as we work to connect with these new Members of Congress, educate them about this important issue, and urge them to support closure of the school.

  Certainly we should put as much pressure on Congress, as possible, to do the right thing- Impeach the criminals in the White House, Repeal the Patriot Act, End the Bogus War on Terrorism, Get out of Iraq completely, Dismantle Homeland Security, Overturn the Military Commissions Act, Close the School of the Americas, Redirect the Military Budget towards something Constructive (serving people and planet- rather than enshrine corporate dominance at tremendous human and environmental expense).

  Today, I also received a link to a very interesting interview with Jürgen Elsässer: “The CIA recruited and trained the jihadists” by Silvia Cattori- Here's the opening:

  The Yugoslav Caldron

  In his latest book, “How the Jihad Came to Europe”, German journalist Jürgen Elsässer unravels the Jihadist thread. Muslim fighters recruited by the CIA to fight against the Soviets in Afghanistan were used successively in Yugoslavia and Chechnya, still supported by the CIA, but perhaps sometimes out of its control. Basing himself on diverse sources, mainly Yugoslavian, Dutch, and German, he reconstructed the development of Osama bin Laden and his lieutenants at the side of NATO in Bosnia-Herzegovinia.

  Silvia Cattori: Your investigation into the actions of the secret services makes a frightening report. We discover that since the 80’s the United States has invested billions of dollars to finance criminal activities and that by means of the CIA they are directly implicated in the attacks attributed to the Moslems. What is the contribution of your book?

  Jurgen Elsässer: It is the only work that establishes the tie between wars in the Balkan of the 90’s and the attack of September 11, 2001. All the large attacks, in New York, in London, in Madrid, would never have taken place without the recruitment by the American and British secret services of these jihadists who have been blamed for the attacks. I bring a new light on the manipulations of the intelligence agencies. Other books than mine have noted the presence of Ossama Ben Laden in the Balkans. But their authors presented the Moslem fighters in the Balkan as enemies of the west. The information that I collected from multiple sources, demonstrate that these jihadists are puppets in the hands of the west and are not, as one pretends, enemies...

  (This is the same theme as Michel Chossudovsky's work, although he doesn't mention Chossudovsky and has different sources of information). More and more is coming to light on this, although slowly it seems, his book has only sold 6,000 copies.

  I also received an order for Deception Dollars, along with some very nice cards promoting the website www.theblackpacket.com.

  I'm not a great fan of Woodrow Wilson, and this quote is rather hard to read, but I agree wholeheartedly with the line-
  "The history of liberty is the history of resistance."

  

  In Chicago I learned that the flag upside down means the country and Constitution are under distress.

  Today, I also attended a 4 hour meeting on "conspiracies," and suggested the need to expose globally how "false flag operations" worked. Someone suggested calling the effort- "True Flag." National flags carry so much symbolic, karmic, emotional weight- one can hardly begin a discussion of their meaning without provoking empassioned argument.

  November 17, 2006

  Another incredibly busy day, with no time to write aticles, or even update the calendar of events.

  At last night's Oakland Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting, there were some new faces, committed activists who had just quit their jobs to work full time on 9-11. Seven people were interested in going to the National Conference on Media Reform whose early-bird registration fee ends tonight. We voted $2000 to get an exhibition space and help with airfare to those willing to go, shlup stuff in their luggage and share the tabling work. We also voted gifts (cases) of Deception Dollars to Boston and Arizona 9-11 Truth Groups in appreciation, and support of their upcoming events.

  Boston is organizing a-

  Boston Tea Party for 9/11Truth
  (from their website:): On December 16th, the anniversary of the Boston Tea Party we come together as American Patriots, and Citizens of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to demand the Truth of the events of 9/11. We reject the Kean Commission's failure to address the numerous, critically important outstanding questions of 9/11. The Commission's failure deliberately obscures the truth of 9-11-01. In addition The Joint Congressional Intelligence Committee Investigation - itself was held in secret - with poor access to official documents - was then heavily redacted and censored. The Kean commission's "evidence" was built on classified reports, while whistle blowers' testimony was never entered, family steering committee questions were ignored and Commission Director Zelikow's conflicts of interest were not addressed.

  For these and many more reasons, we cast this book of DECEIT into the Boston Harbor. Join us in carrying out our patriotic duty to REJECT THE TYRANNY OF LIES AND OMISIONS. We deem this work to be TREASON INK!: The 9/11 "Omission" Report is not worthy of respect, not worthy of the founding ideals of our nation and therefore it should be drowned in the mighty sea of Truth!

  Join us for the Boston Tea Party for 9/11 Truth!

  Saturday, December 16th, 2006
  Gather at 11:30AM Sam Adams Park
  12 noon — Proclamation, addresses
  1:50 pm — Parade to Boston Harbor
  3:30PM — press conference
  Dumping of the 9/11 Commission Report

  For more details visit- boston911truth.org/teaparty

  Some folks suggested solidarity theatrical actions- like tossing effigies of Bush and Cheney off Golden Gate Bridge, but we will have to work out details at the all day strategy meeting which we would like to hold the first weekend in December, if we can find some meeting space... (Anyone have great ideas- please let me know.)

  It seems like I've been on the phone most of the day, and packing up and mailing stuff, doing the errands/bookkeeping. New films are coming out, a new major European 9-11 truth event is in the planning stages. We're hoping to get 9/11 Press for Truth shown in Memphis. Organizing takes twice as long as one anticipates, I appreciate and understand what an ordeal and how much work goes into conferences, and even all day events, or film screenings.

  At our meeting on Thursday, the group voted to formally, publicly apologize for inconveniencing or disappointing the public about the SF screening of 9/11 Press for Truth that didn't happen. (I did at- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2006/11/14/18329780.php?show_comments=1#18330619.) Kai suggested that to make up for it that we organize our own screening, but no one stepped forward to do the work- We'd already burned ourselves out promoting the Oakland, Palo Alto shows. Brian wanted to get it shown on all the campuses in the US. Great idea, but way beyond our physical capacities.

  And to top that off I got a letter today attacking "9/11 Press for Truth" and 9/11 Truth and me for promoting it.

  I'd post it now, but need to get some sleep tonight, and I think the attacks- just drain our strength and energy when there is so much useful work we can do.

  Bob Banner from HopeDance has done a whole issue on 9/11 and sent me a link to the pdf at http://www.hopedance.org/cms/ and printed lots of extra ones which he wants to sell to activists. He wrote: I only charge $25 per bundle of 50 (58 pagers) plus postage (depending on how fast people want them)..[His email is info@hopedance.org and his phone number is 805 544 9663] Ken brought one to Thursday's meeting to share and there was immediate demand for 150 of them. I think the cover, alone is worth 50 cents. He did include a short article that I wrote, which was somewhat mangled and included (without acknowledgement) half of Bill Veal's speech (at our Impeach the Terrorists! 11/9/2006 Rally). Oh well... Click on the cover to see the pdf and the full contents:

  
  I was glad that he also included art from our 9/11 Truth for Peace and Justice Art Contest.

  Kai told me I should post that Ed Rippy's Educational Event will be Thursday, December 28th, 2006, but I hesitate to post the next Oakland meeting and the event, until we get the new key for the building- apparently the one we all have- no longer works! It's the little details, like having the right key to open the door, that organizers have to worry about and make sure of before they go ahead and publicize events.

  November 16, 2006

  My apologies to anyone who tried to see 9/11 Press for Truth last night in San Francisco. I just heard from Brian and apparently the organizer (whom I've never met) only briefly showed up and disappeared and the film was never shown. I should have guessed she was unreliable and flakey by the poor communications on the details of the venue- but I couldn't have imagined it to be so disastrous that the film was never even shown!

  November 15, 2006

  Yesterday was a bit crazy, trying to get word out for the change of venue for the San Francisco showing tonight of 9/11 Press for Truth. I have it posted in 6 places on this website, at indymedia.org, at 911Truth.org, tried to post it to the events list, all the while getting inadequate details from the main organizer... like full name of room, building, street address which dribbled into me over the course of 24 hours, but hopefully the main correct details are posted now. Brian and Bill will be tabling at the event (I have a different event to go to at Stanford tonight.) Communications seems to be our biggest hurdle on every level.

  Fortunately, Gabriel told me about some lower airfares (I gave up yesterday when the cheapest fare I could find was $500!), so I was able to get a ticket to Memphis and plan on attending the National Conference on Media Reform, and I hope other 9-11 Truth Activists will join us there! I have been asked to write another strategy article, and I would like to, but I've been too busy to get to it, and I'm still trying to figure out "where we are now." There was an amazing piece posted yesterday about the abrupt changes in the Bush Administration- the spanking W got from Daddy and Baker, but I can't find it now, rushed as I am to load the car and head for my Weekly Listening Project.

  November 13, 2006

  We obviously must become the media. Thursday and Friday, I worked on and sent out press releases to draw the press to the Lifting the Fog Conference at UC Berkeley. Victoria had sent out press advisories in mid-October, and one person was doing follow-up phone calls, but there didn't seem to be much press outreach, and none of the mainstream press (that I am aware of) came to the event. Apparently the live webstream of Jones' talk worked, and it was videotaped, and hopefully will be edited and made available to the public.

  On Friday, Janette organized a dinner party at her house for the presenters, and many of the organizers. Friday was also a day of preparation, made more challenging by the UC Berkeley building maintenance folk and fire regulations. I wasn't sure that I'd be able to table, and brought along a bookcase- just in case. I didn't have room in my car for Brian, who valiantly made tons of copies of Steven Jones paper, Jim Hoffman's work and other handouts. I also baked cookies (and brownies) for the conference and the half dozen teenagers who showed up at my house to play with my kids (friends of my son at Oberlin, on break from their UC campuses).

  The party was a great time to relax and for people who hadn't met to get to know one another, and for others to catch up. Diane and I spent the night, and I think we should have tried to get to bed before 1 am, because it was hard to get up the next morning at 7 am to set up before the 10 am morning session (which actually didn't start until 10:45 am).

  Photos and a detailed description of the day were posted on the local indymedia site at Lifting the Fog on 9/11: Experts Present Scientific Evidence at UC Berkeley. I thought everyone did a great job, although I really was feeling pretty ill much of the day and missed out on some of the presentations.

  Bonnie (Guns and Butter), Peter Phillips (Project Censored) and I (with Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance) were able to table, and Brian did bring lots of free literature- all the bookcases were loaded with free handouts and we had a good turnout for a 12 hour marathon event. There were fewest people in the morning (about 160 for the morning session), but the afternoon and evening sessions were pretty packed (at least 3-400). I was so glad that so many activists were there and helped to table (and bring me food) during the course of the day.

  Peter Phillips missed the party because he spoke in San Jose the night before.

  I have the highest respect for Peter Phillips and his work, but I told my friend, Robert Livingston (who did post the article) that back in March 2004, Project Censored wanted to be a part of the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11 and back then, I was still so angry at the Left and at Project Censored for failing to connect (what seemed to me to be the obvious dots) that I said "no" and probably did the 9-11 Truth Movement more harm than good.

  It was much later, when Peter Phillips spoke at the Foundation for Global Community in Palo Alto, that I realized my mistake and began to collaborate with him and Project Censored, who have become the staunchest allies we have in getting this information out, not only to the mainstream press, but to the "independent" "Left" press. Peter has also taken a lot of heat from his brave stand on 9-11- like having Professor Jones keynote at the Media Accountability Conference. (Norman Solomon resigned over it- and persuaded Jeff Cohen (of FAIR) to not speak, as well).

  Peter and Project Censored are doing a study of the "Left/Independent" media's coverage of 9/11, the impeachment movement, stolen election coverage and will be presenting it at the next major media reform conference in Memphis, Tennessee this January. I'd like to go, but it is a long way from California, and unfortunately the airfares are sky high right now. I would need help from Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, to be able to go.

  Today, I need to deposit money in the bank (we did take in 1200 in donations, as well as for books and DVDs, on Saturday), but I also have to write a bunch of checks- for books, DVDs, the honorariums we ok'd but didn't send out, and the $ we voted to support the Conference. I meant to do some of that on Saturday, but I forgot completely.

  One thing, I think we should do, is think out a short, medium and long range strategy, for our group and also for the movement. I think Janette said that the national 9-11 Truth Conference (still in planning) hopes to call itself the 9/11 Accountability Conference and figure out a two year strategy- to expose and hold the criminals behind 9-11 accountable. Pretty ambitious! I certainly don't think we want to spend the rest of our lives on this, but recognize that if we can expose this in a timely fashion, we can help to redirect the future of the planet and get it off this suicidal trajectory.

  A member of the audience mentioned yesterday that some unique work had been done, just prior to 9-11 on the elevator shafts of the WTC buildings. We need lots of citizen investigators to help us figure out the details of what should be known as "the crime of the century" and redefine the event, so that we can end the bogus "war on terrorism" (which the current crop of Democrats are embracing at this point). It will take a thoughtful, and enormous grassroots movement to reframe the issue.

  November 9, 2006

  I'm glad to see that many people aren't buying the "Democrats are in power- all is well!" facade. Instead they are organizing more pressure to really turn the tide, including massive demonstrations and actions to force "Impeachment" upon a reluctant Congress. See ImpeachforPeace.org. There will also be an Impeach Beach photo op this Saturday where they are trying to get 1000 people to spell Impeach Bush on the beach- to be photographed by a helicopter to send a message to the folks in DC and the world.

  There are also some very good criticisms about Gates and hopefully his confirmation as a replacement for Rumsfeld will be stopped. I passed on some research about Nancy Pelosi's links to organized crime to her green Congressional opponent, who never used them, and I wonder how much leeway Pelosi has to act. She is so crooked that she could go to jail, too- if she steps out of line, so I doubt if she will show much courage or be a champion of truth, peace, or justice.

  I really think we should have ousted all the incumbents, but at least the machines told us "that didn't happen." So we will have to mobilize more people to get more than cosmetic changes.

  I did enjoy, just taking a nice three mile walk this morning- a luxury that I've denied myself, because I have been so busy these past couple of months. I also had to pick up the remainder of issue #9 of our Deception Dollars from the printers, and ship a couple of cases. I had car trouble, and that interrupted my plans to get out a press release on the Conference this weekend. I hesitate to send it out without the approval of the organizers- my spin might not suit the tone they want to project for the conference. I'm looking forward to it, and glad that I didn't have to do any of the real work, pulling it together.

  Kevin Barrett sent out a "tongue in cheek" press release on their DC event this weekend entitled-

  War on Terror Over!
  Bush Concedes Defeat: “Terrorists Have Won!”
  “Enemy Combatant” Barrett Heads to DC to Celebrate
  MUJCA co-founder Kevin Barrett, the 9/11 truth activist deemed a potential “enemy combatant” and terror sympathizer by Fox News, is heading to Washington, DC to celebrate the victory of “The Terrorists” over Bush-Cheney’s Axis of Good. Barrett will be high-fiving with fellow Constitution-supporters...er, terrorists...including Webster Tarpley, Wayne Madsen, Daniel Abrahamson, and J. Michael Springmann at George Mason University, Arlington Campus, this Saturday, 11/11/06.

  DC Event Announcement: 911blogger.com/node/4220.
  Former CIA clandestine services officer and Tarpley fan Robert David Steele announces he’ll be there! 911blogger.com/taxonomy/term/1756

  Last week’s Washington Post article headlined “Bush Says 'America Loses' Under Democrats” begins: “President Bush said terrorists will win if Democrats win and impose their policies on Iraq...”
  http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/10/30/AR2006103000530.html

  In the 1960s we had a war on poverty—and poverty won. In the 1980s and 1990s we had a war on drugs—and drugs won. That’s why we ended up with an alcoholic cokehead in the White House.

  And now the War on Terror is over. The “terrorists”—i.e. the Democrats—those wimps who had better grow some gonads real fast—have won. The 9/11 “New Pearl Harbor”-triggered Iraq war has been soundly repudiated by the voters. Exit polls show a huge majority was voting against war and the fascism it has brought. Now it’s time to cash in our victory chips by impeaching the bastards, trying them for 9/11 high treason, and either (a) hanging them by the neck until dead, or (b) offering a truth-for-leniency deal along the lines of the South African truth-and-reconciliation act. It is time to let our elected representatives know that if they don’t work overtime to impeach and expose 9/11 high treason, THEY WILL ALSO FIND THEMSELVES IN THE DOCKET as collaborators in the ongoing treasonous coverup. Call or write your reps NOW and tell them to impeach or get ready for revolution.

A shame Barrett couldn't have beaten Pelosi in the last election! Maybe he'll beat Hillary in '08. Change just doesn't happen that quickly (for the better), and we must keep working to get out the truth, and encourage and inspire people to create the future we all want to see.

November 8, 2006

Yesterday, I began catching up on normal life, and attended Tian's Election Night Party. I received (so far- not all absentee and provisional-paper ballots are in, yet- and those who voted on paper are more likely to vote Green) 3,662 votes (over 2%) in an election that drew less than half the registered voters. From an article posted on Indymedia:

In a state of 27 million adults, almost 7 million voted. In San Francisco, with 600,000 adults, 170,000 voted. Those totals may go up to 8 million and 200,000 respectively when the provisional ballots are counted within the next 30 days. This means that not only did the usual 50% of adults not vote as they are not registered, mostly the workingclass, but many registered voters did not vote. A high voter turnout is 13 million in California and 300,000 in San Francisco. With that in mind, the totals for the Green Party and Peace and Freedom Party demonstrate that their anti-death penalty, anti-corporate and pro-peace message is being heard. Only a mass movement can increase the totals for these two parties.

I think I did the best I could, considering my personal circumstances (my family being opposed to me winning- being reluctant to ask for any money, and just finding it easier to champion issues than push myself as a candidate). I am glad that I ran for Congress, and I did learn a lot and meet some wonderful people in the process. I do know that I need to organize myself better (I never did get out a letter to friends/family telling them that I was running or asking for money, support, endorsements, usually step one in a campaign).Yesterday, I posted a short article on Indymedia Vote for Impeachment, Vote for 9-11 Truth.

Peter Dale Scott did say that I didn't have to win an election to have an effect, and I wonder how the 9-11 Truth Movement is having an impact on the press, the government, "the Powers that be." I was glad to hear that Rumsfeld is out and that Bush will probably go along with the Democrats (just to avoid getting impeached- I bet!!!), but I'm still concerned that there isn't going to be substantial policy changes and that the bogus war on "terrorism" and the war on Iraq will both continue.

I think we still need to wake up more people and get them involved and offer a better solution than the Demo-publican Corporate War Party. I think if Bush is on the defensive now, we might have some breathing space to think more strategically and long-term.

I received e-mails about protests at Pelosi's on Thursday and nation-wide civil disobedience on Friday, but can't find more on Indymedia, so wonder how well developed such plans are.

Perhaps getting the right people to attend the conference in Berkeley on Saturday might be a more productive use of my time. I've been to busy to do anything for the event until now.

It does feel like we need to get more of a presence on schools, and in the press. I did speak to a local reporter last night, at the party, who was quite interested in 9-11, but knew his editor would not let him touch it. I would like to educate a whole bunch of reporters, eventually the story should break.

November 6, 2006, 7:24 pm

For those of you also concerned about Brian (who disappeared yesterday)- he is back! His mom just called me. He was out putting up signs all over my district, and slept in his car last night, finishing the job today. I just wish he had phoned- so we wouldn't have worried so much about him.

November 6, 2006

Carol Wolman wrote an article about the Impeachment Rally at Feinstein's office: The Duty of Christians- expose Bush!, and ANG Newspapers will finally publish my "opinion" on the need for impeachment- this Thursday- after the election! San Jose Mercury News has endorsed Anna Eshoo and omitted mention of anyone else challenging her in the 14th District.

Unfortunately, in the paradigm of fear versus the paradigm of love, hope, cooperation, I feel really at a loss today, as my key ally in my election campaign and the 9-11 truth work has disappeared. He's also my treasurer and chief sign maker, and was supposed to be working on signs with me yesterday and today. He never got home last night and his mom is worried sick and ready to call the police. I'm worried, too.

This morning I bicycled to do the usual errands and put up another sign in a major transportation corridor on Page Mill Road, keeping an eye out for Brian, and any sign that he had been putting up signs (he had said that he wanted to target Central Expressway). I also received a really nice email from Dr. Steven Jones who wrote:

" I spoke very highly of the Colorado 9/11 Visibility group and conferences at my visit to Sonoma State University last Friday-Saturday, and on the air with Jim Fetzer last Saturday. You are doing great work and are to be commended. I especially appreciate your efforts to put "caring" far above "scaring" (as I also support this critical distinction in the 9/11 Truth movement)."

This is the paradox. Fear is what corrupts, silences, immobilizes people. It is love and courage which propel us to speak out, forge ahead and explore alternative possibilities, imagine a better world and try to help birth it into existence. What is it that gives me strength and energy and hope? It's the love of my husband, my kids, my friends, but more than that- it is my larger community- the network of activists that I have met over the years, all struggling towards the larger goals of peace, justice, a better world for all. Each time I think of each of the individuals who I have been pirvileged to meet, and know, and work with, it just gives me an internal burst of warmth, a wave of gratitude, joy,and the energy and strength to keep on with the work that I am doing. Conversely, there are events, like the death of Rachel Corrie, and more recently the death of Brad Will, and the launch of each war against so many countries that cause physical and emotional pain, as one's heart goes out to the good, the brave, the innocent victims.

We often take people for granted, or are oblivious to their existence, until Death shocks us into realizing who has been lost and we mourn, not just for them, but for ourselves, our individual and collective loss.

I was planning on putting up signs, banners, doing something with Brian, today, and I feel paralyzed by his sudden, mysterious absence. I just hope he is ok, and that we will hear from him, soon.

November 5, 2006, Guy Fawkes Day, World Peace Week

Late last night I posted Guy Fawkes Day- World Peace Week November 5th- November 11th on Indymedia.org. It was too late to do a press release and rustle up help for an action.

I would have liked to don Guy Fawkes mask and done something dramatic, today, but I never was able to find a decent mask and the family wanted my attention. Jeremy, in particular, wanted me to make chicken curry for 20 people at lunchtime- for the dress rehearsal of Shakespeare in Hollywood, the production he is working on at Gunn High School. Between grocery shopping, delivering the food, washing dishes, picking up the pots after the meal, that ate up much of my time.

It was such a beautiful day, I wanted to do something outside, so I finally got out the paintbrushes and made a few signs for my Congressional Campaign. (I know I should have made them ages ago, along with campaign literature, but between the failure of Blaine to finish the Conception Dollar, the loss of my list of volunteers [and 30,000 email adresses] and all my other activities- like trying to break 9/11 Truth into the press- I just never got around to really focusing on my campaign). I would have gone to Project Censored's Media Accountability Conference this weekend, had I not felt somewhat morally obliged to do some actual campaign work. I am better at promoting causes than "myself."

I do enjoy making signs and banners, however, and for what it is worth- these signs are made out of reused materials. (Also the rain has stopped). Better that they are recycled, reusable, real...



This one I put up on El Camino which gets lots of traffic:



A couple volunteers are also working on signs. I'm just so mad at the San Jose Mercury News and the Palo Alto Daily for ignoring the 14th District Congressional Race in their election coverage. I did get a five minute statement on Channel 2 today, but I suspect that will only be seen by George Bush fans and not win me very many votes.

I'm just glad that there hasn't been another 9/11 False flag operation, and that the US has not nuked Iran. It feels like we live under a cloud of fear. I hope that courage, truth, from the grassroots up will dispel it. I'd love to see most of the incumbents ousted from office come Wednesday.

Just got this from Tim Boyle in Colorado:

There have been two articles in the University of Denver press this week sparked by our Scholars for 9/11 Truth event last weekend. (I wonder if there were any articles in the CU press--was anyone in Boulder watching?)

One of them was by Tess Cromer, a student and member of Amnesty International and one of the two students who helped us reserve Davis Auditorium. It appears on p. 9 of the 20-page current (October 2006) issue of "[dis]claimer", a student newspaper that appears in print only, no web version, and is published every two or three months I think. [dis]claimer consists of thoughtful student writing. The current issue has the theme "Identity: Veins of Existence" and has articles on personal identity, racial identity, discrimination, corporate greed, fair trade coffee, human rights, and a variety of local and global issues....and thanks to Tess, 9/11 Truth. Tess's article consists of seven long paragraphs and while there are a couple of minor factual errors (such as the fact that Kevin Ryan was not actually involved in the steel testing at UL), overall it is a great article. She starts by asking the reader to keep an open mind. She acknowledges Loose Change, and then goes into the appearance on campus of the scholars for 9/11 Truth and the scientific evidence they presented. She goes into detail on how there were three collapses and how they all showed characteristics of controlled demolition. She quotes both Steven Jones and Kevin Ryan from their essays in "9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out", refers to Barrie Zwicker and paraphrases from "Towers of Deception" on how the government appears to have known about the 9/11 attacks in advance, explains about PNAC and their statement about "a new Pearl Harbor", and also mentions Kevin Barrett. I'm getting it typed up by a volunteer (Nancy Hall) and I'll send it to you later this week in electronic format once that is done. Excellent article and it is so heartening to see this information getting into public view on a college campus.

The other article appeared in the DU campus newspaper "The Clarion" which comes out weekly and is more your standard student newspaper, with sections on News, Arts and Entertainment, Sports, Editorial, etc. It appeared on page 2 of the 12-page print edition dated 10/31/2006. This article is not quite as detailed as Tess Cromer's but it gives great exposure to the issue and also helps to get this information into public view where it belongs. Since it is available online (at www.duclarion.com- WTC attacks questioned)... This article also mistakenly associates Kevin Ryan with the steel testing (he was manager of the UL water testing lab, not the fire testing lab) and says that Steven Jones developed cold fusion which was then questioned by others, which I believe is an incomplete and inaccurate characterization since while Dr. Jones did do scientific work on cold fusion, it was two other scientists Pons and Fleischmann who came in for strong criticism for their work.

FYI If you want to learn more about Steven Jones's work with cold fusion, check out the entry on Steven E. Jones in Wikipedia. Here are two quotes from that entry (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steven_E._Jones):

"His research includes nuclear fusion and solar energy. In the 1980s Jones popularized the term cold fusion, but his experimental work was significantly different from the more controversial cold fusion experiments of Pons and Fleischmann. "

"A New York Times article says that while peer reviewers were quite critical of Pons and Fleishchmann's research they did not apply such criticism to Jones' much more modest, theoretically supported findings. Although critics insisted that his results likely stemmed from experimental error, most of the reviewing physicists indicated that he was a careful scientist. Other research and experiments confirmed his findings."

(I guess that's a diplomatic way of saying that the criticism of Pons and Fleischmann was well deserved but the criticism of Jones was disproven when his findings were confirmed.)

Tim

If you look at the article by Philip Pauli, there are a number of errors in it. There is also a poll beside it asking students whether they believe the WTC towers were brought down by planes or controlled demolition (no mention of bldg #7)- Currently 82% are believing the official version.

This reminds me of my experience as a child dealing with the press. They couldn't even get simple stuff right- like the facts about our local 4-H meetings. I guess it really is up to us to "become the media." If I hadn't agreed to run for Congress, I might have been able to work this year on a 9/11 documentary. I'm glad to see that there is actually a fair amount of competition to make better and better documentaries on the subject. We have such a wealth of information and analysis, it is a matter of making it understandable to the general public (and the journalists).

November 4, 2006

I worked at the computer all day yesterday, and wish I could do something more physical- like making banners or doing actions this weekend, but the weather is threatening. There was an awful hit piece on Dr. Jones and Project Censored in Santa Rosa's Press Democrat- There's that other theory on 9/11- SSU hosts discredited academic who says U.S. could have planned attack that appeared today. I think we will continue to be ignored and attacked, until we can exercise some control over the political system.

I tried to just post messages on the forums of the local papers- to let the people know that I am a candidate and why I'm running for office and I have just received nasty attacks to my posts. The most shocking discovery was that the San Jose Mercury News has completely omitted even mention of the California 14th District Race in its Election coverage- ignoring the 650,000 people who might be wondering who is going to represent them in DC.

A woman called me yesterday to inform me that "I had already been elected" - at least in spirit, by the Earth, and those who care about the future. Sometimes, I feel that "yes, I have already taken the burden of responsibility upon my shoulders," simply by becoming an activist, and doing what I can to solve, what strike me as, the most urgent problems. After all- the word "responsibility- means the ability to respond." People constantly come to me with information and problems, in hopes of getting me to help them with all sorts of issues. I often feel overwhelmed, or like the bottleneck of an hourglass, unable to process and deal with everything that comes my way. I received a phone call from a guy who told me about a scientist who had forewarning about 9-11. He's quite a scientist and has written a book called Project Day Lily (www.projectdaylily.com), exposing the illegal testing of Biological Weapons in Texas hospitals, nursing homes and prisons. It's chilling information. He wrote to me yesterday confirming this:

"This is all that I can tell you. In August before 9/11 my wife and I were visiting Tunesia after speaking at an international conference in Malta on Bioterrorism and Biological Warfare Agents. While there we were secretely visited by a North African head-of-state who happened to be a former patient of ours (because of patient confidentiality, I cannot give his name).

"We were told quite pointedly that there was going to be a terrorist attack on the Pentagon in the second week of September, and we were warned to stay away from Washington and New York during the second week of September. We were not told of the exact date or of the method of attack. This information was passed on to the Inspector General of the Dept. of Defense, the Asst. Undersec. of Defense for Policy, Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Joint Special Operations Unit (Delta 1) at Fort Bragg. There was no follow-up on this information to our knowledge."

Foreknowledge of 9-11 is amply documented in Sander Hicks book The Big Wedding and Paul Thompson's work. It's not nearly as damning as the use of explosives to bring down the buildings, but it is another important bit of evidence.

What also concerns me is the fact that so many top scientists who have been working on biological weapons, diseases, vaccines have died under mysterious circumstances. The scientist says of his book:

Project Day Lily is dedicated to the memory of Dr. Fred Conrad (Colonel, USAF, retired) and five other academic colleagues who died under mysterious circumstances while investigating aspects of the alleged illegal testing of Biological Weapons in Texas hospitals, nursing homes and prisons. This book is also dedicated to the men and women of our Armed Services and their family members who were put in harm’s way and were never properly warned about the dangers of Biological Weapons, and to the Texas Department of Criminal Justice personnel and its prisoners and to the people of the Great State of Texas who were betrayed and lost their health and loved ones to a vicious agenda in the name of ‘National Security’.

I wrote back to him:
I will get a copy of your book, Project Day Lily, and do what I can to raise awareness about this issue. I can't help feeling that the 9-11 events are connected with the impending biological warfare that could be unleashed anytime against our country and others. I was horrified to read about Erik Pianka's standing ovation at a scientific conference in Austin where he advocated the elimination of 90 percent of Earth's population by airborne Ebola (March 2006 www.sas.org/tcs/weeklyIssues_2006/2006-04-07/feature1p/ ).

I have tried to speak out and organize rallies and marches to draw attention to Model Emergency Health Powers Act and the undesirability of "testing dangerous vaccines" on the public, and the likelihood of the money being spent to "prevent bird flu," being used to create a life threatening disease. It's hard to tackle these issues and overcome the psychological resistance to grasping our dire political situation.

I do have hope that there are good people with courage and integrity within the scientific community, and the government to blow the whistle on what is happening, and to put a stop to it...together we can strengthen the Truth Movement which I believe will triumph over those who seek power regardless of the human and environment cost.

Locally I cringe when the mayor and my Congresswoman, and the press push the Bird Flu scare and they conduct experiments locally on developing new vaccines. It feels like I'm in the belly-button of the beast and people "want to trust the medical community to safeguard not threaten their health."

I've been invited to speak on Webster Tarpley's radio show this afternoon, and should call him now.

November 3, 2006

Yesterday, I worked on an essay entitled "Crashing the Party" which I hope will get posted on websites beyond the choir.

We had our regular Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting with a few new faces, including a high tech newbie who posted my 3 minute candidate statement on the internet last night at 3 am:

He also has created a website called- www.BelieveYourOwnEyes.com

We're so lucky to have such talented people working with us!

Ken Jenkins reported back on his successful trip to oregon where they showed his new film on David Ray Griffin: 9-11 the Myth and the Reality. Ken also had copies of the new DVD of the September 24th KPFA event- 9/11 and American Empire" (I don't know when C-Span will air it.)

Ed Rippy gave us a new essay he wrote on the history of False Flag Operations. Hopefully, this information about State Sponsored terrorism throughout history will come out, in an uncconcenterted effort to wake people up. Alex Jones' new film "Terrorstorm" which is all about this is climbing in popularity on google.

Another victory reported is that "9-11 Mysteries" has been accepted to the Sundance Film Festival.

Janette was back from New York with gifts- their cool Investigate 9-11 T shirts (we had sent them a case of the new deception Dollars.

Kent Knudson visited on his way to the Project Censored Media Accountability Conference where Dr. Jones will give the keynote speech tonight. His Arizona 911truthaz.org group is organizing a big national 9-11 Truth Conference in February- the 22nd-24th, though the details aren't posted anywhere, yet.

Chuck passed around copies of his excellent powerpoint presentation which can be found online at www.truememes.org

I reported on our 9-11 Press for Truth event and passed out copies of the Stanford Daily with our 9-11 cover story. (I forgot to mention the banner that we made, but I did post a photo of it on the wepage of the event). The group voted to cover the financial loss (I went over budget about $400) and to give honorariums to our speakers- Paul Thompson and Peter Dale Scott. We also voted $1000 for the upcoming Lifting The Fog Conference, November 11, 2006 which will feature Dr. Steven Jones. The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance also agreed to abide by the tabling restrictions.

November 1, 2006, 3:30 pm

Today, as I was at the Listening Project, a friend of mine came by with a stack of the Stanford Daily's Halloween Edition, I was amazed to see that the article they did on 9-11 was the headline/cover story, complete with graphic. So, I scanned in the graphics and posted them on the webpage about the Palo Alto Premiere of 9/11 Press for Truth. It will take more than a couple of headline stories, I'm afraid, to wake the country up on this issue- before November 7th, but it is a hopeful sign.

November 1, 2006

Yesterday the Stanford Daily published

911 call on 9/11 response
Honest search for the truth or yet another conspiracy theory?

It is a flawed article, with quite a few mistakes, but it did prompt quite a response, including one from me.

Yesterday was the 5th anniversary of my weekly Listening Project, unfortunately, I don't have time for a press release, as I had my hands full yesterday with the Impeachment Rally in San Francisco, and Halloween. Since I lent my car to Brian to table in SF at the anti-war rally last weekend, it is a total mess and I need to sort things out for my demo today.

We had so much press at the Impeachment rally yesterday in San Francisco, I just can't believe that I can't find any coverage online. I had a chance to speak, and also went in costume- black, with a Guy Fawkes mask and handed out 200 leaflets with the new Deception Dollars.

This is the text of the 1/2 sheet leaflet:

Unmask State Sponsored Terrorism!
Impeach the Terrorists!
No to War, No to the War Profiteers!
2006 marks the 5th anniversary of 9/11 & the 401st anniversary of state-sponsored false-flag terrorism or synthetic terror in the English-speaking world: Guy Fawkes Day on November 5th. We hope to unmask these state sponsored terrorist attacks, devised by those wishing to terrifying populations into supporting wars which serve imperial agendas.

Even now, few understand the original plot: Guy was a dupe ensnared by the chief minister himself in a madcap scheme to blow up King and Parliament. The real plot was royally successful: to invent a pretext for war with Spain. This fraud was the foundation of the British empire.

In 1898, the American century was ushered in by a similar anti-Spanish hoax: the bombing of the USS Maine in Havana harbor. On 9/11/2001, plotters embedded in the US government, working on a Project for a New American Century, faked the pretext for a Clash of Civilizations - and a neo-fascist world order.

Webster G. Tarpley uncovered the Bush family’s key role in launching Hitler, and the fascistic P2 lodge behind the false-flag Red Brigades terrorists.In his book- Synthetic Terror- Made in the USA, he wrote about the granddaddy of False Flag Operations…(abbreviated excerpt):

THE classic case of strategic terrorism is the Gunpowder Plot of November 5, 1605. In 1605 James I Stuart, was considering a policy of accommodation with the Spanish Empire, the leading Catholic power. James was also considering some measures of toleration for Catholics in England, where the majority of the landed gentry in the north of the country was still loyal to Rome. An influential group in London, backed by Venetian intelligence from abroad, wanted to push James I into a confrontation with the Spanish Empire, from which they hoped among other things to extract great personal profit. They also thought it was politically vital to keep persecuting the Roman Catholics. Chief among the war party was the royal chancellor, Lord Robert Cecil. Cecil set out to sway James I to adopt his policy, by means of terrorism.

Behind the scenes, Cecil cultivated some Catholics, one of them Lord Thomas Percy, and used them as cut-outs to direct the operations of a group of naïve Catholic fanatics and adventurers, among them a gullible man named Guy Fawkes. Thomas Percy was supposedly a Catholic fanatic, but in reality was a bigamist. This group of Catholic fanatics hatched the idea first of tunneling into the basement of the Houses of Parliament from a nearby house, and then renting the basement of the Houses of Parliament, in order to pack that basement with explosives for the purpose of blowing up King, Lords, and Commons when James I came to open the Parliament that November. Instead Guy Fawkes was caught going into the basement the night before the crime. Fawkes and the rest of the plotters were tortured and hanged, and several Catholic clergy were also scapegoated. James I put aside his plans for toleration of Catholics, and England set out on a century of wars against the Spanish and Portuguese Empires, from which the British Empire was born. Guy Fawkes Day became the festival of “no popery” and hatred of Spain.

Concerning the Gunpowder Plot, Cecil either found means to instigate the conspirators to undertake their enterprise, or, at least, being, from an early stage of the undertaking, fully aware of what was going on, nursed the insane scheme till the time came to make capital out of it. The conspirators, or most of them, meant to strike a great blow and their guilt should not be excused, but they were unwittingly playing the game of plotters more astute than themselves

The conspiracy was, and must have been, known to those in power, who, playing with their infatuated dupes, allowed them to go on with their mad scheme, till the moment came to strike with full effect.

This can also be applied to 9/11.

(James I does not seem to have been aware of the operation in advance. The plot was not directed against him; it rather intended to push him in a specific policy direction. After the event, James I does appear to have realized what Cecil’s role had been, at least to some extent. Thomas Percy, Cecil’s agent in the Gunpowder Plot, was called a “tame duck employed to catch the wild ones.” The fact that he was Cecil’s agent did not prevent Percy from being killed as part of the cover-up after November 5. At the risk of mixing metaphors, we can cite the opinion of a contemporary observer that Cecil, once he had secured the game birds he was seeking, hanged the spaniel who had actually caught them for him, “that its master’s art might not appear.” It is time to expose these schemes to the light of day.)

Let us declare Global Peace Week from November 5th, Guy Fawkes Day to November 11th, Veterans Day which commemorates the end of WWI on 11/11/1917. To end these wars, we have to awaken people to both the knowledge of how the war party incites war, and to sympathy for the fallen.

We passed them out to the choir and the Federal employees, who worked in the building, one of them said to me as she took a flyer that most of the employees agreed with us.

October 31, 2006, Halloween 2006

I'm trying to pull things together for the Impeachment Rally in SF at Pelosi's office today, but just got this from Tim Boyle on our media coverage from the Colorado events. My hats off to the local group in Colorado for their successes in breaking that mainstream barrier!!!!:

Congratulations on outstanding appearances in Denver and Boulder last weekend. We are hearing great feedback from those in attendance and we have even gotten much better media coverage for 9/11 Truth than ever before from the corporate news outlets in this area. Thanks also to Carol who lent her articulate special magic to the occasion.

The Denver Post, the largest paper in Denver, published an article on the front page on Monday, above the fold, left hand column: http://www.denverpost.com/newsheadlines/ci_4572518 I was flabbergasted to see this on the front page, not because these scholars don't deserve front-page coverage (they absolutely do) but I was assuming they would bury it in the back somewhere like corporate media usually do. It has a few flaws and we're posting a commentary on the article on our website (see below). But on the whole, positive.

The Boulder Daily Camera, the largest paper in Boulder, published this: http://www.dailycamera.com/news/2006/oct/30/panelists-raise-doubts-over-911/. I am unsure what page it was on, as I found it online. We have no problems with this one, it is good although brief journalism.

This kind of coverage, although some of it is imperfect, is the best we have seen from these particular newspapers and is a testament to the effectiveness of your presentation. I believe you had an effect on the reporters themselves and they could no longer fall back on old conspiracy dismissals.

Below is some copy that we will probably put on our website today (Tuesday). Please let me know of any corrections or suggestions you may have regarding this.

Tim

-------------------

Colorado 9/11 Visibility and www.911truth.org were pleased to host three Scholars for 9/11 Truth (Steven E. Jones, Kevin Ryan, and Kevin Barrett) at the University of Denver on Saturday Oct 28 and at the University of Colorado at Boulder on Sunday Oct 29. The highly successful events were attended by 300 in Denver and 250 in Boulder. The speakers focused on the research they have done into "Why the Official Story Can't Be True" regarding the collapses of the World Trade Center towers on 9/11.

The event was videotaped and we hope to make a dvd recording of all the sessions available at a nominal cost in the near future.

Media coverage

Local newspaper coverage following the events was significant and we offer the thoughtful public the following comments and corrections on the coverage.

Regarding the front-page article in the Denver Post on Monday, Oct 30

Backers hail 9/11 theorist's speech:

1) This article drew attention to the work of Dr. Jones but it failed to mention the other two speakers. It was particularly unfortunate that the article failed to report on Kevin Ryan's scientific challenges to the NIST report. An article seeking to inform the public about the claims and counterclaims of this vitally important topic should have acknowledged Kevin Ryan's contributions.

2) The article quoted Brent Blanchard of Protec Documentation Services, a New Jersey firm that documents building demolitions. In his presentation, Kevin Ryan mentioned Brent Blanchard as a spokesman who often lacks substance but speaks with much "bluster", and these statements appear to fit that pattern. In the article, Blanchard gave two reasons why criticisms of the official story are "out-of-control allegations" that "could not be true".

a) The first was that controlled demolitions are initiated at the base of a building, whereas these collapses were initiated at the point of the airplane impacts. He failed to mention that WTC Building 7, which was not hit by a plane, fit the model of a conventional demolition perfectly, imploding neatly and accompanied by the traditional series of visible detonations from bottom to top. Regarding the twin towers, he failed to acknowledge considerable witness testimony of explosions during the time the buildings stood burning, particularly in subfloor areas where victims were burned and extensive blast evidence was observed. Although the collapses (and the accompanying detonation sequence) did appear to progress in an uncharacteristic way, top to bottom, the previous basement explosions played a key role in the success of the demolition and it clearly merits further study.

b) Blanchard's second point was that pre-planted explosives could not have survived the plane crashes and subsequent fires without detonating prematurely. While this may be true of some explosives, Dr. Jones has noted in his paper at journalof911studies.com that "It is important to note that initiating the thermite reaction requires temperatures well above those achieved by burning jet fuel or office materials -- which is an advantage of using thermite charges over conventional monomolecular explosives such as TNT, RDX and PETN." In his talks in Denver and Boulder, Dr. Jones stated that in his own experiments, he was unsuccessful at igniting thermite with a propane torch.

Regarding the October 30 article in the Boulder Daily Camera-

Panelists raise doubts over 9/11
Speakers at CU say government deceiving citizens

This was an accurate brief article and we commend the Camera on their coverage of this controversial topic.

The speakers

Kevin Barrett, PhD, instructor in Islamic Studies, gave historical context to the day with a discussion of "false-flag events", attacks executed deceptively and then blamed on a chosen enemy, which have been used for centuries as a technique of governments to gain popular support for war. The events of 9/11 appear to fit the pattern.

Kevin Ryan, chemist and whistleblower, told the story of his firing from Underwriters Laboratories for questioning the "Bush science" used in the engineering report by NIST, the National Institute of Standards and Technology. He gave a detailed analysis of the changing "official story" of the WTC collapses over the last five years as it has evolved in four separate official investigations to date, culminating in the NIST study of 2005. The NIST study abandons previous explanations such as the "pancake theory" and appears to rely on questionable "tweaking" of parameters in a computer simulation after reconstructed floor assemblies did not fail in physical testing. The computer simulation is not available to the public. Among the many problems with all four studies are changing explanations, conflicts of interest, destruction of evidence, and the withholding of evidence from the public.

Steven Jones, PhD, internationally renowned physicist, further explored problematic aspects of the official story. It is universally acknowledged that office fires aren't hot enough to melt steel, yet molten metal was found in the rubble pile and observed streaming from windows of the buildings during the collapses. Laws of physics such as the conservation of momentum tell us that the 47 core columns and 240 perimeter columns in each of the twin towers would have slowed down the collapses considerably from their observed near-freefall speed of collapse, or caused toppling to one side or another, unless all vertical supports for the building were simultaneously eliminated as in a controlled demolition. Building 7 of the World Trade Center also collapsed at near-freefall speed, although it was not hit by a plane and had only small fires. Other phenomena that were ignored by the official explanations but exhibit the characteristics of controlled demolition are the explosive phenomena visible in video of the collapses and the presence of demolition accelerators such as sulfur, zinc, and managanese in the dust that coated Manhattan and in steel residue obtained from 9/11 memorials. Dr. Jones is calling for other scientists to review the contributions being published at journalof911studies.com and to join in the research effort. The current membership of Scholars for 9/11 Truth stands at approximately four hundred and they hope to have papers extensively peer-reviewed and published in major scientific journals in the future.

We encourage you to familiarize yourself with the writings of the Scholars for 9/11 Truth at Journalof911Studies.com and in their recent book, "9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out" (Olive Branch Press). (Colorado 9/11 Visibility has this book available for sale at their monthly meetings.) Please share this important work with your friends and colleagues. While the implications of this research are devastating to those of us who have trusted our government to protect us, we must have to courage to follow the truth wherever it leads. As Dr. David Ray Griffin said in a recent speech, together we can do this, because "we have the truth, and we have each other."

Kevin Ryan wrote this to the organizers:

"Those of you in CO may not remember, but a Boulder Weekly article in October 2004 was instrumental in “pushing me to the edge”, so to speak. It was the NIST draft of that same month, along with the courageous example provided by your group (and some nonsense from Hyman Brown), that inspired my letter to NIST. Bob McFarland was kind enough to save an original copy for me."

Every action by every local group inspires others, and I think the Colorado group has done us all a tremendous service in helping to raise consciousness. I am so grateful to them, as well as to the speakers for their work... it sure was great to be there last weekend!

October 30, 2006

After pouring so much effort into the Friday premiere, I must say that I was a bit disappointed to realize that I had scheduled the event- during the football game betwen rival Palo Alto High School and Gunn- so we just didn't get any of those students. I learned that there was also a rare progressive law conference happening that weekend at Stanford, plus the UN Film Festival. Still we had a respectable audience- between two and three hundred who appreciated the film, and Peter and Paul's discussion afterwards. We also had a couple members in the audience who had been at the White House on the morning of 9-11 and one woman shared how they were told that Bush Sr.and Barbara were there, that W would be arriving via helicopter shortly, and basically "la te da" business as usual... They didn't realize what was going on that day until they were well clear of the White House. (She's in the online video).

I just found an article that appeared online in the Paly Voice- a student online newspaper entitled New film raises questions about 9/11. Peter found a 31 minute video posted online with the Q & A Unfortunately (for me), I did exceed the budget that I received from the group, and we probably lost several hundred dollars on the event- just because the theater and insurance alone cost $1270 and we only took in $900 from the sale of tickets, $1000 from tabling, but the publicity was an additional $1000.

Brian used my car the next day to get to the anti-war rally, where activists did gather and table, which helped a bit- we received another $390 in donations. At least we are still in the black, so I hope the group will accept the loss and not force me to cover it all (though I will, if I have to).

I didn't get to bed until 1 am that night and had to be up very early to get to the airport. Mike Berger and Chris Emery met Steven Jones and I in Denver and we had some great conversations and pizza on our way to the University where the "Research on 9/11: Why the Official Story Cannot Be True" event was held. About 300 people came to it, and the hall was quite full. Despite the lack of sleep, I was thrilled to be there, to meet the folks who organized it, and to see the Kevins and Dr. Jones, and the others again. It was a great weekend!!!! We had a fabulous Middle Eastern dinner together prepared by a wonderful family in a little restaurant, not far from where I was staying with Fran Shure, one of the main organizers.

It was a joyous luxury to be able to sleep in, and actually feel coherent and intelligent on Sunday when we went to Boulder. An article had been published in the Style Section of the Denver Post that morning- 9/11 theorists are either silly or shrewd and another article appeared later in the Denver Post: Backers hail 9/11 theorist's speech. It's so strange to see the coverage, after having spent some time with Jones and hearing all the lectures twice- noting how much the attack article failed to say.

I have the deepest respect, admiration and love for Kevin Barrett, Kevin Ryan and Steven Jones for their intellect, their work, their integrity, their courage, their sense of humor, their dedication to truth and the common good. They each gave brilliant talks and with the exception of the reporter fro the Denver Post, I don't see how they could have failed to win over any honest, intelligent person to their position on 9-11, when all their lectures were combined.

Actually our biggest problem was the sound system, the michrophones, and I just hope that the sound and the DVD will come out ok (but I have my worries).

In Boulder Ellen Mariani and Joseph Calhoun (Whose running on the Green Party ticket in that District) came. Actually, the only problem with the event, was not being able to meet everyone who was there- there were hundreds of people in Boulder, too, including a guy who is walking from Denver to DC to wake up evangelical Christians to the truth of 9-11 (and doing a documentary, too).

I was lobbying people for John Leonard's (Petition) World Peace Week idea- to expose state sponsored terrorism from November 5th to Veteran's Day, and I tossed that idea out with the other "what we can do suggestions" during announcements before the Q & A. One women later expressed how horrific the indoctrination of people was in the U.K. every Guy Fawkes Day- where people still haven't realized the truth about that world shaping event.

I hope that Kevin Barrett will post his talk online. He went over false flag operations, but he did far more than that, looking at the paradigm shift needed to go from a culture where people and the earth are treated as "its" to be controlled and manipulated by very powerful interests to a Copernican sized revolution of spirit where people and the Earth are treated with respect in truthful dialogue for the benefit of all life.

I still have a very warm feeling, and joy inside when I think of all of those in the 9/11 truth community who do share this deep committment towards this shift in consciousness and moving us from the war economy to a life serving system.

I did get a book- A New America- An awakened future on our horizon, as a gift recently, which maps out the shift in human consciousness that is underway and strategies and hopes to help nurture a positive transformation. Mike Berger was complaining that the "9-11 Truth Movement wasn't doing anyone a favor by exposing the horror of our situation without offering positive steps, strategy and vision for a way out, but I think all of us are consciously moving in the direction towards global enlightenment, which I believe is our best hope.

In Colorado, I did get to do a 10 minute intro to the events and Kevin Barrett, and put in my two cents. Here's my little speech (after "thanks to the organizers and volunteers"):

I am deeply honored to be invited, given an opportunity to speak, and help introduce heroes of the 9/11 Truth Movement.

When we marched on our legislators demanding an investigation of 9/11, Bush and Cheney asked Daschle to limit the investigations to the “failures of the Intelligence Agencies to prevent the attack.”

Official statements, the destruction of evidence, the actions taken by the administration in the wake of 9/11, the absence of a genuine investigation are indications of a cover-up and criminality at the highest level of government.

The first Senate/House Joint Inquiry was steered by CIA insiders, including Porter Goss and Bob Graham, both of whom should have been questioned for their breakfast meeting with the “money man” behind 9/11 (Pakistan ISI’s General Mahmoud Ahmed) on the morning of the attacks.

There was great resistance to creating the 9/11 Commission. The initial appointment, of Henry Kissinger, to head it was another major red flag that a cover-up was taking place. Indeed, if the media had simply stated some of the basic facts about 9/11 years ago, the administration, the rubber-stamp Congress could not have gotten away with the “bogus war on terrorism” the invasions of Afghanistan, Iraq, the attack on our Constitution, Bill of Rights, Habeus Corpus, the regression back to the pre-Magna Carta Era when “divine rights” permitted kings to judge, label, and execute people.

The 9/11 Commission was directed by the author of the “Pre-Emptive War Doctrine,” a member of the Bush National Security Team, Philip Zelikow. Zelikow's area of expertise is the creation and management of "public myths" which he defines as "beliefs (1) thought to be true (although not necessarily known to be true with certainty), and (2) shared in common within the relevant political community." He has a special interest in what he has called "'searing' or 'molding' events [that] take on 'transcendent' importance and retain their power over time." In 1998, Zelikow co-authored “IMAGINING THE TRANSFORMING EVENT”

Here are two excerpts:

“…an act of catastrophic terrorism would be a watershed event in American history. It could involve loss of life and property unprecedented in peacetime and undermine America's fundamental sense of security, as did the Soviet atomic bomb test in 1949. Like Pearl Harbor, this event would divide our past and future into a before and after. The United States might respond with draconian measures, scaling back civil liberties, allowing wider surveillance of citizens, detention of suspects, and use of deadly force. More violence could follow, either further terrorist attacks or U.S. counterattacks. Belatedly, Americans would judge their leaders negligent for not addressing terrorism more urgently.

“ The danger of weapons of mass destruction being used against America and its allies is greater now than at any time since the Cuban missile crisis of 1962. It is a national security problem that deserves the kind of attention the Defense Department devotes to threats of military nuclear attack or regional aggression. The first obstacle to imagination is resignation.”

If you haven’t actually read the 9/11 Report or heard Zelikow speak in person, in his talks and the report, he has the audacity to blame 9/11 on a “Failure of Imagination” and push the idea that the innocent Administration was taken utterly by surprise by the cunning evildoers. The report omits mention of the collapse of Building #7, the mulitple wargames being conducted on 9/11, Cheney's role in the command center where he was issuing orders that morning. It also states "who financed 9/11 was of little or no importance."

At Stanford University, Zelikow was invited to speak by an Institute which had just been awarded a hefty contract to improve “counter-terrorism exercises.” We had been protesting all the 9-11 Commission members coming to the Bay Area, with the theme “Blow the Whistle on the 9-11 Cover-Up!” actually blowing whistles at them and shouting out the questions that they quietly ignored in a series of presentations where they lied outrageously and ignored any questions which fell into the “conspiracy theory category.”

At Stanford, a friend of mine blew the whistle on Zelikow and was hustled out by security forces. That’s when I walked into the auditorium, forewarned by a security officer that if I blew a whistle I would be arrested. I assured him that I wouldn’t. However, I was offended to the core of my being that Zelikow could lie so blatantly, that I couldn’t sit quietly, but rose and challenged him verbally until Security took me away.

The Commission's real job was to sell the official story, justify the creation of "Homeland Security" and the transformation of the military. Just as Pearl Harbor was used to justify the National Security State, 9/11 is being used to construct a Global police State/or Empire.

The 9/11 Truth Movement has blossomed thanks to those who have questioned authority, the researchers, the activists, the artists, musicians, filmmakers, the courageous journalists, and those who have been forced to become the media to get out information to the public, despite the mainstream press.

Unlike Professor Jones, Kevin Ryan or Kevin Barrett, I cannot be fired for my political views because I am a mother and do not work for a large prestigious institution or corporation. In Barrie Zwicker’s book- Towers of Deception: The Media Cover-Up of 9/11, Barrie noted that most 9/11 truth activists were self-employed. It is much harder to speak out when the truths we champion could shatter the system, which hangs onto legitimacy through the smoke and mirrors of the press and by atomizing resistance.

I must admit that I studied the arts, rather than the sciences, and dropped out of college to write a book. To understand precisely the nature of the collapse of the World Trade Center buildings and the flaws in the NIST and other reports, the general public and I need the explanations of real scientists, those of integrity, who actually can study and understand the data, conduct experiments, explain the results. The contributions of Steven Jones and Kevin Ryan to our understanding of 9/11 are profound. Humanity is in their debt. I just wish that the institutions and corporation that they each worked for shared their courage and commitment to truth and supported them.

One of my dearest friends teaches “Holistic Health”at San Francisco State University. He has invited me a few times to speak to his classes on various topics, but in the Spring of 2002 he allowed us to participate in a “Teach-In on 9/11” which nearly cost him his job.

Since 9/11 it has been much harder for me, and activists in general, to organize at schools, as well as get permits for rallies, marches, although the barriers have simply slowed us down and not stopped our efforts. What has given us courage is the triumphs of other activists, in different states, to break through in their schools, on their campuses, in their local newspapers. Every voice, every act of courage, helps pull us all forward.

Scholars for 9/11 Truth has helped to encourage everyone, and now there are new groups forming including- architects, engineers, and pilots for 9/11 Truth, each contributing their pieces to understanding a complex event.

So here we are to hear brave souls who have risked their careers and livelihoods to share with us their research on 9/11, and why the official narrative cannot be true, looking at the evidence, the cover-up, and the attacks upon academic freedom. Our first speaker is one of my favorite 9-11 Truth heroes, the delightful, wickedly brazen, and humorous-Kevin Barrett. The greatest tools that we hold in face of the rise of the most terrifyingly powerful empire the world has ever seen are our sense of humor, courage and the truth. Besides being very courageous and funny, Kevin has mastered the art of doing his homework and putting those who attack him to shame with his grasp of history, the facts surrounding 9-11, and the larger context of this complex moment in human history. Kevin, in addition to earning his Ph.D. in African Literature and Arabic, holds M.A.s in English and French Literatures. He has taught English, French, Arabic, American Civilization, Humanities, African Literature, Folklore, and Islam at colleges and universities in the San Francisco Bay area, Paris, and Madison, Wisconsin.

He grew up in a family of lapsed Unitarians and reverted to Islam in 1993, a move that gradually impressed upon him the gravity of the moral choices we make in this life.

He is also the author and illustrator of the cult classic A Guide to Mysterious San Francisco, published under the pseudonym of “Dr. Weirde.”(Allah forgive him)

He became a 9/11 Truth activist in 2004 after reading David Griffin¹s The New Pearl Harbor. That summer he founded 9/11 Truth Squad, a local group based in Madison, Wisconsin.

In July, he rejected a plum post-doc at the University of California because it was funded by the 9/11-disinformation-sponsoring CIA-linked Ford Foundation.

He has led several 9/11 Truth Teach-Ins at the University of Wisconsin. The lecture he organized with David Ray Griffin that was broadcasted on C-Span significantly helped to increase the visibility and strength of the 9-11 Truth Movement. A founder of the Muslim-Jewish-Christian Alliance for 9/11 Truth, www.mujca.com, (a great website, which has been added to the latest, 9th edition of the Deception Dollar, along with Scholars for 9-11 Truth, and Journal of 9-11 Studies). He is co-editor of 9/11 and the American Empire: Christians, Jews and Muslims Speak Out published by Interlink, this year and author of Truth Jihad: My Epic Struggle Against the 9/11 Big Lie to be published by Progressive Press in 2007. Please join me in welcoming Kevin Barrett.

I just wish there had been more time. We hurried out after the Q &A on Sunday, without even saying good-bye to everyone. The consoling grace was that Steven Jones and I had a whole hour after check-in, so we were able to have dinner together (my first and only meal of the day) before we flew home.

I'm so glad that Colorado Visibility thought of inviting me- it was such a joy to be there and get to know some of my favorite people better.

My Kids favorite comic does 9-11:


(Click for full sized original)

October 25, 2006

It's been very hectic, trying to get out press releases, follow-up with the media, get ads placed, put up posters, flyers, give out postcards for the upcoming events, with some nice surprises, and a few disappointments along the way.

We have also tried direct outreach to students, and Brian designed a huge 20' by 6' banner- which one kid thought was a pirate ship- because it is rigged like a sail and moves on wheels. My son, Daniel, had fun helping Brian with the grommets, drilling holes... while I mainly helped by painting the message-

A film- 9-11
PRESS FOR TRUTH
Friday, October 27, 7 pm
GUNN HIGH


And on one side I added the quote-

"They lied.
They all lied."

Patty, 9/11 widow

We tested it on El Camino during rush hour last night (as soon as I can post the photos we took- I will) and we drew quite a bit of attention - including that of a police officer, whom I invited to the show, and gave her cards to give out to her colleagues.

I also visited the local Fire Station and invited the firemen- and I told the police officer and the firemen- that our policy is to admit students, firemen, policemen for free to the event. We really do want the police and fireman to see this film.

I also received a copy of Mike Berger's new film- Improbable Collapse which I couldn't resist viewing. (And I also gave copies of 9-11 Press for Truth and Improbable Collapse to the Fireman to review and to pass on the review and invitation to other firemen.) Improbable Collapse includes a bonus piece on the failure of the radios- which are still in use and costing lives. If our film screening goes well on Friday, the next film I want to show is this one- it is very well done and focuses on the collapse of the buildings. I must admit, I wasn't too happy with the cut shown in Chicago last June, but it has been completely re-edited and is vastly improved.

Joe Wanzala, a longtime 9-11 truth activist has been very involved with the KPFA Elections. KPFA, despite being co-sponsors of some of our events, and producing that outstanding program last month on 9-11 and American Empire is very much divided internally over the issue of 9-11 and some programmers remain silent or attack those of us who have been raising questions and challenging the official story these many years. There is an election coming up, and we need to support candidates who will be forces, voices for 9-11 Truth, and truth in all matters. Joe sent me this:

The KPFA Local Station Board elections are underway. The candidates for the Alliance for a democratic KPFA ("AdKPFA") recognize that KPFA should encourage and embrace community involvement in the station in a meaningful way. A governance structure operating on the principle of genuine participatory democracy is the only way to ensure this. The challenge is to keep the station open and accesible to new ideas and voices and make sure it is not overtaken by the sort of insular careerism which cultivates hostility to community participation, resulting in the proliferation of public radio stations in which the public has no voice. KQED radio in San Francisco, for example, recently sent out ballots to its members asking them to vote to strip themselves of their right to vote to choose the board of directors.

Please consider voting for the following candidates from the Alliance for a democratic KPFA. Their names (below) are listed in alphabetical order. Please be aware that this election process employs a ranked voting method which is discussed in your election packet. You may refer to the candidate statements at www.allianceforademocratickpfa.org and at www.kpfa.org/elections/2006/ to inform your decisions about how to rank the candidates. All these candidates can make important contribitions to KPFA.

Regina Carey
Bob English
Sasha Futran
Dave Heller
Henry Norr
Vida Samiian (Independent)
Akio Tanaka
Dave Welsh (Independent)

There was a good write-up on Ken Jenkins upcoming premiere of 9/11 The Myth and the Reality in Southern Oregon's Mail Tribune. I need to make more phone calls- to get anything in our local papers beyond a few blurbs, and our ads. It has been a challenge.

I also have to get ready for my Weekly Listening Project, I'm not sure how Brian is going to navigate "the pirate ship downtown"- we had trouble with a tree and snapped the boom last night. Despite all the time and effort we put into this contraption- we had to admit we had an awful lot of fun.

I was also heartened to learn it is "activist week" at Gunn High School and there are political banners all over the place. I really appreciated one that the students made which said:

Bush + 9/11
- WMD = 1984
I also found the website which is monitoring the war games, exercises and drills, hopefully to help prevent another 9/11 (so many are deeply concerned over a fake attack in order to launch a nuclear strike on Iran) the website is- www.falseflagnews.com and for some reason or another I am told that I don't have permission to enter it now- although I could a few days ago.

October 20, 2006

It's heartening to realize how much is going on simultaneously all over the country right now. It's a little frustrating to battle with the media in my own backyard and do outreach to students at the local high schools and Stanford and Foothill College. It's been such a busy day with highs and lows, a minor migraine when I saw the ad I put in the Palo Alto Weekly buried on the last page of the Sports Page, and the one placed on the local Palo Alto High website cleverly omitting the when, where, critical details of the event. There is so much to do, and I just can't do it all. Brian has been heroically carting around a TV showing trailers of 9-11 Press for Truth, making posters, passing out cards in a guerrilla manner. I've been walking in the front door, doing things the "traditional, legitimate way" hoping to win over the officials at the schools and libraries, and at the local businesses to support our endeavor and help us get the word out. Sometimes the doors slam in my face and sometimes I am politely encouraged, but don't know what will happen when I walk out the door or look the other way.

The sound on the 14th District Congressional candidate's Forum taped by Saratoga Community Access TV was the worst I've ever heard, and I doubt if even the local stations will play it or whether anyone will watch it.

At last night's meeting much happened-

And I sent this out to the discussion list this morning-

We had a productive meeting last night and voted $1500 to support the 11/11 Scientific 9-11 Conference in Berkeley (www.liftingthefog.org), and $650 to film the October 27th event (Palo Alto Premiere), and to endorse the Halloween Impeachment rally at Nancy Pelosi's office. ..

The weekend of the 28th/29th is a very busy one for many of us- and Ken Jenkins and I will be out of town completely. I had hoped that someone would volunteer to table and hold a 9-11 presence at the antiwar rally at UN Plaza in SF on the 28th. We are generally most visible and do our best public outreach at anti-war events.

This morning I had an idea of how to solve this problem, somewhat, (it would help if someone moves forward to take on tabling and responsibility for at least one banner).

We are doing all we can to fill the Spangenberg Theater on October 27th with our Press for Truth screening and following discussion with Paul Thompson and Peter Dale Scott. We're only charging $5- and it is free to students with ID and we're doing outreach to local high schools, and colleges. Hopefully this will inspire people to action.

We can set up an ACTION table- providing our Picket signs, packets of Deception Dollars and or handouts and details of the Anti-war rally and the Pelosi impeachment action (as well as other upcoming educational/organizing events- encouraging people to get on our mailing list- participate in our 9-11 Truth Activist Directory.)

It would mean- getting the picket signs we have left to the event- fixing the ones that don't have backs. Volunteers to man the activist table.

The good thing is more and more people are catching on to 9-11 Truth, but there is more obvious pressure being put on activists to frighten them and shut them up. These next few weeks are going to be a roller coaster ride.

October 18, 2006

I've had my hands full with my family (My son home visiting from College- who likes to eat LOTS of food) and the details of organizing, press, and the regular weekly Listening Project. Mike Berger from www.911Truth.org (who just finished his film- Improbable Collapse and is even busier than me, probably) helped me post some of my films online. He posted a 35 second edited statement/commercial that I gave one day in Downtown Palo Alto/and from earlier video shot by my friend Fiske at Google video- http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-3357947368410206809&pr=goog-sl. I still need to watch the 45 minute candidate's forum and get it to the local community access TV stations and posted online.

Ken Jenkins just returned from a successful trip to Austin Texas where he presented his new film 9-11 The Myth and the Reality featuring David Ray Griffin, and Ken was interviewed on the Alex Jones show.

Don Paul was interviewed by Bob Feldman recently, and the interview posted on Towards Freedom.

I also ran across a fascinating article with Captain Eric H. May, Founder of Ghost Troop, and Kay Lucas, Crawford Peace House, posted at The Lone Star Iconoclast Online. I've received emails from Captain May and know that many in the 9-11 Truth movement are very concerned about another 9-11 and are trying to keep an eye on government exercises, hoping that by shining light on them- they won't go "live." and result in another false flag attack upon us.

I often publish Webster's warnings, but it is hard to stay in "panic mode" all the time, so I just refuse to be scared and keep pushing relentlessly to get out the truth ASAP...

I've also joined with 40 candidates in the Longhouse Coalition which is very progressive, and we are voting to add a real 9-11 investigation to the current platform.

So much depends upon the press and the battle for credibility in the public's eyebut it is so "Earth shattering" to many people's worldviews, that there is still great fear to say, "Hey, the emperor has no clothes..."

October 15, 2006

We've been showing the trailers for 9/11 Press for Truth on a TV that Brian has rigged up outside of local film screenings- including the showing of Iraq for Sale: The War Profiteers followed by a discussion led by journalist- Dahr Jamail who expanded upon the film's narrow focus on the tragedy that befell the mercenaries who were kiled's families, and the ripoff of the American people by the war profiteers, and looked at the enormous human toll upon over 600,000 Iraqis who have died as a result of the occupation. He also discussed the "fake elections" in Iraq which in many ways are as fake as the elections in this country.

Tonight's film- Stealing America: Vote by Vote was an excellent overview of the stolen election in 2004, and a spur to activate people. It made the cover of the Palo Alto Weekly, along with another local film on the stolen elections which will premiere next weekend (I've been told that I'm featured in that one). To me this issue is almost as powerful a catalyst to waking up the country as 9-11, but also psychologically challenging- people have to overcome the incredible media cover-up, and figure out what actions to take to fix the problem which seems so staggeringly enormous. The film is very heartening in that it does show how people have organized and what they can do and recognizes a vital, growing movement to try to "obtain real democracy" and not just the trappings. I think that I'll start tabling the DVDs, along with my other 9/11 stuff. I also posted more petitions on this site and an article on Indymedia announcing the debut of the new Deception Dollar. October 11, 2006

If I can get 2% of the things that I'd like to do finished in my lifetime- I will have lived a good life. There just aren't enough hours in the day to get half the stuff that I hope to accomplish done in the normal course of a day. Yvonne fixed up a database that works for my campaign website (Unfortunately, I have lost all the previous volunteer data when my computer ate/destroyed 30,000 emails and my campaign manager who quit to run for mayor of Berkeley last April has not resent any of the data.) So my strategy now, is to continue the 9-11 Truth activism work, and if the country wakes up, before the election, informed voters will vote for me. I worked on the campaign website and did a 3 minute speech for local television which will go out on community access and also be posted on the internet.

We passed out hundreds of postcards on the upcoming 9/11 Press for Truth screening at Spangenberg on Saturday night, when Cindy Sheehan and Amy Goodman spoke. I also asked Cindy (afterwards when she visited my table) if she would endorse me as a candidate and gave her a copy of Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush (which was also filmed there).

Tim Boyle called me to invite me to MC two events in Colorado on October 28th & 29th with Steven Jones, Kevin Barrett, and Kevin Ryan I was honored to be invited- those three are true heroes! Tim got me an airline ticket and I'll be there for sure.

I've been so busy with the paperwork, contracts, post office, bank, all that stuff that makes it possible to have events, print Deception Dollars, move forward. What I haven't done is make campaign literature or signage, it just always gets postponed, oh well. I also never did get out the newsletter (or a fundraising letter) to my friends and family to let them know that I'm running for Congress, so I've only received about $1000 in unsolicited donations, which doesn't really go very far,

I probably get more press as a 9-11 truth activist than I would as a candidate anyway. I just found the article 9/11 Truth Alliance Gets Word Out Through March and Rally posted by the UCSF student journalist who covered our 5th Annual 9-11 Truth Rally and March.

I got this from Sibel Edmonds-

Senator Lautenberg, Congresswoman Maloney, Paul Newman, and the ACLU on Edmonds, Whistleblowers, and First Amendment.

Here is the link to the 5-minute clip:

nswbc.org/PEN_Newman_Award.htm

www.youtube.com/watch?v=-X39zdgXSqs

Sibel Edmonds
Director-NSWBC
www.nswbc.org

We definitely need to applaud whistleblowers, support them and encourage more whistle-blowing, as well as the courage that Steven Jones, Kevin Barrett and Kevin Ryan have shown. Those three have all had their jobs threatened by their courageous stands for the truth about 9-11.

I'm in a fortunate position- I can't get fired for speaking out.

Time to load up the car and get to my weekly Listening Project!

October 7, 2006

We got great coverage on Channel 2 of our Green Party event Tuesday night, I will try to get the footage uploaded onto the internet. Wednesday, I held the Listening Project and did media work for our upcoming Palo Alto Premiere of 9/11 Press for Truth with Paul Thompson and Peter Dale Scott. Thursday, October 5th, the day was not looking too promising and rain was forecasted, so I left some stuff in the car, but brought awning, chairs, a sound system for the World Can't Wait- Drive Out the Bush Regime- Day of protest, march, rally, vigil.

I stopped at Hatcher Press to pick up some of the new Deception Dollars and 9/11 Fact Sheets to pass out at the rally and march. Rain makes it so challenging, but a friend of mine, Jerry, Peacemonger, had set up three large awnings, side by side and let us use one of them. We put up the banners, fixed up signs to pass out, put up our little awning, to give us more protection. Quite a few people came, so we were able to carry four banners and pass out lots of signs, though we didn't dare to use the sound system in the rain. I didn't see how large the march was until we got to Market Street, even then it was hard to judge, there must have been at least 5000 people, and I'm sure the numbers swelled, and ebbed and flowed as it was a long three hour march all the way to the Civic Center and back. There were lots of young people and it was very high spirited. It was fun- I love being in the march, and usually get stuck tabling. (Brian minded the table, Scott had planned on it, but sadly got his vehicle towed while we were marching).

About 4 pm when we returned to Justin Herman Plaza, someone told me that they didn't have a sound system. I took mine (the one that George from Veteran's for Peace has let me use) to the stage. It turned out they didn't have a permit, but my system was a legal musician's 9 watt one, so that helped tremendously (and even got mentioned in the SF Chronicle). As it is Fleet Week, the Blue Angels saluted the march, and made a helluva lot of noise as they buzzed by overhead. There were lots of excellent speakers. This is the text of my speech:

Aung Sung Suu Kyi, wrote: "It is not power that corrupts, but fear— fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it.”

At the roots of violence is fear, like a wounded child, trying to protect his self image and worldview by imposing it upon others. Fear, is the tool wielded to force others into submission, compliance, or silence. Despite their swagger, bullies are cowards; they use violence, but are afraid of those whom they cannot control.

Humanity is being threatened by physical violence—- weapons, torture, cutting off water, food, and economic aid. This is compounded by the verbal violence of the press, which repeats the lies of those wielding economic and military might. There is also the psychological violence from the threat of losing one’s job, and from legislation which that negates the Bill of Rights and, habeas corpus, and gives the world’s biggest thugs authorization to declare anyone a “terrorist.”

A velvet glove masks an iron fist, that demands obedience, maintains the fiction of legitimacy, and permits the few to rule over the many.

Global outrage is growing against fascism, militarism, transnational corporations, American hegemony, the IMF, and the World Bank, is matched by growing assaults against people and the planet.

Throughout history, people have risen to challenge the forces that would annihilate them. Ya Basta! Enough Already! is one rallying cry. The antidote to “fear” is courage. Every drop of courage nurtures the seeds of hope. One passionate voice, speaking truth, can birth a movement. With a world on fire, more people are reaching out to one another, joining in solidarity, weaving a web of cooperation and respect.

The American press has ignored mass mobilizations outside the U.S. Only in Seattle, at the end of 1999, when tens of thousands joined in protest against the W.T.O., literally shutting it down, did the existence of a global justice movement, make a blip on the press radar screen. Agent Although agent provocateurs were deployed to discredit it, the movement made a difference. The frightened few in the WTO were faced by the courageous many, and the world took notice.

9/11 was an act of fear by a global elite that who were afraid of losing power, and tried to bully the world into going along with a gambit for world supremacy. Whether The three possibilities are that the Administration (1) failed to foresee 9/11, (2) allowed 9/11 to happen, or (3) made it happen on purpose. There is the possibility that they are incompetent, stupid, and evil—- by botching the special operation, by thinking that they could get away with it, and by using it to wage war. They deceived large numbers of people, looted the public treasury, and clouded humanity’s reason and ability to effectively react to their crimes. I think that they are all three- incompetent, stupid and evil. We know that the official story is a lie, a hoax. The most outrageous conspiracy theory was the one Cheney used to sell the war on Iraq, by claiming Saddam Hussein was involved with 9/11.

There are multiple ways to that we can counter the “Big Lies.” Each of us must get to the point where we recognize our the predicament we are in and courageously side with truth, and courage, justice, rejecting the mantra that dominates the mainstream fabricated reality.

The World Can’t Wait has helped us by creating opportunities for us to speak-out, to join in coalition, to do something powerful, historic, and to redirect the course of human events— to becominge catalysts for an unstoppable wave of opposition to the current regime.

We should recognize that we are becoming the majority, reflecting world opinion. We are becoming a rival superpower, challenging entrenched elite interests. We, who condemn killing, torture, and violence, must not become drunk with power or paralyzed with fear.

We must speak truth, respect all people, and welcome the alliance of the ninety-eight percent of humanity who share the deeply held values which that this regime blatantly violates. As Americans, we hold a greater responsibility to curtail the crimes of our government; regime change should begin at home. We should match process with purpose. We must be non-violent, peaceful, truthful, transparent, and not open the door to war, or to civil war, that which can occur when other nations intercede.

When the people lead, leaders must follow. We must create the parade, we must choose the path, we must offer a vision of the world that we want to create— a world without war, torture, and oppression—- a world where humanity’s resources are not squandered on killing and controlling. Resources should be directed towards real needs, such as education, and the healing of people and the planet.

The world has been burning now for years. Many of us, have been hard at work, trying to douse the flames. Let us banish fear and, war, with truth, love, and courage. We need many more people, to join us, to support us, in the streets, with their voices, their prayers, their time, their gifts, and their actions. We have become a wave. We will become large enough to quench the fire, to begin the joyous task of healing, of nurturing life, peace, justice, hope, and a better world for all.

The numbers ebbed and flowed through the evening, and I had varying amounts of help tabling. Kai and I went out to eat and sit down a bit. My sound system helped again for the night vigil when people gathered to talk where the tents were rigged up. A woman spoke about her experience as a Kurd and the situation in Iraq, the MiddleEast and her treatment in the US, since 9/11. The discussion was quite lively, and then about 11:30 pm, I had a chance to speak about 9/11, and another lively discussion followed. it was well past midnight when I decided to try to get some sleep, so that I could be functional the next day (and not get sick). Jerry gave me a lift to a hotel. I slept til almost 7 am and rose to be back at the vigil, in time for the sunrise ceremony. Some people stayed awake the whole night, and some slept on the hard ground. About 50 of us formed the morning prayer circle.

The most noticable spirit was one of respect, cooperation, peace and love to counter a violent, vicious fear-mongering regime. Despite all the police with their gear and the presence of "vans to haul everyone away"... I don't think there was any violence or violent confrontations. The worst thing that happened was they didn't give us the sound permit and threatened to take away the good sound system if we used it during the scheduled main rally. The three headed Bush Statue rose and was chained, without a hitch.

The SF Chronicle did a good write-up with some great photos- and our "Neo-Con Jobs- Iraq, 9/11" was clearly visible in the picture of the march.

The people who gathered inspired one another, and I think we all agreed that it was worth the effort and that the resistance movement was growing, and would inspire others.

Brian and I were both pretty exhausted afterwards. We got some great Thai food before heading home.

I returned a phone call from the San Mateo Times and did a quick interview, then I tried to take a nap, and get stuff together for the evening and weekend. It took me half an hour to get the 9/11 Press for Truth event postcards from the local copy store- who had trouble getting the art and understanding that I needed them done by Friday.

Despite the fact that I was an hour late, forgot my speech (a shortened version of what I said to the Green Party), didn't have time for dinner, I think I did ok at the candidate's forum (except I should have said something when Anna was asked about supporting the pro-Israel resolution, in the wake of the attack on Lebanon). The question was directed at Anna, and she tried to dodge it. I figured that I was already on the record as far as condemning Congress for supporting these wars, and not impeaching the Adinistration, but I should have said something in opposition to the US giving the "Green Light" to Israel to take over the Middle-East.

I did mention that I was a bit fuzzy because of the big protest event the night before in San Francisco.

The forum was taped and I hope to get a copy of it and post it on the internet. Anna was still pushing the 9-11 Commission's recommendations, and said that the family members backed them. I gave her a copy of 9/11 Press for Truth.

October 3, 2006

A busy day, I spoke with Peter Dale Scott and he agreed to participate in our October 27th event- the screening of 9/11 Press for Truth, which will be followed by a discussion with Peter and Paul Thompson on the merits of the film and its omissions. I barely got 100 postcards (in black and white) made in time for the Green Party event tonight, which went well, although the hall wasn't packed and Peter Camejo didn't make it. Channel 2 was there and interviewed me and other candidates (I don't know if it will air or not).

I put a lot of effort into handouts, but I don't think many of them were taken- my table was off in the patio, and most people stayed inside with the food and the music. Brian Wallace played and sang.

Here's my 5 minute speech for the Green Party, basically a call for impeachment, a real 9-11 investigation, peace...

October 2, 2006

On Saturday night, Brian and I attended a World Can't Wait meeting, and I got hooked into helping on the program, and will probably help funneling volunteers into the right direction at the event. More phone calls, e-mails, and time. I worked all Sunday and today on speeches, checked the proofs for the new Deception Dollar, and took care of other vital logistics. It's good to see that so many are speaking out, not only on 9-11, but on a number of scandals, all of which put the Administration and Congress under pressure to change course.

Kevin Barret and James Fetzer drew great attention to the 9/11 issue with a lecture last weekend that was taped by the BBC.

I really enjoyed reading Kevin's opening talk entitled A Folklorist Looks at 9/11 ‘Conspiracy Theories”

He's a very good writer, and I was honored to read what he said about the Deception Dollar which I publish, and I believe has really nourished a genuine 9/11 Truth Movement (a term that I coined at our San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11). Here's an excerpt from his talk (click here for the whole talk- with footnotes):

In their efforts to annihilate what they see as a whole matrix of engineered hallucination, TMMs are forced to exercise great creativity, which makes their expressive cultural productions that much more interesting from a folklorist’s perspective. Consider the Deception Dollar. (Deception dollars distributed to audience.) The Deception Dollar is one of the most interesting and arguably one of the most effective political pamphlets ever produced. Political pamphlets and posters have been called “instant litter,” and there is even a book by that title collecting and reproducing them. The 9/ll Deception Dollar is rather an “instant classic” that recipients usually want to save and show their friends.

The Deception Dollar is a clever and realistic parody of the most heavily-cathected piece of paper on the planet, the US Federal Reserve Note. Those who have “taken the red pill” believe that actual Federal Reserve Notes are just green pieces of paper, backed by nothing, produced in great abundance by a private consortium of banks controlled by a relatively small number of immensely powerful families. They believe that actual Federal Reserve Notes are in themselves worthless except for such purposes as elementary toilet functions and the lining of birdcages—tasks for which they are in fact far worse suited than the much larger pieces of worthless paper produced in even greater quantity by monopoly newspaper corporations. But in “matrix reality”—the consensus hallucination of our psychotic society, according to those who have “taken the red pill”—these little scraps of green paper, if and only if they are produced by the Federal Reserve, are unimaginably powerful magical objects. The Matrix-dwellers, when they are handed these powerful magical green scraps of paper, are overcome with astonishment or greed or gratitude. Then they notice that the bill doesn’t look quite right.

The Matrix-dwellers usually react with a smile or laughter. This is amazing, since 9/11 truth messages typically provoke fear, horror or revulsion in the uninitiated. What makes the Deception Dollar humorous? Folklorist Elliot Oring would say that the humor is based on a perceived incongruity between the heavily-cathected real dollar and the parody. More specifically, Oring writes: “Jokes are forms par excellence that deal with situations of unspeakability, because they may conjoin an unspeakable, and hence incongruous, universe of discourse to a speakable one.” Oring famously analyzed space shuttle disaster jokes like these: “What does NASA stand for? Need another seven astronauts. Where are the astronauts spending their next vacation? All over Florida. What color was Christa McAulif’s eyes? Blue. One blew this way, the other blew that way.”

Oring concluded that such jokes, usually deplored as tasteless or explained away as therapeutic, are actually a way that people—the folk—talk back to the media. He writes: “Public disasters are media triumphs. They are what make the news. Indeed, our awareness of national or international disasters is dependent upon the media—particularly television news broadcasting. Furthermore, the frame for communication of information about the disaster is established by the media. In doing so, they establish canons of speakability and unspeakability (or viewability and unviewability).” Oring argues that space shuttle Challenger disaster jokes were “a rebellion against a world defined by the media. Much of the world that we have come to know and about which we worry is a media construction. Were it not for the media, our disasters would be far fewer.”

Especially our terrorist-induced disasters. Even if we assume 9/11 to be the work of foreign terrorists, and still there were no airport security whatsoever, your chances of dying in a hijacked plane would almost certainly be lower than your odds of dying in a car crash on the way to or from the airport. Thus the airport security de-shoeings and purse-dumpings and fluid-confiscatings and pat-down assaults by bored, uniformed thugs that are now an accepted part of air travel have very little to do with reality. They are a response to media disaster images, not to any actual threat.

The Deception Dollar talks back to the media and to media-constructed reality, just as Oring’s Challenger jokes challenged the media and its matrix. The Deception Dollar tells us that the media’s version of 9/11 is “false currency.” Unable to transmit this message through the media itself, the makers of the Deception Dollar have circumvented the media by creating this amazing little leaflet. Its message is not just that 9/11 was counterfeit, but that green paper depicting a dead president—or a brain-dead president—is itself of questionable value...especially in an era in which the Federal Reserve’s monopoly control of the planet’s currency seems about to implode. Humor makes the message palatable, as it shreds the red-white-and-blue shroud of pious shock-and-awe that the media have draped over the whole subject of 9/11.

Though a paper artifact, the Deception Dollar advertises websites put up by TMMs. This leads us out of the study of the Truth Movement proper, into a broader consideration of the radical change in folk communications media brought by the internet and digital video. Marshall McLuhan’s famous line “the medium is the message” could describe the way the 9/11 truth movement is an artifact of the internet, and the radically-enhanced folk-communications it has brought. Thanks to digital audiovisuals, email and the world-wide web, the folk are now a leg up on their would-be manipulators, those well-paid professionals in corporate media, public relations, marketing, and psychological warfare or psy-ops, whose collective job is to reify and manipulate their fellow human beings.

It is one thing for the content of informal, non-institutional, “folk” communication to subvert institutional authority. It is another and more significant thing for the very medium of folk communication to radically shift in a way that empowers the folk and disempowers the institutions. And that is what has happened. The world has been turned upside-down as the old oral-transmission grapevine has gone digital.

Informal, orally-transmitted skepticism about the official version of events has always been powerful but lacking in precision. It often got the theme right but the details wrong, as Patricia Turner shows in I Heard It Through the Grapevine. Turner shows that when the black community buzzed with rumors about Church’s fried chicken dispensing chemical sterilizers to African-Americans, the message of those rumors—that the white American power structure shows such a lack of consideration for the value of African-American dignity, autonomy, and life that wildly unethical “scientific” programs and experiments could be expected—is basically accurate. Exhibit A would be the infamous Tuskogee experiments, in which black Americans were meticulously observed by scientists as they slowly died of untreated syphilis.

Today’s digitally-enhanced subversives and skeptics can spread large numbers of copies of audio, video and photographic evidence, along with an unlimited amount of writing, for pennies. This digital awakening may turn out to be our second post-Gutenberg revolution in half a century. Its importance may rival the emergence of writing, which created hierarchical societies of kings, priests and scribes; with the invention of the printing press, which created the kind of mass-literate societies we call “democratic”; and with the invention of television, which McLuhan suggests created a global village of creeping Orwellian fascism. 9/11, in this view, was the last gasp of television as a means of mind-control via mass hypnosis, while the 9/11 truth controversies may represent the birth pangs of the new, digitally-enhanced democracy.

Whether this prognosis turns out to be right, or a tad over-optimistic, it is entirely appropriate that a university dedicated to fearless sifting and winnowing in pursuit of the truth that will set you free should be a place for reflection on these profoundly important social changes, beginning with the 9/11-related crisis of confidence in our institutions. And it is necessary that folklorists and others in the human sciences think about the way the many-to-many medium of digitally-enhanced folk communication is overthrowing the old one-to-many media of elite-generated social control that have dominated more and more of this planet over the past five thousand years. To study the 9/11 truth movement is to study what may turn out to be the cutting edge of the most significant social-structural change in the history of humanity.

Then again, it may not. The debate is unresolved. Is the internet’s ability to magnify falsehood as well as truth simply confusing us with garbage in, garbage out? If the most internet-savvy people are the most likely to doubt the official 9/11 myth, is that because they’re discovering the truth—or is the internet just driving internet-savvy people crazy? To answer these questions, we will need the empirical facts about what really happened on 9/11...

I am still working on finalizing the contract for the theater and found a contact at Stanford, whom I hope will help us to show 9/11 Press for Truth there as well. Paul Thompson is a Stanford grad, the star of the film, and coming- so I hope she will help.

I didn't get the press releases out this morning, but Cres got them out this afternoon:

His said:

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
Monday, October 2, 2006
For more info: www.cagreens.org/sclara

ATTN: Assignment Desk/Daybook

Real ‘terrorists' live in the White House,
Green Party state, federal, local slate to charge
Tuesday at major campaign event in Mountain View

MOUNTAIN VIEW, Ca. ­ The President and Congress have failed to protect the American people ­ and have made the threat of terror worse according to recent report of U.S. spy agencies ­ claim state, national and local Green Party candidates who will attend a major public event here Tuesday.

The event is being held from Tuesday 6:45 p.m. to 9:30 p.m. at the Historic Adobe House, 157 Moffett Boulevard, in Mountain View, sponsored by the Green Party of Santa Clara County.

There will be media availability at 6:30 p.m. A reception begins at 6:45 pm, candidates will speak at 7:30 p.m. The event is free and open to the public.

The Green Party ­ which calls itself the true "opposition party" for peace, justice and Democracy ­ has come out strongly against the PATRIOT Act, torture, and in favor of impeachment, immigrants rights, electoral reform, and an end to War on Iraq.

The candidates who will be speaking include- Todd Chretien for U.S. Senator, Peter Miguel Camejo for Governor, Forrest Hill for Secretary of State, Mehul Thakker for Treasurer, Michael Wyman for Attorney General, Laura Wells for Controller, Larry Cafiero for Insurance Commissioner, Carol Brouillet for the 14th District U.S. House of Representatives and Tian Harter for the Mountain View City Council (nonpartisan).

"Congress failed in its duty to protect the Constitution, the American people, any pretense of justice or moral high ground, by passing a law denying habeas corpus to ‘terror suspects,'" said Bay Area Green Party congressional candidate Brouillet.

"‘Fighting terrorism' is a mask for extending U.S. power abroad and curtailing our liberties at home. We must rein in the terrorists occupying the White House, who are the real threat to our liberties, and a threat to all those who stand in the path of their global domination project," she added.

He'll blast it again tomorrow morning.

September 30, 2006

It has been totally hectic trying to finalize the art, websites, financing of the latest Deception Dollar. I wanted to include printing 9-11 fact sheets, at the same time- to bring down the price. The cards are great, but they cost a dime each- and it gets expensive to pass out a thousand or two of them. We're going to print just over 500,000 Deception Dollars and about 40,000 9/11 fact sheets.

When I had just about given up on getting a theater to show 9/11 Press for Truth, I got a call from the local High School and was told that the auditorium (which holds 900) was available. It's pricey and insurance is very expensive, but I think we'll go for it. I called up Paul George of the local Peace and Justice Center to see if they would like to be a co-sponsor which would make it easier for us (and less expensive to get insurance)... and I think it would be good if we could work together, although Paul has consistently turned me down for all the other film screenings that I have organized for the past decade or so- I still try to work with him.

I had hoped to get out press advisories for the Meet and Greet the Green Party Candidates October 3rd event, since Tuesday, but I was so swamped that I barely got a few out on Friday, and posted something on Indymedia (including on their calendar). Flyers weren't made til Friday, and I improvised a backside and printed 400 to pass out locally. I was in such a rush that I made some horrendous typos (embarrassing since it is my first official campaign literature and I misspelled the word "planet," oh well- it's just a flyer and hits the main points of my campaign, plus the October 5th World Can't Wait event, and the film screening of 9-11 Press for Truth, the details of which I will figure out by Monday.

Yesterday was Jeremy's brithday; he turned 16, and we all celebrated- went out to dinner, played, opened presents and ate cake. My husband and the kids are going to Yosemite this weekend with the Boy Scouts, normally I would go, but I'm just too swamped with work.

This morning Fred, Brian and I passed out flyers for the Green Party candidates forum which was mentioned in the San Jose Mercury News the other day and perhaps the Mountain View paper. I'm just sorry that I can't keep up with all that needs to be done, and I need to contact my volunteers and mobilize them. Unfortunately, I haven't had time- even to catch up with the woman who is fixing my database for the campaign website.

On Thursday when I went to Oakland to do the 5 minute candidate statement for Channel 2, I was delighted to hear Caroline Casey speak very highly of 9-11 Press for Truth and Paul Thompson. She also spoke of the need for a new story and the need to "Unmask War" which I was glad to hear since the theme of the new Deception Dollar is to "Unmask State Sponsored Terrorism."

I just got a call from Kris Millegan (publisher of Trine Day Press), too and it looks like the tide has turned so dramatically against the Bush Regime that even the military and intelligence agencies are out to oust them. The sexual misconduct of Republicans and Democrats is coming to the surface and should get rid of quite a few of the entrenched power-holders.

Of course the stronger the 9-11 Truth movement, the stronger the attacks against us. Now we're under fire from the Rolling Stone magazine. As Gandhi said: "First they ignore you, then they fight you, and then you win."

Sadly the Congress's vote to set us back 800 years and destroy Habeus Corpus, to legitimatize torture, and give the Administration the ability to define anyone opposed to them as a "terrorist," is more evidence of the "elite's"corruption and fear of real democracy, dissent, and truth.

September 27, 2006

Another very busy day, I was glad dz posted my plea for feedback on the art on his website, and I got some good feedback and suggestions which I passed on to Blaine, who has been working on two new bills- regular and the billion dollar note-













If the art gets to the printer tomorrow morning, we could possibly get bills in time for the big October 5th World Can't Wait Day of action in San Francisco, and my subsequent October 6th debate/forum with the incumbent Democrat, aspiring Republican, Libertarian candidates for CA Congessional District 14. That's why I'm in a rush to print- I had hoped we'd have had them by September 11th, but we keep waiting for the art...

So, I'm not sure if we will go with these or not. If John Leonard is not happy with the art for the Billion Dollar note- we will not publish it, and just stick with the regular version/with and without graffiti, and print fewer bills.

I still haven't found a Theater for the event I had hoped to hold. Lots of people came to the Listening Project today- it almost felt like a meeting, enough people to take a vote! I didn't get to write and fax press releases for our big Green Party event next Tuesday, and tomorrow I get to give a 5 minute speech for broadcast on local television.

I wish there were more hours in the day and that people would return phone calls and emails, but then who am I to criticize, when I can't respond to all the communications that I get, either.

I do wish that I could get Blaine to slip in a few more sites on the new bill. 911andamericanempire is supposed to link to the new book- volume 1, and include a link to the DVD of the same title, and volume 2 will be appearing soon...I think the book will help us to win over the public and raise consciousness- which is why I featured it and asked the publisher to get the domain name and develop a site for it- traditionally we highlight the best books on 9-11 to help the movement forward... I have gotten some criticism for including it. And plenty of criticism for excluding other sites- particularly the ones that attack me.

One other idea I had was to print the 11 Remarkable Facts about 9/11 on the same paper, instead of two bills- which would mean that we would have colorful, informative, fact sheets to pass out, which would be much cheaper than the heavier ten cent cards. I understand the Deception Dollars are too subtle for some people to use, but I think we need multiple devices to communicate our message- music, film, art, literature, fact sheets, websites, T-shirts...banners, plays, rock operas, whatever it takes to "wake the folk up"...

September 26, 2006

A very challenging day, still no luck with securing a theater. Lauro has been busy doing interviews and defending himself and it's all over the internet. I updated his original letter (Erasing references to where he worked and the phone number- I hope he doesn't get fired. Adding links to print articles, the radio interview and his response to the heaviest questions about his statements.)

I sent off the speech to Channel 2, and talked with Blaine about the new Deception Dollar. I must admit that I have been hovering between despair and hope the past two days between major disappointments and deeply held hopes. I think what I am trying to do is impossible and that I have to just "let go of" the things that I simply can not get done in a timely fashion. It's hard to let go. I do believe that in some ways I fit that joking description of a fanatic- "When they realize what they are trying to do is impossible, they redouble their efforts."

I'm giving up on Blaine getting the Conception Dollar (which was my hope for my Congressional Campaign) done before the election. If I can't get a theater by Thursday- I will give up on trying to hold a big 9-11 Truth event in Palo Alto this October.

If I don't get any feedback on the new bill, I might give up on printing them in large quantities:

Draft of Issue #9-







We will cease to publish the Media Deception and the Election Deception bills. At this point, it looks like we will only print half a million (if that) and maybe half regular, half Billion Dollar notes, which feature 9/11 Synthetic Terror- Made in the USA.

If anyone wants to be a distributor, and wants them in large quantity, they should contact me ASAP. Of course tomorrow I have a demo, and need to get out the press release for the Green Party event next week. It will be midnight before I get to bed- I still need to buy groceries, milk and other necessities for the kids.

September 25, 2006

Last night I was up til 1 am at the great 9-11 and American Empire event in Berkeley. Unfortunately, I didn't get enough sleep, and I am very tired so I'm going to be very succinct. I spoke with Lauro Chavez, and I think he is genuine, and hope to get him out for an event this October, but still need to secure a venue. I was able to review 9-11 Mysteries and it is excellent. The filmmaker is also willing to come out for a screening. I got clips from NBC and ABC from the Cheney Protest and Premiere of 9/11 Press for Truth... very disappointing and depressing, now I remember why I stopped watching TV. They didn't include what I said about Cheney's actions on 9/11 or the wargames after all... We have a very, very, long way to go... one of the clips had Boxer on saying we should go after Bin Laden, selling the bogus war on terror... like the Dems would do it better...

I love Blaine's new Deception Dollar design, but it still isn't finished, and no sign of a Conception Dollar, with time running out. One hopeful email from someone who might volunteer as a campaign manager... I hope so- I need help! I spoke with the Channel 2 person who is organizing the candidate statements, about the 5 minutes I have as a candidate (There is a laundry list of dos and don'ts), and she said I could nail the Administration (just don't attack the person I'm challenging in the Election- Congress is fair game as well for passing the PATRIOT Act), but I'm sure to regular FOX viewers, I'll sound like someone from a distant galaxy...

The nice thing about being a mom is I can't get fired.

September 22, 2006, 11:15 pm

I was going to go to sleep earlier, but just happened to catch this posting at 911blogger.com that is so significant that I just mirrored it in its entirety on this website Sergeant Lauro "LJ" Chavez, 9/11 Whistle Blower Speaks Out in Cincinnati Post.

It's quite lengthy, but here are some key points that Sergeant Lauro Chavez makes:

"From 1995 till 2002 I was a Sergeant in the United States Army. Not only this, but I was stationed at United States Central Command, which is located at MacDill AFB in Tampa Florida. I was on active duty when 9-11 happened. In the days prior to the tragedies, we were involved in many exercises. Some of these exercises included the scenarios of hijacked planes crashing into, our building the world trade center, the White House, Sears Tower, and the Pentagon. These drills or exercises as we called them, where classified Top Secret. Having a Top Secret rated clearance I was dumbfounded that they would ever push a training exercise above the level of Secret. Over my 8 years in the Army, I had participated in many exercises around the world, none of which were ever classified over the Secret level.

"Ill start by saying a few months prior it was announced by President Bush that Dick Cheney would be heading up operations over NORAD our North American Aerospace Defense Command. Along with many of my peers, we were shocked. Over the years, if you research NORAD, it has always been under the command of a Military officer. It was done this way because the defense of this country has always been in the hands of such. Prior to the months before 9-11 this was all of the sudden changed. Like I said, if you research NORAD and the command structure you will find that it was imposed long ago that the military should be in control of the order to scramble planes in the defense of American air space. For some strange reason, Bush changed this and gave that power to a civilian person on his Staff team yes I know, very interesting.

"Back to the morning of 9-11; the command was busy with this training exercise. We were instructed to bring all our gear in to prep for a mock (staged) deployment to the Middle East. On the morning of 9-11 I had been on base prepped and ready to go since about 0400am. During my time at the base that morning, they were setting up barriers around the command and placing gun posts on the roofs. When I questioned one of the security officers about the machine gun and shoulder fired rockets on the roof I was given the answer its a precaution for a plane attempting to crash into this building.

"So, I was standing in the SCIF (Secure Compartmented Information Facility), which is basically this underground bunker command post for USCENTCOM, when the first plane hit. We were watching the fly patterns of all the planes on the aerospace grid. This contained not only all commercial flights at the time, but all military flights, and fake enemy planes that were supposedly put on there for the exercise. Many of the planes sent to intercept the fake blips were scrambled from Andrews which is an air defense AFB for the East Coast. They were sent across the US and left very few planes to defend the capital. After the first plane hit the tower we were all in disbelief. After the initial shock was over, our questions were what are the odds this could happen for real, during a training exercise thats covering the same scenario? We were all at wits end. Then to top all of this off, Cheney gave NORAD the order to stand down scrambling jets to intercept. A few moments later tower 2 was hit. Only after the Pentagon was hit, did he give the orders to scramble the jets to intercept the plane bound for the White House..."

(Original posting can be found at- http://www.v911t.org/SergeantLauroChavez.php. )

I wrote Sergeant Chavez and asked him whether he might consider coming out here for our 9-11 Truth event in October. I think his personal story needs to get out. it certainly verifies much of our research about what happened on September 11th from a unique insider point of view. I just wish he could have come forward sooner!

September 22, 2006

At last night's Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance Meeting, we voted on quite a few 9-11 Truth line items-

Cancel the SF meeting on October 5th to encourage everyone to support World Can't Wait Actions October 5th- (We'll bring banners, tables, signs, literature, maybe even screen films...)
$25- for Ed Rippy to act as scribe and produce meeting notes and post them to our discussion list
$400 for free literature to pass out on Sunday
$2000 for organizing a Theatrical Screening of 9-11 Press for Truth in the Peninsula and getting Paul Thompson here for opening night
$50 for Brian who drove to table at the Grand Lake Theater 4 out of 5 nights, bringing in over $1000 in donations.

We also had a number of new faces, many brought by Richard Gage, an architect who wants to begin an Architects and Engineers for 9-11 Truth Group and give powerpoint presentatioins on a weekly basis to every architectural/engineering firm in the Bay Area. It was great to see such committment and see new people join us.

Sadly Diane who has helped so much with graphic design, and parties, and organizing, and just emotional support is moving to South America, suddenlly, and we will miss her!

Frank also drew to our attention that the US is setting up military Tribunals for high level Al Qaeda Operatives- so that they won't be heard in court trials where they could implicate US officials. Here's a related Times of India article that I found at http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/articleshow/2015451.cms

'9/11 planner' faces Gitmo hearing
[ 21 Sep, 2006 ]

CUBA: Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, accused of masterminding the 9/11 attacks, and other alleged terrorists linked to major attacks against the US are expected to face hearings at the Guantanamo prison camp within three months, a military official said on Wednesday.

Fourteen "high-value" detainees — including the alleged plotter of the USS Cole bombing and the alleged coordinator of the 1998 bombings of the US embassies in Kenya and Tanzania — will be invited to appear at hearings, held to determine whether they're enemy combatants, said Navy Captain Phil Waddingham, director of the Office for the Administrative Review of the Detention of Enemy Combatants.

If Mohammed appears, it would mark the first time he has been seen since he was captured more than three years ago in Pakistan. Detainees can refuse to appear but the tribunals — held in small rooms inside a prefab building here — will be held regardless, Waddingham said. More money means more work, so today, I updated the newsletter and got a bunch of copies made, and spent the whole day trying to book a theater, to no avail, although at least I am talking with Landmark- which is progress; I just couldn't get a contract signed in a day- so couldn't include the date in the calendar section of the newsletter that we'll be passing out at events. I have added to the calendar the dates of San francisco and Santa Cruz showings of 9-11 Press for Truth. I must admit, sometimes, I do miss things, as I get swamped and overwhelmed.

[The entry on him by Paul Thompson is at http://www.cooperativeresearch.net/timeline.jsp?timeline=complete_911_timeline&other_al-qaeda_operatives=khalidShaikMohammed]

I just got a link to an interesting interview with author Jim Marrs on JFK and 9/11 Parallels from Morgan Reynolds. I disagree with both of them on many things, but I do agree with them that there are very dramatic parallels to the assasination of JFK- which is why I'm doing this work!

Also, There is an article on Pakistan's link with 9/11 and the recent Bombings in India which echoes Paul Thompson's work (of course the ISI is supported by the CIA, which is omitted in this article) Anti-terror warriors warn: Don't trust Pak

September 21, 2006

Today is officially the UN International Day of Peace. (Of greater significance- to me is the fact that it is my eldest son's 18th birthday!) What may have been forgotten in five years is that September 11th, 2001 was also the UN International Day of Peace- what a coincidence!

Heather Wokusch interviewed me for her book The Progressives Handbook and posted the interview under Inspiring People at her website.

I wish I felt more "inspiring" today, but I've been feeling under the weather the past couple of days, and had a hard time, just staying on my feet at the Listening Project yesterday. There are a ton of events going on today, organized by Code Pink and other groups, but I think I'll be lucky to get to tonight's meeting in Oakland, with the help of Brian who has volunteered to drive. 9/11 Press for Truth despite a low turnout, actually did better on the weekdays than the headliner Black Dahlia, and certainly drew an enthusiastic audience. Gabriel called me today and highly recommended "9-11 Mysteries" as the most powerful, highly produced 9-11 documentary to date. I should get a copy soon to review.

The Green Party did get their website updated to include our upcoming event. I hope people will help spread the word!

September 19, 2006

I worked yesterday on my campaign website, to no avail; I couldn't upload the updated data. I did post a page about our upcoming Meet and Greet the California Candidates with details on the October 3rd Green Party event in Mountain View, but that was all I could do, before rushing to the Post Office, bank, load the car, feed the kids, leave for Oakland, where I tabled at the screenings of "9-11 Press for Truth." Sadly, with short notice, no real reviews in any of the papers, no listing of the showings in the local papers, no flyers/posters- I don't think many people are aware that it is playing and the attendance was very low. Still, every night that it has played, the audience is very supportive, enthusiastic, and hungry for the DVD and other 9-11 Truth materials, and conversation. Bill spoke with an air traffic controller for two hours the other night, and more and more professional people are coming onboard and wanting to start groups like "Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth."

This morning, I finally took time to watch www.911tv.org's edit of Steven Jone's BYU presentation and Kevin Ryan's presentation in Chicago, which were very impressive. It's hard to know where my energies should be directed- towards promoting 9-11 Press for truth and organizing showings locally, or the Jones/Ryan DVD, or tha campaign work, which I never find time for. I guess that I'm not cut out to be a politician.

Jack Massen urged me to push the "letter" he sent to the SF Chronicle in response to Jonathan Curiel's 9/3 The Conspiracy to Rewrite 9/11 article. He thought it should be mentioned at the upcoming Pacifica/KPFA- 9/11 & American Empire event- that will be held this Sunday.

Editor:

Re Jonathan Curiel's Sunday 9/3 article ("The Conspiracy to Rewrite 9/11"), he omitted the most concise evidence that "the U.S. government's version of the events is itself a conspiracy theory".

1 The WTC North Tower (WTC-1) was hit by a plane at 8:46 am. It collapsed 102 minutes later at 10:28 am.
2 The South Tower (WTC-2) was hit by a plane at 9:03 am. Exen though the fire inside WTC-2 was smaller than that inside WTC-1, it collapsed 56 minutes later (55% as long as WTC-1) at 9:59 am.
3 WTC-7, not hit by a plane or debris and with a rather sall internal fire, collapsed at 5:20 pm.
4 The collapse of all three buildings had many common characteristics of "controlled demolition" - a theory which alone can rationally explain their collapse.

The validity of the theory of controlled demolition of WTC-!, WTC-2< and WTC-&, is explained scientifically in a paper by Dr. Steven E. Jones, Physics Professor at Brigham Young University.

Only deep complicity of the Bush Administration in the 9/11 attack can explain the "fact" of controlled demolition of WTC-1, WTC-2 and WTC-7.

John B. Massen

September 17, 2006

Late last night, I discovered that www.indymedia.org has finally acknowledged and recognized the 9-11 Truth Movement as part of the larger Global Justice Movement! About time, we are featured on the main International page. This morning, I had some great ideas for our new Deception Dollar, still in progress, and sent them on to Blaine. Brian reported that he and Bill encountered very enthusiastic people at the showings of 9/11 Press for Truth at the Grand Lake Theater last night. He'll be there again, tonight, and I'll go tomorrow.

September 16, 2006

This morning I found out that KRON did a lengthy broadcast of their interview with me, when I was protesting Cheney yesterday. I'll have to track down a clip of it and post it, since I was able to raise the censored issues of whether he was in command that morning, whether the orders were to "not intercept" the plane heading towards the Pentagon, whether he was in charge of the multiple war-games being conducted on 9-11.

My mailbox is so full with news from all over the country and the world about 9-11 Truth breaking out in the press, not just here, but in the U.K., Germany, Italy, Switzerland, and Venezuela. My husband still hasn't fixed up the audio on this computer, so I still can't hear music or films, and generally I forward them on to 911blogger.com, but he has been so overwhelmed that all of my e-mails to him have bounced. This website used to be #8 or so on google when you typed in 9-11, but now it is probably #134, so many new 9-11 websites have sprung up, but still I have been amazed at how many hits this site has received, over 20,000 on 9-11. So here is a link to a new 9-11 song by Jolie who wrote-

"Here’s a 911 TRUTH song I wrote about the professional demolition that took our towers down. Special thanks my brother Benjamin, and to Robin Livingston and Don LaMont for their creative magic and inspiration @ Ursa Minor Arts and Media."

http://web.mac.com/joliedepauw/iWeb/Site/ACTIVISM.html

I also got an email from Bill Douglas that said:

New 9/11 documentary -- THE BEST - PURE SCIENCE - LOGICAL- METHODICAL

These below 3 links should be front and center on every 9/11 truth seeking website, so your visitors/readers can begin spreading this widely.

911 Mysteries Documentary

Part 1

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-7143212690219513043&q=911+mysteries

Part 2

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-999558027849894376&q=911+mysteries

Part 3

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=1162851149755261569&q=911+mysteries

I just wish that I could see them for myself!

Instead, I tried to get a DVD of 9/11 Press for Truth to Barrie Caine to review for the Oakland Tribune, and I attended a meeting to organize a Green Party Candidate's Forum in Mountain View on October 3rd.

There is never ever any end to organizing.

September 15, 2006

I've tried to collate all the photos, together with my article, with imbedded links, and posted them here September 11th, One Hundred Years, Nine Years, Five Years later…, but I have to get to the dentist, and protest Cheney, whose visiting Menlo Park this afternoon, so don't have time to post it elsewhere.

September 14, 2006

Ken Jenkins gave me a copy of the debate between the Loose Change guys and Popular Mechanics, as well as the C-Span coverage of the 9/11 Press for Truth Press Conference in DC, both of which took place on September 11th. I'm so busy that I almost never watch television, or have an opportunity to listen to the radio (besides when I'm driving); I realize that my worldview is quite different from those who are propagandized on a daily basis. It is hard for me to use language candidly to bridge the gap between my world and the mainstream world. I had to write a press advisory to send out with DVDs of 9/11 Press for Truth, as I do hope it will have a successful run and that it is the best tool we have to reach the broadest possible audience. I was "discouraged" from including my personal views (and my Congressional campaign) in the advisory and sent out this today:

9/11 Press for Truth
Demanding a Real Investigation of 9/11
Hundreds of people attended the national premiere of the film “9/11 Press for Truth” at the Grand Lake Theater in Oakland last Thursday night, Grand Lake Theater owner Allen Michaan was so impressed by the crowd, the film, and the gains of the 9/11 Truth Movement, that he will be giving the documentary a Bay Area exclusive 6 day run, beginning Friday, September 15th. Showtimes are 5 pm, 7pm, 9 pm (with the exception of 7 pm Sunday).

In Washington, DC on September 11th, one of the film’s producers, Kyle Hence, some of the victim’s families, and Paul Thompson, author of The Terror Timeline, also featured in the film, launched a campaign to demand a new investigation of 9/11 and highlighted the failure of the first Commission to address and answer most of the questions raised by the victims’ families. They plan on distributing the DVD to all of Congress, and pushing Americans to raise the issue during the run-up to the November elections. One high profile 9/11 Truth Democratic Candidate Robert Bowman just won his primary in Florida.

Zogby polls show that more than half the American people favor a new investigation. A Scripps Howard survey in August showed that a third of the American public suspects that federal officials assisted in the 9/11 terrorist attacks or took no action to stop them so the United States could go to war in the Middle East.

Pacifica/KPFA is organizing a major event in Berkeley on Sunday, September 24th entitled- “9/11 and American Empire- Intellectuals Speak Out” featuring David Ray Griffin, Peter Dale Scott, Ray McGovern, Peter Phillips, and Kevin Ryan. Griffin and Scott who edited the book with that title stated:

"We have put out this volume in the conviction that 9/11 was not only the largest and least-investigated homicide in American history but perhaps also the largest hoax, with extremely fateful consequences for human civilization as a whole. If our educational community cannot address this issue, then it risks remaining merely "academic" in the worst sense of that term.”

9/11 Press for Truth chronicles the Jersey girls struggle for the first 9/11 Commission, and their deep disappointment in its failure to address the majority of their questions. They went through an ordeal, dealing with government bureaucracy and with the media. In order to get the media on their side, they had to give the media something- share their very personal grief. For awhile they wielded some of media power and won a significant battle- to get a Commission, despite opposition from the White House. However, in other ways they failed. They managed to get rid of Kissinger, but they failed to oust the director of the 9/11 Commission, Philip Zelikow who was part of the Bush National Security transition team, a close friend of Condoleezza Rice, who co-authored a book with her; and authored the “Pre-Emptive War Doctrine.” He was a Bush insider directing the staff to investigate some areas and ignore other areas completely. The families demanded his resignation and lost the battle and most Americans didn’t hear about it.

I also found a very good review of the film by Michael Collins for "Scoop" Independent News and reposted it on Indymedia under the title 9/11 Press for Truth- Returning to the Grand Lake Theater.

September 13, 2006

Last night about 80 people came to the Grand Lake Theater for the film, 9/11 Guilt- The Proof is in your Hands and Discussion, Question and Answers with Jim Hoffman and Don Paul that followed. Bonnie Faulkner came again to table. Gypsy challenged Jim Hoffman very forcefully.

[ P.S. Jim gets a huge amount of traffic to his site and just mentioning this directed a number of queries to Jim, which he really doesn't have time to deal with, so if you're wondering about this- please visit Jim's Personal Attacks Against Jim Hoffman page since she was calling him an NSA agent.

According to Jim, Gypsy's questioning followed a fillibuster of several minutes by Peter Tauscher on no-plane at the Pentagon, which angered people. Jim responded by showing some slides from this talk -

The Pentagon Attack: The No-Jetliner Claims.

I would love to know the truth about all the aspects of 9-11, but there are some aspects which cause tremendous debate, argument within the movement, and frankly zap our energy from those most responsible for 9/11.]

Brian and Dana helped me with all the tabling materials and I didn't get to bed until 1 am and had to be up this morning at 7 am to get the kids off to school and prepare for my weekly Listening Project. Allen Michaan has decided to show 9/11 Press for Truth for a week beginning Friday at the Grand Lake Theater. I talked to Paul Thompson and am trying to help do publicity, but it is so hard on such incredibly short notice, especially for a theater so far from home. I missed feeding my kids four nights in the past week, since going to Oakland means leaving here at 4 in the afternoon. Derek is sending me posters; Paul is sending me books. At least I have the DVDs and hope to get some to reviewers ASAP. If anyone can help put up flyers, let me know, but I think we will have to rely on the internet, radio, and newspapers.

At Lytton Plaza this afternoon, a rally took place for the new Stanford Stadium with the mayor, the football team, and the press in attendance. They made a lot of noise, but some folk came over to the table, took Deception Dollars and were supportive.

After all the events of the past week, I'm wishing I could relax and catch up, but instead I feel the pressure of all the work that remains to be done- not only promoting 9/11 Press for Truth, but for my Congressional Campaign- I have to give speeches and need to produce literature and the signs, buttons, bumper stickers, and fix up my mailing list to do a campaign launch.

September 12, 2006

I've had my hands full with all the events, but I did finally post an article with photos at Indymedia entitled September 11th, One Hundred Years, Nine Years, Five Years later…. Now I have to get ready for tonight's event.

September 8, 2006

Yesterday was very hectic and today is, as well- preparing for events. I posted a report/review of the premiere of 9/11 Press for Truth in Oakland, last night- on Indymedia.org, as well as on this website. We had television and radio coverage, and a 9/11 Cover Story with Steve Bhaerman's great article came out in the Silicon Valley Metro, along with not one but two big ads for our upcoming 9/11 Truth Film Festival. Brian is over and we're working on banners, and I need to figure out how to load up my car with everything we need for tomorrow's 5th annual 9-11 Truth Rally and March.



September 4, 2006, 9 pm

Since the traffic to this website is now topping 5000 hits a day, I think I should add links here to the rebuttals to the recent Government Reports which seek to counter the questions the 9/11 Truth Movement has been raising. (Of course they selectively only answer some of the questions we've raised and ignore the ones that they can't answer).

Jim Hoffman's response to NIST's World Trade Center FAQ is posted at http://911research.wtc7.net/reviews/nist/WTC_FAQ_reply.html

The Journal of 9/11 Studies www.journalof911studies.com has links to Steven Jones's Why Indeed Did the WTC Buildings Collapse? and Frank Legge's NIST Data Disproves Collapse Theories Based on Fire.

The government reports omit mention of the key role of Philip Zelikow (part of the Bush National Security team, who co-authored a book with Rice and authored the pre-emptive war doctrine) in directing the Commission and steering them away from any damning evidence that didn't corraborate the official story. Griffin's book, The 9/11 Report- Omissions and Distortions sums it up best and concludes that the official Report was a 571 page lie.

I wish I had time to update this website and review all the books and DVDs, but I can't keep up with my life, let alone my 2 websites.

September 4, 2006

Well, well, well,.. Time Magazine actually mentions us on its cover Why The 9/11 Conspiracies Won't Go Away and (unlike Amy Goodman who coined the derogatory description "Conspiracy Movement") Time acknowledges that we consider ourselves to be the "9/11 Truth Movement." Yes, we're definitely in Stage Four (I even was interrupted from writing this by a reporter asking about our rally this Saturday). Although, I'm still not completely well, I think I'll try to attend the local Peace and Justice Center's 9/11 event tomorrow night (it's on the calendar now- because if I don't raise the 9/11 Truth issue- I am sure that they would prefer to avoid talking about it).

Yesterday, I reviewed the C Span coverage of the LA Symposium, and one of the most interesting questions raised was "What if the movement succeeds and we get rid of Bush and Cheney and those guys? Who would replace them? Wouldn't the replacements be worse???" Perhaps it is fear of significant change which keeps so much of the Left silent on 9/11.

September 2, 2006

In addition to speaking with Webster Tarpley on his radio show this afternoon, I also was interviewed by someone at KPFA who asked me about the new reports, the government's responses to "conspiracy theorists." I had seen the article by the New York Times, and thought it was somewhat lame, certainly geared for those who didn't really know the topic, as were the official NIST responses to challenges. I have no doubt that Jim Hoffman will challenge Jim Dwyer, NIST and the official Government challenge to "conspiracy theorists" point by point at www.911review.com.

I remember hearing about how the first New York Times 9/11 truth movement story did manage to get past the censors and get included in the paper last June. I've been sick in bed reading for the past two days, and I just finished the excellent 9-11 and American Empire and started reading David Ray Griffin's Christian Faith and the Truth Behind 9/11and suddenly realized that the New York Times reporter who wrote the book "102 Minutes" about all the firsthand accounts by fireman and policeman, including the reports of hearing explosions, was Jim Dwyer.

Rereading today's NYT's article, I realized that although it seems like a "hit piece," the article does include a link to a key 9/11 website and although it begins and ends with the official spokespeople, their assertions sound pretty weak, if anyone actually does examine the evidence (just as NBC's story on the Pentagon video release which included me and one of the Commissioners helped bring more people to question the official narrative).

It was a surprise to see a picture of me in the New York Times article, walking beside the banner, holding a handful of Deception Dollars. (I'm glad that Gary and I managed to pull off the Chicago Rally and March- and that so many people came! I hope we get a good turn out next week at our 5th Annual 9-11 Truth March and Rally in San Francisco!)


photo magic by Jonathan Gold


Marchers were among the 500 conspiracy theorists at a two-day Chicago convention in early June calling for what they considered “9/11 truth.” Photo by Joe Tabacca for the New York Times

2 U.S. Reports Seek to Counter Conspiracy Theories About 9/11
by Jim Dwyer
New York Times, September 2, 2006,

Faced with an angry minority of people who believe the Sept. 11 attacks were part of a shadowy and sprawling plot run by Americans, separate reports were published this week by the State Department and a federal science agency insisting that the catastrophes were caused by hijackers who used commercial airliners as weapons.
(The whole text is also posted at- 911Truth.org) ...

The federal investigators at the National Institute of Standards and Technology state that enormous quantities of thermite would have to be applied to the structural columns to damage them. Not so, said Professor Jones; he said he and others were investigating “superthermite.”

Professor Jones also argues that the molten steel found in the rubble was evidence of demolition explosives because an ordinary airplane fire would not generate enough heat. He cited photographs of construction equipment removing debris that appeared to be red.

In rebuttal, Mr. Blanchard of Protec said that if there had been any molten steel in the rubble, it would have permanently damaged any excavation equipment encountering it. “As a fundamental point, if an excavator or grapple ever dug into a pile of molten steel heated to excess of 2000 degrees Fahrenheit, it would completely lose its ability to function,” Mr. Blanchard wrote. “At a minimum, the hydraulics would immediately fail and its moving parts would bond together or seize up.”

I think the truth will come out.

I also got this email about a September 11th, a hundred years ago...

"One hundred years ago Mohandas Gandhi began the movement that would transform him into a Great Soul-the Mahatma. He had been living in South Africa for 13 years when the government proposed a law that would effectively reduce Indians to criminal status. On September 11th, 1906 he convened a meeting at the Empire Theatre in Johannesburg to mobilize his community to oppose the racially degrading legislation. That September 11th, more than 3000 people solemnly pledged to disobey the proposed law, without the use of violence, despite the consequences. With that pledge, Gandhi and his fellow Indians began the nonviolent revolution that would defeat an empire and give birth to the world's largest democracy."

I can't help wondering: What would happen if, when "9-11" was mentioned, most people thought of "Gandhi" and "Truth Force" (Satyagraha, Gandhi's central practice) instead of "Trade Towers" and "Terrorism"?

Fascinated, I read a bit more on the web about this September 11, 1906 event, and was further surprised to discover that it was a Muslim who brought the spiritual dimension to Gandhi's initially secular plan for peaceful resistence. This spiritual core has informed Martin Luther King, Jr., and thousands of other committed practitioners of nonviolence who credit it to Gandhi.

A brief history of September 11, 1906: the Birth of Satyagraha

Adapted by Nonviolent Peaceforce volunteer Derek Mitchell & Nonviolent Peaceforce staff from the writings of Professor Michael Nagler, Professor emeritus and founder of the Peace and Conflict Studies program at University of California, Berkeley.

"During my half-century of experience, I have not yet come across a situation when I had to say ... that I had no remedy in terms of non-violence." - Mahatma Gandhi

One hundred years ago a historic meeting took place in Johannesburg, South Africa, that would change human history. Mohandas K. Gandhi, at the time a struggling lawyer, had arrived in South Africa in May of 1893 to serve as legal adviser for an Indian merchant. He quickly ran headlong into "man's inhumanity to man" in the form of a racism that was shameless in the African colonies. He was thrown off a train scarcely one week after his arrival for presuming to sit in a first-class compartment for which he had a valid ticket. The affront precipitated "the most creative night of his life," as he struggled with his feelings at the cold, mountain station of Pietermaritzburg.

During that night, Gandhi overcame both his impulses to run back to India and to fight the railway company. He decided instead to turn his attention-his anger-to the much larger questions of racial prejudice, injustice and exploitation directed against his fellow Indians by the European colonists. Gandhi launched a careful, stepwise campaign to rescue the dignity and the rights of the 100,000 'free' and indentured Indians in South Africa, who up to that time had borne the abuses heaped on them with helpless resignation. He oversaw the establishment of the Natal Indian Congress, organized the first petition ever submitted by Indians to a South African parliament, and founded "Indian Opinion", the first of several newspapers that would be the communication organs of his movements.

Then, in September 1906, the Transvaal Assembly introduced the Asiatic Law Amendment Ordinance, intended in effect to reduce Indians and Chinese to a semi-criminal status.

On September 11th three thousand Indians, both Hindu and Muslim, 'free' and indentured, gathered at the Empire Theater in Johannesburg to voice their outrage. Gandhi first called on all present to pledge non-cooperation with the proposed law, irrespective of what penalties they might face-civil disobedience (the term coined by Thoreau that Gandhi would later borrow to describe their novel method). Then a Muslim merchant, Seth Haji Habib, sprang to his feet and declared that the resolution must be passed "with God as a witness" that Indians would never yield in cowardly submission to such a law. The implications of such a solemn oath took Gandhi aback. While no stranger to vows in his own spiritual development, he realized that invoking God in a political struggle would demand an unswerving fight until the end. He was personally prepared to take on such a duty but would the community follow him? Twenty years later he recalled the memorable scene:

"The meeting heard me word by word in perfect quiet. Other leaders too spoke. All dwelt upon their own responsibility and the responsibility of the audienceŠ and at last all present, standing with upraised hands, took an oath with God as witness not to submit to the Ordinance if it became law. I can never forget the scene, which is present before my mind's eye as I write. The community's enthusiasm knew no bounds."

Satyagraha was born. The struggle was to last eight years. There were many ups and downs and more than one bitter occasion when only Gandhi's vision kept resistance alive, but in the end it conceived a new relationship between Indians and whites in South Africa-and a new method of struggling against violence.

What is Satyagraha?

The term was coined after the Johannesburg meeting, when the Indians realized that the prevailing expression for the campaign they sought to wage, 'passive resistance,' failed to convey the active vitality of their method and could also lead to fatal confusion (as passive resistance, in the manner the term was used at the time, did not rule out the use of violence). Satyagraha literally means 'clinging to truth.' But 'truth' (satya) has broader meanings in the Indian languages than it does in English. It does mean truth as opposed to falsehood; but it also means 'the real' as opposed to the unreal or nonexistent, and the 'good' as opposed to 'evil.' The tremendous work Gandhi would go on to launch in India was based in this vision.

Satyagraha is a kind of force. It changes people for the better through nonviolent persuasion. No matter how brutal and dehumanized people become, the capacity for what Gandhi calls reason (or a kind of personal sensitivity) is always there.

A friend of Professor Nagler owes her very existence to this fact. Lily's parents-to-be were Polish Jews who were in the underground in Warsaw during WWII. One night the Gestapo raided their apartment and found documents that would have spelled their death; but just at that moment their little boy went up to the Gestapo captain and started playing with the shiny buttons on his uniform! His parents were horrified, but when the captain looked down at the little boy he stopped talking and, after a long moment that must have seemed like eternity he said, in a totally changed voice, "I have a little boy at home just his age, and I miss him very much." Then he quietly added, "Your son has saved your life" and ordered his men out of the apartment. Lilian, an important peace activist today, was born ten years later. Satyagraha is a way to do consciously what the little boy did in all innocence: to reawaken another's humane awareness; that is, by acting humanly ourselves, and by refusing to overlook the humanity of the other, to rehumanize ourselves in another's eyes.

Basic Principles

Satyagraha can take different forms in different situations-indeed, many nonviolent practitioners believe, with Gandhi, that there is no situation, however extreme, in which it cannot work. There are certain basic principles, or enabling conditions, that most activists and scholars agree make up the core of Satyagraha:

* Means determine ends: we can never use destructive means like violence to bring about constructive ends like democracy and peace.

* Evil is the enemy, not the person committing it. In Christian terms, 'hate the sin, but not the sinner.' The clearest sign that 'truth power' is at work is when your opponent ends up becoming your ally, even your friend. Indeed, activists often discover that the more they can bring themselves to accept the person opposing them, the more effectively they can reach common ground.

* Our actions have far more consequence than the immediate, visible results. In fact, it is perfectly possible that our efforts may 'fail' to deliver the immediate result we want but succeed in doing more than we may have dreamed of.

For example, in 1954, at the height of the Korean War, there was a famine in China, and a huge surplus of food in the United States. The Fellowship of Reconciliation began a campaign to mail to the White House miniature grain bags with a quote from Isaiah: "If thine enemy hunger, feed him." There was no official response from the White House, but 25 years later, thanks to the Freedom of Information Act, the effect was revealed. At that time, the Joint Chiefs of Staff were pressing President Eisenhower to authorize bombing of mainland China- an act that could conceivably have precipitated World War III. The President sent an aide to find out how many of the little bags had been received, and when he got the report he said to the Joint Chiefs, "Gentlemen, 35,000 Americans think we should be feeding the Chinese. This is hardly the time to start bombing them!" As Gandhian historian B. R. Nanda explains:

"The fact is that Satyagraha was not designed to seize any particular objective or to crush the opponent, but to set in motion forces which would ultimately lead to a new equation; in such a strategy it [is] perfectly possible to lose all the battles and still win the war."

Conflicts resolved through nonviolence tend to lead to reconciliation of the former "enemies." India and Algiers gained independence from European colonial powers at about the same time, the former with largely nonviolent and the latter with largely violent means. Vastly more casualties were suffered on both sides of the conflict in Algeria than in India-the Algerians lost nearly 900,000 people while more populous India lost only a few thousand to the British-and relations remained strained between Algiers and France almost to the present day while India and Britain immediately entered an era of cooperation and mutual benefit.

The events that began September 11th, 2001 present us with a choice and a challenge: to respond with more destruction and hate, or to resolve to take our inspiration from that same date in 1906, when a different weapon to fight for good was conceived, and turned history in a new direction.

There is still much resistance to looking at the evidence and connecting the dots. I know when I started my "Listening Project" in October 2001- one reason was simply because "listening seemed to be the most benign, nonviolent thing that I could do." Questioning, however, was a different matter, and has provoked an almost violent response from many quarters. Challenging the official narrative of 9/11 is an assault on many people's worldviews and on their self perception.

I think we need a lot of patience, courage, and a dedication to truth, and nonviolence.

Jon Gold posted the pdf of the new ad at http://www.yourbbsucks.com/forum/brouillet911ad.pdf. (I don't know how to post those!) One thing that I have figured out is that the 9/11 Truth Movement depends entirely upon the love, cooperation, selfless efforts of innumerable people who in their hearts recognize that truth, peace, justice are our best hope for the future for all life.

September 1, 2006

Yesterday, I worked with Brian, Kyle, Janice, Chuck on a press advisory which Brian faxed out for me, while I tried to rest. Here are details for my interview tomorrow-

World Crisis Radio


Host: Webster Tarpley
Listen at www.rbnlive.com/listen.html
Webster Tarpley's website: www.tarpley.net
Call-in Number: 800-313-9443
Show Times: Tuesday 11:00am - 1:00pm, Saturday, 4:00pm - 6:00pm CST (3pm - 4pm Pacific Time)

Webster Griffin Tarpley is our most incisive critic of Anglo-American hegemony. As an activist historian he is best known for his George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography (1992), a masterpiece of research which is still must reading. He is a 9/11 Truth Scholar and activist; AB Princeton 1966, summa cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa; Fulbright Scholar at University of Turin, Italy; and MA in humanities from Skidmore College. He is fluent in Italian, German, French, Latin and Russian. A decades-long expert on international terrorism, his 1978 study for the Italian parliament "Chi ha ucciso Aldo Moro?" (Who Killed Aldo Moro?) broke open the ownership of the "Red Brigades" by NATO's clandestine "stay-behind" networks.

Upcoming guests: September 1, 2006- Carol Brouillet

I'm sure my voice will sound strange, unless I miraculously get rid of this sore throat and cough. At least I don't "feel miserable."

August 31, 2006

I'm still sick and hope that I get my voice back by Saturday when I'm supposed to be on Webster's radio show. At least on Tuesday night we did the mailing, even if no one actually facilitated our regular meeting. Blaine's still working on the art for the new Deception Dollar. I'm still struggling to get the ad right for the SFBG, and just wrote a press advisory for our upcoming events, though I should just go back to bed.

August 29, 2006 (My mother's birthday actually!)

I'm sick. Thank-God for the help of a number of people, particularly Chuck- who formatted the newsletter, and Brian, who took on fixing the address labels, and Dem Bruce Lee Styles who posted "Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush" online at

Google videos- http://video.google.co.uk/videoplay?docid=-1026437698719449439

and at 911Podcasts.com at http://www.911podcasts.com/display.php?cat=9998&med=0&ord=Name&strt=0&vid=159&epi=0&typ=0

and posted a very nice review at- http://911blogger.com/node/2323.

In his review he writes:

"Behind Every Terrorist There is a Bush” is in my opinion perhaps one of the best 911-Truth productions out there. I’ve seen the other great documentaries from "Loose Change Second Edition" to Barry Zwicker’s excellent “The Great Deception”. But “Behind Every Terrorist There is a Bush” is something else. It does something that none of the others, despite being great in their own right, have been able to do. Because it shows the audience that there’s a movement out there. It shows people that there’s a rational, valid and organised voice rightfully questioning the “war on terror” and the event (9/11) that sparked it.

The stand-up Comics and Stage Artists in it are both hilarious and compellingly informative, the music by musician David Rovics is fantastic, and overall it’s just alive with energy and inspiration. It manages to connect to the audience through humour above all which is very powerful, and which would resonate with anyone. I can’t recommend it enough, and urge everyone to spread it and considering purchasing a hard copy as the money goes straight back into the movement.

On the DVD there is also a Documentary of the “San Francisco International Inquiry in 9-11”, held in March of 2004. Also a powerful speech by David Ray Griffin at the Congressional Black Caucus hearings, held in September 2005. Chaired by former Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney, including ex-CIA analyst Ray McGovern, author Mike Rupert and investigative reporter Wayne Madison who were also in attendance. Both extras are also very well produced and professionally presented. “Behind Every Terrorist There is a Bush” is just a brilliant production that truly deserves, and needs to be up there with the best 911truth films to date.

I appreciate his words, and I know that we did the show and hoped to use humor to help overcome the psychological barriers to the information, and in the process of organizing events, including the SF Int'l Inquiry, we also did create a real community and a movement, which is why we are now able to pull off so many events all over the country, with so many people helping to do whatever they can, from wherever they are, knowing that we all are part of a much larger transformational movement, that is the hope of the planet, and all of humanity. And it is serious, but at the same time; we need to keep our sense of humor, our spirits up, and bring other onboard.

I posted the SFBG ad that they came up with for Wednesday. It's still not perfect and needs more work. I did get some contributions from 911Truth.org and Jon Gold towards placing it twice. I also am getting $300 from KPFK for more Behind Every Terrorists- There is a Bush that they used in their last fundraising drive. We also earmarked $750 for our newsletter, but I think it will cost us about $500, So I think we can afford to do the ad twice.

Of course, more important than ads are real publicity, reviews, stories, and I'm afraid that my usual press advisories/releases will have to wait til I'm better. I also need to produce some campaign literature, but haven't done so, yet. It's the time of year where I need to do that- and take advantage of free tv time offered to candidates, and get the tv shows that John Parkins and Fiske Smith have been producing for me on community access tv, as well as our 9/11 films.... So much to do.

August 26, 2006

Help!

I was up til 2 am last night trying to improve the SFBG Ad, but I really need a graphic artist- and the SFBG doesn't even read all the stuff I tell them about how I want the ad to look- so it's a real challenge, especially as I think we will need to run it twice- which will cost $2000- but I have only raised $1400- so far. If it looked great- I think it would be easier to get more help towards placing it.

I'm also trying to do the calendar listings/psa's for many of the events, and pull together the newsletter by Monday when we need to get it copied for the mailing party Tuesday night. On top of that we need to get all the details right to upgrade the Deception Dollars ASAP.

Webster Tarpley postponed the radio interview we were supposed to do today until next Saturday- September 2nd, which is fine by me.

We particularly need to get those already late calendar listings to the papers. So if anyone could take on helping with publicity, let me know. Graphic artists are much needed- as well as people to get up posters/flyers when they become available.

William Rodriguez called me yesterday, he got a big write-up last Monday in the New York Post, about Hollywood vying for movie rights to his story. He's also getting lots of television coverage in the Spanish speaking press- television, in particular. However there seems to be a white-out in the US mainstream press and it is hard to find his stories online. He is pushing forward with getting an International Investigation into 9/11 and also getting evidence and testimony at Ground Zero, now from witnesses, before the FBI gets a hold of them.

August 25, 2006

Webster Tarpley emailed me yesterday to postpone the radio interview on his show this Saturday. He'll be a plane on a last minute trip. They will rebroadcast the interview he did with Ken Jenkins last Saturday.

I'm struggling with PSA's, the SFBG ad, the newsletter. I was so tired last night, and had a "soccer mom and dad meeting," an "organizing meeting for the upcoming 9/11 events" in Oakland, and the SF Educational event in SF- where I had to pick up the labels for the mailing we need for next Tuesday's meeting/mailing party and get posters to Ed, so that Frank can put them on sticks for our next 9/11 Truth Rally on September 9th. I also had to feed the family- so I missed the Oakland meeting and still didn't get home, catch up on all the work, and to bed before midnight. It's so hard to balance life now, especially with two of my kids in school, and Jules leaving for college next Monday, also my birthday and Daniel's birthday as well. This is a big transitional time for my family.

August 22, 2006, 4:00 pm

I just got an email from Nafeez and wish I could include his latest blog posting in our newsletter- but helas!- not time nor space - but it is a great piece about the recent "alleged terrorist plot" that was foiled in the UK

Monday, August 21, 2006
The Truth about the "Terror Plot"....
and the new "pseudo-terrorism"
Here's an excerpt:
On the basis of the “Terror Plot”, Prime Minister Tony Blair is planning “to push through 90-day detention without charge for terror suspects.” Home Secretary Dr. John Reid has ordered the draft of new anti-terror legislation that would suspend key parts of the Human Rights Act 1998, to facilitate the indefinite detention of terrorism suspects in the UK without charge or trial. The law is planned to apply also to British citizens. And since 10th August, Britain was on its highest “critical” state of alert, which indicates the threat of an imminent terrorist attack on UK interests. Only in the last few days was it lowered back down to “severe”.

The stark truth is that the “Terror Plot” narrative has been thoroughly, hopelessly, politicized. There was never any evidence of an imminent plot. A senior British official involved in the investigation told NBC News on 14th August that:

“In contrast to previous reports… an attack was not imminent, [and] the suspects had not yet purchased any airline tickets. In fact, some did not even have passports.”

If British security officials knew that an attack was not imminent, the decision to raise the alert level to critical, indicating an imminent threat, was unjustified by the available intelligence -- this was, in other words, a political decision.

I think the best thing about this incident is that it should alleviate some worries about the "next 9/11" that people have been fearing for ages... They can't even pull off a credible "failed plot," let alone another complex one, within the US, though the military exercizes are meant to scare the "hellouta" lots of people. Sadly they can still use brute military force and get away with atrocities in distant countries, and count on a long jetlag before the people in the US respond to their war crimes to "other people."

Our hope is that we create enough political awareness and pressure that they won't be able to get anyone to carry out the horrific military ops that they are continually devising to expand US power and control.

August 22, 2006


9/11 Truth Film Festival- 9/11 Press for Truth Premiering September 7, 2006
7:00 & 9:00 pm, Grand Lake Theater, 3200 Grand Avenue, Oakland

Yesterday we firmed up the premiere date of "9/11 Press for Truth," we didn't decide on who will lead Q & A after the showing, our media draw... Probably Executive Producer Ken Ellis, who's really organizing this, and hopefully a press screening at Skywalker Ranch next week. I also got the San Francisco Bay Guardian on board as sponsors for our 9/11 Truth events, and Pacifica/KPFA is going to chip in some $ for a big ad in the San Francisco Bay Guardian which will cover all the events. The ad will come out about a week before the September 7th event, and I'm sure that the SFBG will also do a story on the 5th Anniversary. I'm trying to finish a newsletter which we can send out next week. We had to change our regular 1st Thursday meeting, because of the premiere, so we'll be having an "Emergency Tuesday August 29th" meeting in San Francisco, at the Valencia address, so we can all be in Oakland for the premiere.

I also have to work on PSA's, and calendar listings, and all the other publicity that needs to be done. I hope other people will help out.

August 21, 2006

Last weekend William Rodriguez came to keynote at a conference in San Jose. Channel 14, also came to interview him (I'm glad I sent out a few press releases!). It was very moving to hear his story, and delightful to meet him and have a chance to speak with him at greater length. I also hoped that he might be able to join us for the big premiere, but he said that he would be in Japan on the dates that I could secure the theaters. I also got a large number of DVDs from him with his story, which I'll be able to table, and get out on community access tv. Even though I wasn't a speaker at the conference, lots of people picked up our materials and I received almost $700 in donations, which will help a lot.

We voted to put a big ad in the San Francisco Bay Guardian with all our upcoming events, which I should be working on now, but we still need to finalize when we will be premiering 9/11 Press for Truth; I also have to tape a local tv show tonight and edit our newsletter, by tomorrow. We ran out of Global Outlooks over the weekend, and Ian just told me that he needs to reprint (He is out of them, too!). Unfortunately, Blaine still hasn't got his computer fixed, and Ian and I are dependent upon him for our immediate needs- redoing the art for Global Outlook, and revising the Deception Dollar for issue #9. Someone just tried to order 24,000 of them- which would wipe me out. We need to get the art done, get them printed, cut, shipped ASAP.

I'm making lots of phone calls right now, and hoping that many of us working together on breaking "the truth about 9/11" will reach the tipping point, soon... There really isn't a coordinated media strategy now, just a lot of people trying to reach more and more people- the media and politicians being most resistant to our issue.

August 18, 2006

On Wednesday, I went to Lytton Plaza and set up my Listening Project, after a 3 week absence; it was good to be back and to catch up with some of my regular supporters. I've been asked to participate in a couple of radio shows and a local television show, but I still haven't had time to even post all the upcoming events on the calendars. On Thursday night at the regular Oakland meeting, Paul Rae passed out an overview of a one-day academic conference on Saturday November 11, 2006 bringing Steve Jones, Kevin Ryan, Jenna Orkin, as well as local academics, Paul, Mickey Huff, Jim Hoffman, and activist Janette Mackinlay to examine what happened on 9/11/2001 using the scientific method and forensic science to crime scene investigations. As soon as I get all the logistical details, I'll post the event and try to get it into the newsletter, that we hope to get out before September!!!! We'd also like to set up theatrical screenings of 9/11 Press for Truth, which is excellent. Paul Thompson, whose featured in the film, along with his 9/11 Timeline, will be on the East Coast in early September, and I'm hoping we could get him here, if we can line up local theaters in late September, October. I wish there were more hours in the day- there is so much to do, and I need to get my kids ready for school and soccer season, which starts next week...

August 15, 2006

Very late last night, I posted a bit of the day's news, but I omitted a key part. Here is the entire letter from our Swami friend, Steve Bhaerman-

Dear Friends,
I want to let you know about a great step forward in 9/11 truth and enlist your help in spreading the word even further. I just found out that the article I wrote for the Bohemian up here in Santa Rosa about David Ray Griffin, Unquestioned Answers: A Non-Conspiracy Theorist Takes Aim at the Official 9/11 Story will be run as a cover story in both Metro Santa Cruz and Metro Silicon Valley the week of September 11th! This is huge. Now what we need are alternative weeklies everywhere to pick up the story and do the same. This particular story received over 100 letters -- four times as many as the Bohemian has ever gotten about anything -- and they were ALL positive. Readers praised the courage of the Bohemian editors and were heartened and relieved that someone was printing the truth. Griffin's latest book,Christian Faith and the Truth Behind 9/11: A Call to Reflection and Action was published by Westminster John Knox Press -- the official Presbyterian Church publisher. You can only imagine what a buzz this has caused. So let's take advantage of it.

Please share this email -- along with the link to the Bohemian article -- with your networks, and ask folks everywhere to approach their local weeklies. If we want to get this in the 9/11 issues, now is the time to contact the publications. The Bohemian has given me permission to handle republication, so have the publications contact me.

Steve Bhaerman
(707) 525-0711

I would love to see this article reprinted on weeklies throughout the country.

Also worth noting is that Barrie Zwicker's new book is out-


Towers of Deception
The Media Cover-up of 9-11

It came out while I was in Canada and I felt badly about not getting a copy to read while on vacation and failing to order them in a timely fashion. I did get a review copy, which I'm trying to read now. It's very good and comprehensive, with lots of photos and profiles of 9/11 Truth activists, including Blaine and I, and it also includes a DVD of The Great Conspiracy- the 9/11 News Special You Never Saw. I've ordered a case of them, and also am replenishing my supply of David Ray Griffin's books. I have been 9/11 info central here in the Bay Area, but I haven't been able to keep up with ALL the new books and DVDs- there are just too many of them. There is so much I'd like to organize and so little time.

I do hope that the upcoming KPFA/Pacifica event on 9/11 and the American Empire will garner us more support from the anti-war community.David Chen just posted this Appeal to the Anti-War Movement

August 14, 2006

Thank-you to everyone who is sending me offers of help and art, photos, articles, good news. I think 9/11 Truth is breaking out in a big way. An article came out today on the Dissident Voice website, entitled STOP BELITTLING THE THEORIES ABOUT SEPTEMBER 11 By Bill Christison - a former senior official of the CIA. He was a National Intelligence Officer and the Director of the CIA's Office of Regional and Political Analysis before his retirement in 1979. It might move people, unmoved by those of us less knowledgable about special ops.

Swami Beyondananda's excellent article about David Ray Griffin will be run as a cover story in both Metro Santa Cruz and Metro Silicon Valley the week of September 11th! This is fantastic, and I think we really have to organize more events to take full advantage of it and get ads in those papers- especially with our rally, film festival and the Pacifica/KPFA event coming up in September.

I also spoke at length with William Rodriguez who was bursting with great news which should be coming out soon in the press, and also he will be the spokesperson on 9/11 for the major Spanish speaking television stations.

The greater the hope, however- the greater the peril or fear that those responsible for 9/11 might try to pull another one in order to cling to power. I think it will be harder and harder for them to get away with anything- especially since the recent false claim about "preventing another attack" is falling apart under scrutiny- and people are beginning to recognize the fear tactics.

I finally took time off this evening to watch a film with the family (one I had wanted to watch for a long time, but never had time to see before). V is for Vendetta. It scared my youngest, but I found it curiously hopeful, since it laid bare the media manipulations used to maintain the power of a terrorist government, and the elimination of fear, courage is what liberated everyone at the end.

August 13, 2006

I was so busy last week that I was unable to reach the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance members in a timely fashion to organize our presence at the anti-war rally. I made a lot of phone calls, but found no one willing to help table, make signs, carry banners... I was afraid that I would be all by myself. Fortunately, Inna and Jody both helped me table, and carried our 9/11 = INSIDE JOB banner, and several other 9/11 activists came to form a small contingent (minus sound system) which passed out leaflets and Deception Dollars to the passerbys. I had to stay with the table, which was very popular over the course of the day. Unfortunately, I didn't set up an awning and got a touch of heatstroke. I had planned to go to the Green Party Picnic today (I even baked cookies for it), but a lingering headache, and the sudden realization that the picnic was an hour's drive away, made me change my mind.

Jim Doyle and my husband helped me to figure out how to update my campaign website, so hopefully, I'll be able to update it enough to help people realize that I will be on the ballot and will have some sort of campaign. At this point, I don't think I can separate the campaign from the 9/11 activism, though I will have to just to get the right mailings out in a timely fashion, and to organize events in my Congressional District. John Parkin and Fiske Smith have produced television shows of the Kick-Off rally last January, and a short campaign pitch. I need to get the video materials out to community access stations in my district. There will always be more to do than I have time to do, and I hope I do find a replacement campaign manager, and others willing to help with press, ailings, events, campaign materials.

I was relying on Blaine to work on the Conception Dollar, but he has had serious computer trouble and hasn't been able to do anything, so far. Summertime is not an easy time for organizing, especially for me with the kids at home wanting not just time and attention, but food, and a zillion other things.

Here's a photo of Inna and I at yesterday's rally-



August 10, 2006, 10 pm

Scott took a great photo of the Grand Lake Theater Marquee.



I posted it and a version of my article at indybay.org, and with links at www.communitycurrency.org/wtc.html

Between the Post Office, cooking dinner, two phone conference calls, innumerable other interruptions, I haven't done enough to catch up with local activists to organize for the anti-war rally on Saturday. I need to know how many people will be there, and whether to bring the sound system and our banners and signs, and need help stapling and assembling more signs. I'll post more details under the events section of this website.

August 10, 2006

Yesterday morning we had a press conference call for the www.911courage.org. About five or six journalists were on the call, including one from U.S. News and World Report. I had had computer trouble on the 8th and wasn't able to get out many press releases and barely put together a flyer with all our upcoming 9-11 events. I was late for the planned morningaction/civil disobedience at Bechtel in San Francisco, on the UN International Day of the World's Indigenous Peoples and on the anniversary of the bombing of Nagasaki that drew a large coalition of groups and activists to draw attention to a major war profiteer, Bechtel, to demand and end to nuclear weapons and war (Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance was an endorser of the actions). I only had enough money to park for an hour and show some support and see lots of friends.

Rather than risk another parking ticket, I left for Oakland at noon to see the first showing of "World Trade Center," the theater had wanted to pass out Deception Dollars to all of those who attended the shows, so I brought cases of them. Gordon surprised me by showing up to help me table. Kai also showed up at 3:00 pm to help with all the tabling materials he had taken on for the Livermeore action when I left for Canada.

Channel 2 came in the middle of the afternoon, interviewed me, and then we had a lengthy conversation as they hung out to catch reactions of movie-goers to the film. Diane, Dana, Ken and Camille also came to help out and we all had some good conversations with the press, the public, the theater owner Allen Michaan during the screenings. I just wish that I had remembered to borrow a camera to get a good picture of the marquee. I had hoped to post an article today and had some trouble writing (with lots of interruptions, as it seems the world is plunging into the panic mode). More likely, the elite are panicking and trying to hang onto control using fear, war and terror. Perhaps I should be monitoring the press, but I find it psychologically devastating to watch regular television news and besides, I really don't have time.

Channel 4 also came by for a soundbite and images for their evening news. The cameraman/reporter was apologetic for not doing a better in depth interview and very friendly; he asked for more Deception Dollars, especially for his kids, who loved them. I also gave him a Global Outlook and DVDs.

Here is a rough draft of the article I was writing; I'm not too happy with it. It needs more work and a photo, but my back is really hurting now, and I think I need to take a break and swim before I injure myself from being at the keyboard too long (Scott just phoned and says he'll get a photo of the marquee for me- if anyone else does it before then- please let me or him know to save him the trouble):

World Trade Center Premieres
9/11 Truth Movement Responds

Oliver Stone’s films have deeply touched many people’s lives, including my own. His film, JFK, prompted me to research the CIA, catalyzing my activism of the past 14 years. I had written to Stone and sent him materials, books, documentaries about 9/11 and encouraged him to tell William Rodriguez’s story. Rodriguez worked in the North Tower and rescued many people, miraculously he lived through the experience. He also heard explosions before the first plane crashed and witnessed the injuries that those explosions caused. I thought that Rodriguez’s story deeply challenged the official narrative of 9/11 and could wake people up to the reality that “9/11 was an Inside Job.”

Stone’s film, rather than casting light on the “defining event” of the century, retraumatizes the viewer, plunging them into an abyss of pain and suffering, in the dark and oblivious to the who, how, why, what, of the attacks. 9/11 has become the foundation stone used to terrify the American people and the world into supporting a “bogus war on terrorism,” the dismantling of the Bill of Rights, the attacks on the Constitution, which have put the world back into the Dark Ages, pre-Magna Carta, giving the Administration the power to kill, torture, assassinate anyone labeled a threat to “the National Security State” a terrorist.

Stone’s film centers on the narrative of two Port Authority police officers, trapped in the rubble, who are found by a Christian, who feels called by God to join the rescue efforts, and who signed up later for duty in Iraq to avenge his country.

The film is painful to watch. When Nicholas Cage and Oliver Stone attended a packed pre-release premiere held in San Francisco, a stunned audience failed to even clap at the end, until prodded by the studio sponsors; Cage and Stone disappeared and no one was able to question them. A free premiere in the East Bay drew a scant 80 people. At the Grand Lake Theater, where I saw it, and was invited to table in the lobby, the audience was pitifully small, and the consensus was that despite all the hype, media coverage and reviews, the film would be a box office flop.

It was not without some redeeming qualities, after all two men survived a horrific ordeal; they lived because they had one another, and something to live for- wives, children who loved and needed them.

Perhaps Stone, himself, after being crucified by the press as a “conspiracy theorist” didn’t dare to go “there” (to challenge directly the official narrative) and left the hardest work of digging the public out of the traumatizing black hole that was 9-11 to activists. The film is an opportunity for activists to do direct outreach to theater goers who care about 9-11 and hope to increase their understanding of the days’ events, but are left in the dark.

The goal of most 9-11 activists leafleting theaters is to cast some light and hope upon our collective situation, to educate the public about the basic facts about 9/11 which have been censored, omitted, distorted by the press and the cover-up commission. Only by recognizing the truth about 9/11 and identifying the actual perpetrators, those who construed “a catastrophic and catalyzing event like a new Pearl Harbour” (The Project for a New American Century- which includes the Cheney cabal) to transform the American military to carry out their imperial agenda, will we be able to stop those responsible for state-sponsored terrorism, to prevent them from terrorizing and killing more Americans and innocent civilians in other countries.

As in the film, pulling the American people out from under the rubble of propaganda, is no easy task, and it is a group effort. The 9/11 Truth Movement has grown over the years bringing together researchers, activists, artists, journalists, film-makers, musicians, professors, teachers, scientists, hackers. The wide range of people with varied talents and skills have worked cooperatively to understand the truth, dismantle the lies, see through the deceptions, discover the evidence, communicate their understanding through a variety of mediums. We work together to expose the deceptions used to trick people into supporting wars, to provide the vision of a post 9/11 Truth world, where war will be a thing of the past, and precious human and natural resources could be redirected from killing and controlling people for the benefit of a few towards healing people and planet for the benefit of all.

Truth, peace, hope, and justice for a better world is a more powerful unifying force than the promise of endless war and allowing fear to dominate our lives.

We need as much courage as those who lived through the ordeal that was 9/11, the courage to live, to take responsibility of our own government, to demand accountability, and to not permit it to flagrantly violate national, international and moral laws.

Dave Slesinger proposed doing civil disobedience at suburban shopping malls, leafleting on forbidden corporate private space at the premiere of Oliver Stone’s film. Most people weren’t mentally, physically prepared for arrest, but many of us agreed with the idea and collectively worked on a website, leaflets, outreach, publicity. I was prepared to do civil disobedience, but in California the theater managers were so supportive of my work that I was given the green light to leaflet and invited to table at the grand Lake Theater where Allen Michaan posted on his marquee-

“Was 9/11 AN INSIDE JOB?
911TRUTH.ORG
GOOGLE- EXPLOSIVE TESTIMONIES

Local television channels 2 and 4 interviewed me and others for their nightly news broadcasts. They also were very receptive to our materials, and we gave them Deception Dollars, magazines, DVDs and spoke at length.

In Florida, Mia Hamel was arrested for civil disobedience which became the lead story on her local FOX news station. Dave Slesinger did civil disobedience, passing out leaflets in Maryland, but was not arrested. Many people in a number of states chose to leaflet legally, and some in stealth, to darkened theaters.

The window of opportunity won’t be open very long, if the film flops, but I’m afraid there will be many otherfilm leafleting opportunitiesdown the road.

August 7, 2006

I just returned yesterday from Canada and a two week family vacation where I was without access to computer, telephone, fax, and obliged to just have fun, be with the family, hike, swim, catch up on reading and playing. We were so relaxed that we forgot to book a hotel room before trying to spend the night in Montreal to be at the airport at 4 am for a 6 am flight- and discovered Montreal was "full" so had a short, uncomfortable, sleepless night in a rental car, and on airport seats. I have just begun to catch up on emails and phone calls, and logistics for Wednesday which is when Oliver Stone's World Trade Center opens.

Dave Slesinger, Mia Hamel and I have been planning civil disobedience since last June, but we weren't sure of which theaters would be be showing the film until just very recently. This afternoon I cased out the local theater complex and had lengthy conversations with management- who basically gave me the green light for our flyering action (and who knows maybe- the manager will like our 9/11 films so much that we'll get them shown in the local theaters, as well.) I also got a call from Allen Michaan who will be premiering World Trade Center at the Grand Lake Theater this Wednesday and invited us to table. His marquee will ask "Was 9/11 an Inside Job?"... That's an opportunity that I can't resist and I'd rather buy a ticket to see the flick at the Grand Lake than any other theater in the Bay Area.

Kevin Barrett has broken through the mainstream press barrier in a big way and there are more and more polls being conducting gauging public opinion on 9/11, as well as admissions that the "military/NORAD" lied in their testimony to the 9/11 Commission. I can't even post links to all that is surfacing now in the press, and must work on press releases/flyers/logistics for the upcoming events. It's good to be home, just wish there were more hours in the day to respond to everyone and catch up on all my committments.

July 21, 2006

At the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting in Oakland, we actually accomplished quite a bit. There are a number of events coming up and we voted to endorse the actions at Livermore and Bechtel on August 6th and 9th. Kai Middleton volunteered to table at Livermore and probably could use some help. Camille and Diane volunteered to work on flyers for our many 9/11 Truth events that are coming up and Brian and Jay offered to help edit a newsletter. It would be good to get a mailing out before September. Brian helped print forms and we're beginning to work on a 9/11 Truth Activist Directory- just to help us organize the many local actions that we are doing all over the Bay Area.

I get so much email that I can't begin to read or process it all, but yesterday I hunted and hunted for this website on -

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 9/11 PERCEPTION

Truth = Justice = Freedom
Neil Slade's website has more than I have had time to explore, but I think his approach mirrors what we tried to do in Chicago- by reaching out to people with the promise of a better post-9/11 Truth world, helping them to get past fear towards hope- imagining what the world could be like if we could eliminate state sponsored terrorism/war.

We need to come up with better flyers for all the upcoming events- including the civil disobedience actions on August 9th when Stone's World Trade Center opens nationwide.

Ken Jenkins has been improving his card with the 11 questions. We are so lucky to have so many talented local 9-11 Truth activists, and lucky that there is so much cooperation nationwide, even internationally to share research, as well as produce films, music, all sorts of tools to raise public awareness.

July 20, 2006

The other day, I found an entry to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Art Contest which never was posted to the main art contest site. I posted it on my blog and failed to mention the artist- Janet Louise Wilson who got the idea from Barbara Honegger. My apologies to both of them. I'm reposting it here...


By Artist- Janet Louise Wilson. The concept credit goes to Barbara Honegger
(click to see the other contest entries)

Yesterday, in addition to doing my regular "Listening Project" in downtown Palo Alto (which was great fun- a whole group of kids participating in a Rock Band Summer Camp enthusiastically visited us, scarfed down cookies and loved the Deception Dollars and literature.) A woman also gave us a stack of those ribbons that people stick on their cars with the statements- "Love America" , "Impeach Bush".

In the evening Brian and I went to the Grand Lake Theater and set up our 9/11 table on the outside (our friend and the theater owner wanted us on the inside, but the organizers wanted to "control the message" and be the only group on the inside, so)- there were a few groups- "on the outside."

I must say that I really love Allen Michaan whose generosity towards organizers trying to raise consciousness on the critical political issues of the day has been invaluable. He also really "gets it" and writes very eloquently and is far better than I at keeping tabs on the mainstream press.

He shared this response to a column written by SF Chronicles' Jon Carroll on 3/31/06Carroll had written:

"...the main question I have about the Sept. 11 conspiracy is -- why bother? We have a conspiracy to undermine the Constitution of the United States. It's in the papers; it requires no knowledge of engineering. We have a conspiracy to secretly spy on citizens of the United States. That's in the papers too. There was a conspiracy to steal the 2000 presidential election, a conspiracy that involved all three branches of government, and that's out there too.

We have plenty of conspiracies to worry about. We have a whole government that prefers to act in secret, that prefers to use conspiracy as its dominant tactical mode. These conspiracies have been pointed out, and distinguished men and women have risked their reputations to fight the imperial presidency, and so far: not much luck. The country seems to be catching on, but that may not matter, because the electoral process has been so badly jimmied around that the party in power may remain the party in power no matter what. Or, equally plausibly, politicians follow the money, so we are being governed by plutocrats not very well hidden behind the curtain, so which political party wins does not make a difference. Or maybe it's not that hopeless. Don't know. Might be worth spending a lot of time thinking about it, instead of, you know, the other thing."

Allen wrote in response:
Dear Mr. Carroll

In your March 31 column you made this comment regarding 9/11 truth:

"WHY BOTHER??????????????????!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Well then why bother prosecuting rapists, thieves and murderers? Why bother having police and fire departments? Why bother going to war against Hitler? Why bother finding a cure for disease?
Our country has been hijacked by a ruthless and murderous gang of terrorists that have twice stolen the White House with massive election fraud. The truth of what happened on Sept. 11, 2001 represents the means to awaken the American people out of their ignorant stupor and create a genuine movement to prosecute the criminals who attacked their own citizens. If the mainstream media ever stops supporting these despicable traitors and restores the concept of investigative journalism and reporting the real facts rather than parroting the official talking point spin then it will be all over for this administration quite quickly. 9/11 Truth represents nothing less than the Achilles Heel of the Bush Administration! Why do you think they fought ANY investigation for two years before finally setting up their whitewash "commission"?
Many private citizens have dared to risk everything they have to oppose the lies, war and treachery of these unelected "leaders" that are destroying America and may even destroy the world.
I proudly count myself among this ever growing group of patriots!
We are on the verge of irreversable environmental disaster which our government seems to be trying to hasten!
Is life on this planet worth saving?
I guess not.
Why bother?

Allen Michaan
Owner- Grand Lake Theater

I had the pleasure of meeting up with other Green Party activists and we had dinner together at a nearby Thai Restaurant, while Brian handled the tabling.

I don't know the whole story behind the "How to Impeach a President" event last night, but I do know that Allen did try to get the Constitution Summer folk to work cooperatively with other groups, without a whole lot of success. The film was good and stuck to four very clear, obvious articles for impeachment that 99% of the country could agree upon. There was a three person panel following the film- Bill Goodman, Daniel Ellsberg and the organizer Geoffrey King.

I think one of the main points that they tried to make was that there was a very deliberate attempt by the Administration to expand the power of the Presidency, taking us back to the days prior to the Magna Carta- allowing the inherent powers of a "wartime ruler" to torture, kill, criminalize anyone, anytime without a judiciary or congressional power to put a halt to any "abuses of power."

The theater was less than half full, and I think the audience was well aware and supportive of impeachment. We were asked to fill out question cards and those questions that they wanted to answer were addressed and they ignored avenues that they did not want to deal with- such as 9/11 and the stolen elections, which prompted some anger and outbursts and questions from the audience (including me). When they dillydallied over whether "impeachment" might be used by Republicans to keep Democrats from challenging seats in November, and they agreed on how important a Democrat controlled Congres/Senate would be, completely ignoring the Green or third Party challenge to the criminal incumbents who have been supporting the regime, Patriot Act, war... I was deeply offended and had to speak up and at least mention that I was a green party Congressional Candidate running on an Impeachment, 9/11 Truth, Peace, Justice platform and that only the Green Party was demanding a real 9/11 Investigation, and challenging Election fraud and raising the taboo issues.

Ellsberg mentioned that he had looked into 9/11 and found there was something there worth investigating, but he hadn't found compelling evidence of complicity. (I actually chatted with him before the event and was somewhat appalled that he felt it was up to activists to "explain what happened to Flight 77, if we were alleging that it didn't hit the Pentagon" which has never been a particularly fruitful aspect of 9/11 truth that I have focused on- there are so many other damning aspects of 9/11- and we have zero control over the Pentagon evidence. I doubt if he has looked at Jones' presentation on the use of thermite to bring down the towers.)

I did give each of them a copy of the latest Global Outlook, later, and a DVD copy of Steven E. Jones presentation to Bill Goodman (my last one).

I do think there is a growing synergy between all the movements opposd to the "would be Imperial Regime rattling its saber in the Middle East and terrified of losing power/and face on the homefront, by the pesky people questioning its actions, words, judgement, policies, intentions, morality.

Veteran's for Peace, the Green Party, and innumerable other organizations are having conferences and gatherings this summer. I'll be in Canada for awhile on a family trip and won't be able to keep up my blog while I'm gone. I just posted links to the 911Courage.org website. There is so much organizing to be done for it, and I hope other people will step forward to help with it. I'd like to ship Deception Dollars to those willing to participate in the flyering, before I go, but I'm running out of days, and won't have much time when I return before the action, which will take place August 9th.

It is heartening to know that I can go on vacation, and the movements will continue to grow without any "one of us." At the same time, I am critically aware of how much power one person has NOW to make an enormous difference in the challenging times that lay before us.

July 17, 2006

I posted a version of my last blog entry at Indymedia entitled John Rendon Rendered Speechless- Not Buying War Lies in SF. It does seem like the "powers that be" are in a panic state and trying to escalate war/massacres in the Middle East.

Webster Tarpley writes:

Urgent Warning: CNN prepares Israeli false flag war provocation vs. Americans in Lebanon

"Washington DC, July 15 (1 PM EDT) -- The escalating Israeli assault on Lebanon clearly represents a conscious bid to provoke a general war in the Middle East. The captured Israeli soldiers are only the pretext for the present massive military operations.

"Israeli spokesmen are making constant allegations that Hezbollah missiles being fired at Israel have been manufactured or delivered by Iran. At the same time, the Israelis accuse Hezbollah of wanting to transfer the two captured Israeli soldiers to Syria or Iran. These statements are an attempt to build a case for an Israeli sneak attack on Syria and/or Iran. US spokesmen, including the Nietzschean fascist John Bolton, constantly repeat the litany that Syria and Iran are the supporters of Hezbollah.

"How might the Israelis and their Bush-Cheney allies escalate to a Middle East regional war? A linear scenario is that, after further bombardment of Israel by rockets allegedly made in Iran and allegedly delivered with the connivance of Syria, the Israeli Defense Force (IDF) lashes out at Damascus and Teheran. Syrian and Iranian retaliatory measures would then be seized upon by the Bush-Cheney regime as a pretext for US entry into the war. Here the US would be openly dragged into war as the tail of the Israeli dog. But this is a deeply flawed scenario, sure to generate huge waves of resentment against the Israelis and their US partners as the body bags begin to come home.

"False flag scenarios would be entirely more effective from the point of view of the war planners. CNN and MSNBC coverage this Saturday morning has been stressing the situation of the 25,000 Americans now stuck in Lebanon. These Americans are being invited to register with the US consulates for possible evacuation. The State Department and the US military have been remarkably slow to begin such an evacuation.

"One possible provocation scenario to bring the US into the war is that a helicopter carrying US citizens being evacuated out of Lebanon is hit by a missile and destroyed, killing all on board. The missile might be fired by the Israelis or by their allies among the fascist Lebanese Phalangists. The Israelis would announce that the helicopter had been destroyed by Hezbollah, opening the way for a hysterical campaign by Fox News and the rest of the neocon mass brainwashing apparatus to secure an early US attack on Syria and Iran..."

And Larry Chin connects the dots with the recent bombings in Bombay-
US intelligence ties to Mumbai 7/11
"On July 11, eight bombs exploded aboard commuter trains in Mumbai, killing 190 people. No group has come forward claiming responsibility. But according to mainstream coverage, such as the yesterday's report in the San Francisco Chronicle by Anna Badkhen, the prime suspects are “militant Islamic groups with ties to Pakistan."

"What the mainstream press fails to report is the direct connection between the terrorist groups they name, and Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) -- a virtual branch of the American CIA. This in turn leads back to the same (alleged “al-Qaeda”) apparatus also responsible for the Bush administration’s 9/11 and other post-9/11 terror events..."

And our hero, Kevin Barrett, lays out the facts nice and plain (to warrant Death Threats from Bill O'Reilly) with a concise piece entitled-
Conspiracy or MASTER PLAN?
Two Plus Two Make Four
"...Two (2) pre-planned massive, illegal rollbacks of Constitutional civil liberties

plus

Two (2) pre-planned illegal wars of aggression

Make

Four (4) good reasons to think 9/11 was an inside job."

And civil disobedience and protests are ramping up faster than one could possibly follow. Check out the www.911courage.org to keep up with our planned civil disobedience actions with the release of Stone's "World Trade Center" on August 9th (when another civil disobedience action is planned in San Francisco against Bechtel on the anniversary of the bombing of Nagasaki.)


(click for details on Bechtel action)

This evening I read a press release about a new 9/11 feature film- Severe Visibility by Paul Cross. I called him up and we had a very good long chat about his film, the 9/11 truth movement, the media, our own experiences. He was shooting a film at the White House on September 11th and visited the Pentagon on September 12th, 2001, so he has his own personal take on 9/11. He's not finished with his film, but will send me a review copy. I believe it will actually help the truth movement. Last night he was at a party with other filmmakers (including Oliver Stone) and he had a different take than I did on United 93- which he recommended that I rent and view (I figured it was sheer propaganda), but he believes a meta-message in the film is that the government was responsible for the "standdown, at least." What I didn't realize is that the filmmaker also made the film The Road to Guantanamo. Of course, one might also argue that torturing innocent people is a way for governement's to terrify their own people, so that they don't express moral outrage at their government's actions out of fear for their own and their family's skins, and so the film is part of a larger psyop to discourage dissent.

Our struggle is really over the heart's and minds of people and whether we can inspire courage and mobilize them to challenge, rein in, the criminal actions of the powers that be (the government- as well as those who own and manipulate the politicians and press) or whether the government and press can terrify, and atomize people into silence, submission as the government escalates the terror and war campaign evolving into blatant fascism.

Paul and I agreed that the best and safest course was to be as loud and public as possible, though he doesn't have a burning desire to accompany his film on the Film Festival Circuit.

I've been to busy to get my film into the Festivals. Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush was shown again by Free Speech TV today, but I failed to promote it, still hoping to do something with it theatrically locally- before the election!

July 15, 2006

I've been very busy and can't work on the computer much now, because my body can't take it, and I'm in terrible pain if I sit here too long. We have been having a lot of conference calls to plan civil disobedience for August and have a new website- www.911courage.org. I volunteered to help create a Directory of California 9-11 Truth Activists to facilitate organizing, but unfortunately that requires more skills than I have- I need help with someone with IT abilities and also more time to feed data into the computer.

I couldn't resist "protesting/challenging" a speaker last night in San Francisco. Hal Wolmack sent out an email to the sf911truth list that John Rendon was invited to speak.

I was shocked to hear that John Rendon was an invited speaker. I quickly made up a flyer to pass out at the evening's event, and called a friend to help me with the flyer and join me in San Francisco.

Here is the text of the flyer:

Excerpts from- The Man Who Sold the War
Meet John Rendon, Bush's general in the propaganda war-
By James Bamford, published in The Rolling Stone 11/17/05

Rendon is a battle-tested veteran who has been secretly involved in nearly every American shooting conflict in the past two decades.... "We've worked in ninety-one countries," he said. "Going all the way back to Panama, we've been involved in every war, with the exception of Somalia."....

In modern warfare, he believes, the outcome depends largely on the public's perception of the war -- whether it is winnable, whether it is worth the cost. "We are being haunted and stalked by the difference between perception and reality," he says. "Because the lines are divergent, this difference between perception and reality is one of the greatest strategic communications challenges of war."....

In the first weeks following the September 11th attacks, Rendon operated at a frantic pitch... “We functioned [24] hours a day. We maintained situational awareness, in military terms, on all things related to terrorism. We were doing 195 newspapers and 43 countries in fourteen or fifteen languages.”….

The Bush administration took everything Rendon had to offer. Between 2000 and 2004, Pentagon documents show, the Rendon Group received at least thirty-five contracts with the Defense Dept., worth a total of $50 mil to $100 million.
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/story/8798997/the_man_who_sold_the_war/1

Don’t Buy the Lies! Or the War!

Educational Series: Terrorism 101: How Governments Use Thugs, Drug Dealers, and Religious Fanatics to Control Us and "Justify" Endless War
Thursday, July 27th, 2006, 7-9 pm 522 Valencia St., 3rd Floor, San Francisco, Free

5th Annual Rally and March for 9-11 Truth
Saturday, September 9th, 2006
Rally 10:00 AM in San Francisco at the Panhandle
(between Oak and Fell at Ashbury),
10:30 AM March/Parade up Ashbury to Haight Street through Golden Gate Park
to Speedway Meadow (about 2 miles) to the-
8th Annual 9-11 Power to the Peaceful Concert
featuring Michael Franti & Spearhead,
www.powertothepeaceful.org
11:00 AM- 5 PM, free Concert & Social Justice Festival

September 11, 2006
Premiere "9/11 the Myth and the Reality" film of David Ray Griffin
7:00- 10:00 pm, Grand Lake Theater, 3200 Grand Lake Avenue, Oakland

More Details 9-11 Northern California Truth Alliance
info/events line 1-866-268-2320 http://www.sf911truth.org

On the flip side of the flier was an announcement for next Wednesday's, July 19th Impeachment Event at the Grand Lake Theater-


(click on image for details and to RSVP)

I also passed out-


Media Deception Dollars.

We arrived in San Francisco early and found a great parking spot, right next to the Herbst, so we were able to grab our signs that said "Neo- Con Jobs- Iraq, 9/11" and we were able to flyer, and talk to people right up until the program began at 7:30 pm. We encouraged people to come into the "free" event and challenge the guy who made millions selling war to the American people. Most people took the flyers and seemed very sympathetic to our point of view. Of course I knew everyone who worked at the Herbst, including the janitors and security guards and they were very friendly, and politely reminded me of the "rules" which we weren't violating.

I don't think John Rendon has many actual admirers or fans in San Francisco. The turnout seemed rather small; I would have thought that there would have been more anti-war people there, except that word about the event was very last minute.

We were joined by Bernie and Dana from the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance. Dana was on his way to the symphony, but brought his "Stop the 9-11 Cover-Up" sign to at least express his opposition to the big lies that Rendon sold for a living. I saw a few friends from Veteran's for Peace who also helped pass out flyers. There were also a few journalists who obviously hoped that Rendon would be grilled by the questions. Brian had printed out 75 copies of the entire -
Rolling Stone article- The Man Who Sold the War
Meet John Rendon, Bush's general in the propaganda war-
by James Bamford which were especially high in demand after the program.

My friend and colleague, Patrick Reinsborough, from the Smart Meme Project was there and I told reporters that Rendon was basically our arch-nemesis- using lies to sell war, while we gave our lives, time and energy trying to get out the truth to further peace and justice.

Of course, simply because we are "peace" activists and believe in truth, dialogue, the power of the narrative- we were not a physical threat to Rendon. I think if Nuremberg trials were held for 9/11, he would be sentenced very harshly. I even told my kids that although I am basically non-violent, if there is anyone whom I would consider throwing a pie at- it would be Rendon. Luckily for Rendon, I didn't have time to bake a pie for him, and my family loves pie, so much, that they would never let me waste it on such a vile character. (And, heck, I've held too many events at the Herbst, to create a mess for anyone on stage.)

We had no time to plan a strategic disruption/challenge of his talk, and we got clues that the Q & A might actually permit some serious questions to be raised and put him on the spot.

Stewart Brand introduced Rendon and mentioned that five of the board members on his Long Now Foundation had worked with Rendon and that his presence always seemed to make meetings run more smoothly. It was a very friendly intro. Rendon, surprisingly, only spoke for 30 minutes maximum and then the questions and answers began.

For someone who specializes in PR, his talk was remarkably unimpressive, but he did make a few key points.

Whoever writes "the history of 9/11 and the War on Terrorism" in the next few years that gets disseminated to the current/future generations will determine how long the "War on Terror" will last.

He urged that the US follow a "soft policy" rather than a "hard policy" to win over public support in the US and abroad- earmarking more resources towards "education" and "health."

Then came the many questions, some excellent, many challenging the war on terrorism, and the events of September 11th. Brand read the questions, and acknowledged who wrote them. I believe he even read mine in its entirety which went something like this-

"Since the US government has lost its credibility, and most people believe that the Administration is criminal, would the impeachment of Bush/Cheney redeem the US in the eyes of the world, if we also changed from the destructive global domination policy we're on?"

Brand bundled the question with some others and Rendon had greater and greater difficulty in responding.

He refused to answer questions about Chalabi, and on one side of his mouth he said that his firm only gave out "truthful, accurate, information" and from the other side of his mouth that his work was "classified" and he could not "compromise his oath" and talk about anything regarded as secret.

His worst moment was when asked about the agenda behind the War on Terrorism which he has been paid between 50-100 million dollars to sell to the American people- he could give absolutely no reason for it- except that soldiers had been convinced that there was a reason to die for (most of them have been sold on Fox News lies that Hussein did 9-11).

There was a bit of heckling and comments, questions, noise directly from the audience, when Brand was too soft on him.

I was sitting in the middle of the second row and when they utterly faltered on stage about 9/11, I felt compelled to clarify reality for them and yelled-

"9/11 was an inside job! It's not a War on Terrorism; it's a "War of Terrorism" against the American people and the world. Bush and Cheney should be impeached, go to jail and we should redirect resources from killing and controlling people towards healing."

Brand and Rendon looked extremely distressed by my outburst and tried to change the subject as soon as possible.

Apparently, the numbers in the audience were not nearly as important to them as to the numbers of people the event would reach via the internet, the whole thing- video and audio will be available online.

When it comes to facts and spin, it does seem pretty obvious that the US Government, Rendon, the transnational elite, have already lost the war for public opinion. Almost every move that they make worsens the situation for the planet's inhabitants and destroys whatever husks of legitimacy/credibility that they cling to, with the help of a bought off press. I wonder if Rumsfeld will bring down the internet, try to cut off "global communications" because the irrepressible discourse between people noting reality and ripping apart the government lies, propaganda, spin are such a powerful threat to them.

Brand at least hinted that those in power were nuts and might have deceived themselves with their own propaganda, and queried Rendon on how dissenting views of reality might pierce through the powerholders psychological barriers. Rendon hinted that they weren't open to threats upon their "self delusion/officially approved worldview/description of the world that they were trying to force on the rest of the world."

Oddly enough, Rendon said he was an optimist and could imagine world peace. I rather doubt, though, that I would buy his "peace" anymore than I am buying the wars which he has been promoting these past twenty years.

July 12, 2006

It's my crazy morning, since I need to leave for my Listening Project in Downtown, soon. I just got emails from Nafeez Ahmed and Bob Foster about other 9/11 events, today- in London and SF (will try to post them). I've been on conference calls, and haven't been able to catch up with all the events coming down the pike, especially since some haven't entirely coalesced, yet. I included the NY and DC events in the update to my The Next Stage of the 9/11 Truth Movement GO article which I posted on Indymedia.

The good news is Kevin Barrett and Jim Fetzer held up well under fire on Fox TV and it looks like we will be doing more television and need more good spokespeople on our issue.

July 8, 2006

The sound doesn't work on my computer, but my son and husband helped me to finally see and hear the 9/11 Vendetta film which is 8 minutes long and draws parallels between "V is for Vendetta" and 9/11 Truth.

It's quite good, although I haven't yet seen the real Vendetta film; I'm behind on watching, reading, reviewing all that is being produced. I'm just so glad that the 9/11 Truth Movement is strong enough to do without me, and continue to expand and move forward. I can't keep up with all the events that need to be posted.

911blogger.com, has been doing a great job, keeping up with events, and posting things I don't know how to post- like a pdf of Vanity Fair's interview with the Loose Change guys. I wonder if it was written by the Vanity Fair reporter who came to the SF Inquiry years ago- she seemed very sympathetic, but then a hit piece by some guy appeared in the magazine. Things are beginning to shift finally, in favor of truth.

July 7, 2006

Last night the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance met in San Francisco, the agenda was rather full without much time for socializing. Ed Rippy is moving forward with his educational events on the 4th Thursday of each month in San Francisco. Ken Jenkins is working on his new David Ray Griffin film, to be premiered at the Grand Lake Theater in Oakland on September 11th. Frank Runninghorse is working on his book, and doesn't have time to do a newsletter or rally/march. Diane Ferchel wants to do something with David Rovics when he returns in September. Nobody wanted to spearhead our annual 9-11 Truth March/Rally in San Francisco from the Panhandle to Golden Gate Park for the 9/11 Power to the Peaceful Concert. I volunteered to compile a Directory of 9/11 Truth Activists for Northern California- to improve our internal communications and ability to organize. A lot of people are willing to do things, but hate going to meetings. I wish we had more people willing to keep up our database and do the newsletter and shoulder more of the work. I know I can't do it all. David Kubiak also wants volunteers to help with the questionnaire that will go out to all Senatorial and Congressional candidates to find out their position on 9-11 (Thousands of dollars were raised in Chicago for that purpose, which should raise the national dialogue on 9-11 and the critical facts/issues that we have been trying to raise.)

Officially the CIA and FBI have dropped Osama Bin Laden from the suspect list for 9/11, although the press hasn't seemed to notice- they'll probably say something when they invade the next country and need to pin something on that country's leader (new links to Al Qaeda and the 9/11 attack...)

I have posted the article I wrote for Global Outlook entitled- The Next Stage of the 9/11 Truth Movement on my website. Unfortunately, I still don't know how to post PDFs or the handouts that should accompany the article, which are in Global Outlook and were in my powerpoint presentations in Chicago. I updated this with the latest news and points that I tried to make in my workshop and the closing strategy plenary.

July 5, 2006

A year ago, my husband and I took our first real honeymoon (one without children) and I just returned from an abbreviated 2nd honeymoon. Fortunately, this time a 7/7 didn't happen while we were away. The truth movement continues to grow, the anti-war movement has begun fasting and plans major civil disobedience, the Global-Justice movement is mobilizing against the G-8, Climate Change, and all the injustices caused by a WAR economy. There is endless opportunity for activism of all kinds, and I hardly know how to catch up, and direct my attention, energy and time back towards "the work" that needs to be done.

Our short honeymoon was only marred by one conversation that we had, as we packed and headed back home. I told my husband that I felt no encouragement and support from him and the family for my activism (at least my Congressional Campaign). In truth, the worst thing that could happen to my family (in their opinion) would be for me to win the election in November. They can put up with most of my activism, the demos, the press releases, the interviews, the articles, the endless phone calls, as long as I am still around baking pies, cookies, doing laundry, and all the zillion things that moms do, so that the kids get to the dentist appointments, have clothes, shoes, necessities for school, love and attention. There is zero enthusiasm for any "job opportunity" that might snatch me away from them for any great length of time. I can understand that, and harbor my own ambivalence about the Congressional Campaign. I also wish there were hundreds of 9-11 Truth, Impeachment, Peace and Justice candidates, and not just a few of us. I'm still more comfortable doing the 9-11 Truth work, rather than the campaign stuff, but time goes by quickly, and I really need to do some self organizing, and figure out how best to direct my efforts/energies at the local, national and international levels.

Nafeez Ahmed has come out with a new book The London Bombings-An Independent Inquiry, and on his blog writes that his book-

"was featured in a special Inside Story report in yesterday's Independent on Sunday (p. 22-25). The report by Francis Elliot, winner of the Political Journalist of the Year British Press Award, and Sophie Goodchild, says that my book "pulls apart the official narrative of 7/7":
"..... According to the official Whitehall-authored narrative, the four bombs, three on trains, the last on a bus, were the work of a self-radicalised cell working alone on a budget of £8,000. The bombs were home-made. There was no evidence of a mastermind nor of a network, other than a loose, social nebula of radical Islamists.

"This "clean skin" version, published in May, was given an apparent parliamentary rubber stamp by a report from the ISC released at the same time. The ISC effectively cleared the intelligence and security services of any failure, asserting that none of the four bombers had been identified as a potential terrorist and that the attack had happened without warning.

"Reassuring these reports may be, but they are wrong, according to the respected terror analyst Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed, a tutor in international relations and politics at the University of Sussex. His new book, The London Bombings: An Independent Inquiry, pulls apart the official narrative of 7/7, pointing out its gaps and contradictions."...

I think we do need to expose the bogus nature of the whole "State Sponsored Terrorism" racket which serves corporate globalization at the expense of freedom, truth, justice worldwide and Nafeez's books should help do that.

I've been getting so much mail from an incredibly long string of 9-11 truth activists arguing over all sorts of stuff, that I can't wade through all of it, but there does seem to be an effort to try to get people to Washington DC from September 11th through September 18th to champion 9/11 Truth, and related issues.

So many new 9-11 Truth books and films have come out, that I still need to read and review them, as well as check out more of the new 9-11 websites and try to figure out how to improve the next Deception Dollar. I also know that if we are going to do civil disobedience in August with the release of World Trade Center, we need to be better prepared than we were with the release of that awful United 93 and need to bear in mind that worst is yet to come. Thomas Kean, head Cover-Up Commissioner, has been advising ABC on its new miniseries to be released September 10th & 11th selling the official version of 9-11 and the Commission's "Global Police State Initiative (recommendations)." It's really hard to understate how profitable the bogus "War on Terrorism" has been to the war, surveillance industry and those selling this "war" to the masses.

The real battle is over hearts and minds. Who is the public going to believe? The media? The government? The witnesses? The victims' families? The researchers? The activists? Whoever can produce the most rational, compelling narrative explaining the who, how, why behind 9-11?

There is still much work to be done. I also got an email from FREE SPEECH TV that they will be broadcasting Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush on July 17th which doesn't give me much, if any time to do a theatrical release locally, before it is aired, or even to send out review copies to the press, or spread the word publicly. Because it has been shown on television, it is now about impossible to get it into film festivals, so the task of promoting it, really is up to us (and me in particular, since I produced it and have 600 copies of the DVD in my garage).

June 30, 2006

One of my favorite, and one of the most effective 9/11 Truth activists is currently under attack, Kevin Barrett, MUJCA.com (He is also in the photo just above the June 9th entry- to the right of the Deception Dollar banner.) I think this is the style of attack that Kubiak warned about in his plenary speech. At least he is getting defended, but just a few hours ago, he was on tv and radio and there is currently a survey up on the site asking viewers/and listeners whether he should be fired or not for his views. Please go to the survey and show your support for truth, Kevin and his courage.

I also would like to acknowledge the creativity and courage of the Vermont 9/11 Truth group who did a theatrical protest in Burlington described in Seven Days- Vermont's Alternative Webweekly-

"BURLINGTON — Last Sunday afternoon, a perfect 80-degree day brought crowds to the Church Street Marketplace in search, perhaps, of sun, sustenance and sales. Some of those shoppers and cafe people-watchers were treated to an unexpected, confrontational bit of street theater. Nine men wearing black hoods and orange jumpsuits, meant to represent Guantanamo Bay prison detainees, made their way down Church Street, hands held — though not cuffed — behind them. Two in front carried an upside-down American flag; two at the rear carried a large white sign with the message: "Arrest the U.S. government — 9/11 was a U.S. military attack." These strong words met with derision and anger from some; others applauded. "Only in Burlington . . .," opined one onlooker.


"The group stopped in each block for a protest/performance: The "prisoners" kneeled on the ground with heads bowed. An accompanying "narrator," wearing a striped shirt and cargo shorts, read brief biographical statements on their behalf, standing next to each in turn. "My name is Jamil al-Banna," the narrator declaimed. "I have been imprisoned for 4 1/2 years without being charged with a crime. I have not been allowed legal counsel. I have three sons ages 6, 8 and 9. My oldest prays every day that I am not being tortured . . ." At the end of each bio, the narrator shouted, "Only 9/11 truth can set me free..."

Actions like this should remind all of us that if we are thinking creatively, one or a few people can come up with an idea, or an action that can break 9-11 Truth into the press, or catch the attention, sympathy, support of the public.

Last Sunday, Brian and I went to a book party, and heard Anodea Judith give a presentation, based on her new book-


Waking the Global Heart-
From the Love of Power to the Power of Love"
(click on the book image for the review- June 27, 2006 by Carol Brouillet)
[She will also be speaking in Berkeley at Black Oak Books, 1491 Shattuck Ave (at Vine) on Friday, July 7, 2006 at 7:30 p.m.- with Leonard Shlain, Dawson Church, and Allan Hardman.] The book was a real inspiration and I've been brainstorming, and trying to organize ever since. Well, I did take the kids to the beach yesterday, but I have been making a lot of phone calls, and trying to develop new synergy around the new bills and potential 9/11 Truth projects.]

June 24, 2006


Review of the Film "Who Killed John O'Neill?" by Carol Brouillet

I've been wanting to write this review for a long time. I find the film fascinating from a psychological point of view, but I didn't want to get too analytical or go into too much detail, because I didn't want to spoil it for people who haven't seen it. Sometimes holding great expectations means being disappointed, and when I first saw it, I had no idea what to expect, and was quite surprised by it.

Yesterday I spent hours cleaning my house and preparing organic fava beans. I also had an inspiration to come up with a new variation of the Deception Dollar. My distributers are beginning to run out of them, and so am I- at least some versions- like the Billion Dollar Note, the Media Deception Dollar, the graffitied versions. We might need to reprint, before next September 11th, maybe in time for the flyering next August with the release of Oliver Stone's film- World Trade Center.

I had thought of doing a dollar for my Congressional Campaign- A Conception Dollar- 4 things like- truth, peace, impeachment with websites that didn't just dissect the enormous problems facing us, but promoted viable solutions, that we could adopt now on a small scale and collectively, if we can shift from the war/dominator paradigm to a life/peaceful paradigm. I thought it would be a good idea years ago, but hadn't figured out the details. Yesterday, in the midst of scrubbing the bathroom floors and pealing beans, I started thinking of things and will pass them on to Blaine and see if he has time to work on Version #9. If anyone has any brilliant ideas that they would like to contribute to the next Deception Dollar- or a more hopeful Conception Dollar- please send them my way. I wish the Green Party was more together and would embrace the 9/11 Truth, Impeachment, Peace slogan, perhaps they will at the state or national level, then I could point to the Green Party, rather than myself, or alternatively "Mom, planet and apple pie" as a solution.

We also need to revamp our 9/11 websites as some are defunct, and there are new ones doing great work, some of which I haven't even had time to explore. Suggestions are welcome. Please send them to- cbrouillet@igc.org and placing "Suggestions" in the subject line would make it more helpful for me to find them, (I do get a lot of mail).

June 22, 2006


Rubble rousers: Members of Sacramento’s 9/11 Truth
movement protest at 16th and J streets: from left to right,
Paulette Cuilla, Larry White, David Kimball, Tom King and Dar
King.
Photo By Larry Dalton
(click on photo for original article)

I have been incredibly busy this past week. There's more news than I can post, but I was happy to see that today the SN & R (Sacramento News and Review) published a lengthy cover story entitled-

To tell the truth
As the fifth anniversary of the terrorist attack on America approaches, members of Sacramento’s 9/11 Truth movement wonder why we still don’t know exactly what happened

By R.V. Scheide

It may not be quite as good the North Bay Bohemian's recent cover story on 9-11, but it is improvement from outright silence, and does raise some key facts that have been suppressed for a long time, even if it does "challenge them." It was also good to see that the posters, we spent a thousand dollars on making, finally made the cover of a publication. It is heartening that we are getting more press attention, (although my event Tuesday didn't attract any press beyond Bonnie Faulkner of KPFA's Guns and Butter who spoke briefly about Chicago).

Last weekend, I took time off to go river running with my three boys, the boy scouts, and celebrate Father's Day with Jean-Luc, who we took out to dinner on our way home from a wonderful day on the river.

Jimmy Walter had miscalculated the time difference and arrived in San Francisco a day earlier than expected- on Sunday. So, I spent less time doing the press work on Monday and met with him for lunch and to catch up.

On Tuesday, Ty Rauber (producer of Who Killed John O'Neil?) drove down from Oregon with his parents. Brian, Ken Jenkins, Ty, Jimmy and I had dinner together before Brian, Ken and I had to go and set up the chairs and equipment in the War Memorial Building. Jimmy had a power point presentation which he was able to give both in SF and in Oakland later. He also brought Gypsy and I cases of his DVDs- Confronting the Evidence, and I gave him a couple cases of Deception Dollars for LA. The Alex Jones' event, this weekend, has already sold out and should get lots of press attention.

On such extremely short notice the Tuesday night events really just brought together activists- about 35 in San Francisco and the same number in Oakland, but I was glad to see the hard core activists, particularly a good number of Veteran's for Peace, to get their reaction to the film. There was one older woman from Santa Cruz who really didn't like it, and I think that some of us found parts of it funny and others didn't- perhaps because of the sound quality or for emotional reasons. Today, I want to try to find time to write a review of the film, because I found it very powerful, and valuable, and interesting, on so many levels- particularly psychologically- enough so, that I am interested in viewing it more than once, which is not the case with most films. There have been so many requests for the transcript, that Ty and Ryan are working on a companion book/pamphlet to go with the DVD- Who Killed John O'Neil?

Gypsy filmed Jimmy Walter's powerpoint presentation and Q & A, which I'm sure will find its way to the web. He is going back to Venezuela in July and there is interest in an International Investigation into 9-11 in Malaysia and Japan. The questions we've been raising have become more and more mainstream in the international press. The recent story about how even the FBI has backtracked on Osama Bin Laden's involvement with 9-11 can only add fuel to the fire.

Somebody brought copies of the North Bay Bohemian with the David Ray Griffin cover story to the Tuesday event. They soon evaporated, so I never got the chance to check out the placement and photos. I hadn't realized that it even was the cover story until they pointed that out. Checking the website I found this at the end of the Letters section:

Thoughts and Applause

Steve Bhaerman's story on Dr. David Ray Griffin has prompted more reader mail than we've received in the last three years on any one topic. The suggestion is appalling. Conspiracy nuts aren't interesting. But retired ministers who concern themselves with the philosophical nature of evil remain fascinating. Thanks to all the many who have weighed in.

The Ed.
Blonde Hills and Blue Skies

Yesterday, after very little sleep, I made my way to Downtown Palo Alto for my Listening Project, and did the usual errands (shipping Deception Dollars, bank, bookkeeping) as well as a haircut and passport photos for my son, despite being very, very tired. There is another 9/11 event tonight (with Ed Rippy and Frank Runninghorse on 9-11, Terrorism 101, Drugs...) in San Francisco at 7 p.m. that I hope to go to, if I can feed the kids, and do all the catching up that needs to be done, today, but I don't think I'll have the strength for the LA event or even the Green Party Plenary this weekend. I'm just so glad the movement is strong enough that all of us can find time to take a break now and then to keep ourselves alive and strong for the long haul ahead.

June 16, 2006

Last night over thirty people attended the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting and we didn't get to cover all the agenda items. Gypsy has decide to organize a Jimmy Walter event in Oakland at the same time as the event that I am organizing in San Francisco- because she didn't like the way I structured the Sf event. Jimmy says that he will try to attend both events. I worked today on a press advisory to get out before the weekend, but I don't think I was successful and spent most of my time on the phone trying to catch up and get a sense of what happened in Chicago and what media coverage we actually had, and also trying to find out exactly who was going to be able to participate in the event.

The event next Tuesday will be in Room 219, where the regular Veteran's for Peace meetings are held, and where we held the Press Conference for the SF Int'l Inquiry and the Film Festival last September 11th. The movement itself is a curious mixture of cooperation/competition that helps and harms it, as people seem to try to do their best, always blind to our own shortcomings and blindspots, including myself. Ironically the more we succeed in raising awareness on 9-11, the more we are under pressure to know more, behave better, and do more with what seems like less and less time. It is good to know that more and more people are doing the work, but we still need to improve our internal communications and to organize ourselves into a genuine political force.

A wonderful article did appear in the local North Bay Bohemian paper Unquestioned Answers Nonconspiracy theorist David Ray Griffin takes aim at the official 9-11 story by Steve Bhaerman. The owner of the paper also owns the local Metro and I hope he'll do something similar here in Silicon valley where much consciousness raising still needs to be done. I hope independent weeklies everywhere, follow the Bohemian's lead.

June 15, 2006

Yesterday was a very busy day, Wednesdays always are because I do the Listening Project, but I had a flurry of phone calls in the morning with the producer of Who Killed John O'Neil?, Ty Rauber, who will be coming to the screening next Tuesday, and with Bonnie Faulkner, who produces KPFA's Guns and Butter every wednesday at 1:00 pm, and promised to announce the event on her show, and hopefully the Thursday night event with Ed Rippy and Frank Runninghorse, as well.

It was a beautiful day, as well, and lots of kids came to the table in downtown Palo Alto, getting bumper stickers for their parents.

In the evening, the whole family attended my eldest son, Jules' high school graduation ceremony.

I'm still in the process of catching up on the mundane household tasks, the demands of the 9/11 work (shipping Deception Dollars, making a flyer, press release, preparing for tonight's meeting, accounting). I just hope that the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance learned something from the fiasco we had last December at the War Memorial Building, which got our allies, Veteran's for Peace, in trouble. Anyone who attends the event should know that it is being sponsored by Post 310- a film with speakers, that it is a Veteran's event. I hope lots of veterans and activists do come to the event and are as impressed by the film, as I was, because I think we should do some larger theatrical showings. Veteran's for Peace also really loved those T-shirts that Jimmy Walter gave out at our Behind Every Terrorist- There is a BUsh musical/comedy events and I think it should be a very interesting evening hearing what Jimmy has to say, and also reporting back on Chicago.

June 14, 2006

Last night I attended a Veteran's for Peace meeting and they voted to co-sponsor an event next week at the San Francisco War Memorial Building- a film screening and report on the Global 9-11 Truth Movement with Jimmy Walter (who has been in Venezuela and Malaysia lobbying for an International Investigation into 9-11), as well as those of us who just returned from Chicago (Gabriel Day, Ken Jenkins, Bonnie Faulkner). We're scheduling it Tuesday, June 20, 2006, from 7 pm to 10 pm. We'd like to show Who Killed John O'Neil? to activists and possibly press, in anticipation of a larger theatrical screening.

I also sent out Directories of Participants, to those who attended the Chicago Conference (and filled in the forms). I also got a confirmation that I'll be speaking on The Power Hour with Joyce Riley and Dave vonKleist on Monday, June 19th from 6 AM- 8 AM (PST) or 8 AM- 10 AM (CST).

www.ThePowerHour.com and www.ThePowerMall.com.
The PowerHour with Joyce & Dave" is a three-hour syndicated radio broadcast Monday through Friday, 7-10 AM CST.

AM/FM stations:

Maryville/Alcoa, TN., WBCR 1470AM
Liberty, Missouri, KCXL 1140AM
Poplar Bluff, MO KLID
Knoxville, TN 1420AM – Replay at 5 p.m. – 8 p.m.
Las Vegas, NV – KKVV 1060 AM –Replay at Midnight to 2 a.m.
New Orleans, LA 600AM – Replay 10 p.m. – 1 a.m.
The Sunshine Network, Rochester, New York:

Brockport, NY WMJQ 105.5FM
Brockport, NY WASB 1590AM
Brockport, NY WRSB 1310AM


WORLDWIDE SHORTWAVE Radio Frequencies In Effect as of April 2006:
All Times CENTRAL TIME Zone North America
7:00 AM
The Power Hour
9.495/ 9.840 / 7.520 / 5.765
8:00 AM
The Power Hour
9.840 / 11.785 / 7.465
9:00 AM
The Power Hour
9.840 / 11.785 / 7.465
(All Times Evening Re-Play:
9:00 PM
The Power Hour (re-feed) 5.850
10:00 PM
The Power Hour (re-feed) 5.850
11:00 PM
The Power Hour (re-feed) 5.850 / 7.555

Internet Streaming Audio and Archives:

http://www.m2ktalk.com ; www.GCNLive.com and http://www.whri.com

The topic will be Social Movements and how they work.

June 9, 2006

Yesterday, I was so busy with housework- my activism has been my excuse for not cleaning the house properly for years, but the day of reckoning came with the carpet cleaners, and I was obliged to empty my living room. I did also work on compiling the Directory of Participants from the Chicago Conference. Mike Ruppert wrote a daming article, reminding me of the hit piece by Daniel Hopsicker after the San Francisco International Inquiry, I think their egos were bruised- so they attacked the movement. Kevin Barrett, (MUJCA.com) bless his heart, (in response to Ruppert's hit piece) wrote a hysterically funny satirical piece which I can't resist posting here:

VICTORY MARKS IGNOMINIOUS END TO 9/11 TRUTH MOVEMENT
As Sad As It Was Predictable Regime Change in Washington, DC Marks the End of a Sequential and Planned Campaign to Discredit Only Authentic 9/11 Research--Mine
by Michael C. Duppert and Jamey Heck
© Copyright 2006, From The Bilderbergs Publications, www.fromthebilderbergs.com. All Rights Reserved. This story MAY be posted on any Internet web site without express written permission. Contact admin@ciavcia.com. May be circulated, distributed or transmitted for my-profit purposes only.

June 7th 2006, 1:28pm [PST] – “Ignominious” is the only word that comes to mind as I try to describe the horrible feeling of watching the 9/11 truth movement triumph without me. The recent arrests of Dick Cheney, George W. Bush, Paul Wolfowitz, Richard Perle, Douglas Feith, Gen. Richard Meyers, Larry Silverstein, Rudy Guliani and others for high treason are utterly meaningless because I, Mike Duppert, did not get the credit I deserved. Worse, it appears that the apocalyptic meltdown of the US economy that I predicted by spring, 2006 has not happened, and I am living in a cave in Oregon--with Mark Rabinowitz, no less--for no particular reason. Some people might think being stuck in a cave with Mark forever would boggle Dante's imagination--but actually I think Mark's kind of cute. Note: Contact Osama and Hummux for cave-decorating tips.

The war-crimes trials in Washington, D.C. are clearly a disinformation campaign, spun by PROMIS-software-wielding conspirators, to discredit my masterpiece Glossing the Rube Icon. In that book, I proved once and for all that it doesn't matter whether top US officials blew up the Twin Towers and WTC-7 and murdered almost 3,000 people, nor whether there is something very wrong with the official account of the flights, especially Flight 77. I proved that there is only one thing that matters: ME! Yet the prosecutors are ignoring me and charging Cheney and company with blowing up the WTC and faking the Pentagon hit. They're ignoring all my cool stuff on PROMIS, Mike Vreeland, and futuristic biological warfare scenarios, and charging those guys with the boring old crimes of mass murder and high treason.

It's all the fault of that stupid 9/11 truth movement--those guys just didn't know when to quit. When my book came out and I said, "Okay, that's it--forget about 9/11 truth from now on," only five or ten percent of the population had even heard of us, and Bush's numbers were above 50%. But because those 9/11 truth freaks just kept on keeping on, the numbers grew and grew, the Bush regime became the most loathed administration in history, and public pressure finally forced the 9/11 story into the media, bit by bit. I did everything I could to discourage them, but they didn't listen to me. What assholes! Now that they've won without me, I hope they realize that it's all part of the great conspiracy--against me, Mike Duppert. Just wait till peak oil gets them, ha ha ha. I'll be sitting pretty in this cave, smoking bat guano with Mark Rabinowitz and dreaming about how Mark and I, together, will repopulate the world.

Blessed be the efforts of DZ, 911 Blogger, who is swifter in getting up photos and clips from last weekend's events than the organizers, who are drowning under the attentions of ABC, NBC, CBS, in the wake of the NYT's article, and the green light they gave to the press on covering the 9-11 Truth Movement.

June 8, 2006

I tried to post my Plenary Presentation from the Chicago Conference on my website. They didn't film it, and it was supposed to be a powerpoint presentation. Hopefully, it will be useful to folks as I tried to paint an overview of the Grand Strategy of Social Movements and the Effective/Ineffective roles we can play as activists.

June 7, 2006

Last night David Grace interviewed me on my Congressional Race for IndyBay.org. He did another interview on the 9/11 Revealing the Truth, Reclaiming the Future Conference.

Since I was unopposed in the Primary, I won the "election"- at least, I will go on to the ballot in November as the Green Party candidate.

June 6, 2006 (Election Day)

I survived the trip to Chicago, and the Primary is being held today in California.

I never fully recovered from being sick, and Chicago was a physical ordeal for me. I arrived on Thursday night, late for the "dinner meeting" for organizers. (I hadn't eaten the whole day). It was great to meet folks for the first time, and after the meeting we went to dinner at the hotel restaurant and the table grew from seating 10 to thirty people, as more people came to join us, including Alex Jones and the Loose Change guys with their camera crews in hand.

Gary Franchi was so thrilled to see Jones and the Loose Change guys, but I dragged him away to help me with a flyer that we could pass out on Friday to alert people to the rally. Because the email to sign up to be in the Participant's Directory was sent out only 30 minutes before I caught the plane, I also included a form on the flip side of our flyer, so we could get them to all the people registering for the conference.

On Friday, I got up super early and persuaded Kevin Barrett to take me to Kinko's to make copies that we could pass out at breakfast and throughout the day. An Italian film crew showed up and wanted to film the office, and so we set up banners, signs, etc... and I also tried to get some visuals and materials for the press conference and the press packets.

The Press Conference was packed to overflowing. At 2:15, I got inside and announced the group was leaving for the rally/march in downtown Chicago. The police had come and organized an escort to help us across the street. We distributed signs, banners, song-sheets, handouts, lots of Deception Dollars, and had a good 100-200 people come with us. We sang and chanted along the way. The bottleneck was getting through the turnstile at the train station (a shame they wouldn't allow us through as a group).

It was an easy walk to Daley Plaza. Alex Jones had arrived ahead of us and had a blowhorn. I tried to pass him our mike and rig up a better sound system, but I think he preferred the blowhorn. Luckily Daley Plaza was rather large and could handle a couple small rallies, so we had a couple sound systems going at the same time, but I did have other speakers and Alex wasn't exactly sharing his system. Ralph Shoenman, Janette MacKinlay, Joyce Lynn also had a chance to speak, before we set off for the ABC studios.

Joel Lewis and guitar had come all the way up from Florida, and Malcontent X had come from quite a distance, both sang, as we marched. I had never been to downtown Chicago before and the route took us over a river through a nice section of downtown, it was a beautiful day and fun to be there with so many activists. However the blowhorns were rather dominating, and I'm afraid that they did more fearmongering than rallying and winning over the public. There wasn't much that I could do about that except pass on the mike when iI thought we could squeeze in an intelligible word edgewise and allow the chants and songs to be heard along the way. Les Jamieson spoke at NBC.

The police provided a very friendly escort- and helped us en masse to cross the streets.

We wrapped it up around five o'clock and headed back towards the hotel.

I was so exhausted when we got back, that I just went to bed and missed the whole evening program.

Saturday morning, I was supposed to open the plenary. I had worked so hard on my speech/powerpoint presentation that I wanted to be sure that the tech side went smoothly. Unfortunately, it wasn't up and running. I only got to try out the computer ten minutes before I was supposed to begin and the screen wasn't hooked up to the computer until well into my time. The plenary was only 30 minutes long, and we couldn't delay anything with our incredibly packed schedule, so I did the best I could, followed by David Kubiak, and then we started adding walls for the day's break-out sections.

My workshop was on the Eight Stages of Social Movements, the Effective/Ineffective Roles Acitivists can play, Where we are now... (I wasn't totally prepared, just because I have been so busy these past few weeks.) I had started a powerpoint presentation, but hadn't written out a formal presentation- besides workshops should be participatory and not lectures. There were about ten people initially so, I tried to get everyone into a circle and introduce themselves. I was very impressed by wealth of experience, knowledge, diversity of everyone who had come. So we had a lively dialogue before I plunged into covering the gist of the material, and did the best I could before we ran out of time, fortunately I had handouts, and the book for those who wanted to go into greater depth.

The biggest problem with the conference was that there were so many people and so much going on that it was totally impossible to hear everyone/do everything/meet everyone. I especially wanted to go to all the film premieres, to decide which ones were worth organizing big theatrical screenings of, and to meet the filmmakers- since film is one of the most powerful tools we have to reaching the public. Usually the films were shown during mealtimes- which meant that I was usually hungry/starving/and tired...

Also Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance had shipped and carried a ton of handouts/tabling materials and we needed to table them. I had hoped that between the eight of us- we could divide the time and that we could also share tabling with the filmmakers who made "Who Killed John O'Neil?" However, Hummux and Ken were always busy with tech stuff. Diane never showed up. Janette didn't want to table. Only Becky, Bob and I could table and many times, we couldn't. So we had to stash the materials under the table. My case of 100 Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush didn't arrive in time, so I couldn't give away as many copies as I would have liked to.

I finally got to meet people that I had only known via phone and email. I only had time for a hug and word with old friends- like Barrie and Webster. Tabling, I met new folks from all over the country, but I missed a lot of the presentations. I stayed up way too late on Saturday night to hear Annie, the whistleblower and the Democracy Burlesque act.

Sunday morning, I had to be up early to make sure that we would be able to show Who Killed John O'Neil? and I still had technological difficulties. We started on time, but had sound and no image for the first 5- 10 minutes. More people drifted into the room during the screening, and I think having the film shown and available at the conference was worth missing Senator Boxer's press conference- I think it is a powerful, brilliant film and should be screened widely.

Following the screening was the Movies Panel, and there were so many filmmakers, offering tips and advice, and suggesting ways we could all collaborate.

I managed to get a quick lunch with Malcontent X, who had produced an amazing wonderful 9-11 rock opera which also needs to get out, and we need to develope some sort of strategy for that.

That afternoon, we had our marathon political panel with all the 9-11 Truth candidates in combination with the political strategy workshop from 1:20 to 4:20. I must say, I tried to do the best I could, but I felt really ill- like passing out, throwing up during the 3 hour panel. Poor Brian Bogart had worked really hard on a 15 minute speech that he hoped to deliver at some point. We never let him get through the whole speech, but stopped him and began challenging him on it. (me especially) I tried to apologize to him later. In general I agree with him on most of his analyses, but I felt too ill and was rubbed the wrong way, by a couple of things he said which struck me as being completely off.

I must have looked as awful as I felt, because several times people would come up to me, looking concerned and offered to bring me water, juice, which I desperately needed and revived me. I did appreciate how people did look after and help one another, despite the occaisional difference of opinion, I think we all did respect one another and the work that everyone was doing.

I went to the closing plenary and stuck in my two cents- to distribute the left over signs from the rally, get everyone to add their info to the participant's directory and to articulate the Goals of Stage Four- Take Off (which is where we are now, according to Bill Moyer's- Doing Demcracy MAP of Social Movements) which are the broader goals that will bring us to the next level-(Success). Those goals are-

* to create a new nationwide grassroots-based social movement (one reason for the Directory of Participants- so we cn communicate directly, rather than go through a bureaucracy)

* to put the powerholders' actual policies and practices in the public spotlight and on society's agenda of important issues;

* to create a public platform from which the movement can educate the general public:

* to create public dissonance on the issue by constantly presenting people with two contradictory views of reality -- that of the movement and that of the powerholders;

* to win the sympathies and the opinions of a majority of the public; and

* to become recognized as the legitimate opposition.

Bob Bowman gave a rousing closing speech. I hope he wins his congressional bid!

Because we were running late, it wasn't clear when the evening program was going to start. We had a great comic, the "Ayatollah of Comedy," Azhar Usman, considered by many the world's leading Muslim stand-up comic who had come to perform. Despite some gaffs, reorganizing the AV, for the film showing to follow, Azhar put on a great show. I am hoping that I can get him to do a benefit out here sometime, maybe with one of the film premieres.

I was so hungry and exhausted that I just barely managed to get food, figure out when my plane was leaving, pack, and didn't get to say good-bye or swap/give away all the stuff that we had brought for the things which I had hoped to get. I also had a terrible headache and didn't sleep well or very long, since I had to be up at 6:30 am for a 8:29 a.m. flight.

It was heartening to see the article that appeared in the New York Times 500 Conspiracy Buffs Meet to Seek the Truth of 9/11 and my banner in the lead photo.




I'm sure much good will come out of the conference. I did also finally meet Dave Slesinger, who wants to do civil disobediance when Stone's World Trade Center flick comes out. I think it is a good idea and want to help do something locally and organize a coordinated national campaign. The 'illegal" act would be to flyer on the forbidden space of shopping malls where all those suburban cinemas are located. Anyone want to participate?- let me know! Carol cbrouillet@igc.org.

Janice called me just now and she is getting more calls from NBC, ABC, and CBS, who are following the New York Times lead and interested in the story of the conference and the 9-11 truth movement. We are definitely in the Take-off Stage and the next several months should find us in the spotlight.

June 1, 2006

I've been so busy. I was invited (as a member of Veteran's for Peace) to a press conference organized by Senator Barbara Boxer on Tuesday, which was moved to a different location because of a bomb threat. I was on my way when I got a phone call from the film-maker of "Who Killed John O'Neil? wanting to verify that it would be in the program, so that they could finalize travel plans. By the time I was able to do that, I was too late to get to the press conference on time,... But that is the way my life is now, too much to do, not enough time; and hungry kids to feed, who need attention, as well. I still need to pack, haven't finished my powerpoint presentation for my workshop, and might be able to get an airline ticket and room transfered to another activist this morning, because a friend injured her back, and might not be able to go to Chicago- so much to do still, and just a few hours before my flight leaves.

There will be good turnout in Chicago, over 300 are registered, but I think the numbers, complexity of the program has made it a logistical nightmare- as far as registration, program... I think the most important thing to do is get a directory of participants made so we all can communicate better with one another. I volunteered to do so- but there has been a bottleneck in communications- so don't know if it will happen- since my communication never reached the website/participants- and I haven't received the info that I had hoped to compile- and don't know whether I'll be able to gather it at the conference... since I am also supposed to be helping with the Press Conference, Rally, March, in addition to speaking on Saturday at the plenary and doing my workshop, and tabling...

I'm also supposed to be doing press, but have been so busy, I have only sent out one press release this week, although I did help draft one- which I hope others will pass on- I had my usual demo yesterday- and had that- "Ooops can't do two things at the same time problem."

May 28, 2006

The good news is that I was contacted by some amazing whistle-blowers who will be coming to the Conference in Chicago, and sent me an excellent DVD of a film called - Who Killed John O'Neil?" (www.WKJO.com) I hope we will be able to screen it in Chicago.

I'm very frustrated at the Indymedia sites- because I am unable to post details of the 9-11 Truth Rally/March!!!Anyone who can help publicize this- I would greatly appreciate it. Gary did manage to post the local flyers at http://chicago.indymedia.org/media/index.php I posted some info on my events page, and hopefully something will go up on the Conference website, and out to participants, but I think we are overwhelmed by tasks right now, and behind in all the details that need to be done.

May 26, 2006

Gary Franchi just called me this afternoon, and told me- "We got the permit!!!" Hooray! So we can move forward with the rally/march in Chicago a week from today- June 2, 2006.

Press Conference at the Hotel 1:00 p.m.- 2:15 p.m.

2:20 p.m. Activists will leave en masse for the El Train, and Downtown Chicago to rally by 3:30 in Daley Plaza. At 4:00 p.m. we will begin our march to ABC's new headquarters, and on to Tribune Plaza, where other media outlets are located.

The 9/11 Truth excursion/rally/march will be a wonderful networking, activist opportunity, to raise the visibility of our issue, to see Chicago, to let the public, the press, the world know that 9/11 Truth Movement is alive, growing, and a champion of truth, peace, justice, human rights, democracy, freedom, hope, and courage. We hope all those coming to Chicago for the conference, who can, will join us, as well as the local peace, truth, justice, impeachment groups. We encourage people to bring banners, signs, their voices, enthusiasm, chants, musical instruments, and we will also be providing signs, Deception Dollars, hand-outs, whistles, chant-sheets.

We will try to get back to the Hotel by 6:00 p.m.. for registration, Dinner, the evening program.

We should get it up on the website, soon and send out emails to the participants- I think we have over 200 pre-registered, now.

Gary also posted a link to NBC's broadcast of their piece on the Pentagon video release last week, which included two soundbites from me. It took them 40-45 minutes to squeeze out those sentences from me, which seemed to catch the reporter by surprize, he didn't seem to realize that their was any division in the movement over the issue of what hit the Pentagon.

I also was contacted by a whistle-blower and hope that I'll be able to persuade him, and raise funds (to bring him) to Chicago. I think he has an important piece of the puzzle which the truth movement should hear. Actually the only problem with Chicago- is that everyone has something important to bring to the table and it's going to be hard to find time for all the conversations to take place...

May 26, 2006

I still haven't caught up with all the work I need to do for the Chicago Conference or recovered from being sick. Gary Franchi and I have been working on getting a permit for a 9/11 Truth rally, and figuring out the march route for Friday afternoon, June 2, 2006 in downtown Chicago.

I finally did get to see the clip NBC used of me, after interviewing me for forty minutes. At least they acknowledged the "9-11 Truth Movement" and showed the 911Truth.org website, the banner for the Chicago Conference, and acknowledged that Judicial Watch wanted to lay rest to the "conspiracy theories" that "the government was behind 9-11." They closed it with mention that these videos were only two of eighty that were asked to be released- that the government denied existing, and Lee Hamilton saying there was plenty of evidence that it was Flight 77. I sent the clip to Gary Franchi, who will post it on the web.

I was so glad to get the Zogby Poll results which places the Movement clearly in the Stage Four "Take Off" stage. I need to wrok on my power point for the plenary and workshop for the conference, but I still have all the tasks to do- go to the Post office, ship stuff, go to the bank, deposit the checks, work on the rooms (who is sharing with whom) and the press conference. I'm just glad that I am "helping" and that the burden of organizing isn't on my shoulders.

I also appreciate other people's remarkable abilities, and the new films that are coming out. What's the Truth? How Indeed Did the Twin Towers Collapse is a great online movie that 911blogger.com has posted on his website.

I also got a call from Joseph Calhoun,in Colorado, who will be running for Congress as a Green on a 9-11 Truth Platform, and got a press release from a Green Candidate for Senate in New York calling for a new 9-11 Investigation. I hope there will be lots of candidates in Chicago!

The mainstream coverage shows that the movement is really unstoppable at this pont, but I want to write more on the opportunities/pitfalls, effective/ineffective strategies that we should consider now.

May 21, 2006

NBC did air a 2 minute piece on the pentagon video release which included two soundbites from me last Tuesday. I still don't know "which" soundbites. Wednesday, I did not feel well, and was feverish during my Listening Project, and went directly to bed when I got home. I've had the fever, runny nose, cough, headache, aches, pains...usual flu since then, though I'm up now trying to catch up on the most critical stuff (like paperwork for my campaign so I don't get fined.)

John Albanese's new film is taking off on the internet. A revised Impeachment Resolution includes an expanded 9-11 Truth Statement!!! This was sent out to counties to poll them on their position. This proposal or a variation of it will be put forward to the California Green Party plenary in June.

The governance of our country has entered an era where it has become debilitating to:
-The worldwide reputation of its citizenry,
-Hopeful prospects of building world peace,
-Prospects of material and social resources worldwide being used equally for the betterment of all lives of all living things on earth.

Whereas goals and values of Green Parties worldwide yearn to reverse these debilitating factors within governments and social structures. We purpose to energize this reversal through the legal means of impeaching those facilitating these debilitating factors. The GPCA may join this worldwide effort by endorsing this proposal, attached language and actions.

Proposal:

To forward this resolution (included at bottom) through any and all proper GPCA channels to proper government and media entities that the GPCA's opinion is:

That our President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense and Attorney General have committed high crimes and misdemeanors, and

Therefore, the Green Party of California demands the impeachment and consequent removal from office of:
President George W. Bush, Vice President Richard B. Cheney, Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld, and Attorney General Alberto Gonzales.

Be it further resolved that the Green Party of California petitions the House of Representatives of the U.S. Congress to initiate Impeachment proceedings against all four identified officials under the authority given them by Article I, Section 2 of the U.S. Constitution and the duty given them by their constitutional oath to "preserve, protect and defend the Constitution."

Be it further resolved that copies of this Resolution be sent to our Congressional representatives and to all members of the House Judiciary Committee.

Timeline: Immediately, and/or as soon as proper letters, releases and notifications can be most accurately drafted and delivered.

Resources:
GROW, GPCA-CC, Media SC volunteer time, Between $100 and $300 for printing and postage.

+++++++ RESOLUTION +++++++

A RESOLUTION OF THE GREEN PARTY OF CALIFORNIA in defense of the Constitution of the United States, demanding the impeachment of George W. Bush, Richard B. Cheney, and two complicit associates.

Whereas the Declaration of Independence declares securing "unalienable Rights" including "Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness" to be the purpose of government, and

Whereas the Constitution of the United States establishes the firm foundation for our rule of law, and its Bill of Rights provides for the precious individual rights and freedoms guaranteed to all American citizens, and

Whereas, in the conduct of their offices, President George W. Bush, Vice President Richard B. Cheney, Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld, and Attorney General Alberto Gonzales, in violation of their constitutional oaths to "preserve, protect and defend the Constitution" and to "take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed," have committed any or all of the following "high Crimes and Misdemeanors":

• I. WARRANTLESS SEARCHES:
  Ordering the National Security Agency to conduct secret, warrantless searches and seizures of the private personal communications of American citizens, without oversight by the legislative or judicial branches of the government, in violation of the 4th Amendment of the Constitution and the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of the Congress (FISA 1978);

• II. TORTURE:
  Authorizing and permitting torture against human beings, in violation of the Geneva Conventions (1864-1949) and the United Nations' Convention against Torture and other Cruel, Inhuman, or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (1985);

• III. INDEFINITE DETENTION:
  Depriving both American citizens and non- citizens of their constitutionally guaranteed rights regarding unjust imprisonment and speedy and public trial, in violation of their rights to guaranteed liberty and due process of law in the 5th and 6th Amendments;

• IV. WAR OF AGGRESSION: Launching an illegal, unjust, and undeclared war against the sovereign state of Iraq, in violation of Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution and Chapters 1, 6, and 7 of the Charter of the United Nations (1945);

• V. USE OF ILLEGAL WEAPONS: Authorizing the use of illegal chemical and radioactive weapons in military campaigns, notably white phosphorous and depleted uranium in Iraq, in violation of the United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948);

• VI. DELIBERATE DECEPTIONS: Repeatedly, consciously, and with forethought, lying to the American people and the U.S. Congress by providing false and deceptive rationales for an unjustified and illegal war in Iraq; covering up the truth about the 9-11 attacks, namely, that the Bush administration, at a minimum, had foreknowledge of the attacks and intentionally failed to prevent them, and at worst, were complicit in the attacks themselves, creating the myth of Al Qaeda as a pretext for starting a war "that will not end in our lifetimes", the so-called "War on Terror";

• VII. ATTACKING CIVILIANS: Authorizing, ordering, and condoning direct military attacks on civilians and civilian homes and communities, thereby causing massive death, maiming, and destruction in Iraq, in violation of Article 3 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights;

• VIII. VIOLATIONS OF INTERNATIONAL TREATIES: Violating and unilaterally abrogating lawful signatory treaties, such as the Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty (1972) between the United States and Russia, the Treaty of Rome (1950) establishing the International Criminal Court, and the Geneva Conventions providing for humane treatment of combatants and civilians, in violation of Article VI of the Constitution acknowledging these treaties to be "the Supreme Law of the Land."

• IX. TREASON: Betrayal and disclosure of identifying information of a CIA agent and the operational cover by White House officials caused significant damage to U.S. national security thereby giving aid and comfort to the enemy in violation of USC Title 18, Part 1, Chapter 37 § 793 , § 794, and the Intelligence Identities Protection Act of 1982.

I think the movement for impeachment, truth, peace, justice will continue to grow, but there is still much work for me and everyone else to do.

May 16, 2006

Busy day, biked to the Post Office to ship Deception Dollars, finally got a check from KPFK for all the DVDs they ordered for their spring fundraising drive, but one box went astray (don't know whether it's just a mistake- or part of a larger pattern- as the 1000 2nd edition DVDs did get help up by Homeland Security for a week because of our title- Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush).

I was baking cookies for tomorrow's Listening Project when NBC called and asked for an interview. They said they'd be here in an hour. I burnt two trays of cookies, as I gathered talking points and tried to view the newly released Pentagon footage (unsuccessfully) before they showed up. I hung up a couple of banners and was going to get out some DVDs, books, materials, when two guys showed up, Garvin Thomas and his cameraman. They were quite nice and the interview lasted a good 40 minutes. I figured they would use less than a minute on the 6:00 pm news, but I don't think they aired it. I emailed Garvin and asked him "What's up?"...NBC usually doesn't air their interviews with me on 9/11- although they did a good piece on our rally/march Demanding Pre-Emptive Impeachment.

At 4:30 pm I had another interview with Peter B. Collins on a Monterey Radio Show. He was great and pushed the Chicago Conference. I mentioned the fake story they used to sell the first gulf War with the Kuwaiti Ambassador's daughter, and Peter said that he interviewed her and thought she was lying. I was impressed!

I didn't have time to finish cooking (or eating) dinner before the 6:00 pm conference call to finalize the program for Chicago. It's so much work!

Never enough time to do everything- like sleep and eat...

May 15, 2006

I've been working on the 9/11 Revealing the Truth, Reclaiming Our Future Conference fulltime, though I took a break Mother's Day to take a long walk with my husband and son (who was just accepted to Oberlin and is struggling to decide between it and UC Davis). I've been getting lots of calls and emails from people coming in from all over wanting to share rooms- it's going to be great to get so many amazing, wonderful people together- the challenge will be squeezing more hours into two days to accomodate all the conversations itching to take place.

It is heartening to see the Bush crimes on the front pages of the newspaper and to get e-mails that the mafia/organized crime activities of Governers and other high officials are also coming to light. There should be a huge political shake-up this year.

From the New York Times
May 11, 2006

FBI Creates Web Site for Corruption Tips

By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS

Filed at 11:18 p.m. ET

SAN DIEGO (AP) -- The FBI has established a Web site to make it easier for the public to pass along tips on corrupt government officials, FBI Director Robert Mueller said Thursday.

More than 1,000 corrupt government employees have been convicted in the last two years as a result of FBI investigations, many of which began with tips, Mueller said.

Even more cases go unreported out of indifference, fear of retribution or because witnesses were unsure what to do with the information, he said.

''There is a growing intolerance by the American people of public corruption, an intolerance reflected in the willingness to come forward and report abuse of public office,'' Mueller said.

The public can now submit tips through the Internet at http:reportcorruption.fbi.gov.

Mueller announced the Web site during a speech in San Diego, where former Congressman Randy ''Duke'' Cunningham pleaded guilty last year to accepting $2.4 million in bribes from defense contractors in return for government contracts. Cunningham was sentenced in March to more than eight years in prison.

FBI investigations also led to the conviction of a former city councilman and the indictment of several former members and officials of the board overseeing San Diego's pension fund.

------

On the Net:

www.fbi.gov/hq/cid/pubcorrupt/pubcorrupt.htm

Locally, the crime connections could bring down SF Mayor, Gavin Newsom, and Congresswoman Nancy Pelosi, probably why she is fighting Impeachment efforts so strongly- it will eventually bring her down, too. She is very cozy with the Bushes.

John Albanese's new film "Everybody's Gotta Learn Sometime" is available now on the Internet at-www.crisisinamerica.org and http://www.911podcasts.com/display.php?vid=92, although the site is overwhelmed right now. I can't wait to see it!

I also just noticed that there will be a debate between the 9/11 truth movement and those defending the official story (This should be interesting!!!!) See The National 9/11 Debate scheduled for September 16th, 2006 in South Carolina.

Civilian Debate Team selected to debate government account of 9/11

The National 9/11 Debate; is pleased to announce that Philip Berg, James Fetzer, David Ray Griffin, Steven Jones, Morgan Reynolds, George Nelson, and Judy Wood have agreed to participate in the National 9/11 Debate on September 16, 2006 in Charleston, South Carolina. Members of the 9/11 Commission, government scientists from the National Institute of Standards and Technology, and other supporting experts are anticipated to participate and represent the government’s debate team.

Philip J. Berg, Esquire is a Former Deputy Attorney General of Pennsylvania, and the attorney for plaintiffs in 9-11 RICO Suit vs. Bush. His web site, 911forthetruth.com covers the RICO lawsuit against Bush, Cheney, and 53 other defendants in Federal Court.

James H. Fetzer a Distinguished McKnight University Professor of Philosophy at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, a former Marine Corps officer, the author or editor of 27 books, and founder and co-chairman of Scholars for 9/11 Truth.

David Ray Griffin is Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Theology at the Claremont Graduate School, where he taught for over 30 years, retiring in 2004. He has authored or edited over thirty books, including "The New Pearl Harbor: Disturbing Questions About the Bush Administration and 9/11" and "Christian Faith and the Truth Behind 9/11".

Steven E. Jones is the co-chairman of Scholars for 9/11 Truth, a Professor of Physics at Brigham Young University, an expert in cold fusion and solar energy who earned his Ph.D. at Vanderbilt, and who has authored an influential study of the collapse of the Twin Towers (WTC-1, WTC-2).

George Nelson, Colonel, USAF (retired) is a trained aircraft accident investigator who served as an Aircraft Maintenance Manager for more than 30 years and who was assigned additional duties as a member of aircraft accident investigation teams for the United States Air Force.

Morgan Reynolds is a Professor Emeritus of Economics at Texas A&M. He is the former Chief Economist for the Department of Labor for President George W. Bush. He is also the former Director of the Criminal Justice Center at the National Center for Policy Analysis. In June 2005, Lew Rockwell published Reynolds’ article: Why Did the Trade Center Skyscrapers Collapse?

Judy D. Wood is a Professor of Mechanical Engineering at Clemson University with degrees in Civil Engineering, Engineering Mechanics, and Materials Engineering Science. Professor Wood teaches courses in the areas of engineering mechanics and experimental stress analysis.

The structure of the National 9/11 Debate will include a credentialed seven-member debate team that supports the government’s account of 9/11, a credentialed seven-member debate team that disputes elements of the government’s account, and a seven-member media panel that will monitor the debates and pose questions to the debate team members.

May 10, 2006

All I have been doing for the past two days (besides feeding kids/laundry/dishes...) is getting out press advisories for the Chicago Conference. Anyone who can help send this to the press (my contact list is limited), your help would be appreciated. Here's the text, we've been using:

Press Advisory, May 10, 2006

Media Contacts-
September11press@yahoo.com
Michael Berger (314) 308-4893
Bryan Sacks (267) 228-0136
Carol Brouillet- (650) 857-0927

9/11- Revealing the Truth, Reclaiming the Future
Chicago-O’Hare Rosemont, Illinois
June 2-4, 2006,
Embassy Suites Hotel
Authors, researchers, activists and political candidates associated with the growing 9/11 truth movement will gather at the Embassy Suites Hotel (Chicago-O'Hare Rosemont) June 2-4 for a weekend of exposition and strategy aimed at challenging the conventional view of the 9-11 attacks, and raising public awareness of their full scope. Educational presentations will offer alternate analyses of both the meaning and etiology of the attacks, and strategy sessions will consider constitutional approaches to reining in elements within the US government who have criminally chosen to ignore constitutional protections since 9/11 and plan further encroachments on individual rights. Speakers scheduled to attend include Peter Phillips of Project Censored, BYU Physics professor Steven E. Jones, news commentator Alex Jones, Canadian media critic Barrie Zwicker and California 9/11 truth Congressional candidate Carol Brouillet.

The 9/11 Commission Report failed to answer (or to even address) the majority of questions posed by the family members of 9/11 victims, and the Commissioners likewise did not see fit to consider evidence and issues raised by 9/11 researchers. Polls show that a growing majority believes that there has been a cover-up of 9/11, fueling the diminishing popularity of the Bush administration, and the growing demand for impeachment.

While 9/11 researchers and activists disagree about many aspects of what did happen, they unanimously agree that there has been a systemic obstruction of justice, destruction of evidence, and a cover-up of 9/11-related information engineered by high-ranking officials. Members of the highly decentralized 9/11 truth movement have organized rallies, marches, educational events, produced films, television, radio programs, art and music to challenge the official story, inspire people to investigate the facts about that day and to push for accountability of government officials' criminal behavior.

Conference presenters will gather to share evidence and to discuss strategy in hopes of further mobilizing the public to hold officials accountable for their crimes, and remove them from positions of power. They further hope to prevent future “9/11’s” by exposing the mechanics and history of special operations and false flag terror events that have been used by governments to gain support for wars and to justify domestic repression.

A press conference will be held at 1pm on Friday, June 2nd at the Chicago-O’Hare Embassy Suites Hotel in Rosemont, IL. Conference registration begins at 4 pm. The conference program will run from Friday evening until Sunday at 6pm. Details at- www.911revealingthetruth.org. Sponsors include 911Truth.org, Muslim-Jewish-Christian Alliance for 9/11 Truth.


________________________________________________

If you can come, please get your airline tickets, book a room, register ASAP- I think the reduced hotel rates expire tonight or tomorrow.

One other thing that really needs to be done, too- is cyber-networking and encouraging 9-11 websites to post the banner for the conference on their site. An extremely wonderful guy really worked hard to improve the website and posted it at 911truth.org/911rtt/ last night, but it still needs work- the rideboard/roomshare isn't on it- and the speakers/program still needs updating- there's just so much work and not enough people to do everything, but any help in outreach- getting the banner up on websites and spreading the word via email will help tremendously.

It's amazing how small actions can snowball to help a movement grow. When we blew the whistle on the 9-11 Commissioners in the summer of 2004, I still remember Gypsy actually forgot to blow her whistle the first time, but she did get coverage on the local tv station for simply challenging them out loud. Then we prepared a bit more and got the next few challenges on tape. The footage has been a hit when we've shown it at the meetings, in the theater, and someone posted it online at- http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8888742751442686831 (The 9/11 Kean Commission members come to visit the Bay Area).

P.S. On the Zelikow visit to Stanford, the day of the event, I got this op-ed in the Stanford Daily- The truth about Zelikow and the Sept. 11 cover-up commission. Our protest (with color photos) was on the cover of the next day's issue with this story Zelikow says U.S. has more work to do.

May 8, 2006

I've been very busy with the kids, the annual children's parade, a gathering of film-makers, television producers in the Santa Cruz Mountains and today is the day to get out press advisories for the Chicago Conference. The recent Shake-Up at the CIA is an odd portent. Goss's replacement is an old time Intelligence big-wig who specializes on cracking down hard on whistle-blowers at the NSA, hardly a comforting thought, but then I was never a great fan of Goss (I wrecked my back one summer writing a scathing critique of him- Prime Suspect of the Largest Mass Murder in U.S. Nominated to Head C.I.A..)

After the intense assessment of the current strength/vulnerability of the current regime that I've been discussing/writing about with 9-11 activists, I appreciated getting this article which highlights a major rift within the ruling class- The US's geopolitical nightmare By F William Engdahl

Jan Hoyer, a friend of mine, has been doing a better job than me on keeping up with 9/11 news at her blog-http://digitalstyledesigns.com/pages/Thoughts.htm which includes a link to a fascinating exchange with Chomsky on 9-11.

I did get to review an excellent new film on 9/11 entitled "9/11 Press For Truth" which features the Jersey girls, Paul Thompson, and the role of the media in isolating and connecting the vital dots needed to help the public grasp the truth about 9/11. Hopefully, we'll be able to showcase/premiere the film in Chicago.

Cinco de Mayo, 2006

I heartily recommend this great article on the history of this day- Reclaiming Cinco de Mayo, by Matt Gonzalez. At last night's Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting Frank Runninghorse rejoined us. We had more things to talk about than we had time for, but surprisingly enough the retreat was indefinitely postponed, and I certainly can't work on it until after Chicago. We voted to help send Ken, Christian and I to Chicago. Becky, Diane, Janette are also going and I need to work on press for it, in addition to all my other work. There is just not enough hours in the day to do everything. With so many of us going to Chicago, we might have to cancel the June 1st local meeting.

May 3, 2006

The DVDs finally got through Homeland Security and I was able to ship them yesterday, and load up the car for the event last night in Oakland (missing the phone conference for Chicago, the Green Party meeting, the Impeachment tv show put on by the local Peace and Justice group, not to mention dinner...). A local TV crew was nearby, but totally ignored the event. All three Loose Change filmmakers turned up. After many heated email exchanges, Vince and Victoria flyered outside the theater to be confronted by the film-makers, cameras in tow. I missed all that, busy as I was setting up. What bothered me the most was that Gypsy didn't want to start on time and after almost half an hour when the audience started clapping- we were finally able to begin. Allen Michaan introduced Gypsy who introduced Bonnie Faulkner, it was a benefit for Bonnie, then I spoke followed by the film-maker- both of us spoke, I think, directly as a result of the controversy over the film within the 9-11 Truth Movement.

About 360 people came- so the theater looked pretty full; I recognized lots of people (the choir), but asked how many new people came that were attending their first 9-11 educational event. I think around 40 people raised their hands, here's the gist of what I said:

Real leadership sometimes means doing something, because you know that if you don’t do it, nobody else is going to do it. Gypsy has shown real leadership by pulling together this event which certainly wouldn't have happened without her efforts, and she has three little kids. I have three big ones.

I am running for Congress on a 9-11 Truth, Impeachment, Peace platform.

Congress and the press have abdicated oversight responsibilities of the executive branch. They have supported war, the bogus war on terrorism, the construction of Homeland Security, the dismantling of our Constitution, and the systemic destruction of the basic civil rights established by the Magna Carta in 1215, with the institutionalization of torture, pre-emptive war which permits “terrorists” to label anyone who disagrees with them to be “terrorists.” The Big Lie justifying the most heinous crimes against the American people and the world has been 9-11.

The 9-11 Truth Alliance was born to challenge the lies, discover the truth, hold those responsible accountable, and expose the pattern of “false flag” operations that have been used to deceive people into supporting wars for many, too many centuries.

Our challenge has always been the psychological barrier of people not wanting to look at the evidence. People will say, “Even if it what you’re saying is true; I refuse to believe it.” Some people feel that we can convict the government on negligence, and don’t need to prove that they “consciously allowed 9-11 to happen.” There are those who are certain that we could convict them on allowing 9-11 to happen. There are an increasing number, a majority of us, who believe that they couldn’t have just “allowed it to happen,” but must have “made it happen.” And there are, some who feel that Bush and Cheney are merely puppets pulled by the Illuminati’s strings, and that if we don’t expose the puppet masters, then all of our efforts are in vain.

Personally, I believe that the best hope for the world is that we wake up the American people to take responsibility for their government and hold elected officials accountable for their crimes, and redirect the nation’s resources from killing and controlling people and planet to healing and nurturing life. The first obvious step is impeaching Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld, and the most potent tool that we have is deconstructing the official narrative of 9-11.

While those in the Truth Movement agree that 9-11 was an inside job, we often disagree on which evidence is the most compelling. I favor exposing the Al Qaeda myth, showing how Al Qaeda is a creation of the CIA, Saudi Arabia, through Pakistan’s ISI, and following the money trail- who financed 9-11, and who benefited. Jim Hoffman, our local researcher, author, has focused on the collapse of the towers and the collapse of World Trade Center Building #7, whose destruction was completely omitted from the Commission Report. There is the failure of the multi trillion dollar Defense Department to follow standard operating procedures and intercept any of the planes. There is the odd derelict behavior of the command structure on 9-11, despite the fact that they were conducting multiple wargames, another point of omission in the official report. There is the fact that many of the highjackers are alive and well and claim they “didn’t’ do it. There is the systemic destruction of evidence, the obvious cover-up… a huge array of evidence which has covered many days of presentations in the Citizens’ Inquiries that we’ve held. The definitive film, has yet to be made.

Loose Change 2 includes some of the key points of evidence, but it also includes some very controversial evidence. I have noticed that the press and Congress have a tendency to ignore what I consider to be the most important issues and questions that we have tried to raise. My Congresswoman will say, “I was at the Pentagon on the afternoon of the attack- I saw the plane wreckage.” She will dismiss every issues and question that I’ve raised, even if I never mention the Pentagon. The press and Congress generally attack the straw men and our weakest arguments and ignore the questions that they cannot respond to..

Hollywood, and the government have tremendous resources, and they are prepared to spend a fortune and utilize the vast media machine at their command to sell the official story of 9-11 which establishes the legitimacy of the current government and the outrageous budget that they are pouring in to the military and “Homeland Security.”

All we have is a shared commitment to discover the truth, expose the lies, and the courage, creativity, passion to revolutionize communications in this country to thwart corporate censorship and wake people up. The ruling paradigm depends on terror, fear, apathy, and cynicism. It cannot stand up to truth, rational challenges, the organized, cooperative, concerted efforts of the public to hold government officials, and corporate crooks, accountable, and rein in their criminal activities.

The filmmakers have extraordinary gifts and courage to tackle the defining issue of our times and to fan the fires of a growing Truth Movement. I encourage everyone to respect the differences of opinion, to learn more about the events of 9-11, to remember that we should support one another, and direct our anger at those who were responsible for the attacks. We have some great free handouts in the lobby, and excellent educational materials, and I hope that you all will be inspired to join us, locally we meet twice a month, and June 2nd-4th, we will be having another international 9-11 truth conference in Chicago. Together, we can do what no one of us could do alone.

___________________________________

Gypsy also showed clips of us blowing the whistle and challenging the 9-11 Commissioners and Zelikow when they came to the Bay Area, and a documentary on a free speech case about a website that showed some horrifically graphic photos of the dead and maimed bodies in Iraq, that were too painful for me to watch. I bet the actual film didn't start til 8:00 p.m.. Gabriel showed up and plugged the Chicago Conference and then there was a lively Q & A with the film-makers.

By the time I packed up and got home, it was 1 am, and I need to reorganize my car, ship some stuff, and set-up for today's Listening Project. I hope I can catch up on sleep tonight, because it is hard to function on too little sleep for too many days in a row.

May Day, 2006

I have so much work to do, but I am tempted to go to San Francisco for the big rallies/march for immigrants' rights- but I need help with banners/table... and I have been so busy that I haven't found anyone, yet.

A week ago our DVD- Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush was supposed to be done and ready to ship. I have orders for 350, but the DVDs were held up in customs- apparently for political reasons- because of the title. I might be able to get them today.

It has been a very hectic week, I had to write an article for Global Outlook, and there was lots of organizing to do- for the 9/11 Revealing the Truth- Reclaiming the Future June 2-4 Conference in Chicago, the regular weekly demo, the protest of United 93 on Friday night in San Francisco, and there was a going away party for Janette who is leaving today for New York. I also have to squeeze 150,000 Deception Dollars into the garage, which my husband has been bugging me to clean up for over a year. (I also took my son to UC Davis- and after visiting 14 colleges and Universities- he decided last night to go to Davis. And Saturday was my husband's birthday- so I baked him a cake and the family celebrated- missing all political activites.)

Gypsy managed to get a front page article in USA Today Conspiracy film rewrites Sept. 11. It bashes us, of course, but should draw in more people to the event- those who have never heard of the alternative press or who were unaware that there are those who "question" the government line. If I have the stomach for it, I should see the government propaganda film (United 93) and write a scathing critique, but time is a luxury I don't seem to possess. My Op-Ed probably won't get published because I haven't had time to send it around. Here it is-

Distract, Divide, and Conquer

The case for impeachment grows daily, as more egregious, self-serving, war provoking, Presidential lies are revealed. Theologian, David Ray Griffin, has also shattered the credibility of the 9/11 Commission Report, exposing the lie at the foundation of the Bush regime.

Yet, the press attacks Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney, who bravely raised questions about 9-11, and who organized "The 9/11 Omission: What the Commission Got Wrong" panel at the Congressional Black Caucus Annual Legislative Conference. McKinney stars in Guerrilla News Network's award winning film, American Blackout, which questions the legitimacy of the 2000 and 2004 Presidential elections.

Congress fails to support McKinney, and attacks immigrant’s rights, causing the most vulnerable part of the population to organize resistance in defense of themselves, their families, their friends, and justice.

The tactics of fear, terror to confuse, divide, contain, and misdirect popular outrage are ancient. Emotional issues, like immigration, shaped by fears of job loss, overpopulation, racism, violent ‘imagined’ threats are a foil, to counter the direct evidence of lying to the public, admission of high crimes, and misdemeanors. In the game of chess, the best defense is an offence, and those who seek to maintain power choose to attack the most vulnerable, rather than focus their attention on the gravest threat to the country and world, the executive branch of government.

The leaks about impending nuclear attack on Iran, a bird-flu pandemic, are designed to terrorize people and distract them from the cornered rats, those capable of destroying the world, who will not willingly give up power. The situation makes me think of a game of chicken, with two vehicles careening towards one another, daring each other to get out of the way or face annihilation. Will the Bush cabal destroy the planet? Will the planet destroy the Bush regime? Will one survive the other?

Carol Cross, returning from Venezuela, told the story of Hugo Chavez, a victim of an attempted coup, orchestrated by the CIA in 2002. Chavez was kidnapped. The press, in the control of those behind the coup, said that Chavez had resigned. Throughout the country, newspapers, radios, televisions repeated that Chavez had resigned, and that is what the military was told. One soldier, who was supposed to be guarding Chavez, lent him a cell phone. Hugo called his wife and told her that he hadn’t resigned. She did not have the press to relay the news to the people of Venezuela, but through phone, word of mouth, text messaging, word got out. The people gathered, in huge numbers, they demanded the return of their President, their Constitution, their elected representatives, and they got them back. The coup failed.

We can learn from this story. Here, there has been a coup, a powerful faction, has stolen not one, but two Presidential elections, and has lied to the people, shredded our Constitution, committed treason, started multiple wars. The press has ignored the crimes.

There is no single woman to get the truth out to the country, but there are many women and men, working very hard to wake people up, and alert them to the truth. They are using every means of communication to break the spell of the Big Lies that have been repeated by the press. They are calling for impeachment; they seek to rein in a criminal government that has hijacked our country, and seeks to hijack the entire world.

Truth unites all of us, but hoaxes are used to distract, divide, and conquer. We need to discern the truths from the avalanche of deceptions. David Ray Griffin, speaking recently in the Bay Area to full houses and responsive audiences, suggested a non-violent, "anti-imperialist movement." The truth is our best tool, to bring all of us together, and to disarm those whose power is built upon a pyramid of lies.

-------------------------

As the Bush regime plummets, and it looks like its definitely going down; there are more and more signs that they might try another spectacular "attack" to generate another crisis, new austerity measures, and cling to power. I got a phone call and e-mail from a young woman who is very concerned about the terrorist excercises planned for tomorrow in Chicago:
I am writing to inform you of several “terror exercises” which are set to take place in Chicago, May 2-4, 2006. There is speculation that these drills could be a cover for another inside job, as a pretext to attack Iran. Jonathan Campbell, a health consultant who has a background in political analysis, http://www.cqs.com, has written an excellent assessment of the Chicago situation, see below.

See also the press release on the training exercises issued by Illinois governor Blagojevich,

http://www.illinois.gov/PressReleases/ShowPressRelease.cfm?SubjectID=3&RecNum=4807

Email alert by Jonathan Campbell:

4/27/06

Dear folks,

This is unfortunately going to be a very weird and off-topic email. I'm not one to easily be swayed by internet gossip, and I can't make any guarantees that this is not a hoax, but I think it is unlikely.

During the early days in May, specifically May 2-4, the National Guard is going to be taking part in several "terror exercises" in Chicago. These have been confirmed by multiple sources and leaks within the U.S. military. A hospital (Rush Memorial) has been commandeered.

You may not be aware that such terror exercises also took place during 911 in New York and during the terror bombing in London, and it is thought by some, including many serious academic researchers, that these terror exercises set the stage for the attacks - that 911, etc. were actually primarily the work of the Bush Administration, arranging for Arab pawns to provide themselves as scapegoats and martyrs. (See www.911truth.org)

The exercises in Chicago are going to be in response to a "simulated" response to a "dirty bomb" and a building collapse. Some think that the Sears Tower might be the target. I've provided the data that I have received below.

You can make your own judgment as to whether you want to spread the word. I believe the threat is credible. Support for the Bush Administration is collapsing and anti-war sentiment is rapidly rising. This weekend there will be anti-war protests all over the country. Bush needs another 911-type disaster to align the country to war again, specifically to attack Iran.

Regards
Jonathan

April 27, 2006

Gov. Blagojevich announces large-scale exercise to test state’s ability to handle highly contagious communicable disease and terrorist events Governor signs law to ensure life-saving medications are distributed quickly during public health emergencies; Illinois is first state to test lessons learned from TOPOFF exercise

SPRINGFIELD – Governor Rod R. Blagojevich today said a three-day exercise next week will test the state’s ability to respond to an influenza pandemic and terrorist attack involving weapons of mass destruction (please note: this is an exercise only, designed to improve emergency planning and preparedness). Last September, the Governor called for a major test of the state’s preparedness following Hurricane Katrina, when emergency response in the Gulf Coast was overwhelmed by the nation’s largest natural disaster in history. Also today, the Governor signed Senate Bill 2921, legislation that will ensure that life-saving medications can be quickly dispensed during a health crisis, such as a pandemic flu outbreak, by allowing local emergency officials to enlist large numbers of health care volunteers to assist with distribution.

Complete resources available at
http://panhealth.org/biowarfare.htm

Get the latest terror-related headlines from Citizens for Legitimate Government (CLG),http://www.legitgov.org, and http://www.GlobalResearch.ca, and information on government-sponsored biowarfare

To be aware of:

--Training exercises/ terror drills can serve as a cover for a synthetic terror event

Alex Jones, http://www.infowars.com and http://www.prisonplanet.com, has done much research on the subject of terror drills.

--Biowarfare as an aspect of synthetic terror

In addition to more known forms of biowarfare, such as anthrax and smallpox, bird flu could also be considered a form of biowarfare.

CLG (Citizens for Legitimate Government) Yahoo Bioterror Group, http://groups.yahoo.com/group/US_bioterror_events/

BIOWARFARE and TERRORISM, by Francis A. Boyle, J.D., Ph.D. http://www.bookmasters.com/clarity/b0027.htm

http://www.law.uiuc.edu/faculty/DirectoryResult.asp?Name=Boyle,+Francis

Bioweapons - The US government’s Nuremburg Crime, by William Bowles • 1 March, 2006;

A criminal biological weapons programme that is a threat to the entire planet!; Review: Biowarfare and Terrorism by Francis A Boyle

http://www.williambowles.info/ini/2006/0306/ini-0398.html

9/11 Precedents
Historical background on synthetic terror- 911Truth.org
http://www.911truth.org/index.php?topic=precedents

I have organized more than a march or two, to alert the press and public about the potential of our government "doing a false-flag bioterrorist attack," and perhaps they were helpful in preventing such attacks. I just can't get too upset over these terrorist threats, after being continually bombarded by them siunce September 11th. We have always been hanging under the sword of the "next" attack and I'm sure that the government would prefer that we are in "panic mode" which prevents rational thought and effective action and makes us look like "paranoid conspiracy theorists"... So I think we do need to calm down and work with a sense of "urgency," and avoid slipping into "panic" mode... it isn't a good place to be- especially as this state of affairs- turbulent/chaotic is likely to continue for some time.

April 23, 2006

Last Wednesday, I finally was able to do my Listening Project again, after weeks of rain. Helicopters were overhead. The word on the street was that Bush was coming to town, and that the Secret Service was scouting out his route.

One woman was buying a few things for her son who was strongly anti-Bush, and she confessed that he was dead, recently killed in a car accident, and that the items were for his Memorial Service- to be held Friday, the same day as the protests/visits. My heart went out to her. Her son was 23 years old, and had just graduated from UCLA.

I had woken up that morning with a bit of a headache and felt worse and worse as the afternoon went on. By the time, I reached home I had to go to bed, and I was feeling so badly by evening that I couldn't even fix dinner for the kids (which I usually do- even if I am sick). I was supposed to table with the Greens at San Jose State University on Thursday, but I didn't feel well enough and stayed in bed, conserving enough energy to feed the kids and get to the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting- which was well attended with lots of immediate events to organize. There were the Bush protests, and the Loose Change screening, and the Flight 93 film coming out- and we all decided to target one screening with an action, press release. Victoria and Jim came out with a good flyer for Flight 93 to pass out at theaters and we voted $100 to make copies for distribution.

Just got this from Victoria:

Flyers are now ready!
Download, print and spread 9/11 truth to moviegoers at the latest cover-up film "United 93 www.united93movie.com/index.php"! World Premiere at Tribeca Film Festival - Tuesday, April 25th
Opens in theaters nationwide - Friday, April 28th
1. 6-Panel pdf 'Flight 93' Flyer from 911Research http://911research.wtc7.net/materials/flight93/flight93.pdf

Folding flyer that highlights some of the omissions and contradictions in the official story of the crash of Flight 93. An HTML version of the flyer http://911research.wtc7.net/materials/flight93/flight93.html has hyperlinks to all the supporting references. Suitable for printing on both sides of an 8-1/2 X 11 sheet. Color or b/w. http://911research.wtc7.net/materials/flight93/index.html

2. 1-Page 'Flight 93' Fact Sheet from Digital Style Designs
http://digitalstyledesigns.com/pdf%2520files/flight93.pdf

Single page high resolution pdf with the clear and simple facts for a quick education on the street in b/w.
http://digitalstyledesigns.com/pages/downloads.htm

Gypsy brought beautiful posters and cards to pass out promoting the screening. We also had a lot of new faces and energy at the meeting- although I was the only 9-11 truth activist (in that role) to go to the Bush protests.

Friday was very hectic because my son was leaving for a weekend music camp at Cal Poly San Luis Obispo, and he and his friend needed a ride to the bus station,, and we weren't sure whether we could get them a ticket or not- since transportation was off because of the Bush visit. I got them to the station during the last boarding call, and just barely managed to get them tickets, and on the bus before it left, then I went to South San Jose to pick up 900 posters- NEO-CON JOBS, Iraq, 9-11 for the protest. I was late, and I didn't spot Chuck, who actually did go, but got lost and stuck in Cisco, along with a multitude of protesters who didn't know where the "FREE SPEECH PROTEST CAGE" was located- well out of sight of the actual conference site- with Bush helicoptered in- never in sight of the protestors.

I passed out signs, dollars and the Loose Change cards to the crowd and then hurried to Palo Alto for the second protest. I figured that I was so late, I had already mssed most of it, so I didn't carry much with me as I almost ran there from parking a good half mile away from the Hoover Institute. It didn't take too lang to pass out all the posters, dollars, cards that I had, and then I helped Brian hold a huge statue that he had made. I was interviewed by the Stanford Daily, but they didn't quote me at length and left out all mention of 9-11- at least they did mention the word "regime" and the growing opposition to Bush. The press can rarely get simple facts straight- and his interpretation of the art falsely suggests that liberty is under threat -"overseas" and not here in the USA...From the paper:

In addition to students on campus, adults from Palo Alto participated in the movement outside the Hoover complex. Bernice Fischer, a member of the Raging Grannies, a group of senior citizens that regularly protest political issues in the local area, described her excitement.

“I’m glad to see all the students out here,” she said. “I’m in the Peace and Justice League and the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom, and we haven’t had very many students work with us before. We’ve been protesting even before Bush entered Iraq.”

Carol Brouillet, a Green Party candidate for Congress, even brought a 15-foot-tall cardboard cutout of the Statue of Liberty with a sack over its head. In imitation of the famous photograph of human rights violations at the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq, the sign symbolized the atrocities perpetrated by the United States overseas.

“Today shows there is a groundswell of opposition to Bush, the regime and its policies,” Brouillet said.

It was a very successful protest, too. Bush was prevented from visiting the Hoover Institute and had to move the meeting to another location- at least that was the story the press came out with, perhaps it was a bait and switch and there had never been an intention to hold the meeting at the Hoover Institute, and wanted to divert protestors from the view of the actual motorcade.

Saturday, I hurried to San Francisco for the Bay Area Students And Educators Against the War Conference which drew together some great people, though not as many as they had hoped for. I tabled, and did two workshops- well they goofed and forgot to make changes in the program (although the online schedule had me doing the workshop with Albert and omitted the Doing Democracy workshop)- so instead of doing one with Albert Dragstedt (Scholars for 9-11 Truth- on the 9-11 Commission)- I did one on Doing Democracy, but I did go to Albert's workshop and participated a bit and brought some handouts. It was a logistical challenge without anyone helping me with the table- although people did help me with stuff before and after the conference. Apparently ISO was heavily involved with organizing at the beginning, but then dropped out and too much work fell on too few shoulders and some stuff just fell through the cracks entirely. Still it did bring some great people together and I think we did learn from one another- I was very glad that I went.

Obviously I haven't been able to keep up with this website or email, or even phone to ask for help with the demos and the conference. I keep receiving articles which I want to post and share.

Our dear Janette who passed on some dust "evidence" to Steven Jones in Utah deserves some credit for his examination of it which yieled this story-

Physicist says heat substance felled WTC
Extremely hot fires caused structures to fail, BYU expert says

Tokyos main english language "New York Magazine" style magazine comes out big on 9/11 (Unfortunately through some of the dubious DVDs with weak evidence, so who knows if the article is a set-up for the next hit piece.)

Complete Tokyo Journal Article Now Online

http://yumikikuchi.blogspot.com/ scroll down

http://www.tokyo.to/255/911Conspiracy/

to email Tokyo Journal: tj@nexxus.co.jp

On a long phone call working on the program for the 9-11 Conference in Chicago, I learned that there is a Democratic 9-11 Truth Candidate running for Senate in Washington State, Mark Wilson. We hope to have a panel with 9-11 Truth candidates talking strategy on using our campaigns for educational purposes and to offer a real choice to the voters from the cowardly, criminal incumbents, currently flailing in DC.

April 17, 2006

I've hesitated to post anything here, because I've been in touch with a bevy of film-makers, some wanting to draw attention to their work, and some doing it on the "hush, hush," not wanting to go public, figuring out their media strategy.

I hate it when Bush or Cheney come to the Bay Area, because I feel morally obliged to protest them, despite the inconvenience (It beats flying to Washington, DC, however- which I avoid like the plague). Bush will be in San Jose this Friday, so we do need to gear up to make our political statement- a shame we can't do a "popular impeachment" while he's here, but I can't figure out how to pull that off.

Bush will be at Cisco, 170 West Tasman Drive, (located at south side of the intersection of Champion Court and Tasman Drive, at the Champion Light Rail Station) (one map on how to get there-map in San Jose, and the protest is scheduled from 4- 7 pm. There are a lot of buildings at Cisco. A map of it is posted online at http://www.cisco.com/web/about/ac156/downloads/campus_mapAug04.pdf. I've learned that he is most likely going to speak in building #9 which is where the main conference center is located. I wouldn't count on it, though. This could be a bait and switch, where at the last moment- he'll end up going to some other company's conference center. They hate large crowds of angry protesters, and generally try to block them from Bush's view, and make it as challenging for us, as possible, to communicate our opposition to his policies.

Aaron Russo, producer of From Freedom to Fascism called me and we spoke for quite a while. I highly reccommend his film which does show that "there is no law requiring an American citizen to pay a direct unapportioned Tax on their labor" and the evolution of our monetary system and the Federal Reserve.

I have spent the better part of a decade challenging the monetary system, and really only slightly shifted gears to expose the truth about 9-11; both "issues" challenge the belief systems of most Americans.

At the premiere of Russo's film in San Francisco, I also spoke with him, briefly, challenging his inclusion of immigrants crossing the border as a divisive issue, and oferring him Deception Dollars for future film screenings, since he kindly included the collapse of building #7 in the version he screened for us (but I think he will be taking it out).

We do have a lot in common, but the differences in our analysis and strategies became clearer and clearer the more we spoke. He thinks the most strategic next step is to abolish the Federal Reserve, and replace the current monetary system with one backed by gold and silver. I think the most strategic thing to do now is to impeach Bush, and stop the stated Neo-Con trajectory. We both agree that the extremely wealthy are the ones pulling the strings. Russo thinks they want a "borderless world" and I suspect that they want to scare people to control them, and "immigration laws are useful to the elite" who want to frighten immigrants and make them more vulnerable to exploitation and manipulation. I also disagree that money should be backed by gold and silver, since the extremely wealthy ciminals, already control the gold and silver, and will just use it and fractional reserve banking (a debt based system) to maintain and extend their control.(My ideas on monetary reform are articulated here.) Russo expresses an "American nationalism" attitude that focuses almost exclusively on the US, whereas I am concerned about the whole planet, and don't think Americans should profit from the super-exploitation of the rest of the world.

He would choose a libertarian (Himself, probably- he was almost the Libertarian Presidential Candidate in the last election.) for President in 2008.

I would prefer Ralph Nader or a Green Candidate, with a "rein in corporate power," peace, platform.

We did agree that the country was being looted, and destroyed, manufacturing moved to other countries, but our approach towards the solutions was different. I am particularly concerned that the stage is being set up for civil war- polarizing between the Left and the Right- those who favor a "global" or "American" approach towards different solutions. That is why I think "Impeachment" is a good first step- let Americans take responsibility for their own government, so we don't need help with "regime change" from other countries. I don't want to see UN or foreign troops in the US, and I don't want Homeland Security or the US military patrolling the streets either.

I do think it would be healthy and good for Russo and I to dialogue publicly on what we agree and disagree on. His Rockefeller friend did mention that an "event" would happen a month prior to 9-11, an "event" that would permit the invasion of Afghanistan, Iraq, and Venezuela. My own insights into the psyche of the politicians in the White House come from my personal experience with their PR guys, and an ex-Head of the Republican Party. We each have different pieces of a complex puzzle, and I truly believe that truth unites and lies divide, and discerning what is true through dialogue is the best way forward. He thinks the "Left" is being manipulated and duped, whereas I suspect the "Right" is being manipulated and duped, too...

I also saw a friend, Sue Supriano, a radio producer whose weekly shows are called Steppin' Out of Babylon. She also interviewed me and the show will be out in a couple of weeks.

I also ran into Paul Thompson at the grocery store, of all places! I thought he was in New Zealand- so it was a surprize! I was glad to hear that he will be featured in a new 9-11 documentary, based loosely on his excellent book, and work, The Terror Timeline, originally an online work at www.cooperativeresearch.org.

Another film that I wish I could promote in the US, is doing very well outside the US and will be showing soon in Toronto, at the Hot Docs CANADIAN DOCUMENTARY FESTIVAL 2006.

Our Own Private Bin Laden

A Film By Samira Goetschel

Screenings in Toronto
Monday May 1st, 7:00 pm, Isabel Bader Theatre - North American Premiere
Tuesday May 2nd, 1:00 pm, Bloor Cinema
Wednesday May 3rd, 10:00am, Innis Town Hall
Friday May 5th, 9:30pm, Innis Town Hall


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"Our Own Private Bin Laden" was awarded 'Best Foreign Documentary' AND 'Best Film of the Festival' (non-European category) at the inaugural European Independent Film Festival on Sunday March 26th in Paris.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Toronto, ON), Tuesday March 28, 2006 -

"I'm not a journalist. I just want to understand."

It's the ingenuous mantra of a filmmaker and Iranian expatriate named Samira Goetschel, whose documentary Our Own Private Bin Laden cuts through political "spin" as it seeks an explanation for the intrusion of Islamic radicalism and terror into our lives.

A victim of Iran's Islamic revolution, Goetschel was left bereft when her father was executed by the government of Ayatollah Khomeini.

More than two decades later the safety of a life she had created for herself in the West seemed to psychologically crash down with the destruction of the Twin Towers on September 11, 2001. The horror of her childhood had followed her to the United States. Shaken, Goetschel assumes the role of journalist and seeks to understand the sequence of events that took the world from a struggle between Communism and Capitalism, to a fearful, unpredictable state of "Jihad" between the West and radical Islam.

Goetschel’s first documentary, Our Own Private Bin Laden is a trip down the rabbit hole of Cold War politics, and the folly of fomenting religious war to destabilize an enemy US foreign policy had been so busy to create in the first place. It features stunning interview coups with former US National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski and fellow authors of U.S. and CIA policy during the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in the late '70s (including then CIA director Stansfield Turner and director of operations Charles Cogan).

Variously dodging her questions as "unintelligent" or "contentious," but at the same time taken by the unassuming frankness of Goetschel’s search for explanations, these figures, whose behind-the-scenes machinations would create the tinderbox for today's Islamic flash fire, end up revealing much about what went on before the Taliban and Al-Qaeda became household names.

Add expert witness from ex-Pakistani Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto; Milton Bearden, former CIA station chief in Pakistan and CIA’s Director of the Soviet/East European Division; political activist Noam Chomsky; and various investigative journalists, and an unseemly web of events emerges. It includes a CIA-abetted opium trade and a crooked bank, the Bank of Credit and Commerce International that laundered CIA money to finance Afghan mujahedinlike Osama bin Laden and Mullah Omar (who would end up turning against their benefactors and the West in general).

Our Own Private Bin Laden is produced by Chastè Films, Inc., and is written, produced and directed by Samira Goetschel. Executive producer is Willi Goetschel.

I am hoping that we might be able to premiere it in Chicago, but I don't have the permission of the Filmmaker, yet.

Christian just called and we caught up, a bit. He attended a chilling event at UC Berkeley where a Stanford professor was selling the Bird Flu scare.

I thought that I had posted in this blog, the most chilling article that I have read in a long time, but I guess I was so busy- that I ended up just forwarding the article to some journalists, whom I hoped would put 2 and 2 together-

The first article- Meeting Dr. Doom is about a scientist who received a standing ovation and an award at a scientifuc conference in Austin AFTER advocating using disease to eliminate most of the human population.-

"His favorite candidate for eliminating 90 percent of the world's population is airborne Ebola ( Ebola Reston ), because it is both highly lethal and it kills in days, instead of years."

I sent it on to journalists- Liam Scheff who posted: 'There Is No Such Thing as Bird Flu' - says German Virologist and

Exclusive: The Good Man at the NIH

And to a local journalist, Sue Dremann, who has been writing about the activities at nearby Stanford-

New frontier for avian flu vaccines
Stanford researchers test new methods to combat deadly disease

On top of those stories, the Washington Post came out with- U.S. Plan For Flu Pandemic Revealed
Multi-Agency Proposal Awaits Bush's Approval by Ceci Connolly, on Easter Sunday.

I think we had better expose this regime's agenda, and modus operandi, as soon as possible, before they are able to get away with large scale genocide.

Sadly, I am still behind in my mail, unable to organize my overwhelming lists of addresses, e-mails, phone numbers, failing to communicate much beyond my blog, and the innumerable Deception Dollars, DVDs, books, articles, radio shows, tv shows that I've helped to create and disseminate. My campaign website has failed to generate one penny in donations and, if I can't raise money quickly, I will have to let go of my campaign manager, and just devote myself to my activism, and let go of the campaign work that needs to be done. One reason I guess that I haven't solicitated funds is that the more money I get, the more I can do- and it just means more work for me. Less money, and I am more limited; I can't do so much, and life is simpler, easier.

I will try to do my Listening Project (no rain is forecast- for the first time in four weeks), organize a protest against Bush this week, and work on press/program for the 9-11 Truth Conference in Chicago and workshops that I'll be doing this weekend, at the Bay Area Students and Educators to Stop the War! Conference, and I'll try to organize a mailing/update my database for my friends, but part of me knows that Life is a series of interruptions, that keeps me from doing 98% of what I would like to do...

April 12, 2006

Yesterday, the Green Party quoted me in a National Press Release: Greens Blast Anti-Immigrant Bills, Urge Repeal of NAFTA.

Today, rain prevented me (for the third week in a row) from going to Downtown Palo Alto for my Listening Project. I couldn't resist the urge to write an Op-Ed which I sent to the San Francisco Chronicle, entitled "Distract, Divide, and Conquer"... It's amazing really, to think of how much power we each have to enlighten or cloud people's ability to discern reality and make wise decisions. It is immensely liberating to be able to speak the truth freely; I just hope that if enough of us do it, then everyone will be able to do so, without fear of repercussion.

April 10, 2006

Bush publicly denied that he was going to militarily attack Iran, despite the "wild speculation" by Seymour Hersh and the disclosure that General Pace, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff,
when asked-"Should people in the U.S. military disobey orders that they believe are illegal?"

Pace responded:

"It is the absolute responsibility of everybody in uniform to disobey an order that is either illegal or immoral."

Seems like the top-dog is telling Bush- "Hey Forget it!" But in the article, Jorge Hirsch points out, "The bad news is, Pace has no executive authority over combatant forces... he merely plays an advisory role." The guys who actually order troops around obey the evil ones... the president, the secretary of defense, the commanders of the Unified Combatant Commands.

In a more sobering article, Hirsch lays out - Iran and Bird Flu: The Perfect Casus Belli?- a scheme whereas the American people might be duped into thinking that the only way to prevent Iran from weaponizing "Bird Flu" and attacking us with it, is by pre-emptively nuking them... sadly destroying any evidence that they were actually up to something or not (and killing countless people).

All grim reminders that the Administration is relying on fear/terror, to cling to power, as the cracks in the dam grow wider and wider. An damning article appeared in Utah's Deseret News- Physicist says heat substance felled WTC-Subtitled- Extremely hot fires caused structures to fail, BYU expert says, citing Steven Jones analysis of how thermite was most likely responsible for the collapses of the buildings. That should have been headlines nationwide, but instead the media played on people's emotions, ignoring the damning facts contradicting the official story in Moussaoui's show trial, and playing the tear-jerking tapes of doomed people's last words.

The media is also paying more attention to attacking McKinney than to the lies that Libby revealed which add more weight to the case for impeachment. So many distractions, with more and more people taking to the streets to defend themselves against Congressional attacks on society's most vulnerable population rather than focusing Congressional attention on the real threat emanating from the White House, which seems hellbent on economic disaster, as well as endless war, anything to get people to kill one another. So whose side is Congress on, anyway?

Today was a National Day of Action for Immigrant Justice which drew thousands into the streets, and helped divide the nation by race, pit organized labor against immigrants, the ol' divide and conquer strategy, deflecting attention from those at the top who are the biggest threat to all of us at the bottom of the pyramid.

I went to Stanford University to join a rally there.

April 9, 2006

Thursday, we had a lot of new faces at our San Francisco Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting, and Bernie offered his place up north for a weekend retreat. Someone volunteered to help Gypsy with a Loose Change showing at the Grand Lake Theater in early May, and some of us are firming our plans for Chicago's International Conference. I am trying not to volunteer for more than I can shoulder, because I do need to do some very basic work for my Congressional Campaign.

On Friday, I wrote a PS to my annual Christmas Letter which I never mailed beyond the local level last January, when my kick-off rally demanded my time and attention, and I got sick, then busy with all the 9-11 organizing. I'm still completely behind in my personal mail.

Then I received a letter from the League of Women Voters inviting me to add my campaign info to their www.smartvoter.org website. After the last election, where they refused to ask my question, and tossed me out of the debate for raising issues that none of the candidates wanted to address (9-11 cover-up), it was good to have the opportunity to post my political position where voters might be able to find it. I did as much as I could, but I need to expand upon it, and update it.

On Saturday, as I was working, I suddenly realized that the film From Freedom to Fascism was premiering in San Francisco when Bernie called to figure out a date for the retreat. I hurried to San Francisco and the two of us passed out Deception Dollars to the very receptive, full audience at the Victoria Theater. The film's main focus was on the monetary system, the Federal Reserve Act, the Income Tax, the growing police state. The director, Aaron Russo, had just added, the night before, a segment showing the collapse of Building #7, raising the big 9-11 question, but not going into any details. There was quite a lively interchange with the audience afterwards on whether to include the new 9-11 segment or not- most were for including it, but there were many who were opposed, and Russo did say that his next film would be on 9-11.

I thought the film was excellent (97% of it I agreed with and had been actively working on for over a decade), except one very small section on "securing the borders" and the "immigration problem" which I felt was a very divisive issue and should be omitted, since the modus operandi of the ruling class is to divide and conquer- particularly by pitting immigrants against "white Americans" to divert them from the real struggle which is a top/bottom issue.

Russo and I didn't exactly hit it off, but that does seem to happen when people passionately agree on 97% of the main issues- and disagree on 3%. The 3% seems to stand in the way of synergy.

Ken Jenkins, and Christian showed up, so we chose a tentative weekend for the retreat and I hurried home to feed my kids.

In the mail I was delighted to receive the gorgeous, latest issue of Left Curve Magazine featuring Maria Gilardin's excellent article Apocalypse Now- How Mankind Is Sleepwalking to the End of the Earth and an article by Ronald Bleier: 9/11, An Inside Job?: A Review Essay Based on David Ray Griffin's Research (Part I), prominently displayed on the cover.

I don't think the 9-11 Truth Movement is stoppable at this point, even if damage control includes bringing down the Presidency on the Valerie Plame leak, which came out this weekend, another crack in the damn.

I also got a chuckle out of this Opinion Piece-

Impeachment without Blowjobs
BY JESSE MYERSON

Reason #5 for Impeachment is-

"His administration was complicit in and continues to benefit from the September 11 attacks on New York, Pennsylvania, and Washington, D.C. Since November 22, 1963 (when, in Dallas, the then President’s brains were blown to little tiny pieces) every poll has indicated that roughly one-third of the population believes the government’s official account of the transpired events. And for good reason: you’d be nuts to believe such obvious poppycock. You’d be equally nuts to believe the government’s official account of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. So far, the best challenge of the official account is a wonderful and easily read book, David Ray Griffin’s “The New Pearl Harbor: Disturbing Questions About the Bush Administration and 9/11.” It’s not just a good idea to read this book; it’s your patriotic duty..."

April 5, 2006

Yesterday was an incredibly busy day! Radio stations were offering Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush in their pledge drives, and KPFK ordered another 250 of them. We are almost out, and have to publish more of them. Maria, who taped Griffin, also offered the recording on her local station's pledge drive and received 3 times the response anticipated. I think Griffin's talk, visit, will bear a lot of fruit, it already has! The whole talk, David Ray Griffin- 9/11- The Myth and the Reality, can be heard in two parts at-

http://www.tucradio.org/0405griffinmythone.mp3
http://www.tucradio.org/0412griffinmythtwo.mp3

The transcript, also in two parts is available at-

http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060405112622982
http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060405143535564

Two articles about the events were posted here:

David Ray Griffin Speaks to Sold-out Audience About Myths and Reality of 9/11
9/11 The Myth and the Reality - Report of David Ray Griffin's talk at Grand Lake Theater in Oakland, CA on March 30/06

Much as I admire David Ray Griffin, I still think he omitted one major myth in his presentation- The Al Qaeda Myth- and the financing of the 9-11 attacks (not to mention- the very expensive cover-up and hush money). The financing was one of the issues touched upon by some activists who recently confronted Thomas Kean in Texas. Griffin is correct in stating that these guys have zero ability to debate when confronted with facts- and lose their ability to control the content and spin of the conversation. A good synopsis is posted at 911blogger.com and the original articles at-

Jones Report-
Chairman of 9/11 Whitewash Commission sets stage for Al Qaeda Nuke Attack
Four Looks at the Thomas Kean Affair

Today, I finally had a chance to hear an outstanding bit of creative work, a 9/11 musical rock opera, which is about 80 minutes long. Someone trusts me to get it copyrighted and out to the world, but of course, I have zero experience. I do have a knack for learning by doing, and taking on the impossible. Luckily, with all the big events behind us, for a moment, it is a time for strategizing the best path forward, and resuming work on my Congressional Campaign. One of our biggest challenges has simply been to get ourselves organized, so that we can effectively help others to "get organized, as well." We have had some huge problems with our websites (and a friend e-mailed me yesterday:

Carol;

The Sonic firewall at UCSD Extension, Cupertino blocked your website. Apparently, you are a leader / member of a cult!

I queried: They didn't mention that the cult was the Green Party did they? Did they block my campaign website, too????

www.carolforcongress.org.)

Apparently not. I do think that the sheer volume of the internet traffic challenging the corporate/government lies is an enormous threat to the empire, which doesn't really know what to do about it, other than continue to try to scare us into silence. They are threatening war with Iran, Nuking the U.S., and TESTING a nuke outside Las Vegas on Shoshone land. And the best we can do is to continue to make noise, and organize ourselves to challenge their poliices, and the system that they are trying to construct, and to present a far more compelling vision of how the world could be, if those who cared about people and planet could light the path forward.

April 4, 2006

I got a call this morning from Greg Szymanski who will be interviewing me today on The Investigative Journal Show 3:00 pm - 4:00 p.m. Central Time Zone, 1:00 p.m.- 2:00 p.m. Pacific Time Zone at Republic Broadcasting Network. I just posted the International 9-11 Conference link and the E.F. Schumacher Society is Co-Sponsoring another Complementary Currency Conference in June. I'm feeling again like the bottleneck of an hourglass with more info coming to me than I can digest and disseminate, but consciousness is on the rise.

April 3, 2006

Although the website isn't up and running, yet (because 9-11 is finally breaking through the mainstream press barrier and there aren't enough volunteers to do all the work), the International 9-11 Truth Conference is still going ahead full steam. Gabriel is even worried that we might sell out to "newbies" and hopes that those committed 9-11 activists who want to come, register first, so that the conference can help the movement strategically move forward, rather than being a course in 9-11 101. I've made my plane reservation and just got a room reservation. The Conference is June 2-4, 2006-

Here's the blurb we put on the 2500 cards we gave out at the anti-war march-

International Conference sponsored by www.911truth.org
9/11: Revealing the Truth, Reclaiming Our Future
Chicago, IL, June 2-4th, 2006
Embassy Suites Hotel, Chicago-O’Hare Rosemont
Includes workshops, presentations, strategy sessions, networking.
With BYU Physics professor-Steven E. Jones, Canadian media critic-
Barrie Zwicker, 9/11 Truth Congressional candidate Carol Brouillet

Here's the URL for Hotel reservations- http://hilton.com/en/es/groups/personalized/chirmes_t91/index.jhtml

The event is also being co-sponsored by the Muslim-Jewish-Christian Alliance for 9/11 Truth (www.mujca.com).

By, the way, the rooms can comfortably handle four people- they are all suites- so it makes sense to share! I hope we can find a share room/ride board to help with logistics. I think Brian and Christian want to drive from here to Chicago and visit towns along the way. Half the experience is meeting people and creating new ways to collaborate. 911truth.org was born out of the SF Inquiry, and that was where Webster met his publisher- John, and filmmakers started sharing footage from which 911TV was also born. There is so much to do, and it is great to share our gifts to enrich the 9-11 truth community and the world.

I'll put a link and more details, as soon as they get approved by the committee.

April 2, 2006

A number of 9-11 activists attended the Democratic World Federalists 2006 Annual Good Government Luncheon-Lecture featuring David Ray Griffin today. Christian, Ken and I tabled (mainly Christian). Ken and I both had lunch and Ken filmed. I was invited to speak briefly (since I'm running for Congress). I saw lots of old friends and it was a very interesting experience. I've always been wary of the idea of "world government" and I learned more about Griffin today as someone asked him about "Global Governance." He described how he had been working on a book on that subject when he started to write a chapter on American Imperialism. He found so much on the subject that the chapter grew into book length, subsequently, he found out about 9-11, which has absorbed him for the past three years at the expense of the earlier projects. He did say, that at least with world governance, that would eliminate "State Sponsored Terrorism," but he failed to present an argument as to how or why the "World Government" would be immune to using terror to increase its ability to "police" dissent.

In listening to his lecture a second time, I was also struck by the omission of what I consider one of the key smoking guns- the role of Pakistani Intelligence in 9-11 (the $100,000 ISI's Lt. General Mahmoud Ahmad had wired to Atta) Al Qaeda's creation, funding, training, assistance by the CIA and Saudi Arabia. The meetings with top US government officials with and Ahmad that September. All of this is in his book, but wasn't included in his lecture. He did say that other authors covered it well, especially Peter Dale Scott in his upcoming book.

He did raise some very good points, too. His lecture was excellent and can be heard at- http://www.911blogger.com/2006/03/dr-david-ray-griffin-at-grand-lake.html. He pointed out that Zelikow, a member of the Bush White House who directed the 9/11 Commission also authored the "Pre-Emptive Strike Doctrine."- Hardly a bipartisan, and thorough director of an investigation which had to succeeed in order for the Administration to pull off such a horrific new policy doctrine that violates every moral standard!!!! He also pointed out the inability of the government to rationally defend the Comission Report. Of course, we witnessed that on their visit- their avoidance/dismissal of all the questions that they couldn't answer, the blatant lying.

Griffin also remained optimistic that there would be a rift in the ruling class which could easily pull the plug on the Bush Administration, as they did on Nixon. I just doubt whether they would dare to bring him down on 9-11, since it could take down the whole government. It seems more likely that they might bring him down on something less egregious- as the bumper sticker says- Won't someone give him a blow-job, so we could impeach him, already?".

My friend, Mike Marino, made more copies of the SF Chronicle article. I had no idea that it was so huge! I couldn't scan the entire thing, but here is part of it, to just give folks some idea of how impressive it looks in print. What is very mysterious, is that it doesn't show up in the Google 9-11 News Alerts, at all, and has had almost zero ripple effect, so please, pass this around, post it, share it. The photo credit got cropped, but it was taken by Andrea Booher / FEMA 2001. The online version is at http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/c/a/2006/03/30/NSGB3HTBQ61.DTL&


(click for larger image)

March 31, 2006

Aside from a bit of rain, yesterday's event went extremely well, except that we had to turn away lots of people because they ran out of seats. We arrived very early to set up, fold programs, before the event. It was wonderful to meet Dr. Griffin, whom I had only known via email, his books, his videos... and his sponsorship of our Art Contest. It was a real thrill to see a copy of the article in the SF Chronicle, which featured a photo of the wreckage of the WTC, and a photo of Griffin, and in big bold letters:



AN INSIDE JOB?

It was much more impressive than the online version that I had seen!!!!! Progressive Democrats of the East Bay made a bunch of copies and they quickly went, it was so much fun to show the article to friends whose faces lit up with incredulity when they saw it!

I had struggled with the intro to Griffin's talk and sent it to him for corrections, and he kindly edited, and shortened it for me. Nonetheless, it was half an hour into the evening, before I had the opportunity to introduce him, because Allen, Greg, John and Kim also spoke, without scripts or much regard for the time. However, there was much they wanted to say, and Allen deserves many kudos for his courage and generosity towards the entire movement for peace, justice, and for accountable, honest, legitimate government. Greg also did a heroic effort in organizing and publicizing the event. I worked pretty hard, too- but it was so easy compared to shouldering the logistical responsibilities that Greg managed.

Here's the script of my intro:

"It is an honor and pleasure to introduce our main speaker, author of The New Pearl Harbor- Disturbing Questions about the Bush Administration and 9-11 and The 9-11 Commission Report- Omissions and Distortions- A Critique of the Kean-Zelikow Report.

When people face a problem, they usually ask “What can I do?” However, when confronted with 9-11 truths, that shatter their worldviews, people must ask themselves, “Who am I?”

Dr. David Ray Griffin has spent much of his life examining questions about “who we are,” and our relationship with the Universe.

A Professor of Philosophy of Religion and Theology, Emeritus at Claremont School of Theology and Claremont Graduate University, Co-Director of the Center for Process Studies, He has authored fifteen books, edited a dozen more and authored over a hundred articles and chapters, presented innumerable papers and lectures. He is renowned for his theological work, and a recipient of the Book Prize of the Scientific and Medical Network. His forthcoming books include- 9/11 and the American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out, and Christian Faith and the Truth Behind 9/11: A Call to Reflection and Action.

In Process Theology- an Introductory Exposition, he and his co-authored with John B. Cobb, Jr., present a way of understanding God’s existence and our own, as a co-creative process where humans, individually and collectively, have the freedom, responsibility and opportunity to imagine and realize a better or worse future for all.

Dr. Griffin has overcome the central political, and spiritual challenge confronting humanity, at this eternally critical moment: fear.

In 1976, he and Cobb wrote:

“The choice of life, which is the choice of God’s call, is the highest freedom in itself … Hope grows with the ability to respond; despair grows with the self-chosen closing in of horizons.

“To be responsible … is not finally to shoulder an unendurable burden. It is to share in the divine adventure in the world. Although its outcome is never assured… in itself it is joyful. The one who experiences the joy of this participation in the divine life hopes urgently for success, but accepts the risk that the only reward may be in the joy itself.”

By deconstructing the foundational lies of the “War on Terrorism,” courageously dispelling fear to champion truth, and light the path towards a hopeful future, Dr. Griffin is an inspiration to all who reject fear, terror, war, and lies, and to all who cherish life, health, peace, and truth.

The fact that he can enjoy challenging the most threatening empire the world has ever seen, makes it possible, and compelling, for all of us to join him in this journey. Please welcome Dr. David Ray Griffin."

David was very warmly greeted by the audience.

His talk defined myths and the difference between the Administration's myth of 9-11 and reality. It was a condensation of points that he had made in other talks, and a great introductory overview of the deep flaws in the official narrative.

There was a Q & A, and we had to use cards, three of us sorted them, and passed them up to Allen, who read the questions aloud. David only was able to hear and respond to a fraction of the questions. There were some good questions, and obviously some people felt he missed a particularly compelling bit of evidence or two (Like the Larry Silverstein quote "Let's pull it."). There were questions, of course, that Griffin couldn't answer. We know that "they are lying, but we don't know exactly what happened because the evidence has been destroyed." And the last question was the big "What do we do???? Question." He gave a great response about the need for a non-violent revolution- an anti-imperialist movement, for all people of all religions or people of good will, in the face an imperial grab that threatens all of us. That was a good note to end on, and move on towards the reception (Greg had arranged for lots of food and drink). I was happy to have remembered to bring my 9-11 music- Paris and David Rovics, and as if on cue, "After the Revolution" started playing over the sound system.

The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance had a table in the lobby (I forgot to make a sign identifying us.) We weren't allowed to sell Griffin's books- only Black Oak Books was permitted to do that, but we still did very well with the activist kits, DVDs, other books, magazines, Deception Dollars, the new 9-11 T shirts that Camille and Janette made.

I saw lots of old friends, and was so glad that Vince, Christian, Diane were so responsible and capable that they could manage the table while I got to participate in the evening's event and the reception. Packing up and loading the car in the rain was the difficult part, and not getting to bed until 1 am, but I think the success of the event, the perception that the dam is beginning to burst, is very hopeful and energizing to those of us who have been working for so long on this issue. Gabriel is "afraid" that the International 9/11 Conference in Chicago will "sell-out."

Jimmy Walters and Rodriguez are in Venezuela right now pushing Chavez towards supporting an Investigation of 9-11. Since the Administration has already tried a coup against Chavez and call him an enemy; it doesn't seem to be the most intelligent move strategically for 9-11 Truth, but certainly Jimmy has a mind of his own.

March 30, 2006

It seems that the only media that will be covering the David Ray Griffin event tonight will be our own media. Nope, Greg just called me- we made the SF Chronicle!

OUT LOUD
AN INSIDE JOB?
David Ray Griffin: Theologian scoffed at 9/11
conspiracy theories, then looked closer
Reyhan Harmanci

Thursday, March 30, 2006

(It's an ok article, except for the most flagrant mistake. I emailed Harmanci: Thank-you for the article on David Ray Griffin, but I think you made an error in it.

For the main points of evidence, you said "White House" when I think you should have said "Pentagon"- the Pentagon, not the White House, was attacked. The part of the Pentagon that was attacked was under renovation and far from the high brass.)

We will get to the Grand Lake Theater early to set up and put together our "Activist Kits." Janette is going to concentrate on the Scholars for 9-11 Truth petition Calling for Release of 9-11 Information. I just added the link to where people can sign to the other online petitions.

Yesterday, I read Griffin and Cobb's book on Process Theology to have a better grasp of Griffin's life work, so I could give an intelligent introduction tonight. In essence process theology recognizes that all life, humanity are co-creators with God and that the diversity, complexity of the Universe expands our enjoyment of life which is tied to the enjoyment of all other forms of life. Humanity has the freedom, opportunity, responsibility to imagine and realize a better or worse future at every moment in time. God does not try to control us, but to persuade us to choose "life" over death. It's more fun! So, I can see why Griffin is risking his neck championing 9-11 Truth; he is participating in a divine adventure to help light the path towards a better future than the dark one the perpetrators of 9-11 have chosen to follow. And Griffin is enjoying the process, even though it is a lot of work. I think, at heart, I feel the same way, and many of us 9-11 Truth activists do, however we define "religion" or "aetheism" for that matter. Cobb and Griffin recognize that we unconsciously must perceive and react to the world whether we acknowledge a belief in God, Life, Spirit, humanity or not.

If we can show that it is actually fun, rewarding, empowering, to defeat this world's Darth Vaders, then we probably can win the struggle for hearts and minds and put an end to the bogus "War on Terrorism, Afghanistan, Iraq..."

March 29, 2006

Yesterday, we went to Eshoo's office to deliver the Santa Clara County Green Party's Impeachment Resolution. Christian and Cres sent out this press release:

Attention: Tuesday Assignment Desk
Rep. Eshoo office targeted by Congressional candidate,
Santa Clara Greens Tuesday;
Group will demand incumbent support resolution
calling for Bush impeachment over war, 9/11

PALO ALTO - A resolution calling for the impeachment of President George W. Bush, Vice President Richard B. Cheney, Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld, and Attorney General Alberto Gonzales will be delivered to Congressperson Anna Eshoo (D-Palo Alto) TUESDAY, at 11 a.m. at her Palo Alto office (698 Emerson St).

Activists say they will rally at the office demanding Rep. Eshoo support the resolution.

Among the citizen group demanding Rep. Eshoo sign on to the resolution will be Carol Brouillet, a Green Party candidate for Congress in the 14th District who will challenge Eshoo in November.

The resolution, adopted by the Santa Clara County Greens this month, calls for the impeachment based on the administration's use of warrantless searches and other civil rights violations in the U.S., a war of "aggression," killing civilians, use of illegal weapons and torture in Iraq and Afghanistan, and obstruction of evidence and "covering up the truth about the 9-11 attacks."

Only days ago, Charlie Sheen publicly questioned the government's story about what happened on 9/11. CNN's Showbiz tonight conducted an online poll where 84 percent of respondents said, "Yes, the U.S. Government covered up the real events of the 9/11 attacks."

Ms. Brouillet, an outspoken critic of the government's cover-up of 9/11, has repeatedly stated: "Impeach the terrorists," in reference to the Bush Administration.

Eshoo, however, even when asked repeatedly about a possible government cover-up surrounding 9/11 at a Town Hall Meeting in Mountain View on March 4, simply repeated many times, "I disagree."

For a full copy of the impeachment resolution contact Christian Pecaut
(cell) 415-573-5655.

I could have done more to help organize a stronger presence at Eshoo's office, and could have done more press work, but I was discouraged from doing so, until the last moment, when I was too busy to do anything about it. The only press who showed up was from a Chinese newspaper, He did a story, but you have to be able to read Chinese to understand it.

I should have remembered to bring a camera to take photos and videotape the event, but I forgot to. I did remember the sound system, though! Gerry, Tian and I spoke. (Here is my speech). Afterwards we dropped materials off at the Palo Alto Weekly and went out for a nice lunch, conversation.

Ed Asner and Sander Hicks' appearance on CNN was cancelled because of pressure from above and the fact that a 9-11 Commissioner had no desire to debate them. However, the story continues to break, even Amy Goodman is beginning to call for a real investigation, and Mark Morford of SF Gate wrote a piece that came out today entitled:

Long Live The 9/11 Conspiracy!
Anyone still care about the heap of disturbing,
unsolved questions surrounding Our Great Tragedy?
and another cover story on 9-11 just appeared in a New Hampshire Weekly called the Wire entitled System Breakdown.

Rain kept me from doing the Listening Project today, and I also had two sick kids to look after, and an intro to write for David Ray Griffin's talk tomorrow, which will also be webcast, for people who can't come in person.

Those of us who have 9-11 websites have noticed a dramatic increase in traffic to our websites this week. I just hope that the 9-11 Truth Movement will continue to grow and force some real changes in our political situation. The resignation of Andrew Card was a hopeful sign; one of our goals has been to increase awareness to the level where the major criminals will be recognized as such, and no one will follow their orders- even to "serve them breakfast."

March 27, 2006

I've been incredibly busy these past few days, unfortunately too busy to communicate or organize effectively. Friday, I joined a friend in protesting the Christian Right Wing at their rally at the Civic Center, and Saturday, we also went to the stadium where 25,000 of them were gathered together at a bizarre event mingling Christianity with abstinence, patriotism, music. I passed out lots of Deception Dollars which provoked mixed reactions amongst them- not all Christians are blindly pro-Bush and pro-war. We hoped to reach those who had genuine Christian values who would become allies. I missed the evening events with Scott Ritter in Oakland and Palo Alto, and I heard that they were rather depressing curtailed critiques of the Administration with the best solution offered: Hillary for President (argh!) in 2008. I certainly would have challenged those assertions had I been there, but I can't do everything. Sunday, I joined the march from Tijuana to San Francisco for the San Jose leg, Christian and Joel helped, so we were able to set up a table at the end rally; I saw lots of old friends, and it was a great experience to simply walk through the Latino community in San Jose. There were almost zero pedestrians; everyone was in cars, but there was plenty of time for us to talk with the other marchers and the various film crews. I met a very nice documentary film maker from Montreal who might help us find a Canadian distributor for Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush.

CNN and Alex Jones did lots on 9-11 last week and CNN kept up their 9-11 Cover-up poll until this morning. The last numbers I got were:

Do you agree with Charlie Sheen that the U.S. government covered up the real events of the 9/11 attacks?

Yes---------------84%-----------43978 votes
No----------------16%------------8643 votes
Total 52621 votes

I wrote up a press release with the latest and David Ray Griffin's upcoming appearances, sent it to the press and tried to post it as "Theologian Exposes 9/11 Myth" on indymedia.org- it finally is up!

I've also been inundated with activist opportunities. I would be marching on the final day of the 241 mile march today, if it weren't for the urgency of the press releases, and I also have a sick child at home, and have to get more groceries, do laundry, catch-up with my family duties.

On Tuesday we will be delivering the Santa Clara Green Party Impeachment Resolution to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's office at 11:00 am, 698 Emerson Street, Palo Alto. I'm not doing the press for it, but I'll be there and anyone who supports impeachment is welcome to join us. (I will be bringing the sound system).

There is also going to be a bizarre debate between the Left and Right - Quake Radio and KNEW - moderated by Gavin Newsom with Will Durst and Willie Brown representing the Left, possibly at City Hall tomorrow- but I haven't been able to chase down details.

I have been trying to get a response from Charlie Sheen on whether he can come to the Griffin event Thursday night, and have resent possible dates for the "Is Impeachment Patriotic?" event to Lewis Lapham, Senator Boxer, Congresswoman McKinney, Congressman Conyers, GNN and Project Censored. We'll see if the dates proposed are better than the previous dates.

Friends have also offered to help with television and radio spots for my campaign. After the David Ray Griffin events, I will have to start working seriously on the campaign, I've just been too busy with all my 9-11 work to do more than the essentials, at least I am qualified, and will definitely be on the ballot.

March 23, 2006

The more that happens, the less I have time to write anything here. Charlie Sheen's interview on the Alex Jones Show and subsequent coverage on CNN have helped to create the crack in the dam. I've been trying to reach Charlie and his dad, Martin Sheen, in hopes that they could come out for David Ray Griffin's March 30th event, but no luck so far. Time to work on press releases, and also pull together folks for tonight's, and this weekend's activities. "Speaking the Unspeakable" is the title of an event tonight with Cindy Sheehan, Ray McGovern and Larry Everest (which will omit 9-11), if we don't raise the issue. I'm trying to get some folks there with signs and our DRG cards to handout. The event begins at 7:00 pm at the International House, 2299 Piedmont Ave., Berkeley. - We're going to try to be there by 6:30 pm. At the Global Exchange Calendar are a whole series of talks with more or less the same people on different days in different cities- it would be good to have a presence at all of them, plus the right wing Christian rally on Friday and Saturday and the 241 mile march against the war- which will go through San Jose Sunday (Details and maps posted at: http://southbaymobilization.org/) and San Francisco Monday (Details posted at: http://swiftsmartveterans.com/_wsn/page2.html).

For those not within range of San Jose and San Francisco, I urge you to contact the media and post more on the internet. My friend, Joel, called me last night from Florida and suggested raising more awareness on the health threat issue of Depleted Uranium. I agree that it is a huge issue (and I even edited a book on the topic of the health effects of low-level radiation- which in essence accelerates the aging process.) However, I'm also concerned about the current experimentation going on with Bird Flu vaccines which is more likely to cause a pandemic than facilitate a cure, and is being used to terrify Americans into going along with the draconian new laws being constructed, to control people when the next "terrorist" attack is launched.

Webster Tarpley is urging everyone to seize the moment to push the MIHOP analysis, and not let the "Powers that Be" get away with a "limited hangout," damage control- they let it happen on purpose type revelation.

March 20, 2006 1:25 PM

New York Magazine just did a huge story on the 9-11 Truth Movement titled-

9/11 Conspiracy Theorists Run Amok
C'mon: Do you really think nineteen guys with box cutters were behind the attacks?

The feature article is labeled:

The Ground Zero Grassy Knoll
A new generation of conspiracy theorists is at work on a secret history of New York’s most terrible day.
By Mark Jacobson

March 20, 2006

Unfortunately, I made a mistake on the card promoting David Ray Griffin's talks, and other 9-11 Truth events. Instead of wtc7.org; it should have been: wtc7.net. Too much to do, too little time- I didn't know if we would get them printed on time. Photos of Northern California 9-11 Truth Activists on Saturday can be found at: March 18, 911 Truth Movement Contingent, and Green Party Activists at the San Francisco Anti-War Demonstration. At the Candidates training yesterday in Petaluma, I participated in a press conference, which should result in at least one print article, today.

March 18, 2006


(Click on image to view online Omissions Dossier)
(Click on EVENTS for details of upcoming David Ray Griffin's talks and other 9/11 Truth events.)

It was a tremendous amount of work getting the 2500 cards and 3000 posters produced in time for last night's events and today's major anti-war rally in San Francisco. Fortunately, many activists came to help today and we passed out lots of signs, about 2000 cards, and we actually had a 9-11 Truth contingent with sound, banner, signs, and enough people to pass out the cards, Deception Dollars along the way. People also asked if the Omissions Dossier actually exists, so that's why I posted the image and link. Nicholas Levis probably would have published it, except David Ray Griffin beat him to it with -

The 9/11 Commission Report:
Omissions and Distortions
A Critique of the Kean-Zelikow Report

I do like the cover art, though for the Dossier, and wanted to graphically get across to lots of people the idea that the 9/11 Commission Report was a LIE...

I can't do more now because I have to be up very early tomorrow- to bake some pies, and drive to Petaluma for a Green Party Candidates training, and have to pick up Christian at 8 am, and I still have to unload a car filled to the brim with the banners, tables...

March 16, 2006

I posted this article Neo- Con Jobs - Iraq, 9-11 a week ago. Since then I have been working with Camille, Diane, Gabriel, Nicholas, Christian Fleming, and Inkworks to produce posters and cards for Saturday. It's been a struggle- everyone is very busy/working hard and I'm still waiting for a pdf of the art- to approve for the cards. Last weekend was Project Censored's big 30th Anniversary Bash, and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade's annual get together where they had a wonderful show and honored my dear friends and allies- Veteran's for Peace. It looks like it could rain on Saturday, so in addition to figuring out the tabling materials, sound system, posters, handouts, banners, I am also working on the awning and other logistics, and hope to be ready for the meeting tonight.

I'm also a co-host for a benefit tomorrow night in San Francisco for Aimee Allison. Here's the text of the Invitation-

We cordially invite you to a reception to benefit

Aimee Allison’s Campaign
Oakland City Council District 2

We hope you will bring your friends and family to join us!

Hosted by:
Mark Sanchez, San Francisco School Board Commissioner*
Nancy Mancias, CODEPINK San Francisco Coordinator*
Vicki Leidner, counter-recruitment activist with CODEPINK*,FIG

Co-hosts include:
Tom Ammiano, San Francisco Supervisor*
Medea Benjamin, Co-Founder CODEPINK*
June Brashares, Global Exchange*
Carol Brouillet, Deception Dollars, 9-11 Truth activist*
David Campos, San Francisco Police Commissioner*
Elizabeth Creely, BACORR*
Chris Daly, San Francisco Supervisor*
Michael Goldstein, SFPO Board*, former president Milk Club*
Marie Harrison, Greenaction*
Krissy Keefer, Mission Dance
Jane Kim, CCDC*
Whitney Leigh, Gonzalez and Leigh LLP
Sarah Lipson, San Francisco School Board Commissioner*
Ross Mirkarimi, San Francisco Supervisor*
Christina Olague, San Francisco Planning Commission*

Photography Exhibit Courtesy Happy/L.A. Hyder

Friday, March 17th (St. Patrick's Day) Wear your Green!
at the home of Vicki Leidner and John Radogno
770 Shotwell St/22nd St**
San Francisco, CA 94110
7-9 p.m.

Minimum gift of $25 per person requested
Maximum gift: $600 per person
(Personal checks only, no corporate contributions accepted)
Please make checks payable to: Neighbors for Aimee Allison

please r.s.v.p. to Vicki at 415-648-5050
vleidner@rcn.com

*for identification purposes only
**24th Street BART- closest station

March 9, 2006

I wrote an article about the Town Hall Meeting last Saturday entitled Taboo Topics.

I have been working on "an event- "Is Impeachment Patriotic?" for months, and booked the Herbst when a staff member from Cynthia McKinney's office said that she could come out on the days the theater was available. Then I got a call saying that she couldn't make it, and I thought that the only way I could salvage the event was if I could get Congressman Conyers to come. His staff said that he couldn't decide until the end of February, which is when he participated in a huge event in New York City organized by Harper's Magazine with Lewis Lapham whose cover story "IMPEACH HIM- on the High Crimes of George W. Bush graces the magazine's March Issue. I called Lewis and asked him if he would be willing to do a similar panel here on the West Coast with Congressman Conyers. He said that he would think about it and call me back the next day. He never did. I did mail him the latest David Ray Griffin and Steve Jones DVDs, I think I sent him mine and Barrie Zwicker's as well- and David Ray Griffin's book and Chossudovsky's latest book, as well. He obviously wasn't up on the latest 9-11 research. At this point, however, time is running out, with so much happening in the next two weeks, I don't think I could pull off a big event in less than a month, much as I would like to. My energies will probably be put to better use, just helping to publicize, and organize 9-11 events locally. Gabriel also could use help with the national conference.

Ken Jenkins, Brian and I all went to see Guerrilla News Network's new film- "American Blackout" on Sunday in San Jose. It was very good (well I think it could have been edited down a bit more, particularly the nail biting as the votes came in on election day), but it very powerfully looked at the deliberate disenfranchisement of the black vote in 2000 and 2004- the stealing of both Presidential Elections. Someone in the film, eloquently said, exactly what I've been thinking, the ruling class doesn't want people mobilized; they win when people are apathetic, cynical, feel helpless, powerless... it's much harder for them to steal elections when people are paying attention, involved, organized. We need to mobilize people more than ever, because their lives, our lives, the future depends upon it.

The film also touched on 9-11, but tangentally, like Cynthia grilling Rumsfeld on the wargames....

On Tuesday night, I went to the Santa Clara Green Party meeting. I must admit the meetings are held at a great Indian Restaurant- it's a wonderful excuse to get an excellent meal!! We passed an Impeachment Resolution at the meeting. The original resolution was passed by the Nevada County Green Party, and we made a couple of small changes.

6. DELIBERATE DECEPTIONS: repeatedly, consciously, and with forethought, lying to the American people and the U.S. Congress by providing false and deceptive rationales for an unjustified and illegal war in Iraq, obstructing justice by destroying evidence, and covering up the truth about the 9-11 attacks;

I suggested the addition in bold to the section on Deliberate Deceptions and the group approved the addition. I'd like to add it to the resolution that goes to the State Plenary, but I'm afraid I'll miss that plenary and doubt if someone else will champion it for me.

It is good to see the momentum for Impeachment grow.

On Wednesday, the weather was good and I was in Downtown Palo Alto. We set up the microphone and Galen, Christian and I spoke. Unfortunately, I also got my 5th parking ticket ($28). That's the worst thing about doing it. The parking is limited to two hours, but it always takes more time than that to set up and break down, so I have to move my car, or be lucky to avoid getting a ticket.

With our main rally organizer inconveniently gone until May, nobody has really come forward to organize a strong 9-11 Truth contingent at the big anti-war rally coming up on March 18th, but we do have, already made, 100 picket signs and have the possibility of printing a lot more signs, designed already, before the rally. We also have about 65 T shirts that Janette had made with What Really Happened on the front (both lls look like the towers) and 9-11 websites on the back. We have banners; we have a sound system; we're making lots of handouts with the upcoming David Ray Griffin and other 9-11 events, so we just need lots of people to join us and raise the visibility of the 9-11 issue on March 18th. I think I will write an article about it, especially since they used 9-11 to sell the war on Iraq, especially to the young men- 90% of the soldiers think Saddam Hussein had something to do with 9-11. The lies are so deadly, and must be exposed to stop them and to stop expanding the bogus "war on terrorism."

We will get to the Civic Center early on March 18th and set up the 9-11 table and the big Deception Dollar banner. There is a lot of physical work to do, and any help will be appreciated. If people want to get T-Shirts in advance, they should come to the meeting on Thursday, the 16th in Oakland, where we'll figure out the details.

March 4, 2006

There were not hundreds of Green Party and 9-11 Truth Activists at the Town Hall Meeting, but there were more than Congresswoman Anna Eshoo was prepared to deal with. The new 9-11 T- shirts that Camille designed drew quite a bit of attention. We filled one room, and the crowd overflowed into another. It was great to see so many familiar faces and friends. Activists from San Jose were there with questions on the war of their own to pass out. I would say most of us were clamoring for impeachment, too. The event was webcast, and the press was unobtrusive. The standard procedure was followed, although, while Anna was speaking and responding to questions, people did speak up from the audience. Unfortunately, one of the most vocal 9-11 Truth advocates was a guy that I had never met before from San Jose who has a history of disrupting meetings and rambling on about numerology and religion; his disruption made it hard for anyone else to raise the 9-11 issue, seriously, calmly, rationally from the audience. We had to rely on the written questions that Anna did address. Galen, Janette, and I raised several which she read and couldn't respond to, other than to say, she believed that 9-11 Commission did a thorough investigation. She still wouldn't budge on impeachment. She commented that since The Commission Report was a best-seller most Americans believed it, too- Completely missing the point that Americans were looking for the truth (Even I bought a copy of the official report, but more to analyze how they omitted and distorted facts than to find out "what really happened'). I wish I had brought a video camera, though, for later to record her interaction with me and others, as she was on her way out. Dana looked at her straight in the eye and asked her what her opinion was on what the Commission had to say about Building Number #7. Her response was that she basically agreed with the Commission. Dana informed her that the Commission said nothing about Building #7, and exposed her utter ignorance of the content of the official report.

She was very nice and polite to me last December, but today when I spoke with her, she was very irate. I had said that I had given up sending her materials, because I didn't think she was looking at them or reading them. She responded,"Oh that is so disrespectful!" I also said that she avoided answering the questions that I had raised. Again, "Oh, that is so disrespectful!" she repeated.

I was being honest, and not speaking in an accusing tone of voice, but I think the idea that I was running for office against her is what she really found to be "insulting"- that I should consider myself to be "on or above" her level.

I must admit, I get more books and dvds than I can possibly read or view, and I do try to review the ones that I think are the most important. I imagine she gets even more stuff than I do, and I suspect that she dismisses everything that I have given her as having no redeeming value. The last book I gave her was David Ray Griffin's book- The 9-11 Commission Report- Ommissions and Distortions. She hadn't heard of Steven E. Jones.

When she closed her meeting, she did say that her goal was to be "The Voice of Hope" at a time when people are losing faith in the government and our country, and that she gained strength and energy from her constituents. I saw her as clinging somewhat blindly to a faith in a system that has betrayed its people, the world, and the ideals which it hides behind, so deeply in denial that she doesn't have the courage to really stand up for what is right, the truth, and the Constitution. She may be doing the best she can, but I believe that anyone in Congress has an obligation to do much more. Any of them who vote to renew the PATRIOT Act, who don't lift a finger to impeach Bush, should be ousted as far as I am concerned.

Seven of us went out for pizza, and to talk, after the event. Camille (Grand Prize winner for the art contest) was there and we discussed the need for a new poster for the March 18th rally, and agreed on-

Neo-
Con Jobs
Iraq, 9-11
Gabriel wants to print a bunch of them for SF, the Mid-West and New York for the big marches. Or we could do it. We also discussed what we need to do organizationally for March 18th (Thank God!) and Brian volunteered to get the signs from Frank's house- which I could never fit in my car. Dana wants us to have a computer so that we can show the Building #7 collapse at the table. It does seem like there are endless opportunities for outreach, that we are only limited by our bodies, imagination, and time (and there are folks like me who have hungry kids to feed- and need to sleep, eat, work, too...)

March 3, 2006

Cynthia McKinney's scheduler called to say that there had been a mistake and that she wouldn't be able to come in April on the day that I booked the Herbst Theater, I don't know if I can change the date or whether Congressman John Conyers will be able to come through or not- he did have a huge event in New York City on Impeachment last night, so it all depends on whether he wants to do it or not. Our other option is to reschedule the event late May, but that also has its problems and is quite close to the national 9-11 conference. I got so little support from the group last night at the meeting- I'm thinking it might be best to just let it go and put my energies elsewhere. The tide is turning awfully fast.

From a posting on the Green Party list-

EUROPE 2020 ALARM / Global Systemic Rupture
March 20-26, 2006:
Iran/USA - Release of global world crisis
"The Laboratoire européen d’Anticipation Politique Europe 2020 (LEAP/E2020) now estimates to over 80% the probability that the week of March 20-26, 2006 will be the beginning of the most significant political crisis the world has known since the Fall of the Iron Curtain in 1989, together with an economic and financial crisis of a scope comparable with that of 1929. This last week of March 2006 will be the turning-point of a number of critical developments, resulting in an acceleration of all the factors leading to a major crisis, disregard(ing) any American or Israeli military intervention against Iran. In case such an intervention is conducted, the probability of a major crisis to start rises up to 100%, according to LEAP/E2020.

"An Alarm based on 2 verifiable events The announcement of this crisis results from the analysis of decisions taken by the two key-actors of the main on-going international crisis, i.e. the United States and Iran:

--> "on the one hand there is the Iranian decision of opening the first oil bourse priced in Euros on March 20th, 2006 in Teheran, available to all oil producers of the region ;

-->" on the other hand, there is the decision of the American Federal Reserve to stop publishing M3 figures (the most reliable indicator on the amount of dollars circulating in the world) from March 23, 2006 onward [1].

"These two decisions constitute altogether the indicators, the causes and the consequences of the historical transition in progress between the order created after World War II and the new international equilibrium in gestation since the collapse of the USSR. Their magnitude as much as their simultaneity will catalyse all the tensions, weaknesses and imbalances accumulated since more than a decade throughout the international system.

"A world crisis declined in 7 sector-based crises LEAP/E2020's researchers and analysts thus identified 7 convergent crises that the American and Iranian decisions coming into effect during the last week of March 2006, will catalyse and turn into a total crisis, affecting the whole planet in the political, economic and financial fields, as well as in the military field most probably too:

1. Crisis of confidence in the Dollar
2. Crisis of US financial imbalances
3. Oil crisis
4. Crisis of the American leadership
5. Crisis of the Arabo-Muslim world
6. Global governance crisis
7. European governance crisis"


Hence a lot of hysteria and concern over the bullying threats of the Bush Administration who might try to stage another 9-11 in a desperate attempt to cling to power. The article ignores, somewhat, the mass demonstrations scheduled for March 18th, and the growing strength of the 9-11 truth movement.

I'm going to work on suggested questions for the Town Hall Meeting tomorrow. If everyone knows what the questions are, Anna will have a harder time censoring them and trying to evade them. I think our genuine concern for our country, the world, the truth, will win over 97% of the world's population and that we shouldn't be militant, threatening or violent. The courage to be able to state the truth simply despite the Big Lies perpetuated by the government and the corporate press is our greatest strength, as well as offering the most hopeful solution to endless war.

I hope people will join us Saturday, and show their support for peace, truth, justice.

March 1, 2006

This morning I learned that my Congressional Opponent will be holding a Town Hall Meeting this Saturday in Mountain View

(Saturday, March 4th
9:30 a.m. to 11:00 a.m.
Mountain View City Hall
500 Castro Street
Council Chambers, 2nd floor
Cross-street: Mercy
Parking: public lot underneath building on Mercy Street)

I would love to get a few hundred Greens and 9-11 Truth Activists to rally and participate in the Town Hall meeting, although they are "Town Hall" in the most superficial sense. At a real Town Hall Meeting, people would get one, two or three minutes each to speak and raise issues, and the mayor/representative would actually listen to the people and at some point respond to issues raised. Eshoo passes out cards, she talks, then goes through the cards, reading some of the questions/not everything and responding to that which she can answer, but ignoring that which she doesn't want to say or address. Only persistent, direct, questions can evoke a response. All the more reason to go and raise the impeachment, and other critical issues, so that she can't evade and avoid them, and lets her true colors show. I wish I had been monitering her website more carefully. She says that she sends out notices to the public when she holds these things but she must have blacklisted all the activists from her rolladex, because those of us who have had contact with her were not directly informed of the meeting- I heard about it from a friend. At least we are having our Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance Meeting tomorrow night, maybe I could find some support there, but people are so scattered about the Bay Area, we really haven't the time to do the outreach and pull together a lot of people. I need to be more organized with my own outreach efforts into the local community to be able to pull together hundreds of people at short notice, right now my email list is such a mess- I can't separate the local from the regional from the national from the international- so I end up not emailing anyone en masse and relying on those coming to my website. We need to improve our ability to communicate with one another. Christian, fortunately, is doing the mailing list for Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, and the Campaign. I'm still so behind in my mail that I haven't sent out my Christmas letter yet, to friends and family (my brother and sister still don't even know that I'm running for Congress). I will also have to bite the bullet and start asking for donations and endorsements. My mom used to joke about how much milage I could get on a nickel and a smile, and so far I have been able to do a lot with no money, on the thinnest shoe-string budget. Still, I need some help, and postage money, data entry, website...

With almost no time, I just posted this and that to various lists- and this piece on Indymedia-Impeachment, Peace, Truth, Abolish the Patriot Act?

February 28, 2006

I spoke with the head honcho working on a companion "questioning 9-11 documentary" to the new Hollywood Flight 93 Blockbuster due out next April. He defended the 9-11 Commission and I suspect whatever he does will try to sell the official line, but he did say that if we had a big event, he'd send someone out to film- and he would have filmed last Thursday's event, had he heard about it sooner. (I did tell him about the Griffin event March 30th, but he was non-committal- he is on deadline, too).

I mulled over that piece of information as I caught up on household chores today and wondered whether Joel and others could actually organize a strong 9-11 contingent at the March 18th Rally, and get us a 9-11 speaker on stage. We do have so much footage from past marches and rallies and actions, but more than we have had time to edit. I talked with Fiske and John about producing another television show with the footage from the rally on January 15th. Our challenge is always getting the material to a wider audience, although I think the grassroots efforts have had a significant impact on public opinion, breaking through the mass media barrier has always been, and will always be our main obstacle. The primary questions, the most damning facts, are always censored, although we can sometimes sneak past the gatekeepers on some media outlets, when they aren't expecting us. I might have more luck getting past press barriers writing statements for the November 2006 election, but how many voters/people read those? At least there are many film makers and people working on the issue now; it's not like a few years ago when there was only one film and one book on the subject...

A big 9-11 movie, even one with a fictitious plot trying to sell the Commission Fairy Tale would provide another activist opportunity to challenge the lie, and inform the uninformed entertainment seekers.

One of the goals of Thursday's event in Janette's mind was to raise enough money to buy a better DVD burner, so we could produce more DVDs cheaply, and distribute more DVDs. I think we probably cleared just over 2000, not enough for the whole set-up that we need, but enough to get one with the proceeds, and our cash on hand.

I wasn't sure which would do more good- running for office or making a better 9-11 documentary/film. Jean-Luc will help me learn film editing this March on the new computer that he won in a contest. At least I don't actually have to do much more to be in the election- I'm over the top on signatures gathered and will be on the ballot- so far it's just me, a Libertarian, and Eshoo.

February 27, 2006

Michael Hagerty did a good write up of the Thursday event, and so did Claudette Langley at Indybay which included even more photos. I will probably continue to update my Question 9-11- A Call to Activism page, hopefully I will get Janette's photos up soon.

We are having more breakthroughs - David Ray Griffin is on the radio more. Steven Jones's new DVD is finished and available, a new DVD- September 11*Revisisted combines both Jones and Griffin, and is very well done, although I haven't had a chance to see it, myself.

At the same time, some folks are in panic mode. Chossudovsky's article-

Is the Bush Administration Planning a Nuclear Holocaust?
Will the US launch "Mini-nukes" against Iran in Retaliation for Tehran's "Non-compliance"?, February 22, 2006

worries a lot of people who are deeply concerned about another 9-11, civilian prison camps, martial law, a bogus bioterrorist attack.

Hearing Rich Bond, ex-chair of the Republican Party, head of the Re-Elect Bush Campaign in 1992, (whom I sailed with in the 70's and is featured in Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush) talking on the radio about the upcoming 2006 elections hasn't eased my mind. California Secretary of State's move to certify the dastardly Diebold machines shows these guys are desperate to cling to power and that the real battle is controlling the public mind. Who will believe the politicians are legitimate? Who will believe the press? Who will people believe about anything that matters, as the truth bubbles up from the grassroots about everything.

I also heard the radio report that the mayors of the Bay Area want half of the Homeland Security money for their projects- protecting bridges, and ramping up emergency responses. This, after the right wing gives Al Qaeda the "greenlight" to take out San Francisco, arguably the most anti-war, anti-Bush region in the country, makes me wonder if they are just trying to scare us into shutting up.

IMPEACH HIM subtitle- Lewis H Lapham on the High Crimes of George W. Bush is the lead article on Harper's Magazine; we are definitely not alone.

Bush and Cheney probably are panicking; they might be plotting to destroy the world rather than personally go down in flames, but I'll bet that they find fewer and fewer allies to help them realize their nefarious plots, and it behooves all of us to win more and more people over to the side of truth and justice.

February 26, 2006

It's just past midnight, and I've added Gabriel's speech, my speech, Janette's talk to the website and updated the Question 9-11- A Call to Action page somewhat. I still need to write an article about the event, but first I need some sleep. The event was a great success, well attended, very positive experience for everyone. Unfortunately, I didn't get to bed til 2 am and was woken up at 5:30 am and I don't function too well on so little sleep. Friday, there were so many phone calls, that I had to get up and ship DVDs, deposit money in the bank, go to the Post Office... The big news was that Universal Studios is doing a documentary on those questioning 9-11- I still don't know whether it will be a "hit piece" or genuine. They are doing a blockbuster/Hollywood style flick on Flight 93, so this is a companion piece to the big film.

Today, I had to get up very early to drive all the way to Concord for the case of books that Michel Chossudovsky sent to us, and then to San Francisco for a rally in the Civic Center. The rally, sadly, was poorly attended, but a great opportunity for activists to socialize, since our tables and booths weren't swamped like they usually are during rallies. A very gung-ho new activist, Joel, who learned about 9-11 from my old friend, Dave Casebeers, turned up full of enthusiasm, ready to plunge rght into organizing rallies, and the movement... A budding volunteer whom I recruited late Thursday night, also came by to help table. Luckily for me, a photographer also came by whom I asked to take photos of me, because Barrie desperately needs one quickly for his new book. I hope he got some good ones. We also met with an interesting German documentary filmmaker who is doing a film on "the Left/progressive/anti-fascist forces in the United States." Christian helped table, and Jerry and his son Phoenix also visited. We helped them break down their huge booth later, and we all joined Bill, Liam, and George, my Veteran's for Peace buddies, at a great Vietnamese Restaurant afterwards.

Joel had flown all the way to New York for a 9-11 rally which he said was attended heavily by the International Press with a five to one activist to journalist ratio. The targets of the rally included Amy Goodman and ANSWER for gatekeeping the 9-11 issue. Many have tried to win Amy and ANSWER over, but the successes have been small and their concessions to the issue slight. We had an interesting discussion of the issue and the entire situation the country is in. George knew from firsthand experience that the Gulf of Tonkin incident used to launch the Vietnames war was fabricated and we all were concerned that our country was being destroyed economically and in so many ways that could lead to civil war, martial law, the acceptance of a "military leader." Yet, there is still hope. I think the rally today, "Bang4Change" was poorly attended because of lack of publicity, bad organization, and so many other conflicting events- like a big pow-wow for peace organizations planning events for the rest of the year, that was happening simultaneously. The attendance at any one particular event reflects more upon the strength of the organizations skills and efforts than anything else. The "movement" continues to grow and we are having major breakthroughs in the press.

I need to add a bunch of new articles to this website, but tis too late now... Tomorrow...

February 23, 2006

The Grand Lake Theater is showing the outstanding documentary- "Why We Fight" this afternoon at 4:15 pm. Some of us are hurrying to catch the film, and table before and between events- the Benefit will begin at 7 pm &- Doors open at 6.

February 21, 2006

The Village Voice has just done four articles on the 9-11 Truth Movement, and the Environmental Impacts of 9-11, which continue to claim lives.

The Seekers
The birth and life of the '9-11 Truth movement'
by Jarrett Murphy

Conspiracy 101
The basics of alternative 9-11 theories
by Jarrett Murphy

The Usual Suspects
What it takes to make a conspiracy theory
by Jarrett Murphy

Truth Out
Sick of being lied to by the EPA, 9-11 plaintiffs use the courts to force the answers they seek
by Kristen Lombardi

Janette is having success organizing the Thursday Questioning 9-11 Benefit at the Grand Lake Theater. There's just so much to do and so little time.

February 20, 2006

I've been checking out potential Universities with my eldest son, who will be graduating from High School this year. We visited UC Santa Barbara on Sunday which also hosted a protest against Colin Powell who spoke there Friday on the topic of "Leadership"- an excerpt... by Geof Bard

A hundred protesters strung along State Street as ticket holders lined up to hear former Secretary of State Colin Powell deliver a talk at the landmark Arlington Theatre. Sponsored by the University of California over the strenuous protest of local peace activists, the Bush functionary was greeted with the same outrage which has accompanied his appearances elsewhere: extreme indignation. Powell is sharply criticized for his notorious speech before the UN Security Council February 5, 2003. Yet, according to protesters, he has a long history of coverup and complicity.

Ten protesters infiltrated the theatre with concealed T shirts which read: WAR CRIMINAL! Standing in silence, they drew some applause but also jeers from apparent supporters of Mr. Powell and his role in the tragic Iraq conflagration which has caused in excess of 100,000 civilian lives.

An exit survey disclosed that Powell expressed no remorse for the toll in human suffering caused by the war. He is frequently alleged to have been one of the few people on the planet that might have prevented the horrible toll of bloodshed. Stating only that there was "faulty intelligence", he, with a cavalier shrug, waxed profound about themes of "leadership".

Locals expressed serious concerns that his career is exemplary of one of the most atrocious failures of leadership in recorded history. Among them was Bob Handy, retired career military who was active in three major phases of the Vietnam war. Although in the US Navy, he was attached to the 3rd USMC Division and the 1st USMC in the difficult period prior to the Tet offensive.

"Colin Powell", said the veteran, "covered up the My Lai massacre. After that he went on and was part of [misconduct in] Central America. He was part of Ollie North and those boys." The My Lai massacre was first publicized by legendary journalist Seymour Hersh, a scoop which would have immortalized him in the history of war journalism. In more recent times, the New Yorker reported broke the Abu Ghraib story, one of the most important scoops in these times. In that tragic, shameful massacre, stressed out troops obeyed the command of Lt. Caley and proceeded to kill the civilian inhabitants of an entire village, throwing their bodies into a mass grave reminiscent of the well-documented atrocities of WWII.

Oliver North was prosecuted for felony violations of Federal law in connection with a convoluted scheme in which he dealt with Iran, then designated as a terrorist regime, and attempted to obtain release of American hostages by supplying the Ayatollah Khomenei with weaponry which would be available for use in the Iran-Iraq war. There is still dispute as to how much Reagan knew about the illicit transaction, but North had his convictions dismissed, for technical reasons, on appeal, and to this day maintains that he was only doing his best, as a Marine, to serve his country and obtain release of Americans whose lives were endangered.

Handy is unimpressed by North's justifications and is concerned that the money obtained from the illegal arms deal was funneled to the anticommunist contras, a grisly group of hard core mercenaries whom even their supporters find difficult to justify. In the mid eighties, thousand upon thousands of people simply disappeared as Central American "escquadrons dela muerte" dealt death to union activists, journalists, campesinos who happened to live in a village suspected of aiding Marxist insurgents, and even low ranking soldatos who drew the wrathe of their superiors. To this day, many undocumented Central Americans fear deportation which could place them in the hands of old enemies, enemies who are not known for their tender mercies.

When asked if Saddam Hussein didn't possess the making of weapons of mass destruction, Handy retorts, "yeah, we know he had it. We had the receipts for them." He was accompanied by John Goulert, a student at UCSB, who pointed out that whatever was going on with Saddam, the threat was "not imminent".

That directly contradicts the statements made by Colin Powell in his notorious speech before the security council. As several protesters pointed out, Powell is on record indicating that he was aware the claims which he was asked to bring before the UN were "bull-shit". Yet he went forward with the contentions anyway, suggesting that he knew that his claims were patently false. The majority of commentators have concluded that the contentions were false, and even Bush administration officials such as Powell and his successor Condoleza Rice admit they are false.

None of this is lost on the protesters. They angrily denounced him not only as a war criminal but as a prostitute and whore. One protester was clad in an army helmet, black lace, a corselette, fishnets and a profusion of "9-11" dollars in the manner of a Paris hooker. Another wore a Colin Powell mask and was lead around on a dog leash by an apparent capitalist pig.

I was glad to learn about the protest at UCSB, the other Universities that we visited were smaller and less inclined to protest, more corporate, more oblivious, although they did share antiwar sentiments.

On President's Day, I also gathered a few more signatures on my Congressional petition, any actions towards impeachment seemed the right thing to do.

Counterpunch finally published a 9-11 article -

Who Is Osama? Where Did He Come From? How Did He Escape? What About Those Anthrax Attacks?
A Half-Dozen Questions About 9/11 They Don't Want You to Ask

Better late than never! As if these questions weren't being asked by us, late 2001... Some folks are just a little slow at figuring this stuff out.

The fact that lies are increasingly obvious, allows a larger measure of safety for people to be critical of the Administration, that is good. We want little kids to be able to feel safe wearing "9-11 was an Inside Job!" T-shirts. We want waiters and waitresses to refuse to serve the world's Rumsfelds, Cheneys, Bushes because everyone knows that these guys are responsible for countless numbers of deaths, and widespread suffering. We want the press to start asking hard questions and to be able to laugh at them when they make ridiculous, transparently false statements. That day will come.

February 16, 2006

I heard some talk of the Able Danger Hearings on NPR- The NewsHour with Jim Lehrer, so it wasn't completely censored. Michel Chossudovsky posted from the Congressional Quarterly

Press Conference of Rep Curt Weldon:
9/11 Commission and Operation "Able Danger"
9/11 Commission suppressed the evidence
US House of Representatives

It's upsetting a lot of folks, because the spin is to blame Clinton for 9-11.

I also found this -

Press Release from the Republican Party

WHAT IS HE TRYING TO HIDE?

Spitzer blocks top aide from 9/11 Congressional testimony

ALBANY, NY -- (02/15/2006; 1230)(EIS) -- New York Republican State Chairman Stephen Minarik today demanded Eliot Spitzer explain why he would brazenly prevent one of his closest advisers from providing testimony to a Congressional panel investigating the terrorist attacks of 9/11.

"Mr. Spitzer needs to come clean, and tell us what is more important than the safety and security of New Yorkers" Minarik said. "Government's number one priority is the safety and security of its citizens. Eliot Spitzer should try to help that, not hinder it."

According to today's New York Post, "the House Armed Services Committee had requested testimony of Deputy Attorney General Dietrich Snell - a former top investigator with the 9/11 commission - at a hearing today on 'Able Danger,' the secret Pentagon cyber intelligence program that allegedly turned up the name of Mohammed Atta, the mastermind of the atrocity... Staff members of Able Danger, who will appear under oath for the first time at today's hearing, claim they had Atta's name and photograph on a chart of al Qaeda suspects in 2000 and that they were blocked by Clinton administration lawyers from sharing their information with the FBI." (Latham/Dicker, NYP, 2/15/06)

In addition, Minarik noted that Spitzer's action was the ultimate in hypocrisy. According to the Chairman, he noted that while speaking at a 2004 Democratic National Convention event, Spitzer himself stated: "We have seen in the 9/11 commission report how many errors we made and how many opportunities were missed." (Savage, NY Sun, 7/30/04)

"I wholeheartedly agree with Mr. Spitzer that the 9/11 Commission report documented critical errors made, and prime opportunities missed," Chairman Minarik continued. "However, Mr. Spitzer must have a feeble memory, or is just a horrible hypocrite. How else can anyone explain Mr. Spitzer shielding a top aide, who formerly served as an investigator with the 9/11 commission, from assisting our nation's efforts to improve our security at home and abroad?"

"Politics and personal interests should never interfere with the safety and security of our people," Chairman Minarik concluded. "Unfortunately, Mr. Spitzer's actions and rank hypocrisy are putting all of us needlessly at risk. New Yorkers and all Americans deserve better."

I guess in an election year, it is traditional for Republicans to attack Democrats, regardless of the issue.

February 15, 2006

We can move forward with our "Is Impeachment Patriotic?" event, Veteran's for Peace will co-sponsor.

My friends sent me an article yesterday entitled

THE PSYCHOPATH - The Mask of Sanity
Special Research Project of the Quantum Future Group

which complements the work of Neil Robert Miller (Christian Pecaut's mentor) in his Paradigm from California by recognizing the amoral, advantage certain people have by being able to unconscionably lie, manipulate, deceive, murder others, indeed feeding off the pain and suffering, that they cause. Historically, these are the known tyrants, the scum that rise to the top... although they have become more and more adept at masking themselves. I think if we could reveal the techniques that liars use to deceive people so that everyone could see through their tricks, we will perform a great public service. If we had time to make a great 9-11 documentary, I think that is one thing we would do, show the lies, and deconstruct the patterns. Here's a quote from The Psychopath- The Mask of Sanity:

The high incidence of sociopathy in human society has a profound effect on the rest of us who must live on this planet, too, even those of us who have not been clinically traumatized. The individuals who constitute this 4 percent drain our relationships, our bank accounts, our accomplishments, our self-esteem, our very peace on earth.

Yet surprisingly, many people know nothing about this disorder, or if they do, they think only in terms of violent psychopathy - murderers, serial killers, mass murderers - people who have conspicuously broken the law many times over, and who, if caught, will be imprisoned, maybe even put to death by our legal system.

We are not commonly aware of, nor do we usually identify, the larger number of nonviolent sociopaths among us, people who often are not blatant lawbreakers, and against whom our formal legal system provides little defense.

Most of us would not imagine any correspondence between conceiving an ethnic genocide and, say, guiltlessly lying to one's boss about a coworker. But the psychological correspondence is not only there; it is chilling. Simple and profound, the link is the absence of the inner mechanism that beats up on us, emotionally speaking, when we make a choice we view as immoral, unethical, neglectful, or selfish.

Yesterday, in addition to being Valentine's Day, was the day of a National Security Whistleblowers hearing and a separate House Armed Services subcommittee hearing devoted to Able Danger which the press neglected to cover significantly. In the Sacramento Bee article entitled-

National security whistle-blowers allege retaliation , By JAMES ROSEN.

Shaffer, who spoke at both hearings said,

"I became a whistleblower not out of choice, but out of necessity," Shaffer said. "Many of us have a personal commitment to ... going forward to expose the truth and wrongdoing of government officials who - before and after the 9/11 attacks - failed to do their job."

Shaffer contradicted recent statements by Philip Zelikow, former executive director of the Sept. 11 commission, who denied having met with Shaffer and other Able Danger operatives in Afghanistan in October 2003.

"I did meet with him," Shaffer said. "I have the business card he gave me. I find it hard to believe that he could not remember meeting me."

The commission set up by Congress to probe the Sept. 11 attacks didn't mention the Able Danger project on al Qaeda in its final report in July 2004.

When former Able Danger operatives began to talk with reporters and lawmakers about the program last year, the commission's chairman and vice chairman, former New Jersey Gov. Thomas Kean and former Rep. Lee Hamilton, released a statement saying the panel had looked into the work of Able Danger and found it "historically insignificant."

I spoke with Peter Dale Scott, who is still working on finishing his latest 9-11 book, and asked him what he thought about Able Danger, but he hadn't been following it, and recently wrote about the fat Halliburton contract to build Detention Centers- Homeland Security Contracts for Vast New Detention Camps, an important story, which the mainstream press also "missed."

Weldon did manage to get lots of elected officials to sign on to his letter demanding public hearings, but his agenda is indeed very dark indeed, if you read his book- Countdown to Terror according to Wes Vernon in his article Fire the whole top-level CIA bureaucracy (My comments in italics)

"The gross incompetence in the intelligence community over the last decade, combined with the current rebellion of intelligence community leaders, especially at the CIA, justifies a dismissal of present leaders in all agencies and across the entire intelligence community."

When he's talking about "all agencies," Congressman Weldon, a Republican from Pennsylvania, is referring not only to the CIA, but the National Security Agency (NSA), the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), and all lesser-known intelligence units. Weldon appears to have a valid point in taking on the upper reaches of all the intelligence agencies. He has done a mountain of homework. In recent months, this column has been focused on the CIA like a laser beam, and that is what I am prepared to deal with as of now. The senior officers of that particular agency should indeed be given the boot. Porter Goss needs to give them the pink slip forthwith.(Hey, what about Goss? He's the worst of the lot!!!!)

Weldon is frustrated because of our "stovepipe" intelligence operations whereby the various intelligence agencies have not shared vital information that would have saved lives if action on it had been coordinated throughout the entire intelligence establishment. This might have prevented 9/11.(He sort of ignores the fact that this was the most successful black op ever perpetrated by the combined intelligence agancies- Bush personally thanked them for pulling it off, those most responsible for 9-11 got rewarded) This is no idle supposition. See below & stay with us here .

Incompetence is not the only issue. As stated previously in this space, there is a more serious problem of insubordination. The CIA bureaucracy is using its spying and undercover skills — meant for use in weakening foreign governments that pose a threat to America — to bring down an American president that the CIA high-level careerists do not like.

When a country's own intelligence agency turns on the commander-in-chief in wartime, does that rise to the level of the T word? Let the lawyers argue whether that amounts to outright treason. The relevant point is that when our own supposedly American intelligence establishment works against the commander-in-chief — whose responsibility is to "preserve and protect" this republic — consideration of drastic action is not out of order. If treason is too strong a word, one struggles in vain to find an appropriate alternative. Insurrection?

Weldon's desire to see top echelon intelligence operatives removed across the board throughout the entire intelligence community deserves respect and a fair hearing. For several years he has been hip deep in acquiring intelligence information from a secret source code named Ali.(This guy sounds so reliable!!!) It's not as if the congressman has been trafficking in gossip. If the same intelligence information he reveals in his book had been collected by the intelligence agencies (That is to say, if the intelligence community had done its job), it would have been classified at the highest level.

Ali has proven himself time and again to be a reliable source. His predictions so far have been proven right on the money. Weldon has passed the information along to CIA operatives, who dismissed it out of hand, advised Weldon to cut off his connection with Ali unless Ali is willing to reveal his information sources to them and deal directly with them — i.e. put himself in their debt. Ali cannot do that.

Ali has given Weldon information that the CIA does not want you to know, and which he outlines in his book. Among the highlights:

1. It is Iran that will decide the next terror strike on America.(How convenient for the cabal that wants to expand and perpetuate war, particularly in Iran, and find an enemy to blame the 'next 9-11' on.)

2. A major terrorist act was called off because the terrorists thought it would unite Americans behind President Bush and aid in his re-election.(Bullshit. I be they thought that they couldn't get away with it- that it would backfire- like in Spain when the people ousted the fascists behind the Madrid bombing)

3. Iran, not al Qaeda, is the command post of radical Islamic terror. The Weldon book was released several months ago, but since then events have compelled a stronger focus on the nuclear threat from the half-crazed dictator who runs Iran. That brings us face-to-face with our decades-long nightmare: Nuclear bombs in the hands of a certified nut case.(That's certainly the situation we face here- with Cheney at the controls.)

4. Iran plays a pivotal role in undercutting America's efforts to create a peaceful stable Iraq.

5. Iran is like the Soviet Union in the 1980s: extremely dangerous, the iron glove behind all our enemies — yet — hope upon hope — on the verge of internal collapse.(The CIA is doing its best to destabilize Iran.) 6. As has since been publicly verified, Ali informed the congressman that the Iranian nuclear program is red-hot and more advanced than previously believed.

Let's see if we can detect a pattern here (Some of these from Weldon's book. Others more recent):

A. A former intelligence analyst at the NSA, Russell Tice, says he leaked the information to the New York Times that the NSA had monitored phone conversations between al Qaeda operatives overseas and people right here on American soil. Left-wing media types have decried such monitoring as "an outrage." We don't know if Tice was the only leaker in the case. Al "No Controlling Authority" Gore demands a special prosecutor, and charges President Bush broke the law. A Poll shows 64% of Americans approve such common sense intelligence activity.(Shows how mislead folks are by the mainstream press.).

B. A CIA source leaked to the Washington Post the story that the CIA has set up prisons in Europe where terrorists are locked up so they can't kill any more innocent people. Again, media reaction is horror — not that someone would divulge such information, but that the CIA would set up the prisons (without providing the terrorists their "Miranda rights?") Bear in mind, the CIA's antipathy to Bush is so strong that careerists there are willing to reveal their own agency's secret operations just to embarrass the president. (This guy is obviously a big torture fan. You can imagine who is getting locked up, anybody who can spill the beans on the dirty tricks the CIA is up to.)

C. Someone at the CIA — to this day, it's not clear just who — took the suggestion of a deskbound in-house analyst named Valerie Plame and sent her husband Joseph Wilson overseas to verify whether Saddam Hussein's Iraq tried to buy yellowcake refined uranium from Niger, as claimed in a Birtish intelligence report cited by President Bush. Wilson returned home, wrote in the New York Times the yellowcake report was not true (different from what he actually told the CIA). Someone leaked the Plame/Wilson connection to columnist Robert Novak. This time, media uproar was aimed — not at the CIA for sending a politically-motivated liar on an intelligence mission — but at anyone who would dare leak information to Novak. Leakers are honored, you see, only as long as they stick to the hate-Bush script.

D. Two Pentagon military officers — Army Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer and Navy Capt. Scott Philpott — say that a secret unit named Able Danger identified Sept. 11 mastermind Mohammad Atta as a terrorist one year before the attacks on New York and Washington. Others have since come forward to say they saw the same intelligence chart to which Shaffer and Philpot alluded.

Most of the mainstream media ignored this one. However, in answer to a question, Congressman Weldon told me the other day that "Lou Dobbs on CNN is in this [story] up to his eyeballs, and he's determined to stay with it until the end....The same thing is true with Fox News and one reporter Katherine Herridge. She's very much on it. The New York Times [perhaps surprisingly] is on it. It's all over talk radio." He might have added columnist Michelle Malkin has been following the story. But ABC, NBC, CBS, the Washington Post? The biggies [other than NYT]? "I don't know," says the congressman, "I don't think the mainstream media wants to get into it."

On TV, Weldon said, "You can't let a Lt. Col.'s career be ruined because of a bureaucrat at DIA. We're seeing lying and distortion, Wolf Blitzer [CNN] told me that a Defense Department official [likely DIA or originating with DIA] had told him that Shaffer was having an affair with a member of my staff. He doesn't even know my staff. What do we stand for, if not truth?" Also the Feds leaked to the mainstream media info that Shaffer stole pens when he was 15. That's how desperate these people are.

But it doesn't end there. In a January 18 talk before the National Press Club's American Legion Post #20 here in Washington, Weldon said not only has the DIA denied Col Shaffer his clearance, "they're about to do the unthinkable." Now it turns out, "[t]hey're going to deny his health care benefits for his kids, take away his pay without firing him because if they fire him, he can talk to the media." Pentagon authorities — partly at Weldon's insistence — have backed off on that pending a report from the in-house Inspector General.

There's another angle to this: The 9/11 commission missed the all-important Able Danger scandal on Mohammed Atta, even though the information had been handed to a member of the commission staff. Weldon says Peter Lance, an ABC investigative reporter is coming out in a few months with "an earth-shaker" of a book charging that a staffer for 9/11 Commissioner Jamie Gorelick, limited the scope of the commission.

Already, he says, Gorelick — a top official in the Clinton administration — has phoned his office — and also the office of Judiciary Committee Chairman Arlen Specter — simply to say, "I didn't do anything wrong."

"No one [in Congress] accused her," Weldon added.

E. Not only did the CIA decline to meet with Weldon's secret source, Ali, but lied about having done so. Then Director George Tenet sent one of his top spies, Stephen Kappes to accompany the congressman to an arranged meeting with Ali in Paris where he has been living in exile. Kappes bowed out at the last minute. On the day of the scheduled meeting, the CIA spy claimed to have "other commitments." In his book, the Pennsylvania lawmaker says, "Later, the CIA claimed to have met with Ali independently. But I discovered this to be untrue. The CIA admitted this, with no explanation as to why they would lie to me about the meeting."

Furthermore, Weldon added, "Incredibly, I learned that the CIA apparently asked French intelligence to silence Ali," and that an agent from the French Ministry of Interior paid a visit to the source and "did not overtly threaten Ali, [but] Ali nonetheless regarded the meeting as ominous, given its close coincidence with the time he was supposed to meet with the CIA. The purpose of the French Ministry of Interior appears to have been to intimidate Ali."

Later the CIA finally did meet with Ali and told him point blank to shut his mouth and stop talking to Curt Weldon. Then Kappes threatened the congressman too, warned him to stop working with Ali, and said it was against the law for an American citizen to meet with a foreign agent. Preposterous on its face. And Weldon told him as much. Kappes warned the congressman that associating with someone like Ali might endanger the lawmaker's own personal safety.

Americans can sleep a little better at night, knowing that Kappes is one of those who resigned from the CIA after unsuccessfully challenging the leadership of the DCI, Porter Goss. Still, the CIA, as of the publishing of Weldon's book, had yet to establish a working relationship with Ali.

F. Current and former CIA intelligence operatives can expect to wait weeks, months or years to get the agency's permission to write a book. But miraculously, such was not the case with Michael Schuer, an intelligence officer with the agency. At first, the CIA — which tries to discourage its employees from publishing any books at all and often rejects requests for permission to do so — began putting Schuer's request through what would normally have been a tedious slowly grinding vetting process. Then suddenly, something turned all of this on a complete 180. The book's approval for publication was granted quickly like a hot knife through butter. And bingo! The book Imperial Hubris was out on bookstore shelves just in time for the 2004 election. And guess what? You are earnestly urged to believe that this ultra-streamlined process had nothing to do with the fact that Mr. Schuer's volume is nothing but a propaganda attack — as Weldon puts it — "not against our real enemy, terrorism, but against a sitting U.S. president.

An amusing sidelight to this is that the book listed the author as "Anonymous." This corny laughable tactic flopped as Schuer's identity was quickly discovered. One wonders if this mirrors the CIA's usual proficiency with undercover operations where lives actually hang in the balance.

These are just a few samplings of how the intelligence community is dropping the ball in looking out for our best interests. But soon the action moves to Capitol Hill, and you will likely learn much more — that is, if the mainstream media see fit to follow this story and give it the attention it deserves. Also we don't know how publicly Congress will deal with it. Next month or perhaps very soon thereafter, several congressional committees, in both the House and the Senate, will hold hearings on the Able Danger mess. Armed Services, Government Reform, Judiciary, and Foreign Affairs panels reportedly are making preparations. Some hearings may be held behind closed doors.

I have to hurry (demo today), so couldn't post all my comments... However, it sounds to me like a labyrinth of lies, designed to set up the pretext for the next war against Iran. Just as 9-11 was used to sell the war on Iraq, if too much is revealed on 9-11, then it will be used to switch targets to Iran, and maybe move us from the A team to the B team at the Intelligence Agencies, let each have a go at the dirty ops, the limelight, the scrutiny, keep the public in the dark, uninformed, scared as hell.

It's a real challenge, trying to unveil layer upon layer of lies, to discover the truth, and to not frighten the public into facing the darkest aspects of our own government.

February 13, 2006, 9:12 pm

Just got this from NY911Truth-

ABLE DANGER HEARING

After a few months of waiting, the news is out that the Able Danger Hearing will happen on Wednesday at

www.abledangerblog.com

Lou Dobbs, on CNN at 6 PM, gave Able Danger regular coverage in December. He'll have Curt Weldon on Wed. evening, and more coverage Thurs. and Fri.

If we had a week's notice we could have organized a group to go down. However, Kyle Hence will be there and hopefully some local DC folks. If anybody else can go, by all means get there. Here's a message from Curt Weldon who has convened the hearings which contains details.

The following message was sent out today to those who have contacted Weldon's office regarding Able Danger:

Thank you for taking the time over the past few months to contact me regarding the Able Danger - a Department of Defense planning effort prior to 9/11 tasked to identify and target the linkages and relationships of Al-Qaeda worldwide. Your voice has played a crucial role in getting 248 Members of Congress to ask for Congressional Hearings. I wanted to update you about the progress that has been made on Able Danger with your help.

First, I would like to thank the House Armed Services Committee Chairman Duncan Hunter for his leadership in pursuing Able Danger hearings, as well as Deputy Secretary of Defense Gordon England for his support on behalf of the Pentagon.

Following a long congressional recess where staff was busy preparing for this hearing, I am pleased to announce that on Wednesday, 15 February 2006 at 2:30 p.m. in 2118 Rayburn House Office Building, the House Armed Services Strategic Forces and Terrorism, Unconventional Threats and Capabilities Subcommittees have tentatively scheduled a joint hearing for open and closed testimony on the Able Danger effort.... Curt Weldon

There is also going to be a press conference tomorrow -
WASHINGTON (13 Feb.) -U.S. Rep. Curt Weldon (R-Pa.), vice chairman of the House Armed Services and Homeland Security Committees, will hold a press conference on Tuesday, February 14th at 12:00 p.m. in the House Radio/TV Gallery in advance of Wednesday's House Armed Service joint subcommittee hearing on the Able Danger - a Department of Defense planning effort prior to 9/11 tasked to identify and target the linkages and relationships of Al-Qaeda worldwide.

Weldon plans to highlight much of his work over the past 9 months on Able Danger, and detail new information on the planning effort, including some of the ongoing investigations within Congress.

Following the press conference, Congressman Weldon will appear before the Committee on Government Reform's National Security Subcommittee hearing on National Security Whistleblower Protection. Weldon will highlight how individuals within the U.S. government who have told the truth, when the truth went against agency leadership, they were fired.

Christian is highly suspicious that this is yet another red herring, but I think we have to help shatter the Big Lie and this should help do that. (It would be better if the elites fight one another rather than attack all of us...)

I got a nice note from KBOO radio in Portland who might use our DVD in their fundraising drive, and from Sander Hicks who really liked it, and caught me up with his campaign for Governor of New York.

Just wish there were more hours in the day to catch up with all the mail I need to get out soon. I still haven't told my mom, sister or brother about my run for Congress...

February 13, 2006

Saturday, I gathered signatures for my petition and went to a Dance for Peace in Palo Alto (theme- "If I can't dance- I don't want to be part of your revolution!"Emma Goldman - It was great fun, and inevitable to make new connections and renew friendships, catch up on one another's activist projects!). Sunday I brought all my tabling stuff to Lytton Plaza, where Christian and I tabled for awhile, before I went to Magic to celebrate David Shramms 60th birthday! Magic is an intentional community, operating under a gift economy, near College Terrace. I've known them for years and of the 15 or 16 people living in their household, according to the Registrar of Voters, there were 8 or 9 registered Greens, so I thought I could party and gather signatures more effectively than chasing people all over town on my bicycle. However, I only got a few questionable signatures, but it was really great to chat and connect with some very wonderful, interesting people. David also offered to host a "Green Party Party" in their wondeful new space- which I hope we can do when the weather turns warm, and I have time to organize it! Between packing up the tabling stuff and feeding the kids, I missed my friend, Nancy Price's presentation on Water Privatization, but we had a chance to talk afterwards.

Key articles that caught my attention yesterday were-

Democrats Push Bill That Would Bar Third Parties in Races for Congress

Porter Goss' Op-ed: 'Ignoturn per Ignotius'! by Sibel Edmonds, a damning look at my arch-nemesis!

CIA chief sacked for opposing torture

an excerpt-

The CIA’s top counter-terrorism official was fired last week because he opposed detaining Al-Qaeda suspects in secret prisons abroad, sending them to other countries for interrogation and using forms of torture such as “water boarding”, intelligence sources have claimed. Robert Grenier, head of the CIA counter-terrorism centre, was relieved of his post after a year in the job. One intelligence official said he was “not quite as aggressive as he might have been” in pursuing Al-Qaeda leaders and networks.

Vincent Cannistraro, a former head of counter-terrorism at the agency, said: “It is not that Grenier wasn’t aggressive enough, it is that he wasn’t ‘with the programme’. He expressed misgivings about the secret prisons in Europe and the rendition of terrorists.”

Grenier also opposed “excessive” interrogation, such as strapping suspects to boards and dunking them in water, according to Cannistraro.

Porter Goss, who was appointed head of the CIA in August 2004 with a mission to “clean house”, has been angered by a series of leaks from CIA insiders, including revelations about “black sites” in Europe where top Al-Qaeda detainees were said to have been held.

In last Friday’s New York Times,Goss wrote that leakers within the CIA were damaging the agency’s ability to fight terrorism and causing foreign intelligence organisations to lose confidence. “Too many of my counterparts from other countries have told me, ‘You Americans can’t keep a secret’.”

Military's Role in a Flu Pandemic
Troops Might Be Used to 'Effect a Quarantine,' Bush Says from Washington Post, Oct. 5, 2005

That last article is a bit old, but I am concerned about the fears being generated over bird flu. It strikes me as a ploy, smokescreen, to crack down on pockets of dissent. Christian made some great little stickers, which I hope Gabriel will make into bumper stickers which read-

Anthrax
Bird Flu
CI.A.

Today we need to get the signatures to the Voter Registrar's Office, open a bank account for the Congressional Campaign, and do the paperwork, and phone calls, for the "Impeachment" event in April.

February 10, 2006

Many phone calls, Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney can come out in April for my "Is Impeachment Patriotic?" event, unfortunately Boxer can't come, and I'm still waiting on Congressman John Conyers. I hope GNN will be able to make it, and let us show some or all of their new film "American Blackout" which won Special Jury Prize at Sundance, but it's hard to reach those guys. I was stunned a couple days ago, when Ian actually answered the phone! I told him WBAI was looking for good 9-11 DVDs, and he got Stephen to get them one for their Fundraising drive, that was before I knew Cynthia could come, but I've got a date penciled in for the Herbst. It's such a challenge to orchestrate complicated events with lots of people- it requires a lot of lead time- but not too much, Conyers' office says he can't commit until the end of February. Argh.

Gabriel also called and they changed the date on the National 9-11 Conference in Chicago to June 2, 3, and 4th, luckily I got the word minutes before I made the final tweaks to the insert for the mailing that we did today- to Bay Area/California 9-11 activists on the upcoming Question 9/11- A Call to Activism Benefit on February 23rd. The cards and posters are beautiful, but the days are going by quickly! I have 30 or so signatures to gather this weekend for my Congressional run.

We folded, stamped, sealed 630 envelopes at Janette's house and enjoyed a very interesting conversation. A new guy, Jim, who was at the last San Francisco meeting dropped by to pick up a few posters and ended up staying to help. He described a couple of fascinating films- one about a clown, who in the course of being interviewed revealed that there was something disturbing about his childhood. The filmmaker probed and found out that the clown's father had been accused of being a pedophile- which was traumatic for the entire family. Jim mentioned how the mother of the family when confronted with photographic proof of the father's crimes couldn't see the photos. It seemed the whole film was an appropriate metaphor for our country's relationship with the executive branch of government.

Mark Crispin Miller in Part 2 of an interview on his new book, Fooled Again, describes very powerfully how the Republicans maintain the lie, the only way they can, by ignoring rational evidence, and making wild accusations about the sanity of people who challenge them:

The liberals and progressives who reject the “theory” of Republican election fraud have tended to deploy the same rhetorical technique. We can’t call it a counter-argument because it’s really not an argument at all, but mere ad hominem attack: “Anyone who says this is insane.”

What’s especially disturbing about that reaction is that it repeats the primary talking point of the Bush Republicans, who from the start have changed the subject by smearing those who try to talk about it.

The Bush Republicans relied entirely on ad hominem attack in their highly organized response to The Conyers Report on Jan. 6, 2005. That was the day the Congress formally recorded each state’s electoral votes, and there was a Democratic challenge to Ohio’s numbers, thanks to Barbara Boxer. Following that challenge, each house retired to debate the challenge—which meant debating the abundant evidence compiled by Conyers and his Democratic colleagues on the House Judiciary Committee. It was a remarkable debate, although it wasn’t really a debate, since there was no exchange about the evidence. The Democrats kept trying to focus on the evidence in the report, while the Republicans would just deny that there was any evidence in the report, and heap abuse on those who had the gall to note the evidence. As I point out in Fooled Again, the House “debate” was very tightly scripted, with the same incendiary phrases popping out of different speakers’ mouths, to make the point that anyone who tried to talk about the evidence was a “conspiracy theorist,” “paranoid,” “sore loser,” etc. To all the evidence in the report the Bush Republicans replied by shouting that there wasn’t any, and that whoever said there was, should be on medication in a padded cell.

And yet, despite this acute observation, and his awareness that the Regime lied about 9-11; Miller still falls for the bogus "War on Terrorism," perhaps because he fears that if he goes too far "beyond the boundaries of conventional thought," he, too will be dismissed. His very good book (despite the omission of a penetrating 9-11 analysis), is being almost completely censored by the mainstream press (which isn't surprising, since they've been ignoring election fraud for decades, keeping up the facade of a functional democracy).

Driving home, Brian mentioned to me that the Bush regime were all on drugs. I was a bit shocked and asked him to send me an email, if he could find any quote/documentation. He sent this:

Here's the reference to Powell's use of Ambien (Zolpidem) as a sleeping pill. It's in Washington Post 11/10/03 p. A23.
" Powell's Chemical Equation

"Powell described his killer schedule in an interview Thursday with Abdul Rahman Al-Rashed, a reporter for a London-based Saudi newspaper.

""So do you use sleeping tablets to organize yourself?" Al-Rashed asked.

""Yes. Well, I wouldn't call them that," Powell said. "They're a wonderful medication -- not medication. How would you call it? They're called Ambien, which is very good. You don't use Ambien? Everybody here uses Ambien.""

( Al Kamen adds "Really? Some folks across the river may conclude that explains a lot.")

http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wp-dyn?pagename=article&node=&contentId=A19844-2003Nov9¬Found=true

Here's a page that provides some info on Ambien:

http://www.drugrehabamerica.net/FAQ-ambien.htm

Its addictive potential is high. It may cause amnesia, some people find it changes their thinking or behavior, it can cause difficulty in concentrating and emotional instability, exaggerated sense of well-being, falling, and speech difficulties.

I think they reported that use of anti-depressants and anxiety medications also rose significantly in DC after the 9/11 attacks, but I can't recall the source. The Powell quote does, however, explain how these guys can sleep at night.

February 9, 2006

If anyone can help spread the word on our February 23rd event- that would be great. I added it to the Indymedia Calendar and posted an article on Indymedia.org. Kevin Barrett posted a powerful article at Mujca.net by Philip Sherman Gordon entitled BYU's Dr. Steven Jones Blows the Roof off a Utah Auditorium. Here's a short excerpt-

On this very conservative campus (in the most conservative county in the most conservative state in the union), where community leaders pulled out all the stops in 2004 to prevent Michael Moore from speaking as part of his anti-Bush, pro-Kerry “Slacker Uprising Tour,” Dr. Steven Jones, this pious professor from the Mormon Church-owned Brigham Young University, calmly, gently, gave a simple physics lesson on the collapse of the World Trade Center buildings, the implications of which awed the audience with a sense of world-historical significance, and implied an indictment of the present administration so utterly devastating that it made Moore’s Fahrenheit 9/11 look like a Bush apologia.

February 8, 2006

I've been extremely busy. Over the weekend I gathered lots of signatures for my petition to get on the ballot and reduce/eliminate the filing fee. It was great to find old friends and meet Greens that I had never met before. I think that I'll be able to get the rest of the required 150 signatures this week and over the weekend (I have about 120 so far).

I've also been working with Janette on the upcoming event Question 9-11- A Call to Activism which will take place at the Grand Lake Theater on February 23rd.

WBAI wants to use Behind Every Terrorist-There is a Bush in their fundraising drive, and Free Speech TV plans to broadcast it on February 19th. WBAI was interested in all the good 9-11 videos, so I reconnected with a number of film makers to get their films to WBAI. Ian Inaba from GNN told me that their new documentary, starring Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney, American Blackout, won a Special Jury Prize;the film includes lots about 9-11, although the main focus is the stolen elections.

Barrie Zwicker is finishing his new book, and I had to edit a profile on me- he profiles a number of 9-11 activists. Blaine is working on the cover art.

Some great articles and books have come my way, and I've been wishing that I had time to post more on this blog, but I really haven't been able to catch up on my work nor get enough sleep.

What is hopeful is that the hoaxes and lies are being pointed out-

Powell's Former Chief of Staff Lawrence Wilkerson Calls Pre-War Intelligence a 'Hoax on the American People'

Top 10 'Conspiracy Theories' about George W. Bush, Part 1 by Maureen Farrell is quite good.

Her follow-up article-

Top 10 'Conspiracy Theories' about George W. Bush, Part 2 came out today.

I've received encouraging calls from a great political advertising firm (who thinks honest people can beat crooked politicians with 1/10 of the monetary resources, if they can get the right message to the public), and talented friends who make tv shows, do film editing and photography are anxious to help with my campaign. Gabriel has offered to do buttons and bumper stickers, Blaine is willing to help with graphics. I just wish I had more time to hone my message, but I'm battling the red tape of bureaucracy, the hoops candidates must go through to get on the ballot and open a bank account.

There seems to be an oscillation between hope and despair. Despair occurs when people watch the mainstream press (remember that they are trying to terrorize Americans, paralyze people with fear), and Hope happens when people are creatively involved in making social change. I can never forget Tom Atlee's statement (now years old) "Things are getting better and better, and worser and worser, faster and faster, all the time."

The old paradigm is dying, a new one is being born, and our lives are pulled in different directions during this time of dramatic transition, when which way we'll go remains unclear.

I just posted Webster Griffin Tarpley's latest article-

THE MOHAMMED CARTOONS:
RECRUITING EUROPE FOR BUSH’S ATTACK ON IRAN

on this website, in hopes that by pointing out a diabolical scheme on the part of the madmen in power, that we might be able to avert it. There have been so many times over the past few years when we were worried about "the next 9-11." We did all sorts of things, rallies, marches, speaking at events, rallies, to avert impending disaster. I don't know if we averted attacks or not, but it seems that they have been trying to pull terrorist attacks outside the US where there is less chance of US public scrutiny of the events. However, I am in agreement with Ken Jenkins that we cannot function or make good decisions in "panic mode" and that we operate better feeling a sense of "urgency," without letting "fear" or "terror" hinder our judgement/actions.

Christian believes we need to help people see through the major lying techniques of those in power and I can't agree with him more. When those lies are repeated endlessly by the press, it does destroy people's ability to think and reason. My husband forwarded a message from one of his employers, whom I like a lot, who has been working on a film project to get across the ideas/analysis of George Lakeoff www.communication-evolution.org. Lakeoff focuses on how Conservatives have figured out how to frame their message over the years, and the failure of Progressives to frame theirs in a way that the average American can grasp. He offers suggestions on how we can "reframe" our messages, so that we can shift public understanding in a positive direction. Actually, my friend Susan Strong, who did a workshop with the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance a couple of times, has been doing similar work for over 6 years with her Metaphor Project.

February 3, 2006

We had a good meeting last night in San Francisco with lots of new faces, and I have a ton of follow-up work to do today. There is so much going on, on multiple fronts. I know that the American people, in general are the victims of intense psychological warfare (our corporate press). The idea is to intimidate, isolate, confuse, paralyze people, or misdirect them to issues which don't challenge the powers that be. One of the oldest political websites posted a scathing critique of the Bush Cabal entitled-

A clear and present danger to America
By DOUG THOMPSON

George W. Bush, the out-of-control despot who thinks the Presidency of the United States is a license to lie at will, wage war on a whim and break the law without recrimination, put on his “I am in charge” face Thursday and, for all practical purposes, told anyone who thinks his powers should be subject to review or oversight to go screw themselves.

Bush told reporters that he will assert his “presidential prerogatives” any damn way he pleases and will do so without apology, without question and without concern for the law, the Constitution or the rights of Americans.

His press conference was a frightening study of a madman on a tear, an insane, power-mad tyrant who believes he is above the law and cannot be questioned. Sadly, it appears no one has the balls to questions his lunacy.

“I'm going to continue do everything within my authority to protect the American people,” Bush told reporters. That’s Bushspeak for “I’m in charge here you dumb pukes and there ain’t a damn thing you can do about it.”

“We'll continue our terrorist surveillance program against al Qaeda. Congress must reauthorize the Patriot Act so that our law enforcement and intelligence and homeland security officers have the tools they need to route the terrorists -- terrorists who could be planning and plotting within our borders,” he said. Translation: “I’ll spy on Americans, I’m use the Constitution to wipe my ass and I’ll declare marital law and run this country like the dictator I want so desperately to be.”

On his illegal actions authorizing the National Security Agency to spy on Americans, Bush said “If the attempt to write law …is likely to expose the nature of the program, I'll resist it.” What he is saying is “I’m above the law, goddamnit, and I’ll fight every attempt to make me obey the law...

After too many years watching this man destroy what once was a great nation, I can only conclude that Bush is insane and his insanity is protected by a brain-dead populace and a power-mad political party that can’t possibly accept the sad fact that they helped put a madman in charge of our government and have kept him there.

There are many of us who view those in power as "insane."

Kevin Barrett of Mujca.net wrote a great analysis entitled-

The Madman Theory: Or, How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love 9/11

Fortunately- he did post the whole thing at his website, but here is an excerpt-

Bringing Stanley Kubrick’s name into a discussion of bad movies and worse realities may strike the discerning filmgoer as incongruous. After all, in the whole history of American cinema, there has never been as consistently excellent a director as the late Mr. Kubrick. Sometimes, however, the good can illuminate the bad, just as the bad can illuminate the good. John Waters, avatar of the so-bad-it’s-good school of filmmaking, says his bourgeois parents’ impeccable good taste helped develop his own considerable understanding of shock and schlock. Conversely, it sometimes takes a Kubrick to remind us that our nation and its cinema is really baaaa-aa-aaad. His masterpiece Dr. Strangelove: Or, How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb is perhaps the most perceptive commentary ever on the insanity of American society and its leadership during the Cold War.

Kubrick’s film, like the German expressionist masterpiece The Cabinet of Dr. Caligari and its hellish brood, is a riff on what might be called the madman theory of power. According to this theory, those who seek and achieve power are quite literally insane. At best, they are control freaks, as Tim Leary and friends euphemistically called them. At worst, they are absolutely psychotic—but, unlike ordinary lunatics, they have the means to impose their own mental breakdowns on whole nations. Power is not, as Henry Kissinger said, the ultimate aphrodisiac, but the ultimate PCP overdose.

Siegfried Kracauer writes that Caligari’s theme is “the soul being faced with the seemingly unavoidable alternatives of tyranny or chaos” (From Caligari to Hitler, 77). Caligari, the dictator-hypnotist, tyrannically imposes his will on the population, along with plenty of surplus sadism, in order to stave off the nightmare of chaos—a projection of his own mind that is teetering on the brink of collapse. The parallels between Caligari’s world and our own fictitious “war on terror” are stark: “Like the Nazi world, that of Caligari overflows with sinister portents, acts of terror and outbursts of panic. The equation of horror and hopelessness comes to a climax in the final episode which pretends to re-establish a normal life...normality realizes itself through a crowd of insane moving in their bizarre surroundings. The normal as a madhouse: frustration could not be pictured more finally. And in this film...is unleashed a strong sadism and an appetite for destruction” (74).

The neocons, like their mentors Strauss/Hitler, seek desperately to impose order and stave off their own inner demons of chaos—which they quaintly project on enemies whom they identify with the “chaotic 1960s.” Their minds, like the American empire, are on the brink of collapse; it was not for nothing that Colin Powell has called the “the fucking crazies” and others have referred to them as “the crazies in the basement” of the Bush Sr. administration. Terrified by their collapsing minds, and the impending collapses of Israel and the American empire it depends on, the neocon crazies set off the 9/11 firecracker, crawled out of the basement, and imposed their madness on the nation, and the world. The irony is astounding: In an effort to prevent moral- cultural-imperial collapse and re-impose order and sanity, they murdered thousands of Americans in a false-flag terrorist attack aimed at re-establishing the “normalcy” of the two decades after Pearl Harbor, the heyday of the American empire. But this “normalcy” has turned out to be a madhouse; post-9/11 American culture is “a crowd of insane moving in their bizarre surroundings.” Beneath the thin veneer of normalcy in the Dawn-of-the-Dead shopping malls, “a strong sadism and an appetite for destruction” has been unleashed, exemplified by the unspeakably horrific US-supervised boxcar massacre in Afghanistan, the re-enactment of Pasolini’s Salo at Abu Ghraib, and the sprawling CIA sex-torture gulag that metastasized from Guantanamo. Meanwhile, the people of New York continue to go about their daily lives, fully half of them believing that top US officials conspired to commit mass murder and high treason on September 11th, 2001. The cognitive dissonance of unspeakable horror has driven them hopelessly mad, and they wander about like the undead in the last flickering shadows of an empire of doom.

What is the source of madness of such scale and scope? I submit that the madman theory of power is essentially correct—power drives men mad, and absolute power drives them absolutely mad—but that the special neocon madness derives directly from the specter of nuclear destruction. The “crazies from the basement” did not crawl out of just any basement, but from a very special one: The basement where people with very high intellectual IQs and grossly subnormal moral-emotional IQs sit around contemplating the consequences of various varieties of nuclear exchange. Wolfowitz and the other “defense intellectuals” who brought us 9/11 cut their teeth on the so-called science of nuclear strategy—a board-game for certified lunatics if ever there was one. Like Kubrick’s Dr. Strangelove, Wolfowitz & Co. stared MAD (Mutually Assured Destruction) in the face for too long, and emerged from the experience completely deranged.

Kubrick’s Dr. Strangelove (aren’t you glad we finally got there?) is the definitive statement on the identity of nuclear strategy and madness. Anyone who plays this game will end up, like Dr. Strangelove himself, in a state of paranoid dementia, identifiable by the spastic tic of an involuntary Hitler salute.

Why does nuclear strategy drive men mad? Simply put, the destructive power of nuclear weapons, and the chaos they promise to unleash, are overwhelming and unbearable. They represent absolute chaos—the end of everything we know. Deaths of individuals, and empires, can be borne, because we know that life goes on. The specter of all-out nuclear exchange, however, is different. We cannot be sure that life would go on, in any recognizable form, after such an event. And yet the seemingly inescapable logic of human power relations drives us ineluctably toward that very event. We are caught in a swift current a few hundred feet from Niagara Falls. And the worst part is that we are the very current that bears us toward our own destruction.

The mind, overwhelmed by this unbearable image of absolute chaos and helplessness, can respond in one of three ways: Sanity, neurosis, or psychosis. The sane response, of course, is to devote all or most of one’s resources to dismantling nuclear weapons and the structure of militarism, nationalism and imperialism from which they emerge. The few sane ones among us are mostly in jail for pouring blood on missiles and attacking warheads with hammers. Most of us, unfortunately, are not that sane; we shrink from the horror and try to go about our daily lives—a classic neurotic response of repression and denial. The third response is psychosis: Embrace the horror, and get a job thinking the unthinkable for the Rand Corporation...

Fortunately, not everyone is mad and our challenge is to champion truth, courage, compassion, sanity despite the ever-growing psychotic empire being constructed around us.

I see the movement growing and remain hopeful. Back to work...

February 2, 2006

The last two days and nights have been very busy for me. Tuesday, on my way to San Francisco's rally at Union Square, I stopped by Pat Gray's house to pick up some petitions that I had accidentally left there, and a new one to raise the minimum wage in California. We had a chance to talk and Pat gave me a candid overview of Green Politics, something that I really hadn't followed, since I generally work at a grassroots level. The Democrats have really bent over backwards to destroy the Green Party in the past several years. The way the Democrats and Republicans, who both serve, corporate, military interests, maintain their power is to offer voters little real choice, and make them feel powerless, isolated, deisenfranchised, like their vote doesn't matter. With less than half the voters registered, and less than half of those actually voting. It is relatively easy for them to convince those few voters that there only choice is Democrat or Republican and guarantee that most incumbents win.

A real winning strategy, to my mind, is to engage all those who are outraged by the current crop of politicians, register them to vote and oust all the incumbents who have gone along with the Bush Junta, the Patriot Act, the bogus war on terrorism...who aren't working for impeachment, accountability, fair elections.

Simply to get people involved means new watchdogs on the electoral process, and being able to catch them red-handed if they try to steal elections- like they did in 2000 and 2004- what was significant about those years, however- was they got caught (Elections have been stolen systemically since 1970 or before- with the media hush on this critical issue). Of course raising media literacy, is also critical- people are beginning to realize that they are being lied to- but how badly and on what issues is the problem; most people don't realize that the corporate press is likely to be wrong on the most important issues facing us.

Speaking to Christian about it, I think the biggest difference between "us" and those currently in power is that "they" have so little respect for people that they lie and try to manipulate them brazenly. We, on the other hand, do respect people, their common sense, and believe if they received true and accurate information about the world and what was going on that they would make intelligent decisions that would be good for everyone, themselves, their communities, the country, and the world, as a whole. Our challenge, therefore, is getting our message out, despite the obstacles of the corporate press.

I did get an encouraging call from a political ad agency, I think one of the best in the country, the one that helped Paul Wellston get elected. Truth has more power than bullshit, and generally a good honest candidate can defeat an opponent who is well funded even if they have just 1/10 of the monetary resources to get out their message- in some cases honest candidates have beat corrupt opponents who have spent 1000 or more times the money as the honest candidates. This year is the best year ever to challenge the incumbents in Congress, both Democrats and Repulicans have failed the American people in so many profound areas, that the entire country is ready for change. We just need to refine our message and get ourselves better organized to help light the way out of the morass we are in.

Pat and I both went to Union Square for the World Can't Wait Rally, I had to get there early to unload my car and set up the tables, and try to get the banners up (that was a challenge- we only got up one of the banners- The Deception Dollar one). Fortunately Christian, Brian, and Vince helped me. Lots of 9-11 activists came to the rally. Gypsy passed out 500 flyers for her 9-11 Film Festival series. The statue, Brian designed, was very impressive. They also had a huge screen where live coverage of the State of the Union was shown, minus sound, a little Hitler mustache was added to W.'s visage, every time he appeared. There were the usual speeches, lots of music, lots of noise, lots of people. Helicopters circled us, and Christian spotted snipers on the roofs, there were quite a few police, although they obviously were not there to protect anybody! The climax of the event was bringing down the statue of Bush at the end of the evening, which was well controlled and nobody got hurt.

Our table was typically swamped, we received over $400 in donations. Janette told me later that the rally received more media coverage than any other protest she had seen on tv. This is a good sign, like the news going out of its way to cover the counter-inaugeral protests last year.

There was also an article appearing in the Miami Herald

Posted on Wed, Feb. 01, 2006

9/11 ATTACKS
Avoiding the hard questions

ROBERT STEINBACK

I was 8 years old when President John Kennedy was shot to death in Dallas in 1963. If grace favors me, I'll be 62 when documents related to the assassination are released to the public, and 84 when the Warren Commission's investigative files into the tragedy are finally opened.

That's a long time to wait for a chance to evaluate the purported truth.

It's a blot on the presumed sophistication of the people of the United States that any aspect of an event so dramatic and shocking should be kept from us. Perhaps it's true, to abuse the line from A Few Good Men yet again, that we can't handle the truth. But there cannot be genuine resolution as long as such critical information remains concealed.

Transformed by 9/11

Since Kennedy's assassination, Americans have lurched between demanding to know and plugging their ears: The Pentagon Papers, My Lai, the King assassination, Watergate, Iran-contra, the savings-and-loan debacle, Monicagate. Lately, however, it would seem the public's verdict is in: Don't tell us. Keep us in the dark. We don't want to know. This is the worst possible time for probe-ophobia to grip us. Our nation was irretrievably transformed by 9/11 -- and yet there remain troubling questions about what really happened before, during and after that day. Rather than demanding a full and fearless vetting to hone in on the truth and silence the conjecture about 9/11, many Americans remain unwilling to peer into the microscope.

An online cottage industry of theorists, theory debunkers and debunker debunkers has flourished since 9/11. Sometimes the flimsy theories are easy to spot -- come on, if the four passenger jets didn't crash where it appears they did, where did they go? More often, though, the cases aren't so obvious.

A group of experts and academicians 'devoted to applying the principles of scientific reasoning to the available evidence, `letting the chips fall where they may,' '' last week accused the government of covering up evidence that the three destroyed New York City buildings were brought down that day by controlled demolition rather than structural failure. The group, called Scholars for 9/11 Truth, has a website, www.st911.org.

Unanswered questions

The reflexive first reaction is incredulity -- how, one asks, could anyone even contemplate, never mind actually do such a barbaric thing? But before you shut your mind, check the resumés -- these aren't Generation X geeks subsisting on potato chips and PlayStation. Then look at the case they present.

''I am a professional philosopher who has spent 35 years teaching logic, critical thinking and scientific reasoning,'' group co-founder and University of Minnesota professor James H. Fetzer told me. ``When I come to 9/11, it's not hard for me to determine what is going on. This is a scientific question. And it is so elementary that I don't think you can find a single physicist who could disagree with the idea that this was a controlled demolition.''

The group asks, for example,

• How did a fire fed by jet fuel, which at most burns at 1,700 degrees Fahrenheit, cause the collapse of the Twin Towers, built of steel that melts at 2,800 degrees? (Most experts agree that the impact of airliners, made mostly of lightweight aluminum, should not have been enough alone to cause structural failure.) How could a single planeload of burning jet fuel -- most of which flared off in the initial fireball -- cause the South World Trade Center tower to collapse in just 56 minutes?

• Why did building WTC-7 fall, though no aircraft struck it? Fire alone had never before caused a steel skyscraper to collapse.

• Why did all three buildings collapse largely into their own footprints -- in the style of a controlled demolition? • Why did no U.S. military jet intercept the wayward aircraft?

• Why has there been no investigation of BBC reports that five of the alleged 9/11 hijackers were alive and accounted for after the event?

Our current probe-ophobia is due in part to the political landscape: When one party holds all the cards, any call to investigate an alleged abuse of power or cover-up -- no matter how valid -- will look like a partisan vendetta. Those in power never want to investigate themselves. Maybe that's politics; he who holds the hammer drives the nails. But the outrage of 9/11 transcends party affiliation. We need all the outstanding questions answered -- wherever the chips may fall.

On the other hand, the power of truth to seriously shake up existing political structures has prompted the Pentagon to come up with a plan to destroy our communications infrastructure. We know that the CIA and the military has been feeding the American public propaganda for decades, the hairy part of this report is at the end- in bold- taking down the communications system...
Pentagon document outlines plan to take down global communications

by Adam Brookes, BBC News

Jan. 27, 2006

A newly declassified document gives a fascinating glimpse into the US military's plans for "information operations" -- from psychological operations, to attacks on hostile computer networks. Bloggers beware.

As the world turns networked, the Pentagon is calculating the military opportunities that computer networks, wireless technologies and the modern media offer.

From influencing public opinion through new media to designing "computer network attack" weapons, the US military is learning to fight an electronic war.

The wide-reaching document was signed by Donald Rumsfeld The declassified document is called "Information Operations Roadmap". It was obtained by the National Security Archive at George Washington University using the Freedom of Information Act.

Officials in the Pentagon wrote it in 2003. The Secretary of Defense, Donald Rumsfeld, signed it.

The "roadmap" calls for a far-reaching overhaul of the military's ability to conduct information operations and electronic warfare. And, in some detail, it makes recommendations for how the US armed forces should think about this new, virtual warfare.

The document says that information is "critical to military success". Computer and telecommunications networks are of vital operational importance.

Propaganda

The operations described in the document include a surprising range of military activities: public affairs officers who brief journalists, psychological operations troops who try to manipulate the thoughts and beliefs of an enemy, computer network attack specialists who seek to destroy enemy networks.

All these are engaged in information operations.

Perhaps the most startling aspect of the roadmap is its acknowledgement that information put out as part of the military's psychological operations, or Psyops, is finding its way onto the computer and television screens of ordinary Americans.

"Information intended for foreign audiences, including public diplomacy and Psyops, is increasingly consumed by our domestic audience," it reads.

"Psyops messages will often be replayed by the news media for much larger audiences, including the American public," it goes on.

The document's authors acknowledge that American news media should not unwittingly broadcast military propaganda. "Specific boundaries should be established," they write. But they don't seem to explain how.

"In this day and age it is impossible to prevent stories that are fed abroad as part of psychological operations propaganda from blowing back into the United States -- even though they were directed abroad," says Kristin Adair of the National Security Archive.

Credibility problem

Public awareness of the US military's information operations is low, but it's growing -- thanks to some operational clumsiness.

Late last year, it emerged that the Pentagon had paid a private company, the Lincoln Group, to plant hundreds of stories in Iraqi newspapers. The stories -- all supportive of US policy -- were written by military personnel and then placed in Iraqi publications.

And websites that appeared to be information sites on the politics of Africa and the Balkans were found to be run by the Pentagon.

But the true extent of the Pentagon's information operations, how they work, who they're aimed at, and at what point they turn from informing the public to influencing populations, is far from clear.

The roadmap, however, gives a flavor of what the US military is up to -- and the grand scale on which it's thinking.

It reveals that Psyops personnel "support" the American government's international broadcasting. It singles out TV Marti -- a station which broadcasts to Cuba -- as receiving such support.

It recommends that a global website be established that supports America's strategic objectives. But no American diplomats here, thank you. The website would use content from "third parties with greater credibility to foreign audiences than US officials".

It also recommends that Psyops personnel should consider a range of technologies to disseminate propaganda in enemy territory: unmanned aerial vehicles, "miniaturized, scatterable public address systems", wireless devices, cellular phones and the internet.

'Fight the net'

When it describes plans for electronic warfare, or EW, the document takes on an extraordinary tone.

It seems to see the internet as being equivalent to an enemy weapons system.

"Strategy should be based on the premise that the Department [of Defense] will 'fight the net' as it would an enemy weapons system," it reads.

The slogan "fight the net" appears several times throughout the roadmap.

The authors warn that US networks are very vulnerable to attack by hackers, enemies seeking to disable them, or spies looking for intelligence.

"Networks are growing faster than we can defend them... Attack sophistication is increasing... Number of events is increasing."

US digital ambition

And, in a grand finale, the document recommends that the United States should seek the ability to "provide maximum control of the entire electromagnetic spectrum".

US forces should be able to "disrupt or destroy the full spectrum of globally emerging communications systems, sensors, and weapons systems dependent on the electromagnetic spectrum".

Consider that for a moment.

The US military seeks the capability to knock out every telephone, every networked computer, every radar system on the planet.

Are these plans the pipe dreams of self-aggrandizing bureaucrats? Or are they real?

The fact that the "Information Operations Roadmap" is approved by the Secretary of Defense suggests that these plans are taken very seriously indeed in the Pentagon.

And that the scale and grandeur of the digital revolution is matched only by the US military's ambitions for it.

Yesterday, I held my Listening Project in Downtown Palo Alto, and worked late at night, sending out public service announcements for our benefit February 23rd at the Grand Lake Theater. I received heartening calls from a Green in Maine, the announcement of Aimee Allison's campaign kickoff tonight (which unfortunately conflicts with our SF meeting) and a press release from another California Green Congressional Candidate headlined:
California Congressional Candidate Calls for Impeachment in Green Party State of the Union Rebuttal

Los Angeles, CA. Byron De Lear, Congressional Candidate in California's 28th District located in the San Fernando Valley (www.DeLearforCongress.org), called for the impeachment of President George W. Bush and Vice-President Dick Cheney today during the United States Green Party rebuttal to Bush's State of the Union Address. But De Lear's focus did not lie with Republicans alone, in addressing the relentless war in Iraq he pointed to Congressional Democrats as being equally responsible "...for what has resulted in the worst foreign policy conducted by our country in decades."...

I do hope a flock of candidates take up the impeachment banner.

Jon Olsen, Maine Green Party, wrote this-

a US center-left party

It ought to be clear by now to all who read these postings that we have an extreme right wing (in the main) political party which is in power and a center- right political party which (in the main, with notable exceptions) has performed abysmally in the role of opposition. We ought to be giving out Neville Chamberlain awards to them weekly and very publicly. This "Democratic" Party is functionally a corpse. To use an analogy with the national symbol, an eagle with an amputated left wing can only spiral downward--it cannot fly. What we need is a huge left-center field (think baseball where the goal is to be "safe at home").

Think a political party made up, to start with of all the organizations in United for Peace and Justice, add the labor organizations that make up USLAW, add the millions dispossessed and alienated by decades of neglect and disrespect--Katrina victims, ex-prisoners, migrant workers--, increasingly desperate environmentalists who understand global issues, Green Party, homeless people; those too understandably alienated to vote (spontaneous boycott of elections), alternative lifestyle folks, and above all the righteous indignation of veterans who have been used, abused, and betrayed. If we build it, they will come, maybe even in time to elect some to Congress in 2006, but surely in time to run our own strong bold candidates in 2008, and demand supervision of election procedures, hounding out of office those who show even a hint of tampering with truly fair and honest elections.

January 30, 2006

One of the bright ideas that came out of the Thursday meeting was to lobby Citizen's Counter Coup to target Michael Krasney's Forum on KQED (probably the most listened to radio program in the Bay Area) and urge him to invite David Ray Griffin on as a guest, before the talk at the Grand Lake Theater and at the Commonwealth Club at the end of March/April. Locally we should all try to pressure them. The comments phone number is- (415) 553-3300, fax number is- (415) 553-2227, email is forum@kqed.org, and the call in number is- (415) 863-2476 and toll free- (866) 733-6786.

Krasney has only had officials selling the Big Lie on his program; I suspect he still pushes the magic bullet theory for the JFK assasination, to even raise the questions about 9-11 on the air would be a coup for us. I've mailed him tons of stuff, spoken with the producers, to no avail, but with lots of help and pressure- we might be able to break through.Of course that is true for all the media, and all the persistent individual efforts that have managed to help make a crack, dent in the official story have helped, someday, I am sure every one will know, and wonder how anyone could have possibly believed the official story back then!

Christian posted a write-up of the rally at http://www.indybay.org/news/2006/01/1799096.php. Richard K. Moore also sent me a review of "Behind Every Terrorist -There is a Bush" which encompassed far more than the DVD, and undoubtedly prompted at least one radio-journalist to ask me for a review copy of the DVD. I gave out 4 review copies, today and I hope they generate more media and showings. Every day when I see the flowers blooming in the yard, I am reminded of the importance of planting seeds, and giving them time to grow and blossom. I received another generous check for my Congressional Campaign and stumbled upon a nice pitch for my campaign on the Alameda Green Party website. Last Saturday, I also had a great exchange with Todd Chretien, the Green Party Senate Candidate, whom I worked with years ago, against the FTAA. He agreed that "The War on Terorism" was bogus, but hadn't looked seriously into 9-11. He was open to it, though and I gave him a copy of David Ray Griffin and Nafeez Ahmed's latest books, as well as the "9-11 and the American Empire" DVD- of Griffin's talk in Madison. Todd is a very good speaker, and if he and Peter Camejo decide to champion 9-11 Truth - I'll bet that the Green Party will sweep into power and that the Bush/Cheney cabal will be impeached. (Peter bought Nafeez's first book from me years ago, and is more aware of 9-11 and does speak about it, sometimes.)

I need to find people to help me gather signatures on my petitions; I should also find someone willing to take on being a treasurer, and sit down, and develop a strategic plan for my campaign. I'll see Pat Gray tomorrow, on my way to San Francisco for the Rally in Union Square, and get her advice, since she ran a campaign in the last cycle against Lantos. Whatever happens, I'm sure I'll learn from my experience, but some lessons can be shared and don't need to be learned "the hard way."

January 27

Yesterday, I finished doing the taxes for the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance and got them in the mail, glad to have that behind me! I also got the proper petitions from San Mateo County and learned that there are 1000 registered Greens in that county in the 14th District.

In the evening, I joined others at Diane's house in Oakland for Ken Jenkin's presentation on the psychological barriers to 9-11. Diane had prepared a feast and it was really nice to have a chance to socialize and chat (outside of a meeting setting). Ken had updated his presentation and added new material and it was very thought provoking and engaging. Afterwards we formed a circle and shared our initial reactions to 9-11 and what prompted us to question the official story and take action.

What struck me the most was the way government and the media "dumb down" information to present to the public, the "infantilization" of the public. Officials want to sell themselves as the wise people taking care of problems and allowing the public to blissfully shop, eat, pay taxes, and let the "government" make all the important decisions. In turn, the public is supposed to "not ask questions." The biggest barrier to getting people to look at or consider the facts about 9-11 is fear- the fear that the "trusted government that is supposed to be protecting them" could possibly be capable of murdering thousands of innocent citizens, in order to further an agenda which is not about "protecting the country."

The big question remains- how do we inform those who "do not want to know."

It is obvious to me that for humanity to make it, as a species, we must mature, and take more responsibility, seek the truth about the reality of our current predicament and take the appropriate actions. This isn't what people want to hear, in general, particularly those who are struggling to survive and challenged by the demands of ordinary life, and those who have greatly benefited from the current system and don't want to feel any sense of responsibility or obligation in regards to their privileged place and power in society.

Ken suggested showing empathy and understanding towards those who find it difficult to face their fears. I agree with him and think we just have to gently "model" responsible behaviour and hope that people will be encouraged by example. It is heartening to see the movement growing and people becoming more and more conscious of the media/government deceptions and the threat that they pose to us and the world. At some point, I think we will reach a critical mass and everyone will want to be on the "winning side" that is standing up for truth, peace and justice.

The measuring sticks are things like the Alito nomination, and how much the press and Congress are willing to stand up against the strongarm tactics of the Neo-cons. That shift is happening, though we still have a long ways to go.

Today, Scholars for 9-11 Truth sent out a press release, announcing their new website www.scholarsfor911truth.org./ and I talked to Gabriel about the upcoming conference in Chicago. It is going to be a challenge to reconcile so many divergent points of view, about the only thing everyone can agree on is that the government is lying and covering up the truth about 9-11.

January 25

Yesterday, I was on my way to the Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto, and stopped by the Post Office to send some DVDs to Sander Hicks (whose running for governor on the Green Party ticket), and was delighted to find my first significant campaign contribution in my P.O.Box. Tabling was also heartening, I get so much support from the general public, and a couple of Stanford students came by who are interested in joining our efforts on a weekly basis.

I got an email from a guy in Massachusetts which was also very encouraging and he suggested that I contact Brian Bogart, an activist in Oregon, whom I had never heard of, who teaches "Peace Studies."www.strikeforpeace.org/index.html. I was impressed by his work. He sent me this essay:

As we move toward the third anniversary of the invasion of Iraq, we should remember that the day is not the cause of our concern—every day of war is our concern. As we move toward another round number of US casualties in Iraq, we should remember that the number is not the cause of our concern—every casualty is our concern. Most importantly, we must not simply point to the Bush administration as the root cause or to Iraq as the only symptom, for this condition of America has traveled through 60 years of presidential administrations and political parties to cultivate and harvest conflicts because weapons were adopted as our top industry in the wake of World War II.

This hugely American decision came without the knowledge and consent of the American people, and along the way created the Cold War and its permanent replacement, the war on terror. It has fostered and supplied more than 500 conflicts in all. In a very real sense, we are not repeating Vietnam: driven by industrial purchase orders, we are continuing it with the same justification America has used for conflicts since 1945—a threat made larger than the truth. The realization that casualty figures distract us from a more diligent focus on the root cause came to me while attending the International Peace Conference in London last December. As the number of British casualties stood at 97, talk surrounded what should be done when it reached 100. It was then that members of the Iraqi delegation pointed out that more than 100 Mexican citizens had died in Iraq wearing the uniform of US forces, and that they did not count as casualties in any way. Their families will not receive compensation, despite that their only reason for involvement at all was economic need.

The US is recruiting soldiers from many nations that are not members of any so-called coalition of the willing. They are instead members of a world bereft of vision, a world bullied to death by an America obsessed with its own image.

Intended as a cure for such despotism, the Declaration of Independence condemned the long train of abuses at the hands of King George of Britain. It repeatedly states that the power to govern derives from the consent of the governed, and that it is our right and our duty to alter or abolish any government that becomes destructive of our future security. Following World War II, a decline in production and sales crippled the military industry and produced quick and lucrative alliances in Washington circles. In the secluded chambers of President Truman's Cabinet, as Noam Chomsky puts it, there was no discussion about a morally correct way to address this economic challenge. It was settled before it started, but the issue was at least raised—should the US government pursue military spending or social spending? And that was it—a question of public importance privately asked and answered in a nation founded to democratically serve its people. There was no public debate, and no public consent.

That single decision made the United States the world's greatest peddler of weapons and instituted an economic system requiring constant conflict around the world. So, what was the result of the Declaration, to break from one land of tyranny to build another?

Paul Newman once stressed the urgent need for the American political system to take strides instead of baby steps. Evermore true today, there is also a dire need to bring concerned Americans into a well- informed discourse so focused that, by its very nature, it narrows the expanding divide between public servants and those whom they are obligated to serve. Much like the systematic alienation that was rampant in the South before Dr. King, there is a hopelessness among the good people of America today, that our power structure is either too complex to allow our effective participation, or that such participation is open only to those who can buy their way across the vast chasm between rich and poor. This hopelessness is the distance that keeps the people from coming together as the corrective force America so desperately needs, in the role our Founders so plaintively envisioned for its people. This distance from power is what allows a small number of extremists to dominate American foreign and domestic policy and perpetuate a world of suffering for the industrialists of war.

The more we examine documents declassified since the fall of the Soviet Union, the clearer it is that the Cold War was entirely manufactured by members of the Truman administration to rescue the military aircraft industry in the wake of World War II, and to subsequently serve the industrialists of war. It is also clear that by the end of the Cold War, its architects had successfully passed along their rhetorical skills sufficient to instill fear and carry out a transition from war on communism to war on terrorism. The more Americans are forced to confront the reality of finite and diminishing resources, the more likely they will look back on this entire 60-year era of politics as an Enron bubble and an undeniable crime perpetuated by public servants. It was this kind of undeniable economic injustice that made the movement under Dr. King so unified, and it will only be through such unity that the American people will ever correct the American extremism and negligence of power that oppresses the world. Broad recognition of this crime—that the weapons industry has superceded the American people in importance for the last 60 years—is also the only way that all injustices can be dealt with simultaneously.

A note-

In case it proves useful in serving our cause, I'm pasting my biography sheet below for you to pass along. I am anxious to participate in conferences, etc., whenever possible, to move us toward a viable response. 9-11 was indeed a black-ops crime, and when we expose the larger 60-year view, 9-11 will become the most potent addition to the undeniable crimes of the last 60 years.

Very best wishes, and please use bbogart@uoregon.edu as my address from now on.

Brian

After the events of September 11, 2001, Brian Bogart (founder of the 2005-2006 CampUS Strike for Peace Campaign) brought to a crescendo his lifelong quest for peace and justice by designing a flexible but intensive transdisciplinary masters degree program in Peace Studies. In so doing, he avoided Pentagon funding (United States Institute of Peace board members include Condoleeza Rice and four members of Project for the New American Century), and has become one of Oregon's leading experts on the history of conflict as America's economic engine.

Brian's areas of expertise highlight the lineage of the neoconservative Project for the New American Century, from its personnel roots in President Franklin Roosevelt's World War II Cabinet and its policy roots in President Truman's postwar Cabinet, through subsequent administrations to its ultimate formation in 1997 and preeminence in current US affairs (from foreign and domestic policy to US media influence).

Brian's work focuses on the disastrous policies of the Truman administration, its manufacture and escalation of the Cold War for the benefit of the industrialists of war, and the subsequent maintenance of this arrangement through the end of the Cold War to this moment—a condition that perpetuates conflict to sell weaponry (America's top industry since 1950), and from which the world continues to suffer immensely. One particular point of interest for Brian is the direct ties between Paul Nitze—author of NSC-68, the 1950 document that officially launched the Cold War and America's military-based economy—and Paul Wolfowitz, architect of the transition from the Cold War to the war on terror.

Raised in East Palo Alto CA, Brian wrote pen-pal letters to President Kennedy between the ages of five and seven, asking the president to take down that brick wall while visiting Berlin in 1962. He joined the NAACP in 1963, and marched with Dr. Martin Luther King in San Francisco the following year.

At the age of eight, my family's political activism against unfair housing laws had already awakened me. Our community bore the brunt of the injustice of wealthier cities refusing to treat all people as equals. Standing in the heart of Silicon Valley, it remains a symbol of America's systemic disregard for humanity. So, when I marched with Dr. King through San Francisco in 1964 and heard him speak at the Cow Palace Auditorium, I understood the crisis concerning discrimination. But I did not yet grasp that his repeated references to global economic injustice at the hands of America were a direct challenge to the decision made by the Truman administration to base our economy on the industry of war and profit rather than the industry of peace and progress.

Between the ages of eleven and fifteen, Brian lived in a sober-minded conscience-based coexistence community of 400, apart from US culture. Without the distraction of television, he became an avid reader and learned many trades, including bridge design. Before leaving this extraordinary environment, he designed and assisted in the construction of a 50-foot bridge.

Brian began working in Silicon Valley's semiconductor industry in 1976. Quickly realizing that promotion often meant a step up from making computer chips to missile parts and other defense- related equipment, he avoided association with the defense industry, turning down security clearance opportunities (and higher pay), and finally quitting the industry to pursue higher education.

The United States no longer makes trains and buses; it imports them. We no longer make televisions; we import them. We no longer make the bulk of our clothes and other necessities. And as long as building and selling weapons remains our top industry, we cannot make peace. I began to understand this as I went to work in Silicon Valley's semiconductor industry and witnessed the infusion of Defense Department contracts and the rapid outsourcing of consumer appliance contracts to overseas companies. Turning down security clearance three times, I joined with Dr. Carl Sagan's anti-Cold War project to link the US and USSR via satellite TV, so the people of ten cities could bypass a foreign policy contaminated by a profit- seeking mandate.

In 1997, Brian earned his B.A. in Asian Studies from the University of Oregon after receiving the prestigious Yamada Scholarship Award. He has also earned certificates in International and Multicultural Studies from Tokyo's Waseda University and Lewis & Clark College in Portland, Oregon.

Less than two months after launching the Strike for Peace Campaign in September 2005 (camping in a discussion tent opposite University of Oregon's administration building while refusing to study inside its classrooms), Brian's private meetings with faculty senate members resulted in its unanimous decision to hold special hearings and form a committee to investigate the issue of military funding to more than 350 universities.

Those of us who were outraged by our involvement in Vietnam should be outraged that the Vietnam War never ended. In Iraq and other locations, we are not repeating Vietnam; driven by industrial purchase orders, we are continuing Vietnam with the same justification—a threat made larger than the truth.

Brian began writing as a hobby on the night of John Lennon's death. Now in his fourth year as the first University of Oregon graduate student in Peace Studies, his thesis project is a novel that spans nine centuries and creates for readers a vision of a just and peaceful future while broadening awareness of the nature of power and oppression that accompanies America's permanent-war economy.

To assess our condition and extrapolate information for his writings, Brian researches declassified documents and Pentagon statistics and strategy, and explores the human potential for transformation from killers to caretakers. An analyst for, and founder of, the progressive think tank IntelligentFuture, Brian Bogart has lived in New Zealand, Australia, and Japan. His advisors are Cheyney Ryan and Arif Dirlik (UO), and casually, Noam Chomsky (MIT).

Recent essays and event topics include:

In Search of a Prime Directive

For the Few and the Pentagon

The Second Superpower: Public Opinion

The Pit and the Pentagon: The Internet and the Endgame

Chaos and The Tao of Pooh

Life Beyond the Panopticon: Embracing Transformation

Bright Side of the Dark Side: America's War Economy and its Universities

America Programmed for War

History of the War Machine

Petition for Peaceful Priorities to the White House

January 24, 2006

Unfortunately, I've had to focus on taxes for the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance for the past two days. Gabriel is flying to Chicago to check out venues for our next big conference. I've been asked to rate potential speakers 1 through 10--- Suggested speakers include-

Rep. Cynthia McKinney*, Professor Steven E. Jones , Paul Hellyer, Elias Davidsson, Peter Dale Scott, Sibel Edmonds, Karen Kwiatkowski*, William Rodriguez, Donna Marsh O'Connor, Dr. Faiz Khan, John Judge, Daniel Hopsicker, Congressman Rep. Curt Weldon , Wayne Madsen*, Michael Kane, Jamey Hecht, Carol Brouillet , Morgan Reynolds, Jim Hoffman, Barrie Zwicker, Ken Jenkins, Jim Marrs, Ray McGovern*, Paul Thompson, Charles Key, Webster Tarpley, Dr. Robert Bowman, Jenna Orkin, Kevin Ryan, Peter Phillips*, Byron Belitsos, Michael Meacher, George Humphreys, Alex Jones, David Kubiak, Jim Fetzer, John McMurtry, Michel Chossudovsky, Paul Craig Roberts*, Francis Boyle, Kevin Barrett, David Cobb, Michael Badnarik, Ed Asner, Craig Hill, Bob McIlvaine, Ralph Schoenman, Don Paul ...

The irrepressible Kevin Barrett has reviewed another 9-11 book that I never heard of!

He's not so good at posting these on his website, so here is the entire text:

NeoConned! A (Very) Partial Book Review, with A Detailed Discussion of Luttwak's Coup d'Etat: A Practical Handbook
(the how-to guide used by the 9/11 perpetrators)

Neoconned: Just War Principles: A Condemnation of the War in Iraq. HIS Press: Vienna, VA 2005
NeoConned Again: Hypocrisy, Lawlessness, and the Rape of Iraq. HIS Press: Vienna, VA 2005

By Kevin Barrett, http://mujca.com

Is Catholicism a living force of morality and truth? American culture has long harbored a virulent anti-Catholic strain of Protestant extremism that considers the church and its faithful to be terminally corrupt—a prejudice less widely noted, but just as deplorable, as anti-Semitism and Islamophobia. Sometimes events seem to confirm that view: priestly pederasty, Jesuitical intrigues, mafia connections and papal poisonings seem to paint a picture of a decadent institution. Yet voices of truth and justice continue to speak out from within the church, from the grassroots to the papacy, showing that a real Catholic moral-spiritual tradition lives on.

The two-book series Neoconned! offers an eloquent, almost overwhelming chorus of such brave voices. Published by HIS press, “the only publisher dedicated exclusively to the Social Teachings of the Catholic Church,” Neoconned! and Neoconned Again exposes the Iraq blitzkrieg as a war crime of the first magnitude. Together, the two volumes include a grand total of 62 essays, plus forwards and appendices, by an impressive array of academics, theologians, church officials, writers, and political and media figures spanning the political spectrum from Noam Chomsky to Pat Buchanan, and traversing the church hierarchy from Cardinal Alfredo Ottaviania and Bishops Hilarion Capucci and John Michael Botean to ex-prisoner of conscience Staff Sgt. Camilo Mejia. About half the contributors have Ph.D.s, and many of the others are household names. If you have an intelligent friend who still isn’t sure that the Iraq war marks America’s descent into pure evil, please lend him or her these books.

Best of all, the second volume, Neoconned Again, includes two brilliant, hard-hitting 9/11 truth essays, as well as a great many oblique references to the neocon “New Pearl Harbor” coup d’etat. Unfortunately, it also includes essays that refer to the official “19 Arabs” Big Lie in such a way as to imply that the author believes it. Just for fun, I went back through the book counting the 9/11 references. According to my quick survey, Neoconned Again includes 14 references (in ten essays) that take the official story for granted; ten that cast doubt upon it indirectly or through innuendo; and three clear statements that the official story of 9/11 is a lie. I would guess that this is an accurate reflection of the sentiment within the US antiwar movement: About half of those who oppose the war still believe the official 9/11 myth; about 40% have doubts and lean toward LIHOP (let it happen on purpose); and perhaps 10% or so have done their homework and know that it was an inside job, or MIHOP (made it happen on purpose). The trend, of course, is toward 9/11 truth and toward MIHOP. A long and growing 9/11 truth honor roll, whose members are moving ineluctably toward MIHOP, testifies to the fact that everybody is changing their minds in only one direction: toward stronger and stronger versions of 9/11 truth.

With all due respect to the powerful antiwar essays in this volume, the ten that accept the official story of 9/11 are going to have a very short shelf-life. A few years from now, writings that speak forcefully against the Iraq war, but accept today’s official version of 9/11, are going to look like dodos: dumb, extinct, and irrelevant. The few who courageously say today what will seem obvious tomorrow will be hailed by posterity.

Let us pass over the dodos and go straight to the heroes: Francis Boyle, Maurizio Blondet, and Col. Donn de Grand-Pre. Francis Boyle, a Harvard-educated international law specialist who teaches at the University of Illinois, drops the following three-sentence bombshell: “It is clear that bin Laden was a pretext, and 9/11 was a pretext. They needed a pretext to go to war against Afghanistan and Iraq, and they created the conditions to make it possible. It also seems to me that they knew the 9/11 attacks were going to happen, but that’s another story.” The interviewer responds: “Indeed. There’s a lot about the mainstream story of 9/11 that doesn’t make sense, but that is, as you say, another story” (373).

Dismissing a war-triggering act of high treason and conspiracy to commit mass murder as “but that’s another story” seems incongruous to say the least. The remarks are symptomatic of the self-imposed repression that surrounds the topic of 9/11. But Professor Boyle is a brave and intelligent man, and he will undoubtedly be speaking even more forcefully about this “other story” in the not-too-distant future.

Aside from Professor Boyle’s aside, there are only two other essays in Neo-Conned Again that speak clearly and forcefully about 9/11. But those two essays alone are worth the price of the book. The first is Col. Donn de Grand-Pre’s blistering indictment of the neocons, the Iraq-war, and the 9/11 war-trigger coup. Col. de Grand Pre led a group of high ranking military officers who, in the immediate aftermath of 9/11, met to share their view that a coup had taken place, and decide what, if anything, to do about it. He has spoken out a few times since then, but his essay “Nemesis and Name-Calling” seems to be his major statement to date. (Note: Col. de Grand-Pre should be invited to contribute to 9/11 truth publications and coferences.) In “Nemesis and Name-Calling,” he lucidly rips the folly of the war, offers qualified praise of CIA defector Michael Scheuer’s criticisms of “war on terror” policy, but then unleashes this zinger:

“The second main criticism of Scheuer’s thesis is related to the first: his book seems to take at face value the official version of the event that launched the GWOT, the 9/11 terrorist attacks. It isn’t necessary to enter into speculation or conspiracy theory to understand that there is a huge gap between the facts and the ‘official story.’ It is clearly problematic when people are said to make cellular phone calls on a plane from an altitude where it is technologically impossible to do so, or when steel girders are said to melt due to a fire that never reached the temperature required for them to do so. These and so many others are questions of fact, and not interpretation. It is all reminiscent of the Warren Commission, which concluded that there was no ‘conspiracy’ in the murder of President Kennedy. Few believed that then, and even fewer believe it now” (700).

De Grand-Pre goes on to cite former UK Environment Minister Michael Meacher’s 9/11 truth essay “The War on Terrorism is Bogus” (The Guardian 9/6/03). Then, in a darkly hilarious passage, he ridicules the al-CIA-duh myth of Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, the “Scarlet Pimpernel of terror” who hops all over Iraq on his one leg, setting off massive explosions designed to split the Iraqi resistance into factions. How this one-legged legend could wreak such anti-Resistance havoc, without ever being seen by anyone, including the Iraqi Resistance itself, remains a mystery...to someone, somewhere. The rest of us figured it out a long time ago.

The second and most important 9/11 truth piece in Neoconned Again is by Maurizio Blondet, a leading Italian journalist and author of September 11th: A Coup d’Etat (Effedieffe, Milan, 2002), Who Really Governs America? (Effedieffe, Milan, 2002), and Osama Bin Mossad (Effedieffe, Milan, 2003). Neo-Conned Again’s editors are to be commended for including Blondet’s “On Luttwak’s Coup d’Etat: A Practical Handbook” – an absolutely essential five pages of 9/11 truth analysis that every 9/11 activist should Xerox and pass around as a masterpiece of samizdat.

Everybody knows that the neocons publicly proclaimed their wish for a “New Pearl Harbor” in September, 2000, in Rebuilding America’s Defenses—and got their wish exactly one year later. But few 9/11 truth activists realize that leading neocon military theorist Edward Luttwak wrote a step-by-step how-to manual for 9/11 and published it back in 1968! Luttwak’s Coup d’Etat: A Practical Handbook is exactly what its name implies: a recipe for a neocon coup d’etat. As Stanley Hilton has remarked, the neoconservatives began planning for a 9/11-style coup d’etat in the 1960s, when many of them were emerging from the University of Chicago and the malign tutelage of crypto-nazi professor Leo Strauss. Classroom discussions were held, late-night bull sessions attended, and dissertations defended on the topic of how to overthrow Constitutional governance in the United States. The long-term project that emerged from this meeting-of-the-sick-minds culminated on September 11th, 2001.

Those who wish to understand how it happened need to come to terms with Luttwak’s recipe for a secret coup d’etat. I hereby offer a few sample passages from Luttwak, including Blondet’s comments in brackets, and my own in parentheses.

Coup d’Etat: A Practical Handbook by Edward Luttwak (Harvard University Press, 1968)

Chapter 1: What is a Coup d’Etat?
A coup d’etat is not necessarily assisted by either the intervention of the masses, or, to any significant degree, by military-type force...A coup consists of the infiltration of a small but critical segment of the State apparatus, which is then used to displace the government from its control of the remainder [JINSA infiltrated the Pentagon in exactly this manner]. Chapter 2: When is a Coup d’Etat Possible?
The social and economic conditions of the target country must be such as to confine political participation to a small fraction of the population [this is the case in America where non-voters are the majority]. ...An illegal seizure of power must take the form of a “Palace Revolution,” and it essentially concerns the manipulation of the person of the ruler. He can be forced to accept policies or advisers, he can be killed or held captive, but whatever happens inside the Palace Revolution can only be conducted from the “inside” by “insiders” (see Webster Tarpley’s discussion of the Air Force One anomalies and threats on 9/11 in Synthetic Terror, p. 272-310) ...if a piece of information, or a given order, is followed up in a stereotyped manner, and if the order comes from the appropriate source, it is carried out...A coup operates by taking advantage of this machine-like behaviour; during the coup, because it uses part of the State apparatus to seize the controlling levers; afterwards because the value of the “levers” depends on the fact that the State is a machine.

Chapter 3. The Strategy of a Coup d’Etat
We want to seize power within the present system (rather than by changing the system) and we shall only stay in power if we embody some new status quo...This is perhaps a more efficient method, and certainly a less painful one, that that of a classic revolution [this is a perfect description of the neoconservative coup d’etat].
Though we will try to avoid all conflict with the “political” forces, some of them will almost certainly oppose a coup. But this opposition will largely subside when we have substituted our new status quo for the old one, and can enforce it by our control of the State bureaucracy and security forces. We shall then be carrying out the dual task of imposing our control on the machinery of State while at the same time using it to impose our control on the country at large.
As long as the execution of the coup is rapid, and we are cloaked in anonymity, no particular political faction will have either a motive, or opportunity, to oppose us.

Chapter 4: The Planning of the Coup d’Etat
The major political parties in developed and democratic countries will not present a direct threat to the coup. Though such parties have mass support at election time, neither they nor their followers are well versed in the techniques of mass agitation. The comparative stability of political life has deprived them of the experience required to employ direct methods... (This partially explains the difficulty of getting 9/11 truth off the internet and into the street, and the lame response of the Democrats.) Though some form of confrontation may be inevitable, it is essential to avoid bloodshed, because this may well have crucial negative repercussions amongst the personnel of the armed forces and the police.

Chapter 5: The Execution of the Coup d’Etat
With detailed planning, there will be no need for any sort of headquarters structure...In fact, having a headquarters would be a serious disadvantage: it would constitute a concrete target for the opposition and one which would be both vulnerable and easily identified...The leaders of the coup will be scattered among the various teams. [As we can see Luttwak is theoretically discussing an invisible coup d’etat: the infiltrated coup participants speak with the voice of the legitimate government, which they have seized. On September 11th, let’s remember, the immediate entourage of President Bush were not thinking of an Arab attack, but of a military coup d’etat. It is for this reason that the President was taken to a secure location for 10 hours.] (Again, see Tarpley, p. 272-310.)
We should establish direct communications with as many of the more senior officers and officials as possible to convey one principal idea in a forceful and convincing manner: that the coup will not threaten their positions in the hierarchy and the aims of the coup do not include a reshaping of the existing military or administrative structures [this appears to be exactly the task of JINSA].
Our immediate aim will be to enforce public order, but our long-term objective is to gain the acceptance of the masses so that physical coercion will no longer be needed...Our far more flexible instrument will be our control over the means of mass communication...In broadcasting over the radio and television services our purpose is not to provide information about the situation, but rather to affect its development by exploiting our monopoly over these media. [This is exactly what the American mass media has been doing since September 11th.]
[The action of the media] will be achieved by conveying the reality and strength of the coup instead of trying to justify it [the emotional blow of the collapse of the World Trade Center was presented with plenty of “reality” and “force” by CNN]. We will have fragmented the opposition so that each individual opponent would have to operate in isolation. In these circumstances, the news of any further resistance against us would act as a powerful stimulant to further resistance by breaking down this feeling of isolation. We must, therefore, make every effort to withhold such news. If there is in fact some resistance...we should strongly emphasize that it is isolated, the product of the obstinacy of a few misguided or dishonest individuals who are not affiliated to any party or group of significant membership. The constant working of the motif of isolation, and the emphasis on the fact that law and order have been reestablished, should have the effect of making resistance appear dangerous and useless.
The inevitable suspicion (of “conspiracy theorists” that the CIA is involved)...can only be dispelled by making violent attacks on it...and the attacks should be all the more violent if these suspicions are in fact justified...We shall make use of a suitable selection of unlovely phrases [for example, anti-Americanism? Anti-Semitism?]. Even if their meanings have been obscured by constant and deliberate misuse, they will be useful indicators of our impeccable nationalism.”
[It seems to this author that these paragraphs describe, with shocking precision, all that has taken place in America since September 11.]

Luttwak’s recipe for 9/11, by laying bare the mechanism of the coup, can help us formulate a successful 9/11 truth strategy. Take this and run with it to 911truth’s Citizen’s Counter-Coup: www.3c.911truth.org/

1. We need to break down our isolation from other 9/11 truth activists—and the internet, supplemented by conferences, has given us a head start. Solidarity is everything. Luttwak’s plan was drafted before there was an internet—and that’s their Achilles heel. But the net alone still feels isolating. Let’s make the next conference (late April/early May, in Chicago) the biggest and best yet! And please, let’s STOP dissing our 9/11 truth comrades. Anybody who’s brave enough to speak out should be embraced and lionized, even if they get a few technical details of the collapse of the WTC wrong. Morgan Reynolds, I salute you! Come back into the fold, brother!

2. Stop being afraid. Fifty to a hundred neocons seized power in a coup d’etat, and though they hold the levers of State power, the last thing they want to do is order non-complicit agents to come after us. The cops and spooks might start asking questions about why these peaceful, pro-Constitution activists are being targeted—and there goes the “machine-like behavior” of the State. From what I hear, the cops and spooks and soldiers are just about ready to turn their guns on the 50 neocons. The more noise we make, the safer we are—and the higher and faster the neocons get hoisted on their own petard.

3. We can’t let the neocon coup plotters remain “cloaked in anonymity.” PNAC headquarters, and JINSA headquarters, are two big, juicy targets, and we know exactly where they are. We need to say “neocon” and “JINSA” and “New Pearl Harbor” and “Luttwak’s Coup d’Etat” over and over. We need to name names. We need to put the fear of God in these criminals. We need to follow Sibel Edmunds, who has indirectly confirmed (via Vanity Fair) that she learned, while translating FBI intercepts, that two of the “American names” who financed 9/11 were Richard Pearl and Douglas Feith. Shadow these guys! Hound them! Find out where they live! Harass them! Name their names from here to high heaven, on every talk show in the land, and then name them again! Last fall I planted a story that PNAC head Gary Schmitt was going to be pelted with rotten fruit and hit with a citizen’s arrest for 9/11 when he showed up to give a talk at UW-Milwaukee. Unfortunately, or maybe fortunately, I didn’t have time to successfully organize an actual fruit-pelting and arrest. But I did call in and indirectly threaten him on a Wisconsin Public Radio talk show just hours before his appearance. I tell you, the sonofabitch was quaking in his loafers—his voice quavered as he kept insisting that he and his PeeNack posse were SO surprised when their “New Pearl Harbor” prayer was oh-so-miraculously answered. He kept trying to distance himself and PNAC from the Bush Administration and its policies...basically he was squealing “it was the CIA! It was Cheney and Rumsfeld! Those guys are just names on our board—they have nothing to do with us! I hate Rumsfeld, really I do! We want him fired! Pee-Nack is just a bunch of poor innocent eggheads! Please, don’t arrest me and pelt me with rotten fruit!” Gary, your guilty conscience doth protest too much.

4. Don’t waste time on the “major political parties” as parties—but get prominent people, like Barbara Boxer, to speak out, and then publicize their words. The Green Party has officially endorsed 9/11 truth, and the Libertarians are on the verge. Let’s take over these second-tier parties and use them as platforms for 9/11 truth. Go, Carol Brouillet! (Green, HR, CA). Go, Sander Hicks! (NY Governor). Go, Craig Hill! (Green, Vermont, Senate). Go, Clyde Morgan! (HR, NC). And let’s quickly learn the techniques of “agitation” Luttwak rightly fears. Street theater, rabble-rousing speeches, media stunts and events, and so on are our logical next step for taking 9/11 truth out of the internet and into the street.

5. Smash the media blackout by any means necessary. I’m about ready to break the Unabomber out of jail so he can write a 9/11 manifesto and use the “publish me before I kill again” plan to get it into the New York Times. Maybe it hasn’t quite come to that yet—but we need to find ways of putting on 9/11 truth stunts that the media HAS TO COVER. If it takes getting arrested, so be it. The more cautious among us should plan for such actions at a level, and in jurisdictions, where no jury will convict. Remember, Luttwak and the 50 neocons are desperate to suppress any kind of 9/11 truth news. They have key media owners and CEOs on their side—but the media, like the state, is a machine, and coverage of certain kinds of events is automatic. If a 9/11 truth activist gets prosecuted for something fairly minor and free-speechish, we can turn the trial into a circus and a cause celebre. Anybody out there ready for 15 minutes of fame?

6. We should not be afraid of the “unlovely phrase” “anti-Americanism”—instead, we should pick it up and hurl it back against those who have overthrown our Constitution, like demonstrators throwing back a tear gas grenade. Even those of us who are not raving nationalists should make it clear that we are 9/11 truth activists because it is our patriotic duty to defend the Constitution against all enemies, foreign AND DOMESTIC. The police, intelligence operators, soldiers, and politicians have all sworn that same oath. When crunch time comes, most of them will be on our side.

Likewise we should not be cowed by the unlovely phrase “anti-Semitism.” It does seem to be the case that the majority of the coup plotters, like Luttwak himself, are Jews—it has been said that about 80% of the neocons are Jewish—and that the 9/11 coup was at least partly aimed at triggering JINSA’s bloody, harebrained scheme to clean up the Middle East on behalf of Israel. (Don’t even get me started on 6-billion-in-two-months WTC insurance-fraudster and Ariel Sharon buddy Larry Silverstein!) Worse, there is obviously a connection between the corporate media’s support of the neocon coup and the Zionist commitments of its owners and operators. There is nothing anti-Semitic about facing unlovely facts. But 9/11 activists should take pains to emphasize, over and over, that the vast majority of American Jews are liberals who are congenitally opposed to the sick neocon philosophy. They are, or should be, our allies in the cause of 9/11 truth. Indeed, many American Jews, like Russ Feingold and Paul Wellstone, have bravely opposed the coup in one way or another; while others, including Barbara Boxer, Jamie Hecht, and several MUJCA-NET endorsers have risked speaking out for 9/11 truth. Other American Jews who should be 9/11 truth allies, perhaps including such luminaries as Noam Chomsky, Amy Goodman, and Norman Finkelstein, are covering up 9/11 out of a conscious or unconscious fear of the anti-Jewish backlash that could develop if the truth were exposed. (It’s hard to blame them—Luttwak and the all-too-real neocons make the fictitious Elders of Zion look like kids plotting a takeover at “king of the hill.”) In short, we should speak the unvarnished truth as forthrightly as possible—including the truth that 99% of American Jews are innocent of involvement in 9/11 and should not be punished for the evil deeds of their atheist neocon “co-religionists”—and watch the “unlovely phrases” lose their potency when they are exposed to the pure, disinfecting light of reality.

So let’s get to work and UNDO THE COUP! Go to Citizen’s Counter-Coup: www.3c.911truth.org/

January 22, 2006

This weekend I worked on an essay, and when the pavement began to dry and the raindrops ceased, I got out my bicycle and tried to gather signatures. I need 40 signatures from registered Green Party members to get my name on the ballot and an additional 150 signatures to get the $1610 fee waived. There aren't that many registered Greens- so it really isn't that easy to do. I only have 35 so far. I enjoyed talking to Green Party members, but many were not home. Several had gone off to college. I could only get one signature per 30 minutes of effort. I did get signatures for Green Candidates Laura Wells and Tian Harter, at the same time, to help them out.

It is strange to see the oscillation between hopelessness and possibility in the people I encounter. The American people are so heavily bombarded with propaganda- the hopelessness seems so deliberately crafted to make people feel isolated and powerless. What we need is hope, a wave of it that will get people moving, talking, connecting with larger and larger groups, to push for the changes that are urgently needed. I just hope that the campaign, the truth movement will help energize that wave. I just receieved a couple of emails that show that the rest of the world is catching on to 9-11; it is up to us to wake up this country.

From http://kurtnimmo.com/?p=201

Russian General: Nine Eleven a Globalist Inside Job
Sunday January 22nd 2006, 6:28 pm
It’s ironic General Leonid Ivashov, former Chief of Staff of the Russian armed forces, delivers the truth on globalism and this truth, unavailable in the corporate media of the “free world,” is published in a newspaper in Las Tunas, Cuba. Ivashov tells us so-called international terrorism “is not something independent of world politics but simply an instrument, a means to install a unipolar world with a sole world headquarters, a pretext to erase national borders and to establish the rule of a new world elite” and “is a phenomenon that combines the use of terror by state and non-state political structures as a means to attain their political objectives through people’s intimidation, psychological and social destabilization, the elimination of resistance from power organizations and the creation of appropriate conditions for the manipulation of the countries’ policies and the behavior of people.”

Ivashov hits the nail square on the head. “The organizers of [the nine eleven] attacks were the political and business circles interested in destabilizing the world order” because they “were not satisfied with the rhythm of the globalization process or its direction.” As others have explained—most notably Andreas von Bulow, Bundestag member of a parliamentary commission which oversaw the three branches of the German secret service—only “secret services and their current chiefs” (or retired staff with “influence inside the state organizations”) have the “ability to plan, organize and conduct an operation of such magnitude. Generally, secret services create, finance and control extremist organizations. Without the support of secret services, these organizations cannot exist—let alone carry out operations of such magnitude inside countries so well protected.” Thus the obvious patsy “Osama bin Laden and ‘Al Qaeda’ cannot be the organizers or the performers of the September 11 attacks” because they “do not have the necessary organization, resources or leaders” (or the military and intelligence experience and knowledge required). Instead, “a team of professionals had to be created and the Arab kamikazes are just extras to mask the operation.” ...

And from our friends in the UK-

Oxford Union Society: "Was 9/11 a Conspiracy"

Today one of the world's most famous debating forums will consider the taboo question at the heart of the war on terror. Is the official Washington story of the 911 attacks correct, or is 911 a myth created by Washington's military industrial complex to justify a generation of lucrative wars?

The Oxford Union has invited 9/11 sceptics David Shayler and Annie Machon, both ex-MI5 officers, Ian Henshall co-author of non-fiction best-seller 911 Revealed, and risk analyst Bill Durodié to discuss whether the attacks occurred in anything like the way the mainstream Washington news organisations claim.

Ian Henshall said today:

After the WMD fiasco, newsrooms have so far been unwilling to ask whether they were duped by their intelligence sources over 911 as well. So much evidence has been seized by the US authorities and never made public that it is impossible to say for sure how the 911 attacks happened. There are now several versions of the official story which stand in open conflict with each other. Many believe the attacks were manipulated or allowed to succeed and quite a lot of evidence has leaked out to support this.

Notes

for more details of this evening's forum and the Oxford Union contact details see http://www.oxford-union.org/termcard.php?PHPSESSID=babb6829c6917b573094c3304cc68e2e

Ian Henshall can be contacted on 01273 326862 daytime. His book 911 Revealed co-authored with Rowland Morgan was given favourable reviews in the Daily Mail and the Sunday Times, but although it is a non-fiction best-seller it has so far been ignored by the mainstream broadcast media, despite their legal obligation to due impartiality.

The official 9/11 story has never been tested in a court of law, while crucial evidence has been seized by the FBI and ferociously withheld from the media, and even from the families of the victims. The official 9/11 Commission has been denounced even by pro-war Republican Senators after it emerged last year that alleged 911 ringleader Mohammed Atta had been known to the US authorities prior to 911, contrary to the assertions of the Commission's final report. Recently Senator Barbara Boxer stated that the truth of the 911 attacks must be pursued wherever it leads.

Since the 9/11 attacks, internet sites, books and alternative news media have criticised the official conspiracy theory which holds that the attacks were carried out by a highly skilled terrorist cell acting on the under the orders of mastermind Osama Bin Laden. Some hold that the attacks were a Pentagon organised hoax along the lines of the documented Pentagon 1960's plan Operation Northwoods. This which would have used a drone aircraft to fake a shootdown of a passenger airliner over Cuba and create the pretext for a US invasion.

Most 9/11 sceptics however hold that elements in the US government took over one of Osama Bin Laden's many half-baked plans, made sure it worked and possibly embellished it by a fake attack on the Pentagon's only unoccupied section or controlled demolitions of the three World Trade Centre buildings. They cite the anthrax attacks purporting to be from Al Qaeda which heightened the war panic in 2001. The anthrax terror, aimed at Senators who were questioning the 911 war plans, was quickly forgotten after being traced to US biowarfare laboratories.

9/11 sceptics say it was absolutely predictable that with war looming against Iran and the Republicans facing meltdown in the midterms another fuzzy audiotape should have emerged last week with new threats from Osama Bin Laden, the man who US troops allowed to escape from Afghanistan. Even on CNN commentators recently agreed that the language purporting to come from Bin Laden is now quite different from his original statements. Software exists which, given a sample of a voice, can generate new speech apparently spoken by the same person.

January 20, 2006

Yesterday, I worked on household stuff and tried to prepare for the East Bay meetings. We met at Janette's house to discuss details for the February 23rd benefit at the Grand Lake Theater. We'll be premiering some new material Ken has edited and a dub of the excellent Dutch documentary on 9-11. Janette wants the event to be a call to activism and push the new activist kits that we are making, and Les's Citizen's Counter- Coup. Ken was a bit late to the meeting, so we barely got to preview the new film before we hurried down to the Grand Lake Community Center for the Oakland Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting- we were about ten minutes late. Representatives from the Progressive Democrats East Bay were there with beautiful posters of their upcoming 9-11 Truth event, which we will be co-sponsoring at the Grand Lake Theater, March 30th, with David Ray Griffin on- 9-11 the Myth and the Reality. It was great to meet them and see how well organized they were in getting out the word and forming alliances with various groups, bookstores, to raise awareness of the event and David Ray Griffin's work.

We had a lot of people at the meeting, including some new faces. Some activists had successfully protested General Myers who was speaking in Contra Costa prior to the meeting. I had hoped that we would get a newsletter out to help publicize the upcoming events and catch folk up on the latest, but with Frank still out of commission; I'm afraid the big rally and newsletter have been put on hold.

I finally had time to write a review of Richard's new book, appropriately named-



Escaping the Matrix-
How We the People can change the world

He has been running one of the oldest online community discussion groups at Cyberjournal.org. He writes very well, but he can be shy about speaking publicly. Last Wednesday, he didn't use the microphone to speak. I think many people would rather die than speak publicly. I would rather not speak, but force myself to say the things that need to be said. Sometimes it means that I even have to sing, chant, and lead marches and rallies- which I do, because if I didn't- they just wouldn't happen. I still intend to bring the microphone and have some speaking from now on, each Wednesday- I just hope I can find speakers, who aren't shy and that I have time to publicize them, and draw larger audiences.

January 18, 11:40 pm, 2006

Busy day. I need to write a review of Richard's excellent new book- Escaping the Matrix, but I just got the photos and speeches from Sunday's rally- so can't resist getting them up, although I don't have all of them, yet. I also went to a TownHall meeting tonight on Emergency Preparedness- which included terrorist attacks and bird-flu. I spoke up- and gave David Ray Griffin DVDs to many of the City Councilmen. It's a real challenge to break the "big lie"- especially in two minutes!!!!!

January 18

Despite predictions of rain- it looks promising and sunny outside. I'll be going to Lytton Plaza- to the first "Listening and Speaking for a Change" where I expect to be joined by Richard K. Moore, author of Escaping the Matrix.

January 15, 2006

It has been a challenge to get through these past several days, with no voice and at times being forced to just rest in bed, because I was sick. I just couldn't do the outreach, press work, nor basic organizing that I would have been able to do had I been my normal self. Saturday, I made a banner, did the shopping, attended a couple of important events, baked cookies, passed out invitations to the rally to my neighbors, and crossed my fingers that today would really be sunny.

It was a gorgeous, sunny day, I got up very early and baked the spinach cheese rolls that I usually make on Wednesdays, loaded up my car and Jean-Luc's van with additional chairs, food, drink, plates, serving bowls... Christian phoned to tell me the BART and he and others with him would be late, so I set up, pretty much by myself, until Steven Gray came and he set up the sound system.

Steven played his guitar and sang as people were still gathering. George and Annie and the Vets also came early, and set up a superior sound system. It seemed like most of the speakers arrived en masse about 11:10 or 11:15 except Ralph Schoenmann who didn't show up at all. I hadn't organized an MC, so I basically did the MCing myself, after giving my little speech.

(Katrina replaced Ken Jenkins). Peter Drekmeier and Swami Beyondanand followed me. We more or less followed the order printed on the flyer. We had a modest turnout- I forgot to count noses. It was the first time that my family attended an event that I had organized, and I introduced them. The speakers were great, I thought, and fortunately, we had a couple (three if you count my husband who taped, as well, part of it) videographers, so we should be able to get the highlights edited into a decent television show. ABC TV came by and filmed from a distance, I have no idea if they will show the footage or not, but they didn't seem interested in interviews. A very friendly reporter came and interviewed many people and took lots of photos, but I foolishly failed to get his contact info. Since I considered all the speakers to be my friends- it felt like a very friendly event to me. Annie and the Vets played several songs starting at noon, at which time, we passed out drinks and food and people did seem to enjoy the music, speakers, and one another. The hardest thing for me was trying to hear the speaker when people wanted to talk to me. When we formally ended the speaking part, some of us stayed on with the table, banners, food and continued to socialize and talk to the public. We also made an effort to gather signatures. We need 40-60 to get on the ballot and an additional 150 to get the $1600 filing fee waived. That is not easy, as Greens are a very small percentage of the voting population. It will take a lot of effort to get those signatures. We did have forms to get people to sign up as volunteers. Christian Pecaut has also been working on a website for the campaign so that people could volunteer, donate, join an email list online. I think it finally is ok enough to be publicly announced- www.carolforcongress.org. It still can't take online donations. I still need to do the paperwork and open a bank account for that, and I couldn't while I was sick. We also totally failed to even ask for money or donations at today's event. I think that is a strong indication that I probably won't have a career in politics- I hate asking for money, and we need money to run a serious campaign.

I went directly from Lytton Plaza to a WILPF event with Kirsten Lambertson speaking about Corporate Personhood. It was a great event and she also spoke at length about recent legislative reform to get clean election laws passed in California. On Friday new legislaion was proposed which is very promising and due in good part to the Abramoff scandals. Getting clean money candidates elected is the first step towards reining in corporate power and changing the system to serve people not profits.

We still have lots of work to do, but I remain hopeful.

January 11, 2006

Unfortunately, Jean-Luc was sick last weekend and lost his voice. I woke up yesterday with a sore throat and lost my voice by evening, although I did manage to bake cookies and get to the Veteran's for Peace Meeting. I had hoped to get out a press advisory, but was cautioned to hold off by Cres Velluci, who has been doing media work for a number of Green Party candidates. He suggested announcing my decision to form a "Political Committee" and hold off on the "Campaign Launch" bit. I had hoped to open a bank account and get all the paperwork in order and get the website up and running by Sunday, but there is so much work to do and so little time. I haven't even had time to tell my family and friends about my decision or get out my Christmas newsletter or invitations to the rally. We do have someone coming to film the rally, so we can edit it and get it on CommunityAccess TV. It is rainy today and might rain on Sunday. On the other hand, Annie and the Vets can come and sing, and Riva Enteen and Joyce Lynn can come and speak. George lent me an awning, in case it rains and even my family- Jean Luc and the boys say they will come (a first- they usually avoid any of my events). If it wasn't raining I'd be in Lytton Plaza today and if it clears up- I still might go- the "iffy" days are the hardest, but I'm also torn between going back to bed and getting well or doing all the work that has to be done. What really encourages me is the depth, breadth, width of the organizing and events happening now, in the Bay Area and in the country, the wave of change, the uprising, which is still beneath the radar of the mainstream press- and I can't list all the upcoming activist opportunities on my calendar. There's just too much.

January 8, 2006

I've been working on pulling together the Speak-Out Rally on the 15th. I hope to actually pull in more speakers, groups and people, but for interim purposes I have made up a flier to pass out locally and electronically- Here's the continually changing text-

Speaking Out- For Truth, Peace,and Justice
Sunday, Martin Luther King Jr.’s birthday,
January 15, 2006
11 am to 1 pm

Lytton Plaza,
(University x Emerson, Downtown Palo Alto,
just a few blocks from the University Ave. Train Station)

Americans and people throughout the world honor the life, words, actions and legacy of Martin Luther King Jr. The day is also the anniversary of a March upon Congresswoman Anna Eshoo’s office in 2002 Demanding a Congressional Investigation of 9/11. In 2003, a subsequent March took place- Demanding an End to the 9/11 Cover-Up, Repeal of the Patriot Act, and the Pre-Emptive Impeachment of Bush. Lytton Plaza is also the site of the weekly Listening For A Change Project, held since October 2001, ( inspired by a Colombian woman’s efforts to defuse violence using the most gentle, non-violent means possible- “listening.”)

Time to speak truths censored by the mainstream press, truths which birth the movements for social change, for peace and justice. A range of activists will speak, including- newly elected City Councilman Peter Drekmeier, Swami Beyondananda, T.U.C.’s Maria Gilardin, Taking Aim’s Ralph Schoenman, Ken Jenkins, John Bass, Ed Rippy, David Kubiak, Christian Pecaut, Green Candidates Laura Wells, Tian Harter, and Carol Brouillet who will publicly launch her Congressional Campaign with a short statement-

“Like Martin Luther King, Jr., I have a dream, too. A dream of a world, without war, a dream of a world where resources are not squandered on weapons to protect the rich from the poor , a dream of a world where there is no need for armies, nor weapons of mass destruction, nor terrorism, and wealth is measured by the health and well being of our relationships, our children, our community, our planet.

“Truth is the first casualty of war. The official 9-11 story is a lie. Lies are used to sell unjustifiable wars. The PATRIOT Act was anything, but patriotic, and an attack upon the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, dissent. Congress was terrorized and pressured into passing it quickly.

“When we demanded an investigation of 9-11, Bush and Cheney limited the investigation and had it overseen by the CIA and the men, who should have been investigated for their role in the attacks, Goss and Graham. The systemic destruction of evidence and cover-up culminated in the deeply flawed official Report directed by Philip Zelikow, part of the Bush National Security transition team, who co-authored a book with Rice. The Commission ignored, omitted and distorted evidence that didn’t fit within the parameters outlined by the official narrative.

“Congresswoman Eshoo, has supported the official story and championed the Intelligence Transformation Act, based upon the Commission’s recommendations.

“It is time to challenge and abolish the National Security State, Homeland Security, F.EM.A. which seem designed to protect the few from the many. False Security depends upon having the most sophisticated weapons, surveillance devices, and control over communications systems. . The obscene military transformation of the country threatens the health, well being, and civil liberties of its citizen and the world. Real Security means water, food, shelter, health, and healthy relationships between people, people and planet.

“The “War on Terrorism” is a bogus war, a war of terrorism against all people, a war on truth, a war on freedom, launched by a terrorist attack which has all the fingerprints of a special operation, a Reichstag Fire. 9-11 was one of the false pretexts, lies, used to sell the war on Iraq.

“We need a national dialogue on Impeachment, the responsibility of the American people and Congress to rein in a criminal regime that is capable terrorizing its own people, as well as pursuing illegal, immoral, wars of aggression against other countries, and stealing elections.

“I hope that others share my dream for transforming this country from a violent, dominating bully, to a respectful, helpful friend.

“I hope that those who share my belief that “Impeachment,” Repeal of the PATRIOT Act, Redirecting Resources from Killing to Healing, are our best hope for the country and will support my campaign. I cannot do this alone; there must be a powerful social movement. Apathy, Disengagement, Fear and Cynicism are the forces which perpetuate the war economy, corporate globalization. Engagement, Empowerment, Hope, Courage, Truth, Growing Real Communities within our society can transform it to serve and nurture life.

“Another world is possible. We can do together what none of us can do alone. I have no experience within government nor corporations, but I do have experience in mothering, organizing, building community, learning how to work cooperatively, finding the deeper truths and purposes which bind us with all of humanity. As citizens, our greatest duty, to ourselves, to our families, to the world, is to rein in our own government, and hold it accountable for its actions, this is why I am running for office, to champion Truth, Peace, Justice, and Ecological Wisdom.

I hope you will join us on January 15th for the Speak-Out, Rally for Truth, Peace and Justice. I hope it doesn’t rain. After over four years of the weekly Wednesday’ “Listening for a Change,” Project. I believe I will change the title to “Listening and Speaking for a Change” and reserve the first hour for Listening and the second hour for Speaking and organizing. If you cannot join us on the 15th, please join us on a sunny/cloudy/non-rainy Wednesday from 11 am to 1 pm at Lytton Plaza.

Carol Brouillet

January 6, 2006

I just spoke on: Corporations and Democracy- a Radio Station KZYX+Z (Mendocino County Public Broadcasting 88.3 90.7 91.5 fm) and I'm thinking that maybe I should take the time to take a class on public speaking to improve my skills- it's a challenge to say a lot in a short amount of time, without making too many broad sweeping, simplistic sounding statements, but I tried to do the best I could.

Last night we held our regular Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting and had a good turnout, although our new meeting space could have been better- next time we will try another space. Max, a New York activist joined us and shared some of his work. We talked about all the upcoming events, caught up, and met some new aspiring activists. I am still trying to catch- up and organize upcoming events. I did write a Christmas letter and hope that someday, I'll be able to catch up with my mail and email.

January 4, 2006

Christian and I attended the Santa Clara Green Party meeting last night, and I have a demo this morning. We are going to have a Speak-Out/Rally on January 15th, Sunday, Martin Luther King Jr.'s Birthday, and the anniversary of our marches on Eshoo's office demanding, among other things- a Congressional Investigation of 9-11, Repeal of the Patriot Act, Pre-Emptive Impeachment of Bush... I have a lot of work to do to prepare for the rally- including contacting other speakers, groups, filing paperwork, and press releases... We'll discuss it more at the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting tomorrow night. I still haven't had a chance to catch up on phone calls, emails, paperwork...

January 3, 2006

I just returned from the Christmas family trip to Canada. With little sleep, I'm trying to catch-up on all that has happened while I've been gone, and to move forward with all the organizing for this year's events!

December 16, 2005

Yesterday was a busy day! I helped with the Press Conference announcing Todd Chretian as Green Party Candidate for Senate against Feinstein. The campaign will try to be a referendum against the war. I met Todd years ago- working with him and the Bay Area Coalition to Fight the FTAA; he would be a vast improvement over Feinstein. I enjoyed meeting his parents, and seeing his three year old daughter, who mercifully slept, and didn't interrupt his speech. (Like my kids, she doesn't ike to hear him talk about politics).

We also held our regular meeting last night, where Janette MacKinlay shared the photos she took of artifacts from 9-11 that were stored in Hangar 17- she was one of the few people able to see them. She is also going to organize a fundraiser/educational event for us at the Grand Lake Theater featuring David Ray Griffin's films on February 23rd.

Ken passed out boxes of his latest run of 9-11 and the American Empire, and a few more of Griffin's speech in DC on how the 9-11 Commission got it wrong. It also looks like Griffin might be speaking this spring at the Commonwealth Club and that Craig Hill who ran as a 9-11 Truth Candidate, on the Green Party ticket in 2004 for Senate will be here in January, showing his film- Treason, Inc.. We had a very lively discussion, plus pizza, cookies, goodies... a combined party/meeting which I hope encouraged people to take on more responsibility and realize that we can do a lot independently of the group, as well as in conjunction and with the support of the group. We voted money to help Ken print 1000 new Griffin DVDs, and we would have voted money for Chuck to make postcards, which he has been developing for some time, had he honed down a price and numbers for us, but he was still getting feedback on the cards before making his final decision. Ken had also developed a card with 11 key questions on it, which the group criticized extensively, until Ken felt that collectively we had honed down the language and questions better than any single one of us could have done so, on our own.

It looks like there will be public hearings on Able Danger next month which could help expose the shortcomings of the 9-11 report, although the Republicans seem intent on blaming Clinton for 9-11. The most important thing is we need to raise awareness that the official Report was a sham.

December 14, 2005

I have compiled the Notes from our December 4th Strategy Meeting onto one page. Michael Hagerty also posted a report with photos at http://www.yayacanada.com/9-11-3c.html. I must say that the first meeting Michael attended was not well publicized- because I wasn't sure we could get a room- until the day of the event- so we only had ten key people. The December 4th Meeting drew so many people that it actually made it more challenging, because not everyone's voice could be heard. People who arrived late didn't even get to introduce themselves- we couldn't squeeze a two day agenda into one day. Also some people were focused on local stuff, others regional, and others the national, international picture which meant that "we" had different meanings to almost everyone in the room.

There has been quite a bit of brainstorming on simple action ideas to toss out that anyone could do. Someone is working on concerted actions that target legislators and press on a weekly basis. I think that a diffuse groundswell of creative actions on the part of the widest number of people is going to be helpful to changing the political climate and creating a safe field for people to voice dissent. All strategies combined will complement one another and move public opinion. Janette told me today that in the NY Ground Zero vigils, people from outside the US mentioned that they saw on television that it was acknowledged that the US government was behind the attacks. On CNN recently, a commentator mentioned that in Spain most people believed that the US was responsible for 9-11.

December 13, 2005

Last November, I wrote a letter to my Congresswoman, Anna Eshoo:

Dear Representative Anna Eshoo, (cc: Rob Caughlin, Christian Pecaut)

I would like to propose a meeting between all of us, because I believe we all are deeply committed to working for the greater good, here in the United States, as well as for the entire planet.

I have been approached by the Green Party to run for Congress. I have no burning ambitions to live or work in Washington DC, but I do feel that it is a critical time, and the issues that I care passionately about are not being raised loudly enough in Congress, and in the country, as a whole. A campaign would enable me to "raise my voice" and challenge the "National Security policies and strategies" which I believe actually threaten all Americans and the rest of the world.

In the four years since 9-11, when I have met with Anna, her staff, and organized, marches, rallies, meetings with her, Senator Feinsteins' and Senator Boxers' staff, I believe Anna's viewpoint and actions have evolved. I have always hoped that she would champion my cause- "question the official 9-11 narrative" and try to hold those responsible for 9-11 accountable. I hoped that she would not let the Bush Administration use the attacks to sell unjust wars, trash the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, and build a larger "Police State" which seems designed to intimidate and frighten any who might disagree with government or corporate policy and reclassify them as "domestic terrorists."

When I asked Anna about impeachment, perhaps more than a year or two ago, she said, "No, I don't want to go through another impeachment. You don't have to see these guys every day, like I do." A wave of compassion swept over me, and I truly felt deep gratitude for her, doing a difficult job, that I wouldn't want for myself.

But times have changed, more people recognize that the Bush Regime has lied over more than one war, and numerous issues; there is a growing desire for impeachment, over fifty percent of the population would be for it. It should be a campaign issue- whether a candidate is for it or against it.

Representative Cynthia McKinney has been the champion of "Questioning the Official 9-11 Report" which, is worse than the Warren Report, in many ways, an obvious cover-up, filled with omissions and distortions. She held hearings on the topic for the Black Congressional Caucus in July and September, which were broadcasted on C-Span. She should be receiving more support in Congress.

At the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11, which I organized in March 2004, we learned that we had plenty of damning evidence, but the obstacles we faced, in reaching the public, were fear and denial, especially on the part of the media, and public officials. We have produced a huge number of radio and television programs, since then, as well as films, books, magazine, art and they are helping to build a large Truth Movement, which we have tried to strengthen by merging it with the Peace and Justice Movement. This is happening, and I believe our latest film- "Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush" will help. It will be shown on Free Speech TV, and we are getting it out to a growing network of community access TV stations across the country. We are developing a media strategy plan in December, after which we will organize screenings, and send out review copies to the press.

Anna can choose whether she wants to champion our issue, support Representative McKinney's efforts, and get our support, or have to contend with the issues we raise during 2006.

For example, there is a man known as Mohammed the American, a key Al Qaeda organizer/operative who used to work for Egyptian Intelligence, was involved with the assassination of Anwar Sadat, involved in the '93 WTC bombings, the African Embassy bombings, and plead guilty to his role in the African Embassy bombings. He also worked for the FBI, the CIA, and disappeared in prison before being sentenced. If the US is really waging a war on terrorism, then why is it funding, training, hiring terrorists, and freeing them, before they do serious jail time??? This particular man actually working in Santa Clara (His name was Ali Mohammed, and you can read a concise bio at: http://www.rotten.com/library/bio/crime/terrorists/ali-mohammed/ ).

My own particular thesis about 9-11 was that it was an act of fear, on the part of a global elite who feared losing power. One of my heroes- Aung Sung Suu Kyi wrote: "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it."

I think Congress was frightened into going along with the Bush Regime in the wake of 9-11, and I hope that more and more people, and Congress find the courage to stand up to them, question them, and challenge them, on many, many issues.

I am very happy with my role as an activist, as a mother, as an organizer, as a writer, as a producer of events/films/Deception Dollars/social change.

Rob says we need more people like Anna, in office, and I suppose that if the majority of Congress were like Anna, we might not have suffered from the horrible legislation which has passed in these past five years. I obviously opposed NAFTA, CAFTA, the FTAA, Fast Track, and I have noticed, and appreciated that Anna has shifted her position on these horrendous trade agreements. However, I was appalled when she co-sponsored the Intelligence Transformation Act, and to see the growth of Homeland Security, as well as what strikes me as "The Global Security State."

I think Goss and Graham need to be investigated for their role in 9-11, particularly their relationship with Pakistan's General Mamoud Ahmad who had $100,000 wired to Mohammed Atta. Anna supports, and does not question Goss.

I have a wealth of books and research which challenge the official 9-11 narrative. I used to pass it on to Anna's staff, but at some point, I simply gave up, because I felt it was a waste of time and resources.

I can't help feeling that we each have some very important bits and pieces of understanding of the critical political situation that we are in, and we are, individually, doing the best we can with what we know. I do believe it would be a waste of our time, talent, resources to fight one another, when our real enemy is a somewhat insane Fascist Global Power Grab that threatens the whole planet. I know Rob doesn't want to look at some of the research that I have unearthed, doesn't want it to enter his conscious mind. Maybe, Anna feels that way, too. People come to me and ask me to champion their issues, too- and I usually can't, because I have my limits, too.

I do believe that truthful communication holds meaning and value, and hope that we can, at least, open the door to respectful, honest, collaborative communications.

We are planning a Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance Film Festival/Strategy/Media Plan/Conference on December 3rd and 4th. I plan to make a public decision on whether to run for office or not during that week. I would like to meet with all of you before then, if possible.

I am very open to suggestions on how to raise these issues, achieve the changes which I believe will help the country/the world most, besides running for public office- that Rob and Anna might suggest as a better use of my time/energy/resources.

Christian is working as our Communications Director. He is a Stanford grad, and extremely supportive of the Democratic Party, as well as social change towards a world which "works well for all."

Please give me a call, or e-mail me, if you are able to speak or meet with Christian and I, before December 3rd. Thank-you for your time and attention!

Sincerely,

Carol Brouillet

Rob met with Christian and I before December 3rd and said that compared to the rest of Congress Anna was a "Joan of Arc" and that we should concentrate our energies on defeating the worst Neo-Cons, there were a few in Congress that could be ousted, but generally all the incumbents were perfectly safe and in no danger of losing their seats. Rob accepted a copy of our new DVD, but wouldn't look at the David Ray Griffin book on The 9-11 Report- Omissions and Distortions.

On December 3rd, before our event in San Francisco, I stopped at a Town Hall Meeting in Belmont, where I was able to speak with Anna, she gave me a written response to my letter and during the meeting she responded publicly to the questions that I raised and acknowledged me.

She also spoke about the bravery and courage of Murtha and his close relationship with the troops. However she dismissed bringing up the issue of "Impeachment" in Congress, because she knew that such a resolution would fail, despite the urgings of myself and many other constituents to impeach Bush & Co. She supported the "Bird Flu" myth which is the current psychological warfare effort being waged by the government against the American people, as far as I can tell. In her letter to me, she avoided many of the points I raised and clung to her usual line, supporting the 9-11 Commission:

Anna Eshoo
December 2, 2005

Dear Ms. Brouillet,

Thank you for your letter of November 20th in which you requested a meeting with me to discuss the 9/11 Commission Report and the possibility of impeaching President Bush. I welcome the perspectives and ideas of my constituents and I take your concerns seriously.

My schedule doesn’t permit me to meet with you before December 3rd. The following are my views on the issues you wrote to me about.

Regarding your beliefs about the events of September 11, 2001, I respectfully disagree with you. I don’t believe that the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon were orchestrated by the U.S. government, the Bush Administration, Senator Graham or former Congressman Porter Goss.

As you know, I visited the wreckage at the Pentagon myself within hours of the attack and was a firsthand witness to the devastation caused there. Since then, I’ve been an ardent supporter of every effort to investigate the security failures prior to the 9/11 attacks, and apply that understanding toward reforming the Intelligence Community to better protect us against terrorism.

I’ve been a first-hand witness to the efforts of the Bush Administration to create a link between the 9/11 attacks and Saddam Hussein. I share your concern and outrage over the ways in which per-war intelligence was manipulated or “hyped” to sensationalize the threat posed by Hussein’s regime and the push to war in Iraq. I didn’t believe the Administration’s claims in 2002 and I don’t believe them now.

Just two weeks ago I renewed my call for the Intelligence Committee and Congress to conduct a serious focused, and comprehensive review of questions concerning the quality and objectivity of pre-war intelligence relating to Iraqi weapons of mss destruction (WMD) and Iraqi ties to terrorism. Despite the President’s claims to the contrary, there has never been a full investigation of pre-war intelligence efforts and the allegations that intelligence was manipulated to support the Administration’s call for war. Thus far, the appeals to conduct investigations into prewar abuses have twice been rejected along party lines in the House Intelligence Committee.

Congress has a duty to conduct investigation and oversight on behalf of the American people and has failed to do so. Since 9/11 many of my colleagues and I have sought investigation on everything from the lack of weapons of mass destruction, pre-war intelligence, prisoner abuse at military prisons, the intentional leak of a covert CIA operative’s identity, and a strategy for troop withdrawal.

The House Leadership blocks investigations every step of the way, just as they did before the 9/11 Commission. It was only through the courageous and tireless effort by the families of the 9/11 victims that enough pressure was brought to bear to force a thorough, nonpartisan investigation by the 9/11 Commission, which was charged to “make a full and complete accounting of the circumstances surrounding the attacks, and the extent of the United States’ preparedness for, and immediate response to, the attacks.”

The American people owe a great deal to the work of the 9/11 Commission. Its bipartisan, unanimous report on the investigation of the attack on our country was thorough, it identified failures in our national security, and it recommended necessary reforms. As a member of the House Intelligence Committee, reforming the Intelligence Community has been a top priority of mine and I’m proud to have worked with my colleagues on the Committee to address the tragic shortcomings in our nation’s intelligence infrastructure which the Commission exposed. I’m very pleased that the House and Senate were able to reach a compromise and pass landmark legislation to reorganize the intelligence community to better protect our nation from terrorism. I voted for S.2845, the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act, which was signed into law by the President in December, 2004.

A critical issue facing us is the need to strengthen the oversight authority of Congress, not only over the way intelligence is gathered, analyzed and disseminated but also over the way intelligence is used by the people that we entrust to protect us. My colleagues and I on the Intelligence Committee face these issues daily.

I share your anger and frustrations about the policies of the Bush Administration. They’ve squandered the surplus, driven us into an economic ditch, added huge sums to our nation’s debt, and moved from multilateralism to all the dangers that unilateralism represents. They’ve alienated countries around the world and as a result, our country is viewed in negative terms around the globe.

I fight daily against these policies. I think they’re wrong, unfair, and dangerous. I also know that the way we change the direction of the country is at the ballot box. My largest hope is that change will occur, and I’ll continue to do everything I can to see that it does.

As always, I welcome your thoughts and ideas, and appreciate your advocacy.

Sincerely,

Anna Eshoo
Member of Congress

I visited Anna's office last week and gave her a copy of David Ray Griffin's book, The 9-11 Report- Omissions and Distortions, and Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush, and a copy of my Op-Ed urging her to support public hearings of those knowledgable about Able Danger that Senator Curt Weldon has been pushing for.

I haven't heard back from her, but I don't think she is going to budge on the issues that concern me the most.

I'm getting lots of support from the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance and other 9-11 activists to run for Congress, as well as from the Green Party. Christian was going to be my "Campaign Manager," but he just accepted a job with Google. Very soon, I'll be immersed with the family Christmas holidays, so I can't see that I'll be able to do much publicly until January. At this point however, I think I'm leaning toward running for Congress, just to help give voice to the issues which I believe should be part of the public dialogue that have been so severely censored by the mainstream press. I think it would be a public service to help create the space where it is "safe" for people to talk about 9-11, the stolen elections, the necessity to impeach a criminal government.

December 12, 2005

I updated an article I wrote in May 2004 on "where the 9-11 Truth Movement was" to lobby the Green Party last weekend. Why the Green Party Should Champion 9-11 Truth…, I just had time to make copies of it to pass out at the Green Party Plenary at UC Davis. It was quite an eye-opening experience, observing the proccesses that they used and meeting the various Green Party members.

Swami Beyondananda sent me these notes about our strategy meeting:

Here are some thoughts -- in no particular order, taken from notes of the day -- on how we can move from the “turning point” to the “tipping point.”

1. It’s clear to me that the truth movement is fundamental to change because without acknowledging the huge perpetrations, any attempts at change will fall short. So I like anything that will bring this deeper awareness to other activist movements.

2. I also like “from the bottom up” and “top down” simultaneously. I reiterate that we need a visible and audible presence in the form of celebrities and notables who confront the current regime on at least three of these counts:

a. Lying about Iraq, and in fact using the war to consolidate their own dictatorial power.
b. Creating a false flag operation in 9/11.
c. Stealing two elections.
d. Criminal activities to secure special deals for cronies. Plundering the commonwealth to make themselves uncommonly wealthy.

This might be able to be done, as Barbara suggested, through grand juries. At the very least, each local community should have it’s truth committee showing the interrelationship between all of the above. The groundswell needs to rise in order to give support and courage to those risking their necks and reputation up above. Perhaps Adam Werbach’s organization for progressive film could put some of the 9/11 pieces into the hopper. Ditto podcasts on the net. Do you know anyone in that organization? They should have the Griffin / C-Span piece and Barry Zwicker’s “News Special” at the very least.

3. I was intrigued with Barbara Honegger’s notion of “popcorn popping” and making it safe to talk about 9/11 and other dark truth issues. I’m thinking back to when Michael Moore “broke through the soundless barrier” two and a half years ago at the Oscars at a time when no one else would publically dare speak the truth about Bush and the war. Now the same needs to happen -- and quickly -- about 9/11 and election fraud. We need a Cindy Sheehan for this movement, a firefighter perhaps. Someone who cannot be dismissed or dispensed with. I like the slogan: “Make America safe for the truth.”

4. Since Ken Jenkins didn’t do his presentation, I think there needs to be a careful inquiry on how best to present these threatening issues psychologically to get in under the radar. Any experts on board? I’m not necessarily talking about communicating diplomatically -- in fact, that might be the exact wrong approach. I’m not talking about laying another manipulation on top of the brainwashing. I’m talking about cutting right through the fog and waking people up. Seems like this should be a fruitful area of inquiry ... (Swami’s idea is a group called the Jefferson’s Witnesses who went door-to-door awakening people to war them about the attack on liberty: “The brutish are coming! The brutish are coming!”)

5. I think the idea of sandwich boards is intriguing. Just recently in Ohio, the billboard company refused to run an ad against Rep. Schmidt for her intemperate comments to Rep. Murtha. So they got trucks and are draping the message in a huge banner over the side of the truck. Since the mainstream media won’t take our “truth money,” we’ll take our truth money elsewhere where it can truly do some good.

6. The grand jury idea is intriguing, although I need to find out more about it. Instead of playing defense and trying to respond to every outrageous assault, let’s move forward and take charge of the conversation. A national grassroots truth organization -- simply bringing up the questions in the light of the proven lies -- will in turn empower those to form a committee from the top down. If indeed the grand jury idea is viable, the same global evidence can be used locally -- to take back local control, once and for all. And the legal procedures can be used to delegitimize the regime at the top. I like the idea -- I think Barbara said it -- that it’s time for us to “make” the official truths from the bottom up. In fact, one of the biggest issues that reaches across issue lines is the “privatization of truth” so that free speech applies differently on private property, and it’s all private property.

7. Another great idea: Make the information accessible to Middle Eastern, Latino and Asian citizens through their publications, radio stations, and language.

8. I also like the idea of progressive churches ringing the bell of liberty. (The interesting thing is that the media shut down of the truth movement is forcing us to communicate in much more creative ways. Think Otpor.) This is very very powerful. Make it a national message: Let freedom ring! Let truth ring! Let justice ring! Prove and remove. Prove the Administration acted illegally on as many fronts as possible. We might call the campaign: “Let’s Bring Democracy Home.”

9. Another idea for concerted actions involves radio call-in shows, particularly if we picked one national show per week (Rush Limbaugh, etc.) and called in, perhaps masking the real question until we got on the air. This could be a way of breaking through the soundless barrier big time and mainstream -- send people to the truth website, both left wing and right wing. At least get the question out there. Might be easier for a rightwing sympathizer to see of hear a critique coming from the right.

10. Someone mentioned a membership group for progressives, and I agree -- as long as “truth” is number one. Once the truth is free to flow, there will be no problem promoting a progressive agenda. As RFK, Jr. has said, “80% of Republicans are Democrats and don’t know it.” I like the non-partisan united front for truth that specifically invokes the Declaration of Independence, the Bill of Rights and calls for transparency as the foundation of a free people.

11. Someone else mentioned city council meetings and mayoral declarations. This could work very effectively if the city council time was used as a “teach in” on the issue. And because it is happening locally, two things can occur:

a. There is a greater likelihood of it being reported in the local section of the paper, particularly if it creates a lot of buzz at the meetings, perhaps an expansion of the anti-Patriot Act resolutions that have been passed. This is the next level of protecting ourselves from our own government.
b. The follow up can be a public showing of one or more of the 9/11 videos, followed by a public discussion.

12. I also mentioned at the meeting -- and it got good response -- a “Total Recall” plan to have ten, twenty or even fifty million Americans sign up to give the President and Administration a Vote of No Confidence. Perhaps there could be a caravan to Washington, D.C. where representatives from all parts of the country deliver the petitions and letters from local folks. Figure if there were 1,000 people coming with 50,000 signatures each, that’s 50 million. 50 million people voting no confidence in this regime would be a major news story and a force to be reckoned with. I can also see volunteers going door-to-door collecting signatures and doing education at the same time. If we can’t have the airwaves, then let’s take to the ground! Related to this, we can also ask people to take the 9/11 truth test.

13. The current skepticism about Bush can be used to create an opening around the 9/11 issue. Keep in mind that while the 9/11 issue is perhaps the most profound and fundamental betrayal, the real issues are abuse of power, use of criminal activities and deadly force against civilian populations, and the erosion of liberties and increase in Big Brother mind-manipulation at home. Whatever creates critical mass ... is critical.

14. Teach-Ins, particularly geared to anti-war activists. That way, people can do with the issue what they wish. But once people see the flaws in the foundation for the war on terror, we could create critical mass this way. Shining the light on the 9/11 issue -- and forcing the press to cover it, particularly through a Cindy Sheehan-type fire fighter or family member -- is the shortest distance between here and regime change.

15. How about showing the David Ray Griffin or Barrie Zwicker videos in high school and college classrooms? Even if the videos never get shown, it will create once again enough controversy to get press coverage. People will start asking, “What exactly is this video they won’t let us see?”

16. As Byron brought up, the biggest flaw with any of these truth, justice and peace movements is answering the very valid question, what would WE do instead? The world democracy movement is a step in the right direction: The rule of law and transparency worldwide. While we may sometimes get discouraged by the sheer power and finances the bad guys have, something to keep in mind is that 80% or 90% of the people in the world want to live and let live in peace. Just knowing that -- without falling into ideological and cultural camps -- the vast majority of the people in the world want the same thing should count for something.

17. For the next local 9/11 event, I would like to be part of planning a demonstration at the Chronicle -- and other playful and peaceful actions -- to press the press into covering the story.

18. Another untapped resource which Jim Marrs has used successfully: Christian talk radio. We have allies in this issue everywhere. Let’s bring them together!

19. Finally, everything we do to continue speaking the truth -- from blogs to letters to speaking to individuals to posting on anti-war and progressive websites to even toastmasters -- will continue to speak the truth forward and create a “field” of expanding possibilities. Out of this field I am confident our own “Cindy Sheehan” will come.

It will take time to allow this huge toxin in the body politic to get “digested.” I suggest that we make a big deal of creating our own Truth, Reconciliation and Forgiveness Committee in anticipation of people being on the fence about speaking out. If we continue to repeat our mantra (just like George repeats his) that “the truth will inevitably come out. Which side of the truth will YOU be on when it does?” then first of all we will get regular people used to the idea that there’s been a huge betrayal, and secondly we will encourage well-known people and whistleblowers to get on board.

Re your campaign, I most definitely support you and your work and anything that gets it out there. If you decide this is the best use of energy and resources, I have no doubt it will have an impact and I am here to help you.

Steve Bhaerman

I also got a letter from Ireland:

You may recall that a group of academics from around the world has been working on a 9/11 Volume due for publication in the new year.

One of the papers submitted for this project has already recieved coast to coast media coverage in the US only days after being submitted..

Why Indeed Did the WTC Buildings Collapse?
http://www.physics.byu.edu/research/energy/htm7.html

Visit the link below to to download an interview with Prof. Steven Jones on Tucker Carlson (MSNBC) and the follow up pieces including coverage by local Utah news and a radio interview with Alex Jones.

http://www.911truth.ie/video.html

BYU sought at first to disavow the work of their emminent Professor but were forced to retract a retraction from their website due to an outcry by colleagues of Prof Jones and academics around the world.

Due to the perceived bias of the University a group of academics from around the world has come together to form the 'International Scholars for 9/11 Truth' group to support likeminded colleagues and students and which will have its first conference in NYC on Sept 2nd 2006. A call for papers will be issued shortly.

If you wish to make contact with this group please forward queries to info@911truth.ie.

Kind Regards,
Morgan Stack B.Sc M.Acc MBS
Steering Committee Member,
International Scholars for 9/11 Truth.

Room 3.11,
O'Rahilly Building,
Dept Accounting, Finance & Information Systems,
UCC
Cork
Ireland

It's great to have academia waking up to this issue!

I've been so busy that I haven't had a chance to see it, but there is a good 9/11 Special Documentary - produced by Dutch Television available online at-http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11222.htm.

And my friends at GNN have posted a teaser for their new film- American Blackout. The short video posted online is called True Lies. The feature length film follows the career of Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney and investigates the current tactics used to control our democratic process and silence political dissent and will premiere at the Sundance Film Festival.

December 7, 2005

With 9-11 in the headlines, finally, I wrote a quick Op-Ed for the local paper and lobbied my Congresswoman to at least support public hearings on Able Danger:

Neo-Con Jobs, Iraq, 9-11

Congressman Kurt Weldon has 245 Senators and Congressmen behind him in his letter to Donald Rumsfeld requesting that he allow former participants in the intelligence program known as ABLE DANGER to testify in an open hearing before Congress. The exclusion of ABLE DANGER from the official 9-11 Report was convenient politically to the Bush Administration, but concealed one aspect of foreknowledge.

The truth must be pursued. Anna Eshoo has championed other investigations into review of the pre-war intelligence relating to Iraqi weapons of mass destruction, as well as prisoner abuse at military prisons, the intentional leak of a covert CIA operative’s identity, and troop withdrawal, generally being blocked by the House Leadership. Here is an opportunity to cast more light on what was supposed to be a thorough, nonpartisan investigation by the 9/11 Commission. Directed by Philip Zelikow, the Commission ignored or omitted evidence, which did not support the Administration’s narrative. Former Commission member Max Cleland, said at the time “America is being scammed.” In his detailed analysis entitled The 9-11 Report- Omissions and Distortions, David Ray Griffin outlined 115 of those distortions and omissions, and presented the major ones before the Congressional Black Caucus last September, concluding that the Report, itself, was a 571 page lie.

A lie is at the foundation of the Neo-Con Agenda. On Wisconsin Public Radio, recently, Kevin Barrett said to Senator Boxer, “I’d like to thank you and Senator Feingold for hanging in there after 9/11... (Boxer: “You’re welcome.”) Now as you may know, Congressman Kurt Weldon has been screaming from the rooftops that we need a new 9/11 Able Danger investigation focusing on what US intelligence agencies knew about Mohammad Atta and when they knew it. Newsweek and other mainstream publications have written that Mohammad Atta was trained at the Foreign Officer’s school Maxwell Air Force Base in Alabama. And Daniel Hopsicker’s book Welcome to Terrorland makes it clear that Hoffman Aviation in Venice Florida, where the so-called hijackers trained, was actually a CIA drug import facility—it was a flight school in name only. Now Lt. Colonel Anthony Shaffer has blown the whistle—he says he and his colleagues in military intelligence identified Atta as a terrorist in 2000, but they were gagged and ordered to “forget they had ever heard of Atta.” Are you among the 245 senators and representatives who have signed Congressman Weldon’s letter demanding a Congressional hearing into what US authorities knew about Atta prior to the 9/11 attacks?

Senator Boxer: That isn’t what the 9/11 Commission Report said—but that doesn’t mean it isn’t true. I haven’t seen Congressman Weldon’s letter yet, but...we need to pursue the truth about 9/11 wherever it leads. The truth should be the only priority. And we need the truth. My main focus now, though, is to end the war in Iraq.

The lies about Iraq have led us into a disastrous war, but the lies about 9/11 have had far more serious consequences, as they have been used to attack the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, justify the Patriot Act, the war on Afghanistan, as well as Iraq. Does Homeland Security and the US’s foreign policy make us “safer” or feel more “secure?” Isn’t real security dependent upon healthy, peaceful, relationships within our homes, our communities, our country, with our neighbors, and the world, rather than weapons systems and a “shoot first” foreign policy?

I wish I had had more time to write better Op-Eds for today- Pearl Harbour Day. T.H. Meyer's book is really excellent on this topic, in addition to David Ray Griffin's work.

I went to the County Green Party meeting last night and will go to the State Green Party meeting at UC Davis this weekend as a delegate. Christian volunteered to help me table and I think the time is ripe for the Green Party to educate itself and take a more courageous stand on 9-11. The tide is definitely turning and I think the Greens stand to benefit from the loss of confidance in the Republican and the Democrats with the next election- particularly if they have an appealing platform resonates with the sea of people wishing to impeach Bush, end the war, and redirect resources to meeting human needs and healing rather than destroying...

James Ridgeway posted a couple articles in the Village Voice on 9-11

Open and Shut- Four years later, we still have ten big questions

and Running From the Truth- 9-11 Commission dealt with several issues by simply ignoring them

December 5, 2005

It seems that I have had very little sleep these past few days, I awoke very tired, with a headache, this morning... One article jumped out at me about the $20.8 Billion that Bush gave to New York in the wake of 9-11 and the Village Voice's examination of who got the money... It seems that was an awful lot of money to spread around and buy silence... I think the people who accepted LOTS of money and gave up their rights to sue the airlines and government could be feeling a bit like Sophie in Sophie's Choice who couldn't bear the guilt of choosing which of her children would live and which would die.

Money, a gift economy was one of the topics I talked about in depth with Dr. Kevin Barrett, of MUJCA-NET (Muslim, Christan, Jewish Alliance that hosted David Ray Griffin's famous Madison talk). He interviewed me for three hours this morning, and I think we learned a lot from one another; I think we are very kindred spirits and appreciate what one another have done tremendously. He has a great sense of humor, and I think humor is one of the best survival traits, which enables us to see the larger picture, override our fears, and function well in this "crazy" world where the dominant paradigm is so often a constructed illusion. It was fun, and I told him in detail of the drama of the last few days.

Yesterday morning I got up very early to reload the car with what I thought we would need for Sunday's marathon Brainstorming, Strategy/Messaging wokshop/Media- short, medium, long, term plan.. we had so much to discuss, think about together, and the cancelled Truth Festival meant that we missed the speeches, insights, research inputs that we were counting on having.

Because of the challenge of securing the rooms, I made a detour to secure food- lots of warm donuts/bagels/bread/cheese... for everyone and we arrived just a few minutes after 9:00 am. The Security Guard wouldn't let us in the room. Brian had driven up with me and we discussed what the alternatives were- not very pleasant. We just stood outside the door for ten minutes or so, and then the security guard, who had received a mysterious phone call, from I don't know who, begrudgingly unlocked the door and let us in. By the time we unloaded the car, put out the food, set up the tables, about 25 people had arrived and we started talking and began introductions. Our two hour brainstorming session was scheduled from 10 til noon, but I don't think we finished the intros by then. Still we had some great intros and ideas which I wrote down on paper and Christian posted on the walls. Many people drifted in late and I think probably 60 or 70 people were there over the course of the day. I had hoped that we would have had a bigger room (or better- two rooms, but we were glad to have what we had and tried to make the best of the situation/opportunity). People had come from all over Northern California with a wide, diverse range of talents, skills, insights.

Susan Strong of the Metaphor Project was able to join us from 2 to 3:30 to simply walk us through a workshop on language and creating metaphors that catch the ear, open the mind and powerfully convey our message and that would be received well by mainstream Americans.

Here are the ideas that were tossed out to help us convey our message (minus the ones that really wouldn't work. NW means Needs more Work). In bold are the ones that the group liked...

Basic message to begin with- 9-11 was an inside job...

(Some of these are graphics)

9-11 was a lie

Real Patriots Demand to Know the Whole Truth

The Quest for 9-11 Truth is a Spiitual Path

Explore the unanswered 9-11 Questions NW

IMAGE- (Dominoes labeled) - 2000, rigged elections, 9-11, PATRIOT ACT, Homeland Security, War on Iraq, Abu Graib...

9 (Image of towers) Truth will make you free

Maybe setting up 9-11 had something to do with Iraq after all.

Why was the the war on Iraq planned before 9-11? NW

9-11 the only issue

Truth is Patriotic

Patriots tell the Truth

Bush's Reichstag Fire

9-11 = Reichstag

9-11 caused by rot at the top

Truth and freedom- you can't have one without the other (IMAGE) symbol ribbon- message support 9-11 truth

Remember Building #7

(Image)Bush's Truth (image of skull and bones), 9-11 truth (bomb/explosives...)

9-11 Bush's Gulf of Tonkin

Don't be fooled again

You've been lyin when you out to have been truthin

The 9-11 truth will Upset You Free

9-11 = High treason/Mass Murder

The Emperor has no clue (conscience) (evidence)...

(IMAGE)Stop Sign symbol with STOP SECRET Yield sign symbol with Yield to 9-11 truth

Made in USA, Murder Incorporated- 9-11 NW

9-11 Truth or Consequences?

Stop the Next 9-11

President Bush, I can't be with you, your lies terrify me! NW

9-11Gate

9-11 Neo-Con Job (I think it might work also with- Neo-Con Jobs- Iraq, 9-11)

You're Either for Peace or You're a Terrorist

9-11 Truth is Scary,
Ignorance is Scarier

9-11 The Buck stops Here (IMAGE of Bush)

The 9-11 Buck Starts Here (Image of the Deception Dollar)

9-11 Self Attack NW

Would you hear Paul Revere?

9-11 Truth Patriots

9-11 = Controlled Demolition

The Awficial 9-11 Report is a Fraud (scam) (lie)

9-11 Auto-Immune Disease

9-11 was Impossible

Get the 411 on 9-11

OOPs- I got some of the strategy sheets, too-

Ideas-

produce a weekly radio show

Theater work with local groups (like the SF Mime Troop)

Bait and Switch when getting on radio

Focus on KPFA programmers

make more brochures

make a better resource list

petitions to sign

rent a billboard

Christian has one of the contact lists, so far (I hope he finds the other one). Someone left behind a clipboard with a bunch of Lynne Woolsey investigate 9-11 petitions, and a pair of glasses. Many people took notes, which I'll post when I get them.

All in all, I think we learned a lot and generated some great ideas at the meeting, and had a small chance to socialize, after it was over, a dozen of us had dinner at nearby Max's Opera Cafe. I never finished writing the talk I wanted to give about where we are in the movement, but it seems like we are advancing each day... I met with my Congresswoman on Saturday before the event at a Town Hall meeting, and there is a resolution on "Able Danger" now with 245 co-sponsors so it is time to pressure Congress to shatter the official myth that the 9-11 report was "thorough"... Kevin mentioned that he just talked to Senator Boxer who seemed willing to sign the letter to allow people knowledgable about Able Danger to testify in an open public hearing."

I think we are only limited by our imagination, and our own energy... Speaking of which- I'm fading, goodnight!

December 3, 2005

Fortunately, today was a beautiful, sunny, day- though quite cold for California. We went to Congresswoman Eshoo's townhall meeting this morning. She was very polite and gave me a copy of a letter she had written to me, regarding the issues that I hoped she would champion (I will include that letter here, at some point in time, but I still have lots to do, and need some sleep tonight with our big 9-11 truth strategy meeting tomorrow...)

We arrived in San Francisco around 12:30 pm and began setting up tables, four chairs, and materials, fortunately there were lots of very helpful volunteers, and seasoned 9-11 activists who were very understanding of the situation. Quake 960 was there and a radio-journalist from KPFA. I brought our small sound system, and we were able to have a few speakers/open mike for those willing to brave the cold.

Lots of people came, although I tried to make phone calls and posted that the event was cancelled on INDYMEDIA.org and asked Christian to email the list about the cancellation, but he was up til 4 am struggling with writing his perception of what happened, and never was satisfied with what he wrote, and didn't get the email blast out to the list.

The good thing was that there were some great conversations, socializing. We gave away free DVDs and books and magazines to people who had come for the event and were disappointed that it had been cancelled. We also attractede passerbys who were completely new to the issue. People bought books and made donations; I was totally surprized that we received over $500 in donations, despite the cancellation.

I think we did make the best out of the situation, and it was definitely a learning lesson for us. Unfortunately, we wanted a two day event and will have a challenging task tomorrow, because we won't be able to build upon the talks, films, we had hoped to have shared with everyone today. Ironically the reason we couldn't have the room was because the flier didn't indicate that the event was sponsored by and included veterans and we had lots of veterans at the event.

I botched getting us a room because I missed the last Veteran's for Peace meeting, because my son was having his first concert, playing his new instrument- the tuba. Christian, who made the fliers and did the outreach, didn't realize the circumstances of the sponsoring organization or the liability/use rules regarding the rooms, and I didn't oversee the fliers or realize how much they would upset the War Commissioners. It was a failure of communication/responsibility on my part. Ironically I'm in the process of deciding on whether to take on even more responsibility this week, but might also to decide "less tasks" and try to do a better job. I wish I could do "everything," but I haven't figured out how to overcome my physical limitations, and usually can only do about 2 or 3 % of what I wish I could do on any given day.

On our way home, I was talking to Brian, who carpooled with me from Palo Alto, and has been a great help, and I told him that the most important thing that I ever learned in my life was how to forgive, accept and love- myself, my family, my friends, the world... Particularly in working in an all volunteer, non-profit organization/ and a social movement- it really helps, or it would be impossible to work with anyone.

December 2, 2005

The last two days have been very challenging. We have been planning to have a 9-11 Truth Festival/Celebration and Strategy Conference at the SF War Memorial Building, but had trouble getting the rooms. We have had to cancel our Saturday Festival/Celebration, but will be able to have our Strategy Meeting on Sunday. It really is my fault for long complex reasons and tomorrow I plan to first attend a Town Hall Meeting that my Congresswoman- Anna Eshoo is holding in Belmont and then going up to San Francisco to mitigate the damage and talk to folks who are coming to the event and didn't know that it was cancelled. At least we'll be able to have our meeting on Sunday and strategize.

November 28, 2005

Bob Feldman had an interview that he did with me posted on the Toward Freedom Website. I just wish I had taken a bit more time with his email questionaire- I responded very quickly, late one night, without even rereading it or editing the typos- which I had hoped he would have caught - and didn't include the ordinary "talking points," message, that I would like to get out to the public, even the basic fact that we had just produced "Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush", but then I have been too busy organizing to even finish the articles that I am trying to write- so I'm glad that Bob took the time and effort to do the article which hopefully will help raise the credibility of the 9-11 issue within the anti-war/anti-corporate globalization movements. I was pleased to see a declaration on Chossudovsky's website by the Axis for Peace- It is Time to Unite and to Ensure Peace - Final Declaration of Brussel's Peace Conference which recognized the problem-

A military coalition has launched itself into an unbridled exploitation of the world’s resources and energy reserves. Fuelled by neo-conservatives, it has increased its attacks, practicing all forms of interference, from forcing changes in regimes to colonial-style expansionism. This coalition continually violates the principles of international law as they were established by the conference of the Hague and laid out in the San Francisco Charter.

This group masks its ambitions by intoxicating the media and by deceiving international organizations. It practices a double standard by unjustly accusing those who stand in their way of not respecting the rules whilst violating them themselves. The coalition betrays democratic ideals when claiming to serve them through military occupation.

To justify their thirst for conquest, they form terrorist groups with the aim of manipulating them, create pretexts for military action, propagate theories of an international Muslim plot and fuel conflicts between civilizations. They seize power for themselves and contribute to pushing humanity toward ruin and disorder.

I'm not so sure about their strategy of appealing to the "well-intentioned members of the UN Security Council." I don't really know who they are and if they wield any influence at all... but the statement goes on to say-
On our behalf, we engage ourselves, similarly to that which has been done in Latin America, to continue to mobilize public opinion in order to combat hatred and propaganda and to reject all projects of global domination and exploitation.

Public opinion, showcased recently in Argentina, effectively checkmated Bush's appeal for the FTAA, and rejected Bush's militarism in Iraq, as well as in Central and South America.

November 27, 2005

Last Wednesday, at the Listening Project, a very interesting Australian turned up, who had set out to see the world firsthand, rather than spending too much time on the computer trying to figure things out. He had been to England and New York, and met activists, whom I only knew by name and email. I just wish that I had thought to connect him with other activists on the eve of the Thanksgiving holidays, but I was too overwhelmed by all that I was trying to do that day (shipping cases of DVDs to Hollywood), forgetting so much that I usually bring with me to Lytton Plaza. I also had so many people at the table- that I was there for four hours, rather than the usual two hours, and I had woken up with a headache- more from the stress of Thanksgiving than anything political- I had six pies to bake, plus other stuff to pull together for our traditional Thanksgiving meal with old friends.

There is never enough time to organize, and it is really hard to make any phone calls, or connect with people over a holiday; besides, my family wanted to play with me and deserved some attention. I'll try again next week when the kids are back in school.

We are trying to finalize the program for our Film Festival/Celebration/Strategy Conference for next weekend and I'm still trying to chase down films and people to help us with a good media plan.

People have been sending me good articles and I need to figure out how to add links which are findable on this ever growing page. For example, my link to the history of The Bush Crime Family is only accessible through an old link, on a blog entry in August 2004.

A damning look at Cheney's background The long march of Dick Cheney was just posted at Information Clearing House.

A very sobering article appeared in the Washington Post entitled -

Pentagon Expanding Its Domestic Surveillance Activity
Fears of Post-9/11 Terrorism Spur Proposals for New Powers By Walter Pincus. It details-

The Defense Department has expanded its programs aimed at gathering and analyzing intelligence within the United States, creating new agencies, adding personnel and seeking additional legal authority for domestic security activities in the post-9/11 world.

The moves have taken place on several fronts. The White House is considering expanding the power of a little-known Pentagon agency called the Counterintelligence Field Activity, or CIFA, which was created three years ago. The proposal, made by a presidential commission, would transform CIFA from an office that coordinates Pentagon security efforts -- including protecting military facilities from attack -- to one that also has authority to investigate crimes within the United States such as treason, foreign or terrorist sabotage or even economic espionage. The Pentagon has pushed legislation on Capitol Hill that would create an intelligence exception to the Privacy Act, allowing the FBI and others to share information gathered about U.S. citizens with the Pentagon, CIA and other intelligence agencies, as long as the data is deemed to be related to foreign intelligence. Backers say the measure is needed to strengthen investigations into terrorism or weapons of mass destruction.

The proposals, and other Pentagon steps aimed at improving its ability to analyze counterterrorism intelligence collected inside the United States, have drawn complaints from civil liberties advocates and a few members of Congress, who say the Defense Department's push into domestic collection is proceeding with little scrutiny by the Congress or the public.

"We are deputizing the military to spy on law-abiding Americans in America. This is a huge leap without even a [congressional] hearing," Sen. Ron Wyden (D-Ore.), a member of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, said in a recent interview.

Wyden has since persuaded lawmakers to change the legislation, attached to the fiscal 2006 intelligence authorization bill, to address some of his concerns, but he still believes hearings should be held. Among the changes was the elimination of a provision to let Defense Intelligence Agency officers hide the fact that they work for the government when they approach people who are possible sources of intelligence in the United States.

I suspect they are more frightened of American dissenters than actual terrorists... Kurt Nimmo, in response to the article notes on his website:
The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language, Fourth Edition, defines treason as follows:
Violation of allegiance toward one’s country or sovereign, especially the betrayal of one’s country by waging war against it or by consciously and purposely acting to aid its enemies.

If we are to believe this news item, the freshly minted and tasked CIFA will investigate people with questionable “allegiance” to the Bush administration. Princeton University’s WordNet defines allegiance as “the loyalty that citizens owe to their country (or subjects to their sovereign)” and a synonym is fealty, defined as fidelity owed by a vassal to a feudal lord.

So many outrages to be protested by this, most hypocritical, of governments.

November 22, 2005, 10:11 pm

I just posted an excellent article from Malcontent X (whose website I host on this site) entitled The PlameGate Affair is a Smokescreen.

I also got an order for 326 DVDs of Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush from the Pacifica Station in L.A., not an enormous order, but then we haven't done much to publicize it, yet.

November 22, 2005

It is very good to see so much coming out in the press- obscure as the sources might be to most Americans, it is a sign that the dam is beginning to burst. James Bamford wrote a damning article in Rolling Stone Magazine entitled:

The Man Who Sold the War
Meet John Rendon, Bush's general in the propaganda war
(Here's an excerpt)

Three weeks after the September 11th attacks, according to documents obtained from defense sources, the Pentagon awarded a large contract to the Rendon Group. Around the same time, Pentagon officials also set up a highly secret organization called the Office of Strategic Influence. Part of the OSI's mission was to conduct covert disinformation and deception operations -- planting false news items in the media and hiding their origins. "It's sometimes valuable from a military standpoint to be able to engage in deception with respect to future anticipated plans," Vice President Dick Cheney said in explaining the operation. Even the military's top brass found the clandestine unit unnerving. "When I get their briefings, it's scary," a senior official said at the time.

In February 2002, The New York Times reported that the Pentagon had hired Rendon "to help the new office," a charge Rendon denies. "We had nothing to do with that," he says. "We were not in their reporting chain. We were reporting directly to the J-3" -- the head of operations at the Joint Chiefs of Staff. Following the leak, Rumsfeld was forced to shut down the organization. But much of the office's operations were apparently shifted to another unit, deeper in the Pentagon's bureaucracy, called the Information Operations Task Force, and Rendon was closely connected to this group. "Greg Newbold was the J-3 at the time, and we reported to him through the IOTF," Rendon says.

According to the Pentagon documents, the Rendon Group played a major role in the IOTF. The company was charged with creating an "Information War Room" to monitor worldwide news reports at lightning speed and respond almost instantly with counterpropaganda. A key weapon, according to the documents, was Rendon's "proprietary state-of-the-art news-wire collection system called 'Livewire,' which takes real-time news-wire reports, as they are filed, before they are on the Internet, before CNN can read them on the air and twenty-four hours before they appear in the morning newspapers, and sorts them by keyword. The system provides the most current real-time access to news and information available to private or public organizations."

The top target that the pentagon assigned to Rendon was the Al-Jazeera television network. The contract called for the Rendon Group to undertake a massive "media mapping" campaign against the news organization, which the Pentagon considered "critical to U.S. objectives in the War on Terrorism." According to the contract, Rendon would provide a "detailed content analysis of the station's daily broadcast . . . [and] identify the biases of specific journalists and potentially obtain an understanding of their allegiances, including the possibility of specific relationships and sponsorships."

The secret targeting of foreign journalists may have had a sinister purpose. Among the missions proposed for the Pentagon's Office of Strategic Influence was one to "coerce" foreign journalists and plant false information overseas. Secret briefing papers also said the office should find ways to "punish" those who convey the "wrong message." One senior officer told CNN that the plan would "formalize government deception, dishonesty and misinformation."

According to the Pentagon documents, Rendon would use his media analysis to conduct a worldwide propaganda campaign, deploying teams of information warriors to allied nations to assist them "in developing and delivering specific messages to the local population, combatants, front-line states, the media and the international community." Among the places Rendon's info-war teams would be sent were Jakarta, Indonesia; Islamabad, Pakistan; Riyadh, Saudi Arabia; Cairo; Ankara, Turkey; and Tashkent, Uzbekistan. The teams would produce and script television news segments "built around themes and story lines supportive of U.S. policy objectives."

Rendon was also charged with engaging in "military deception" online -- an activity once assigned to the OSI. The company was contracted to monitor Internet chat rooms in both English and Arabic -- and "participate in these chat rooms when/if tasked." Rendon would also create a Web site "with regular news summaries and feature articles. Targeted at the global public, in English and at least four (4) additional languages, this activity also will include an extensive e-mail push operation." These techniques are commonly used to plant a variety of propaganda, including false information.

Still another newly formed propaganda operation in which Rendon played a major part was the Office of Global Communications, which operated out of the White House and was charged with spreading the administration's message on the War in Iraq. Every morning at 9:30, Rendon took part in the White House OGC conference call, where officials would discuss the theme of the day and who would deliver it. The office also worked closely with the White House Iraq Group, whose high-level members, including recently indicted Cheney chief of staff Lewis Libby, were responsible for selling the war to the American public.

Never before in history had such an extensive secret network been established to shape the entire world's perception of a war. "It was not just bad intelligence -- it was an orchestrated effort," says Sam Gardner, a retired Air Force colonel who has taught strategy and military operations at the National War College. "It began before the war, was a major effort during the war and continues as post-conflict distortions."

In the first weeks following the September 11th attacks, Rendon operated at a frantic pitch. "In the early stages it was fielding every ground ball that was coming, because nobody was sure if we were ever going to be attacked again," he says. "It was 'What do you know about this, what do you know about that, what else can you get, can you talk to somebody over here?' We functioned twenty-four hours a day. We maintained situational awareness, in military terms, on all things related to terrorism. We were doing 195 newspapers and 43 countries in fourteen or fifteen languages. If you do this correctly, I can tell you what's on the evening news tonight in a country before it happens. I can give you, as a policymaker, a six-hour break on how you can affect what's going to be on the news. They'll take that in a heartbeat."

The Bush administration took everything Rendon had to offer. Between 2000 and 2004, Pentagon documents show, the Rendon Group received at least thirty-five contracts with the Defense Department, worth a total of $50 million to $100 million.

Bamford spoke at the McKinney hearings and wrote "A Pretext for War: 9/11, Iraq, and the Abuse of America's Intelligence Agencies" (2004), and "Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency" (2001) which detailed the infamous "Operation Northwoods."

Note the dates, it is clear that Rendon was working before 9/11 and switched into high gear immediately following the attacks, not waiting for another contract three weeks later...

I haven't read his new book, but I don't think, despite all of his knowledge that he supports the MIHOP thesis. Actually he says that the US was clueless and had no foreknowledge of 9-11 in an interview with Kevin Zeese. The guy is a mystery to me- he is either the ultimate in "damage control" or simply acting stupid to feed out the most damning bits of information which he allows other people to analyze. He did conclude his interview with these statements-

Bamford: It would seem logical that if Bill Clinton could be subject to impeachment for an alleged deception over a minor consensual sexual affair, George W. Bush should be subject to the same treatment for launching a deadly and seemingly endless war based on lies, distortions and deceptions. If that doesn't qualify as a "high crime" I don't think anything does. The key problem is massive public apathy and extremely poor press coverage. I think the only way to prevent such wars in the future would be to make every citizen an equal shareholder in the war - not just the families of the 140,000 troops currently in Iraq. This would require legislation mandating a draft... In this way, nearly every citizen would have both a personal and financial stake in a war. If such were the case today, we would not be in this situation - and if we were, there would certainly be calls for impeachment.

I was thrilled that Bill Steigerwald of the Pittsburgh Tribune-Review wrote a decent article on Steven E. Jones entitled Jonesing on conspiracy theories and I wrote him a thank-you note, asking for his address, so that I could send him a review copy of our new DVD- Behind Every Terrorist- There is a BUsh. He sent me his adress and added- "thanks for the note. from other emails i got, i guess the mere fact i didnt trash the theories makes me a msm hero. i dont know what happened."

It's a lot of work, but we need to continue to BECOME the media and broadcast the truth, and organize, more and more people to champion truth, peace, justice, and to challenge the criminals that terrorize and plunder the world for their own benefit.

November 18, 2005

We had a good, productive meeting in Oakland last night with quite a few new faces, Jim Hoffman made a cameo appearance and let us know that traffic to his website has grown astronomically since Professor Jones made the news in Utah. We spent an hour figuring out the parameters of our upcoming event December 3rd and 4th at the San Francisco War Memorial Building. We've been so busy tabling, that we really never had a chance to define it until last night. Many people had some good ideas, and we still need to make some phone- calls before we can post announcements, make flyers, and figure out the precise schedule; I believe the" voted on name for the event" was something like 9-11 Truth Festival and Strategy Conference. We'll show films, have presentations, and celebrate on Saturday. Sunday we will brainstorm, access precisely where we are, strategize on short, medium, long term goals, and along with a media plan; we're hoping to get Patrick Reinsborough from the Smart-Meme Project to lead the Media Workshop. The events will be open to the public, but we also are going to try to invite some key people who we would like to work with more in the future.

We have one more organizing meeting just a couple days before our event.

Gabriel, Christian and I worked today to improve our database, communications, and brainstorm more on next year's local, national, international organizing efforts. There are plenty of volunteer opportunities for people willing to do the work. Gabriel is focusing on networking nationally, and I am more focused on our local efforts and media, Christian has the technical skills to improve our communications and efficiency in outreach, but there is a ton of paperwork, data entry, computer work for all of us to do.

Kevin Barrett (MUJCA-NET:http://mujca.com) wrote a very interesting review of a new book- Reality, Truth and Evil: Facts, questions and perspectives on September 11th, 2001. By T.H. Meyer. Trowbridge, Wilts., UK: Temple Lodge Press, 2005. Translated from the German by Matthew Barton.


In Reality, Truth and Evil, T.H. Meyer offers a profound philosophical, historical and spiritual meditation on the meaning of the events of 9/11. Meyer’s touchstone is the Pearl Harbor attack that catapulted the US into World War II, which he argues convincingly was set up by the Roosevelt administration. Meyer’s book takes up where David Griffin’s “New Pearl Harbor” metaphor leaves off, discussing the abundant evidence that the architects of the 9/11 attacks consciously crafted those attacks to create the kind of war-triggering psychic shock that, on December 7th 1941, took a public that had been 80% antiwar and turned it into a bloodthirsty patriotic mob bent on racist revenge against that pernicious racial inferior, the “Jap”—a precursor to the demonized Arab/Muslim Other who, according the Bush Administration, may be tortured, sexually abused, murdered, kidnapped, or “disappeared” into secret CIA torture gulags for little reason beyond ethnicity and religion.

Was 9/11 designed using the Pearl Harbor template? In answering with a resounding “yes,” Meyer covers the well-known quotes from National Security Advisor Brzezinski and the neocon Project for a New American Century showing that top US foreign policy strategists longed for a “New Pearl Harbor” during the run-up to 9/11. The 9/11 psych-war operation was prepared with the help of Hollywood, which cranked out a barrage of patriotic, militaristic, apocalyptic films to prepare the public for 9/11, including of course the blockbuster Pearl Harbor. (It would be interesting to see whose idea that movie was, and who put up the $135 million it cost to make: http://www.hollywood.com/news/detail/id/311906.) Despite the fact that Roosevelt had perniciously slaughtered thousands of Americans on 12/7/41 to lie the nation into war, “All that mattered was that the myth should be effective amongst the populace, who had been reminded of it only a few months before the attacks by a sentimental Hollywood film. But to those in the know (i.e. those who had proper information about the facts [of the Pearl Harbor deception]) this official comparison actually provided the real key to understanding the attacks of 2001” (p. 5).

Meyer, like Griffin and others, points out that George W. Bush was reported to have penned an enigmatic diary entry on the evening of 9/11/01: “The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today.” Egged on by cues like these, the US corporate media endlessly compared the 9/11 attacks to the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. Time Magazine, in its special September, 2001 issue, resoundingly called for a response to 9/11 modeled on the US public’s response to Pearl Harbor: “What’s needed is a unified, unifying, Pearl Harbor sort of purple American fury—a ruthless indignation that doesn’t leak away in a week or two.”

Meyer goes beyond the above observations, cited earlier by Griffin and others, in calling attention to Donald Rumsfeld’s bizarre Pearl-Harbor-propaganda campaign that had begun even before the Bush Administration took office. Rumsfeld spent 2000 and 2001 carrying around extra copies of Roberta Wohlstetter’s Pearl Harbor: Warning and Decision, praising the book to the skies, and offering free copies to all and sundry. Wohlstetter’s book, while it ostensibly supports the official myth that Pearl Harbor was a perfidious surprise attack, includes enough information to the contrary to enlighten the discerning reader to the unspeakable but implicitly acknowledged truth: The Roosevelt Administration provoked the attacks, knew they were coming, and left thousands of sailors in harm’s way as an offering to the gods of war. Wohlstetter’s book is a perfect illustration of neocon doublespeak: Tell a vivid, simplistic, emotionally-charged lie to the masses (“Perfidious surprise attack! Heroic purple-fury response!”) yet include as a subtle subtext the unspeakable truth that only the elite are smart enough to discern and strong enough to handle: “Roosevelt sacrificed thousands of American lives to the greater good of getting the US into the war.”

Rumsfeld wasn’t the only 9/11 suspect hyping Wohlstetter’s doublespeak. 9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer cited it at the Commission’s very first public hearing: “It (Pearl Harbor—and by implication 9/11) was just a dramatic failure of a remarkably well-informed government to call the next enemy move in a Cold War crisis...Today it might be some of the same words. It wasn’t a Cold War crisis and it wasn’t the Japanese, but it was al Qaeda.” Commission Chair Thomas Kean and his fellow Commissioner, CIA drug runner Barry Seal’s lawyer Richard Ben-Veniste “also drew on this deceptive comparison with Pearl Harbor” (7).

Meyer shows that FDR and his brain trust were not surprised or upset after Pearl Harbor, but—like the Bush Administration and the CIA after 9/11—reacted as if they were overjoyed and relieved. The Bush/CIA party commemorating (celebrating?) the 9/11 attacks was apparently a cheerful affair: “At CIA headquarters in Langley, Bush junior celebrated a kind of promotional party just two weeks after the attacks, assuring the assembled CIA officials (including their boss George Tenet): ‘September 11th is a sad memory, but it’s a memory...And I can’t thank you enough on behalf of the American people” (24). The official White House website story (p. 57) has to be seen to be believed:

September 26th, 2001
President Thanks CIA
Remarks by the President to Employees of the CIA
Langley, Virginia
1:23 PM EDT

THE PRESIDENT: Thank you all very much. Well, George (Tenet), thank you very much, and thanks for inviting me back. (Laughter.) There is no question that I am in the hall of patriots, and I’ve come to say a couple of things to you. First, thank you for your hard work. You know, George and I have been spending a lot of quality time together. (Laughter.) There’s a reason. I’ve got a lot of confidence in him, and I’ve got a lot of confidence in the CIA. (Applause.) And so should America.

Meyer is to be congratulated for calling attention to the Bush-CIA celebration of the 9/11 attacks. But that isn’t the only evidence that Bush and top CIA officials were overjoyed, not disturbed, by 9/11. Griffin notes Rumsfeld’s unseemly crowing and military-moneygrubbing on the evening of 9/11 itself (The New Pearl Harbor, 99-100). But it gets worse. The preface of veteran Middle East CIA agent Robert Baer's 2002 book See No Evil ends on an astonishing note: "The other day a reporter friend told me that one of the highest-ranking CIA officials had said to him, off the record, that when the dust finally clears, Americans will see that September 11 was a triumph for the intelligence community, not a failure." And in the October 6th, 2005 New York Times, a ex-top CIA official claims that the intelligence community's handling of 9/11 was not a failure, but something "good, positive, extraordinary.” See: http://mujca.com/orwell.htm

Meyer’s argument that 9/11 was modeled after Pearl Harbor is convincing, and his discussion of the historical evidence is concise and compelling. But his real contribution is to sort through the thorny moral and spiritual issues posed by the 9/11-Pearl Harbor comparison. Many American 9/11 truth activists have argued that the Reichstag Fire is a better metaphor than Pearl Harbor, in part because everyone agrees that Nazism and the Reichstag Fire were heinous—while many argue that even if Roosevelt lied the US into World War II, and sacrificed thousands of Americans at Pearl Harbor to do it, his act was justified by the greater good of defeating Nazism.

Meyer points out that lies, even apparent “political white lies” like FDR’s Pearl Harbor deception, are spiritually pernicious: “...Anyone who has taken even the first faltering steps in learning the ABC of spiritual science is aware that every lie is a murder at the level of soul” (49). FDR, then, was not Hitler’s antagonist, but his soulmate, his partner in unspeakable evil, big lies, and mass murder. The evil of Hitler’s holocaust—which was not opposed by the allies, who chose not to bomb the railroads leading to the camps—was echoed by the murderous intentional firebombing of German and Japanese civilians, the use of nuclear weapons on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and the endless list of crimes against humanity of the US National Security State, which was built upon the smoking ruins of Pearl Harbor. In short, the big lie of Pearl Harbor only seemed to work; its deadly effects have been poisoning American life, and the life of the world, ever since the day of infamy.

Meyer calls us back to the eternal wisdom of the perennial philosophy, echoed in every major religious tradition, that truth is the supreme good, and lies the supreme evil—though the evil of the lie can never really be supreme in the sense that truth is supreme, for truth and eternity are identical, whereas lies are temporal ephemera doomed to dissipate with the passage of time and rebound against their perpetrators. But a lie that takes on the aura of truth, and becomes an unquestionable sacred myth, can have horrifically destructive effects—as have the big lies of Pearl Harbor and 9/11. Such lies prevent people from thinking clearly—prevent them from thinking at all, in fact. They produce a harmful miasma that is as harmful to spiritual and psychic health as radioactive smog is to physical health. Meyer is a student of the mystic Rudolph Steiner, whose words spoken on April 4th 1916 now seem chillingly prophetic: “Shortly after the year 2000 a kind of indirect prohibition on thinking will emanate from America, a law which will aim to suppress all individual thought” (16). The suppression of individual thought in America, the land of creative individualism, would indeed be a planetary catastrophe. Such observations show why the 9/11 covert operation was perhaps the worst crime against humanity ever perpetrated. The gravity of the crime stems not from the scale of the carnage—less than 3000 were killed, compared to millions in other holocausts—but from the scale of the lie, which may, unless quickly exposed, quite literally lead to the destruction of the world.

Along with his profound meditation on truth and lies, Meyer offers an interesting Hegelian analysis of the power-machinations behind 9/11. He argues that Anglo-American policymakers, like the Nazis whom they helped bring to power, intentionally create conflicts in order to gain power for egotistical ends. The Hegelian dialectic, Meyer argues, is supposed to be about conflict-resolution, not conflict-creation. Spiritual development involves confrontations between opposing forces and finding creative, uplifting ways to reconcile them or otherwise achieve harmony. The Anglo-American power elite, he argues, has taken a “satanic” turn by trying to create or amplify unnecessary conflicts in order to reap a harvest of power. Thus they built up Hitler, the “Communist threat,” and now the “Islamic terrorist threat” in order to seize the world’s resources and build a despotic global regime under the aegis of the New World Order—an expression first use by Bush the Elder on September 11th, 1990!

As a Muslim with an interest in comparative mysticism, I find Meyer’s analysis provocative, insightful, and accurate. His emphasis on truth, and abhorrence of lies, parallels the implications of the name al-Haqq, “Truth” or “Reality,” which is one of the very highest names of God in Islamic tradition. And his Hegelian road-map to the current spiritual conflict makes sense to those of us who are trying to resolve apparently clashing opposites—such as the Muslim, Jewish and Christian faiths post-9/11—in order to help clear the toxic fog of lies and raise humanity to a higher spiritual state.

Jimmy Walters is organizing a major 9-11 event in Florida on the upcoming Day of Infamy:

The New Pearl Harbor-Confronting the Evidence A Real Investigation into What Happened on 9/11 Dec. 7, videos screened on Dec. 8

Who: Host Jimmy Walter, Morgan Reynolds, Dave Von Kleist, William Rodriguez, Joyce Riley and Eric Hufschmid and David Ray Griffin in Video

What: Vice President Dick Cheney and 24 other Bush officials and friends signed a call for a "New Pearl Harbor" as an excuse to invade Iraq in 1998. They said it would take "some catastrophic and catalyzing event, like a new Pearl Harbor." to convince the American People that we must invade Iraq to "project American Military Power". Time magazine called for "a unified Pearl Harbor sort of purple American fury." Jimmy Walter said, "September 11, 2001 will live in infamy as the day the US military failed to protect even itself, the Pentagon, and that Terrorists, whether they are inside or outside of the government have triumphed over American Freedoms! We must not let that victory stand! We must bring the real terrorists to justice by confronting the evidence!"

This is a real investigation about 1/ Why they ignored warning signs about terrorist attacks 2. Why they leak classified information to the media 3. Why they lied under oath and obstructed justice in an investigation about national security violations 4. Why they sent our country into war without an exit strategy and without a good reason 5. Why they created massive deficits while only cutting spending on social programs and veteran benefits 6. Why they filled vital government positions with political cronies, leading to death and disaster.

Where: Tampa Theater

711 Franklin Street
Tampa, Florida, 33602
For Reservations, call: 813 274 8286

November 17, 2005

I was tempted to write an article entitled:

Civil Discourse or Civil War?

The recent ruminations on the part of Tucker Carlson, who believes that those questioning the official 9-11 narrative should leave the country, and Bill O'Reilly, who would like Al Qaeda to take out San Francisco, makes me wonder whether the country is being deliberately set-up for civil war.

When my political awakening ocurred, back in 1992, I couldn't help but think that they greatest threat to the "dominant paradigm/system" was an informed American public. The dumbing down of the public through an increasingly bad public educational system, the consolidation of the media into fewer and fewer corporate hands, with stronger and stronger ties to the CIA/military, and the general looting of the country, destruction of the manufacturing industries, and outsourcing of jobs to Third World countries, have all served to impoverish, destroy, intimidate the middle class. A frightened population, living on the edge, doesn't have the time nor resources to seriously challenge the "status quo"or look beneath the surface when bombarded endlessly with propaganda.

Besides dividing the country by race, by sex, by income, there is also a deliberate effort to divide the country into "Right" and "Left." The spin is so intense that, in general, one side completely dismisses the other side as being "nuts" or "crazy" or "lying puppets of some evil controlling entity"- either the UN, Israel, the Rockefellers, the Neo- Cons or the Liberals. Obnoxious as Tucker Carlson and Bill O'Reilly may be, the Left have their own obnoxious spokespeople on Air America who can be just as nasty, violent, self-righteous, and spouting off half truths and hollow sounding indictments of their right-wing counterparts.

So anything "extreme" or "radical" or outside the boundaries of polite discourse is summarily dismissed, regardless of its truth or validity.

Well intentioned progressives have told me repeatedly that it is not "strategic" to challenge 9-11, the firmly established narrative that the population, as a whole, has swallowed, hook, line and sinker. To challenge the official story, one inevitably challenges most peoples' worldview, and one's credibility sinks to zero, and no one will believe anything you have to say.

In the build-up to the Iraq War, the Left was intently trying to sell "Let the Sanctions Work" "Let the UN Decide." Their anti-war banner was tacked onto the UN train, and the sad choices for the American people were "US Brand Fascism under Bush" or "UN Brand Fascism Under the Security Council," poor Iraq was doomed either way, as was Afghanistan, by then- forgotten, looted, destroyed, divied up by International Coalitions securing their piece of the heroin/oil/geostrategic pie.

The reason civil discourse reigned during the Presidential debates, was because the Green Party and those raising real issues were kept out of the debate, confined to the streets, or worse to the protest pens, far from the eyes of the media, and marginalized, at best. Kerry and Bush agreed to not disagree on anything of importance, including war policy. The whole thing was a charade, which Kerry didn't even bother to challenge when the blatant frauds were employed to guarantee a Bush victory despite majority opposition.

The foundation of the Bush Administration is crumbling fast and threatening all the major institutions, as well, including the press, who has been caught selling the lies that led to the wars which the public is finally beginning to oppose. The spin meisters are working overtime to do damage-control, and limit the scandals to the Plame link, or the WMD lies that led to the Iraq War, or the 9-11 Commission. Huh? The 9-11 Commission? Now the 9-11 Commission is being challenged by Louis Freeh, ex FBI Director, sort of like "the pot" calling the kettle "black."

Cheney and Bush loudly defend their lies, with more lies, and Cheney still pushes for the right to torture. Meanwhile, the documentation on just who orchestrated and profited from the "War on Terrorism" is coming out in

Grand Theft Pentagon
Tales of Corruption and Profiteering in the War on Terror
by Jeffrey St. Clair, which details how the Bush Administration-
"hired a team of marketing and PR executives to sell their fraudulent war claims to a panic--striken public, a complicit congress engorged with arms PAC money and a gullible national press corps... scathing portraits of the enablers of this corrupt system---- from George Bush and Donald Rumsfeld, to Senators Ted Stevens and the pseudo--maverick John McCain---- and the war profiteers themselves, from DynCorp and Lockheed to the devious machinations of the RAND, Corp and Magnequench, the missile company that outsourced its work to China."

Obvious and bad, as it sounds. I don't think the press is truly that "gullible." Looking at the larger picture, the strings are being pulled by those who stand to profit tremendously by pulling the plug on the US. Chaos, civil war, riots, like the recent ones in France and Europe, or perhaps a pandemic, artificially created and hyped by the press to perform surgical strikes on the most vocal, adversary parts of the country that stand in the way of unbridled corporate capitalism, could be fanned by the molders and manipulaters of the "public mind."

The War on Terrorism needs to be understood, as not simply a "false flag operation" designed to get American support for the wars on Afghanistan, Iraq, the world, but a war embraced by multiple countries who used it to legitimize their own police states, the relabeling of any opposition to government or corporate rule as "domestic terrorists." The "War on Terrorism" was a desperate attempt on the part of a global elite, to protect themselves from the righteous wrath of the global majority who reject policies which destroy and impoverish the planet and people for the benefit of the very rich.

We are witnessing the squabbling amongst elite, now, choosing which strategy would work best to placate the masses, and maintain their own position, in an increasingly unstable political environment. Questions are being asked about the desirability of the next 9-11, or whether a bioterrorist or natural disaster will serve better to occupy and distract the public mind.

As the credibility of the White House diminishes, people will seek "new leaders" whom they can trust. Will the void be filled with political hacks capitalizing on the shifting tide, or those who go deeper, beyond the surface lies, and expose the systemic faults, and systemic changes that are needed to bring us back from the abyss, and point us in a direction of hope for our country, our species, the world.

My hope is that there will be a sea of people like Steve E. Jones who will rise up to challenge the Big Lie, and that there will be a sea of folks, rising up to run for office in 2006under the Green Party/Independent/or other banner to challenge the false "National Security State" legislature, the PATRIOT Act, the legitimacy of the current occupants of the White House, that will be committed to exposing the Big Lies, impeaching the criminals in office, ending the imperial wars, redirecting resources from killing and controlling people, to healing and helping people and planet. I think enough people are awakened and outraged by what is happening to realize that "leadership" sometimes means "doing something brave, risky, for the benefit of all- because if you don't, no one else will dare to do so." Everyone is hungry for honest, fearless, people with integrity who can voice the truth, and unite 99% of the population in recognizing and overcoming that corrupt, criminal element that threatens the health and well being of the rest of us.

Our best hope lies in enlightening people, empowering people, as soon as possible, every voice for truth matters.

November 15, 2005

There has been a flurry of video postings on 9-11 lately.

Tucker Carlson Interviewed Prof. Jones: http://911blogger.powermediahost.com/videos/msnbc_jones_384.wmv

Short, powerful, "Ask Questions, Demand Answers video with music by Immortal Technique http://media.putfile.com/Ask-Questions-Demand-Answers74

Rep. Weldon Alleges Massive 'Cover-up' of Pre-9/11 Intel
Pentagon's 'Able Danger' could have prevented USS Cole bombing and 9/11
CNN Reports on Weldon's Claim: 'Most Important Story of Our Lifetime' http://www.bradblog.com/archives/00001997.htm

Unfortunately, the sound is out on this computer, so I can't "hear these" or judge how good they are. I have been so busy that I haven't had time to write much, although I did some email interviews.

Barrie Zwicker's article Was Guy Fawkes just a victim of an earlier WMD scheme? was posted in the Toronto Globe and Mail.

I have been in conversation with Ian Henshall, author of the controversial 9-11 Revealed, and just sent him a DVD of Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush, in hopes that improved communications between the UK and the US might help the 9-11 Truth Movement. I should have sent one to Ireland, too- for the big 9-11 Conference that took place last Saturday on the 12th, but I wasn't sure if our DVD would play in the UK, and just got caught up in local organizing.

There are an infinite number of things one could do. The other night, I received a call from a guy in San Francisco, who first confessed that he was computer illiterate, but that he had a great idea, "To contact all the advertisers who sponsored the Bill O'Reilly Show (who recently offered SF as target practice for Al Qaeda, saying the US would be better off without it) and voice their opposition to O'Reilly." I told him that it was a great idea, but that our problem wasn't lack of great ideas, just lack of time to carry out all of our own great ideas. I could be on the internet 24 hours a day, but I have a life, a family, things to do, never enough time to catch up with my own website, let alone rally folks to lobby various other entities for various other reasons. I do encourage other people to get involved and active, but most importantly, to access their own skills, talents and abilities, and do what they think they could do most effectively.

November 11, 2005

Y. professor thinks bombs, not planes, toppled WTC By Elaine Jarvik, appeared in the Deseret Morning News, yesterday.

Why Indeed Did the WTC Buildings Collapse? Steven E. Jones, Department of Physics and Astronomy, Brigham Young University, is a lengthy article challenging the official narrative and calling for a release by NIST of "the 6,899 photographs and over 300 hours of video recordings – acquired mostly by private parties – which it admits to holding (NIST, 2005, p. 81). In particular, photos and analyses of the molten metal (probably not molten steel) observed in the basements of both Towers and WTC7 need to be brought forth to the international community of scientists and engineers immediately. Therefore, along with others, I call for the release of these and all relevant data for scrutiny by a cross-disciplinary, international team of researchers. The explosive-demolition hypothesis will be considered: all options will be on the table."

Maybe we can get Jones to come out here for an event with William Rodriguez, Ellen Mariani and others. I did get a phone call from Ellen, yesterday. William Rodriguez is supposed to be getting married today. In December, they both would like to travel and speak to people, particularly at colleges and universities.

We have been so busy, tabling, at so many events over the past few weeks, that we haven't had time to put our heads together, strategize, and organize. We are in the process of getting rooms at the War Memorial Building, December 3rd and 4th for some serious thinking, strategizing and celebrating. In the article about Jones, The Deseret News mentions that it was just a passing remark which sparked his examination of the events on 9-11. If people began to realize how powerful they were, and how powerful the truth is, we could change the entire country, almost overnight, in a magically, nonviolent way. It is happening gradually, every person who shows courage and speaks truth makes it just a little bit easier for the next person to do so.

November 10, 2005- 10 PM

Christian Pecaut joined me tabling at De Anza, today, for the War Crimes Tribunal, a very good event. I just wish we could have stayed for the protest, but I had to get home to feed my kids. Just received a stunning email-

GOP memo touts new terror attack as way to reverse party's decline,
by Doug Thompson, Publisher, Capitol Hill Blue
Nov 10, 2005, 06:19
A confidential memo circulating among senior Republican leaders suggests that a new attack by terrorists on U.S. soil could reverse the sagging fortunes of President George W. Bush as well as the GOP and "restore his image as a leader of the American people."

The closely-guarded memo lays out a list of scenarios to bring the Republican party back from the political brink, including a devastating attack by terrorists that could “validate” the President’s war on terror and allow Bush to “unite the country” in a “time of national shock and sorrow.”

The memo says such a reversal in the President's fortunes could keep the party from losing control of Congress in the 2006 midterm elections.

GOP insiders who have seen the memo admit it’s a risky strategy and point out that such scenarios are “blue sky thinking” that often occurs in political planning sessions.

“The President’s popularity was at an all-time high following the 9/11 attacks,” admits one aide. “Americans band together at a time of crisis.”

Other Republicans, however, worry that such a scenario carries high risk, pointing out that an attack might suggest the President has not done enough to protect the country.

“We also have to face the fact that many Americans no longer trust the President,” says a longtime GOP strategist. “That makes it harder for him to become a rallying point.”

The memo outlines other scenarios, including:

--Capture of Osama bin Laden (or proof that he is dead);

--A drastic turnaround in the economy;

--A "successful resolution" of the Iraq war.

GOP memos no longer talk of “victory” in Iraq but use the term “successful resolution.”

“A successful resolution would be us getting out intact and civil war not breaking out until after the midterm elections,” says one insider.

The memo circulates as Tuesday’s disastrous election defeats have left an already dysfunctional White House in chaos, West Wing insiders say, with shouting matches commonplace and the blame game escalating into open warfare.

“This place is like a high-school football locker room after the team lost the big game,” grumbles one Bush administration aide. “Everybody’s pissed and pointing the finger at blame at everybody else.”

Republican gubernatorial losses in Virginia and New Jersey deepened rifts between the Bush administration and Republicans who find the President radioactive. Arguments over whether or not the President should make a last-minute appearance in Virginia to try and help the sagging campaign fortunes of GOP candidate Jerry Kilgore raged until the minute Bush arrived at the rally in Richmond Monday night.

“Cooler heads tried to prevail,” one aide says. “Most knew an appearance by the President would hurt Kilgore rather than help him but (Karl) Rove rammed it through, convincing Bush that he had enough popularity left to make a difference.”

Bush didn’t have any popularity left. Overnight tracking polls showed Kilgore dropped three percentage points after the President’s appearance and Democrat Tim Kaine won on Tuesday.

Conservative Pennsylvania Republican Senator Rick Santorum told radio talk show host Don Imus Wednesday that he does not want the President's help and will stay away from a Bush rally in his state on Friday.

The losses in Virginia and New Jersey, coupled with a resounding defeat of ballot initiatives backed by GOP governor Arnold Schwarzenegger in California have set off alarm klaxons throughout the demoralized Republican party. Pollsters privately tell GOP leaders that unless they stop the slide they could easily lose control of the House in the 2006 midterm elections and may lose the Senate as well.

“In 30 years of sampling public opinion, I’ve never seen such a freefall in public support,” admits one GOP pollster.

Democratic pollster Geoffrey Garin says the usual tricks tried by Republicans no longer work.

"None of their old tricks worked," he says.

Rep. Thomas M. Davis III (R-Va.) admits the GOP is a party mired in its rural base in a country that's becoming less and less rural.

"You play to your rural base, you pay a price," he says. "Our issues blew up in our face."

As Republican political strategists scramble to find a message – any message – that will ring true with voters, GOP leaders in Congress admit privately that control of their party by right-wing extremists makes their recovery all but impossible.

“We’ve made our bed with these people,” admits an aide to House Speaker Denny Hastert. “Now it’s the morning after and the hangover hurts like hell.”

© Copyright 2005 by Capitol Hill Blue

Original article posted at - http://www.capitolhillblue.com/artman/publish/article_7639.shtml

While I am not entirely shocked by the content of the memo- I am stunned that it appeared in print, on a website, for all the world to see. I suspect that the reason it was printed was to "prevent" another 9-11 attack from being orchestrated. Each time we are convinced that they are going to try to pull another one- we make as much noise as possible, although lately, I haven't bothered- since I've just been too busy to monitor their activities, and I don't believe that 'panic" is a particularly healthy state to operate in. I do hope that out of fear, panic or desperation that they don't try another 9-11, as a last ditch attempt to cling to power, but it remains a possibility. I suppose that is why the high profile activists are still too scared to speak about 9-11.

At the close of today's Tribunal, Christian Pecaut asked the panelists about Colin Powell's statement in September 2001, when he assured everyone that Bin Laden and Al Qaeda were responsible for 9-11 and promised a white paper on the topic. The White Paper never materialized and the Cover-Up Commission hardly clarified the real responsibility for the events of that day, nor who benefited the most from the attacks. Powell was key to perpetuating one of the biggest Lies/Frauds ever upon the world, the pretext for the bogus "War on Terrorism," used also to pursue a war on the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, Afghanistan, Iraq... Christian asked the panelists if any of them believed Powell's claim that Al Qaeda and Bin Laden were solely responsible for 9-11. Only one panelist responded, off mike, saying "Al C.I.A. Duh."

Let's just hope enough Americans realize or suspect the truth, so that the failing regime doesn't even dare to try it again.

November 10, 2005

As I was updating the Indymedia calendar yesterday, posting "The Listening Project," I received a call from the organizer of the De Anza College Social Justice group who was organizing the Military Families Speak-Out and the War Crime Tribunals and Protests Against Colin Powell, he invited me to table at the event. I hurriedly tossed a few things in the car and went to De Anza, instead of Lytton Plaza. I saw many old friends, met Cindy Sheehan, spoke with a reporter from the San Jose Mercury News; there were quite a few members of the press present. The public was very appreciative of the Deception Dollars, bumper stickers, buttons, materials that I brought (including all the cookies and spinach/cheese rolls that I had baked and usually bring with me to The Listening Project.) I'll return to De Anza today for the War Crimes Tribunal.

So much tabling has kept me away from my family, this week Daniel played the tuba for the first time in concert. Jeremy's play (he's worked hard on the stage)- Metamorphosis is opening at Gunn. Jean-Luc and I had season tickets to the Theater last night, and I think I'll go backpacking with the Boy Scouts this weekend (missing Jeremy's big soccer tournament). It's a challenge to balance the family with my activism.

Jim Hoffman also posted a damning critique of Ian Henshall's new book- 9-11 Revealed.

Ken Jenkins responded with a more forgiving, "They made mistakes" tone...I wish I could find his exact words, but my entire IN box seems to be damaged and I've lost all my messages. It is always difficult to access who is "doing the best they can" and "who is deliberately trying to sabotage the 9-11 Truth Movement." I get high praise in some quarters and am thoroughly condemned in others; I make mistakes, who doesn't?

I do think that the truth will come out, but we are going to be attacked a lot as the facade crumbles and the crooks in power try to cling to some semblance of credibility.

November 7, 2005

I finally had a good night's sleep. I was so busy this past week that I had nightmares about organizing. With sick children, a sick husband, and feeling sick myself, on Wednesday, when I went to San Francisco, November 2nd for the Regime Change Now rally/march organized by the World Can't Wait group, this last week has been very demanding and stressful. Luckily the whole family is better today, on Friday/Saturday/Sunday I had to be in San Francisco to set up and help with our booth at the Green Festival. Thank God for all the wonderful committed volunteers and activists who helped with the set-up, passing out Deception Dollars to folks waiting in line, tending the booth, and breaking down. It really was a group effort. Gabriel Day, like Santa Claus, showed up with boxes of goodies- bumper stickers and buttons, more popular than candy and eaten up by the masses of people that poured through the Festival. It was great to see lots of old friends, and to make new connections with some amazing, wonderful people, and to actively get new members of the Northern california Truth Alliance involved with the direct public outreach. In our 10' by 10' booth, we did set up extra chairs so that people could sit and chat and socialize and catch up with the "real news." There is definitely a shift of consciousness; the tide has turned in our favor, and the public, for the most part, appreciates and supports our work. I hate paperwork/bookkeeping (probably because my mom was a bookkeeper and my dad was an accountant) and I can't say precisely how much money the group has spent on books/materials, how much we spent on the hard costs/taxes versus net profits, but generally we do very well tabling at rallies and 9-11 events. I was worried about the Green Festival because it was very expensive to be there- $700 plus I spent over $200 on a new bookcase and display cases, but we did take in $2700 in direct donations and for materials tabling at the 3 event- Chet Helms Memorial, the anti-war rally, and the Green Festival, which means that, when we hold our strategy meeting, we will have more resources at our disposal to carry our best ideas.

October 31, 2005, "Halloween"

A Trick or Treater just gave me a "high five" when, in addition to candy, I gave him a "Regime Change Now!" flyer about the November 2nd action with a couple of Deception Dollars, he was one of the tall "trick-or-treaters."

At Saturday night's Spiral Dance, we collectively casted a spell for the renewal of the Earth.

I feel so lucky to be here on the West Coast, where the Peace Movement is so strong, and it is relatively easy to be courageous and speak out. On Sunday at the Chet Helms Memorial Stomp, thousands of people filled Speedway meadows for a wonderful, fantastic, all day concert, a tribute to Chet, the Peace Movement, and the power of music. People were very receptive and supportive of our work. On the East Coast, yesterday, Janette premiered- Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush in New York (and the SF Inquiry documentary), and she also told her story. She said the audience loved the comedy, and it was healthy to get the serious New York crowd to laugh out loud together. I'm glad that it went very well- and they sold all the DVDs, too!

Tonight, in San Francisco at the Castro Halloween Street party- which is a huge event- (that I have never been to). The Twin Towers, and a Deception Dollar Pyramid are out on the streets with a flock of activists handing out Deception Dollars and doing street theater. Great is the power of Art, Music, Love, and Laughter. One indictment down, a regime to crumble...

I have been getting some e-mails, too from a group in LA, upset about the censorship of 9-11 on Pacifica (with the few exceptions when they are trying to raise money). Someone sent this story:

In the late 1960s, then-radical-leftist Ray Marcus approached Noam Chomsky with compelling evidence that JFK was murdered by a conspiracy. Ray lobbied Chomsky to mobilize the left to tackle this issue. Chomsky asked time to gather his radical friends for Ray to pitch them, and Ray did. One of Chomsky's inner circle was MIT philosopher Selwyn Bromberger, who told Ray after the meeting, "If they are strong enough to kill the President, and strong enough to cover it up, then they are too strong to confront directly ...If they feel sufficiently threatened, they may move to open totalitarian rule." (E. Martin Schotz, History Will Not Absolve Us, p. 250, Kurtz, Ulmer & Delucia, 1996). Schotz's book also documents the deliberate suppression of the JFK conspiracy by Izzy Stone, The Nation magazine, Ramparts, the ACLU's A.L. Wirin (who was later instrumental in steering Sirhan Sirhan into the hands of defense attorney Grant Cooper, who in turned had been blackmailed by the CIA and Justice Department, after being set up by mobster Johnny Roselli, to steer Sirhan to the death chamber), Arthur Schlesinger Jr., The New York Times, etc.

The reasons that most people deny domestic covert actions are primarily psychological, and only secondarily tactical or strategic, and are not primarily due to "funding" conflicts of interest, though these matter. I have been unable to persuade my best friend of nearly 40 years, and one of the original and much revered JFK researchers -- with whom I am in regular contact -- has been unable to persuade his spouse. I think that conservative churches have a more paranoid mistrustful view of government, and would be more open to the general idea, not of "conspiracy theory," but that the CIA and military, that used covert actions abroad, have now brought them home where they operate with impunity because they have the full cooperation and cover-up of the US media, which itself has the deepest of ties to the intelligence community. In many cases the media moguls are the intelligence community.

Our hope really lies in the "media revolution"- our new ability to communicate, bypassing the corporate press, and finding the courage to exercise the freedom that we do have. I think 9-11 is a litmus test for the so called "Left- Independent Press" to voice the truths which could bring the Empire to its knees, very quickly. The only thing to give them that courage is a large number of well informed people pressuring them to be honest and expose the basic facts. I think that is why they are working so hard to muddy the waters with slick disinformation campaigns to discredit, marginalize, drown out the very serious issues and facts that need to surface. It isn't just the media either, the spineless co-opted "Opposition Leaders," for the most part, continue to maintain the Big Lie, while criticizing everything else about the Bush Regime. Still, 2 + 2 = 4 and I think the truth will win, though how and when I don't know, so much depends on the courage of each individual, and how well we nurture one another and overcome the continual threats and fears being blasted our way.

Another friend sent me a copy of John Carroll's Column entitled "Dance of the Demons which I reccommend- it ends with-

''Wars generate their own momentum," Robert McNamara once wrote, ''and follow the law of unintended consequences." George W. Bush must be held accountable for the consequences of his fateful decisions, from the 2,000 dead Americans to the American embrace of torture to the igniting of a clash of civilizations. But the ease with which the United States embarked on Bush's unnecessary and illegal war -- with huge popular, political, and pundit support -- was evidence of an already established momentum that predated Bush, and even his father.

Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, Nixon, Carter, Reagan, and Clinton all kept the malevolent current flowing, if despite themselves. Bush simply stepped into it. An unprecedented American momentum toward war was unleashed in the 20th century, its destructive energy fueled by the heat of an unchecked nuclear arsenal. That momentum defines the nation now, and, for the first time in history, threatens the very earth. The principalities and powers are us. In the name of the fight against evil, good people established the ''sovereignty" of a militarized culture, laying bare the darkest mystery of all: What we construct to oppose evil involves us in it. Having armed evil with the nuclear bomb, we have made evil more sovereign than ever.

If only there were a devil to exorcise or a witch to burn. If only there were an axis of evil to oppose. Well, there is Saddam -- never mind that the crimes for which he is being tried drew winks from Washington. There is Iran with its blood curdling anti-Semitism -- never mind that its nuclear agenda is set by US policy. Like children reading costumes, we know the wicked from the good. We make our threats, seize our booty, and name the enemy, not thinking that we ourselves have become the world's. For America's children, this is play. For their nation, it is war. Trick or treat.

It's time to take off all the masks.

October 29, 2005

I posted Listen, Ring, Scream - 100,000 Bells Toll- pictures, and a write-up of our Wednesday event on the Indymedia site. Today we will incorporate the bell into the altar to the Victims of War in the annual Spiral Dance ritual. The first time I went to one was in October 2001, and it was a very moving experience, imagine over a thousand people dancing, singing, holding hands together. Starhawk, who leads it, also leads many of the major street actions against the IMF, WTO, World Bank, and I knew many of the participants from those actions, when we were surrounded by riot police- and survived. There is still fear over 9-11, but more and more, I believe we are winning over the activist community to the sobering truth that "9-11 was an Inside Job." They still aren't there, yet.

October 28, 2005

Late last night I received an email from John Leonard, publisher of Nafeez Ahmed's The War on Freedom and Webster Tarpley's 9-11 Synthetic Terror- Made in the USA proposing a World Peace Week... In John's words-

Saturday, Nov. 5th, is the 400th anniversary of Guy Fawkes Day and his notorious "Gunpowder Plot."

Yet it's still news to most people that Fawkes was not the real culprit - he was set up to be caught from the start.

The real "fox" was not Fawkes but the Lord Chancellor, who lured Guy and his gaggle of foolish "fowls" to try to blow up Parliament - and provoke the war on Spain which the power behind the throne wanted.

Nothing has changed since, with the lies about WMD that got the US and UK into Iraq.

A new website, www.peaceweek.net , says we can no longer ignore this old lesson - it needs to become widely known now to prevent even more dangerous phony wars.

First step is a campaign to name the week from Nov. 5th to Nov. 11th - Guy Fawkes Day to Veterans Day - as "National Peace Week," respectively "World Peace Week." The motto: "When we know more about war - We'll have no more wars."

At www.peaceweek.net , peace-lovers can personalize a Halloween, Guy Fawkes Day or World Peace e-greeting card or sign a petition.

The website includes a Media Center for adding events to the calendar, posting press releases and arranging interviews.

To reach participating authors or activists, please visit the website at www.peaceweek.net/media.html.

We can also celebrate Barrie Zwicker's birthday, and hopefully, an Op- Ed of his, on this topic, which should appear in a Canadian paper...

John has put together some good info on the "Gunpowder Plot"- I'll try to make a flyer about this to pass out this weekend, and we can open World Peace Week in San Francisco with the Green Festival...

I got a call this morning from a wonderful 9-11 Truth Activist in Iceland, Elias Davidsson, who certainly helped get this recent resolution passed -

The Congress of the Green-Left Party held in Reykjavik, 21-23 October 2005 calls on the Government of Iceland to produce the evidence on alleged responsibility of persons in Afghanistan for the terrorist acts of 11 September 2001, on which the Government based its support of the U.S. aggression and occupation of that country. The Congress urges the Parliamentary faction to act on this matter.

The Congress highlights that four years have passed since the commission of the terrorist acts of 11 September 2001, acts which shattered the world. These terrorists acts were crimes against humanity which were used by the governments of certain countries to initiate wars, increased surveillance of the population, to justify torture and greatly increase military expenditures.

The Congress wishes to convey its solidarity with the struggle of victims' families for the truth and supports the demand for an independent, international inquiry on these terrorist acts.

Elias has posted many articles on 9-11 at - http://www.aldeilis.net/aldeilis/content/section/10/107.

His own articles are posted at- http://www.aldeilis.net/aldeilis/content/view/542/206/.

I highly recommend

Participants in the Cover-Up of 9/11:
The Case of American and United Airlines
Elias Davidsson, 8 November 2004 (corrected on 4 May 2005, edited 8. Oct. 2005)
I had never read about this before, but it is pretty damning evidence of a deliberate cover-up on the part of the airlines and the FBI.

Maybe we should hold another International Inquiry, locally. I told Elias a bit about Mohammed the American" and found an October 7th, 2005 article- US PROVOCATEUR FOR AL-QAEDA FREED FOR NEW TERROR MISSION? which stated-

"This week, less than three months after he had Ali Mohammed released, GW Bush cited the Kenyan and Tanzanian embassy bombings (staged and provoked by Ali Mohammed) as one of Bush’s pretexts for a global war on terror."

If they are deliberately freeing "Ali Mohammed" with his track record, I think it is fairly clear that "Al Qaeda" is doing exactly what the global elite wish it to do- orchestrate "state sponsored terrorism" to justify the bogus "war on terrorism."

Frank Runninghorse suggested that this is something that we should do an action, rally, march, around- asking "Why, the heck, should the government release one of the "arch known terrorists" who was key to so many "Al Qaeda attacks" including the '93 WTC Attack, the African Embassy bombings, and 9-11! (Perhaps, like Bin Laden, he is no longer "of interest" to them...???!!!)

On November 18th, there will be thousands of people in Georgia protesting the School of the Americas- where so many of the torturers, human rights abusors, terrorists, really are trained by the US government, that might be a good day to do an action in solidarity and draw attention to "Ali Mohammed" and the role of the US government in training, financing, aiding, abetting, freeing and protecting terrorists. October 27, 2005

Yesterday, despite a light rain, I set up banners, table and a microphone in Lytton Plaza. Barbara Deutsch brought a little rug, a sign, and a beautiful bell for the bell ringing ritual. There were few people out because of the weather, but we were in good spirits. Chuck Millar came and Samina Faheem Sundas, Executive Director of American Muslim Voice, although she chose not to speak (probably because there wasn't a crowd or press.)

I had sent out a press release, but I didn't kill myself making phone calls, trying to get the press there.(I knew there were vigils taking place all over the Bay Area that day and had received a call from the San Jose Mercury News the day before, so I assume that the press knew what was up).

October 26th was the fourth Anniversary of the PATRIOT Act, and the fourth Anniversary of the Listening Project (well almost- the first day of the Listening Project fell on October 31, 2005- which was a Wednesday).

October 26th was the day when most peace groups did vigils for the 2000 American soldiers killed in Iraq.

October 26th was a day when bells rang for the 100,000 Iraqi civilians killed during the war and occupation.

October 26th was the 18th day since the most deadly earthquake in modern times hit Pakistan killing 100,000 and rendering 3,000,000 homeless.

Umair Khan wrote

Scream
Unmourned by the news media, unmarked by the world, Saturday October 22 was the two week anniversary of the 7.6 magnitude earthquake in Pakistan, India, and Kashmir. An estimated 100,000 have been killed and, of the 3 million made homeless, at least another 100,000 are in high peril as winter rolls down from nearby K-2. If they perish, they would surely have been suffocated by the silent air waves.

For the 3 million homeless the bell tolls noiselessly. Beyond Pakistan`s national news media, their coverage is a silent movie playing out on inside pages (if at all). Four more weeks of radio (and print and TV) silence and the region will become as quiet and stone cold as the news media. The news folks whose attention to the tragedy has declined as swiftly as the deaths have mounted, may finally get to report a "frozen" death toll. In four weeks, winter too will white-out the survivors.

Intense and swift and whole-hearted as the response has been among the compassionate and the aware, it has been far too noiseless. For Pakistanis, for Kashmiris, for South Asians, for Asians, for humans and for humanity everywhere, this is not the time for whispered tears, silent if ardent prayers, mumbled grumblings, and soundless emails.

This is the time to scream.

Not in despair, or panic, or anger. But in recognition and in resonance.

This is the time to broadcast the unbroadcasted. And this time expires in 4 weeks. There will be little point to being heard after that.

... I was so moved by Umair's words that Tuesday I entitled the press release- Listen, Ring, Scream - 100,000 Bells Will Toll to include "screaming" and speaking out on behalf of the censored plight of the Pakistani' earthquake victims. I wrote to Umair to ask him who should we direct donations towards, voicing my concerns over the shortcomings of the Red Cross and the big Relief Organizations. His response-
Hi Carol:

Point them to saquake.org and www.opensiliconvalley.com.

I will call you or feel free to call me at 510 377 4457.

Many thanks.

Will circulate this around.

--------------------------

Umair Khan
President
Clickmarks Inc.
A Semotus Solutions Company

-didn't really ease my concerns. I was surprized to discover that he was local, and called him a couple of times, and finally got through, just before leaving for Lytton Plaza.

The first thing I asked him was whether his story was a true one- it is very graphic-

Here is one scream that keeps ricocheting within me. The scream of a boy born the same month and year as my 6 year old son, who was laid out on grass and given candy in place of anesthesia, as one leg is amputated with a non-surgical instrument. Given the 40 or so similar amputations on children each of the last 15 days, there is a scream from a child who was born the very same month and year as your child. If you make his scream heard, it may not multiply.

Had he been to Pakistan? Had he witnessed this? He responded that he had not been there since the earthquake. He had heard stories, but couldn't verify the numbers, the situation.

I was going to read his essay aloud. He suggested leaving out the paragraph about the boy having his leg amputated with no anesthesia- I did read the essay and left out that paragraph.

I don't know what to make of Umair, whose company's clients include : the U.S. Navy, and SUN Microsystems... His claim of being "apolitical," while at the same time, directing people to pressure governments, and NATO, seemed a bit of a contradiction.

We did take advantage of the microphone, however, and I read Kathy Kelly's essay- For Whom They Toll and for good measure I read Edgar Allen Poe's classic poem-The Bells. Chuck also printed out a copy of-

NEWSLETTER #73
October 23, 2005
Katrina, Eugenics and 'Peak Oil'

NEWSLETTER #74
October 23, 2005
Katrina, Eugenics and 'Peak Oil', Part II

which I had spoken to Barbara about, but we both appreciated hearing it read aloud. Others did, as well. More and more people were attracted to our event. The rain ebbed, and I put out the books, and we had some very interesting conversations, quite a few with psychologists who greatly appreciated what we were doing. The bell ringing kept us past 3:00 pm, and I wouldn't have come at all, had Barbara not suggested the ritual, so I was very glad that we were there.

Later, I talked to Christian Pecaut at length and bemoaned how people are manipulated because they use attachment judgement rather than critical thinking skills. Over and over again, people are manipulated through fear or their emotions into doing things which don't really serve their interests. Barbara said, "We've become domesticated." as a species and suggested reading Paul Shepard's latest book. Here is a quote-

In our species, knowledge of who we are is linked to origins and beginnings, and it is communicated as a mythology. The first obligation to society by young men and women who are being initiated into adult status is acknowledgment and affirmation of the past, and of its living presence in them as the symbolic embodiment of their ancestors. Being inescapably human, we have not lost the capacity for that affirmation, but we have denied its central content. Because of the imminent extinction of the large primates, opportunity to renew that affirmation is vanishing. Let us protect our cousins from further human persecution, and go on from there to the whole of animate life, and so redeem our heritage. It is not our responsibility to do so because of some higher authority because we would be angels but a responsibility, first to ourselves, and second to the island earth and our fellow inhabitants in a vast and lonely cosmic sea. The anguish of our human tragedy is due more to a delusional system that insists on the exaltation of our species and failed myths of progress and history than to reality.

Paul Shepard, The Tender Carnivore and the Sacred Game

October 25, 2005

What is true? What is false? How do we judge the news? Where is the "best" source of information? We learn from experience, but we are also inundated by reports, films, television, radio, society, conflicting stories from a wide number of sources. I have never met anyone who I have agreed with on every topic. I believe that I am honest and that there is no point in having a conversation which is not honest- where people are not interested in sharing what they know, but in changing the actions/opinion/beliefs of someone else for some self-serving reason. There is a tremendous number of conflicting opinions within the 9-11 Truth movement on many aspects of 9-11, particularly the "physical evidence" category, but another controversial area is "peak oil." I really like Richard Heinberg and have a great deal of respect for him and the focus of his work for years now has been "peak oil" and what will follow. I was urged innumerable times to read a newsletter by Dave Mc Gowan, and I must admit- it took me months to get around to reading it because I was so busy with "other things." It is a disturbing Newsletter and makes some very good points.

I received an email with Dave's latest Newsletters-

NEWSLETTER #73
October 23, 2005
Katrina, Eugenics and 'Peak Oil'

NEWSLETTER #74
October 23, 2005
Katrina, Eugenics and 'Peak Oil', Part II

Both are damning looks at the official response to Katrina, as well as illuminating glimpses into the mentality of the "father of the idea of 'Peak Oil'- Colin Campbell, whose views are absolutely chilling.

At UC Berkeley, I met a scholar from Stanford University, a mathematician, who was working on the mathematics of moral choices, placing zeroes and ones into formulas which could be used to make those horrific decisions about whether the death of x number of people would be justifiable for the benefits to y number of people. At least, that is how I saw it. The guy doing the work said it was useless and he was only doing it for the money and prestige the job gave him. Reminded me of a MIT grad who designed the gravitational systems for bombs and divorced himself from responsibility for them, by saying "I don't tell them where to drop the bombs, just 'how to land." The well funded academics are continually having to write up "white papers" justifying the insane policies of "power holders" who need to rationalize their responsibility for the suffering and mass murders of vast numbers of people.

I am not a scientist, I cannot analyze all the data and jump to conclusions about "Peak Oil" or "Weather Manipulation" or "Global Warming," but I do think these topics need to be discussed openly, as well as who funds the research and who benefits by the various conclusions that might be reached and implemented on various scales.

One of the main problems that I see is that judgement is often clouded by emotional attachment and fear, allowing people to effectively dismiss any evidence that challenges "those whose opinions they trust" regardless of the quality of the information. (See the Seventeen Techniques for Truth Suppression).

I received a call from my friend, Barbara, who is organizing Bell Ringing Ceremonies in the Bay Area, and I decided to expand the Listening Project to include the Bell Ringing Ceremony, in memory of those Iraqis killed in the war and occupation, calling for the end to the war. I also received a moving email and essay entitled Scream by Umair Khan about the magnitude of the plight of the people of Pakistan hit by the most deadly quake in modern times and the silence of the press, and the lack of help which is desperately needed, quickly, as winter approaches. So, tomorrow, on the fourth anniversary of the Listening Project- we will not only Listen, but ring bells, and I will bring a microphone for people to speak or scream on behalf of the people of Pakistan.

Next week,on Wednesday, November 2nd, Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance will participate in the "World Can't Wait- Demanding Regime Change Now." I wish the world weren't "on fire," but it is and there are innumerable efforts to quench the flames which are everywhere.

Naturally, the two thousandth (official) American soldier has also died in Iraq, and there is another call out for vigils everywhere on Wednesday at 6:30 pm to mourn the American soldiers.

October 24, 2005

This past weekend, many of us were at the Counter Recruitment Conference at UC Berkeley where students from over 75 high schools and Universities gathered to organize counter-recruitment activities/network and build a stronger national activist network of students. It was wonderful to meet some great people from New York, Vermont, Alabama and share our educational materials/ideas/experiences with them.

The most hopeful thing in my email were- #1 A copy of a memo from Representative Jerrold Nadler, from the Eighth Congressional District of New York to Fitzgerald entitled-

Nadler: Fitzgerald Must Broaden Investigation
“Did the Bush Administration deliberately mislead Congress about the war? which urges-

"Special Counsel Patrick Fitzgerald to expand his investigation to include a criminal investigation to examine whether the President, the Vice President, and members of the White House Iraq Group conspired to deliberately deceive Congress into authorizing the war in Iraq."

Those lies included tricking the American people into believing Iraq had something to do with 9-11 and opens up one enormous can of worms.

#2 A copy of a translation of a resolution-

The Biannual Congress of the Icelandic Green-Left Party just closed. About 400 delegates attended. The Congress passed a resolution on 9/11. It was passed by the General Assembly of the Congress by acclamation, without opposing votes. I urge you to disseminate it to Green and Leftist organizations and parties wherever possible, as well as within the 911 movement.

Here is a rush translation of the resolution.

Resolution on the events of 9/11

The Congress of the Green-Left Party held in Reykjavik, 21-23 October 2005 calls on the Government of Iceland to produce the evidence on alleged responsibility of persons in Afghanistan for the terrorist acts of 11 September 2001, on which the Government based its support of the U.S. aggression and occupation of that country. The Congress urges the Parliamentary faction to act on this matter.

The Congress highlights that four years have passed since the commission of the terrorist acts of 11 September 2001, acts which shattered the world. These terrorists acts were crimes against humanity which were used by the governments of certain countries to initiate wars, increased surveillance of the population, to justify torture and greatly increase military expenditures.

The Congress wishes to convey its solidarity with the struggle of victims' families for the truth and supports the demand for an independent, international inquiry on these terrorist acts.

Adopted on 23 October 2005 by acclamation.

Congratulations and messages urging the adoption of a Parliamentary Motion on the above lines, can and should be sent to-

Mr. Steingrimur J Sigfusson, Chairman, Green-Left Party (sjs@althingi.is)
Mr. Ogmundur Jonasson, Leader of Parliamentary Fraction, Green-Left Party (ogmundur@althingi.is)
Ms. Kolbrún Halldórsdottir, MP, kolbrunh@althingi.is
Mr. Jon Bjarnason, MP, jb@althingi.is
Ms. Thuridur Backman, MP, thback@althingi.is


October 21, 2005

Yesterday we had a fairly well attended meeting in Oakland that was quite productive. We voted to help Ken print another 1000 David Ray Griffin DVDs, slightly updated- 9-11 and the American Empire, and to allot $250 for more picket signs for the upcoming rally/march organized by World Can't Wait- Drive Out the Bush Regime on November 2nd, and to get copies of 9/11 REVEALED: Challenging the Facts behind the War on Terror by Ian Henshall and Rowland Morgan for our upcoming events.

Frank Runninghorse gave some great presentations on his latest research and proposed that we have an action to highlight the US government's protection of "Mohammed the American," a key Al Qaeda player, involved in multiple terrorist attacks (his specialty was avoiding airline security and training other terrorists) who disappeared from US custody while awaiting sentencing after pleading guilty for the Embassy bombings. Frank noted that the US business of "rendition" (kidnapping people for torture and dissappearance outside the US) was a major operation, needing 33 planes, and allowing those involved or knowledgable about terrorist activities to not testify publicly. He also told about football star, Pat Tillman, who was a poster guy for military recruitment and named a hero after his death. Beneath the hype, however, a close examination of his activities reveals that 9-11 was why he joined the military- to get those responsible. He was very upset to be sent to Iraq and while there, shared a large library with his fellow soldiers. His favorite author was Noam Chomsky. When he was finally sent to Afghanistan, he must have learned something of the reality of what was going on there and tried to arrange a meeting with Noam Chomsky to pass on what he had learned. Before that meeting took place, he was killed- shot three times in the forehead by "friendly fire." His parents have been key to exposing the circumstances of his death. We could only speculate about what he had learned.

Frank is calling for articles for the upcoming newsletter which he is going to edit, this time.

Astonishingly the information about "Able Danger" and Representative Curt Weldon's push to expose the cover-up of "foreknowledge" is being pushed by a very right-wing, John Birch type publication, The New American's October 31, 2005 Issue includes an article entitled- "Able Danger" & 9/11 Foreknowledge by William F. Jasper. Of course, the story is in lots of other publications, as well, but this one does go into a lot of detail and points out a pattern, concluding-

It is a pattern that reflects not incompetence or "lack of coordination" but something much worse. It is a pattern of conscious, purposeful action aimed at thwarting those who are tasked with defending America in the "war on terror." It is a pattern that is being carried out by policymakers at the highest levels of our government, and it is time to ask why.

The same publication has a damning article on the new movie- "Good Night and Good Luck" (which takes a hard look at Senator Joseph McCarthy's red scare) and defends McCarthy for his vigilence against the Russian funded International Communist plot for world domination.

I think Christian Pecaut hits the nail on the head when he says that the media is out to destroy the critical cognitive ability of Americans by playing on their emotions, and repeating endless lies as truths.

October 20, 2005

The media hysteria about the coming "pandemic" is fueling support for some horrific legislation. Here is a list of vile Senators "pushing for us to face forced vaccines and forced drugging with untested/experimental drugs and vaccines giving freedom from liability to drug companies. This bill is called 'The Biodefense and Pandemic Vaccine and Drug Development Act of 2005' Senate Bill 1873 [S. 1873]."

Barbara Loe Fisher, co-founder & president, National Vaccine Information Center wrote this article- Senate Bill Takes Away Power From States and Shields Drug Companies From Accountability for Vaccine Injuries

Fortunately there is a growing 9-11 / 7-7 Truth Movement in the U.K.. It is heartening to see their growing list of upcoming events, including:

CONFERENCE, CORK, IRELAND
Saturday November 12th - Cork, County Kerry, Ireland

The New Pearl Harbor Conference - Exploring Conflicting Interpretations of 9/11

Venue: Boole IV, UCC. Speakers: Daniel Hopsicker, Webster Tarpley, Phil Berg, Mathias Broekers, Nafeez Mossadeq Ahmed, David Shayler.

Tickets: 20 Euros, from www.halfmoontheatre.ie , Synthetic Records, 2 Washington Street, Cork; and at the door. Accommodation right opposite the conference venue: Cork International Hostel http://www.irelandyha.org/hostel.aspx?hostel=5

I'll bet the Bush Cabal is scared silly, and I just hope they don't try to cling to power by manufacturing yet another major crisis.

October 19, 2005

The Palo Alto Daily News reprinted NYT's columnist Frank Rich's It's Bush-Cheney, Not Rove-Libby column in today's paper. Looks like the Neo-Cons are going down.

I received encouraging emails from 9-11 activists in Canada and England who sense the shift, and the opening for the truth to make an appearance. I also received enthusiastic calls from Free Speech TV, KPFK and New York's Inn Report about Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush. KPFK and Inn want it for their fundraisers and Free Speech TV wants to air it. I still need to finish getting copies out to the folks in it, and perhaps start getting them out to the press, and maybe start organizing Bay Area theatrical premieres.

Today was relatively quiet at my Listening Project. One guy who responded to my questions lost a cousin in the attacks; it affected him deeply, emotionally, and he felt that the US should have annihilated the country/people responsible for the attacks. He had three kids and two had fought in Iraq. I shared with him my own experience, my research on the CIA and 9-11. He was actually very appreciative, receptive, and took lots of information, even buying a "Defend the Constitution- Repeal the Patriot Act" bumper sticker. He said he'd tell his boss about what I told him. He was a hard working guy, who never did any research on his own, and had never heard anything beyond the mainstream press. I think what I shared had a real impact on him, and he certainly made my day. I've never seen such a dramatic shift in consciousness. There is much power in listening, honesty, and respect for the experience of others.

I was touched by this beautiful letter from Barrie Zwicker-

"I can't believe that what seems to be such a short time ago I first saw your name and what you'd done (about Diane F) on the Internet as an intrepid activist, and wondered if I should even dare to email you in your busy and elevated status as a giant killer.

Now, a minute later, I find myself amidst the most wonderful group of human beings I can imagine existing, and feeling most privileged to simply be living at this pivot point in the history of the planet, when each of us (at least middle-class North Americans) has more power than any king in history had.

My feeling is that we should start preparing for some kind of crazy victory. What are we going to do when the indictments start to be issued? When the last of the wheels start to fly off of the neocons' wagon?

This may be temporary insanity on my part because within 48 hours I have had the gratifying experience of Fort Collins/Boulder/Denver, received word I have a publisher that will issue me a nice advance for my book, a solid chapter plan and deadline, and confirmation The Globe and Mail plans to publish my op ed page piece about the Gunpowder Plot on the 400th anniversary of Guy Fawkes Day, Nov. 5th, also my birthday.

Then there's the granddaughter that I will be baby-sitting tomorrow, whom I will be able to look in the eye when she's 15 and answer her question: "What did you do to try to stop the insanity?" with the answer: "I did everything in my power. I was not asleep."

I remember that poet (but forget his name) that you had in "Behind Every Terrorist..." who said he couldn't sleep at 3 a.m. because his grandchildren kept asking him questions.

I sleep soundly and am hopeful...

Carry on Carol and I hope we continue to work together and one day knock off this activism because the world caught up and we can join David Ray Griffin for a drink, and I have a model boat I want to build.

Thanks for being you.
Love,
---B

I love the line in David Rovic's closing song in our DVD "After the Revolution" when he sings about what he'll do when the political poets have no more work to do - "Learn how to play the accordian." At the last anti-war march I spoke to the wonderful John Bass and said, "I can't wait til everyone "knows" and war becomes "obsolete" and I can relax and "Catch up with my sewing."- In some ways that is a joke- because I have always hated sewing, but I also love a beautiful patchwork quilt on my bed, which I got in Bali in 1977, with hundreds of batik patches that constantly needs repairs. How intense my life is - is reflected by its state of disrepair. I do try to mend it, when I have the chance, and enjoy adding beautiful new patches, but the urgency of my activism generally prohibits me from the luxury of catching up with my "sewing," housework, so many friends and family. Like Barrie, though, I cherish my activist friends, community, and feel blessed and honored to know them and share this adventure "Life" with them.

October 18, 2005

The Nexus of Politics and Terror by Keith Olbermann came out on MSNBC last week; he was also about the only "mainstream journalist" to heed the evidence of voter fraud in the last election. I wish their were more leaks in the corporate dam.



In our last newsletter (which sadly was never finished and not mailed out, although Frank made thousands of copies for tabling and passing out on September 11th), I edited down a draft of an article Barrie Zwicker wrote about the media and 9-11 entitled- The Biggest Secret About 9-11. Barrie concludes in the article:

But there’s an 800-pound gorilla in our synthetic perceptual environment: the increasing deployment by “invisible governments” of covert agents, technicians of deception and death who carry out increasingly brazen “black ops.” Webster Tarpley in 9/11 Synthetic Terror refers to “over-determined reality.” U.S. historian Daniel Boorstin coined the term “pseudo-events” in his 1961 book The Image: A Guide to Pseudo-Events in America. Public life, he said, was filled with staged and scripted counterfeit versions of actual happenings. Tarpley adds: “Mass gullibility about the events of 9/11 is based on unmediated sense certainty reinforced by merciless and repetitious media bombardment.”

Conventional wisdom usually prevails, no matter the evidence contradicting it. At the heart of it are fears. There’s the fear of being wrong about something that could really discomfit the establishment.

Another fear, paradoxically, may be a fear of success, fear of winning a Pulitzer Prize. Fears of stepping out of line, being laughed at, losing a promotion, facing a demotion, being seen as “a conspiracy nut.” Two additional fears face journalists willing to treat questions about 9/11 more seriously than previously. The fear can be expressed this way: “Why in the world wasn’t this done months or even years ago? If we suddenly go into this now, aren’t people going to ask where the heck were we earlier? How can we explain that?

The second is: “Migawd, this opens the biggest can of worms I ever saw. We’ll have to confront so many questions – not least about the so-called ‘war on terrorism’ -- that I can’t see where this will end.” An editor who decides to “go there” faces the task of selling his or her colleagues on it. To pursue this at an editorial meeting would mean careful preparation, probably lobbying. What would come up would be nothing short of questioning the general run of hundreds of news stories that stream in every week. These stories keep pouring out of the establishment: the White House press corps, the rightwing think tanks, the wire service reports… As Tarpley says, “a merciless and repetitious…bombardment.” For the conscientious editor it will be a cataclysm to reconsider all this. “The implication is that our newsroom and our lives will be turned upside down.” Exactly. But that’s what has to happen sooner or later.

The best hope for us is to crack open the dam- or help people to see that the media has constructed a "false reality" that serves a few and threatens the many.

Playing the terror card, over and over again, should I hope, ebb public confidence in the press and the government, but unfortunately the public is also being assaulted in other ways. Dr. Len Horowitz wrote a good piece on

The Avian Flu Fright is Politically Timed-
A Public Health Warning and Political Essay

Unfortunately, when people are sick or frightened, they are most easily manipulated. How do we counter the current scare- which is both psychological, and designed to raise money to create the actual biological threat that the "expensive cure" is supposed to prevent? Even Orwell would be shocked at the audacity of the propaganda.

October 17, 2005

Today is the last day of my kid's 5 day weekend, and I've been so busy with the paperwork after a weekend of tabling and events, plus the Post Office, bank. I just can hardly digest all the information, impressions, ideas coming my way, so many conflicting signs of positive change, and the flashing yellow warnings at the same time.

There were good turnouts at the George Bush Going Away Party and the Teachers for Social Justice Conference. We made some great connections. At the Rovics/Solomon event last night on "War and the Media"- there was a pretty small turnout and it was sad to hear Norman say some of the things I've been saying for years on one hand- like my Napolean/Cheney quote "You don't have to censor the truth, just delay it until it doesn't matter." and then reinforce the 9/11 myth- that the US was attacked by Osama bin Laden (without any help from the CIA or the US government).

I loved David Rovics and his new song "New Orleans." Unfortunately, we didn't have a chance to talk much and had a rather unsatisfactory argument today over the phone. I wish we had been able to meet and have a better dialogue- maybe we'll have a better chance to talk in Sonoma.

The best part of my trip to Berkeley was bringing Sharon from Veteran's for Peace with me. I appreciate her and the people in the organization more and more, as we work together, and get to know one another better and better as people. I think we will organize an event for Rovics in March, if we can find a good venue.

I do think that Bill Santiago, Rovics and the others probably will steer clear of our new DVD and continue to just market their own materials which is too bad, but ok. KPFK is interested in using the new DVD in their fundraising drive. Unfortunately, with Bonnie on vacation- I doubt if anyone else at KPFA will take advantage of it. our challenge will always be "communications" - overcoming not only the psychological barriers, but the logistical, technological, corporate barriers, as well. We do have no lack of great ideas, but never enough time to realize all of them. I'm afraid I'll have to miss an organizing meeting in San Francisco tonight- so I can feed my neglected kids and husband; the juggling activism with being a mom is always a challenge.

October 12, 2005

Last night I attended a Veteran's for Peace meeting and was reminded about the Teachers 4 Social Justice Conference that is coming up this Saturday. My kids have a five day weekend and soccer was cancelled for Daniel, so I'll be able to go to the conference from 9-4, and attend the George Bush Going Away Party in the evening. A dozen activists from the 9-11 Northern California Truth Alliance, and Veteran's for Peace will be sitting together as a group for the Going Away Party- let me know If you'd like to join us (650-857-0927).

Today, I set up my Listening Project at Lytton Plaza, as usual. As I was breaking down, my dear friend, Joyce Lynn shouted to me from a car. We ended up having lunch together and catching up (since we were last together- at the National Conference on Media Reform). I gave her a copy of the new DVD (She is in the San Francisco Inquiry documentary- she gave a great talk on the Cover-Up Commission.) What a difference a year or two makes! Her friend's husband was completely impervious to Joyce's work at the outset, and now he is obsessed with the collapse of the buildings. He is an architect and I hope we can get him to go public, someday. The shift in consciousness is palpable.

Last night, I also received the long awaited case of Michel Chossudovsky's new book (the revised updated version of War and Globalization), entitled- America's "War on Terrorism". I have only had a chance to begin reading the Preface, but I have the deepest respect for Chossudovsky's work which certainly was the catalyst for my activism on this issue. I'm sure it is a great book. I just wish that we could have exposed "The Big Lie" sooner- to prevent the War on Afghanistan, Iraq, (as well as Homeland Security, all the horrific stuff that the US government, corporations and the military/intelligence monstrosity have done since then.) At least I believe that the Truth will come out and that the Bush Regime will go down, though how and when is still unforeseeable, at this point. I think our new DVD will help people to overcome fear, recognize that they should join the greater part of humanity in the struggle for peace, justice and liberty for ALL- and not support the criminals who use lies and terror to maintain and extend their power and control.

October 11, 2005

With all the media buzz about the upcoming Bird Flu Pandemic, I wasn't thrilled to get a message stating:

"There is a flier all over Stanford campus that reads, I quote:

"'The Stanford-LPCH Vaccine Program is seeking volunteers for a reserach study to evaluate the potential for using lower doses of influenza vaccine to protect people from the flu. To qualify, you must be:

- a healthy adult 18-64 years old
- willing to complete two clinic visits and a phone visit
- willing to provide two blood samples

You will receive a free influenza vaccination, a physical exam, and $30.00 compensation per scheduled study visit. There will be no costs to you.

For more information contact: (650) 498-7284'"

Found this clinical study on their website as well:

"A PHASE I/II CLINICAL TRIAL EVALUATING THE SAFETY AND IMMUNOGENICITY OF LC16m8, A MODIFIED VACCINIA VACCINE, IN HEALTHY VOLUNTEERS

SUMMARY -Smallpox is an infectious disease, caused by a virus called variola. Smallpox used to be a major cause of death and sickness throughout the world, but was eliminated as a natural disease in 1977 by global vaccination against the disease. Up until 1972, everyone in the US was routinely vaccinated in childhood with Dryvax. Even though it no longer occurs naturally, smallpox has the potential to be used as a weapon of bioterrorism.
Due to the threat of bioterrorism, the US government has started vaccinating selected military and civilian populations against smallpox. At the same time, several smallpox vaccines are being studied, as they may be safer than the currently available smallpox vaccine. The goal of this study is to test a smallpox vaccine called LC16m8, which was developed in Japan, and compare it to the US smallpox vaccine called Dryvax, which is currently licensed by the FDA.
We are planning to enroll 45 healthy adults between the ages of 18-34 who have never been immunized against Smallpox. Four fifths of them will receive the LC16m8 vaccine, and one fifth will receive the Dryvax vaccine. We will draw blood for various lab studies, and monitor heart function with an EKG test several times after the vaccination. Participation in the study will continue for one year. Subjects will be reimbursed $50 for each blood draw and $25 for each EKG test. "

Purely benign research? Possibly. However years ago when the Center for Disease Control held hearings across the country reviewing the procedures and desirability of vaccinating more people against Smallpox. I attended a hearing and was well convinced by my observations and research that a large scale vaccination program was more likely to keep smallpox alive and spread it than to contain it.

Received this description of the "1918 Influenza Epidemic" written about 25 years ago by Eleanor McBean. This excerpt, comes from chapter two of her book, Vaccination Condemned:

"I WAS AN ON-THE-SPOT OBSERVER OF THE 1918 INFLUENZA EPIDEMIC

All the doctors and people who were living at the time of the 1918 Spanish Influenza epidemic say it was the most terrible disease the world has ever had. Strong men, hale and hearty, one day would be dead the next. The disease had the characteristics of the black death added to typhoid, diphtheria, pneumonia, smallpox, paralysis and all the diseases the people had been vaccinated with immediately following World War 1. Practically the entire population had been injected "seeded" with a dozen or more diseases ­ or toxic serumss. When all those doctor-made diseases started breaking out all at once it was tragic.

That pandemic dragged on for two years, kept alive with the addition of more poison drugs administered by the doctors who tried to suppress the symptoms. As far as I could find out, the flu hit only the vaccinated. Those who had refused the shots escaped the flu. My family had refused all the vaccinations so we remained well all the time. We knew from the health teachings of Graham, Trail, Tilden and others, that people cannot contaminate the body with poisons without causing disease.

When the flu was at its peak, all the stores were closed as well as the schools, businesses ­ even the hospital, ass the doctors and nurses had been vaccinated too and were down with the flu. No one was on the streets. It was like a ghost town. We [who didn't taken any vaccines] seemed to be the only family which didn't get the flu; so my parents went from house to house doing what they could to look after the sick, as it was impossible to get a doctor then. If it were possible for germs, bacteria, virus, or bacilli to cause disease, they had plenty of opportunity to attack my parents when they were spending many hours a day in the sick rooms. But they didn't get the flu and they didn't bring any germs home to attack us children and cause anything. None of our family had the flu ­ not even a sniffle­ and it wa was in the winter with deep snow on the ground.

It has been said that the 1918 flu epidemic killed 20,000,000 people throughout the world. But, actually, the doctors killed them with their crude and deadly treatments and drugs. This is a harsh accusation but it is nevertheless true, judging by the success of the drugless doctors in comparison with that of the medical doctors.

While the medical men and medical hospitals were losing 33% of their flu cases, the non-medical hospitals such as BATTLE CREEK, KELLOGG and MACFADDEN'S HEALTH-RESTORIUM were getting almost 100% healings with their water cure, baths, enemas, etc., fasting and certain other simple healing methods, followed by carefully worked out diets of natural foods. One health doctor didn't lose a patient in eight years. The very successful health treatment of one of those drugless doctors who didn't lose any patients will be given in the other part of this book, titled VACCINATION CONDEMNED, to be published a little later.

If the medical doctors had been as advanced as the drugless doctors, there would not have been those 20 million deaths from the medical flu treatment.

There was seven times more disease among the vaccinated soldiers than among the unvaccinated civilians, and the diseases were those they had been vaccinated against. One soldier who had returned from overseas in 1912 told me that the army hospitals were filled with cases of infantile paralysis and he wondered why grown men should have an infant disease. Now, we know that paralysis is a common after-effect of vaccine poisoning. Those at home didn't get the paralysis until after the world-wide vaccination campaign in 1918."

Source- JON RAPPOPORT www.nomorefakenews.com

We did march on Sacramento against the Emergency Health Powers Act years ago and I posted a lot of information and links about vaccines then. Unfortunately, I can't shoulder every issue that comes my way, and so my efforts have been more focused on exposing the truth about 9-11 than the continuing psychological warfare/biological warfare being waged against us.

In the process of putting together a new 9-11 documentary, I have been working with Christian Pecaut and looking at the psychology of "hierarchical power relationships," where human society diverged from the natural world, how it has become dysfunctional threatening our survival as a species, and how to correct it. Part of the problem are the myths foisted on society for the benefit of a few that harms many- and overcoming the challenges to help people discern what is true from what is a lie. Challenging those higher in a hierarchical system can threaten a person's confidance in themselves, as well as their livlihood and well-being, so the "Big Lie" is perpetuated by countless "Small Lies" reinforced throughout an oppressive system.

A friend sent me this website link- www.disciplined-minds.com which echoes much of the analysis on how people are forced to be quiet or bend their political beliefs in order to hold their job within the institutions/organizations which dominate society. The easiest way for people to do this is to internalize the dominant beliefs, unquestioningly, and those people can easily bubble up through the system, since they serve it, and the ideology so well.

Watch out, though, if you think deeply, seriously and discover that "truth" is not being served- your observations threaten the system, your livlihood, and you might be ousted...

I must say that my heart goes out to young people today who must choose what their path will be. I know of one kid (age 18) who dropped out of high school and is suffering from deep depression. My eldest son (just turned 17) is a senior in high school and forced to choose whether to go to college or not and which college to go to, and I don't think he has a clue about what he wants to do with his life. When the dominant system is obviously corrupt, threatening humanity, and held together by a string of lies, how can an idealistic person act in accordance with their values and survive the mental, physical challenges imposed by the failing paranoid empire. Who is sane and who is insane? Is it the system or us that hold the keys to sanity and a better future for all?

Of course, anyone of any age is vulnerable to losing their job and livlihood, if they spend their time doing the critical consciousness raising political work, which generally doesn't pay. I am hoping that our new DVD will generate funds to edit the documentary we're working on, and I'm in the process of sending out review copies and publicizing it. I am also on the receiving end of new books, songs that others want to publicize, to help raise funds to sustain them.

Vic Sadot, who played at the recent 9-11 events in DC and New York has written some powerful, new 9-11 songs and just sent me this-

"Dear Friends, Vic here with a simple request...

We have a batch of new songs up at the www.zydecoplanet.com. Just to the left of the photo of my Broadsides & Retrospectives CD you will see a "new music" section. Click on that. It is confusing in that the first thing there under New Music is about the "new album", but that is referring to Broadsides & Retrospectives, not these new songs below. However, if you scroll down, you will see a grid that is also a little confusing. Sorry. My sister Marie is looking at how this stuff is being set up and she is making recommendations to Dean as to how it can be more user friendly, and whether it even works or not. We need to hear your critique and experience of this sales mechanism ASAP please. Will you help me?

On the left column, you are being offered free media players. It does not say that and it does not say that they are FREE, but they are. Again, I am hoping that Marie and some of you who read this will communicate to Dean about how to make this user friendly to a complete newcomer to the net. To the right of the media player list, you can hit on one of the five songs to read the lyrics. Then you have four boxes. The first two enable you to simply sample or hear the songs. The last two boxes in the grid should enable you to buy the song in either wav for .99 cents or mp3 format for .49 cents. Music fans who use these things all the time will not have a problem. But initiates and first time buyers may be completely baffled. That's why I'm trying to get some friends to TEST buy a song and report back to me and Dean Banks, the webmaster, about their results. If you don't mind, I need you to TEST buy a song. It will offer you a paypal account.

Now, this is KEY! It should also offer you the ability to buy a song with your credit or debit card without setting up a paypal account.

Tell me if it offers you that option. Right now it does not offer me that option, and Dean and his son are not sure why. What do you get?

In the New Music section, such songs as The Ballad of William Rodriguez, The Nightmare of New Orleans, Cheney's in the Bunker/Do the Orders Still Stand, The Swans on Smalley's Pond, and The Kidnapping Coup about Haiti. These songs could be hot as they are timely and topical. In the separate album section you can buy the whole CD or a single song. I'd like you to try to buy and tell others about Mad Cowboy Disease, Are You A Citizen Or Are You A Slave, and The Statue of Liberty. Or if you just want a fun song, buy Good Time Delaware or Bourbon Street. Read the blurbs about the songs and sample them...

I am in dire need of some music income! And I really do want to get the messages in these songs out to a public that needs them too! Please buy a song or CD and please tell others about this music. I'm counting on you.

Your Broadside Balladeer,
Vic Sadot
302-836-1617"

Unfortunately,my computer doesn't allow me to hear anything, and I don't have a paypal account, and I need to get to the Post Office today (I tried yesterday, but they were closed!) and the bank (I managed to overdraw one of my accounts and they are threatening to close it).

If we are to wake up the masses- we need to support the artists, the musicians, the film-makers, the writers, the organizers who are doing the work.

October 7, 2005

It has been a very busy week! The Bush Regime continues to unravel; 9-11 keeps seeping into the news; the question is how will Bush be ousted and what will be left of the current criminal power structure after a "purge."When Robert Novak, Bush's great supporter who leaked the Valerie Plame info, wites a column entitled< a href="http://www.suntimes.com/output/novak/cst-edt-novak22.html">Bashing by elite group should worry Bush describing how even the rich who supported Bush have turned against him, although they kept their criticisms to themselves when Karl Rove came to give them a pep talk.

Sander Hick' new book- "The Big Wedding: 9/11, The Whistle-Blowers, and the Cover-Up" which makes a very solid LIHOP case has come out and sold 3000 of its first run very quickly and drawn some publicity.

Mike Malloy of Air America is finally talking about 9-11.

I got the green light to table at the upcoming fundraisers by the Committee for Conscientious Objectors and the National Radio Project- good signs.

At Stanford University yesterday, by synchronicity, I put up our big 8' by 4' Deception Dollar banner and was asked to take it down by a woman who had organized a memorial service to the victims of 9-11 at White Plaza that day. With pressure from her, the Dean of students, and the police, we couldn't put up a single banner or sign or table or display any books or anything, but we stuck around anyway (I did pass out some Deception Dollars and fliers afterwards). The two people- relatives of victims,(whom the organizer said she didn't want to "upset"- although it was obvious she didn't want to ruin her photo op with any challenge to the official story) were very receptive towards us. In fact the retired San Francicso Fire Chief gave me his card, his email, wants to put me in touch with organizers in New York and happily accepted our materials (including 2 David Ray Griffin DVDs and even gave me a very unsolicited donation of twenty dollars, as well as the news that a documentary is being made of William Rodriguez's story- which he was familiar with). The woman who organized the event was a somewhat transparent liar/actress/in tears begging me to take down the banner and explaining how she didn't want to have anything political at the event- other than the American flags, because she cared so much about the ideals of this country (other than free speech which she absolutely denied to us) and she parroted the official lie of 9-11 and asked the local heads of the Democrat/Republican student groups to participate in the Memorial Service which perpetuated the "insane 19 arab terrorists senselessly killed thousands of wonderful Americans myth." She had the weight of the University on her side- an expensive sound system, the choir singing Amazing Grace and a Violin solo, but about "zero" popular support, although a few people were drawn to the event by the dominating sound system which blasted it all over campus during the noon hour. She closed the ceremony by asking people to shut-up and reflect whilst listening to the bells of the Hoover Institution- that bastian of right-wingers , that seeks to dominate and control thought at Stanford and throughout the world. However, it was a pretty wild synchronicity, and the contact with the fire-chief alone was worth the trip. The other speaker, a fireman's sister, while describing her experience in New York on 9-11-2005, reminded me of Janette's apartment, and it turned out that she actually had been in Janette's apartment that day. At the meeting last night, Janette came and I told her about it. Janette said, for the most part the victim's families were spineless, and curtailed their speech, to get whatever press coverage their heart's desired. The more they tow the official line, the more coverage they get. Thank- God for the rare brave souls. I hope I do connect with the ones who haven't made a pact with the devil and are committed to truth and justice... someday perhaps. I was furious with the Family Steering Committeee when they sold out and started campaigning for the Cover-Up Commission's False Recommendations. Sometimes I have wondered how many of them were CIA ops, whose "fictitious spouses or family members were killed" and whose job was to complete the purpose of the "op."

Yesterday, I also picked up 1000 of our new DVDs which I need to start shipping out today. I'm so behind in my mail, and I keep getting orders for Deception Dollars and other stuff.

October 2, 2005

Christian Pecaut came by last Friday and we talked at length about his work, and how we could work together and incorporate it into the film and other projects.

The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance was also invited for a unique- "Chet Helms Memorial Stomp" October 30th in Golden Gate Park at Speedway Meadows. Chet was a moving force behind rock concerts and the Peace Movement in the '60s and this will be a tribute to him. Also music and art have been almost the only vehicles to sneak ideas and information out into the culture safely. Their generous offer to include us, allows us to safely do more radical political consciousness raising.

Jess at TVNewsLies.org did a great article on Bill Kristol, PNAC, 9/11 & The Media which looks more deeply at the only print article on the McKinney briefings that I noticed.

I also got a call from Colorado; they are organizing events this month with Barrie Zwicker and Morgan Reynolds and got another big story in the Boulder Weekly on 9-11. It's wonderful to know that so much organizing is going on. This coming Thursday will be the first time the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance can even begin to think about strategy, our group has been so busy with the nuts and bolts of upcoming events. We do have lots of tabling opportunities coming up, which are less work than the press/promotion/details of doing major events on our own. It's nice to have a bit more breathing space.

September 29, 2005 - Jeremy Brouillet's 15th Birthday

Today, I have lots to do to prepare for my son's birthday celebration, but I wanted to post a few things. First, CBS described and attacked the briefings that Representative Cynthia McKinney held for the Black Congressional Congress in an article entitled- March of the Conspiracy Theorists. Sadly, I never found any account of the event written by any 9-11 activists, and I was disappointed to learn that Mark Dayton and Curt Weldon didn't show, especially since we hoped to get footage of the whole thing for our upcoming documentary on 9-11.

I also came across a reprint of an article published by the New York Times on September 27, 1964- forty-one years ago entitled-

Warren Commission Finds Oswald Guilty
and Says Assassin and Ruby Acted Alone;
Rebukes Secret Service,
Asks Revamping

Panel Unanimous

Theory of Conspiracy by Left or Right Is Rejected

Commission Gives Details of Exhaustive Study of All Aspects of Crimes

By ANTHONY LEWIS

There was no correction of the record or hint that the Warren Commission got it wrong. I thought it interesting that they stated at the end:

The commission reported that many steps had already been taken to tighten F.B.I. and Secret Service measures against potential assailants of the President. It called for further improvements.

On trips, the report said, the President's doctor should always be near him and much greater effort should be made to check buildings along motor routes.

A Cabinet-level committee should review and oversee the whole matter of protecting the President, the commission suggested. It said the question whether the job should remain with the Secret Service might be considered by such a committee.

Congress was urged to enact, at long last, legislation making assassination of the President a Federal crime. The report said such a law would end divided authority and possibly prevent disorder and confusion such as prevailed in Dallas after Nov. 22.

Perhaps assasinations could be done more effectively this way, and there would be less likelihood of exposing the future cover-ups, if pesky local officials could allow the Federal Agencies full control over the critical evidence. We could see that the Oklahoma City' and the World Trade Center' bombings relied on Federal Control over the crime scene to keep a lid on the truth.

Yesterday, I received an "out of the blue" letter from a political prisoner in the American Gulag who had seen my name on a Citizen's Commission on 9-11 Report published by the Idaho Observer. When I was a budding activist, I had written to every political prisoner that I knew of in the US, and we had begun a friendly correspondence, but had been out of touch the past ten years or so. He thought it sounded pretty "whacko," but since my name was on it, and he knew I wasn't "whacko," he thought that there might actually be something to it, and asked for the gist of the matter. I sent him a packet of stuff. In general "prisoners do 'get it' and greatly appreciate the Deception Dollars. I also received a beautiful, inspiring little magazine published by a wonderful organization called "IF," which concluded with this great quote:

"Should any political party attempt to abolish social security, unemployment insurance, and eliminate labor laws and farm programs, you would not hear of that party again in our political history. There is a tiny splinter group, of course, that believes you can do these things. Among them are a few Texas oil millionaires, and an occasional politician or businessman from other areas. Their number is negligible and they are stupid."
President Dwight D. Eisenhower, 11/8/54

September 28, 2005

Today was my typically busy day, getting up early to cook for my Listening Project, editing out a couple of jokes from Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush, so that we can get it shown on Free Speech Television. Arriving at Lytton Plaza just minutes before 11 am. It was amazingly hot. We did have some great conversations, today, however, and I need to write another article on the public's responses to my unchanging questions and how public opinion has shifted over the past four years.

I found a photo of Chuck, the banner, and me at the rally last Saturday and posted it along with my 9-11 = Inside Job! Rally Report (not wanting to overwhelm this page with too many photos).

With the Republicans toppling (Delay indicted today- Hughes shredded for her behaviour in Saudi Arabia), I am hopeful that we will prevail, although what path lies before us- I cannot foresee.

September 27, 2005

I missed the direct action yesterday in San Francisco; I kept expecting activist Christian Pecaut to turn up, but he never called or showed, and I probably should have called him, but got caught up in e-mail, household chores, the errands. I get a lot of e-mail, regular mail, and gifts from people.

My friend Debra wrote a compelling piece on the mentality/organizing of the Christian Right, and the need for us to mobilize and expose them and their belief system. It came from The Despoiling of America - How George W. Bush became the head of the new American Dominionist Church/State, By Katherine Yurica and Debra's direct observations from visiting Christian Coalition Churches in the Bay Area, including a Christian Cruise to Alaska in July, 2005. She notes, and we have witnessed, that this vein of "Christian" would like to replace our secular democracy with a fascist, literalist and fundamentalist theocracy. They believe, simply, that government is put in power by God and are instructed not to question. They see that we are in the end times, the apocalypse is coming on, and that in order "to fight Satan" it is ok to "enter into evil."

Grim stuff. The worst thing is that with rigged elections, they have taken over much of the governemnt and are well on their way to shredding the Constitution. Some folks have gotten very creative in exposing this- See-
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse Crusade.



Of all the descriptions of the anti-war protests, I was most moved by one entitled-



Tomgram: Voices from the Frontlines of Protest, Washington D.C.
"No Iraqis Left Me on a Roof to Die"
Katrina and Cindy Blow into Town
By Tom Engelhardt
Photos by Tam Turse

The particular sign quoted in the title of the lengthy article brilliantly sums up who the real terror in the world is that threatens all of us. The article shows that people are waking up, and we just need to help shatter the illusions erected by the corporate press which allow these guys to cling to power.

September 26, 2005

I just posted an article entitled "9/11 = Inside Job! Contingent at San Francisco Anti-War Rally at the San Francisco Indymedia site, with a few photos.

I had a great time, and there were lots of us at the rally. Unfortunately, we didn't manage to coordinate a 9/11 contingent- despite all our banners, signs, and numbers. At least we made noise, and were visible, even if we were ignored (again) by the mainstream press. There were scant few photos even on Indymedia, which is why I wrote the article. We basically have to BE THE MEDIA.

This weekend, I also went to my first soccer game of the season (on Sunday), and reorganized all our 9-11 materials after the rally. I need to deposit the $1000 we received in donations in the bank, today, and catch up on my mail. I've enlisted Nicholas Levis, in helping edit the best material from the NY inquiries into our documentary, and I have lots of things to get into the mail. The work never stops, but I must say that I am heartened by the raising of consciousness that is happening amongst the public in general- our numbers are growing!

September 22, 2005

Unfortunately, I'm still sick. I missed my weekly Listening Project yesterday and for a day or so it looked like the hard drive of this computer died, although it turned out to be just a disconnected cable. Rita is threatening Texas. Tarpley is warning of another 9-11 to be used as pretext for a war on Iran/Syria. Richard K. Moore has posted a cheery Apocalypse Now and the Brave New World on his cyberjournal site. Even my best friend, Maria Gilardin, producer of tucradio.org has had a recent article published entitled- Apocalypse Now How Mankind Is Sleepwalking to the End of the Earth. I spoke with Christian Pecaut and posted his notes on his marathon session that took place at the Veteran's War Memorial Building on 9-11.

Yesterday the U.N., naturally proclaimed an "International Day of Peace;" they also chose to designate September 11, 2001 as an "International Day of Peace," well at least we survived, yet another one.

Michael Kane in his recent email, advising folks on preparing for petro-collapse wrote:

Here are some ideas for all:

1. I would also say it is a good idea to stock up on bottled water and canned goods. Good in emergencies, last for some time, but also good investment - the price on food items will rise by 2006 significantly. Food is oil.

2. Pack a bag or plan a bag for emergency evacuation with water, non-perishable food, flashlight, socks, some clothes, pocket knife, matches, lighters, a hand crank radio, important documents (bank information, passport, etc...), cash, cell phone

3. Think about what is important in a crisis - I just saw a woman evacuating Texas for Rita with all she owned in a garbage bag. Wouldn't you rather have a water proof backpack? Get some of your savings into REAL GOODS - things that will help you.

4. Buy a bike. When gas is over $5 a gallon you would be suprised how important a bike might be. Gas will likely not hit $5 till late 2006, but the sooner you buy a bike, the cheaper it will be.

5. Good idea to have tools to fix your bike, and an air pump to fill up your tires.

6. Have at least a week's worth of cash on you. Place it in water proof container(s) to be easily placed in a discrete location in your back pack.

7. If you have a fireplace/stove, do you have wood? How much? Where can you get more cheap/free? Do you have a tarp to cover it so the snow doesn't ruin it?

8. Attend the PETROCOLLAPSE Conference in NYC on October 5, 2005 www.petrocollapse.org

There is so much more, but that is all I can think of right now. Hopefully, if we are lucky, we will not have to worry about the above until 2007. But if we are not lucky, this winter will be a gigantic Kluster-Fuck where you will have to think about everything above too quickly to be efficient. If we are 100% fucked, Rita is going to kill the U.S. economy right now.

I'm sure many of you think I am crazy. That is fine.

I am also sure many of you are scared by what I say here. Don't get anxiety over this stuff. The best thing to do is to prepare appropriately and forget it. Continue living a happy, fufilled, spiritually rich life. Don't take this information too seriously, because we all have lives to live.

But the flip side to that is don't be a fucking moron and act like I am chicken little screaming "the sky is falling" when it isn't. The sky is falling, it is only a matter of when it will fall, and how hard.

Having lived for so many years now with the threat of the next 9/11 breathing down my neck, and having chosen to be very public in my opposition to the current regime; I refuse to panic, and will continue to slowly do what I can, in my consciousness raising efforts. We are beginning on another 9-11 film- and Steve Cassily and John Gannon will be in DC this weekend to film the briefings Cynthia is holding in Congress. I still haven't figured out whether the Able Danger testimonies were scuttled or not by the Pentagon. They don't seem to want people to know how knowledgable they were about Atta for so long prior to 9-11- Glory Be! The US does seem to be on the verge of a "Perfect Storm," I hope the winds will blow away the violent cabal who have been trying to steer the planet the way they want it to go. However, it is ominous that UN/multinational troops are willing to occupy America, should the local fascists go down.

September 16, 2005

I'm sick- runny nose, cough, just the usual miserable cold, probably from doing too much for too long, but a good excuse to stay in bed, and finally read 9/11 Revealed, the latest 9-11 book, put out by Rowland Morgan and Ian Henshall, not a bad overview of the 9-11 Truth Movement, with a few notable omissions, and mistakes, and perhaps a bit of overemphasis on the more controversial aspects of 9-11- what hit the Pentagon, the questions regarding the flights/aircraft themselves. They omitted questioning the behaviour of top government officials on the actual day of the events, and the multiple wargames that were being conducted, and failed to really go into state-sponsored terrorism or the links between Al-Qaeda and the US government which Chossudovsky, Ahmed, and Tarpley explore in greater detail, but it does have color photos, even pictures of the Deception Dollars, although it says 3,000,000 are in print, even though we are now up to over 6,000,000...(minor error).

This weekend we basically missed the deadline for printing another thousand Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush, in time for the September 24th rallies, but Blaine revamped the art and Ken worked on fixing the sound in the bonus footage of the San francisco International Inquiry into 9-11 Documentary which we are including. We are already plotting on expanding, updating the documentary into an hour which will cover the latest stuff and the key points that we have been trying to raise these past four years and that will awaken, inspire people to join us.

It really is a matter of exposing the Big Lie in no uncertain terms, which is being helped by the inevitable flood of lies that the Bush Administration continues to pour forth. Phil Rockstroh wrote Levees made of lies: Rage, grief, and the chimera of the American Dream, an opinion piece, blasting the American people for allowing themselves to be lied to. I can understand his anger, and know that before I became politicized in 1992, that on some level, I knew, but chose not to become involved, to abstain from responsibility for the malevolence of the system which I felt incapable of challenging. I keep hoping to find that catalytic nugget to help people realize how much power we each have and how we can transform this country, the world; all we have to do is raise our voices, organize, exercise new channels of communications that run horizontally and not from the top down.

Cynthia McKinney, bless her soul, has been speaking out on the floor of Congress, and her words were omitted from the Congressional Record, and her mike was cut off... (Sounds familiar- the same thing happened to me at Stanford University- truth is such a threat to the State and its supporting institutions.) Cynthia McKinney censored in congressional record- Is someone afraid of the word IMPEACHMENT? is a record of her speech- until it was cut off; I'd love to hear what else she was going to say. I wish I wasn't sick- it would be good to go to the hearings on 9-11 this week in DC.

I am happy that we are making noise and that the truth is getting out and people are waking up and the Administration's days are numbered. How it will unravel, I do not know.

September 19, 2005

Yesterday I posted articles about our recent events on the Portland and San Francisco Indymedia sites. Nicholas also posted a report and links to audio on the New York rally, march. It's pretty obvious that we must become the media. We held our Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting last night in Oakland and reported on the newsletter production process. I resigned as Editor and Frank Runninghorse volunteered to take it on. We voted to produce 1000 more DVDs of Behind Every Terrorist -There is a Bush. Unfortunately, I'm waiting for Blaine and Ken to make improvements before we publish the big run, and the deadline to get them done before the next big rally is today, and neither of them have done the work, yet. At least we still have 20 video copies. We also voted to send a $200 donation to The Center for Cooperative Research which hosts Paul Thompson's amazing 9-11 Timeline (It looks like they will be doing one on Katrina, too- and they have other timelines, as well). We also voted to send the $250 we raised for the Hurricane Victims to Get Your Act On! who have been doing hurricane relief work with Veteran's for Peace; they also happen to be 9-11 truth activists who live in New Orleans. We did take in $2800 in donations this weekend, but we still have bills to pay for the books that we sold, so I think we will end up about where we started. We also voted to pay Camille and Ed for their work on the newsletter and the database. I still don't know how many tickets the Grand Lake Theater sold or how much we will receive when we split the Benefit proceeds three ways. I still believe the resource we lack the most is time- that is the biggest limitation factor in the amount of activism that we can do. We don't lack in ideas, creativity, talent, insight.

On Wednesday, my favorite Parking Meter attendant, who greatly supports our work, and never gives me a ticket, gave me a beautiful T-shirt and poster.



This is a scan of the T-shirt- much of the color and details are lost. Beneath the image it says:

From Ashes Rose Peace. On the back, there is a quote:
Buried was the bloody hatchet,
Buried was the dreadful war-club,
Buried were all warlike weapons,
And the war-cry was forgotten.
There was peace among the nations.
--H.W.Longfellow
(Song of Hiawatha)

I was almost moved to tears, I was so touched by the gift and the sentiment of the art. I finally managed to speak with the guy who came up with the concept. The painting is actually 6' by 10' and he hopes to raise money from the image to have a bronze sculpture made, to place in New York. He told me that a Chilean director just came out with a 9-11 film, which was shown at the Cannes Film Festival and wants to use the image on his posters. I wish he had submitted it for our art contest. I wore the T shirt to last night's meeting, but it was a bit too abstract for the group's taste and no one is ready, yet, to start handling 9-11 t-shirts. However the large painting, and posters will be in DC for the big anti-war rally on September 24th, and someone will be selling the T-shirts there. My kids have birthdays on the 21st and the 29th, and with soccer games on the weekend, and being the main tabler for our SF events, I'm not going to make it to D.C. for the big anti-war march. We will have lots of picket signs and our 9-11 banners at the march in San Francisco- hopefully a group who can recall all the great chants we came up with on the last march.

September 14, 2005

I'm still trying to catch up, and I have my weekly demo today. I never have time to watch the mainstream news, and I rely on other sources to se through the propaganda. The grim articles about Katrina- New Orleans: Dress Rehearsal for American Lockdown and Attacks on democratic rights, breaching legal barriers: FEMA and Katrina: REX-84 Revisited The "Black Curtain" around FEMA's Operations by Kurt Nimmo posted at Chossudovsky's site are the tip of one very big iceberg that has clashed with the U.S. Titanic. To me the challenge is my own physcal limits- I wish I had more time to make more noise. There is a great line in "Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush" by Drew Dellinger- "I ain't out to make headlines; I'm out to make history." That's what I would like to see, to turn the course of events in a postive direction. Certainly the resistance to Bush and his horrific agenda is growing. The best we can do, I think, is to grow and empower the resistance, and do our best to prevent it from being co-opted into minor reforms (like replacing Bush with a war mongering Democrat).

I wrote an Op Ed last week, but I doubt if it will be published anywhere besides here:

Real Security and Real Catastrophe

Does “security” evoke images of children sleeping peacefully or does it evoke images of gun wielding men? In an Orwellian world, “security” means military force. In the wake of 9/11 and Hurricane Katrina, the health, physical safety and well being of ordinary people have been sacrificed to finance false wars, and line the pockets of war and disaster profiteers. Those most responsible for the catastrophe of 9/11 received promotions and more money for their agenda of global domination. Those most responsible for the failure of the levees of New Orleans and the drowning of its people are now receiving the lucrative contracts to salvage the city and care for the refugees.

Isn’t it time for Americans to wake up and realize that we are neither richer nor safer by producing the world’s greatest military arsenal, particularly when the weapons are turned upon us. The first 87 billion Bush demanded from Congress for the occupation of Afghanistan and Iraq, included millions to crush dissent in Miami, opposition to the FTAA; millions to police, brutalize and violate the civil rights of citizens opposed to a trade agreement which would benefit corporations over the sovereignty of nations, that would render null and void the environmental and labor laws designed to protect people and planet.

The horror stories of FEMA’s actions to block aid, food, water, rescue teams from the victim’s of Katrina and the flooding should be a rallying cry for a new generation of Paul Reveres. The National Security Council does not care about the lives and well being of the American people; it serves the Halliburtons, the oil companies, the Carlyle Group, the political cronies who determine their profits by the number of weapons, wars, and contracts they can orchestrate.

Truth be told, the real catastrophe is the terror and fear in the hearts of rulers who see humanity as their enemy. The real catastrophe is that the wealth of the planet is being plundered to create a “false security for the wealthy” who have earmarked billions for their bunkers, trillions for weapons in space to protect them from the righteous wrath of those that they have impoverished. The real catastrophe are policies that direct resources to insulate the few from the harsh ecological, economic, biological, chemical, military disasters that they have released upon “the many have-nots,” those, who would be content, if they actually could feed themselves, their children, and sleep at night without fear of flood, hurricane, bombs, war, police.

Real security cannot be bought, nor attained by acquisition of the largest military arsenal. Real security comes healthy relationships, within a family, within a community, within a country that respects human rights. Real security comes from a healthy environment, good water, food, adequate shelter, a community that looks after the young, the old, the sick, one another.

Real security means healthy relationships between all people, and between people and planet. The failure of the US government to recognize the genuine security needs of its people, as well as the people outside of the US, places the burden of responsibility of nurturing real security upon our shoulders.

We must, not only, look after our families, build community locally, but reach out across geographic boundaries to the victims of a criminal regime.

There is an urgent need for people to hold their government accountable for its crimes and actions.

Orwell also wrote, “In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”

May the revolution begin in the hearts of Americans, may fear turn to love and compassion, may greed turn to generosity, may unconscious acceptance turn to enlightened recognition of our interdependence, that we, ultimately, are one people, with one shared planet, and one shared future.

When every child can go to bed, well fed, happy, without fear, then all of us will know real security.

September 13, 2005

I finally had a good night's sleep, after a week of very late nights, and yesterday I only had a few hours sleep, as I got home so late and had to take my husband to the airport at 5 AM. I woke up Nicholas in New York this morning, to discuss our events and the next step in the continuing effort to raise consciousness on 9-11. I think I should probably just post detailed descriptions of events on each of the webpages, but in brief here is what happened in the Bay Area-

September 10th "9-11 Truth for Peace and Justice Rally and March"
This was the fourth annual march. Between forty and fifty people gathered at the Panhandle. We had several speakers, some wonderful music and songs by Joel, who produces one of our 9-11 television shows. We passed out lots of handbills and literature to pass out along the way. We had two large banners and lots of signs. One person brought a very fancy sound system, attached to his bicycle (next year- we'll have to supply him with our best 9-11 songs). We took over the streets during our march up Ashbury to Haight Street. We were a lively, loud, vocal group and did lots of chants, the best new one that we came up with was:
9-11 was an inside job
Orchestrated by the Cheney mob

9-11 was a special op
Only justice gonna make them stop!

> We had fun. There were some new faces, and lots of old time 9-11 activists, certainly there was a sense of community and cooperation. When we reached the Concert, we stopped to get the big Deception Dollar banner for the march to the stage, we wound our way through the crowd. We passed out thousands and thousands of handbills, newsletters to people over the course of the day.

Our table, next to Bonnie Faulkner's "Guns and Butter" table was the organizing point and people would come and restock on materials to pass out to the throngs. Many people also came and bought books, magazines, DVDs, bumper stickers, buttons- all of our educational materials. One woman thoughtfully made lots of "9-11 was an Inside Job" stickers which many of us wore on our clothes/hats... There has always been a demand for "9-11 T shirts," but I never had the time and energy to produce them, the stickers were a good substitute. Usually, I stay until the very end, but I left relatively early, in order to prepare for the events on the 11th.

September 11th "9-11 Truth for Peace and Justice Film Festival, Dialogue, Discussions, Reflection" at the Veteran's War Memorial Building in San Francisco".

This marathon event began at 9 AM and lasted well past 11 PM and drew probably between 150 and 200 people over the course of the day, but not all of them were ever in the same room at the same time, as we had lots of space and lots of simultaneous things going on. There were presentations, discussions, films, a debate, some wonderful music, art from the art contest on display, food, and of course, socializing. There were over 60 people at the closing circle, where each person had the opportunity to speak and share what they experienced, felt, their insights, and inspirations. It was very moving, as much said was deeply shared by all, and again the sense of community was strengthened by the dialogue, conversations and the events of the day.

9-11 Film Festival/Benefit in Oakland

I missed this event entirely, but I did hear from people who were there. I guess that there were about 150 people in the audience for most of the festival and that it went well, except for two serious gaffs (which were probably my fault). The DVD of Mohamed Atta and the Flying Circus was shown, plus additional material- the interviews with Mohamed Atta's girlfriend. Daniel Hopsicker presented five or so minutes of the interviews with Amanda at his presentation at the Herbst in March 2004 which detailed Atta's connections with Europeans. Apparently, the projectionist wasn't told what should be shown on the DVD, which Lois Battuello, the speaker who follwed the film, brought to the theater that day. Lois was the one who suggested to Dan that he investigate Atta in the first place, as well as the flight schools. Unfortunately, the footage that was shown had little or nothing to do with 9-11 and included graphic descriptions of the life of a stripper and the sexual perversions of her male clients. People were shocked and began leaving the theater. Gypsy had the wit to get the projectionist to turn the thing off. Bonnie was looking for Lois. I don't know how it all unfurled, but there was a serious gaff there which also threw off the schedule.

Sadly, I might have given the wrong copy of Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush to the projectionist, perhaps the next to final edit, which didn't have the San Francisco International Inquiry on it- so the documentary of the Inquiry was omitted, although, for those who stayed for the duration, excerpts of it were included in Celsius 9-11.

We probably would have had better turnouts at all of the events- had we spent money on ads in the San Francisco Bay Guardian, but I didn't even have the time to do that and we put our resources into the newsletter, the mailings, and direct outreach. The press was aware of all of the events and chose, for the most part, to ignore them completely.

In New York, they actually had a fairly good turnout- perhaps the largest 9-11 Truth March in history- 250 people at the New York Times, and they marched to other media outlets and the UN. Plaza for a rally with music and speakers, and they had a big event in the evening, as well. The press did call, and some interviews were aired, just a whisper under the rants and trumpeting of the official story by the corporate cheerleaders who control the mainstream press. As the government and the corporate press continue to lose credibility, I can't help feeling that we are on the winning side, the side of truth, justice, life that will overcome the tyrants and war mongers who depend on lies and smokescreens to maintain their illusion of legitimacy.

In the closing circle at the San Francisco Veteran's War Memorial Building, one man did point out how few the "powerholders" were and how "many" we were and that only the illusion that "we are powerless" allows those few to bully, tyrranize, and manipulate the world. What we really need to do is help people to realize and exercise the power that they possess to affect our shared reality and shape the future.

I called up Nicholas Levis this morning to enlist his help in the 60 minute documentary that I want to include with our "Behind Every Terrorist - There is a Bush" DVD. We only printed 100 DVDs for last weekend's events and we are almost out of them. I think we need to print another 1000 quickly and use proceeds from that to edit down the hundreds of hours of great material that we have into a short, powerful, compelling, and empowering documentary. That's my next project. I was hoping we could quickly add something to the 28 minute "bonus documentary," the comedy DVD- but it is incredibly expensive, time consuming to add on even minutes to it, so I think we'll just have to keep parleying what we produce into the next generation of outreach materials.

September 9, 2005

There are too few hours in the day, and days in the week to get all the organizing, and publicity, and outreach done, in time for this weekend's events.

I am overjoyed/disappointed when things happen/don't happen, connections are made/lost broken. We've had serious problems getting the newsletter, printed and mailed. It won't go out in time for the event. Frank says he will bring copies to the rally tomorrow, but it is questionable whether the new machine will be able to do them or he'll have to get copies made elsewhere. I also haven't seen the latest version, but Frank's machine couldn't legibly copy the last pdf version that I received. And of the 6,000 cards I passed out- I don't know how many of them were dispersed or how many of them are sitting on someone's desk.

The press has not expressed any interest in upcoming events (with the exception of KPOO and Bonnie Faulkner), and 960 AM Radio- The Quake has the SF event on their website- finally!. Actually, I did make press phone calls on Tuesday, and some of the press said that they received the releases/advisory and planned to send reporters, so we should get some coverage, depends on whether another hurricane hits on September 11th- or an earthquake for that matter. Certainly the life and death drama of New Orleans is demanding more attention than films, talks, marches and rallies. The San Francisco Bay Guardian mentioned the Rally and the SF event, but left out the Grand Lake Theater Film Festival, and Bonnie didn't mention the march nor the SF event at KPFA. Gypsy's van broke down so KPFA doesn't know about all of the events.

Such is life. At least the website is getting 3-4000 hits a day, so people are learning about the events and calling me. Back to School Night has kept me busy the last two nights, and I've been getting a flood of emails about Katrina. I, too, can't resist reading all the first person accounts of the situation in New Orleans, the reports of explosions, deliberate destruction of the levees, the long history of New Orleans. I received this from Janice at 911truth.org

Janice,
Thanks for the email. I got out on Sunday night, but I have friends who are sticking it out successfully in the French Quarter.

Please send out a notice to the 9/11 community that Andrea Garland needs funds for her activities related to bringing in supplies to our friends still in the city. It is very important politically that we have people NOT evacuated so as to be witnesses against the coming police state that Chertoff wants to create there. Visit GetYourActOn to make contributions and read her blog.

Also, Veterans for Peace is another related group. They're setting up shop in Covington, LA. VFP has a paypal feature you can use. They'll be needing money and warm bodies (if you can go down and help them) for many months.

Please pass this around. C3 member Mike Howells wanted the blogosphere to know the political importance of having residents stay in the city during martial law. There are many jobs during the current rebuilding effort that could be worked by people like Mike and others who are still there. There's no reason to move everyone out. In fact, others should be allowed in preferentially for just that purpose.

We cannot allow our city to be sterilized by a foreign culture of Halliburton contract help.

As long as C3 has a member in the city, C3 has standing in the issuance of demands such as guaranteeing that elections in the spring of 2006 go as planned, with the entire New Orleans diaspora voting with their drivers licenses, or the fact they have been processed in the many shelters around the country.

We cannot allow the post-Katrina New Orleans government to go back to business as usual, where the poor were being systematically driven from their homes, black youth killed by police, and our educational system driven into mayhem through sinister political operatives. We have to rip off the ugly face of racist/classist New Orleans....dead bodies floating in canals is nothing to what was going on every day in pre-Katrina New Orleans, and that New Orleans HAS to change.

Marty

September 6, 2005

For the past few days, I have concentrated on catching up with work, on the website, the newsletter, my mail. I received a couple phone calls regarding Katrina and what "we" the "9-11 Truth Movement" should be doing in response. There are some horrifying parallels to 9-11 and the unecessary loss of life, the deliberate withholding of food, water, aid to the people in the region is criminal beyond belief. I got an email from Codepink asking me to join a rally "Relief Not Repression" in San Francisco, demanding, amongst other things, more money for FEMA. I was so outraged that I shot back an angry reply "FEMA should be jailed, not given more money"- just like after 9-11- those most responsible for the disaster got more money, for what- more terrorist activities, war upon all of us. I spoke for hours with an activist up in Bend Oregon, Ray, who sent me a couple pages on ""9/11, Katrina and The Big Lie". Subsequently more and more information came my way, including this article by Larry Chin, whom I regard most highly for all his excellent resarch and analysis on 9/11-

Hurricane Katrina and holocaust: Slow response or deliberate extermination?

One suggestion was that we donate the money from the Oakland benefit to the victims of Katrina, which is too complicated to do at this point after all the work, publicity, and the fact that the proceeds, already are going to 3 different organizations- and I won't even be in Oakland on the 11th, but I do think, for the benefit of the victims of Katrina, 9-11, and the victim's of the Bush Empire that are mounting up all over the world and undoubtedly the new victims that will be sacrificed, if we don't stop them as soon as possible; we must really continue with our campaign of raising consciousness on the truth about 9-11 and the criminal/terrorist behavior of the regime. I did suggest that we raise money for the victims at the San Francisco War Memorial Building on September 11th, by bringing food and drink to share, and donate money to Katrina's victims. I posted this on the webpage:

We know that the Red Cross grossly mishandled its distribution of funds for the victims of 9-11 and we promise to send the donations we collect for the food and drink that are brought and shared amongst those of us who are hungry and thirsty, at our 14 hour event, to local organizations in the New Orleans area who have a history of helping the poor in that region.

Please be generous. The word "community" comes from the Latin "Free Exchange of Gifts." Let us nurture community, as we strive to put an end to state-sponsored terrorism, violence and war. We will send money collected to Grassroots/Low-income/People of Color-led Hurricane Katrina Relief organizations that are listed on the Indymedia New Orleans website.

If you can't come to our event, but want to help those who were struck by Katrina, please help these organizations:

www.sparkplugfoundation.org/katrinarelief.html"
It does sound like food, water, aid, is deliberately being withheld from the victims who are being murdered or forced to evacuate at gunpoint, now. God knows what will happen to the unnamed refugees who board buses, who are not told where they are being taken to. I fear the worst. Some local people from New Orleans are going back there to bring supplies, I bicycled over a few boxes of clothes and toys, and wrote a message on one box, asking suggestions for who is doing good relief work there- who money should be sent to. I don't even know if the box will make it there, or whether I will get a response. If the military turns New Orleans into a Fallujah, there are zero guarantees that anyone seriously trying to help those whom the government would like to see dead, will survive.

More sobering and terrifying than the firsthand reports of the horror of the suffering of victms of Katrina, is the report that 45% of the American people polled think that Bush is handling the crisis "well." That means 45% of the American people are thoroughly brainwashed and grossly misinformed. My job, I believe, is to help wake those people up, then, perhaps, we can put a halt to the killing.

September 3, 2005

I am embarrassed to admit that this morning I had to get up very early to put gasoline and oil in a car that was still running despite heavy neglect. I made it just in time for my 9 am interview on KPOO 89.5 fm, a great station that I had never heard before (the signal fades when you leave San Francisco heading south.) I was very impressed by the speaker who followed me, Author Eva Golinger, who researched the attempted coup on Hugo Chavez and just came out with a new book"The Chávez Code: Cracking U.S. Intervention in Venezuela." A Venezuelan-American attorney, Ms. Golinger specializes in international human rights and immigration law. She obtained documents, declassified under the Freedom of Information Act, that demonstrate the U.S. government's complicity in the April 2002 coup d'etat against President Chavez. The book is the culmination of her investigation which brought to light millions of dollars the U.S. government invested in financing anti-Chavez groups. It was fascinating to hear her speak on how she was censored in Sweden where she had been invited to speak at the conference by the conference sponsors- the National Endowment for Democracy (the group that funds coups, and helps steal elections in Third World countries for the US government). NED's anti-democratic behaviour at a very democratic conference provoked a firestorm in the International Press.

I just don't see how the current regime can maintain its power in the face of so many revelations about its blatantly criminal nature. I'm so glad the information is coming from so many sources all over the world, as well as in the US, so that no one, in particular, poses a serious threat, but all combined become an insurmountable one.

Immersed as I have been in press releases, calendar listings, trying to make impossible deadlines, overwhelmed with so many tasks that I'm still functioning in triage mode; I haven't had time to watch the "news" or fully comprehend the disaster of the recent hurricane, but it seems to be a "tipping point." This is the moment for reporters who haven't utterly sold out to corporate/government interests, and have a shred of decency, a heart, some humanity who have witnessed the utter failure of the government to respond humanely in the face of the very real threat/now reality of an anticipated natural disaster. The smoke and mirrors that maintains a facade of legitimacy may just fade and crack away.

I received a gift from a Stanford student, Christian Pecaut - excerpts from a book entitled Accuracy - Based Politics: The Politics of Human Intelligence, Inhuman Terrorism, and the Mathematics of Social Accuracy, posted I believe on the web at imaginenine.comwhich presents a "Paradigm form California," there is a lot of verbiage in this, plus math, but the author tries to simplify the massage into the difference between Nature's paradigm "the way things should be" and the "way things are"...

"Nature/Life is geared to work out well for all."

"Protection should flow downwards and anxiety mainly upwards."

"There is a singular true reality which we all experience, and participate in.

I don't have time to go into this in detail, but the guy makes some keen observations, and points out how humanity has been tricked repeatedly over millenia and how we could turn things around towards a healthy, peaceful co-existence that serves all people and not just the few tyrants who tend to seize power by secretly inflicting harm and presenting themselves as humanity's saviours.

Christian will hopefully present this work at the September 11th event in San Francisco. I would like to get the program posted today, but I still haven't confirmed all the times and logistics. So much left to do. Back to work...

September 2, 2005

There was a good turnout at the Listening Project Wednesday, Ralph & Mya's presentation on the London Bombing, and our organizing meeting last night. I also spoke on WBAI-

9/11 Truth on WBAI
The Talk Back show focusing on 9/11 went very well this past Wed. The guests (David Ray Griffin, Col. Robert Bowman, Peter Phillips, and Carol Brouillet) were each great and addressed different areas of information. We asked the audience for call-ins and the phone rang off the hook! The station manager said we could have spent 2 hours just taking calls, which is obviously a great indication of interest and concern on the topic of 9/11. You can download the MP3 file by going to archive.wbai.org and scrolling down to Talk Back, Wednesday, August 31, 2005 3:00 pm. The link to download is in the right column. Right click and do a Save As. I urge everyone who couldn't listen to do so! (wrote Les Jamison who hosted the show)...

I worked a torturous 7 hours with a graphic artist to get the art done for the 10,000 cards we printed to publicize our upcoming events.(I also made a poster for the Grand Lake Theater.)

-

Fortunately, people liked them and I had no trouble dispersing 6,600 to activists at the Wednesday and Thursday events. Whatever we don't give away by the tenth, we will be able to pass out to the crowds at the Power to the Peaceful Concert. Tomorrow at 9:00 am, I will be speaking on KPOO 89.5 fm about the upcoming rally, march, film festival/events.

Now, I'm trying to finalize the newsletter which we plan on mailing out, and passing out by the thousands next week.

August 30, 2005

The good news is that the LA Times did a fairly decent article on David Ray Griffin and San Mateo Times did a small article on our art contest winner, Hannah Stutz. We also finally produced the first copies of "Behind Every Terrorist - There is a Bush" and worked out the program for the 9-11 Film Festival in Oakland. Our 9-11 Truth Movement event in Berkeley last Friday was well attended and filmed by 3 different crews (not mainstream tv- but for local community access television). Unfortunately, the art for our publicity card, and the newsletter production is delayed by the crash of the computer of our artist. These computer Crashes are devastating to our ability to publicize our events and I don't know how to get around the obstacles continually being thrown in our path, especially as time slips by so quickly and we have less than two weeks to organize, and do publicity for our 3 major events. At least, I don't have time to worry about an "impending terrorist attack" which Webster Tarpley and others are so very concerned about, in light of all the drills taking place at all the ports around the US. Maybe the recent hurricane will satisfy the military's craving for martial law, and we'll be spared the man made variety of disaster.

August 25, 2005

I sent out press releases today. Jan finally managed to update the Contest Entries Page Announcing the Winners of the 9-11 Truth for Peace and Justice Art Contest and added a link to our upcoming 9-11 events (which took a huge weight off my shoulders). 960 AM- The Quake Radio wants to sponsor the Rally and the San Francisco event, and the San Mateo Times is interested in ten year old Hannah, who won second prize in the Youth Category. I have to pick up the CSA vegetables, cook dinner, do laundry, and send out the electronic press emails now, and figure out the program for Oakland and San Francisco, as much as possible so that the art can be done for the 10,000 cards that I had hoped to start distributing at tomorrow's event. Alas, I am a mere mortal, and keep trying to do more than my physical limitations allow.

August 24, 2005

I have been working very hard to organize the Oakland 9-11 Film Festival, as well as the San Francisco 9-11 event, and the art/text for our publicity and the new video/dvd of Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush. I also sent out announcements to contestants in the art contestants announcing the winners and began sending out prizes. The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance website is supposed to be fixed tonight to highlight the winners, and add links to our upcoming events, before I send out the press releases tomorrow. I made a webpage with the winning art, just in case it doesn't get fixed tonight.

I also learned that the 9-11 briefings for the Congressional Black Caucus that Representative Cynthia McKinney is organizing will take place September 23rd and 24th.

August 20, 2005

Last night I was up until 1 am sending out calendar listings and public service announcements; I will probably have to do the same thing tonight as we firm up the program at the Grand Lake Theater for a Benefit 9-11 Film Festival in Oakland on September 11th. As soon as we have access to the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance website- we can also announce the winners to the art contest and send out prizes. The tireless Nico Haupt has put together a pretty impressive timeline of the London Bombings at www.team8plus.org. Unfortunately, I can't begin to digest and analyze all that is coming in now, when there is so much I have to do.

August 19, 2005

Between demonstrations, meetings, phone calls, catching up on email; I haven't had much time for meals, sleep, catching up on the website, but a tremendous amount of organizing is going on. I need to get out press advisories today for our upcoming September 10th and 11th events (calendar listings and public servise announcements to the radio stations). On top of that, the votes are almost all in on the art contest (although we can't contact the webmaster and update the website- which makes it hard to announce the winners and, even more challenging the Events that we are organizing...). I have the final version of our Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush video/DVD to review- now just under 60 minutes, and we'd like to get it into production in time for all the upcoming events- including screenings in Canada and San Francisco on 9-11-2005. I'd also like to compile and get out a newsletter. We also have been contacted by the Grand Lake Theater owner who would like to do another event with us on "September 11, 2005" of course. I hope he calls me today, soon. We need to do art and print cards to promote the upcoming events. I also need to do a webpage for our marathon 9am - 11pm event, and banners to send to other websites. On top of that, one senses the panic and fear (again) of another looming "Terrorist" attack, blaring in the mainstream press, as the cabal in power desperately tries to cling to power, as their popularity and credibility plummet.

Max Kolskegg wrote 9/11 In Context: Plans and Counterplans which I think is a good analysis and useful for strategizing and organizing, moving people in a hopeful direction.

I'd say the clearest difference between the current "power holders" and their opposition is the lack of respect the high and mighty have for ordinary people. I have great respect for ordinary people and their ability to understand and respond to our current situation, when presented with true information that contradicts the "corporate/government propaganda" that permeates society. Our hope lies in raising the general consciousness and winning over public opinion. The tide has turned and I am hopeful that the vast majority will be able to recognize and rein in the criminal terrorists at the helm of governments and industry who threaten all of us.

August 15, 2005

People are organizing many 9-11 Truth events in New York, Colorado, Kansas City, Canada, England... It was heartening to get a warm response to the 9-11 information at the grassroots level at the Women's International League for Peace and Freedom's (90th Anniversary) 29th Triennial Congress in San Francisco. More challenging was to get support at the "organizational" or board level, although I am sure that that will happen over time. I also got some advice on approaching the UN, since WILPF has had UN Non-Government-Organization status for a long time and has a liason office in Geneva and New York, and a better understanding of its procedures than the grassroots organizers in New York. Hopefully we can all work together, so that the scheduled rally and march in New York September 11th, 2005 will draw people, press, and have some positive impact.

I'm working on outreach, details, publicity for our Bay Area 9-11 Truth events. (And I hope to get feedback from the judges- so we can announce the winners of the art contest and I can start mailing out the awards. We have narrowed it down to four finalist, and hope to get the website updated with winners in the next day or two.) I think we should be getting more and more endorsements and support from other groups in the next week. United for Peace and Justice is having a social in Oakland on the evening of our next Northen California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting- and I hope to attend both events.

On the global and national front, I think the administration and global elite are scared and trying to terrify the rest of us with their warnings of impending terrorist attacks and pushing the "pre-emptive nuclear option" of attacking Iran. I think they are beginning to realize how absurd and hollow the lies sound and no amount of spin can help them to "maintain credibility" in the face of their blatant contradictions with reality. We need to continue to bravely point out the lies and continue to erode their support.

C-SPAN will be broadcasting the entirety of the McKinney congressional briefing on 9/11

Representative Cynthia McKinney organized a day-long briefing on July 22 to address the 9/11 Commission's Final Report one year later. The event included leading victims' family members, former government and intelligence workers, academics and authors speaking on the flaws and weaknesses of the 9/11 Commission's investigation, assumptions, omissions, conclusions and recommendations. It was filmed in entirety by C-SPAN.

C-SPAN has now set some times and dates for airing the event.

They will air on C-SPAN2 from 8:00 pm to 11:30 pm on Wednesday, August 31


and from 8:00 pm to 1:00 am on Friday, September 2.

It is broken into two parts as described below:

Forum- September 11 Commission Report Results, Pt. 1
U.S. House of Representatives, McKinney, C. (D-GA)
Washington, District of Columbia (United States)
ID: 187857 - 07/22/2005 - 3:30 - No Sale

Daugherty, Rebecca, Director, Freedom of Info. Service Center
Smith, Wayne, Member, Center for International Policy
Gage, Kit, National Coordinator, National Coalition to Protect Policical Freedom
Kleinberg, Mindy, Relative
Judge, John, Co-Founder, 9/11 CitizensWatch
McKinney, Cynthia, U.S. Representative, D, Georgia (State)

Families of victims, former intelligence officials, and authors speak at a day-long forum on the September 11 Commission Report, focusing on the methodology of the investigation, recommendations made by the commission, causes of the attacks, and government responses to the attacks.

Forum September 11 Commission Report Results, Pt. 2
U.S. House of Representatives, McKinney, C. (D-GA)
Washington, District of Columbia (United States)
ID: 187857 - 2 - 07/22/2005 - 5:00 - No Sale

McKinney, Cynthia, U.S. Representative, D, Georgia (State)

Families of victims, former intelligence officials, and authors speak at a day-long forum on the September 11 Commission Report, focusing on the methodology of the investigation, recommendations made by the commission, causes of the attacks, and government responses to the attacks.

The 9-11 Public Discourse Project forums will be aired around our events on the following days on C-SPAN 2 on the following days:

CIA and FBI Reform on August 24 at 8 pm
Congressional Intelligence Reform on August 24 at 10:10 pm
Challenges Facing the DNI on August 25 at 8 pm
Terrorism and Weapons of Mass Destruction on August 26 at 8 pm
Homeland Security on August 26 at 10:05 pm
Civil Liberties on August 29 at 8 pm
Foreign Policy on August 30 at 8 pm
Winning the Struggle of Ideas September 1 at 8 pm and 9:30 pm on C-SPAN 1


For full details on these see: www.c-span.org and click the "TV Schedules" link at the top right of the lead page, just above the flashing ad for C-SPAN pod-casting.

August 10, 2005

Here's what Cynthia McKinney wrote in response to coverage of the 9-11 briefings in DC last July:

It's a shame that the Atlanta Journal and Constitution seems incapable of running factual coverage of important events for the people in the Atlanta area. Their coverage of our historic Capitol Hill 9-11 briefing, laden with commentary and innuendo, bore no resemblance to the content of the actual event. They refuse to retract that story--as I have requested them to do--or to even print this op ed signed by many of the panelists and me. Please share this op ed with your friends; post it widely as an example of the way serious issues are treated by the corporate media in Atlanta.

August 2, 2005

Editor
Atlanta Journal Constitution
55 Marietta Street, Ste. 1500
Atlanta, GA 30303

OP-ED TO THE EDITOR:

Your recent article ("McKinney reopens 9/11" July 23, 2005, by Bob Kemper) covering a day-long Congressional briefing on July 22 was totally misleading in claiming that it consisted of "conspiracy theories implicating president [Bush]." The actual title was ""The 9/11 Commission Report One Year Later: A Citizens' Response – Did They Get it Right?" and not a single panelist at the event, which included 9/11 family members, former intelligence and government workers, whistleblowers and academic experts, raised any allegations that the Bush administration arranged the 9/11 attacks.

The eight hours of testimony included a powerful statement from New Jersey 9/11 widow Lorie van Auken speaking for other family members about their questions that remain unanswered to date, and their frustration that no one has been held accountable at any level for what was not an "institutional failure" nor a "failure of imagination" in relation to the 9/11 attacks, but personal failures to heed multiple and explicit advance warnings of just such an event in the United States.

Your reporter has done the concerned family members and scholars present a disservice by his defamatory remarks which continue to hide from the American public the many unexplored facts and unanswered questions that mark our understanding of and response to 9/11. I hope the public and the citizens in my district in Georgia will take the opportunity to hear this new evidence through C-SPAN, Pacifica Radio, and my own website.

Certainly the dozens of panelists who spoke about post-9/11 violations of civil rights and liberties, the rise of secrecy and the hidden costs of covert operations and consolidation of intelligence, and the rise of the neoconservative view in foreign policy and a new "Pax Americana" and permanent warfare that ignore international law or the alternatives of restoring justice and peace cannot be called "conspiracy theorists" because they question the immediate response and flawed recommendations that now guide legislation and a new security paradigm.

Historians and researchers who discover glaring errors or omissions in the Commission's report, or the lack of historical framework to their comprehension of the sources of terrorism can't be called "contrarians" for unearthing facts that contradict faulty conclusions or assumptions in the official version of events.

This calls for another look at the government's account of 9/11, which guides so much of what has happened since. Mistakes of fact, intentional or not, have changed and guided America into costly wars and increased insecurity at home. They need to be addressed and scrutinized, not dismissed and used to attack those who discover or raise them.

Your writer further implies that the issues I raised in 2002 regarding 9/11 and its aftermath "helped to spur my ouster from Congress" and that this event merely revisited the questions I raised then. To the contrary, my legitimate questions of 2002 have been taken up since by many others in Congress and the public. Many 9/11 victims' families share these concerns as well. My re-election calls the question to such claims, since my credibility with the electorate in my district is intact.

In the end, public consideration of important new facts regarding all aspects of the 9/11 tragedy is my responsibility to my constituents, the victims of 9/11, and the oath I took to defend our Constitution.

The presenters listed below, who were at the July 22 briefing, join me in this response.

Rep. Cynthia McKinney
4th District, Georgia

Peter Dale Scott, Ph.D.
Ray McGovern
David MacMichael
Paul Thompson
Nafeez Ahmed
Elaine Cassell
C. William Michaels, Esq.
Dr. John Nutter
Anne Norton
Dr. William F. Pepper


(I tried to get Power to the Peaceful to have a 9-11 speaker and suggested McKinney, but they turned me down- this was just sent to me by a friend who was shocked that they wouldn't want her as a speaker.).

Generally, I bring fresh chocolate chip cookies to the Veteran's for Peace meetings (since I bake them anyway for my Wednesday Listening Project) and they usually earn me some votes when I ask them to co-sponsor an event. I think I got a unanimous vote tonight (It's late at night as I write this) in support of our September 10th "9-11 Truth for Peace and Justice" Rally and March and the September 11th, 9am - 11pm event with films, dialogue, discussion, reflection on "9-11 Truth for Peace and Justice." This was critical for us- because their support means free rooms to hold the events in (or a reduction in price, if we try for the Herbst Theatre or the Green Room) at the Veteran's War Memorial Building in San Francisco- which is a great, accessible, location, rich in historical significance. I actually love the meetings because the people are so down to Earth, democratic, honest, and are my great allies in the streets and at so many events; I became an associate member of the organization. Today, Paul will find out what rooms are available on September 11th, and I'll see if we can also get the Green Room (It had two holds on it, but it is possible to challenge those) and I'll work on finding other co-sponsors, endorsers. So far we have Marin Peace and Justice Coalition, Guns and Butter, Taking Aim, Central Committee for Conscientious Objectors, and I also saw Jeff and Carlos from Not in Our Name and Global Exchange at the meeting and hope Global Exchange and Not In Our Name will endorse, or at least post, the events on their calendars. How elaborate an event we can have will depend on what rooms we can get, and how much support we get from the "Peace and Justice" groups. I received an email from the Raging Grannies today (my local WILPF group who endorsed our last big events). They are planning a Rage in San Francisco at Union Square at 2:00 pm this Saturday, August 13th, and invited me to join them and table. I will. Ronald Reagan Home for the Criminally Insane and Code Pink will also be there; the issue is against torture. I just hope I can find someone to help me with the tabling (I can't do it logistically on my own). Unfortunately, organizing the upcoming events is hard with the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance website and email list dysfunctional at the moment. Still, we've managed in the past to pull off events in less than a month- I think we'll be able to do it again!

August 9, 2005

The largest article ever printed by the UK mainstream media raising many of the serious questions about the 9/11 cover-up appeared in the Daily Mail on August 6th. (It is still rather dismissive of "conspiracy theories," but that is standard for the press. It does raise some important points.

Other articles adding weight to our cause include Peter Dale Scott's -
9/11 in Historical Perspective: Flawed Assumptions
Deep Politics: Drugs, Oil, Covert Operations and Terrorism, A briefing for Congressional staff
which was picked up by the British Press, as well. I spoke with him yesterday to see if he could participate in our upcoming events, but his first priority is to finish his current book on 9-11 and it turns out that John Judge invited him to DC on the same days for the briefing of the Congressional Black Caucus on 9-11. I have great respect for Peter Dale Scott whose earlier work on the CIA's drug dealings prompted me to become an activist. He also participated in our first big event- the premiere of GNN's Aftermath- Unanswered Questions from 9-11 in March, 2003.

Michel Chossudovsky also wrote an article-
7/7 Mock Terror Drill: What Relationship to the Real Time Terror Attacks?
Fictional 7/7 "scenario" of multiple bomb attacks on London's subway
which succinctly looks at the most damning statement indicating that 7/7 was an "inside job." At our last Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting in San Francisco, someone passed out copies of an article with Power's damning statement:

"POWER: At half past nine this morning we were actually running an exercise for a company of over a thousand people in London based on simultaneous bombs going off precisely at the railway stations where it happened this morning, so I still have the hairs on the back of my neck standing up right now."

And also brought a map of the London Tube. If you have ever spent any time in London and traveled on it, you know that there are hundreds of stations and the odds of the terrorists choosing precisely the same stations, and precisely the same time and day as the exercise are astronomical.

August 8, 2005

I just have two days to organize before I go to the 90th Anniversary WILPF National Conference in SF. I wish there was more time to update this website with the significant developments and articles that have come out in the past few weeks. Paul Thompson has included a new Timeline on "Military exercises up to 9/11" at www.cooperativeresearch.org

This excerpt is on an "exercise"- taking place at 8:30 am

"As the 9/11 attacks are taking place, a large military training exercise called Global Guardian is said to be “in full swing.” It has been going on since the previous week. [Omaha World-Herald, 2/27/02; Omaha World-Herald, 9/10/02] Global Guardian is an annual exercise sponsored by US Strategic Command (Stratcom) in cooperation with US Space Command and NORAD. One military author defines Stratcom as “the single US military command responsible for the day-to-day readiness of America's nuclear forces.” [Arkin, 2005, pp 59] Global Guardian is a global readiness exercise involving all Stratcom forces and aims to test Stratcom's ability to fight a nuclear war. It is one of many “practice Armageddons” that the US military routinely stages. [Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 11/12/97; Associated Press, 2/21/02 (B); Omaha World-Herald, 2/27/02; Omaha World-Herald, 9/10/02] It links with a number of other military exercises, including Crown Vigilance (an Air Combat Command exercise), Apollo Guardian (a US Space Command exercise), and NORAD exercises Vigilant Guardian and Amalgam Warrior [Defense Department, 5/97; GlobalSecurity [.org], 10/10/02] Global Guardian is both a command post and field training exercise, and is based around a fictitious scenario designed to test the ability of Stratcom and its component forces to deter a military attack against the US. Hundreds of military personnel are involved. [Collins Center, 12/99; Times-Picayune, 9/8/02; Committee on Armed Services, 2000] According to a 1998 Internet article by the British American Security Information Council—an independent research organization—Global Guardian is held in October or November each year. [BASIC, 10/98] In his book Code Names, NBC News military analyst William Arkin dates this exercise for October 22-31, 2001. [Arkin, 2005, pp 379] And a military newspaper reported in March 2001 that Global Guardian was scheduled for October 2001. [Space Observer, 3/23/01, pp 2] If this is correct, then some time after March, the exercise must have been rescheduled for early September. Furthermore, there may be another important facet to Global Guardian. A 1998 Defense Department newsletter reported that for several years Stratcom had been incorporating a computer network attack (CNA) into Global Guardian. The attack involved Stratcom “red team” members and other organizations acting as enemy agents, and included attempts to penetrate the Command using the Internet and a “bad” insider who had access to a key command and control system. The attackers “war dialed” the phones to tie them up and sent faxes to numerous fax machines throughout the Command. They also claimed they were able to shut down Stratcom's systems. Reportedly, Stratcom planned to increase the level of computer network attack in future Global Guardian exercises. [IAnewsletter, 6/98] It is not currently known if a computer attack was incorporated into Global Guardian in 2001 or what its possible effects on the country's air defense system would have been if such an attack was part of the exercise."

Isn't it extraordinary that coincidentally the London bombings occurred precisely at the same time that the British were conducting an exercise with multiple bombings at precisely the same locations/and time that the terrorist attacks took place?

More chilling- this article appeared today- Military drafts war plans for terrorist attacks Preparing scenarios for action on US soil a shift for Pentagon, By Bradley Graham, Washington Post,August 8, 2005

The US military has devised its first-ever war plans for guarding against and responding to terrorist attacks in the United States, envisioning 15 potential crisis scenarios and anticipating several simultaneous strikes around the country, according to officers who drafted the plans.

The classified plans, developed here at Northern Command headquarters, outline a variety of possible roles for quick-reaction forces estimated at as many as 3,000 ground troops per attack, a number that could easily grow depending on the extent of the damage and the abilities of civilian response teams.

... the new plans provide for what several senior officers acknowledged is the likelihood that the military will have to take charge in some situations, especially when dealing with mass-casualty attacks that could quickly overwhelm civilian resources.

''In my estimation, [in the event of] a biological, a chemical or nuclear attack in any of the 50 states, the Department of Defense is best positioned -- of the various eight federal agencies that would be involved -- to take the lead," said Admiral Timothy J. Keating, the head of Northcom, which coordinates military involvement in homeland security operations."...

Nonetheless, when it comes to ground forces possibly taking a lead role in homeland operations, senior Northcom officers remain reluctant to discuss specifics. Keating said such situations, if they arise, probably would be temporary.

Military exercises code-named Vital Archer, which involve troops in lead roles, are shrouded in secrecy. Other homeland exercises featuring troops in supporting roles are widely publicized.

Sounds a lot like Martial Law to me. While in Canada this July, the most horrifying thing I read was an article on the Bush family pushing Jeb as a Presidential candidate and noting that Florida went into Martial Law on September 7, 2001- before 9-11!

I think the US government is more afraid of its citizens than any "foreign threat." The question is simply- who is going to organize faster- the forces of repression or the forces of resistance? Look at the speed of the legislation passed in the wake of 9-11, the construction of "Homeland Security," the consolidation of media consensus and censorship. The 9-11 Truth Movement is growing, along with the resistance to war, and the opposition to the Bush Regime, but the barriers are enormous- the press, the psychological barriers of fear and denial. Organizers are overwhelmed with all the tasks we face, while those just realizing what is going on are trying to figure out what they can do personally and need ideas as to what action steps they can take. I'd like to post an Activism 101 course on this website- but I haven't found time, yet!

I am overcommitted. We are looking at 6 Finalists for our art contest. We are looking for an editor/articles for the newsletter that we would like to get out this month. We are looking for endorsers, sponsors, volunteers for our upcoming San Francisco "9-11 Truth for Peace and Justice" Rally/March on September 10th and our 9 am to 11 pm "9-11 Truth for Peace and justice" event on September 11th. We need to print up fliers/posters, do publicity, get out our press releases as soon as we can work out details for our events. (And I have to get my taxes done by August 15th- and send out the prizes to the participants in our art contest...) Such is the life of a "hyperactivist."

August 6, 2005

I was up til 2:30 am last night at a party that drew together national 9-11 organizers and 9-11 activists to celebrate and strategize after the DC Truth Convergence and move forward with our plans for September. I also brought the art from the art contest, so that the judges could see more of it and we could choose winners. I used two entries to create fliers to distribute today at Livermore at the Seeds for Change Rally. I've added our annual 9-11 Rally and March to the 9-11 Power to the Peaceful Concert on Saturday, September 10th to our calendar and we decided to move forward with a 9 AM to11 PM event on September 11th, 2005 at the Veteran's War Memorial Building. Many details to be decided, but time to pack the car and get to today's rally.

August 2, 2005

I just returned from a Brouillet family vacation (in Canada) today. I was up at 3:45 AM for an early flight and haven't begun to catch up on everything, but the DC Truth Cinvergence went well and I am optimistic. I look forward to my Listening Project tomorrow and catching up with the SF activists at our Thursday night meeting in SF. My emails bounced while I was gone.

July 17, 2005

The general rule of organizing is that things take twice as long to do as one thinks it will take to do. Our art contest is taking far longer to manage than I had anticipated. Originally, I had hoped to conclude it by June 1, 2005, so that I would be free over the summer to spend time with my children. I'm an activist for the long haul and have always had to juggle being a mom with being an activist (always a challenge since I tend to go for the big issues which seem to place the weight of the world on my shoulders). In general, I do my activism when the kids are in school or asleep, but inevitably the work spills over into other times when they want to play with me, talk to me and I have to say, "I'm sorry- I have to work now." Hence I was reluctant to extend the deadline until July 1st and July 11th, but it seemed with the technical difficulties that we were having with the intial publicity and website, that we had to give ourselves more time or the contest would be finished before anyone knew that we were having it, and we have been plagued with computer difficulties, ever since.

When catastrophes strike, I try to remain calm and think of my favorite Chinese story-

There was an old farmer whose horse ran away. His neighbors said, "Oh no! What a disaster what are you going to do?"

He shrugged his shoulders and said philosophically, "Ah, who is to say whether it is good luck or bad?"

Sure enough, the horse came back, followed by three wild horses. The neighbors said, "Oh you lucky man, now you are the richest man in the the neighborhood, will you throw a party?"

He replied again, "Ah, who is to say whether it is good luck or bad."

Indeed, his only son, while trying to break in the wild horses, only succeeded in breaking his leg."

"This is terrible,"said the neighbors,"Who will help you now? Who will take care of the horses, and your son?"

Again, the old farmer took it in stride, saying whose to say whether it is good luck or bad."

Suddenly, a war broke out and all the young men were forced to join the army and all of them were killed, except for the farmer's son who was in bed with a broken leg."

At critical moments and times in my life, I remember this story, and catastrophes have turned into extraordinary opportunities, blessings. So, I try to remain calm, although I must say that I was truly furious with Nik, who set up the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance website, who hadn't returned my phone calls and emails all week, and who I felt let me down, betrayed me..., while reminding myself of all of Nikolas virtues and efforts and trying to not get so upset... In all volunteer organizations, in Life, the most important thing that I have learned is to forgive, to accept, to love... cause we all try, but everyone makes mistakes and we can never do everything. So last night Nikolas finally called me, he had colossal computer problems and lost nearly his entire operating system and all his back-up files and emails, everything, and on top of that he has been working brutal hours (didn't dare to call me too late at night), and he is sick. My anger melted away totally and I just felt a huge wave of relief that he was still allive and compassion for all that he has been through. It seems clear, too, at this point, that we are simply not going to be able to get all the entries up and judged and prizes out until August with all the computer, technical, physical, mental problems that we have had to deal with. Gabriel is still superbusy with the big convergence in DC, as is Jan, who posted most, but not all, of the entries. Blaine, who I have generally relied upon in the past for all the critical website stuff, has also encountered insurmountable computer problems. My son also broke my monitor yesterday, which is hopefully getting fixed (at least my husband jury-rigged another computer for me to use in the meantime).

So, I hope the participants, sponsors, those involved will be understanding and forgiving for our tardiness in displaying the art, announcing the winners, and getting out the prizes, but in August- I will have a better chance of publicizing the winning art/the contest and we will be able to use the art for our upcoming events in September.

On Saturday morning, I was still not feeling well, my migraine was hiding, and all I had to do was think of work, for it to come rushing to the suface. My husband had bought the latest Harry Potter book and the stage was set for the battle of the book... In the past, I have always read the books aloud to the kids. So, I decided to dispell some of the conflict, by again, reading the story aloud. If you've read the book/series or seen the films, the basic plot is good versus evil- the miraculous survival of a baby, Harry Potter, by an attack upon him and his parents by the evil wizard, Lord Voldemort.

In the latest book, at some point there is a scene between the good wizard Dumbledore and the evil Voldemort and the point Dumbledore makes is that Love is the most powerful magical force of all. I do believe this ultimately to be true.

I've taught my kids that we won't solve the world's problems by "killing the bad guys," but by recognizing that those responsible for the worst acts of violence against people and planet- wars, terrorism, the ecological assaults - are done by people who never learned how to love, to connect with other people, with life. We need to compassionately recognize their pathologies and remove them from positions of power for everyone's sake.

July 15, 2005

The stress of the impossibility of completing the work I hoped to do in the time allotted has wiped me out the past two days; I have had a migraine and felt nauseous and it is hard to do anything. Gabriel is working on pulling the DC events together and also needs help:

HEY, EVERYONE--PLEASE ADD THIS TO EVERY EMAIL YOU SEND OUT. . . WE REALLY, REALLY, REALLY NEED HELP! NOW!!

==================================

We have currently formed the following working groups. Please select where your talents and time would be most happily invested and get in touch with the contact person as soon as you can.

Outreach/Communications
Contact: Janice Matthews,br> Tel: 816-444-3249 (Central Time Zone)
Cell: 707-616-7939
janicematthews(at)sbcglobal.net

Media/Publicity
Contact: David Kubiak
Tel: 207-967-2390 (Eastern),br> kubiak(at)nancho.net

Logistics
Contacts: David Slesinger
Tel: 240-395-0031(Eastern)
dslesinger(at)alum.mit.edu

Hospitality (Lodging, Food)
Robin Latham-Konneck
Tel: 707.829.1928 (West)
winewitch(at)hotmail.com

Visibility (Signage, banners, etc.)
Contact: Jan Hoyer
Tel: 816-524-3213
janhoyer(at)digitalstyledesigns.com

Saturday Rally Coordination+TownHall
Contact: Kyle Hence
Tel: 401-935-7715 (Eastern)
kylehence(at)earthlink.net

Sunday Workshop/Summit Coordination
Contact: Gabriel Day
Cell: 831-325-3135 (West Coast)
sharethetruth911(at)yahoo.com

Fundraising
Contact: Les Jamieson
Tel: 718-492-2192 (Eastern)
jazzyday(at)earthlink.net

Lobbying
Contact: Thom Speidel
Tel: thom@nvinet.com
(no telephone access 7/13-7/19--Please post ideas on the Riseup list until then: dctruthcon@riseup.com )

Video/Photography
Contact: Ken Jenkins till 7/17, then Hummux 7/18+
kenjenkins@aol.com , Hummux@aol.com
415-485-4491 , 415-492-8737

Information Technology (Computers, streaming video, etc.) Contact: HELP NEEDED!!!
Please volunteer to help us with this if you have any experience and knowledge to share.

I hope people will plug in- every bit of help is needed at this point. One person makes a huge difference.

The London Cover story is emerging and falling apart for those who are looking at it with an ounce of rationality - London Bombing Patsies: Replay of 9/11 Passport (by Jon Rappaport), meanwhile, the more earthshaking events are Uzbekistan (China and Russia) telling the US to get the heck out of Central Asia. Bush has stuck his tail between his legs and run home, failing to even observe a moment of silence for the victims of the London bombings. (It seems so botched that the CIA most likely had a hand in it.) Check out the bio of the chair of the London Transportation Commission-

The Commissioner Bob Kiley (chair)

Prior to his appointment as Commissioner of Transport for London in January 2001, Robert Kiley served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the New York City Partnership. The Partnership, the city's leading business and civic organisation, improves the city's economic climate through advocacy and public-private initiatives in education, job creation, affordable housing, and neighbourhood development. Its membership reflects the impressive breadth of the city's private, non-profit and civic leadership.

From 1991 to 1994 he was President of Fischbach Corporation, a major New York-based construction and engineering company, and in 1994 became its Chairman until assuming his position at the New York City Partnership in 1995.

From 1983 until 1990, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA). At the MTA he was responsible for five transportation agencies serving the New York Metropolitan Region where he directed the rebuilding of New York's public transportation system and restructured its management. He led successful efforts to obtain more than $16 billion from the New York State legislature for capital improvements to the city's subways and buses, commuter railroads, tunnels and bridges in the MTA region.

Robert Kiley has consulted with corporations and public agencies at the Management Analysis Center (now Cap Gemini) then headquartered in Cambridge, Massachusetts. In the 1970s he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority in Boston and served as Deputy Mayor of the City of Boston.

Early in his career, he was with the CIA, where he served as Manager of Intelligence Operations and then as Executive Assistant to the Director.

Robert Kiley is a Member of the Council on Foreign Relations, Board Member of the Salzburg International Seminar, the American Repertory Theater, MONY Group Inc, the Princeton Review Inc and Edison Schools, Inc. He is also on the Advisory Board of the Harvard University Center for State and Local Government.

A Magna Cum Laude graduate of the University of Notre Dame, Indiana, USA, Robert Kiley and his wife Rona now live in London.

It's no small wonder that the FBI stopped taking the tube before the attacks...

July 13, 2005

I was up until 2:30 AM last night- writing a letter to Oliver Stone, after a long meeting with Veteran's for Peace in San Francisco.

Today I worked on the final edits for "Behind Every Terrorist- There is Bush" and had my weekly "Listening Project" in downtown Palo Alto- which brought a lot of people together, regulars and new folks; I stayed an hour or two beyond the usual 1:00 PM - miraculously I didn't get a parking ticket.

Organizing takes twice as long as one would imagine any particular task would take, and I still haven't heard from all the judges in the art contest, anxious as I am to announce the winners and send out prizes.

Webster Tarpley, whom I respect greatly, just wrote an article on his take on The London Explosions,The Rogue Network, Bush, And Iran. I don't agree on everything with Webster, but he definitely has valuable insight and observations to add to our understanding of recent events and their historical context.

The Truth Convergence in DC is shaping up and drawing Nafeez Ahmed from London, Paul Thompson, Barrie Zwicker, Ian Woods, plus those who haven't been vocal on 9-11 before- like Media Channel's Danny Schechter (who I danced and schmoozed with in St. Louis). I'm glad he has finally come around. Cynthia McKinney and John Judge are organizing hearings on 9-11; the schedule is looking better and better each day. I just wish I could go! (But I have family committments that weekend- and won't be able to make it.) I wish I could find someone going though, who would be willing to be responsible for the art we have produced from the contest- to bring it to the actions and display it at the Convergence. If Gabriel wasn't overwhelmed and overcommitted with all the other logistical stuff- he'd be the logical person, but he has already taken on an enormous load- I need to find someone else. Any volunteers?

Here is a link to the latest newsletter.

July 12, 2005

Finally, most of the 9-11 Art Contest Entries are up! Unfortunately, not all of them made it up. It's so frustrating, not being able to do all the technical stuff required for all the projects that I get involved with; I'm really dependent on other people to help- and it is hard when they don't come through.(We're missing the flash movie/song by Kyle Hence, Jeff Simon, and Connfetti's entries. Some entries were not posted because they did not adhere to the contest theme.)

Greg Szy10:31 PM 7/13/2005manski has posted another article- Second WTC Janitor Comes Forward With Eye-Witness Testimony of 'Bomb-Like' Explosion in North Tower Basement challenging the official narrative. I hope these are the witnesses whose stories will be told in upcoming films... More on London7/7 at Mark Rabinowitz's http://www.oilempire.us/london.html.

July 11, 2005

I found 3 more entries at the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance P.O. Box, today; with luck they should all be posted tonight- so we can judge them and announce the winners. I'm afraid that our technical weaknesses makes it really hard for us to open and hear the music that has been sent our way; unfortunately Nikolas still hasn't figured out how to post one of our best entries- a flash movie and song entitled "Conspiracy of Silence."

Why the Road to 9/11 Truth Passes Through London highlights the parallels between 9/11 and the recent attacks and how we might be able to reach Americans rationally on the truth about the London bombings, without having to deal with the psychological barriers erected against "the truth about 9-11." I just wonder if it is possible to reach Oliver Stone and get him to hear William Rodriguez, before he does a "9-11 film" that avoids the truth completely.

I finished reading Sinister Forces- A Grimoire of American Political Witchcraft this morning, although since it was the first book of a trilogy, I felt like I was left dangling at the edge of a cliff... I wanted to "finish the story," but suddenly the book ended- the Appendix appeared, although none of the threads had been neatly brought together and woven into a complete pattern... Peter Levenda apparently hasn't turned his attention to 9-11 (or figured it out, yet), but I think his publisher, Kris Millegan, is right in seeing that 9-11 or 7-7-2005 as a black magic ritual directed at humanity. I remember Bill Moyer's class on "Creating Equality in Relationships" over a decade ago, as he patiently explained the violence done by men against women- how 3% was physical, 40% verbal, the rest psychological, and mirrored by the violence of the State in order to control others- and most importantly "their view of the world and themselves." Worldview warfare- the Germans called it. Who will determine how people view the world, themselves, their relationship to those who steer the institutions, that dominate the planet and exercise so much power over every aspect of human life?

I just hope that enough people raise their voices, not just on 9-11, but on all the acts of abuse, oppression, terrorism, torture, cruelty that are connected in the shadowy world of power relationships and allow gross injustice, inequities, and criminals to flourish. We have a systemic problem that demands the collective outrage of all people of conscience.

July 9, 2005

I returned today from the High Sierras and a rare "second honeymoon." Apparently, the world doesn't stop turning, when someone decides to take a pause and try to step off the carousel.

I couldn't resist bringing books on my trip, doing some research, and returned to a flood of emails and phone calls. I believe the most incriminating indicator that the 7/7/2005 London Terror Attacks were yet another state-sponsored inside job was Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones' London Underground Bombing 'Exercises' Took Place at Same Time as Real Attack - Culpability cover scenario echoes 9/11 wargames posted today at Prison Planet.com.

Unfortunately, the larger pattern becomes increasingly clear as all the pieces are pulled together. I read Nick Begich's excellent book Earth Rising The Revolution which looks at the latest in military technologies and thinking. I also read Ronald Wright's A Short History of Progress which is a critical look at the "experiment" of civilization, and the history of disasters on humanity's evolutionary path. I've read a lot on this subject, but Wright puts many pieces together in a simple, illuminating, way. I also read a book (DreamHealer 2) by an amazing young healer named Adam, whose mother is a friend of an old friend of ours; it was by far the most hopeful, empowering book I read. I am also in the midst of reading Sinister Forces- A Grimoire of American Political Witchcraft which is a fascinating, well researched book by Peter Levenda (Author of Unholy Alliance- A History of Nazi Involvement with the Occult) and looks at ancient American history, as well as the occultism in American political life, including the CIA, mind control, assassinations, and the history of military psychological warfare.

With the dramatic events of this past week and the big convergence in DC this month, the website still doesn't have all the art posted on it, although Jan says she'll have it up tomorrow. I hope so, especially since we need to announce the winners Monday. I have so much work to catch up on...

July 2, 2005

It's been incredible busy. I just posted an article on some of the art we received, but it's shorter than I intended, because I had no sleep last night ( I was up til 2:30 AM posting an article on Indymedia with photos of our Fast for Economic Justice for Iraq last Wednesday, and an allergic reaction caused me a rash and insomnia last night), and I have to be up at six am to take the kids to Boy Scout Camp tomorrow morning. We have some technological hurtles to overcome to get all the entries up on the website where everyone, and the judges can see them before we announce the winners.

I wrote a letter to the Editor of the New York Times, Judith Miller, the Editor of Time Magazine and his assistant at the behest of John Buchanon, the other day (June 28th)-

Dear Dawn, Peter, Bill and Judith,

It's quite clear that we have criminals occupying the White House; if the press shows some integrity we can stop them and hold them accountable for their crimes. You have the key to one serious crime- who leaked the critical information and exposed Valerie Plame which could bring down the Bush Regime, and I urge you to reveal that information. There are more serious crimes that need to be exposed- the enormous deceptions used to trick people into supporting the illegal war in Iraq, and the one that I have been focusing on for nearly four years- 9-11 and mounting evidence that it was "an inside job." (I organized the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11). And the very dramatic evidence of rigged elections in 2000 and 2004 might also topple the regime. These other crimes, I would argue, are much more serious than the Valerie Plame affair, and deserve to be exposed, but the psychological resistance to these other revelations is extreme, as most people are terrified of what would happen on a grand scale, if the truth came out- panic, economic collapse, irreparable damage to American's perception of their country and their place in the world.

I will continue working towards exposing these larger truths, but you have an opportunity to put the brakes on the most dangerous cabal ever to mount a serious bid for Global Domination. If I were you, I would think seriously about joining the side of the vast majority of the world's people and do the heroic thing- you might even salvage some of your credibility by actually serving the public interest.

Sincerely,
Carol Brouillet

Perhaps not the most tactful letter that I have written, but apparently Time relented and fingered Karl Rove, today, let us hope the Bush Regime goes down and the worst criminals are exposed, let the unravelling begin.

June 30, 2005

I've been getting phone calls from artists all day, who are trying to figure out how to get in their 9-11 Truth Art entries before the deadline. It's better than an Easter Egg hunt when I get to see them for the first time!!!

My rant, drew some attention and was reposted on a friend of mine's great site- http://www.conspiracyplanet.com/, I just wish I had more carefully edited the darn thing before I sent it out. I revised it slightly and tried to post it (unsuccessfully on Portland's site--hmmm?) and successfully on LA's site with the proper images (And hopefully an even better revised version will be on the Conspiracy Planet site, soon.)

The DC Emergency Convergence July 22nd-24th is coming together well. Seven busloads of people are planning on coming from New York City. Nafeez Ahmed's new book The War on Truth - 9/11, Disinformation and the Anatomy of Terrorism is finally in print, being shipped out, and strikes me as more timely than ever.

I received much sympathy and support from people who saw my articles, and Don Paul mentioned a book on The Cultural Cold War: The CIA and the World of Arts and Letters , 2000 by Frances Saunders, which chronicles a number of CIA assets.

Bob Feldman whose great research on Left Gatekeepers should be read by every "progressive" also posted an article on indymedia West-Bloc Dissident Book & KPFA's Hidden History which looks at William Blum's experience with KPFA and the ultimate Left Gatekeeeper, Larry Bensky. Blum is famous for his great book, Killing Hope: US Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II. The joke amongst 9-11 truth activists is "How can we tell the difference between the assets and the assholes?" Amy Goodman finally mentioned the absorption of the Nazi War criminals and their intelligence network into the CIA and US government this morning, which should have been big news over ten years ago! I'm sure she will get around to covering 9-11 when there is undeniable pressure from an informed grassroots audience, but I won't hold my breath.

June 29, 2005

I'm feeling very exhausted at the moment. Yesterday, between errands, I was sending out faxes, emailing press releases the whole day, until late at night when I got an e-mail saying that the New York Indymedia Collective censored/disappeared my article!!!!!! I was so outraged, I blasted a Media Censorship rant at them, and the so- called "Independent Press."

Early this morning, I got up very early to get out more press releases, this time for a Solidarity Fast A Fast for Economic Justice for Iraq whose people, in addition to being killed, bombed, starved, are being robbed by the International Community squeezing war reparations out of them. The CIA should be held accountable for installing Sadddam in the first place, but it has been the Iraqi people who have been paying the price.

Usually I bake a quadruple batch of cookies and bread rolls with spinach and cheese for my Wednesday "Listening Project," but today, I made posters instead, explaining the fast, while my stomach growled in hunger.

Lots of people showed up to help out and Frank Parish from Poets Against the War came and tabled next to us collecting signatures against the Patriot Act A woman came by organizing a meeting of those present at last Saturday's march to sue the Chief of Police and the City for their behaviour. The Palo Alto Weekly had a number of photos Anarchists peaceful amid wall of police - Some question whether police chief overreacted and posted some good letters questioning the use of so many police and so much equipment. In addition to the horses, helicopter, there were two fire trucks, and men up on the roofs... I'm glad I missed it. Of course, no police or reporters showed up for our "fast" today.

What gives me courage is people at the grassroots level, the phone calls, e-mails, letters, knowledge that there is an amazing growing network of people who are raising consciousness. What scares me is the horrible stuff I hear on the radio- our Orwellian press that gives lip service and kowtows to blatant lies. The media battle is so daunting at times. I'm reminded of the definition of a "fanatic"- one who when they realize what they are doing is impossible- redoubles their efforts... That's me I guess.

June 27, 2005

I am trying to post articles and send out press releases about the Art Contest, now that we finally have some art contest entries posted at the site. I also received a couple of new ones, today, in the mail. Jim Hoffman has posted a critique of Morgan Reynolds article about the Collapse of the WTC. It's a shame that we have to spend so much time and energy debunking unsubstantiated claims, but that is why there is so much disinformation out there, to make it harder for us to get out the very basic truths of 9-11, that are so obscured by the press.

June 26, 2005

I've been working all day with little to show for it (my great accomplishment- a fresh peach pie was quickly devoured). Many phone calls, and I just found out the art contest entries were posted on our sf911truth website, so I can move forward with publicity. I'm still struggling with my Sun Tzu response, and thinking about the next 9-11 documentary that I hope we can piece together. I missed the big hoopla/media circus/Anarchist organized anti-war march in Palo Alto last night which drew more police than protesters, two fire trucks, horses, a helicopter, and a flock of press. Luckily, beyond one person being pepper sprayed, and a couple of people being hit by police batons, there were no serious injuries or damage. There were so many observers and cameras, that I doubt if even agent provacteurs had a chance of getting away with anything without being recorded.

Looks like Bush is inviting the terrorists to the White House undoubtedly the mainstream press will overlook that tidbit - anarchists in Palo Alto are so much more newsworthy!!!! And an ex-British MI5 agent (their CIA) is also risking his neck to state 9/11 An Inside Job.

I was glad to see that the Downing Street Memo was in the LA Times and the Houston Chronicle and that Michael Smith agrees with me that DAMNING DOCUMENT Memo pointed to criminality Truth is Iraq war began much earlier and that the larger crimes- the bombing campaign on Iraq- are even more damning of our criminal government. Perhaps the World tribunal on Iraq will have some effect on American consciousness.

June 25, 2005

Here is an excerpt from a very moving article which gives more details about William Rodriguez's experiences that the mainstream press, the Commission and NIST continue to ignore- WTC Basement Blast And Injured Burn Victim Blows 'Official 9/11 Story' Sky High; Eye Witness Testimony Is Conclusive That North Tower Collapsed From Controlled Demolition

WTC janitor pulls burn victim to safety after basement explosion rocks north tower seconds before jetliner hit top floors. Also, two other men trapped and drowning in a basement elevator shaft, were also pulled to safety from underground explosion...

June 24, 2005

By Greg Szymanski

What happened to William Rodriguez the morning of 9/11 is a miracle. What happened to his story after-the-fact is a tragedy.

But with miracles and tragedies comes truth. And truth is exactly what Rodriguez brings to the whole mystery surrounding 9/11.

Declared a hero for saving numerous lives at Ground Zero, he was the janitor on duty the morning of 9/11 who heard and felt explosions rock the basement sub-levels of the north tower just seconds before the jetliner struck the top floors...

Rodriguez was on the big recent 9-11 Truth tour in Europe, and is now Phil Berg's client. I hope his story, with the help of all of us in the 9-11 Truth Movement can help pierce through the media barriers.

June 24, 2005

I just found a very good flash animation on the collapse of the WTC. An official NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology) charade took place in New York yesterday and activists posed some tough questions and received various evasive answers. The NIST report, like the official 9-11 Commission Report, deserves scrutiny and should be dissected point by point. I loved Kevin Ryan's A Personal Decision, statements, which reveal the depth of the personal, and larger deceptions that we need to face individually and collectively, if we are to face reality and change it substantially to serve rather than destroy LIFE.

I have held off posting my challenge to Sun Tzu's Art of War, because I have received so much powerful feedback from people whom I deeply respect and I want to improve it as best I can, before I go public. At the same time, I've been the recipient of a number of great books which are expanding my understanding of 9-11 and the larger forces behind the events. I appreciate how each author has gone out on a limb to articulate events and ideas that radically challenge commonly held belief systems, and back them up as best they can with historical evidence, or their own research, and personal experiences. I do recommend Mamadou Chinyelu's Motive Means and Opportunity- Probable Cause for Indicting George W. Bush, his Sponsors and Aides for the Attack of September 11, 2001, 2004 Mustard Seed Press.

I'm three quarters of the way through Sander Hicks book- The Big Wedding- 9/11, the Whistle Blowers, & the Cover Up and just finished reading the chapter "From the Ground Up: The 9/11 Truth Movement." Sander spoke at the SF International Inquiry into 9-11, as well as Daniel Hopsicker. I admit that I was the primary organizer of the event, although I certainly requested help from others in pulling together the people, the program, the format, and handling the logistical details. I had had some experience in organizing conferences before, and thought that I could/should try to do it. So I am somewhat sensitive to criticism which I believe is unfair and unwarranted. Daniel Hopsicker was certainly the harshest critic of me and the SF Inquiry; John Judge and Sander Hicks were not far behind. Judge sent me some criticisms which were useful in planning out a logical program, but he refused to come/support the event in any public way. Hicks came and his topic was supposed to be "The Role of Drugs in Covert Wars/the global economy." He only had twenty minutes at the primary podium, and I was horrified/shocked when he digressed to plug Kerry in the swing states, during his precious time at the soapbox. My opinion of Hopsicker, Hicks and Judge has decreased in proportion to their attacks upon me, and made me wonder about the veracity of their research/opinions on other stuff- like 9/11. Hicks wrote:

This reporter attended the movement's first national conference in San Francisco in late March. Anyone who still believed that Flight 77 crashed into the Pentagon was instantly labeled an agent of "limited hangout." In the movement, this term (coined by President Nixon while trying to limit disclosure on Watergate) is always pronounced with a sneer.

I did invite Thierry Meyssan, who drew attention to "photographic evidence" challenging the notion that Flight 77 hit the Pentagon, to speak at the Inquiry. Meyssan informed me that the Pentagon had informed him that he was "unwelcome" in the U.S. and denied him a visa. The German, Von Buelow, who also wrote a book on 9-11 and challenged the official story, also doubted that he would be allowed into the country. The Canadians, (aside from Chossudovsky who fears the U.S. government) Zwicker, and Ian Woods did come.

I didn't think we could completely ignore the questions raised about the Pentagon, but I knew it was controversial and had heard multiple sides of the argument, so in the main presentations, I gave Jerry Russell thirty minutes to cover- "What did hit the Pentagon? Does it matter? Does it help us to answer the big questions- Who was responsible? and Why?" and he was supposed to look at both sides of the issue and wasn't going to push any particular viewpoint. The debate/dialogue/discussions were delegated to the upstairs where people could discuss the details at length to their heart's desire.

My choice of Jerry Russell provoked quite a bit of criticism, which was well deserved. I had never heard him speak publicly; he just spoke to me over the phone and sounded intelligent, rational; he supported my efforts and was a big supporter of the Deception Dollar. The event was a big financial risk and I was worried about cashflow. Jerry had loaned me three thousand dollars in December or January. In March, he was so upset that I allowed Michael Ruppert to speak twice- to cover the stand-down on Friday night, and cover "Examining the Motives and the Means behind 9-11/ and the U.S. Response to it."(In a word- Oil according to Ruppert), that Jerry threatened to sue me just before the Inquiry. I was able to get a loan from someone else, so that I could pay Jerry back, but he blasted the email list numerous times over his objections to Mike Ruppert and the "Peak Oil" theory.

Jerry was not a great speaker, but I didn't have time to replace him, or make another change in the program. The truth was that we simply didn't have an abundance of great speakers on 9-11; many people did excellent research, but were hesitant/reluctant to speak publicly (Larry Chin and David Griffin wouldn't speak). We didn't have lots of money; we couldn't fly in everyone; those who could speak and cover their expenses made it easier to pull off the event, which we felt was greatly worth the effort, despite the fact that we did lose thousands of dollars. We did succeed in raising our issue publicly and nurturing a genuine 9-11 truth movement, allowing the networking, face to face collaborations, between the international truth seekers to begin.

While I am certainly not perfect, easy to criticize, and I made/make many mistakes, I don't feel Hicks' particular criticisms were valid or justified. However, on another level, it is precisely those criticisms where Hicks and I don't see eye to eye. His work- as it says on the back of his book cover- "The Big Wedding drops new proof the Bush White House allowed 9/11 to happen." makes a solid case for "the limited hangout." I am convinced that 9-11 was more than that- that "They made it happen." But who knows what convulsions the collective American mind/and the country will have to go through before it passes through the psychological states of mind delineated by Barrie Zwicker-

[ 1 ] That 19 fanatical Muslim terrorists asterminded by Osama bin Laden caught the whole of the U.S. intelligence, military and political establishments totally off guard.
[ 2 ] That enough advance information had been received by U.S. agencies that the attacks could have been prevented or ameliorated, but incompetence at various levels enabled the events to proceed as they did.
[ 3 ] That a great deal of advance information had been received by U.S. agencies, enough that the events could have been prevented, but that people at the top deliberately allowed the events to unfold as they did.
[ 4 ] That the 19 hijackers, if there were that many, were dupes and patsies, that the events of 9/11 were planned at the highest levels in and around the White House, that it was an inside job.


Or the [ 5 ] box that Noory alluded to on Coast to Coast Radio the other night, that Cheney, Bush, and Rice are puppets in the Global Game whose strings are being pulled by even more powerful, hidden forces.(See Can We Handle the Truth? Part two: Who “Created” Condi Rice?, By Linda Minor which looks at some of the financial interests who helped elevate Rice and the Bushes to prominence.)

I certainly have little faith in the Democrtic Party rushing to the rescue when they are as rabidly pro-war as the Republicans, but better at cloaking their intentions in loftier rhetoric, though some prefer the velvet glove to the iron fist. Chocolate or Vanilla flavored Fascism is still Fascism and I hope that the truth will make it impossible for the War Industry to continue.

June 22, 2005

There has been a lot of media attention, on television and in print over the upcoming Anarchist anti-war protest. The San Jose Mercury News says the police are planning on using horses and helicopters to control the 800- 1000 people that they are expecting. Of course, the San Jose Mercury News, which is located on University, just a few minutes from Lytton Plaza has basically ignored my "Listening Project" for well over three years. Today was the very first time a reporter actually came and spoke to me. I felt compelled to write this to the Mercury News (which probably won't be published):

Dear San Jose Mercury News,

Since October 2001, I have organized a weekly anti-war "Listening Project" at Lytton Plaza in Palo Alto. Today, a San Jose Mercury News reporter interviewed me, "Do you have anything to do with the protest on Saturday night?" My response, "No."

I am deeply concerned that the event might be like Seattle, Genoa, Miami, New York protests where agent provocateurs instigate vandalism to discredit largely peaceful protests. The anti-war movement has gathered momentum and more people are dubious about government claims and the press, in general.

I met with the Chief of Police to voice my concerns. As an organizer of many 9-11 Truth events, I felt that I was politically targeted last March when at midnight (after a 4th successful showing of - The Great Conspiracy- The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw), sheriffs pulled my 16 year old son and I over on 101 as we were leaving Santa Rosa. We were told to put our hands in the air. Six cars pulled up behind us, the officers pointed their guns at us; I was handcuffed and put in one of the cars. We were told that an armed robbery had just been committed and that we fit the description of the suspects- a male and a female in a light hatchback car. After several minutes they let us go. It was a disturbing, surreal experience and I later learned that no armed robbery in the vicinity took place that night. Is the media hoopla part of an effort to discredit the anti-war movement or to justify restricting more of our civil rights because of the exaggerated "threat" of violence or vandalism on the part of "self proclaimed anarchists" or "agent provocateurs?"

The peaceful anti-war movement was not invited to endorse or participate in the Saturday night protest, so I don't think you should blame us or hold us responsible for what happens. I do think you should pay more attention to the peace movement, however, and voice the legitimate concerns of peaceful people who are outraged at the crimes being committed by the government, and the press who should be serving the public interest, not selling wars to the public that are based upon lies.

Carol Brouillet
Palo Alto, CA


Last night in San Francisco, I saw lots of old friends at the United for Peace and Justice Meeting. It was heartening and I feel that we have the potential to wake up the country, and much depends on the media- what lies they think they can get away with or whether they succumb to reality and admit some of the truth so as not to lose all their credibility, but it is up to us to educate the public and push them. I just posted details of the media workshop coming up this Saturday, there is also a lengthy four day media workshop being offered this August in Petaluma by the SPIN Academy-

Applications Now Open for the 2005 SPIN Academy!

***** Applications for the Seventh Annual SPIN Academy, taking place August 17 - 21 in Petaluma, CA, are now being accepted at our newly re-launched website, www.spinproject.org. Our signature training conference, this residential retreat offers progressive leaders accessible, comprehensive communications training and support, in order to help organizations dedicated to social change become more media-savvy. The SPIN Academy provides training and development in:

Specific communication tactics & skills
Strategic communications planning
Organizational capacity building through more effective communications
Communications leadership growth and networking


The SPIN Academy is ideal for activists who work regularly with the media, who are in a position to share their media skills to help develop leadership skills in colleagues and allies, and who will use strategic communications to help build a stronger progressive movement.

Participants benefit from more than 15 interactive workshops led by experienced trainers on topics like Strategic Communications Planning, Coalition Communications, Fundraising For Communications, Developing Relationships With Reporters,and Reaching Your Target Audience.Ý Participants also meet one-on-one with expert consultants, build individual media strategies, and receive valuable resources and materials to support their ongoing media work, including the Train the Trainers Kit to help participants lead media trainings of their own.

Participants also develop cross-movement relationships with other activists faced with the challenge of earning media attention for progressive issues, and deepen their understanding of the connection between strategic communications and the success of the progressive movement.

Thanks to the generosity of our funders, we're able to offer this training for only $200-300 per person, depending on your organization's budget. This registration fee includes the cost of all training and materials, plus room and board for the five days of the conference.

Participation in the SPIN Academy is based on a competitive application process; the deadline to apply for this year's event is July 7. Full information on the event and the application form are available at: http://www.spinproject.org/academy2005, or call the SPIN Project at 415-284-1420, extension 330.

I wish I could go, but I think I'll have to take care of the kids, especially after the WILPF Conference; I can't leave my husband on his own for too long.

June 20, 2005

It's been a very busy week for me with lots of meetings, my weekly demo, finishing the editing for our "Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush" video/DVD. Here are my notes from the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance Meeting-

We voted $400 towards purchase of a $1000 Xerox machine to print out our newsletter and literature for upcoming rallies/events.
$250- towards 125 new picket signs (we lost ours at the last rally)
$300- For 100 of the excellent new pamphlets edited by Paul Rea- Still Seeking Answers- a compilation of the best grassroots research on 9-11- to table at our events.
$50- towards the new dvd The American Empire and 9-11 - David Ray Griffin's Madison Talk- produced by Ken Jenkins.
$100- towards our outreach effort to get 9-11 materials to community access stations around the country.
Half a roll of stamps- for Vince Sauve's great response to the Scientific American 9-11 Truth Movement hit piece- to send out to skeptic's groups worldwide.
$50- United for Peace and Justice membership organizational dues.

We had guests from LA who reported on their successful recent events and upcoming magazine and television projects. We discussed the latest research/news/ and upcoming actions.

LA and our group need 9-11 articles for publication in the magazine, and the Northern California 9-11 Newsletter (should go out in July/August).

A few people are interested in going to DC for the upcoming Truth Convergence in late July (a film crew possibly).

We plan to participate in the annual protests against Nuclear Weapons/war at the Livermore Labs August 6th. We plan to rally/march/table/leaflet at the 7th annual- 9-11 Power to the Peaceful Concert September 11th 2005 (which draws 50,000 people) and to participate in the social justice forum held on September 12th (and we've been invited to provide a speaker that day in SF for the Tesla Society on 9-11).

Hopefully we'll also participate in the film festival on the companion Film Festival on the 12th-13th, too.

We will endorse and participate in the anti-war rally on September 24th in SF.

This week there is a UFPJ organizing meeting on Tuesday night- June 21, 7:00 pm at the Friend's Meeting House at 65 Ninth St. in San Francisco, between Market and Mission near Civic Center BART.
"We will need to talk about what we want to organize for late September action calls (for one, see unitedforpeace.org). In advance, think about what you and your organization, if you represent one, would put time, energy and money towards seeing happen sometime in or around September 24 to 26.

"There will also be something of progress to report on the election of a new steering committee, ever longer overdue. Think if you or someone in your group (if you're in one, again) is looking for a challenging but worthwhile organizing opportunity.

"There are other action calls that people will bring to inform about too, especially if you bring one."

Locally, there is an anti-war rally/march this coming Saturday being organized by Anarchist Action. We're concerned that this action will include agent provactuers that will use it to increase the powers of the police and enable them to start using tasers in Palo Alto. I just posted an article that appeared in yesterday's Daily News on the indymedia site- Police to clear city streets for March and I have to leave soon to meet with the Chief of Police to discuss our concerns.

I think the tide is really turning against Bush now, especially with so much coming out about the deceptions used to trick people into supporting the whole "war on terrorism" and Iraq.

June 14, 2005

I've added a couple of articles to my "From the Horse's Mouth" section, I do believe the most damning evidence of government complicity comes from the mouths of government officials, and their documents. Overlooking the plans to build Detention Centers in Guantanamo Bay in 2000 that Randi Rhodes detailed over the radio and UPI Report that

A former Bush team member during his first administration is now voicing serious doubts about the collapse of the World Trade Center on 9-11. Former chief economist for the Department of Labor during President George W. Bush's first term Morgan Reynolds comments that the official story about the collapse of the WTC is "bogus" and that it is more likely that a controlled demolition destroyed the Twin Towers and adjacent Building No. 7.

What is damning is the FBI's behavior immediately "after" 9-11 chronicled in The Sound of One Hand Clapping, by Jeff Wells.

And dear Congressman Ron Paul who has been opposed to the most outrageous legislative assaults against the American people for a long time is raising the red flag over "The United Nations Reform Act of 2005" which would give the U.N. unprecedented powers in his article- NeoCon Global Government.

Obviously both the Right and the Left wing have been set up to fight each other, instead of going after those at the Top who benefit from war and all the awful legislation that crates supranational, unaccountable governing structures. While the Left is set up to be "pro-UN" and for international law... The right has been set up to oppose it, in favor of US sovereignty. If you look into the UN, it has done a few good things, but they cloak the horrendous abuses and misuses of power, and the way that the UN has been co-opted to serve transnational corporate interests.

One thing that has often been forgotten is that September 11, 2001 was declared by the U.N. to be "The Intenational Day of Peace" prior to the attacks. (It has since been switched to September 21st). I do think that "the war on terrorism" is absolutely bogus and really "a war on democracy and dissent- upon all who oppose corporate/government rule." This awful legislation is being sneaked through- like the PATRIOT Act, Homeland Security, the reorganization of the Intelligence Agencies into the "Global Security State." At least they can't keep a lid on it all, and it is seeping out more and more, and people are continuing to organize, network and mobilize. Speaking of which- it is time for my weekly Listening Project" and I need to go out in the streets...

June 12, 2005

It is really hard to keep up with all latest news/books/films/websites which is why it is a good thing that there are so many websites on 9-11. Sometimes people go on vacation or fail to renew their URL, new people with lots of energy jump onboard and start producing lots of good stuff; it is changing daily. Peter Phillips who is working on the 9-11 Chapter for the next Project Censored annual book, asked about online resources, and I couldn't find one comprehensive listing of all the best, functioning websites, including my website- which omits many of the sites that are on the Deception Dollar- so I suggested these to Peter, since they are all functioning at the moment:

Global Research- Michel Chossudovsky's site
http://www.globalresearch.ca

Center for Cooperative Research- Paul Thompson's Timeline
http://www.cooperativeresearch.org

9-11 Review- Jim Hoffman's Site
http://www.911review.com

RICO- Rodriguez Versus Bush
http://www.911forthetruth.com

International Citizen's Inquiry into 9-11
http://www.911inquiry.org

From the Wilderness- Michael Ruppert's Site
http://www.fromthewilderness.com

Questioning the War on Terrorism- Carol Brouillet's Site
http://www.communitycurrency.org/9-11.html

Crimes Against Humanity- Dave Ratcliffe's Site
http://www.ratical.org/ratville/CAH

Online Journal-
http://www.onlinejournal.com

Justice for 9-11- Spitzer Complaint
http://www.justicefor911.org

The Great Conspiracy- Barrie Zwicker's site
http://www.greatconspiracy.ca

Global Outlook
http://www.globaloutlook.ca

Guerrilla News Network
http://www.gnn.tv/

Citizen's for Legitimate Government-
http://legitgov.org/

Oil Empire
http://www.oilempire.us/

Alex Jones' Infowars-
http://www.infowars.com/

New York 9-11 Truth
http://www.ny911truth.org/

The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance-
http://www.sf911truth.org

What Really Happened?
http://whatreallyhappened.com

9-11 Truth Alliance
http://www.911truth.org/

9-11 Visibility Project
http://www.septembereleventh.org

MUJCA-NET: Muslim-Jewish-Christian Alliance for 9/11 Truth
http://mujca.com

9-11 Citizen's Watch
http://www.911citizenswatch.org/

Reopen 911
Eccentric millionaire Jimmy Walter's effort to draw attention to the issues, including the recent 9-11 European Tour
http://reopen911.org/

Propaganda Matrix
http://www.propagandamatrix.com/archiveprior_knowledge.html

David Kubiak also sent out the following:

THE DC EMERGENCY TRUTH CONVERGENCE
- Bringing Allied Evidence of Official Deceit to Light and Critical Mass
July 22~24, 2005
truthemergency.us

SUMMARY:
An unprecedented event series featuring informal congressional hearings, National Press Club presentations, a Lafayette Park 911/war deceit shout-out, and a strategy summit at American University between truth movement leaders and the independent and foreign press.

WHY YOU?
This initial email is for key truth activists who have been working on 9/11, war crimes, repression, and/or media reform for years. We believe joining forces now could make us all 100% stronger by together exposing and disabling the government's most powerful lies.

HOW?
By overwhelming media gatekeepers with a perfect storm of DC truth events aimed at Congress, the courts, and the international press (including new 9/11 & war fraud hearings, innovative new law suits, and dramatic new global appeals).

MAIN POINT:
Together we can show the public and the world that the tens of thousands of lives we have lost

- lost to 9/11 and its toxic aftermath,
- lost to torture, shock & awe, and depleted uranium,
- lost to collateral damage, gulag brutality, and the blowback yet to come

all are victims of the SAME imperial madness and the SAME deceit-driven plan (ditto our national solvency, the rule of law, and the shattered Bill of Rights)

WHO ARE "WE"?
An urgent ad hoc group from these same activist communities working to expose the enormity and unity of the deceit we face today.

Besides key players from 9/11 family and advocate groups, early planning advisors include Larisa Alexandrovna of rawstory.com, Dr. Bob Bowman of Veterans for Peace, Green prez candidate David Cobb, Steve Cobble of afterdowningstreet.org, former HUD Asst Secretary Catherine Austin Fitts, Dr. David Ray Griffin, Brett Holmes of velvetrevolution.us, Rep. Charles Key of the Oklahoma City Bombing Commission, Sunny Miller of Traprock Peace Center, Jenna Orkin of WTC Environmental Action, Peter Philips of Project Censored, et Big Picture cognizant al.

WHY JULY?
Two improbably dark anniversaries fall back to back on July 22nd and 23rd this year, and aptly wed the two top poster children of war deceit: the Downing Street Memo and the Kean/Zelikow 9/11 Commission Report

FRIDAY, JULY 22nd is the first anniversary of the nakedly fraudulent 9/11 Commission Report -- the "full and final accounting" that ducked 80% of the families' questions, hid glaring evidence of official lies, and pointedly failed to ask how leaders obsessed with Iraq conquest since September 2000 could have ever hoped to succeed without a 9/11-scale attack to ignite national fear and public support for an endless undefined war.

SATURDAY, JULY 23rd, is the third birthday of the Downing Street memo which documents that many months before congressional submission, the UN charade, or the "Big Mushroom Cloud" mantra began, Iraq "facts and intelligence" were already being reupholstered for a fast drive into war. (According to Richard Clarke, of course, Iraq was being targeted by Rumsfeld on September 11 itself, while Paul O'Neill recounts that Bush demanded an Iraq war pretext at his first cabinet huddle in January 2001.)

WHY NOT?
This sudden coincidence of treacherous anniversaries is just too perfect to ignore. It offers too many opportunities to expose the largest lies at work, spread awareness, enforce justice, and halt perpetual war.

SPECIFICALLY, THURSDAY/FRIDAY:
A number of 9/11 families, whistleblowers and activists are arranging dramatic wake-up events at the National Press Club and on Capitol Hill, which we will be sharing speakers with and otherwise helping along.

SATURDAY: We have an all-day rally permit to present top truth & anti-war advocates, publicize kindred cover-ups, and forge a common front across from the White House in Lafayette Park. Besides eminent cross-movement figures like Dr. Griffin, Peter Philips, Catherine Austin Fitts, Robert Bowman and many other Big Picture experts, the stage will feature some of the bravest family members and a few very surprising guests.

SATURDAY EVE:
You can feast, mix and dance your heart out to rebel truth bands at the American University "Tavern", and spend ALL SUNDAY at the school in strategy conversations with leading players in the veteran and antiwar movements, the independent media, major allied truth groups, and the foreign press.

(For those too old to dance all night, we have lots of cheap beds at AU that evening as well as a big hall and breakout rooms for the Sunday strategy summit.)

END THE FEAR HERE!
Help Expose the Master Lies behind the Endless War


WE NEED YOUR AID, ENERGY AND EXPERIENCE
to organize, publicize and succeed with these events. If you understand the importance of this approach and opportunity, please check in at our website http://truthemergency.us and sign into our organizing forum at http://lists.riseup.net/www/info/dctruthemergency.

BENNIES?
Besides free passes to all events, early volunteers get great karma and grateful footnotes in future chronicles like that below.

From "Truth, Light & Critical Mass: Memoirs from the Bad Times" by Rev. Bob Stang, 2012, Common Courage Press, Monroe, ME

"When the real history of the 9/11 era was finally written, read and taught, kids asked the obvious question, 'How the hell did they think they'd ever get away with it???'

"We had to awkwardly remind them that by 2001 the Big Lie machine was on a roll. Other than Watergate, there had not been a credible official inquiry into a "politically sensitive" crime in generations. From the whitewashes of Pearl Harbor, Tonkin and the USS Liberty, to the then still unsolved murders of JFK, Martin Luther King, Waco, and the thousands upon thousands of deaths from depleted uranium arms, the press stayed silent, the people slept, and the official stories held.

"In every case, stunning crimes were committed in broad daylight without hard questions or consequence. Toss in uncontested charades on Iran- Contra, Oklahoma City and Florida 2000, and you see why history-savvy leaders might think 'reality management' was a pretty simple media trick. What they hadn't reckoned on was the Small Pen Revolution or the infectious appalled eurekas of victim families who woke up...

"The coup's demise began in earnest in 2005 when the deceit of 9/11 collided in DC with the lies that drove us to Iraq. The collision aligned the era's two most lethal myths and showed that they were always one. That collapse into singularity started a firestorm of patriot outrage that blazed across the heartland in a thousand grassroots rags. Soon the courts and Congress were also aflame with fraud and treason suits, and millions of Americans gladly found they did have the nerve to face the worst and cleanse the country once again...

"And that, my lucky children, is how the corporatists were routed, and Kansas was re-won."

I hope lots of people will be able to join activists in DC this July!!!!!

June 11, 2005

What an amazing week! Our 9-11 TV show prompted Bill at the Roxie Cinema in San Francisco to call me up and let me know they were showing The Power of Nightmares from June 10th to June 15th. Ken Jenkins, Chuck, Dan and I all went for opening night, and the film is well worth seeing. There is a link to the online version at my video links page- but I could never sit in front of a computer for 3 hours to see a film- and it was good to see it on the big screen and be able to discuss it afterwards. They definitely destroyed the "Al Qaeda myth," but failed to explicitely question 9-11. Despite the flaws of omissions, and a rather twisted bit of reasoning- jumping from the "precautionary principle" to the "pre-emptive strike policy"- it was quite good and informative.

I'm sadly becoming aware that the most important facts will take years to break through into the mainstream press (if we ever succeeed), and be gradually dished out. Newsday is working on a story now-

"We have discovered that there is an internal debate taking place among rank and file employees at the FBI and other Federal policing agencies (CIA, NSA, military intel etc.) on the subject of premeditated US gov't complicity--active or passive--in the attacks on 9/11. The debate centers around the difference between compounded blundering (the conventional account) vs.a more intentional motivation. So far this debate has been kept out of the public eye.

We want to get inside this debate. We seek to speak to participants in this debate who can supply for us more specifics and details. All discussions will be off the record."

I sent some leads, but any whistleblowers- this is a time to come forward...

Sander Hicks' new book The Big Wedding clearly chronicles foreknowledge on the part of the government, the FBI, the State Department, Senator Bob Graham. I find it confirms the limited "they allowed it to happen" point of view, but nonetheless, even that is treason, and criminal behaviour, and might move us closer to the more rational, logical realization that they couldn't possibly have just "allowd it to happen" without "making it happen." I want to finish the book, but I also had my demo Wednesday, the kids finished school on Thursday (Jeremy graduated from Middle School) that night. I'm working on my challenge to Sun Tzu's "The Art of War" and editing "Behind Every Terrorist - There is a Bush." Project Censored sent me a rough draft of their 9-11 Chapter and wants help on their Resource List (which is really hard as websites are constantly changing and books are being published so fast.) Nafeez's new book The War on Truth 9/11, Disinformation and the Anatomy of Terrorism should be out next week. It is hard to keep up with everything. The government has also come out with their Review of the Handling of Intelligence Related to the September 11 Attacks which needs to be read and critiqued.

A German TV show just aired with the theme that Bush's Administration was responsible for 9-11.

Jimmy Walters' big 9-11 Tour just concluded, successfully, and made some waves in Europe. Webster wrote an account of the Jimmy Walter Reopen 9/11 Tour in Madrid, Vienna, London, Manchester, Rome

With the cracks being made in the independent and even mainstream press by the “Downing Street Memo”, we have more room than ever to raise questions and manuever. C-Span viewers are Slamming Hamilton and the 9-11 Commission as they try to save their necks by peddling the official lies in the face of the tidal wave of emerging facts.

Finally Congress is beginning to stir, and even the Patriot Act Hearings were terminated because the truth is just more than the "Powers that Be" can deal with.

I spoke with Jan Hoyer of www.digitalstyledesigns.com who is going to help us with the Entries webpage for the Art Contest. Blaine did a fantastic satirical poster, which I think we will post along with some of his other great 9-11 art (to inspire others - we'll also have to make it clear that Blaine is a judge so his art won't be "in the contest"), and we have received some other entries, including a great song with photos from Kyle Hence which we'll showcase. Hopefully, we can get those all up and running this weekend, so I can do press outreach next week.

June 7, 2005

A copy of the text of David Ray Griffin's new article is posted at 911truth.org. I also added a link to a sobering article by Michel Chossudovsky "Emergency Preparedness against the "Universal Adversary" which looks at just how much money is being spent on Homeland Security to deal with "genuine threats" to the Bush Administration (and phantom threats to the people of this country). It is ominous, especially knowing that they are practicing "responses to terrorist attacks" regularly, now. I also read an analysis at The Age , but the author directed me to a lengthier version of the original essay posted on his website...

I remember first seeing Star Wars in Brazil, with horrfic sound and Portuguese subtitles (which I kept trying to read, even though I didn't understand Portuguese). I eventually saw all the films- including the most recent one- The Revenge of the Sith, but frankly, I had forgotten many of the convolutions of the plot. Some people said that the most recent film had a "9-11 plot," but it certainly wasn't an obvious one, if you didn't remember all the details of the previous films. Rowley's articles makes me want to see them again, in hopes that the parallels to current events are more evident with all the pieces in place...

Only a Conservative Deals in Absolutes

Stephen Rowley is a Melbourne writer with a special interest in film and author of the website cinephobia.com (And he wrote a different review of "The Revenge of the Sith" as well.)

Let us hope that the younger generation "gets it" and chooses wisely. With three kids in Middle School and High School now; it is assuring to see how strongly anti-Bush most of the kids are.

Steve Bhaerman (Swami Beyondananda) who did comedy at the recent premieres of "The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy" also sent me his Notes from the Trail, which are both funny and inspiring...

A Chance to Strike While the Irony Is Hot

by Steve Bhaerman

I think we have a great opportunity to create a breakthrough in press coverage of the notorious Downing Street Memo, the “smoking gun” which proves the President purposely misled Americans into believing Saddam had weapons of mass destruction. This story has been largely ignored by the mainstream media, and is an issue that goes right to the core of the legitimacy of the war we seek to end -- and the legitimacy of this Administration.
A Chance to Be Effectively Proactive

For the past several months, I’ve watched progressives responding -- and all too often, merely reacting -- to the offensive onslaught of outrages on the part of an Administration that represents fewer than one third of Americans yet insists it has a “mandate.” (Swami says the only man these guys have a date with is Machiavelli.) The continuing war-without-end, the assault on social security, the draconian judicial appointees, the “nuclear option,” Revoltin’ Bolton, etc., etc. ... the more they play offense, the more progressives seem to be put on defense.

According to George Lakoff, a key to the Republican success has been their willingness to go directly at the Democrats’ strengths. For years, they have been banging away at the most successful social program ever, social security. Gradually and relentlessly, they have eroded the legitimacy of social security. Even though they might not have the votes even now to totally destroy it, they expect to keep moving forward until the day in the near future when they can drown it in the proverbial bathtub.

Now is the time for us to put into place a strategy that goes for the Administration’s apparent strong suit, but in truth their Achilles heel: Their actual legitimacy. Seems to me their legitimacy rests on this three-legged stool:

1. They actually won the Presidential elections in 2000 and 2004.
2. 9/11 went down the way they say it did.
3. The invasion of Iraq grew out of the 9/11 attack, and we found no weapons of mass destruction because of bad intelligence.

Saw off any of these legs and the stool becomes -- to put it crudely -- nothing more than a stool sample. The most difficult of the three to prove is election fraud, although statistical evidence points exactly in that direction. And though there are now reports that a Newsday reporter is on to the story that rogue elements in our government participated in the 9/11 attacks this is still too much of a Rubicon for most Americans to cross. But there is now proof that the Administration’s entire story about the whys and wherefores of Iraq was a lie. And unlike a recent Presidential perjury case, the stains in question this time are bloodstains.

A Weapon of Mass-Deconstruction Discovered!

The biggest weapon of mass-deconstruction we possess right now is the very under-reported “Downing Street Memo” which, in the words of Rep. John Conyers (D-Michigan), “cast(s) substantial doubt on the honesty of contemporaneous claims made by the Administration to Congress and to the American people about the Iraq war.”

Conyers’ open letter continues (bold print and italics mine):

“First, the memo appears to directly contradict the Administration's assertions to Congress and the American people that it would exhaust all options before going to war. According to the minutes, in July 2002, the Administration had already decided to go to war against Iraq.

“Second, a debate has raged in the United States over the last year and one half about whether the obviously flawed intelligence that falsely stated that Iraq possessed weapons of mass destruction was a mere ‘failure’ or the result of intentional manipulation to reach foreordained conclusions supporting the case for war. The memo appears to close the case on that issue stating that in the United States the intelligence and facts were being "fixed" around the decision to go to war.

“These are not routine questions within a partisan give and take. Under the United States Constitution (Article I, Section 8), the Congress has the sole power to declare war. If the Executive Branch deceives the Congress in this duty, it represents an attack of our democracy of the most serious nature. These Constitutional questions are not going away and must be answered forthrightly and completely by this Administration.”

Conyers has asked for 100,000 Americans to sign his petition calling for accountability on the part of the Administration. Conyers’ statement was underlined by the following understatement: “The press has also been negligent in giving this matter the attention it deserves.”

So, here is a simple three-step strategy to “strike while the irony is hot,” press the press to cover this story, and appropriately take the offensive against the offenses of an offensive regime:

Step 1. Create “Air Cover.” Establish a trans-partisan committee of prominent Americans from all fields of endeavor, from the government, to military and intelligence, from the worlds of business and science, entertainment and the arts, the clergy, and of course the media. This committee will add publicity, clout and momentum to Rep. Conyers’ plan to deliver the petition to the White House. Some of the people who might step to the plate here include: Bill Moyers, Walter Cronkite, William Rivers Pitt, Jeff Cohen, Norman Solomon, Patrick Doherty (tompaine.com) Phil Donohue,Thom Hartmann, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., Sen. Barbara Boxer, Rep. Ron Paul, Jimmy Carter, Daniel Ellsberg, Coretta Scott King, Ralph Nader, David Cobb, Tom Hayden, Ed Asner, Martin Sheen, Sean Penn, Tim Robbins, Susan Sarandon, Bill Maher, Whoopi Goldberg, P Diddy, Dennis Weaver, Rabbi Michael Lerner, Jim Wallis, Rev. Jim Edgar, Bishop John Shelby Spong, Matthew Fox, Rev. Jesse Jackson, Catherine Austin Fitts, David Ray Griffin, Kurt Vonnegut, Paul Krugman, Kevin Danaher, Paul Hawken, Brian Swimme, Caroline Casey, Ray McGovern, Richard Clarke, David Korten, Arianna Huffington, John Dean, Kevin Phillips, and perhaps most important, other prominent conservatives or Republicans who have spoken out against the “overrule of law” on the part of the current Administration. (I am more than open to suggestions of those to add to the list.)

With a list of 25 or 50 prominent signators -- plus a million, not 100,000, signatures -- Rep. Conyers has both ground support and air cover.

Step 2. Press the Press. With a committee of prominent leaders, and under the banner “It’s Bigger Than Politics,” the next campaign is to smoke out those in the media or government who have not been “ethically-cleansed” -- those who have a conscience and are now willing to take a stand for truth, justice, transparency and the rule of law. A strategy for getting media coverage:

a. Have prominent members of the committee meet with network execs (particularly those in the news department) and ask for coverage of the issue.
b. Have local groups (the Progressive Democrats of America might be willing to organize this on the ground) do the same with local news and newspaper editors.
c. Initiate a telephone campaign to encourage media execs and news anchors who could possibly defy their networks and take a stand. These people should be called at work and at home. All messages should be calm, polite and yet urgent. They should be from men, women, children, elders ... hey, put the dog on the phone too. These messages are designed to create cognitive dissonance, and encourage misgivings based on conscience to emerge.

If we are fortunate, we will see mainstream media folks beginning to “break through the soundless barrier” and begin to poke holes in the wall of lies. I find it disturbing how many of my progressive colleagues consider the co-optation of the corporate media a fait accompli. Again, go right for their perceived strength. Make people uncomfortable. Invoke the spirit of Edward R. Murrow. Bring back Phil Donohue and make him a spokesperson and poster child. The metaphor that comes to mind is the movie, “The Insider” -- based on a true story -- where a tobacco-industry executive finds the scruples and courage to blow the whistle on suppressed tobacco-company studies.

Step 3. Increase Ground Support. There is no reason to stop with 100,000 or even a million signatures. What if we had five or ten million Americans willing to put their John Hancock behind Rep. Conyers’ call for a real investigation? While prospects for impeachment would seem nil with the Republican majority, it will become harder and harder to dispute indisputable evidence. That’s why it is very important to have parties from all parties represented. This is a battle that transcends left and right, and goes right to the heart of our greatest spiritual and political values. Our foundational attitude needs to be, the truth will come out sooner or later, so let’s tell the truth now and avoid the rush later on.

Here is another very serious reason to act now. I have seen reports recently -- particularly a February speech by former weapons inspector Scott Ritter -- that the U.S. plans to begin bombing Iran in June. This may be close to truth, or unfounded rumor. In either case, we shouldn’t risk this window of opportunity being closed by an event like that. In a talk two weeks ago, Tom Hayden ascribed many sudden changes in history to seemingly insignificant events or ideas that take on life and momentum. Perhaps we are at such a moment. Perhaps we the people -- or at least the 50 million of us who voted for regime change -- can shift the momentum enough to re-establish the rule of law, and begin a grassroots movement to take back the media.

What is to Be Done, and What's Being Done

Since I initiated this communication last week by sending it to a number of key people, I've been heartened and encouraged by the response. Medea Benjamin of Code Pink is ready to activate her 30,000 member organization, and suggested I write a draft of the statement that people can sign (see below). Others including Thom Hartmann, Richard Heinberg (author of The Party's Over: Oil, War, and the Fate of Industrial Societies), Green Party Presidential candidate David Cobb have expressed their support. Yesterday, I met with William Rivers Pitt of Truthout.org and Progressive Democrats of America (PDA) Deputy Director Kevin Spidel to present the idea to them. Meanwhile, PDA has helped create a new website http:www.afterdowningstreet.org.

Here's what you can do:

1. Sign the petition at http:www.afterdowningstreet.org, and send it to your friends.
2. If you have access to any of the notables on my list -- or if you have additional suggestions -- please forward this message.
3. Use the magic of "tell-a--person." If there are folks you know who have limited internet access, call 'em up. Get involved with Progressive Democrats of America, which is in reality an organization that goes way beyond the Democratic Party. They are doing the necessary grassroots education and organization work in all 435 congressional districts. They deserve our financial support!
4. Begin now calling local and national news editors asking them to cover this issue. I understand that PDA will have a media list available in the near future.

Here is a draft of the message for signers to sign:
A Call for Truth and Transparency
It is time for we the people to do what our elected leaders have not and the mass media will not.

It is time for us to take the lead in exposing the lies and deceptions that have led to the ongoing misadventures in Iraq. In the spirit of Thomas Jefferson, George Washington, Benjamin Franklin and Tom Paine it is time for us to affirm our loyalty to the spiritual and political principles that are bigger than any President and any administration.

It is time to stop the slide down the slippery slope of trading our freedom and our values for the false god of “security through domination.” To paraphrase the slogan of a real conservative hero, Barry Goldwater, “In our hearts we know it’s wrong.” That is the true source of disheartenment and malaise in America today -- that we have bought a lie that our brave soldiers are dying for, and we have felt powerless to speak what our hearts know for fear of being disloyal. The truth is, nothing good can come from a venture born of lies. By exposing the lies, restoring the rule of law, and by helping our nation change direction, we will be the living example of democracy and freedom that we are currently trying to sell through force and propaganda.

We, the undersigned, call for an immediate investigation of the selling of the Iraq war, a war that was said to be a response to the 9/11 attacks but for some reason was being planned far in advance of those attacks. We call on the mass media to pull the covers back on the covered up stories, and we call on those in positions of power who have not been “ethically-cleansed” to step forward and speak the truth. We need to show the world that we Americans are not “afraid of our own shadow,” but instead are willing to face the darkness and use it to become stronger.

The issue here is bigger than Democrats and Republicans. It’s not about right and left, but about right and wrong. Seven years ago, a President was caught in a lie and was impeached on charges of perjury. This time it’s not about dress stains, but bloodstains. Nearly seventeen hundred American soldiers have given their lives, and thousands of others have had their lives changed forever by wounds -- physical, mental, emotional and spiritual. An estimated hundred thousand innocent Iraqi civilians have been deprived of their right to life for no crime other than being Iraqis.

Even though we Americans have not been allowed to see photos of the destruction we have wrought ("hostile information," they are called in newspeak), people worldwide have seen them. Iraq has become an ongoing “enemy factory” that is producing new foes 24/7. How will we ever “win” this war? The answer is, we cannot, unless we are willing to resort to genocide and totalitarianism. While a very, very small minority of those in power are willing to take this route, the vast majority of Americans are not.

Now is the time for all honorable and courageous Americans to step out from behind our fears -- of terrorism and of anti-terrorism -- and bring forth the truth and restore the rule of law. It has been said, “The truth shall set you free.” As a nation founded on freedom, it seems that we have no choice here. Freedom is our destiny, and truth is the portal we must pass through. As we take the necessary and inevitable steps to allow the truth to be revealed, we must remember the words of Abraham Lincoln looking ahead to reconciliation after the Civil War -- “with malice towards none, with charity to all.”

Good-hearted and well-meaning Americans were conned by the neocons into buying the Iraq war as necessary for our security. With the media as enablers, debate and even discussion was shut down. Any one of us can be conned by a clever conman. So we must focus on truth and reconciliation, and making healing and moving forward more important than “punishing wrongdoers.”

Two and a quarter centuries ago, a small group of inspired individuals dared to imagine that ordinary human beings were endowed with the same rights as kings. That truly outrageous notion has brought us to where we are today -- on the threshold of becoming the enlightened and responsible sovereign citizens our Founding Fathers could only imagine. Those brave visionaries were creating, in the words of Ben Franklin, “A republic -- if we can keep it.” The choice has always been ours. Now is the time for us to make it.

Steve Bhaerman (website- http://www.wakeuplaughing.com/)
June 6, 2005

We need to help crack the facade; I'll still focus on 9-11, but I think Steve's suggestions are good ones, and easier for most people to handle than breaking "the truth about 9-11."

June 4, 2005

The latest edition of Hustler Magazine just came out with a lengthy article by David Ray Griffin entitled-What If Everything You Know About 9-11 is Wrong." Scientific American also came out with a dishonest attack upon the 9-11 Truth Movement. Jim Hoffman, webmaster of the excellent www.911review.com wrote an in depth critique of Scientific American's Dishonest Attack On 911Research. I'm glad he took the time to do so; I get so angry when I see and hear the huge lies that the media continues to perpetuate that I usually just ignore them and continue with my work. It is very clear to me that we are in the midst of a major information struggle and that "the powers that be" would like nothing better than to frighten and confuse people.

I saw the latest Star Wars flick today, with my husband and the kids. The Emperor, Darth Vader, the transition from Republic to Empire, bear a resemblance to the evolution of our current political situation, complete with betrayals, and backstabbing. Al Qaeda, a creation of the CIA, serves to justify an endless war against "terrorism," much as the Emperor conspires to create phantom threats to justify his seizure of power and an emergency situation. I just wonder how many Americans will see Darth Vader and the Sith Lord in their "supposedly elected officials"- and their entourage who have completely gone over to the "dark side" Cheney, Bush, Rumsfeld, Rice...(See Is Bush a Sith Lord? by Paul Craig Roberts.)

June 3, 2005

At the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting last night, we had a lively discussion, and we voted to hire an accountant to replace Janette, who is moving to New York this month. We also voted to buy another case of The Great Conspiracy" for tabling purposes, to hire Ken to edit down and hopefully work towards producing a DVD with the comedy event, and the best of our 9-11 footage from the SF Inquiry, and to get a booth at the Green Festival. We passed the hat, and when I deposited the checks and cash in our account- it came to $985.

We still need a serious strategy meeting to intelligently apply our time, resources and energy over the short, medium and long term. it is especially challenging when we do want to work in coalition with a large number of groups on conferences- things get complex and take time- I'm not sure if the Convergence in DC will happen in July or be pushed out further to give more time to plan and pull it together. I need to do more publicity and outreach on our art contest, but illness and the Conspiracy Conference have taken away my strength and energy. The most significant thing that happened last night, was the discovery that Ken Jenkins car was stolen during the meeting. Another activist I know, has been harassed terribly by the CIA and had her vehicle stolen recently, too. We don't know who took Ken's car, but it certainly was unfortunate for him, all of us, and by the time I took him home and drove back to Palo Alto- it was well past two AM, and I've been struggling against fatigue the whole day. Both accountants that I know want to help us, which solves the bookkeeping problem. GNN is still working on dramatic revisions of their documentary, and I hope to hear from Ian Inaba when he needs some feedback.

June 2, 2005

Mark Hunter just called, and he is going to air the television show Ken Jenkins and I just did with him last week on Monday June 6th on San Francisco Public Access Channel 29 from 10:00 PM - 11:00 PM. He said it turned out well, even though we did go off on some tangents, and missed half the points we had meant to cover, but I think we'll do another show with him.

Tonight is the monthly San Francisco 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting at the War Memorial Building, I'm hoping that we'll be able to take some time to look at strategy, but I haven't pulled together all the folks interested in going into "strategy" at depth- we're all so busy. I'm working on an article now to counter the classic "Art of War" treatise that Sun Tzu came up with 2400 years ago, which has been the intellectual basis for the failing military mindset paradigm ever since. However shy folks are on the issue of 9-11, the resistance to the Bush regime is growing which is a healthy sign and gives us more maneuvering room.

May 30, 2005

Last Wednesday, I had the strength to set up the Listening Project, lots of people came- so many that I ended up staying much longer than usual and got another parking ticket. One friend loaned me a book that he found entitled- Motive, Means and Opportunity- Probable Cause for Indicting George W. Bush, his Sponsors and Aides for the Attack of September 11, 2001, by Mamadou Chinyelu (Published by Mustard Seed Press in 2004). I wish that I had found it sooner and had been able to contact the author prior to the San Francisco Inquiry. I couldn't resist reading it, although I had to really work on an outline/script for a television program that Ken Jenkins and I had agreed to do Thursday night in San Francisco on Community Access Channel 29. The work was also useful for the documentaries/ narratives that we need to come up with for the San Francisco Inquiry and another collaborative film project that I want to do. I have a tendency to overdo it after I "get well" and have "relapses," but I was actually still trying to recover last week, and not overextend myself. Friday was chaotic as I helped get the kids ready for their trip, and cooked for a "9-11 activist party" at my house. We had a great time with John Buchanon, the 9-11 Truth Candidate, author of Fixing America- Breaking the Stranglehold of Corporate Rule, Big Media, and the Religious Right, Steve Cassilly, from St. Louis who maintains www.911busters.com, Gabriel Day www.911sharethetruth.com, Maria Gilardin www.tucradio.org, and others. We stayed up incredibly late, and I had to be up at 6:00 AM Saturday, to prepare for The Conspiracy Conference. There were quite a few 9-11 activists there, as well as some very interesting speakers. I couldn't attend all of the talks, but one of the most interesting, best, speakers was Dr. Nick Begich who has been researching and disseminating scientific and political education for many years. He co-authored "Angels Don't Play This HAARP." He lectured on- "CONTROLLING THE HUMAN MIND"- Manipulation of the mind, emotions and physical health of people through new applied technologies continues to draw the attention of military planners around the world. Examination of the advances in technology for military and private sector uses. The control of the human mind by external means is a reality - how we use this technology is the challenge and question of our time. He was very articulate, educated, ethical and has drawn attention in particular to the threats on life posed by the new technologies that the military has been developing and employing. I got a copy of his book- Earth Rising The Revolution- Toward a Thousand Years of Peace.

Dick Gregory and Uri Dowbenko also spoke, with much insight and humor. Supposedly the "most controversial speakers" are represented at the conference- and not surprisingly- all of them don't agree on everything. Ken and I spoke there on 9-11 two years ago- and certainly the 9-11 speakers that they had this year and last year would not have been my recommended choices. Attorney Daniel Sheehan spoke on "the Hidden History of America" and the evolution of the "National Security State." I've never been overly impressed by him, and was actually shocked when in his lecture on "hidden history," he completely failed to see that 9-11 was more than a "pre-emptive strike against the US" in light of the U.S.'s plans to attack Afghhanistan and Iraq. On the closing night, I challenged him in the Q & A on 9-11, and opened the proverbial "can of worms." Uri Dowbenko, echoed my criticism, and after the conference I gave Uri a hug, in appreciation. We started talking and hit it off. He came over to my house today for brunch and we had a great talk- I think we are kindred spirits in many respects, and I hope that we'll be able to include him in a serious strategy meeting when he comes this way again. He also gave me copy of his books- Bushwhacked- Inside Stories of True Conspiracy", Hoodwinked- Watching Movies with Eyes Wide Open and Al Martin's book- The Conspirators: Secrets of an Iran Contra Insider which I've always wanted to read, but never got around to ordering. With six new books to read, maybe I should have a relapse and have a good excuse to slow down and read...(Unlikely!)

In the real world, the Bilderbergers have been up to no good. Daniel Estulin wrote an article entitled Infiltrating Bilderberg 2005, I just wonder what his sources were. Uri and Nick both recommend reading Sun Tzu's classic The Art of War to understand the mentality of the military.

Here's the update from Webster on the European Tour-

HALFTIME REPORT ON JIMMY WALTER 9/11 EUROTOUR
by Webster G. Tarpley
Madrid, 29 May 2005
The Re-Open 9/11 European Tour organized and publicized by American philanthropist Jimmy Walter - now approaching its halfway mark - has already scored a significant success in moving world public opinion on this issue. The tour, which kicked off in Amsterdam on May 18 and will end in Rome on June 9, takes two international teams of speakers, plus a documentary film program, to eight European cities in seven countries. Among the participants are Canadian television producer and media critic Barrie Zwicker, French activist Thierry Meyssan, the president of the Réseau Voltaire, and leading Dutch 9/11 researcher Daan DeWit, who maintains the daanspeak.com website. Joining them from the US are Twin Towers hero William Rodriguez, filmmaker Penny Little, lawyer Philip Berg (who is suing the Bush administration under the RICO statute), Kennedy assassination author Lisa Pease, 9/11 victim Rachel Hughes, and writers Chris Bollyn, Eric Hufschmidt, and Webster Tarpley. In the kickoff press conference in Amsterdam on May 18, Jimmy Walter forecast that, because of the increasing political crisis of the Bush administration, as well as of the looming bankruptcy of the US government as well as of leading US companies like General Motors and Ford, we must reckon with new terrorist actions, prepared with the connivance of US government circles, before the end of this year. Dismissing the official 9/11 commission report as misleading and worthless, Walter called for the 9/11 investigation to be re-opened, with Europe playing a leading role in the creation of an International Truth Commission on the Events of September 11, 2001. Walter urged that every effort be made to get the International Truth Commission up and running this year.

Two evenings of intensive discussion in Amsterdam turned out a total of about 800 people. Dutch national radio and one of the main commercial television networks broadcast interviews with Jimmy Walter, with many press articles also being generated, in addition to the paid advertising which is going out in every city on the tour schedule. Daniel DeWit, the most prominent Dutch 9/11 critic, endorsed the International Commission and urged the Dutch public to join this effort. The Berlin events drew about 200, with a strong presence of leading journalists like Juergen Elsaesser, along with 9/11 activists, many of whom committed to the organizing process for the International Truth Commission. The Berlin events were held at the Urania, the world's oldest institution for popular scientific education. After the meetings, a group of veteran German activists set up an ad hoc Berlin committee to help organize the International Truth Commission.

The two Paris events drew about 550 people. The master of ceremonies for these events was Thierry Meyssan, who shortly after 9/11 published his landmark analysis that no commercial airliner had hit then Pentagon. Meyssan pointed out that as of now, the only countries in where the official Bush regime account of 9/11 is untouchable by the mass media are the US, UK, Israel, and France. He compared French intellectuals who refuse to challenge Bush's 9/11 lies to the members of a French anti-fascist committee of 1936 who refused to accept clear evidence that the burning of the Berlin Reichstag in 1933 had been a provocation organized by the Nazis themselves. It was only around 1960 that academics accepted the truth about the Reichstag fire. Meyssan paid tribute to Jimmy Walter for helping to "free the world" from the likes of 9/11 with his worldwide public education campaigns.

Thierry Meyssan announced a conference to be sponsored by the Réseau Voltaire in Paris on November 4-5 of this year for the purpose of defending the concepts of international law and national sovereignty against the neocon unilateralist campaign, spearheaded by such figures as John Bolton, to destroy the United Nations. Meyssan expressed the hope that this conference would be attended by a broad range of intellectuals from 40 countries, for all of whom the real history of 9/11 remains an open question. "Résistons aux mensonges - n'acceptons pas les mensonges," said Meyssan in concluding - "Let us fight the lies, don't accept the lies." The 9/11 story is false, Bush was never elected, the invasion of Afghanistan was a crime, there never were any weapons of mass destruction in Iraq, he stressed.

The attendance at the Paris events was all the more remarkable because it coincided with the final phase of the binding French referendum on the draft European Union constitution, a repugnant document which would make oligarchy, free trade, and globalization the basic law of 25 countries. Mass mobilization in Paris is on the side of rejecting this document, while big money and big media are attempting to secure its approval in today's vote. A June 1 advisory referendum in the Netherlands, also intersected by the tour, is also likely to reject the constitution.

In Madrid, Jimmy Walter is scheduled to meet on Tuesday May 31 with families of the victims of the March 11, 2004 train bombings in this city, which led to a mass mobilization of the Spanish people and against the politicians who sought to profit from these tragic events. Then the tour will move on the Vienna, a nodal point for European relations with the Middle East. In London and Manchester, the events are being built with the help of the main UK 9/11 activist groups, including Simon Aronowitz of Thought Crime News. The Rome meetings will be addressed by Maurizio Blondet, the Milan journalist who is the author of the main critical study 9/11 in Italian.

During 2004, Jimmy Walter spent $4.5 million on advertising critical of the official US 9/11 story, including over 2,000 TV spots in New York City. He commissioned the famous Zogby International poll of August 2004 which showed about half of New York City residents rejecting the official story. Walter's DVD of the Manhattan Center 9/11 truth rally of September 11, 2004 is being offered free of charge through www.reopen911.org

I think Jimmy was scared out of the US, but that the real consciousness raising needs to be done here. Plans move forward for a DC conference/action in July.

May 23, 2005

Last Wednesday I missed my Listening Project (for the first time in 3 1/2 years- because I was sick); I also missed our Oakland 9-11 meeting, and innumerable other events. I'm still not fully recovered, but I am feeling better. I read The Future of Media- Resistance and Reform in the 21st Century which was passed out to all of us attending the National Media Reform Conference. Despite thirteen years of media activism, I hadn't realized the depth and magnitude of the challenges we're facing with the press, but because of their blatant costly lies, I can't help feeling that we are on the verge of a genuine media revolution, a revolution of consciousness, that the powers that be are desperately trying to contain or at least steer towards a direction which allows them to survive. The extreme co-option of the "Independent Media" shos how vital it is for them to stem the flow of the most important information. I just don't know how long or torturous the route may be for humanity to free itself from the scourge of war, orchestrated on behalf of those few who seek to enrich themselves and dominate and control the planet.

What I have been meaning to do, for some time, is write up an Activism 101 Page, but I did pick-up a "Media Activist Kit" in St. Louis, which is also posted in PDF Form on this page http://www.freepress.net/action/tools/ under "Media Reform Action Guide" which does have some very useful tips for all activists, in general, and media activists in particular- like how to write a Letter to the Editor or an Op-Ed. I think it does make sense that whatever issue anyone is working on- stopping a war, saving forests, stopping police brutality... media reform has got to be the #2 issue- because without it- we can't begin to raise awareness about our primary issues. People have got to become media literate and realize that media is part of our problem- as long as it lies in service of the wealthy, the powerful, those who are committing the most horrific, flagrant crimes against all of us.

Fortunately, we are getting more and more tools, every single day- books, films... to help break the "spell" cast by loud repetion of blatant falshoods.

I met some great people in St. Louis, who impressed me tremendously by their wisdom, courage, insights, committment to truth. Les Jamieson, from ny911truth.org was one of them, and I just added a link to his Simplifying 9-11 Slideshow. The process of networking, building trust and relationships takes time, but is invaluable and reminds me of the African proverb about spiders' webs containing an elephant. I wrote long ago:

Near Findhorn, Scotland, some people were walking across a newly plowed field. As they turned to observe the sunrise, the light caught the dewdrops on the fragile spider webs on the moist dark earth. Only at that moment did they realize that the entire field was covered by one enormous vastly intricate network of spider's webs. Our own efforts, I believe, are invisible, too; only when the light of love shines clearly can we see how deeply connected we are to all people throughout the world, every liberation struggle, all people of faith, all people who strive to ease the world's suffering and to nurture those around them.

Only at this time I would alter the "light of love" with "light of truth"... Those who value truth, justice, life are weaving these new lines of communications which binds us into a growing community which I believe will be stronger and greater than the "old, traditional, hierarchical centers of power, dependent upon lies, deception, war, terror, fear, greed to maintain their power and dominance.

May 16, 2005

Unfortunately, I have a bad sore throat and seem to be coming down with a cold. I returned late last night from St. Louis, and I'm really glad that I went; there were only a handful of dedicated 9-11 Truth Activsts, but many others doing 9-11 work connected with us, and collectively we were able to get out lots of materials, and got to know one another better. I think I enjoyed meeting people and the one on one dialogues more than any of the formal events, and our local friends took us to the best Thai and Vietnamian restaurants. I just posted a report at San Francisco Indymedia-


Media Reform or Revolution?
In St. Louis, Missouri, May 12th through 15th, thousands of people gathered for the National Conference for Media Reform and a delightful party held at the City Museum on Thursday night in an amazing building which was more like a fantasy playground for young and old alike. The Conference drew members of the FCC, Congress, the “luminaries of the Left,” including Bill Moyers who has been attacked by the newly politicized Corporation for Public Broadcasting seized by right wing ideologues. (Moyers’ keynote). The Conference informed those, who might not have been paying attention, that the new technologies which can revolutionize communications can also be colonized by the empire whose power rests upon lies, secrecy, military force, and the veil of legitimacy conferred by a compliant corporate press. Major policies are going to be determined in the next few years and they will either be made in back room deals between corrupt politicians and wealthy interests or, with enough public pressure, there is a chance that the public might have a say in our access to information, airwaves, and whether communications will serve corporate or community interests.

If anyone had any doubts about who the corporate media were serving, films were running continuously exposing media deceptions, and their power to shape public perception, opinion, and understanding of the world. While the rhetoric from the main plenaries was aspiring to serve the common good, inclusion of the voices whose lives hung in the balance, stressing the need for racial justice, social justice, world justice... there were definite parameters of acceptable thought that contained the main speeches, and the talks in the many workshops. The conference was for “reform,” not “revolution” and the radical “truth” was granted space in the hallways, caucus and “poster” sessions, indymedia.org, and “one on one dialogues” that were not broadcasted live on Pacifica.

Write a letter, send a fax, join an organization, give money, start a radio station were amongst the “Things you can do list.” to help the growing media reform movement. “Be the Media” was the more radical message, underlying the upcoming battle to rewrite the rules for the emerging possibilities that new technologies offer. Who will get to offer content, access, distribution? Will truth continued to be buried under the broad domination of the major media by corporate/government interests, as they are today? How many people rely more upon the internet for information than traditional newspapers, radio, and television?

The failure of the independent press to courageously tackle the foundation myth, the official version of 9-11, despite ample evidence that that particular lie has been the linchpin to passing the PATRIOT Act, creating Homeland Security, the false war on terror, the preemptive wars, a ballooning military budget, slashes in domestic spending, was never addressed or hinted at by the “chosen speakers.”

Those of us who feel that truth should be a critical part of the movement for peace, justice, and especially “free speech,” were able to talk to people, pass out flyers, thousands of Deception Dollars, hundreds of CDs and DVDs of David Ray Griffin’s latest speech in Madison on “9/11 and the American Empire: How Should Religious People Respond?” that aired on C-span. We also organized a “poster session” on 9-11- Overcoming Fear with Truth and Courage that drew 30 people for a very interactive, fruitful, discussion.

When social movements become large and significant, they are almost inevitably co-opted by reformers to some degree. A new cycle of social change begins when “the problem/failure” of a partial solution which does not address the root problem begins anew. All social movements build upon earlier accomplishments, but the backlash has become more sophisticated and extreme in an increasingly Orwellian World where those clinging to power, “frame the debate” “define reality for the “majority.”

We are in the midst of a clash of paradigms- there are the voices of authority saying “Trust us- do as we say.” There are the voices challenging the systems saying, “Think, question, find your voice, your power, join us, be a leader in this epic struggle for truth, peace, justice.” The current “world leaders” are few in number, but there are many, many rising up for their lives, for their children, for water, food, land, health, dignity, respect, freedom, peace, justice, and for a voice in creating a better world.

As I filled out the conference evaluation form, I suggested that smaller, more interactive, regional conferences might be more productive, and that they are likely to happen organically. An Allied Media Conference is scheduled for June 17th- 19th in Ohio for grassroots media activists. I was also inspired to become more involved in my local indymedia.org (instead of complaining about it- recognizing my ability and responsibility to make it better).

May 12, 2005

Too much time working at the computer injured my back- and it has taken a week for the pain to go away. We had a mailing party and watched David Ray Griffin on C-Span last Saturday. I think it was his best talk and has certainly had a major ripple effect- even made the U.N. Observer and International Report !!! We did mail out 700 newsletters. If you would like to subscribe- send $10 to the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, P.O. Box 60511, Palo Alto, CA 94306. We need to improve our mailing list and communications within the 9-11 activist community. A lot of us will be going to the Media Reform Conference in St. Louis today. We really need a media revolution, but it is happening slowly- especially given the failure of the press- both mainstream and alternative/independent to tackle the most important issues of our time. When I get back- I'll try to post the newsletter/send out an email version and begin doing serious media outreach for the art contest.

May 6, 2005

Last night's meeting was amazing, Janette gave a report on her experience in New York last weekend, including her time at a victim/survivor conference. Those who experienced 9/11 or lost family members get free psychiatric care (unlimited access to drugs) and Janette suspected she was one of the very few "not taking medication." She has decided to move back to New York City- we will miss her, but the New York Truth Movement will gain a pillar of strength. I was so impressed by how much each person has to offer to the whole group's knowledge and the emotional support of knowing we aren't trying to do this all alone. I've been working very hard on the newsletter and I was voted $ for postage/printing costs to get it out to the 700 people on our contact list, although Frank and Ed who have access to our database- missed the meeting again - and I need them to get the labels. If we can get them, we can have a mailing party this Saturday. 9-11Truth.org is organizing a big action/conferenc in DC this July, and another woman is organizing an event in DC on September 11th (She might get David Ray Griffin to talk, as well). Ken is going to tape an interview with David this weekend, so we can mass produce DVDs to pass out in Missouri at the Media Reform Congress. I have lots to do today- finishing up the newsletter is my highest priority!!!!

May 3, 2005

David Ray Griffin's talk will be broadcast again on C-Span this Saturday at 2:30 pm EST. The "mob" in the White House is attacking on all fronts- Iran, the judiciary, public television; they probably feel as surrounded as Iran, itself! Chossudovsky wrote Planned US-Israeli Attack on Iran, on May Day. Chris Floyd wrote in the Moscow Times on February 8th...

"So let's have no illusions about where we are. Gangsters are in charge, and nothing and no one will be allowed to challenge their dominion. They are waging aggressive war to cement their position and that of their allies: the energy barons, the arms merchants, the construction and services cartels, the investment bankers. These power blocs now command monstrous resources and unfathomable profits; they can buy out, buy off or bury any force that opposes them.

"Meanwhile, they use the loot of the stolen Republic -- its blood and treasure -- as fuel for their ever-expanding war machine: Bush now has a "secret watch-list" of 25 more countries ripe for military intervention, the Financial Times reported. With more war crimes afoot, last month Bush issued an official "National Defense Strategy" that openly declares "judicial processes" as one of the enemies confronting the United States, actually equating them with terrorism, the Associated Press reported. Law is "a strategy of the weak," says the Bush Doctrine, in a chilling echo of Hitlerian machtpolitik: Might makes right. The judicial process must not be allowed to "constrain or shape" American behavior in any way, the gangsters declared. Think of it: Law is now the enemy. Democracy, as we've seen above, is the enemy. This, the demented code of criminals and tyrants, has become the ruling doctrine of the United States -- replacing the Constitution, replacing the noble struggle for liberty and enlightenment with the howl of the beast, with a freak show of avarice and death."

They are criminals and we know it. There is mounting opposition- so many demonstrations and protests that no one can go to more than a small fraction of them all. The press still tries to ignore the overwhelming evidence/facts of wrong doing at the highest levels of government. Propaganda pieces continue to be churned out by the big money interests who can flood Hollwood, the networks, C-Span and PBS with the illusion that "everything is under control- that our 'leaders are legitimate and doing the best they can to serve the 'people'"... Resistance is rising, however; there will be major protests against Halliburton in Houston, against the G8 in Scotland... The media blackout against the Bilderberger meeting will continue, as will the race between resistance and repression, thwarting and igniting warfare.

Chossudovsky summarizes at the end of his article-

The Antiwar Movement-

The antiwar movement must act, consistently, to prevent the next phase of this war from happening. This is no easy matter. The holding of large antiwar rallies will not in itself reverse the tide of war. High ranking officials of the Bush administration, members of the military and the US Congress have been granted the authority to uphold an illegal war agenda. What is required is a grass roots network, a mass movement at national and international levels, which challenges the legitimacy of the military and political actors, and which is ultimately instrumental in unseating those who rule in our name.

War criminals occupy positions of authority. The citizenry is galvanized into supporting the rulers, who are "committed to their safety and well-being". Through media disinformation, war is given a humanitarian mandate. To reverse the tide of war, military bases must be closed down, the war machine (namely the production of advanced weapons systems) must be stopped and the burgeoning police state must be dismantled.

The corporate backers and sponsors of war and war crimes must also be targeted including the oil companies, the defense contractors, the financial institutions and the corporate media, which has become an integral part of the war propaganda machine.

Antiwar sentiment does not dismantle a war agenda. The war criminals in the US, Israel and Britain must be removed from high office.

What is needed is to reveal the true face of the American Empire and the underlying criminalization of US foreign policy, which uses the "war on terrorism" and the threat of Al Qaeda to galvanize public opinion in support of a global war agenda."

This is our challenge. Charles Shaw posted Part Two of his series Regulated Resistance: Part 2 - The Gatekeepers of the So-Called Left

It's hard enough to deal with the mainstream press, but the resistance we have had to deal with on the part of the so called "Independent Media" and established "Peace Movement" has been extraordinary. Fortunately, here in the Bay Area we have been able to make enough noise and exert enough pressure at the grassroots level to begin to penetrate the "Peace Movement" and the "Progressive Independent Press," but it is an uphill challenge and will require all our courage, creativity, wit to overcome.

May Day

May Day!

May Day! Is the signal used to get help when one is under attack or in dire distress... It seems appropriate that warnings, are bubbling up, desperately trying to get the attention of Americans about the state of the media and their government, and the wealthy, powerful interests which use politicians like pawns in their game of world dominance. Alison Weir of If Americans Knew is an amazing woman who has bravely chronicled the failure of the media to accurately convey the situation in the Middle East, in particular the Israeli/Palestine conflict and the dominance of Israeli interests in the American press. She wrote an article entitled-

Do Americans Even Care?
Russia, Israel and Media Omissions that was posted on Counterpunch and begins with-

"As is often the case with AP's coverage of news having to do with Israel, there's a serious omission in its reporting on the Russia-Israel connection even when it involves oil and the United States.

"The day after the State of the Union Address, two Interpol fugitives attended the "National Prayer Breakfast" held in Washington DC. The day before that, these fugitives from the law were the guests of honor at an hour-long meeting of the International Relations Committee on Capitol Hill, invited by ranking Democrat Tom Lantos (Calif.)

"You would think it would be hot news when wanted men being hunted by European police suddenly pop up in the US particularly on Capitol Hill and at events attended by the US president..."

Bless Allison for pointing out the criminality that rises above national interests that couldn't happen without complicity, by silence, of the media.

If you have never heard of the Bilderbergers, it is time to cast some light on them, too as they will be meeting this week in Germany.

I receive an incredible number of books, videos, dvds, messages from activist friends. Yesterday, I watched Mark Phillips and Cathy O'Brian's presentation at last year's Conspiracy Conference. Mark also appears in "GNN's excellent documentary on Mind Control entitled-The Most Dangerous Game which we showed at the SF Int'l Inquiry into 9-11. The thesis of their book- The Trance-formation of America is that the MK-Ultra mind program has developed horrific techniques for traumatizing small children and turning them into "mind control slaves" who are sexually abused by top government officials, and also used to transport drugs and messages detween various high level officials throughout the world; it's deeply disturbing, Orwellian information which is hard/impossible for most people to put thier head around, but it is also corraborated in a multitude of other ways, especially the suppressed pedophilia scandals surrounding Boy's Town, the Franklin Cover-Up, the Catholic Church priests' sex scandal, the absolute criminality of the Bush family. Ed Spencer who introduced me to Antony Sutton's important work- America's Secret Establishment sent me a link to Chris Floyd's latest from Moscow- Buried Treasure which looks at the links between the new Pope and the Bush family. It is horrifying to realize that the new Pope is a supporter of Opus Dei, the secret sect in the Catholic Church favored by brutal military dictators, the most reactionary right wing faction. I just hope that all of the powerful, corrupt institutions will lose legitimacy and come crumbling down, if we can get the truth about them out.

I also added a link in my Humor Section to a satire on British TV-
BBC's 'Doctor Who' Show Parodies 9/11 Inside Job : CLIPS
Do read the commentary after the description posted on this blog, too.


• http://mparent7777.blog-city.com/read/1237414.htm

April 30, 2005

David Ray Griffin's great talk was broadcasted on C-Span this morning. Undoubtedly that will help the 9-11 Truth Movement, but realistically we still have many barriers to overcome before we win the majority opinion and are able to exercise political power to hold those responsible for 9-11 accountable. My friend, Norie Huddle, author of Butterfly which has been an inspiration for social transformation for over a decade, sent me an email outlining the Seventeen Techniques for Truth Suppression delineated by DC Dave. I believe each technique has been used repeatedly against not just the 9-11 truth Movement, but every effort to expose criminal activity at the highest level of government. Dave also wrote an essay about the Dreyfuss Affair detailing how the French government imprisoned an innocent man for spying, and how resistant the French people were to the truth, even after it was well chronicled and he was completely exonerated and released from prison. People do not want to let go of the comforting pillars of their belief system, if they find a different reality threatening or frightening. Our challenge remains to offer a more hopeful, attractive future, than the false promises offered by the corporate/military juggernaut.

April 27, 2005

Yesterday, I finally figured out how to add images to this website, all by myself, (Well my husband and my fourteen year old didn't have to walk me through the steps that they had taught me this past week). I forgot to mention another article that I received yesterday Regulated Resistance: Is it possible to change the system when you are the system? by Charles Shaw, which was a very good look at the Left Gatekeeper Phenomena, and more particularly at the United for Peace and Justice National Conference, where we sent two Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance representatives last February.

I also filled out my registration form last night for the W.I.L.P.F. U.S. Section Triennial Congress and 90th Anniversary Celebration: Making Peace a Reality, August 10 - Sunday, August 14, 2005, San Francisco, CA and hope that my long membership in W.I.L.P.F. will allow me to raise the 9-11 issue credibly and gain support from the group. Unfortunately, I haven't been as active with the WILPF group on 9-11 as I should be, (I lost the 50 contact emails of the folks who attending my 9-11 workshop at the last big regional gathering- the danger of tackling such a big issue and getting more contacts than I could follow up on.)

April 26, 2005

It is difficult to broadcast and listen simultaneously, and today, even though I thought I should be in "broadcast mode" blasting press releases and the current Art Contest Project all over the world, I couldn't help, but register the flow of recent events- the drama of Moussaoui "pleading guilty" to 9-11 and simultaneously denying that he had anything to do with it, and the media blitz underway to terrorize Americans and lay the groundwork for a Nuclear 9-11 to be blamed on Iran. Our usual tactic when it seems like they are on the verge of pulling another 9-11 is to make lots of noise- so that they don't dare to do it..., but crying "wolf" when we are beiung terrorized constantly from multiple threats all over the place- not just to us, but in hot spots all around the world, is incredibly draining. Ken Jenkins has always been the calm voice to remind us that we are more effective when we operate from a sense of "urgency" rather than panic, and need to slow down, and not think "short term" all the time. He wrote a very good piece entitled, appropriately A Gradual Awakening. Indeed, I feel I am slowing down, as I realize that this consciousness raising effort may take decades and we really have to hone down our communications skills and figure out ways to penetrate the psychological barriers of fear that prevent people from giving up the "necessary illusions that allow them to function in an increasingly "dysfunctional system."

My body can't stand to sit at the computer too long and I've had to take breaks to feed the family, do laundry... all the mundane chores, but lately to swim and respect my body's needs. I struggled for hours to reach out to artists via the computer this morning (and have no idea if I was remotely successful), in the afternoon at the pool I shared a lane with a guy who turned out to be a sculpter, not only that, but he had done a number of works on 9-11 and generally meditated for peace while swimming. He was very excited about having a 9-11 art exhibition, and I hope he will help me do outreach to the arts community about our art contest. He made my day!

April 25, 2005

We worked late last night on the sf911truth.org webpage, and Blaine made a new banner-



My husband just walked me through some of the steps to post images; I just hope I can remember how to do it the next time I need to change banners. Today I began sending out press releases and doing publicity. Unfortunately, I made an error in the link I sent out, after all that work to get the website done; I can't believe I sent out the wrong URL, but I did- twice! This is a clue that I need lots of help. My skills are so incredibly marginal. Last night, I also stumbled across a Publicity 101 webpage which was a good reminder of how to do P.R.. I began doing publicity professionally before I became an activist, but I learned by "doing" and never was formally trained. I do not have a Rolladex. My press list is a mess and I have zillions of bits and pieces of contact info scattered all over my house, my computer, and I don't even have a desk. If anyone wants to help with this contest- I will be happy to send flyers/pdfs, jpgs, press releases... Fortunately, I think there are enough other people out there who care about this issue to help, and that is how we managed to pull off all our other endeavors/events. I have been most dependent upon Blaine Machan, our Deception Dollar artist, who usually does all the graphics and generally keeps up his website, but Blaine lost his password and has been busy, so it was a huge help yesterday when he was able to finally fix up the contest website and update his own site.

I did get several phone calls and emails in the past few days about harassment, infiltration, surveillance, mind control directed at 9-11 activists. I'm sure there is an effort being made to frighten us and shut us up, but simultaneously, I think we need to be courageous and make as much noise as possible.

Someone sent me a copy of The Silence of the Scams- Psychological Resistance to Facing Election Fraud by Diane Perlman which has some very good insights into mass denial (Unfortunately, I don't think she has quite figured out 9-11, yet and supports the official myth). Lloyd de Mause, on the psychohistory list that I am also on, has been studying group psychology for years and the larger historical patterns. He sees the war cycle and notes-

Besides all the apocalyptic super-violent movies Joe so admirably analyzed in his recent PH List posting, TV programs out of the blue are featuring whole programs like CNN's "What We Fear" series -- just running through how much there is to fear these days, from the certainty of terrorists getting hold of nuclear bombs ("material needed can fit into a coke can") to violent gangs certain to murder you.

The "Four F's" sequence of group-fantasy themes before wars goes like this:

1. Freedom -- new psychoclass produces new freedoms, new successes, new sexual rights, new women's rights, etc.

2. Fear -- the lagging psychoclasses fear these freedoms and have fantasies of being bad if they use them, losing their parental support, being punished.

3. Fusion -- these lagging psychoclasses fuse with their Motherland, feel grandiose, conduct a Purity Crusade to eliminate the freedoms and successes, and look for both external and internal "enemies" to punish.

4. Fight -- wars and internal persecutions of Bad Selves -- killing them abroad as "enemies," and internally as "heroes," wining back the "love" of the Motherland through human sacrifice.

I suggest we are in stage 2 now.

Lloyd de Mause

I just hope we can break the cycle, somehow, by raising human consiousness, as soon as possible.

I feel a lot of pressure on me because I have been able to organize events, draw publicity, and draw both praise and criticism. I get bombarded with attacks on me, and attacks on people whose work I have supported. I can't say that there is any one person in the entire 9-11 Truth Movement that I am in agreement with on every issue. I think everyone has something to contribute, but that everyone also has blind spots, weaknesses, and makes mistakes. Who is the asset? Ass'hole? Who is trying to sabotage the movement with ridiculous claims to discredit us? Who should be ignored or acknowledged? It's hard to call, especially when I have never met a lot of the people doing the 9-11 work, and some have phoned me out of the blue, and I really don't know what to think of them.

A long time ago, I got a call from Dave in Colorado.

Someone I know assured me that he was "CIA" or a "Disinformation" character. I wasn't so sure, then Dave called me recently and gave me so much flak that I hung up the phone on him- since I was busy and didn't feel like taking verbal abuse from him.

He sent me this today-

Carol,

It's been over 10 months now that 911blimp.net has been linking to your site. It's been over 10 months now since you said that you really liked the site, and that it would be great to add an Events Calendar, which I did. In response, on June 13, you sent out a mass mailing which said, "Best wishes and much Thanks to Dave who created this...".

Since then you've wasted more time telling me how you're too busy to add a link than it would've taken you to just do the right thing and add the reciprocal link already. This despite the fact the you've updated your site countless times in the interrim.

I do not take the lack of hyperlink personally, but I am beginning to take it seriously -- I'm not a coincidence theorist. And of all the excuses I've ever heard for not linking to 911blimp, yours has become the lamest of all.

We've all seen this type of behavior(/operation?) before...

Regards, and best wishes for a Constitutional tomorrow,

Dave
http://911blimp.net/aud_BushImplicatesBush.shtml

"First of all, when we walked into the classroom, I had seen this plane fly into the first building. There was a TV set on."

- George W. Bush, Jan 5, 2002, referring to the 'magic' TV on which he saw an attack that had not yet been broadcast
(The 1st KNOWN video did not surface until the next day!)

April 24, 2005

Friday evening, I went to hear George Lakeoff of the Rockridge Institute, a cognitive linguist who figured out that the "neo-conservatives" had figured out a way to reach people on a deep emotional level that bypassed rational thought and has allowed them to literally get away with murder. (I paraphrase).

Lakeoff shared a number of useful insights which combined with the insights of Lloyd de Mause of the Institute for Psychohistory, Richard Heinberg, and others has helped me to see more clearly why we have the clash of worldviews/paradigms colliding at this moment in time.

Bush and the new Pope embody the strict father model that many have been taught to revere, not question, obey, to be the moral compass of the world. Unfortunately, they also happen to be individuals heading extremely powerful institutions who must hide the darkest secrets of their institutions actions in order to maintain their public image, power, credibility. To defend their "worldview" and their "own self image" they must demonize the external world, "an enemy" to enact their "role" as protector. Through conservative think tanks, the church, media outlets; they have broadcasted and imbedded the strict father model of parenting upon a large population, who simply accept it, without engaging in a rational thinking process; it has become part of people's psychological make-up defining their own role in life and how they see the world.

Lakeoff points out that, in general, "progressives" believe in a "nurturing model of parenting," one of empathy, caring, compassion, respect, a sense of responsibility towards family and community. This has never been articulated well, as progressives rely on reason, and make many quiet assumptions, which has allowed conservatives to articulate a higher moral ground (however much their policies violate the morality that they profess to have).

However, rarely does one person adhere rigidly to the "strict" or "nurturing" parent worldview, generally people unconsciously develop a mix in their roles as parents, and expect governments to also behave as a responsible parent would behave towards their children.

Most people would find it almost inconceivable that a parent could murder or sexually abuse or torture their own child. De Mause has pointed out in his work, however, that throughout history children have been abused terribly by parents, and traumatized. The thesis of his work is that "leaders" re-enact their childhood traumas on the world stage. They are supported by generations who share the trauma of their own difficult childhoods; for example, the Germans had incredibly strict child rearing methods that allowed them to collectively mistreat the many people that Germany enslaved and dominated through military and police force during World War II.

The last thing people want to verbally acknowledge are the horrors of incest and abuse within their own families; it is a taboo topic. It is almost inconceivable for most people to contemplate that their own government would deliberately kill or murder thousands of people on the world stage (Lusitania, Perarl Harbor, 9-11). Facts do not matter, the resistance to the idea is emotional, not rational.

I believe the challenge we face, as 9-11 Truth activists, is not compiling the best evidence and facts (although certainly we must do that); it is assisting the public to break through their fears, denial, and find the emotional strength to acknowledge truth, reality, and deny authority and power to those who have abused it. We need to also be visionaries, who can articulate a compelling desirable future that could emerge, if we can successfully bring down the worst of the institutions currently threatening Americans and the world, the neo-conservatives who have taken over the White House, Congress, the military, as well as the Catholic Church, the IMF, World Bamk, WTO, and various large transnational corporations who profit from war, at the expense of humanity and all life.

I hope our Art Contest will generate some useful images, metaphors, to help us with the narratives we need to come up with to challenge the prevailing myths that bombard the public endlessly by the press. Blaine is finally working on the webpage and I hope that we can get it up and running soon, so that I can move forward with publicity. Between Jimmy Walters in Europe, David Griffin in the US, and all the beneath the radar screen local efforts, I think the shift in consciousness is happening and just needs encouragement, on a larger scale.

Gabriel reported back from Oklahoma City that the folks there have had to deal with the cover-up for ten years and witness Clinton's PR triumph this past week, despite the devastating evidence to the contrary of the official "McVeigh story." Even Amy Goodman of Democracy Now seemed to unquestioningly go along with the official story. This is a lesson to all of us- facts and physical evidence aren't enough to break the psychological barriers erected to protect people's views of themselves, the world, their government.

April 20, 2005

Our Art Contest has drawn in another co-sponsor- Left Curve, a wonderful journal, who will be having an event for their next issue at City Lights on the first Thursday in May, unfortunately the same night as our San Francisco 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting, so I will have to miss it.

David Ray Griffin received quite a bit of press coverage in Madison, and I have a feeling the coverage will escalate, as well as the attacks upon us (National Review is echoing Popular Mechanics- with most of our critics coming from the military/CIA).

Today was gorgeous, warm and sunny, and a lot of people came to support the Listening Project. I think I need to make more "Listener" badges and enlist a few more people to actually "Listen." Usually the volunteers seem to prefer passing out Deception Dollars, and discussing politics with one another, and the people attracted by the table and banners, but I think the dialogues have the greatest potential to really wake people up. It is great, though, to have very understanding, supportive folks stop by, praise us, give us donations, pick up books and DVDs to share with others. I really am glad that I spend so much time "in the street."

Afterwards, I joined other women from W.I.L.P.F. to meet with staff from Anna Eshoo's office to discuss various bits of legislation and the budget. I did object to the money being spent on the bogus "War on Terrorism" that was being used to occupy Afghanistan, Iraq and suppress dissent at home, in particular the anti-terrorism squads targeting Peace groups, and I mentioned how Barrie Zwicker and I had been targeted.

I also couldn't resist saying that if they were crminal enough to blatantly steal elections, than that doesn't lend much confidance to our system of government- if people aren't even elected, and are not at all accountable.

The other W.I.L.P.F. members were more "realistically" engaged in what Anna could do to support legislation that they approved of and to oppose legislation that they objected to.

(I tried to stay quiet, as much as possible, because I'm still disgusted with Eshoo for her cowardly behavior and all the compromises she has made which lend legitimacy to the criminals in DC who are attacking the world, and us.)

April 19, 2005

On this anniversary of the tragic attacks on Waco and Oklahoma City, activists are gathering in Oklahoma from across the political spectrum to challenge the official cover-ups.

David Ray Griffin's talk in Milwaukee was filmed by C-Span and the local cable access station, and will be aired locally, as well as nationally by C-Span in one of their Book Review weekend broadcasts, although there isn't a date, yet. The Capital Times, "Wisconsin's Progressive Newspaper" published a lengthy artilcle on the talk entitled- Theologian calls for response to 9/11.

April 17, 2005

Blaine and I (and hopefully Nikolas) are going to try and finish the flyers/art for the website/banners today- at least what we can do, as of the information we have now. I have posted our Call For Art on this website and am updating the list of sponsors and prizes as they continue to roll in. It's wonderful that people are so supportive. I just hope I can find someone in Santa Rosa to help me get the flyers to Peter Phillips/Project Censored today or tomorrow- to save me a 5 hour drive.

Nobody even remembers who originally came up with the idea for an art contest, and it probably wouldn't have gotten started without the random call from my son's high school newspaper, but now it is gathering force. I am reminded of the key rules for organizers (according to Leslie Cagan, at the Z Media Institute)

#1. Never Lose a Phone Number or Address.

#2. Things always take twice as long to do, as originally planned.

#3. Uh OH, I've forgotten this one, and can never do the first two- I think I'm in trouble..

On a brighter note, a Deception Dollar was prominently featured on Reuters and Yahoo, in a photograph taken April 16th at a protest against the IMF.

April 13, 2005

The good news is that David Ray Griffin is going to give a talk in Milwaukee, Monday, April 18th, that will be broadcast later on C-Span. The event celebrates the founding of a new group MUJCA-NET: Muslim-Jewish-Christian Alliance for 9/11 Truth: http://mujca.com.

The ad for our Art Contest appeared in the school newspaper, and on the website, unfortunately the ad wasn't meant to be on the web, and was written for the local students and needs to be revised if it goes out to the larger public. We need to add the co-sponsors, and all the prizes, links to the sponsors sites... Unfortunately, Blaine hasn't felt well and is working and hasn't found time to make the changes. I hope we can revise the flyer, so that it will be something we can send to the colleges and universities, along with Barrie's DVD when Project Censored mails them out, but I'm beginning to be doubtful. Oh well, hopefully by next week, we'll improve it so that we can broadcast the "Call for Art" more widely.

I was very sad that I couldn't go to NY for the big event at the U.N., but I had to choose between going and my husband/kids and naturally I chose my marriage and the kids.

April 12, 2005

The Art Contest is moving along, the ad went to the school newspaper yesterday, and out in the mail with all the orders for The Great Conspiracy- The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw- which arrived yesterday. Janette and I mailed them out today. We got enthusiastic responses from new Co-sponsors (Interlink Publishers, The Media Education Foundation, Global Outlook, Addicted to War, Skeptics Inquiry for Truth) , even David Ray Griffin asked for our address, so that he could mail us a donation. Hopefully Nikolas will be able to get something up on his website tomorrow.

Yesterday I received an invitation to-

2005 ALAN CRANSTON PEACE AWARD
HONORING
TED TURNER

On April 20th, at the United Nations in New York City,
the Global Security Institute will honor
TED TURNER
with the 2005 Alan Cranston Peace Award

The award honors leaders who, through their actions,
demonstrate the
principles for which Senator Cranston devoted his life.

Appropriately, the Peace Award will be presented by
PRESIDENT MIKHAIL GORBACHEV

This will be his first public speech at the United Nations
since his historic
address to the General Assembly in 1988.

RT. HON. KIM CAMPBELL
the former Prime Minister of Canada will preside

In addition to the formal afternoon award presentation,
there will be a cocktail reception, followed by

AN EXTRAORDINARY DINNER EVENT WITH
MR. TURNER AND PRESIDENT GORBACHEV
ENGAGING IN A DIALOGUE OF VISIONARIES FOR
A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE

This will be held in the Delegates' Dining Room at the
United Nations


We invite you to join us for this momentous occasion.
Your support will make an enormous difference in continuing
the work of
The Gorbachev Foundation and Global Security Institute.
http://www.gsinstitute.org/gsi/events_2005acpa.html

An old colleague from my anti-nuclear days, Alyn Ware, is the International Coordinator, Parliamentary Network for Nuclear Disarmament, part of the Global Security Institute. The event would be an opportunity to raise questions, issues, schmooze with "world leaders," celebrities, philanthropists, other activists from non-profit organizations at the UN for 10 hours. Some people have urged me to go, but the logistical hurtles seem insurmountable. My husband will be in Canada, and I have to take care of the kids. I've been trying to find someone to go in my stead, but haven't found anyone so far.

I also have to do my taxes, take Daniel on a field trip this Thursday, plus my regular "Listening Project" on Wednesday- there is the Art Contest to work on, and a newsletter to try to pull together before the next 9-11 meeting and a zillion other things to do.

The 9-11 work has taken a toll on some of my close friends and I'm feeling overstressed by the demands that I have placed upon myself and others. I think I need to balance my own life a bit more, for my own sake, as well as for the truth movement.

April 8, 2005

One of the great ideas to come out of last Saturday's strategy meeting was to have an art contest. When my son's high school paper, The Oracle, called yesterday afternoon to ask for a financial contribution for their last issue of the school year, I got a couple of half page ads instead, and started making phone calls to figure out the details for the art contest, as the ad copy is due Monday. I like the theme- "9-11 Truth for Peace and Justice" and would also like to include a 30 second film component- to take advantage of the website/idea already in the works by 911truth.org who just hasn't been able to finance the prize money to move forward with the idea. We can vote on how much prize money to allot to the contests tonight. Gabriel Day, of the Peace Resource Project and 9-11 Share the Truth was willing to be a sponsor and has the experience of making and distributing posters, bumper stickers, buttons for the peace and growing 9-11 movement.

We (The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance) finally are in the black with only one check for $300 gone astray- which City Lights can cancel and reissue.

I did an hour interview with the Australian Broadcasting Corporation yesterday, and will send them audio from Barrie Zwicker's interview and The Great Conspiracy- The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw. It's amazing how insulated journalists are; they are the hardest folks to reach with the 9-11 evidence, but they are critical to win over.

April 6, 2005

Wednesday is my busiest day of the week, in addition to baking the spinach/cheese bread rolls for the Listening Project, I have to wake up the kids, try to persuade them to eat some breakfast, pack Jeremy's lunch, take out the recyclables... Today, Riva Enteen called to discuss my incident with the police, to give me a phone number of someone to call, and to advise me to file a complaint with the Sonoma County Sherrif's Department.

A warm sunny day, it was great to talk to folks downtown and receive encouragement and support from the public.Upon my return, Frank Runninghorse Called to tell me about his experience at a upscale High School where he had been invited to table as the "Peace and Freedom Party". The students mobbed him, ignoring the Democrats and Republicans, gobbling up all his 9-11 materials. We should visit more schools, more often, and try harder to get "invitations."

I finally remembered to check the latest issue of the San Francisco Bay Guardian, to see how they edited my letter... it is the first in a batch of letters commenting on the recent 9-11 cover story and -

The truth about the truth movement

I was glad to see a lengthy article on 9/11; naturally, I was sad to note the omissions, and I disagree with Steven T. Jones on his analysis of the state of the 9/11 truth movement ["We're All Paranoid," 3/23/05].

For the record, I knew that there was a cover-up after marching with a large delegation of peace and human rights groups' representatives on Senator Feinstein's office in January 2002, and meeting with Feinstein and Senator Boxer's staff to demand a congressional investigation of 9/11. Bush and Cheney immediately asked Daschle to limit the inquiry, which was later officially headed by the CIA, Bob Graham, and Porter Goss, heads of the House/Senate Intelligence Committee, who were having breakfast on 9/11 with Gen. Mahmoud Ahmad (who had ordered $100,000 wired to Mohammed Atta, whom the FBI identified as the leader of the attacks). Those most responsible for 9/11 have been promoted within the administration.

I believe the 9/11 truth movement is growing, as evidenced by our support from Project Censored, project director Peter Phillips, and the public. The premieres of The Great Conspiracy: The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw raised more than $12,000 in direct donations from audiences to get the DVD to universities and colleges throughout California, and to support further research by Project Censored on the unanswered questions of 9/11, and the continued educational efforts of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. Where people are mentally depends on how much they are willing to look into the "facts" and where they go for "reliable information." The failure of the mainstream press to present the basic facts of 9/11 has driven us to do all we can to educate the public directly, bypassing the traditional media. The movement has been plagued by a flood of disinformation straw men to make us look "crazy."

Carol Brouillet
Palo Alto

We're all nuts

Let's see, conspiracy theory nut Steven T. Jones wishes other conspiracy theory nuts would stop acting like nuts, so that people won't think they're nuts. Did I get that right?

Arnold Knepfer
Corte Madera

Except this guy

Great story. I'm not crazy, and I don't believe the official story, either. I haven't from the beginning, but I wonder how much of that stems from my resentment of who's in power and my distrust of anything they say and do.

Gene Ridgley
Cranford, N.J.

And this one

Thank you for writing objectively about the 9/11 truth movement. These people are not crazy. I hung around with some of them at the March 19 antiwar rally, and they are remarkably sane. Having terrifying knowledge of horrible crimes by our government makes it hard to act calmly and rationally. But they're doing their best to get the word out.

Believing the truth movement's theories might be difficult. But after seeing the evidence, believing the government story is impossible. I urge everyone to check out the Web sites and/or read the books in your excellent resource guide.

David Spero
San Francisco

Putting the pieces together

I would like to thank you for your recent article. It was wonderful to find a piece of journalism that put the pieces that we do have together on this topic without going off the shrieking deep end into paranoia. In other words, this article may allow the mainstream reader access to these facts for the first time, without scaring them away from the truth that lies somewhere in them. Score one for the Bay Guardian; you have a new faithful reader now.

Jennifer Rauch
Palm Bay, Fla.

Well-balanced report

I was pleasantly surprised to read such a well-balanced report on the 9/11 truth movement from a major paper. What you did is very significant, for it helped bring to light, to a major Bay Area audience, some of the really troubling questions about what happened on 9/11 – something major corporate media are trying their best to ignore. There are just too many inconsistencies and problems with the official story of what happened, and you are right: the evidence the administration presents doesn't even pass muster using basic court evidentiary procedures.

Thank you so much for the excellent article! In a perfect world, more news organizations would be doing what you are.

Camille Sauve
Castro Valley

I am not sure what prompted it, but I also received this e-mail inquiry from a radio-journalist in Australia:

Dear Carol,

I'm a journalist with the Australian Broadcasting Corporation, currently researching and producing a radio documentary on conspiracy theories.

I'm interested in discussing what drives conspiracies, why they proliferate (esp. post Sept 11) and why some are more enduring that others. Through my research I've found that in the past decade theories, such as beliefs contrary to the official line of what happened on 9/11, seem to have more credence and more public support than say those of the 1950s...Roswell, JFK, Elvis etc.

I'm trying to gather some figures on the support base for those who believe the truth about 9/11 is being covered up and was hoping you could help me.

The ABC is Australia's national public radio and television network, similar to America's NPR.

The program I'm putting together will be one hour long and broadcast nationally in early May.

Very much looking forward to hearing from you...

Yesterday, I met with a very interesting guy who ran winning political campaigns for Senators Alan Cranston, Jay Rockefeller and at some point worked directly for President Jimmy Carter, and does media in the public interest. I wanted his help on strategizing where to go next, but we were a collision of worldviews and I believe he wanted to steer clear of any "conspiracy theory;" he suggested that I find a "credible journalist" like Robert Scheer of the LA Times and take them my information. We had different ideas on who was "credible." He had never heard of Howard Zinn or the World Social Forum, and even suggested that I approach Kean (Mr. Cover-Up on the Commission- who has financial links to an infamous terrorist financier!!!).

His most interesting point was that the real shift in the Voietnam War occurred after the Tet Offensive, because that is when Walter Cronkite verbalised that the US was fighting an unwinnable war. I do agree that the media is where the battle over the hearts and minds and direction of humanity will be waged. The question is whether truth or money prevail in the struggle- which is more powerful- spirit/life/love or fear/greed/selfishness...

April 4, 2005

On Saturday many of us gathered at Janette's home to celebrate and view the film- A Force More Powerful, an inspiring look at the history of non-violent social movements over the last 200 years, and then we strategized. A number of great ideas and proposals were introduced. Choosing which ones that we have the talents, skills, resources, energy for is another matter. One thing for certain, we want to figure out a laundry list of simple things that "anyone can do" to help budding activists develop their strengths, mobilize their energy, nurture the growing 9-11 Truth Movement, and help us to achieve our mission, and move humanity off the warpath to one of peace, justice, cooperation, hope for all life. Fortunately, there are many tools, and pointing people to them is a first step. I want to develop an "Activism 101" section on this website, many of the basics can be adapted from a range of other campaigns. Bill Moyer's book Doing Democracy and his worksheets, are the best tools that I've found, and I always have them available when I table in Palo Alto or at events. A report on the party was also written up by Mike who posted it at one of his favorite websites- www.yayacanada.com. We had some new faces at the gathering, including activists from Santa Cruz and Concord. At this stage, we are in the process of building our own infrastructure, building coalitions and alliances with others, and pushing 9-11 truths as far as we can with the media- by creating our own media, and making inroads on the existing "independent" and corporate press, through our actions/events.

Some people later urged me to take action over the police incident (after the Santa Rosa Premiere when the cops pulled my 16 year old son and I over, pointed all their guns at us, handcuffed me as a suspect in a recent armed robbery, and put me in one of the unmarked cars.) I think my time could be used more productively doing other things, and that, IF THEY WANT TO SCARE me, us, the movement, into silence. We should do the opposite and encourage the loudest, most vocal activism, and nurture community, rather than frighten people into feeling alone and isolated. So I'd rather work on the empowering, fun stuff, than drain my energy "fighting repression."

I have a ton of work to do on this website, as well as with Nikolas who is working on the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance Website.

In the process, I am finding some other good sites to link to like The Project for an Old American Century, although it seems that even a very good site like that one, still hasn't quite "got it" when it comes to 9-11, and a simple thing for anyone with internet access to do, would be to push the best 9-11 articles onto these "slow, good meaning, sites which need to ramp up their understanding of 9-11." If they get the pressure from enough sides, they might be able to overcome their own fears and psychological barriers to the information. Peter Phillip's article on Threshold Fears and Unanswered Questions About 9/11 would be a good one to send.

I have been mailing this out to different editors/publishers that I know:

After years of effort, we finally got a cover story on 9-11 (It bashes me, but gets out some of our key points). My report on our successful premieres of Zwicker's 9-11 documentary (The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy) is posted at
http://www.communitycurrency.org/Reportpremieres.html, the 9-11 Cover Story (5088 words) of the San Francisco Bay Guardian came out Wednesday, March 23, 2005. Quotes:
"The most disturbing thing about the 9/11 truth movement, something you learn when you really dissect their most compelling evidence, is that the activists are raising critically important questions about the Bush administration's lies, cover-ups, and geopolitical strategy – questions that are being almost entirely ignored by the mainstream media."

[We are supposed to believe]... "that one of the most secretive and manipulative administrations in U.S. history is telling the whole truth and nothing but the truth about an event it has aggressively exploited to implement long-standing and far-reaching political plans, from the USA PATRIOT Act to the invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq."

"To blindly believe the U.S. government at times like these is to ignore history and dismiss warnings from people in positions to know how power is really wielded in this country."

Full article, minus photos posted at-

http://www.sfbg.com/39/25/cover_conspiracy.html

We're all paranoid
Sure, the people with the 9/11 conspiracy theories are a little odd. But not everything they're saying is entirely crazy.

By Steven T. Jones

THE GRAND LAKE Theater in Oakland was filled almost to capacity March 10, just as the Guild Theatre in Menlo Park was the night before and the Herbst Theatre in San Francisco would be the next night...

Carol Brouillet
Organizer of the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11
Publisher of the Deception Dollar http://www.deceptiondollar.com
http://www.communitycurrency.org

My friend, Bob Gipson, and Don Paul each wrote to the SFBG regarding the 9-11 cover story and their letters were printed in the most recent issue. Bob's letter:

Candid but simplistic

Generally, I appreciate the candor of your article ["We're All Paranoid"]. Three comments:

You describe Carol Brouillet as "gathering every relevant document she can find, meticulously connecting every dot." Hmmm. That's precisely what any responsible investigator, research scientist, or clinician diagnosing a patient would do.

You say she connects the dots "into an elaborate proof." I'd say she doesn't claim "proofs," but compiles a compelling weight of evidence – and asks why it's being ignored.

You say, "It is a worldview in which there are no tragic accidents or strange coincidences, no pieces that don't fit into the puzzle." That's grossly simplistic.

Robert Gipson
Single Springs

Thanks, Bob for defending me!!! (The SFBG also emailed me and they are going to print an edited version of my response to them in their next issue.)

March 31, 2005

I caught www.gunsandbutter.net on the radio yesterday, after my weekly "Listening Project" en route to the Post Office and heard Ralph, Mya, and Bonnie speaking about the next pandemic and the man-made viruses being cooked up in US labs.

In Spring 2002, we marched on Sacramento to oppose The Model Health Emergency Powers Act and to make enough noise to prevent another "false flag bioterrorist attack in the U.S.". We feared that one might be staged to create a "pretext" for invading Iraq. Unfortunately, it sounds like bioterrorist viruses might already have been released in Asia and Africa.

My concern for the future is balanced by a need to "not panic," and to think strategically on how to turn our situation around. I don't think broadcasting "FEAR!!!" is a very healthy thing to do, and hope we can raise consciousness, deepen people's understanding of the world situation, empower them to take more responsibility and control in their own lives, and in the political realm.

I was glad to receive a delicious bite of political satire from Marcel Girodian which I posted under the title-
"9-11," NEW DRAMA, OPENS OFF-BROADWAY

I'm also adding the Conspiracy Conference May 28-29th, 2005 to the events list. Ken Jenkinsand I have been invited to table there and it does draw a good sized crowd. (If anyone can help table- please let me know.) I'm rather shocked that Dan Hopsicker is the invited 9-11 speaker, especially given his criticisms of me and the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11

March 29, 2005

I just learned about an academic conference on 9-11 that will take place in Virginia this weekend-
The Arrogance of Power-
Being American After 9/11

Details posted at http://www.arroganceofpower.net/ April 1, 2, & 3. Keynote speakers include Ralph Nader. I hope some 9-11 activists figure out how to attend this. I wish I had heard about it sooner.

Mistakes... I received a link late last night to an interview of me done by Chris Martin at a U.K. activist website-
http://www.pressureworks.org/ last December.

It was posted and removed before I had a chance to see it and is archived at the moment at-
http://www.pressureworks.org/frontline/opinion/righton/carole.html, besides being a bit out of date, now- it misspells my name and the condensed version of the lengthy interview makes it sound like I took credit for the Toronto Inquiry and the Spitzer Complaint which were the work of others in the larger 9-11 Truth Movement (the folks in Toronto, and the folks in New York with the financial assistance of Jimmy Walters). The intended audience was also budding international activists- and not geared specifically for the U.S.. Undoubtedly, I shall be attacked for what I said.

I also received a swift response from Victor Thorn this morning who changed his essay, after receiving my criticism and writes:

Carol,
Thank you for questioning my article, because upon review, I realized that the quotes you referred to were actually commentary by Fintan Dunne (who has recently waged an attack on WING TV and others) on the Steven Jones article. My apology. Below is the updated version: http://69.28.73.17/thornarticles/2ndwave.html. On another note, what did you think of the article in general? It's mind-boggling to us that the 9-11 community has virtually ignored 9-11 ON TRIAl which, we believe, does as much, if not more, to incriminate a cabal within the federal government that was directly involved in destroying the WTC towers than any other book. This book taps into the best of the best research that has yet to be done, and was even given a fantastic blurb by David Ray Griffin. Why aren't 9-11 activists running with it? We're moving lots of them on our end, and the feedback has been phenomenal. We're even bringing the book to life with a televised trial on WING TV. I mean, we haven't heard anything from the West Coast 9-11 community, and of course the NYC cabal of Kubiak/Hence/Levis are totally silent on it? What does this say of the 9-11 community? And hell, we're only selling it for $6.99!!!! Like they used to say in MAD Magazine -- cheap!!! Anyway, let me know what you think. We've nailed the gov't to the wall with this book in a way that is completely and utterly undeniable. What more do we need?
Victor Thorn WING TV

I also, somehow got drawn into an argument with Michael Givel on the Toes List regarding 9-11 which was undoubtedly fruitless and wasted a bunch of my time. This is why, I generally hate to get into arguments with people who should be "on my side" combatting the powers that be.

March 28, 2005

Barre Zwicker was also inspired to respond to the SFBG 9-11 Cover story-

To the Editor-

As the TV producer quoted in Steven T. Jones’ piece “We’re all paranoid” (March 24) I think he deserves congratulations from your readers for a comprehensive, informative and thoughtful article that rises above most of its kind that I’ve seen.

Articles such as his that seriously question the official 9/11 story are, regrettably, journalistic curiosities. Each one stands as a rebuke to most of the media most of the time. As Jones asks: “…why haven’t the mainstream media raised the possibility of official complicity, or seriously questioned flaws in the official story?”

This is not just another official story. It is the official story of a history-changing event, the linchpin for the so-called “war on terrorism,” itself the justification for endless hot war, arms expenditures, sacrifice and fear.

Part of the answer to Jones’ question lies, paradoxically, in the first seven paragraphs of his article – stunningly at odds with the subsequent 84 paragraphs. It’s almost as if there are two of Steven T. Jones, the early one and the later one.

The early one immediately trots out the intellectually bankrupt thought-stopping term “conspiracy theorists.” Normally it’s used by those – unlike the later Jones – who want to entirely sidestep facing the facts about 9/11 – why, for instance, not a single jet interceptor turned a wheel that day until it was too late.

The term “conspiracy theorist,” like “anti-American,” belongs in the category of name-calling. It is not fair discourse. Likewise, the early Jones who writes that my film exhibits “leaps of logic” doesn’t offer any example. The Jones who writes that “conspiracy theorists” hold to “a worldview in which there are no tragic accidents or strange coincidences,” himself indulges in a leap of logic. I don’t know a single person who denies there are such things as coincidence and tragedy.

My point is that if the later Jones feels he must first ladle out a dollop of put-downs to inoculate himself against anticipated charges that he himself is a “conspiracy theorist,” how does he expect other journalists, less knowledgeable and talented, to even attempt to write on the subject?

As a lifelong journalist myself, my hope is that more journalists will find the courage challenge the term “conspiracy theorists” if they find the courage to write about this at all. Because these word weapons are important pillars supporting the status quo of lies and the suppression of questioning.

Barrie Zwicker
Producer “The Great Conspiracy: The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw”
Toronto, Canada

While I think it is much more productive to attack the "Terrorists Occupying the White House" than my "fellow activists," a couple other of things happened today which were very discouraging. Someone faxed me about the recent "Teach-In on the War in Iraq" that Global Exchange put on last Thursday in San Francisco (that I missed to celebrate my son's first evening without braces). Apparently there was no mention of 9-11 and no literature or 9-11 presence at any of the information tables. I had called Global Exchange about tabling, but had received no response and they certainly didn't go out of their way to invite us to the event.

Victorn Thorn of Wing TV posted another essay attacking parts of the "9-11 Truth Movement" mentioning the SFBG article by Steven T. Jones and quoting part of it, but not giving any direct link to the article and then quoting stuff that I never saw in the article-

Jones then steps to the plate in We’re All Paranoid and hits a home-run by explaining, “The fracturing was, of course, deliberately engineered by the disinfo agents in the 9/11 movement. Indeed, the ‘splits’ were a carefully planned and integral part of the cover-up from the start. The establishment has been ‘managing’ the 9/11 skeptics all the while …”

Even more importantly, Jones continues, “Many genuine people play key roles in the 9/11 movement, but are outnumbered by the operatives. ‘Management’ of the aftermath was always integral to the plot, and was likely resourced more heavily than the attack scenario itself.”

Finally, Jones concludes with these profound words: “Did you think it would be any different?”

Victor Thorn's piece is posted at http://69.28.73.17/thornarticles/2ndwave.html.

How he could come up with this outrageous bit of fiction mystifies me and reduces his credibility to zero in my books.

On the bright side, I just saw the angel, Gabriel Day, who has been so helpful to us. A sweetheart from Santa Rosa called to relay a message from Barrie that the new DVDs will be shipped tomorrow. Thank-God there are more great people on our side than the dark forces opposing us.

I also received a phone call and fax today, saying that emails sent to me are bouncing. I just hope that all of the ones that I have been sending out are getting through. Communications seem to be the most important/and fragile/vulnerable aspect of organizing. I have been trying to send out invitations to our celebration/strategy meeting to be held next Saturday in the Oakland Hills. If you helped with our events or feel you could contribute to further actions- do email Janette, see the details posted under Events and Bay Area 9-11 Events.

March 25, 2005

I finally picked up a hard copy of the SFBG and noticed the "In This Issue" remarks of Tim Redmond which concludes with-

"You know," he said in all seriousness, "there really are small groups of men sitting in back rooms making really important decisions that you'll never know anything about. And I know because I've been in those rooms."

His point, of course, was that I might be paranoid and crazy – but that didn't mean everything going on in this country was exactly on the up and up, just the way the government said it was supposed to be. My Nielsen family plot might be lunacy (although I'm not ready to give it up yet), but the news media are, indeed, controlled by a tiny number of people who make all sorts of horrifying decisions for the worst possible reasons, and They don't tell the rest of us anything about it.

Bruce B. Brugmann likes to talk about the day, back in 1966, early on in the Bay Guardian's history, when a guy came into the print shop on Natoma where the tiny paper had a desk and started talking about the Grassy Knoll. No surprise: we've always attracted people who don't trust the official version of events.

And as Steven T. Jones reports on page 18, the folks who are pushing alternative theories of what happened on Sept. 11, 2001, have some ideas that are, well, a little hard to reconcile with available facts. But check out the official Bush administration position: it's a conspiracy theory too – and it's also badly lacking in factual authority. Who are you going to believe?

Tim Redmond

And I saw the photos!!! There is a very large one of Webster, Michael, Barrie, Peter on stage at the Herbst with the title "The Great Conspiracy" on the screen behind them. And a caption:
Whodunit? From left, author Webster Tarpley, researcher Michael Kane, film producer Barrie Zwicker, and Project Censored director Peter Phillips discuss alternative 9/11 theories following the San Francisco screening of Zwicker's film The Great Conspiracy.

On the next page is a good sized photo of the explosion of one of the towers, and a rather awful picture of me with the Deception Dollar banner partially visible behind me, holding up Tarpley's book, 9-11 Synthetic Terror- Made in USA with the title visible, and Webster's first name and the caption:

Explosive accusations: Carol Brouillet and some other members of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance doubt the World Trade Center towers would have fallen the way they did simply from the airplanes' impact and the resulting fires.

There is a graphic timeline of Flight 77 and a good photo of the recent rally in SF with a big sign saying 9-11 Was an INSIDE JOB! and the caption:

Joining forces: The antiwar movement was initially reluctant to embrace the 9/11 truth movement during the buildup to the Iraq invasion, but that gradually changed, and its presence became welcome. During the March 19 antiwar rally, 9/11 skeptics played a high-profile role.

I was finally able to read the text on the cover-
Beneath the yellow caption-Conspiracy Central it says-

San Francisco is ground zero
for 9/11 conspiracy theorists.
Too bad they act like nuts-
because not everything
they're saying is crazy.
By Steven T. Jones [p.18]

And the waving man with the Cheney mask's t-shirt, besides saying in bold black-
"I BLEW UP
THE
WORLD
TRADE
CENTER
in red letters it adds-
ASK ME HOW

and it says this under contents-

The cover: Bay Guardian photo illustration by Saul Bromberger and Sandra Hoover Photography. Dick Cheney mask from www.theatricalshop.com; T shirt by Bay Guardian art department.

So this wasn't just "us" acting wierd- it was a staged photo just for the cover story.

I have been up very late, getting an airline ticket and registering for the The National Conference for Media Reform that will be held in St. Louis Missouri May 12-15th, 2005; I have also applied to exhibit in their media showcase- hope I can get a slot for the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance. I just got a letter from Agape Foundation today informing me that we just received our first anonymous donation of $400- a very nice gift, indeed. The good thing about being broke is one "can't do so much" and the bad thing about having money is that one is obliged to actually "do more work." I do believe that the media wields so much power that we must be part of the media revolution, if we are to wake people up and significantly change the direction the country is currently headed- and the sooner, the better.

March 23, 2005

Well the SFBG article came out today, sadly entitled-

We're all paranoid-
Sure, the people with the 9/11 conspiracy theories are a little odd. But not everything they're saying is entirely crazy.

The Cover features a guy with a Cheney mask and a T shirt that says- "I Blew Up the World Trade Center" and the words- "Conspiracy Central."

The Resources that the editor directed people to were-

First and Foremost Official Sources and then, a few alternative voices.

I had to write a response, which is too lengthy to be published, but having spent two hours with Steve Jones, an hour on the radio with the publisher of the Guardian, enduring Tim Redmond's dismissal of challenges to the official story, I had to at least stand up for myself, as I believe I was misportrayed in the article.

My letter to the SFBG-

Re: We're All Paranoid

Dear Editor,

I was glad to see a lengthy article on 9/11; naturally, I was sad to note the omissions, and I disagree with Steve Jones on his analysis of the state of the 9/11 Truth Movement. For the record, I knew that there was a cover-up AFTER marching with a large delegation of peace and human rights groups' representatives, on Senator Feinstein's office in January 2002, and meeting with Feinstein and Senator Boxer's staff to Demand a Congressional Investigation of 9/11. Bush and Cheney immediately asked Daschle to limit the inquiry, which was later officially headed by the CIA, Bob Graham and Porter Goss, heads of the Senate/House Intelligence Oversight Committee, who were having breakfast on 9/11 with General Mahmoud Ahmad (who had ordered $100,000 wired to Mohammed Atta, whom the FBI identified as the leader of the attacks). Those most responsible for 9/11 have been promoted within the Administration.

I believe the 9-11 Truth Movement is growing, as evidenced by our support from Project Censored, Peter Phillips, and the public. The premieres raised over $12,000 in direct donations from audiences to get the DVD of The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy to Universities and colleges throughout California, and to support further research by Project Censored on the unanswered questions of 9-11, and the continued educational efforts of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. As publisher of the Deception Dollar, I know that their continued popularity throughout the country and world (6,000,000 published- 5,000,000 in circulation) indicates a growing interest, a raising of consciousness about 9/11. Barrie Zwicker polled each audience and there does seem to be a general evolution in one's understanding of 9-11: Stage 1- acceptance of official story, 2- belief in incompetence, 3- belief that they knew and consciously let it happen, 4- they made it happen. Where people are mentally depends on how much they are willing to look into the "facts" and where they go for "reliable information." The failure of the mainstream press to present the basic facts of 9-11 has driven us to do all we can to educate the public directly, bypassing the traditional media. The movement has been plagued by a flood of disinformation, straw men, to make us look "crazy."

Since my activism began in 1992, I have been working on a number of issues, especially global economics; my mentor, Bill Moyer, wrote the book- Doing Democracy, which maps out the stages of social movements. Bill Moyer was a strategist for Martin Luther King, and his work is very empowering, and helpful in understanding how significant change happens, and what activists can do to help or hinder a movement. I believe Truth should become central to the Peace and Justice Movement, if we are to restrain the terrorists occupying the White House.

Carol Brouillet
www.sf911truth.org
www.communitycurrency.org

I received a quick reply from Steve T. Jones who wrote the article:

I appreciate your feedback, Carol, and I understand your perspective. I hope you understand mine and that you appreciated the underlying message in my story, which was the 9/11 truth movement is raising important questions and may be proven correct by history. Yet given Ruppert's comments to me (he was actually harder on the movement than the comments I printed indicated), the passing of the election and commission opportunities, and my own observations, it was tough to cast the movement as ascendant. That said, it's possible that my article will generate some additional press and broadcast attention, so I hope you'll be open to continuing to work with me. And I also want to thank you for supplying me with all the materials and sources that you did. I admire your dedication to this important cause and truly wish you the very best.

Steven T. Jones
City Editor
San Francisco Bay Guardian

My second response to him:

Steve,

I do appreciate the article and its merits. I also disagree with Ruppert in many areas- particularly his "assessment of the movement" and where "our efforts/energy/time" are best applied. I wanted to do a showing of the film mid-October, and get you and Newsweek the best documentation we had on 9-11 before the election, but Ruppert was very unhelpful, uncooperative, and I ended up protesting the 9-11 Commissioners/Zelikow instead, and not pulling together the "documents" in a timely fashion. He discouraged me from organizing the recent premieres and didn't want to "waste his time" participating in the events.

I do not feel that my time or our efforts were a waste.

I believe that the real battle is "the battle of the story" the corporate/government version of reality, and the experience of people at the grassroots level who have a radically different perspective on what happened, what is happening, and who wields power in an increasingly complex, interconnected world.

We will continue to raise questions, speak what truths we find, and try to move society from a violent one, to a peaceful one. Project Censored and our researchers will continue to investigate and draw attention to our findings, and I certainly would be happy to work with you, if you have the time and interest to pursue what you believe to be the significant aspects of truth regarding 9-11.

One of the luxuries of being "a mom" has been the opportunity to read, to do research, and to learn firsthand about organizing, social movements, and social change. Please consider me to be a resource, if you want to follow up on this story.

Carol

I met with Janette and Nikolas yesterday to discuss our new website, www.sf911truth.org, and we also talked about celbrating our success and strategizing for the future.

I also received a call from my dear friend, Kenn Burrows, a teacher at SFSU, who also helped with the first 9-11 Teach-In, back in 2002. I had lent him a number of resources, including the videos- "A Force More Powerful" and "Bringing Down a Dictator", which look at the non-violent resistance movements of the past two centuries, and which I had originally wanted to share with the 9-11 group and possibly screen on March 11th at the War Memorial Building, because I thought with the anti-war actions scheduled for the following week, the 9-11 and peace and justice movements had a lot to learn from them. (Kenn was very enthusiastic about the videos, the companion book, and their timliness noting that the official "Season of Non-Violence is drawing to a close"). So I think we will begin our celebration/strategy gathering early on April 2nd to view the films, celebrate and put our heads together to figure out our next moves.

Janette is willing to host the party at her home, and to make it easier for her, please R.S.V.P. janette007@sbcglobal.net (and she will send you directions). It is a potluck, so please bring a dish or beverages to share, come early, about 10 AM, if you want to watch the videos before we start strategizing, which will probably begin in the afternoon - details will be posted under "Events and Bay Area 9-11 Events" and the party really is for those who helped with the premieres and want to continue doing this work of raising consciousness and growing a movement.

Friends have telephoned me and emailed me about the SFBG article, concerned about my feelings. There have been a range of responses:

From Barbara-

Thank you Carol, now I don't have to deal with the load of porn and other ads that always surround frail leaf of substance in the BG

and this article doesn't have much

e.g., author derides those who have questioned official story and couches his story not in terms of the validity of those questions and how they have been addressed but of a theorizing contest.

He doesn't ask why those whom he considers valid critics have not questioned the official story which he waits well into article to admit is insupportable, even then failing himself to question it, portraying himself as heatedly arguing against those who do, and giving the recognition of its insubstantiality via a bystander.

Even though Griffin's books are cited as two of his sources, he fails to cite any text

Given the publicity that Sybil Edmonds has rec'd, I wonder why he doesn't mention her (perhaps fear of Isreali lobby?)

I hope you are not too disappointed.

Even though long since thoroughly disillusioned with BG, considering seriousness of the subject, I am newly shocked and disgusted at unworthiness of this article.

Love
Barbara

On the other side, from David Ray Griffin, author of The New Pearl Harbour and The 9/11 Commission Report- Omissions and Distortions -
Dear Carol,

Congratulations on the GREAT story in the SFBG.

Of course, I’m sure that the first page made you and Barrie burn. But I think we have to recognize that for Jones to write this story without being dismissed as a convert, or a closet true believer, by the rest of the journalistic world and many of his readers, he had to make all these put-downs, which are virtually obligatory. So I hope you can just dismiss all that nonsense (Carol, you and the rest of us know that you are NOT what most people think of when they use the term “conspiracy theory,” and Barrie I know your video doesn’t have those “leaps in logic”), recognizing that it is what he felt he had to say in order to be able write what he did in the remainder of the piece.

And that remainder---I didn’t count, but it seemed like the final 5/6ths of the piece---is so much better than anything I anticipated that I hope you are delirious. Besides the way he showed that the official story has so many holes, he also named many of the main sources that people need to pursue the evidence further. I hope the story gets picked up far and wide. (There are, to be sure, a few flaws even in this later part, but they are far outweighed by the good reporting.)

Of course, I’m sure I would be less enthusiastic about having the story widely circulated if I had been the one skewered on the first page. And I have no doubt that, if I had been one of the major presenters, I WOULD have been skewered. I hope that, if that had been the case, I could have, at least after the initial burn died down, been a willing sacrificial lamb, the person who had to be skewered so that the story could be told.

So, congratulations on a doubly great event, one that not only attracted lots of people but that also resulted in a great story.

David

I did do a word count for the main article (There was also a short piece on Flight 77 and another on Resources on 9/11); Steve said he was going to do a 4000 word article- it was actually 5088 words. I had told him earlier that it would be easier to write a book on 9-11 than an article because there is just so much information; it is impossible to include everything. I was very disappointed that he didn't even mention Webster Tarpley or his new book- 9-11 Synthetic Terror- Made in USA or Michael Kane or Peter Phillips or Project Censored. He had a small window of time to do a lot of reading/research. He made his share of mistakes, but we all have our strengths and weaknesses, and are in a continual state of evolution (if we're truly alive and continuing to learn). I have my strengths and weaknesses and blindspots, too. Jones was extremely skeptical of ALL the questions we were raising when I initially approached him- in his earlier e-mails to me- he thought the 9/11 Commission was doing a great job. So, he has certainly stepped on the path towards "Stage 4."

March 21, 2005

The SFBG sent a photographer to take a picture of me on Saturday morning, as I was setting up for the big anti-war rally. The weather was spotty, but good for the most part. The photographer brought his eight year old daughter, and told me that he hadn't found anything out about an actual armed robbery in the vicinity of Santa Rosa on the night my son, Jules and I were pulled over by the police. Many people think we were just being harassed. Jules helped me table, and we thankfully were joined by lots of volunteers, as our table was very popular despite the poor weather. Ironically Dick Cheney came that day to visit the Asian Art Museum (located across the street from the Civic Center Plaza where our table, banners were hung, and the rally took place), if only the protesters had known!!!! But we didn't find out until after he had gone. I did a radio interview, and just was happy to see so many friends and fellow protesters.

Sunday in San Jose was more of an ordeal with lots of rain and wind, and no kids to help me and only a couple 9-11 activists came to the rally where they helped pass out Deception Dollars and literature. Many of my boxes, books, stuff, got wet, and I have a lot of work to do today drying out the banners and stuff. I tried to update my "index page"- this whole website could use weeks of updating, and my house weeks of cleaning and repairs, but as usual I try to juggle everything. At least it looks rather definite that a 9-11 Cover Story will appear in the San Francisco Bay Guardian this Wednesday.

March 17, 2005

I started to catch up on lost sleep, but wasn't entirely together enough to join Blaine in San Francisco, before he had to fly back to Calgary. I accidentally got locked out of my house when I took my car in for repairs. Wednesday was better and I was glad that I was able to do my "Listening Project." I started getting the numbers from City Box office, and finally finished a Report on the Premieres of the 9/11 News Special You Never Saw".

March 14, 2005

Last night Barrie, Ian, Blaine, Don Paul, Jim Hoffman, Janette MacKinlay, Ken Jenkins, Nikolas and I got together at a Thai restaurant before the reading at Black Oak Books. It was even more relaxing than the night before- no programs to fold and Black oaks was set up to sell all the 9-11 materials that I had dropped by their store.

Each person had their unique talents, gifts and insights that have helped nurture the 9/11 Truth Movement and I was glad to be with all of them and happy for friendships that have blossomed from our common efforts.

At the bookstore there were lots more familiar faces and peter and Webster had more time to speak than they did at the premeieres. There were less people than the previous nights, maybe 60 or 70,a good turnout, but not a full house.

We said more goodbyes and I gave Webster a case of the new Billion Dollar notes which feature his new book- 9/11 Synthetic Terror- Made in USA.

Someone mentioned that Michael Ruppert would be speaking in Rohnert Park on Tuesday. I wish I had known sooner! I added it to the calendar, but doubt if I will have the energy to go to the event. My house is in dire need of attention, and this wek I also have my weekly Listening Project, our 9/11 Truth Alliance Thursday meeting and two anti-war rallies this weekend, so I need to conserve my strength and energy.

March 13, 2005

Our events over the past four days were a success on many levels.

On March 9th in Menlo Park, we sold out and had to turn away 75 people. At least many who couldn't get in were able to buy copies of the DVD instead. About 300 people filled the theater, we had a very lively dialogue and didn't leave until about midnight. Peter Phillips also asked for donations and we received a $5000 donation just to send the DVD of The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy to universities and colleges throughout California.

On March 10th, we filled the Grand Lake Theater (570 people), and again the dialogue lasted til midnite, and again Peter Phillips asked for donations and raised a few thousand dollars for Project Censored's 9-11 work and for the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance.

On March 11th, we didn't quite fill the Herbst Theater, but had our largest attendance, about 600 people (although I don't know how many bought tickets and how many just sneaked in for free). The Herbst is a wonderful venue with a very professional crew and this time we were actually able to have an intermission with refreshments upstairs and again the evening sparked lively dialogue and lasted until midnight.

My son helped me at the Herbst, and drove up with me to help me table in Santa Rosa last night.

Traditionally, I've been frantically getting the program printed and we've had to collate the programs at dinner, with most of us folding and collating between 5:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. before I've had to rush off to deal with logistics and get the tables set up.

In Santa Rosa- I didn't have to do that (although there wasn't a program either), but we met with Peter Phillips, Project Censored and others in a Cotati restaurant before the event. Odd Fellows Hall didn't have the most comfortable seating arrangement or equipment for showing films, but a good 375 people showed up and the conversation lasted a long time. I declined the socializing afterwards as we had a 2 hour drive home.

At midnight we were on the freeway, shortly thereafter, I saw the flashing lights of a police car. "Oh no, I've been speeding." I said, "Damn, I'll have to go to traffic school again."

We pulled to the side of the road and I waited for the policeman to tell me I was going too fast. I dug into my wallet to find my driver's license when we heard, "Put your hands in the air."

We rolled down our windows and put our hands in the air. We were instructed to keep our hands in the air, get out of the car, first my sixteen year old son, then I, lift our shirts so that our waists were visible, drop the shirts, and in my case, drop my fanny pack, which was open and filled with cash and checks from tabling at the event. We were separated, and with five police cars behind us, and many guns aimed at us, we followed police instructions. I was handcuffed and put in the back of a police car. They said that there had been an armed robbery and we fit the description- "a male and a female in a hatchback car." At least they decided to let us go, and I didn't get a speeding ticket and don't have to go to traffic school! Jules remarked that he had learned in his criminal law elective course that "You shouldn't act guilty or afraid." We certainly weren't guilty of armed robbery, and although I was very surprized and shocked- I wasn't particularly afraid.

Tonight we'll celebrate again (and we won't have to collate programs) and then go to Black Oak Books for another event. I have no idea how the numbers are going to add up, but I think this might be the first big event that I've organized that hasn't actually lost money. I'm glad, as it will enable us to reimburse Hummux and Ken for all the DVDs and videos they have been sending out to community access television stations and allow us to do more.

March 8, 2005

I forgot to mention the essay Peter Phillips just wrote that was posted on Common Dreams-

Threshold Fears and Unanswered Questions About 9/11, by Peter Phillips, March 6, 2005

• http://www.commondreams.org/views05/0306-23.htm

Again, Peter recognizes the psychological barriers we are up against, and skillfully weaves in those facts that have eluded the mainstream press. It's so good to have him as an ally.

March 7, 2005

Today, I worked on the press. I got a return call from the publisher of the Palo Alto Daily who kindly told me that they had done an article on the film/event a couple of weeks ago... I missed it, but he said he'd try to send me a copy when he returned to California (He actually called me from Arizona). The Mercury News and the Chronicle still don't have anybody who will participate, but a couple of radio people have asked for press passes.

We had an interesting time at the Book Discussion of the 9-11 Commission Report at the Commonwealth Club. Barrie Zwicker, Nikolas (webmaster of www.sf911truth.org) and Bill, who speaks on 9-11 at Forrest Books were there and it was quite a lively discussion. The woman who organized Michael Ruppert's talk was also there and we had quite a few allies in the room- and we passed out a number of handbills and talked until 9:30 p.m., at which point I had to get moving. I dropped off the dvd at the Guild Theater and the woman who sold tickets said that lots of people were trying to buy tickets from them and she thought that we would have a full house; I certainly hope so. Barrie, Blaine, Janette and Nikolas are working on the program. Becky helped me with the ad which will come out in the SFBG on Wednesday. I'm feeling optimistic, although there are a million details to be taken care of, and I know I'm going to forget some.

March 6, 2005

Barrie Zwicker arrived in San Francisco and we spoke yesterday. He had shipped me 100 Resource Guides (companions to the DVD- The Great Conspiracy); I was shocked when I opened the box to discover that instead of the Resource Guides, I had a bunch of hardbound books written in Greek. He suspects the CIA is up to dirty tricks. It does seem like they are on the offensive. The chief scientist behind the Popular Mechanics hit piece just happens to be a cousin of the new head of Homeland Security. While we have had some setbacks; we have also had some pleasant surprises. In the THIS WEEK section of the San Francisco Chronicle (page 15) under F for Friday, three events are listed- the first is under

ART
AFTER 9/11 Joel Meyerowitz, the only photographer allowed free access to the World Trade Center site after the 2001 attacks, contributed images to "After 9/11: Messages From the World and Images of Ground Zero" Free. Opens today. Through April 30 at War Memorial Building, 401 Van Ness Ave. San Francisco. (415) 724-0641, http://www.itsyourworld.org/program.php?page=1183

(I called up the organizer who seemed surprised that it was in the paper, as he hadn't sent out press releases, but the timing is pretty amazing! I hope the art exhibition will be in the lobby!)

the next listing was under-

MOVIE
THE 9/11 NEWS SPECIAL YOU NEVER SAW
And a new documentary (subtitled "The Great Conspiracy") screens tonight, followed by a dialogue with producer Barrie Zwicker. $10. 7:30 p.m. at Herbst Theatre, 401 Van Ness Ave., San Francisco. (415) 392-4400, www.cityboxoffice.com

On page 12 E of the Arts & Entertainment section of the San Jose Mercury News- we are listed under

Other film

under Peninsula

"The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy."
Documentary followed by discussion. 7:30 p.m. Wednesday. Guild Theater, 949 El Camino Real, Menlo Park. 7:30 p.m. Thursday, Grand Lake Theatre, 3200 Grand Ave., Oakland. 7:30 p.m. March 11, Herbst Theatre, 401 Van Ness Ave. San Francisco. $10. (650) 857-0927.

At least there is something in all the major papers, even if they are just listings, hopefully, we can still generate press this week. My article Tripping the Four Horsemen is finally up.

March 5, 2005

This week, Janette MacKinlay and I met with an editor at the San Francisco Bay Guardian and spoke to him for two hours. We gave him a stack of books, dvds, articles, documents on 9-11; he wanted "everything." I think we have a new ally! He plans on doing a 4000 word cover story on 9-11 (after our upcoming big event- which he plans to attend.)

We also learned that Bonnie Faulkner raised a record $16,000 in an hour during KPFA's fundraising drive (which put them over their million dollar goalpost) offering Barrie's DVD- The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy to listeners.

You would think KPFA and Pacifica Radio, our "co-sponsors" would be more supportive of our upcoming events, but surprisingly Pacifica bumped the 9-11 truth category from their events calendar and won't even let me post our events there. Besides one query from Larry Bensky (who I sent Barrie's DVD to)- I haven't heard a word from all the other programmers. I gave a copy of the dvd months ago to Dennis Berenstein and he won't answer my e-mails or phone calls.

The press work is so hard.

An editor of www.axisoflogic.com accepted my "Tripping the Four Horsemen" article, but she has been sick/busy and I have yet to see it posted on their site.

At my "Listening Project" Wednesday, the owner of The Bohemian, editor of The Metro, stopped by. The Bohemian gave us $100 to use the Deception Dollar image on the cover of their weekly newspaper; he was very interested in everything and gave me a $60 donation for many books and asked me to send him more material. I mailed him the documents that I had prepared for the Palo Alto Weekly (and a copy of Crossing the Rubicon).

I was supposed to meet with the Palo Alto Weekly Editor Jay Thorwaldson last week, but he called and rescheduled the meeting, then when I showed up, he said that his palm pilot ran out of batteries and he had mistakenly scheduled another meeting- could we postpone, again- and next time meet with Don Kazak who had written a pretty demeaning article about me last August.

Obviously nothing was going to be written in a timely fashion before our event- and so I gave the materials to the Metro.

At our meeting last night, the group voted to spend $500 on an ad in the SFBG; I'm chipping in to get a larger ad, which will go on the alerts page. The SFBG, also reviewed the film and listed the events in their movie section.

I'm pretty disgusted with the utterly useless Palo Alto Daily and the Palo Alto Weekly.

I still have hopes for something from the San Francisco Chronicle, the Oakland Tribune, the San Mateo Times, the San Jose Mercury News. The radio stations are still a challenge.

Our best hope with the TV stations is through Janette, because they know her and have done lengthy pieces on her before.

Michael Kane has also been busy writing, and just had his latest article posted -The Journey of a Wall Street Whistleblower about Indira Singh and Ptech. I just met Indira Singh six days ago at the Stolen Election Teach-In in Oakland; I hope she will be at one of our events.

Nikolas has also finally got the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance website up and running at www.sf911truth.org; it still needs work, but it's way more than I could do with my meager html skills. I just try to not feel guilty about never being able to update all the links and articles on this website, but I need to sleep/eat/take care of the kids...and I can't be at a keyboard 24 hours a day.

February 28, 2005

Last week, we had a great "mailing party" and sent out hundreds of invitations to the upcoming premieres. They have evolved, yet again. Swami Beyondananda will provide humor during the film breaks. Peter Phillips will be at all the showings and wants to do the "pitches;" he wants Project Censored to have more resources devoted to 9-11 research. I'm hoping to be able to help connect the researchers, journalists and papers that are brave enough to tackle this. Calling the press is an ordeal for me, but I do it, anyway. I'm meeting with a couple of editors this week and there is hope of a cover story (unfortunately after the event, but late is better than never). I've been working on an article entitled "Tripping the Four Horsemen" and if I don't find a publisher; I'll just post it on my website and on indymedia. In some ways, it is easier to write a book rather than an article on 9-11- there are so many facts, so many pieces to the puzzle, so much history to tell. Someday, a great film will be made about someone like Janette's experience, that will have a huge impact and help the audience live through the transformative process of waking up to the truth about 9-11, but the film has yet to be made...

I attended a national teach-in on the stolen election in Oakland last Saturday, and helped table, and passed out handbills. I met some great journalists and saw lots of old friends (including filmmakers who would like to make a film that ties 9-11 and the stolen election together). I am growing more patient; I hope I will be more effective that way, especially since I am now going to try to work with people whose "blindness/slowness" to wake up to 9-11 infuriated me for years. I need to let go of that anger, to be able to forgive them. I realize that I can't impose my worldview on others, and people simply need time to be able to assimilate and act upon information which profoundly changes their view of the world.

February 19, 2005

Unfortunately, it wasn't until Sunday morning that I learned that we had a good sized meeting room on the second floor of the War Memorial Building. Since I was afraid that we might have less space I didn't do a lot of outreach and we had a small, but very productive meeting. I'm hoping that Veteran's for Peace will help us to get a meeting room for our monthly San Francisco meetings, but the confirmation process is somewhat challenging.

Tuesday, I sent out over a hundred press advisories about our upcoming events. Thursday, I started making calls, focusing on the local, independent press, where we had a chance to break through. In an extraordinary coincidence, on Tuesday the Palo Alto Daily was bought up by a major corporate chain, and on Thursday my phone lines became dysfunctional (the repairman is working on them now, as I type this.) I remain optimistic that the independent weeklies will at least cover the movement/issues that we are raising. The government, itself, is providing us ample "hooks" by proposing John Negroponte as the new "intelligence csar," and guaranteeing more terrorist attacks. The larger pattern of US state sponsored terrorism is becoming chillingly obvious- Chris Floyd wrote an article entitled Sword Play which looks back at Operation Gladio and the US sponsored terrorism in Central America. The most vulnerable Achilles heel of this sort of terrorism is when "enemies of the state" renounce violence and are clearly peaceful, then it becomes obvious who the real "terrorists" are.

The slow trickle of facts that we have known for years are beginning to make ripples in the world. Rep. Henry Waxman has called for Hearings to determine whether the Administration misused the classification process to withhold, for political reasons, official 9/11 Commission staff findings detailing how federal aviation officials received multiple intelligence reports warning of airline hijackings and suicide attacks before September 11 and to determine the veracity of statements, briefings, and testimony by then-National Security Advisor Condoleezza Rice regarding this issue.

Thursday, the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance had a good meeting in Oakland and we agreed to do a mailing party to our 480 contacts on Monday at 11 AM.(Call me for directions 650-857-0927- if you want to help, fold, stamp, stuff envelopes) Our delegates to the United for Peace and justice national Conference took off for st. Louis with our proposal to include 9-11 truth as a major issue within the peace movement. I noticed that it has become a category unto itself on the Pacifica calendar, where hopefully our upcoming events will soon be posted.

The weather has been rainy, but despite the weather, I really wanted to see the reaction to the posters and handbills for our upcoming events in nearby Menlo Park and I was amazed at how receptive people were to them and how easy it was to get 15 of them placed prominently on one of the main drags in Menlo Park. Consciousness has been rising, and hopefully will continue to rise. I remember years ago approaching the little old ladies who form the core of Women's International League for Peace and Freedom here in Palo Alto. They wouldn't touch the 9-11 issue directly. Now many of them have become famous as The Raging Grannies and they have just informed me that they would like to be a co-sponsor of our upcoming event which is wonderful.

Our 9-11 Truth Movement is also under attack by Popular Mechanics which featured a damning piece on 9-11 "Conspiracy Theories," Jim Hoffman wrote an excellent response entitled Popular Mechanics Attacks Its "9/11 LIES" Straw Man and someone (not me) posted a great photo and article on indymedia Direct Deception Dollar Action at a Store Near You. I think we will be able to win the battle of ideas... over time, the question is- how much time do we have? Can we prevent the next 9-11?

February 12, 2005

The Media Strategy Meeting will be on the first floor of the War Memorial Building in Room 125 from 10 AM- 6 PM. We have the new posters, handbills. The room isn't as large as the ones on the second floor; we might move upstairs if we need to, and leave a note on the door, if we can get a better room.

February 9, 2005

It has been a very demanding stressful week, trying to get the contracts all signed and things moving forward. Hopefully by Friday, we will legally be able to announce all the events, and the tickets will become available. I am getting a room at the War Memorial Building this Sunday, 10 AM- ^ PM, for an 8 hour media strategy meeting, unfortunately I don't have the room number, yet, but I will post.

We're working on proposals for St. Louis. There are a couple of other strategy meetings coming up, including Direct Action to Stop the War is having one Saturday at St. Boniface Church in San Francisco, from noon until 3 PM.

Friday at 1 PM , I'll be doing a radio show with an old friend Ron Deutch (Viewpoint) and with the publisher of the San Francisco Bay Guardian on Dissent in America. It can be listened to online at-www.kzyx.org or if you live in Mendocino at 88.3 90.7 91.5 FM. One of my hopes is that SFBG will do a serious story on 9-11, so far the only thing they've done was include it when it was listed as one of the top ten censored stories by Project Censored.

February 5, 2005

The good news is that Pacifica Radio and KPFA and five bookstores- City Light's, Black Oak Books, Valencia Street Books, Cody's Books, Kepler's Books are Co-Sponsors (and writing this reminded me to call Modern Times who seems very receptive to the idea). Unfortunately, the process is taking longer than expected to finagle the theatres/sign contracts and move forward with the publicity. I am trying to work with Dan Whaley and Byron from 911truth.org, but it's a real challenge; I don't know whether it will be a joint effort or whether it would be easier for me to do it without their help.

Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance did become a member of United for Peace and Justice and we'll send two people to represent us at the national meeting in St. Louis two weeks from now.

I'm working on meeting with publishers/editors/the press to get them to break 9-11 and participate in our events- as heroes and champions of truth, but they could easily be too scared to touch this story- they haven't dared to since it happened.

January 28, 2005

Since last September, I've been wanting to organize a big premiere of Barrie Zwicker's- The Great Conspiracy- The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw, in hopes of breaking the story, issue, in local papers, and elevating consciousness and resistance to the Terrorists occupying the White House, but I've been so busy with organizing protests... that I never had time. Now, I'm trying to book theatres, figure out who can come, get co-sponsors, get the independent bookstores on board, and it is challenging, surprising, educational, and hopefully will bear some fruit. I could use lots of help. I'm looking at March 9th- 13th right now, and I want to organize a full day media strategy meeting, to develop long term plans, prior to approaching the media outlets whom we hope will break the story and participate in our events. Even if we break 9-11 on the cover of NEWSWEEK and the San Francisco Bay Guardian, our struggle will be just beginning.

Here's a link to photos of our banner, and our signs at the January 20th Counter-Inaugural Protests.

The latest email, that I received, asks people to protest the 80 Billion that Bush wants for WAR. Perhaps people might want to protest the war, in a big way, by withholding their taxes, and sending in 80 of our Billion Deception Dollar notes to the IRS, instead. Just an idea, withholding money is a non-violent, powerful, tool- we need to use it strategically.

January 24, 2005

I sent out about four hundred letters prior to the Counter-Inaugural Protests. I didn't have time to do a press release and was surprised when I received a call from the Associated Press and The Chicago Tribune, as well as an e-mail from a San Diego Radio Station, all interested in covering the nationwide protests, perhaps the tide has turned.

Here is an excerpt from an article I wrote detailing my experience on January 20th, that I posted at www.indymedia.org

Undoubtedly, I wasn’t the only one who would have liked to have gone to Washington DC, to protest the second inauguration of a man who stole an election, not once, but twice, and deserved a jail term for his behavior on September 11th, and for using 9/11 as a pretext for wars against Afghanistan, Iraq, the Constitution, the Bill of Rights. Family obligations prevented me from traveling to DC, and like thousands, or perhaps millions of other Americans; I did what I could to raise my objection to the Washington theatrics closer to home.

In Palo Alto, students protested at Stanford University, and peace activists rallied downtown, but I chose to go to San Francisco, where Veteran’s for Peace and the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, Not in Our Name, and ANSWER had mobilized...

Since permits take fifteen days to process, and our event was last minute, low-key, (we didn’t have time to publicize it, make flyers, do press releases, only time to mention it on a few activist websites, and send out some postcards) I didn’t try to get a permit. (At the last big rally we organized on September 11th 2004, over a hundred people showed up, we rallied, marched two miles with a friendly police escort through Golden Gate Park to the 6th Annual 9-11 Power to the Peaceful Concert without permits)...

Early Thursday morning, I listened to the radio on my way to San Francisco. The sad coverage, Orwellian in nature, and the “doublespeak” of “W” made me feel like crying. I was cheered by the action of “Not In Our Name” who hung a huge banner- “Not Our President” over the freeway, just as I was listening to “W” spouting about how American security, depended upon bringing “freedom and democracy” to the rest of the world, as if rigging elections in various places, installing friendly dictatorships under US control, would bring benefits to those who mattered (those who sold weapons, stole resources, profited from institutionalized oppression).

I arrived at the Civic Center at 9:00 AM and proceeded to unload my car, and hang banners. We have an 8 foot by 4 foot Deception Dollar two sided banner which says “Support a People’s 9-11 Truth Commission” and “9/11- Follow the Money.” George Johnson, my good friend from Veteran’s for Peace, stopped by and said, “Why here? Who’s going to see you, so far from the street?” I was just setting up in my usual spot, where I’ve had a table and banners for the past few years at every big anti-war rally held at the Civic Center. George wanted to be on the steps of City Hall, not exactly the ideal location for hanging banners and setting up my tables. I had George's sound system, and said that Veteran’s for Peace could choose to be wherever they wanted to be, but that I needed to be by the trees to be able to put up my banners.

Fifteen minutes later a police officer informed me that it was illegal to hang banners from trees, without a permit. He also said he would ticket me, if I didn’t get my car moved soon. He obviously didn’t want me to be there and was trying to scare me away with threats. I stood my ground and he left. Another police officer blatantly lied to me to frighten me away (He told me that Veteran’s for Peace had a permit, not realizing that we were together.), and threatened to call his superior. I did take the banner out of the tree, placed bamboo poles up the sleeves and put it up again, so it was mainly self supporting, but still attached to the trunks of the trees. I could put up quite a few banners that way, but not all of them. More police came, including a sergeant who informed me that the head of Parks and Recreation would also be coming to assess the situation. They left their police car running and half a dozen cops stood nearby as the sergeant droned on and on at me about how “talking politely” was not “police harassment.”

As a seasoned activist, I knew that “the rules had changed after 9-11” and that police and security officers counted on people’s ignorance of the rules to intimidate them, and discourage them from exercising their First Amendment Rights. I’m sure that if I hadn’t insisted on my First Amendment Rights; they would have arrested me or driven me away. They admitted that I did have some protection under the First Amendment, but they also said that I couldn’t put any prices on the resources we were tabling; everything had to be “for free” or “by donation.” Other activists had arrived, and supported what I was doing; I wasn’t alone. The police did write down my Driver’s License number and said that they might issue a citation or make it harder for me to get a permit in the future. The head of Parks and Recreation did come, and didn’t want to give me a permit, on that day, which would have created a dangerous precedent.

Of course, what we were trying to do, was to express our opinions, get out information completely censored in the mainstream press, to organize, to create space for public dialogue on the important issues of our time. With a bunch of police standing about and their car spewing fumes; it wasn’t the most inviting atmosphere for organizing. They certainly wasted an hour or more of my time, and made it very difficult for us to put up the banners, flags, and signs that I usually put up at rallies.

A steady stream of people flowed by the table, usually stopping, but some just passed by. At 11:00 AM “Not In Our Name” held a rally one block north at the Federal Building and at 4:00 PM “Not In Our Name” rallied at Powell and Market, so I suggested that people who were anxious to do something could help Veteran’s for Peace at the steps of City Hall, join Not In Our Name at their rallies, come to the big rally at 5:00 PM, pass out Deception Dollars, or carry our picket signs; I shared our information and resources, and enlisted volunteers to help us. We passed out thousands of the new Deception Dollars, the Election Deception Dollars, the Media Deception Dollars.

Frank Runninghorse brought a huge banner, a hundred picket signs, another literature table, and clipboards with sign-up sheets. Ken Jenkins brought a table, and the latest DVD he produced of David Ray Griffin’s recent talk in Santa Rosa, a companion to Griffin’s excellent new book, The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions, a damning look at the official 9/11 Cover-Up. Janette MacKinley, who lived across the street from the World Trade Center, and wrote Fortunate- A Personal Diary of 9/11 helped me the whole day, and was interviewed by one of the television crews. About twenty or more Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance people helped with the tables, passed out signs, gathered contact information from our supporters, and answered questions as the day proceeded. About 3:00 PM other tables and banners appeared, in anticipation of the rally. A woman who edited the “Street Sheet” publication that the homeless sell, came by to inform me that the homeless agreed that our 9/11 tables were the best ones, that really had something to say, and weren’t just out to make money.

The public support for us has always been tremendous at the street level, and at our large events; people are very appreciative of our message, as well as all the information we try to get out.

I called into the San Diego radio station and reported on our event. Mike Martinez from the Chicago Tribune interviewed me at length. I wondered if any serious facts about 9-11 would appear in any of the print stories.

As the sun went down, temperatures and visibility dropped dramatically. Most of us wondered at the reasoning behind the timing of the rally and march; it seemed so ineffectual, but then the rally didn’t prevent people from organizing other actions, many people were aware of and participating in the “Not One Damn Dime” boycott everything January 20th action. Throughout the day and evening, people were incredibly creative in expressing their opposition to Bush and his agenda. The costumes, the signs, the energy of the protestors was inspiring. I had no scientific way of judging the size of the crowd, but there must have been at least five thousand people at the evening rally.

I would have liked to have joined the big march which headed towards Justin Herman Plaza at 6:30 PM, but I had to pack up the tables, chairs, banners… and head home to get some sleep before my family obligations began, at 5:00 AM, I had to drive my three sons to the mountains for a Boy Scout snow trip. We returned late Sunday evening, and I had a chance to read some of the press coverage of the protests. The writer from the Associated Press, avoided any mention of 9-11 and got some of the basic facts wrong.

Ooops! Rereading the article, they did quote me saying that " Mr. Bush used the terror attacks of September 11, 2001, as a pretext for war," which is true, although it avoids a deeper, more expanded analysis, but it also says that I've been displaying the panels of troops killed in Iraq at multiple demonstrations... when actually someone else, and Veteran's for Peace have organized that, and my banners, art, flags, bear a very different message. Journalists, (including me), unfortunately, often make mistakes.

January 14, 2005

Last night the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance met at Becky's house in Berkeley. I was terribly late because I had to help my youngest child with a homework project and cook dinner, but the meeting was a very good one. After years now of working together, the group has adapted well to welcoming the new faces, getting the critical business sorted out and making time for needed discussions about the largest issues we are all thinking about, the flow of information and ideas. I just love all the people in our group and it was well worth the two hour drive. Frank volunteered to get out a postcard to our list about the actions on January 20th, Inaugeration Day, most everyone wanted to participate, although not everyone could give nine hours of time, and Frank suggested that we encourage people to check in at my table at 4:00 PM to be part of the 9-11 Truth contingency, distribute flyers, carry signs, be a visible presence. We will have about a 100 picket signs, plus a large number of the "Stop the 9-11 Cover-Up posters" and at 5PM we will also regather at the table to make sure all the signs get out to the crowd, to be displayed prominently. We also need help gathering signs after the event, as I'm sure we will be able to use them in the rallies, marches to follow.

January 12, 2005

Last night I attended a meeting of Veteran's for Peace, a wonderful group that helped sponsor last year's major events at the Herbst Theatre; they voted to co-sponsor a premiere of The Great Conspiracy in March, which I'm working on organizing followed by a panel which includes the press. We also got to talking about January 20th, and people wanted t do more than just go to the ANSWER Rally between 5 and 7 pm at the Civic Center. They have panels of all the soldiers killed in Iraq and hoped to display them publicly and read the names of the dead. Two suggestions were put forth- to hold the panels at the BART Station in the morning, and I suggested coming early to the Civic Center where I would set up my table and have a sound system. They voted approval and tomorrow night the Northern California 9-11 truth Alliance is going to have a meeting on what we will do on January 20th, so I hope they will give me some support. I know we can only do things via the internet on such short notice, but I have a feeling that a tremendous number of people do want to do something on the 20th- a general strike, something widespread and dramatic to let the world know- we didn't vote this criminal into power and we ccertainly don't approve of his agenda.

January 10, 2005

Our rally/march in Palo Alto last Wednesday, a mock funeral for Fair Elections, drew some press, (no network news stations) and an activist posted photos. Palo Alto Online posted Rally protests election results and printed a lengthier article 'We won't be shushed ...', an article also appeared in the Palo Alto Daily, and a couple of other papers were also there. Despite the rain, between 60 & 75 people participated; I wish I could have been more helpful, but the sound system I brought was appreciated. By labeling those who are disturbed by stories of the election troubles "conspiracy theorists," I believe a larger segment of the population will become more radicalized and outraged by the failure and silence of the mainstream press.

Thursday, we went to Senator Boxer's office to show support for her brave stance; although I must admit, I had no idea of how marginalized those who stood up for voters' rights would be treated by other legislaters and the press. We did some theatre- for the press, had signs, chipped in to buy and bring a card and flowers to Senator Boxer in appreciation for at least getting us a two hour hearing in DC, to let the world know that not all went well with the election. (Although, I'm sure "proposed election reform" will be used to pass laws which will be cosmetic, and not address the larger issues, unless the public really does some homework and begins to moniter elections closely.)

Thursday night and Friday, the Northern California Truth Alliance and a regional 9-11 Truth Movement took place; we exchanged the latest materials, and strategized on where to put our time, resources and energy. Now that the dictator is likely to be reinstalled, I think we are interested in doing some serious coalition building work and developing a long range media plan. Our struggle is really in the realm of public opinion. Over Christmas, I read the book, A Force More Powerful and am currently watching the companion film, both of which look at non-violent social movements chronicling their evolution, lessons, mistakes, and what we can learn from them and apply to today's situation. A new website The Velvet Revolution seems to be on the same wavelength. The question is how to weave the various Peace, Truth, Justice, Equality, Environmental, Electoral, Media, Genuine Democracy movements together which is what we discussed at our meetings. We are thinking of long, one or two day strategy meetings, and a larger conference bringing together the major issues.

I wish I could go to DC for the big protests and the upcoming conferences, but I have to take the kids on a Boy Scout trip, so I will just be able to participate in local counter-inaugeral activites. Right now, I am just catching up on cleaning up my house, garage, getting another million Deception Dollars off to distributers, and planning on catching up on my neglected mail. A couple Stanford film students want to do a 10 minute documentary on our Deception Dollars. (We did an interview with an online magazine, too- but it has yet to appear. We should have done a press release, but didn't have time- and then we were away. Unfortunately, I don't think too many folks know that they are out, and none of the "stolen election" websites even acknowledge them; I was hoping that folks from all over the country would want them for the upcoming protests, but then I haven't had time to update my website, and we all need to balance our lives better and not kill ourselves tapping on a keyboard.

January 5, 2005

I've neglected this website. We still aren't fully unpacked from our trip and also last night there was a big event at the Herbst, A Rally for the Republic organized by the folks at RedefeatBush.com (with over 400 people attending) and today a rally/ march in Palo Alto, as well as three in San Francisco and more scheduled for tomorrow in DC, San Francisco and throughout the country. I didn't have time for dinner, was late to last night's big event and didn't manage to post the details on all the upcomings events and rallies yet on my website. While on vacation, I wrote my annual Christmas Letter to Family and Friends which I hope I'll be able to get in the mail before February... I also caught up on some of my reading, including the book- Votescam: The Stealing of America which I have had for months, but only read flying back from Canada. It is the featured title of our new Election Deception Dollar, and the very moving story of two brothers who heroically challenged rigged elections beginning in 1972. I just ordered a case of books to table at future events, as it really is a 'must read' in historical detail, and the astonishing info it contains about the collusion of the government and press that took place in the wake of the JFK assasination, when the big corporate press, in exchange for covering up the truth, was given the power to call(rig) the elections... one of the big pieces of the puzzle in understanding power relationships in this country and the world.

I'm thinking of helping/organizing another conference, expanding the issue of 9-11 to include other major lies of our time and challenging the media not only for their role in censorship, but actively serving the most ruthless corporate interests. Fortunately, a communications revolution does seem to have been brewing for awhile.

January 4, 2005

We returned late last night from Canada, and I'm trying to catch up. I shipped out as many Deception Dollars as I could before we left California; now I'm just trying to catch up and strategize on the best plan of action.

December 13, 2004

This morning I learned that there was no carpool to Sacramento for the rally, but fortunately I had enough sleep, so that I could drive (without fear of falling asleep on the road). I was about 25 minutes late for the rally at the Federal Building where a couple of hundred people were gathered with signs, props (black boxes), and were just about to march. I saw lots of old friends and was so glad to be with them, carrying my new Election Deception Dollar sign, a black box, and passsing out various issues of Deception dollars along the way to the capitol building. The march seemed to swell and stretch along the way and there were considerably more people amassed on the north steps of the Capitol Building, where there were many, many speeches, songs by the Raging Grannies, signatures gathered to lobby Boxer to support the Congresspeople who wanted to stop the certification of the election because of the serious questions raised by the disenfranchisement of so many voters, the questionable voting machines, the disparity between the exit polls and the "results"... the stolen election. A couple official "electors" came out to speak with us and share their experience, applaud our efforts and encourage us. A local television crew filmed us and there were lots of independent documentary film-makers about. I had a chance to speak very briefly at the end, to announce our new Election Deception Dollars and pitch for help in distributing the new bills. Twenty people gathered around me and gave me their addresses, anxious to help.

I was so glad that I went to Sacramento!!! Blaine has revamped our Deception Dollar website with live links to the main versions of our new issue. He is so gifted!!! I remember taking him to the airport and stopping so that he could photograph a "change machine;" I believe he has put the image to good use. With luck, we can start shipping the new bills tomorrow!

December 12, 2004

Yesterday morning, I loaded up the car and headed for the KPFA Crafts Fair, where Bob Zimmerman had already set up a table just outside the main entrance. I added two tables to his, gradually Bill, Becky, Janette also came by to help and we were able to have many lively, productive conversations and quite a visible presence. Danny Schecter dropped by our table and we had a chance to talk; he asked me to send him the video of my questioning the presidents of ABC, CBS, NBC on 9-11 (at the Stanford panel on election coverage). His film, Weapons of Mass Deception, just came out:

DECEMBER 10:
SAN FRANCISCO:
Landmark Embarcadero Center Cinema, #1 Embarcadero Ctr, Prom. Level

Show times: 12:00, 2:30, 4:50, 7:30, 9:50
(Please call theater to check for times)
(415) 352-0810
Danny Schechter does Q&A after 7:30pm Friday (premiere),
Saturday, and Sunday's 4:50pm show
Global Exchange's Medea Benjamin will be hosting Sunday's 4:50pm show

BERKELEY:
The Oaks Theater, 1875 Solano Ave.
Show times: 7:15, 9:20
(Please call theater to check for times)
(510) 526.1836

I think Danny would like his website http://www.newsdissector.org/weblog/ on our Deception Dollar, but I don't think he has seriously done anything specifically on 9-11. (He talked to Kyle...) We have only put websites on that question 9-11 (except on the new Election Deception bill which we created in hopes of raising awareness with the outrage over the stolen election with our general outrage over media censorship and the villainy of the same cast of characters.)

Blaine produced art for two great posters (see the top of http://www.deceptiondollar.com/Temp.htm where it says Kinko's sign front and back) of our new Election Deception Dollar for the weekend events. It was the only good thing to come out of the belated printing of the 8th Edition. Kinko's printed it on 2' x 3' foamcore- and we had it up at the KPFA Crafts Fair and I carried it to the Rally. At least a hundred people gathered in downtown San Francisco for songs, speeches, organizing gathering signatures on petitions to push Senator Boxer into playing a leadership roles in standing up for the Congressmaen whose constituencies had been disenfranchised. I also passed out invitation's to the Code Pink Mad Voter's Party with images of the new poster on the back side.

The party was a great event, although it was a huge theatre, which dwarfed the turnout, but it was a lot of fun, and a good time to network with some wonderful activists. They gave so many awards- I was asked to keep my "remarks" to less than a minute, so I could only touch on the big picture. The owner of the Grand Lakes Theatre gave the best speech of all, and posts astute political commentary on his marquis; he was very friendly and offered to host a 9-11 event at his theatre.

This morning I met Janette's son, who teaches at my son's high school and he also is going to look into holding an event at Gunn. With the ruckus over the stolen election and the protests planned for January; I think we'll aim for a big event in February, which will give us more time to organize it/do publicity...after the protests...

Yesterday, I think we all realized tabling at the KPFA Crafts Fair was simply how much we all enjoy "the work," the conversations about things that we feel are important and matter, and the friendships that have grown from meeting so many people who also care and are engaged in their own efforts to raise consciousness; we had fun!

December 10, 2004

I was hoping to have Issue #8 from the printers today, but it just went to press. I spent hours cutting the new, still damp sheets by hand to have some to give out at the upcoming rallies and events beginning tomorrow. There is never enough time.

December 7, 2004

Writng that date, gives me pause, especially as we now know that Pearl Harbor was needed, encouraged by F.D.R. to gain American support for US participation in World War II. Despite "foreknowledge," the event was also used to justify the creation of the C.I.A.. We have been trying to expose the truth about 9-11, the "Pearl Harbor of the 21st Century" which has been used to militarily transform this country in its quest for global domination. The Big Lie has been used to justify the "War on Terrorism," imperial wars, "Homeland Security" and now the revamping of the Intelligence Agencies to create the "Global Security State" or "Global Police State," following the recommendations of the 9-11 Cover-Up Commission by undoubtedly the lamest, most corrupt, Congress ever installed in American history, with the cheerleading assistance of the corporate press.

At least, we are organizing to challenge the Fascist State that is being constructed under our very noses. Last Thursday, we held our San Francisco meeting and about 20 people came; we decided to flyer and table at this weekend's KPFA Crafts Fair and folks wanted to come to the Mad Voter Pink Tea Party this Saturday where I will be receiving a pink award for my Deception Dollar work. We also want to help with the publishing of the complaint given to NY Attorney General Elliot Spitzer, and do a similar action in California. We also want to organize showings of Barrie Zwicker's- The Great Conspiracy: the 9-11 News Special You Never Saw, and put pressure on the press for not covering the story (or applaud them for covering it). I still need to meet with the press who are willing to look at our best evidence/documents on 9-11; I've just been too busy. Bob Zimmerman, author of The American Challenge, webmaster of www.wehelpedstopbush.com, who also just returned from a tour of the swing states where he campaigned against Bush and distributed lots of Deception Dollars, stepped forward to help be a distributor of Deception Dollars on behalf of the NC 9-11 Truth Alliance. Janette volunteered to help do the accounting/books and the three of us will meet with the Agape Foundation to figure out precisely what we need to do to "be a project" which allows us to do things as a non-profit.

My challenge is time: I get a new manuscript, book, dvd, film, cd every day and I can't digest information and disseminate it as quickly as I receive it. I received a brilliant journal from The Institute for Psychohistory which covers 9-11 and looks into some very improtant issues of the psychological make-up of people like Hitler and Bush, as well as the "emotional life" of nations which dovetails into my own observations and analysis. We have so many incredible tools at our disposal to help deepen people's understanding of what is going on, to help us raise consciousness and shift public opinion. Michael Kane posted a link to an article about a Defense Science Board Task Force on Strategic Communication study- http://www.acq.osd.mil/dsb/reports/2004-09-Strategic_Communication.pdf


The New Pentagon Paper, by Sidney Blumenthal, republished by GNN on December 2, 2004

• http://www.gnn.tv/headlines/headline.php?id=317
  From Summary
  [...the panel concludes that the so-called “war on terror” is an “expanding and unmitigated disaster based on stubborn ignorance of the world and failed concepts that bear little relation to empirical reality except insofar as they confirm and incite gathering hatred among Muslims.”

  The report concludes: ”[T]he critical problem in American public diplomacy directed toward the Muslim World is not one of ‘dissemination of information,’ or even one of crafting and delivering the ‘right’ message. Rather, it is a fundamental problem of credibility. Simply, there is none—the United States today is without a working channel of communication to the world of Muslims and of Islam. Inevitably therefore, whatever Americans do and say only serves the party that has both the message and the ‘loud and clear’ channel: the enemy.”]---

which echoes the obious common understanding that Bush & Co are lying for their own profit at the world's expense...(This is posted also under my From the Horse's Mouth- Official Pronouncements section. (But I digress)

At Thursday's meeting, Frank Runninghorse presented some original research on a key Al Qaeda operative who obviously has deep ties within the US military/intelligence system. I had also received a manuscript covering criminality at the highest levels of government, by a man living in exile who had lost his company and nearly lost his life in an operation that involved the FBI, the courts, Bush & Company, and Stanford University. His lawyer, William Pepper, also chronicled in his books Orders to Kill and An Act of State, the government's role in the assiassination of Martin Luther King, which was confirmed in court, but received no mention in the mainstream press. The idea of a Truth Conference- exposing the big censored crimes- King's murder, 9-11, the Stolen Election... did pass throough my mind, but there is so much immediately happening in the next two months...

I can't help, but think that we are winning in the battle of public opinion. Last weekend I also attended a radio-journalist Seminar on Investigating the Future, where I was on a panel with Karthik (KPFK), Otis from Houston, Joe Wanzala, Sue Supriano. I should have done more to publicize it and be there for the the weekend, but I was swamped. It was great though, to connect with radio-journalists from other cities and learn what they were doing and begin to build bridges between us; I also spoke with the new station manager at KPFA and Dennis Berenstein. We've had a hard time breaking 9-11 on the air at KPFA with just a few notable exceptions.

I was preoccupied with finalizing the art for six different, new Deception Dollars, a regualr deception Dollar, a graffitied version, the Election Deception Dollar, a graffitied Election Dollar, a Media Deception Dollar, and a Billion Dollar Note, and getting the art to the printers in a timely fashion, so we could proceed. We should go to press this week, and I hope that they can at least cut down a few to pass out this weekend, but the bulk of Edition #8, the 1,500,000 new bills will be cut, boxed and shipped next week. We also need to meet with Agape Foundation, so we can figure out how to legally handle the cashflow into our local 9-11 organizing through the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance (instead of my bank account) which means figuring out the paperwork and taxes. I love being an activist, but I need help with all the paperwork now; I can't do it alone.

December 4, 2004

This morning I went to an event where Peter Phillips of Project Censored spoke. Frankly, I had been a bit mad at Project Censored for not noticing the issue that I have been working on for 3 years. Actually they noticed some of the BIG dots, but weren't quite able to connect them to the BIG LIE, the BIG STORY, but they finally listed 9-11 as the #9 story, and I agree with many of their other choices for important censored stories. I hadn't realized until Peter spoke about the role of Lockheed Martin, Northrup Grumman, Electronic Data Systems(EDS), and Accenture [a member of the US Coalition of Service Industries and a major proponent of privatization and free trade of services (WTO style free trade)] who were largest investors in ES&S, Sequoia, and Diebold voting machines and the most generous contributors to the Republican Party and that Scientific Applications International Corporation of San Diego in charge of security for Diebold software has on its board former members of the Pentagon or CIA many of whom are closely allied with Rumsfeld- including former CIA Directors Bobby Ray Inman, and Robert Gates...( I posted links to the key articles at Questioning the 2004 Presidential Election page. So we will have to incorporate a few more entities into our Election Deception bill, which we hope to publish next week.

And we will go ahead with another small run of the Media Deception Dollar which will include a link to Project Censored.

November 30, 2004

I posted a Report on the Election Fraud Rallies at KGO and Senator Boxer's Office, on November 29, 2004 at the Portland Indymedia site which has a special section on Election Fraud. We got a whole ten seconds coverage on the mainstream press (KGO Television)- no soundbites, just the signs. I am not too surprized- the bigger the issue, the harder it is to get media attention. I just spoke to a friend, Patrick Reinsborough, from the Smart Meme Project, who has done some great organizing and media work. He said I should take some time off from street demos, and see the editors I'm in touch with, and push the "Cheney's role in 9-11/wargames aspect of the story," which I've been wanting to do since September, but have been too busy to do. Still, there is our next issue of the Deception Dollar to get printed (and the Election Deception Dollar) and we lost our meeting space in San Francisco and need to find a new space by Thursday.

November 28, 2004 I created a webpage for Questioning the 2004 Presidential Election, hopefully it will help draw in people to help with the publication and distribution of the Election Deception Dollar that we are currently working on. There are a couple of demos in SF tomorrow and hard to know where to put my energies- into the streets, the website, or printing our next edition...

November 27, 2004
Blaine and I are working on the next version of the Deception Dollar and a special Election Deception Dollar. Please send great websites we've missed and art ideas and we'll try to do the best we can. We also could use help with distribution- particularly for the election deception dollars, if those activists aren't willing to kick in some money for printing costs- we just won't be able to print very many, as our resources are limited. I'm hoping we can go to press next week. It's good to know that lots of people are mobilizing over the obviously stolen election and the "state of democracy" in this country. I just hope we can organize faster than those frightened warmongers occupying the White House who would stop at nothing in thier fear of losing power.

November 22, 2004

I heard Robert Jensen, author of Citizen's of the Empire last Saturday night and he plunged into his absolute refusal to criticize or look into 9-11. In some ways he reminds me of Norman Solomon; and they both love to bash Ralph Nader, too. They both give me the creeps- and I no longer trust either of them, despite whatever good work they have done; they misdirect people's brains and energies towards what strikes me as useless meaningless endeavors.

This morning Blaine returned and is working on the new Election Deception Dollar. He posted his temporary art at http://www.deceptiondollar.com/Temp.htm. I sent him a list of election fraud websites and ideas, but please send us more, if you have some.

November 21, 2004, 10:07 PM
Barrie did mention that Fox rescheduled the show "Hating America" four times, already. I think they must have changed it again. I didn't catch Barrie or Jimmy or either program, perhaps it was only shown in the East Coast. Janette did tape C-Span last night and they did broadcast me questioning the presidents of ABC, NBC, CBS on 9-11...

November 21, 2004

Barrie Zwicker just called me to let me know that FOX is attacking the 9-11 Truth Movement bigtime, tonight. They are airing a show called "Hating America" featuring Barrie and his questioning the official 9-11 story, followed by Geraldo Rivera's show which will have Jimmy Walters (the millionaire who has donated so much to raising the visibility of the 9-11 questions, his website is- http://www.reopen911.org/. The shows will be aired at 9PM and 10PM Eastern Standard Time and again at 12:00 and 1:00AM... so 6 &7 PM or 9 & 10 PM in California... (We should tape it- just to challenge it in our documentaries on 9-11...)

November 19, 2004

At last night's Northern California Truth Alliance meeting, Janette MacKinlay joined us. She lived across the street from the WTC on 9/11, and wrote a book about her experience- Fortunate- A Personal Diary of 9/11, her website- http://www.theneedtoremember.com details some of her activites since then, including her art exhibitions and art projects, relating to 9/11 as a means of finding solace and healing through art and renewing the spirit through creative expression. In an exhibition called Witness To War at the Los Medanos College Art Gallery, which opened on November 17th and runs December 10th, she has several pieces (including a large Deception Dollar and smaller ones for people to take...). She is willing to help and also be a plaintiff if we mirror the New York action and demand that the State Attorney General launch a criminal investigation of 9/11. She was a wealth of information and helped us to understand what people who survived 9/11 experienced and felt. We had a huge agenda and unfortunately I have to cook dinner now and can't write it up in detail.

I did open a bank account for our group today, so people can finally make tax deductible donations!!!!

I also posted this announcement on Portland Indymedia-

C-Span will broadcast 2004 Elections and Network News on Saturday, November 20, 2004 (8-9PM Eastern Standard Time). They felt they did a great job presenting "the truth" to the American people and did not learn of any serious voting problems, maybe a small glitch or two. The audience was able to ask some serious questions about the election and 9-11, which showed the extraordinary ignorance of the presidents, or indicates that they do not live on the same planet that we live on.

C-Span will broadcast 2004 Elections and Network News on Saturday, November 20, 2004 (8-9PM Eastern Standard Time- 5-6PM Pacific Time).

The presidents of ABC, NBC, and CBS, gathered at Stanford University for a panel discussion on their election coverage, attended by about 275 people. They reminded me of the 9-11 Commissioners and Executive Director of the 9-11 Commission, Philip Zelikow, who had recently spoken at Stanford. They lied smoothly, with a facility that obviously came from long practice, knowing their message and repeatedly, shamelessly, promoting their effort to simply "bring the truth" to the American people. If there had been any problems with the election, their "Pulitzer prize winning investigative reporters" would have jumped on it, but there was nothing of the sort, just the regular small glitches.

Accustomed to the screening of questions, the little slips of paper, which help weed out the tough ones from the easy ones, I was amazed that they actually had open mikes where people were able to vocalize the dramatic disparities between the exit polls and the vote counts, the disenfranchisement of so many voters, the evidence of fraud. I took full advantage of the opportunity to raise the questions about 9-11 that the media, the 9-11 Commission failed to address-

The $100,000 wired to Mohammed Atta by Pakistan's ISI's General Mahmoud Ahmad, who was meeting with top government officials in September 2001, and breakfasting on the morning of September 11th with Porter Goss, and Bob Graham. Graham and Goss should have been investigated for their role in 9-11 and but were placed in charge of the official Inquiry, along with the CIA (Britt Snider) with no outcry from the press. They professed ignorance to the wargames held on September 11th, and the Zogby Poll which indicated that half of New York City residents believed that the government knew about 9-11 and let it happen.

After the event, I gave them (Deception Dollars and) a copy of a talk I'd just given at the International Gift Economy Conference http://www.gifteconomyconference.com called Facing the Shadow of 9-11 which had a diagram of the wargames held on 9-11 which effectively prevented intercepters from interfering with the attacks, well chronicled in Michael C. Ruppert's book- Crossing the Rubicon- The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil http://www.fromthewilderness.com.

What these representatives of the mainstream press show is that if you have the hutzpah to tell big lies publicly, that defy facts, reason, widespread evidence, you, too, could be president.

November 17, 2004

I posted my paper Facing the Shadow of 9-11 on this website and found that the audio is also posted online at http://www.radiofeminista.net/nov04/notas/gifteconomy2.htm, as well as most of the talks given at the The International Gift Economy Conference. With so many books being published, exposure in the press, I've been making lots of phone calls and working on strategizing where we should put our combined skills, talents, resources to further our collective goals. We need to print more Deception Dollars and I would also like to print an Election Deception Dollar to break the fabricated mainstream myth that the election was fine and legitimate and also to develop some synergy between our movements. Tonight we'll discuss what we can do locally- big events, pressure the California Attorney General to also tackle 9-11 with a Criminal Investigation, or concentrate on grassroots organizing or all three...

November 16, 2004

I just returned from The International Gift Economy Conference yesterday. Last night, the presidents of ABC, NBC and CBS spoke at Stanford University about the recent election and I was able to raise the 9-11 issue publicly with them. I posted an account of the Conference, the paper I presented, and my experience at Stanford in an article which I posted on SF Indymedia. I ran into Byron Belitsos by chance in Las Vegas and we caught up on what 911 Truth.org was up to. I feel like the bottleneck of an hourglass with so much information being produced, events happening; it's so challenging to digest it all and get it disseminated. Thank Goodness there are so many 9-11 activists out there now!!!!

November 3, 2004

I posted a couple different versions of yesterday's events on the SF and Portland Indymedia sites. Here's the relevant excerpt-

After my weekly event in downtown Palo Alto, which was very well attended. I hurried home, took care of my kids, repacked the car and left for San Francisco for the 5PM rally organized by Not In Our Name. The sky was extraordinarily dramatic with a black cloud hanging over San Francisco and multiple lightening bolts shattering the darkness. A deluge enveloped us, but by the time we found the rally it was just a light rain. Rain is a real challenge on marches- for paper signs, flyers, our usual organizing tools. We got as many “Stop the 9-11 Cover-Up” picket signs as we could manage to the rally, which was huge, considering the weather, before I had to get to the protest I was organizing at the World Affairs Council where 9-11 Commissioner Jamie Gorelick was speaking. Not in Our Name, while sympathetic and supportive of our cause, unfortunately couldn’t detour past 312 Sutter Street to support our protest. We were fortunate to have clear skies, no rain at all, and people were very receptive to our fliers, Deception Dollars, messages. The great heroine of the 9-11 Truth Movement, Gypsy, arrived with her whistle, prepared to challenge Gorelick. Gypsy is visibly pregnant and had her two small kids with her (the babysitter hadn’t shown up). We had a film crew, people enough to hold banners, signs, pass out literature, so I took on the vital role of babysitter and played with the kids, so Gypsy could go inside.

She came out glowing and excitedly reported how well it went. She blew the whistle, stated that the Cover-Up Commission failed to address the key questions and listed them, until security removed her from the room. “And” she added, “People thanked me for speaking up, even the security guy.” We laughed, together. Our experience has been that security, the cops; they know who the real criminals are, and they support our efforts to challenge the Big Lie and speak truth to power, to get our voices heard over the din of the corporate press. Last week, I came to the realization that I would not be shot in cold blood for my role in trying to expose the truth about 9-11, that the real battle was an information war and that the powers that be would use the networks, their ABC and NBC miniseries, docudramas about Richard Clarke’s “Against All Enemies” selling the “official narrative of 9-11” as loudly as possible to drown out the small, quiet, persistent voices of truth, the questions we were raising that they could not ever answer without incriminating themselves.

When asked about Building #7 later by someone in the audience, Jamie Gorelick was utterly stumped, “We don’t know.” was all she could say. It’s not even in the official report, as if a forty-seven story steel structure, not hit by airplane or significant debris, could just collapse spontaneously on a day when thousands are killed, and the event could be ignored. Ignored like all the other evidence which doesn’t conveniently fit into the “19 hijackers with boxcutters myth” that has never been substantiated, despite the “fake Bin Laden” tapes that they keep pulling out of various rabbit’s hats.

After our protest, we caught up with the march, which had attracted about 5000 people, according to Not In Our Name, at the close, we gathered up a few signs, saw old friends as the rain began to fall again. An effigy of Bush was lit and burned before the crowd which approved of this cathartic release of emotion. An enormous paper mache head resembling Bush was also set ablaze, then the police, firemen moved in and people began to disperse. We headed home.

With the election behind us, I don’t have to keep tossing myself against the hard wall of the mainstream press trying to break a story that they have refused to touch. It’s time to organize, educate all the people that are riled up, finish producing the documentaries, get our “Behind Every Terrorist There is a Bush” comedy event out there with bonus highlights from our International Inquiries into 9-11, print another million Deception Dollars, get a copy machine, hire a secretary, build our Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance into a more functional organization that can do more than ad hoc demos, rallies and events. After three years of volunteer effort on the part of hundreds, we actually became a project of Agape Foundation and can build the infrastructure needed to support a grassroots movement and connect volunteers with all the work that desperately needs to be done...

Like childbirth, there is a moment when the pain and labor is so intense, that you wonder if you’ll survive, that is generally the critical moment, when the crowning head must get through, after that worst moment; it is relatively easy, there is the euphoric joy of birth, and then if you have never been a parent before- your life is changed forever in ways you could never have imagined. I have a feeling, when the truth about 9-11 crowns- unimaginable change will follow. Our best preparation is a Leaderful Movement fully integrated with the diverse, global peace, justice, liberation, equality, environmental, racial justice movements that are reeling from the NeoConservative assault upon the planet.

Blaine is finally back to work on his website and has posted some great articles/art at Deception Dollar News.

Election Day, November 2, 2004

Unfortunately, the mainstream press did not bravely break the 9-11 story before Election Day, although ABC did do a story on the 9-11 Truth Movement On Election Eve Sept. 11 Doubters Surface-Groups Launch Ad Campaign, Request for Criminal Investigation,(ignoring three years of effort on the part of activists and all our previous events...).

I went to hear David Cobb, Green Party Presidential Candidate, speak at Stanford University, yesterday. I was rather furious at him last July, when I read his earlier statements, which sounded to me like, he was saying, "If your vote matters- vote for Kerry, otherwise vote for me." Hardly inspiring, like a Democrat in Green clothing...
He did give a good talk, although his understanding of 9-11 seemed very limited, and he would stick to "We need a real investigation, and raising questions, as opposed to a stronger stance suggesting evidence of complicity and a cover-up. I gave him a copy of Barrie Zwicker's The Great Conspiracy- The 9-11 News Special You Never Saw and I urged the Green Party to take on the 9-11 issue more actively, since, if they had- we could have won the election!

I had wondered about the big event in LA, that I missed so that I could question Richard Clarke, and finally that has been posted at www.911truthla.us, although I don't see any mainstream media accounts of the event- where-

LOS ANGELES CITIZENS’ GRAND JURY CONDEMNS GOVERNMENT ROLE IN 9/11 & COVERUP; SEES U.S. “TREASONOUS INSIDE CABAL” AS RESPONSIBLE FOR 9/11 TERROR ATTACKS; FINDS OFFICIAL STORY “IMPOSSIBLE, IMPLAUSIBLE” ON MULTIPLE POINTS

Demands Immediate Release of CIA Inspector General’s Report, Cheney Counter-Terrorism Task Force & War Game Records, Pentagon Evidence Seized by FBI & Suppressed 9/11 Report of “broadly inaccurate accounts by several civil & military officials”

Los Angeles, Oct. 31 – In findings issued today, the Los Angeles Citizens’ Grand Jury condemned the 9/11 Commission’s official version of the events of September 11, 2001 as “physically impossible, untenable, contradictory, implausible and fraudulent” and called for the release of several documents specifically naming officials responsible for 9/11, being withheld until after the election.

Citing evidence that at least 8 of the 19 alleged suicide hijackers reported themselves alive after 9/11, that the World Trade Center Towers and Building 7 came down not from fires from the planes but controlled demolition explosives which require weeks to prepare, and Administration managed “war games” (including a field training exercise scenario covering multiple hijackings and a plane going into a building) that were actually happening on 9/11 as causing air traffic controller confusion & lack of fighter response, the nation’s first Citizens’ Grand Jury on 9/11 unabashedly concluded 9/11 was “an inside job” that demands “legal prosecution, civil liability and political condemnation” around the world.

According to the nation’s first Citizens’ Grand Jury on 9/11, the US government must immediately release the CIA Inspector General’s report on 9/11, which assigns blame to certain high level officials but whose release is being suppressed by new CIA Director Porter Goss until after the election, according to published reports. Goss is reported to have been having breakfast on the morning of 9/11 with the Pakistani ISI “money man” himself, General Mahmud Ahmed, who had wired $100,000 to the alleged head-hijacker Mohammed Atta.

LA’s Citizens’ Grand Jury also issued a demand that the records of the Vice-President’s Counter-Terrorism Task Force and preparation and co-ordination of the emergency exercises/war games the Vice President was overseeing on 9/11 be released as they may well have contributed to the lack of fighter response to the hijackings.

In addition, the Citizens' Grand Jury demanded that the FBI release all surveillance videotape and related evidence being withheld bearing on the flying object which hit the Pentagon on the morning of 9/11. Evidence presented to the Jury suggested that due to the absence of debris from a 60-ton 757, limited damage to the Pentagon, an “implausible” flight pattern and lack of skill of the alleged Arab hijacker pilot, possibly a missile or a remote controlled drone actually hit the Pentagon instead of American flight # 77 which was last tracked over Ohio by air traffic controllers. The Jury chose to delay a finding on the Pentagon, pending further deliberation of eye witness reports and surveillance documentation.

Acknowledging vast resources and unacknowledged evidence ignored by the 9/11 Kean-Hamilton Commission Report, the Los Angeles Citizens’ Grand Jury rejected the official version of 9/11 labeling it “a propaganda fabrication designed to favor the unleashing of aggressive war, while hiding the activity of a treasonous cabal of high-level elected and appointed civilian U.S. government and military officials, and private and/or contracted third parties and rogue agents under their known or unknown direction yet to be determined who both actively prepared, promoted, organized, assisted, fomented, and/or passively favored the September 11 attacks and supported the cover-up that followed”.

The Citizens’ Grand Jury, which had begun its deliberations on Saturday, October 23 with a large public meeting in the Bob Hope Patriotic Hall near the Los Angeles Civic Center, refuted the claims of the 9/11 Commission Report on several detailed points. They decided to evaluate the attacks as a crime by considering “motive, means and opportunity” which on several counts were beyond what Osama bin Laden and 19 suicide hijackers could have accomplished unaided. Noting in particular the lack of fighter response for 1 hour and 40 minutes when “67 times in the year prior to 9/11 by following established procedures when planes went out of communication or off course, the system worked perfectly” and fighter planes were usually scrambled within 15 minutes.

In addition, they noted the fate of WTC building 7, a 47-story building housing the DOD, IRS and Security and Exchange Commission, among others, which has generally been ignored in press reports. At 5:20 pm on 9/11, it collapsed into its own footprint – characteristic of a controlled demolition - without being hit by a plane or debris from the falling Towers and with minimal fires that allegedly could have been easily extinguished. Jurors viewed a video of the WTC Leaser, Larry Silverstein, who said he and the fire department in the afternoon of 9/11 agreed to “pull it” which is a controlled demolitions industry phrase that means to demolish through the use of pre-placed explosives. They concluded the liklihood of a controlled demolition of WTC7 was beyond what Osama bin Laden and 19 hijackers could have done unaided, which further suggested 9/11 was an inside job.

The Citizens’ Grand Jury is composed of 25 average Americans of diverse ethnic, national, religious and professional backgrounds – including a 9/11 family member, a private investigator, a medical doctor, a college student, a therapist, an educator, the director of personnel and training for a major union, an author on the holocaust, and a retired forensic investigator. They issued today’s findings after several days of consideration on the language of the findings, adding extensive demands for withheld evidence.

The Citizens’ Grand Jury heard evidentiary presentations from 9/11 researchers Jim Hoffman and Don Paul, authors of Waking Up From Our Nightmare: The 9/11 Crimes in New York City, Webster Tarpley, author of George Bush: An Unauthorized Biography and the upcoming 911 Synthetic Terror: Made in the USA and DOD’s Barbara Honegger, former White House policy analyst and author of the October Surprise who broke the story of the “numerous emergency response exercises/’war games’ that have been officially acknowledged to have been carried out on the morning of September 11, 2001 under the various directions of Vice-President Cheney, the Pentagon/Joint Chiefs of Staff, NORAD (Air Force), the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO, staffed mainly by Air Force/military and CIA personnel), and FEMA” featured in depth in Michael Ruppert’s best selling Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil.

The Grand Jury also viewed photographs and film clips including Senator Mark Dayton testifying before a Senate committee reviewing with Commissioners Kean and Hamilton NORAD’s “lies” regarding the 9/11 timeline calling for accountability for the “unbelievable negligence”. They also viewed taped and/or written testimony from David Ray Griffin, author of The New Pearl Harbor on the 9/11 Commission’s Omissions, Mike Ruppert summarizing the war games excerpted from the Canadian best-selling documentary with Barry Zwicker, The Great Conspiracy, and researchers Nafeez Ahmed, author of The War on Freedom: How and Why America Was Attacked Sept. 11, 2001 and Paul Thompson, author of The 911 Terror Timeline.

The findings of the Los Angeles Citizens’ Grand Jury represent the most detailed and thorough refutation of the US government’s official account of what allegedly happened on 9/11 ever formally issued by a people’s fact-finding body. Formal presentation of Findings and References will follow their next deliberation scheduled for mid-November where they will address other questions, including specific responsibilities of US government officials and persons in the private sector pivotal to the events of 9/11.

“It is the hardest thing in the world to confront,” explained Citizens’ Grand Jury convener, Lynn Pentz, “that members of our own government are responsible for perjury, treason and mass murder of their own citizens as well as citizens from 82 other nations around the world.

“Given our political and judicial systems have refused to deal with the reality of 9/11,” she explained, “We the People must now be responsible for our representatives’ lies, their war on our freedoms, their terrorizing tactics, the death and destruction they are waging in our names, their bankrupting of our nation with their endless war for profit and global hegemony, and for our allowing the increasing rise of a police state here in America - all rationalized by the official story of 9/11 and the politicians and media who have exploited it. The Citizens’ Grand Jury has shown we are way past begging for the unanswered questions to be answered. We know a lot of the answers and they are not pretty.”

Ms. Pentz is a well-known southern California activist of the international 9/11 truth movement, and co-founder of 911TruthLA.us, the host organization of the LA Citizens’ Grand Jury. Ms. Pentz participated in both the International Citizen’s Inquiries in San Francisco and Toronto and attended the 9/11 Kean-Hamilton Commission Hearings in New York which she declared were “appalling to any citizen committed to finding the truth and assuring accountability for what actually happened”.

After presenting well-verified evidence to the 9/11 Commissioners of the Administration’s bogus Orange alerts, Silverstein’s ordering the destruction of WTC7 which “housed the People’s business” (ie: 200 open investigations of securities fraud), and evidence that many of the alleged hijackers were still alive after 9/11, Pentz says, “she then knew that they knew and chose to cover up the truth instead of reveal it.”

She even showed two Commissioners, FBI Director Robert Mueller’s statement to CNN that there is “no legal proof to prove the identities of the suicidal hijackers” and his April 19, 2002 admission, ”In our investigation, we have not uncovered a single piece of paper – either here in the United States or in the treasure trove of information that has turned in Afghanistan and elsewhere – that mention any suspect of the September 11th plot.”

“None of this (and so much other) evidence, and none of the connecting of the obvious dots that point to government complicity, were even referred to in the Commission’s Report. So, its now incumbent on the People to take back their government by not settling until the real perpetrators are held accountable and the systems that allow such abuses have real citizen oversight so these egregious abuses of public trust cannot happen again.”

Several such efforts are happening nationally. Activists in New York have just filed a petition with state Attorney General, Elliott Spitzer, with an unprecedented Citizens' Complaint Demanding a Criminal Inquiry into the 9/11 Crimes as part of their “Summer of Truth” campaign. San Francisco’s Stanley Hilton represents 400 9/11 family members in a suit charging government complicity in the events of 9/11. Grass roots demonstrations are continuing and legal actions are beginning to move forward.

According to Webster Tarpley, a key witness in the proceedings, “With today’s release of findings, the Los Angeles Citizens’ Grand Jury has taken a giant step beyond the unanswered questions of 9/11, towards positive determinations of what really happened and who was responsible. On the eve of the US Presidential elections, these findings represent a qualitatively new phase in the people’s campaign against the US government’s Big Lies about 9/11.”

“We call on citizens here and around the world to have your own Citizens’ Grand Juries, review the evidence and decide for yourselves”, said Ms. Pentz. “Then, we must all, demand our governments hold the real perpetrators of 9/11 criminally, civilly and politically responsible. In the meantime, we must do the hard work of confronting ‘the enemy is us’ and not settle until we have truly cleaned house”... Full details at www.911truthla.us.

Halloween, October 31, 2004

Chossudovsky just posted another brilliant article, critically examining the latest Bin Laden video entitled- "Intelligence Asset" Osama bin Laden supports Bush Reelection.

Our protest against 9-11 Commissioners Thompson and Roemer conflicted with a big rally/march on behalf of Haiti that took place at the same time, just a few blocks away. ( Next Wednesday's protest also coincides with a scheduled protest/march which I hope will detour towards 312 Sutter Street to support our action.) It's very hard to coordinate actions when there are so many issues/causes and at the roots, we all are challenging injustice, cruelty, lies, greed, violence serving a few, and costing the lives and health of the many. Our October 28th protest was, in some ways, a scouting trip, as we hadn't been to the venue before and we hadn't accessed the lay of the land. I did pass out a lot of flyers and Deception Dollars and had quite a few productive conversations on the sidewalk in front of the building. One guy from Bay Area Disaster Relief said that they were using the 9-11 Commission Report as a model on how not to do a Report- agreeing it was a total cover-up/farce. Apparently they did ask Roemer one or two questions from my flyer, but we didn't hear his response, as no one (from the Northern California truth Alliance) could stomache listening to the "bullshit" long enough to get to the Q & A. KQED apparently recorded it for broadcast. I did speak with Roemer afterwards- in the street, and he was aware of the petition for a criminal investigation that was given to NY Attorney General Spitzer earlier that day in NY. Apparently, the technique they are choosing to discredit us is to simply raise the volume of their lies- with movies/TV Miniseries, glossy books, fake Bin Laden confessions/threats... to perpetuate the "official myth."

On Friday, I took a break to watch the edited version of our comedy event- "Behind Every terrorist There is a Bush." It made me laugh- I just wish we had had it last March... depending on the outcome of the election- we will probably edit it more and produce it in DVD with key 9-11 footage to get out to as many people as possible.

Saturday, I helped create the altars for the Spiral Dance held in San Francisco, and placed 9-11 info, Deception Dollars on the activst table. Fifteen hundred people came and the annual ritual was very much focused on the paths before us and choosing the right path- the path of change, truth, courage, peace, compassion, hope, health... recognizing the crossroads America and the world will encounter very shortly.

October 27, 2004

So much is happening all over the country! Walter Davis reported a great turnout for a 9-11 event at Kent State. Will Bunch just wrote an article about the black boxes found at the World Trade Center that officials denied finding. Phil Berg has launched another suit against the Bush cabal and others on behalf of a 9-11 hero, William Rodriguez http://www.summeroftruth.org/images/Rodriguez-v-Bush-10-21-04.pdf.
I posted on the indymedia calendar the vital info for the protests against the 9-11 Cover-Up Commissioners coming our way (because no one else did) and yet, another article, cajoling everyone to Challenge the 9-11 Commissioners!. I'll make up flyers with questions to pass out at tomorrow's protest against 9-11 Cover-Up Commissioners Thompson and Roemer, and try another media blitz. I've been getting so many press releases from www.911truth.org who have been gathering signatures from "prominent people" for their 9-11 Truth Statement which raises 12 unanswered questions about 9-11 and calls for-


1.An immediate investigation by New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer
2.Immediate investigation in Congressional Hearings.
3.Media attention to scrutinize and investigate the evidence.
4.The formation of a truly independent citizens-based inquiry.

Tomorrow at 2PM New York time, they will hold a Press Conference outside of Spitzer's office and file a formal complaint demanding the first criminal investigation of 9/11 events by the New York Attorney General. I encourage everyone to sign the petition in support of their actions

In San Francisco, Michael C. Ruppert is finally a guest on KPFA, and Mark Morford wrote a column- Write More About Skull & Bones Secret societies? UFOs? The truth about what *really* happened on 9/11? The media cowers which actually has quite a few links, and seems like an honest way of avoiding to write a serious piece which could cause a revolution.

October 25, 2004

It's been an extraordinary weekend. I learned that my sister has breast cancer and she is in surgery today. I had a three day migraine headache- probably from stress. The big LA Grand Jury took place. 9-11 truth is organizing a major statement to get on board the shy celebrities who have been quiet on 9-11 for so long. Phil Berg is launching another lawsuit against the Bush Administration; Jimmy Walters is launching a major ad campaign; the 9-11 truth Movement seems to be growing by leaps and bounds. On Saturday, the rain made the first big anti-war rally in San Mateo somewhat challenging, but "Drop Lantos Not Bombs" Green Party candidate Pat Gray was an inspiration; I just wish she had a sister running against Anna Eshoo.

Saturday, October 23, 2004, Richard Clarke, author of Against All Enemies spoke at the Flint Center in Cupertino, with Angie Cairo from KQED's Forum. He gave his usual talk. Both he, Zelikow, and probably all the 9-11 Commissioners have a polished speech, which they use over and over to sell their 9-11 story. His includes jabs at Bush who "doesn't read," and gets all his information on the world from his small entourage of neo-conservative flunkies, and is surrounded by people who don't dare to question him, even if he says, "Sweden has no army" and reality says otherwise. Clarke's talk is clearly geared towards Democrats and how they could fight the war on terrorism better then the current administration; he pushes the "Al Qaeda" myth to the hilt. Clarke is clearly hawkish and thinks the US should turn its eyes on "real threats" like Iran and North Korea.

I was there because I wanted to ask him a question publicly, although in the vast Flint Center which holds over 2000 people, it wasn't possible to challenge him verbally in any audible way. The slips of paper with questions, were far greater in number than his ability/time to answer them, and my question didn't even get the chance to be screened out, but I paid extra to join the schmooze reception which followed and actually had him to myself for a couple of minutes before we were surrounded.

I said, "On 9-11 there were multiple exercises going on involving NORAD, the FAA, the CIA, involving a drill simulating a plane crash into a building, a live fly hijacking drill, inserting false blips/inserts on radar screens. Were you unaware of those drills? Who was coordinating them from the White House? Bush gave Cheney authorization in May 2001 to co-ordinate counter-terrorism responses over multiple agencies. Was he in charge?

He denied that there were multiple exercises. He claimed that he was in charge when he arrived at the White House. He said that the May 8th order was for Cheney to "oversee" not coordinate.

"But you didn't get there until 9:03, according to your book," I said, "What about before then, they knew about the hijackings at 8:20."

Clarke, "Read the 9-11 Commission Report."

I replied, "It's a whitewash. What about the chemical warfare attack drill scheduled for New York City on September 12th? Were you aware of that?

Clarke, "You've been reading too many conspiracy theories. I think I've spent enough time responding to your questions."

At least, I had a great time passing out Deception Dollars to everyone, including the folks who organized the event, the "Will Call table," the ushers, the folks in the audience, the people at the pricey reception, and everyone who walked in from the time I arrived, and many people asked for more. Not a single person objected to me passing them out (although I forgot to give one to Clarke).

I also spoke to Angie Cairo, who gave me her card and encouraged me to send her a copy of Ruppert's book. She did warn me that she tried to get more "dissenting" views on air, but couldn't always do so. KQED's Forum is the most "listened to" radio program in the Bay Area, but all the voices on 9-11 are official sources- not a single dissenting view, so far.

October 22, 2004

The Stanford Daily posted an Op Ed that I wrote on the day that Zelikow spoke. They changed the title to The truth about Zelikow and the Sept. 11 cover-up commission. We had about fifteen hard-core 9-11 activists there to pass out flyers, speak up, film the event, hold signs. I did a few press interviews, one with NBC (Channel 4); my son's classmate saw it, but I don't know whther they showed the interview, or me challenging Zelikow inside the auditorium.

Fiske, who filmed the event wrote this-

"Welcome to my World"- Dr. Philip Zelikow

Peeps,

After witnessing the excruciating travails of fellow 9/11 activists trying to make a difference, I now have more first hand experience of what a monster all of us face, and how much respect and admiration I have for people Like Carol Brouillet ,Gypsy, Kyle Hence, Ken Jenkins, Mark Robinowtz, Stephan Dinan, Evan Daiel Ravitz, Nick Levis, Catherine Austin Fitts, Micheal Dietrick, Celestine, Phil Berg, Barrie Zwicker, etc. etc. (and all the other brave souls I forgot to mention)

Having committed myself to 9/11 activism in the past I have reluctantly stayed away for months. I¹ve read e-mails, letters and other correspondence from the 9/11 community and just wanted to hide. Trivial issues, coalitions, one-upmanship seemed to me the order of the day. A big back-biting ego trip I thought. I saw committed citizens late at night on C-Span speak-up at the Kean Commission hearings, others spending tireless hours tabling, demonstrating, and organizing fund raisers. Others contorted in stupid interpretation issues with seemingly endless response.

But yesterday as I attended and videotaped the presentation of Dr. Philip Zelikow in association with the World Affairs Council at Stanford University it came clear to me what we face. Manners are terrorized. Emotion is corralled. Academia is subsidized

I got to the event early....I parked my car close to Kresge Hall. I surveyed the auditorium and was sure that some security official would nix my flimsy credentials for entry and taping. Instead, a very courteous lady named Courtney simply asked where I was from.²The North Bay². That was good enough. The good news is that some goon with an ear piece didn't ask me to leave. But as the event went on I realized why. It isn't necessary any more. The audience is the Sheppard, and anyone who wants to speak out is held in check by status quo.

The program proceeded with a stern warning from the moderating panel that no questions would be taken from the audience until the end of Dr. Zelikow's presentation. After the laudatory intro, Dr. Zelikow launched into the most audacious pack of lies and explanations of the findings from his fraudulent commission findings. The audience was spellbound, as this meticulously dressed preppie expounded on a confounding litany of confusion and academic wish wash, periodically sweeping back his meticulously coiffed hair in a motion reminiscent of Hitler.

Then, miraculously, Gypsy the San Francisco public access goddess, sitting in the front row bravely stood up, blew a loud whistle and tore this guy¹s ass! Dr. Zelikow ducked behind the podium, assumed his cowardly position and feigned disgust as the Stanford moderating panel steeped forward protecting the delicate Dr. Zelikow. With the help of unidentified security agents Gypsy was escorted out of the building, her trailing, screaming pleas of Building 7, government complicity, resonating to a cowering audience, with a few brave souls shouting ³RIGHT ON² and ³IT¹S THE TRUTH. This was the moment Dr. Philip Zelikow was waiting for.

"Welcome to my World" he said to the laughing audience.

Think about that "Welcome to My World"..... What about OUR WORLD. Look what you¹ve done to ³OUR WORLD² Dr Zelikow. Phony terrorism, fraudulently debate, and destruction of the truth.... And you have the nerve to say that someone like Gypsy has altered your life!

It wasn't long after that when Carol Brouillet, our poster lady for dissent, poised in the back stood up and delivered her barrage, bravely standing, shouting and quivering until the last moment when the men in black silenced her and politely showed her the door as the audience, our Stanford intelligentsia, including me, politely gave Dr Zelikow a concentration camp repose to pick up on his erroneous agenda.

It was at this point that I almost got physically sick. How could I sit here and let this man expound such garbage. How was it that all these intelligent people in the audience would sit and politely reinforce such nonsense.....I packed it up and left.....Fiske-10/20/04

The Stanford Daily reporter also wrote a front page story with photos Zelikow says U.S. has more work to do.

I posted an article about the protests and what we had learned at Indymedia entitled- Report on the 9-11 Cover-Up Commission & Zelikow Protests

I included the time and dates of the 9-11 Commissioners next visits to San Francisco, and hope someone else will organize protests against them. I have 5 editors interested in the 9-11 story, and I need to work on the documents and articles, if possible.

Last night I went to a forum organized by the Women League of Voters where our Congressional Candidates spoke, including Congresswoman Anna Eshoo, co-sponsor of HR 4104 The Intelligence Transformation Act- whom I protested against last August. There was a moderator, submitted, screened questions. When Eshoo started praising the 9-11 Commission and pushing for the "improvement" of our Intelligence agencies;" I stood up and said, "The 9-11 Commission was a sham, a whitewash, a cover-up. You're helping to perpetuate the Biggest Lie of the 21st Century." Needless to say, I was gently ousted by the little old ladies. It was a small crowd, but also being broadcast on Cable Access.

Tomorrow, I hope to get to the rally in San Mateo, where I am an "invited speaker" and then raise hard questions Saturday night to Richard Clarke. I was invited to participate in the LA Grand Jury event/Press Conference today and tomorrow, but it just didn't seem logistically possible. Fortunately, lots of folks are mobilizing and stories about the 9-11 Truth Movement are appearing across the country.

I will protest the 9-11 Commissioners coming to SF; I hope others in the Bay Area will join me. I'll post them on my website and the Indy Media Calendar and get out an email, if no one else takes the lead...

October 19, 2004

I've been passing out flyers, sending out press releases about our protest at Stanford. Yesterday I went to White Plaza, set up banners, a table, had a mike and speaker and simply exercised "free speech." I was by myself and it was difficult to overcome my natural "shyness." People did respond, however, including a woman from the Library Acquisitions Department; I gave her a copy of Barrie Zwicker's The Great Conspiracy- The TV News Special You Never Saw to add to Stanford's collection. In the evening, I went to the Peninsula Peace and Justice Center's screening of Hijacking Catastrophe: 9/11, Fear & the Selling of American Empire which was good- except it fails utterly to critically examine the official narrative of 9-11. The Established Left- Paul George, put me down as usual, and they made it impossible for me to even pass out flyers for our protest. Unfortunately, I don't think this is just about 9-11; Paul George has discouraged my other activism, as well- fighting the FTAA, showing the film - Who's Counting- Marilyn Waring on Sex, Lies & Global Economics. I haven't figured out how to work cooperatively with them, even though we are anti-war. I think my work is just such a big challenge to the "system," and demands radical change. I mention this because I want people to know that it is wonderful to "succeed," hold a big successful event, get articles published, break a story, see a movement grow, but it is often a lot of work and hitting the brick walls many times, but figuring out how to go around them.

October 14, 2004

I have been very busy, trying to organize, write, do the media work...Galen, who is running for Congress, as a write-in candidate against Anna Eshoo has a website up now. He has produced two local television programs on 9-11- and is challenging Eshoo on the 9-11 Cover-Up issue, as well as her Co-Sponsorship of HR 4104 The Intelligence Transformation Act. He is a strong voice at rallies/marches against government lies/terrorism and for truth/peace. There is also a Green Party candidate, Mark Wilson in Washington State who called me up for talking points on 9-11; he is a member of Veteran's for Peace, and I was very impressed by him; I hope he wins his race and becomes a US Senator. Also, Pat Gray who spoke at our press conference and rally and is very strong on calling for a real investigation of 9-11 has a good chance to defeat the war-mongering Tom Lantos in San Mateo.

Next week, Mike Ruppert, Richard Clarke (Ex-CounterTerrorism Tsar) and Executive Director of the 9-11 Cover-Up Commission, Philip Zelikow will be speaking in the Bay Area. Zelikow will be speaking at Stanford University on October 20th and I hope to organize a (last minute-but a week is better than a day) protest.

I have been pulling together documents to take to the mainstream press regarding Cheney's role in 9-11, mainly from Ruppert's book, which completely challenge the 9-11 Commission's report and conclusions; I'm also working on an article about it; I do think this should be headline news, and it is hard to breakthrough the censorship.

I have been getting phone calls from all over the country, and it is good to know that people are organizing on many different fronts. The press is attacking us more than ever (first they ignore you, than they laugh at you, then they fight you, and then you win...) And I want to say very clearly that ONE person can make an enormous difference in this struggle to raise human consciousness and change the course of human events; I am continually impressed by the wonderful work people are doing and the collaborations that are going on, growing an irrepressible movement...

September 23, 2004

The bad news is that Porter Goss was easily confirmed as the new CIA Director. (And I tried to stop it-Prime Suspect of the Largest Mass Murder in U.S. Nominated to Head C.I.A.)

The good news is that, at least locally, there is some public dialogue on the 9-11 issue, in response to our rally/march and the subsequent article (about me) entitled "Conspiracy Theorists" & my response

9-11 observations
Cut the innuendo

Editor,

I strongly object to Don Kazak's article (Weekly, Sept. 1) titled "Conspiracy theorists." Kazak's article is a perfect example of the kind of journalism that's in vogue in this country -- all innuendo, no substance.

It's clear that Kazak believes the government's "official story" about 9-11, that Muslim fundamentalists, orchestrated by bin Laden, hijacked four planes with box-cutters, avoided the air defenses and flew the planes into the World Trade Center (WTC) and Pentagon.

While Kazak has a right to believe whatever far-fetched conspiracy theory he wants, as a journalist he has an obligation to be balanced in reporting the news.

Is it news that a growing number of people don't believe the government's "official story" about 9-11? You bet it is.

Is it news that the government's "official story" requires you to believe -- as it did with the "magic bullet" in the Kennedy assassination -- that the laws of physics were suspended? You bet it is.

Is it news that there's photographic evidence that the Pentagon was struck by a missile or Predator drone on 9-11, not flight 77? You bet it is.

Is it news that the 9-11 report was such a whitewash that it failed to mention: The FBI agents who were told to stop investigating the Saudis in flight schools; Building 7, the other skyscraper that fell that day; and Marvin Bush, the brother of George, who ran a company that managed security for the WTC, United and Dulles -- all of which were involved in 9-11? You bet it is.

Instead of writing a substantive piece about the unanswered questions surrounding 9-11, Kazak was content to write a fluff piece about Carol Brouillet and her "posse" of "conspiracy theorists." I challenge Mr. Kazak to a 9-11 debate. It's time to cut the innuendo and get down to the facts of the matter.

Dennis "Galen" Mitrzyk
Maclane Street
Palo Alto

Cheney's threat

Editor,

Playing at lying about your opponents is one thing, but to tell the American public that if we don't vote for the Bush ticket, we might die, is way out of line.

Or is Vice President Cheney admitting that the Bush folks really had something to do with hiring the Saudis on the 9-11 attack? Was this the "Pearl Harbor" that the Bush administration needed to start the attack against American freedoms and go after the Iraq oil fields?

Mr. Cheney -- the American public is not going to buy that if we vote you and Bush out, a Kerry presidency is going to bring on another attack.

Or do you have another surprise for us?

Donnasue Jacobi
Haight Street
Menlo Park

9-11 observations

Editor,

I read Dennis Mitrzyk's response (Weekly, Sept. 15) to Don Kazak's column (Sept. 1). People can believe whatever "theories" they want to believe about the Kennedy assassinations or 9-11, but there are now airport security video tapes showing two of the 19 hijackers going through "security."

Additionally, there are people in Washington, D.C. who saw the low-flying plane before it hit the Pentagon. If we are to believe the "missile theory," why was a missile fired? And where did it come from?

As someone who covered the Pentagon and now covers homeland security, I can attest that there were no missile batteries around the Pentagon on or before 9-11. Those who believe the president was responsible for killing more than 3,000 Americans are wrong. I am not a Bush supporter, but I find it highly unlikely that any U.S. president would order such an attack on his own country.

His 2000 election may be questionable, but he didn't order the 9-11 attack.

How were the laws of physics suspended in the Pentagon attack? If a missile hit the building, how come no one has come forward with this information? The Pentagon is not in a remote part of Virginia but located near a major freeway and well in sight of numerous office buildings. What photographic evidence exists that shows a missile or Predator Unmanned Aerial Vehicle hitting the Pentagon?

I am sure both the Washington Post and New York Times would pay dearly for these pictures, not to mention the Kerry campaign. Mr. Mitrzyk also states that a growing number of people don't believe the government's version of 9-11.

I doubt there are many that would go along with that statement. While there are a significant number of people who do question the lack of effort the government made to stop a terrorist attack, that doesn't mean 9-11 was a government conspiracy.

These kinds of "theories" belong aside those still making their rounds in Muslim countries, that Israel was responsible for the Twin Towers attack. As that "theory" goes, that is why so many Jews stayed home on 9-11.

But as I said above, people can believe what they want. That's why the Flat Earth Society continues to exist.

Geoff S. Fein
Senior writer, Homeland Defense & Security Monitor
Washington D.C.

More on 9-11

Editor,

I write regarding the question of U.S. complicity in 9-11, the subject of recent writings by Don Kazak (Our Town, Sept. 1) and Carol Brouillet (ReaderWire, Sept. 10). Brouillet, representing a growing movement, is an activist who espouses U.S. complicity. Kazak evidently disagrees, labeling Brouillet a "conspiracy theorist" and calling some her arguments "far-fetched, to put it mildly."

When first presented with this possibility, my immediate reaction was like Kazak's. In researching it, however, I now have serious concerns that the U.S. may, in fact, have been involved. Looking back now, I realize I could only have arrived at this after studying, in detail, the arguments put forth by the best independent researchers of 9-11 for example, Michael Ruppert, Barrie Zwicker and Paul Thompson.

This is because the basis for complicity lies in an in-depth understanding of the events on 9-11 -- a level impossible to obtain solely through traditional explanations put forth by the government, major American media, as well as the recently concluded Independent Commission.

I urge the reader to research this question. Our government has curtailed our civil liberties and waged war in response to 9-11. All signs suggest that this will continue.

I would hate for us to look back on this years from now, only then realizing it was based on a lie.

Frank Freedman
De Rose Way
San Jose

September 17, 2004

I received an article by Webster Griffin Tarpley entitled Putin Exposes US-UK Terror Strategy Behind School Atrocity; Russian Press Blasts Anglo-Saxon Terrorist Controllers. Sadly the recent terror attacks fall into a much larger pattern.

September 14, 2004

My efforts to get a 9-11 Truth Movement article into the mainstream press have failed, so I posted it here.

Recently, I received a call from an activist who want to get Deception Dollars out to the "Vote for Change" concerts- Here's his appeal-

EXPOSE THE 9-11 COVERUP!!!!
HELP ORGANIZE LEAFLETTERS OF DECEPTION DOLLARS AT 36 MOVEON SPONSORED CONCERTS 10/1-10/14!

Why? If 49% of New York City residents believe Bush knew, and mainstream institutions are too cowardly to cover the issue with integrity, word of mouth,including the Internet, is more powerful than ever. People don't like it when they find out major institutions are bankrupt. Even if you can't attend any concerts, you can still help!

HELP IS NEEDED IN THE FOLLOWING WAYS:

1. Go to one or more concerts, pick up deception dollars, and give them out to people tailgating waiting for the concert, on the way in, while in the concerts, on the way out of the concerts, and ,most importantly, while people are in grid-lock leaving the site.

2. Be a contact person for a concert. Those who have a cell phone, a car, and a way of proving you're acting in good faith, can be sent large numbers of deception dollars to give to the people described in #1 above. We might have more than 1 contact person per event.

3. Help organize this nationally. I have no computer at home, and Carol has little extra time. We need people who have good phone and computer access.

4. Help pay for printing and shipping of deception dollars. Help find people who can help pay for deception dollars.

5. Help interface with Moveon. We don't require access to venues, and leafletting without vending should be legal, but it's always nice to make things as clear as possible.

6. Help design a concise memo on effective leafletting. Maybe one already exists.

Dave Slesinger 410-788-8015, dslesinger@alum.mit.edu

We found enough Deception Dollars for the concerts- we just need volunteers/someone to coordinate distribution. Gabriel day will try to get in touch with Concert organizers, and officially table at these events.

I also just received another phone call from a journalist who is very concerned about the next Phase in the War of Terrorism against us in the United States. She wrote an article entitled-The Public Extermination Project. I've been getting lots of articles from numerous sources concerning the next "wave of attacks" and I still think that the best way to prevent them is to cast as much light, as soon as possible upon the real terrorists occupying the White House.

September 12, 2004
I attended the premiere of Barrie Zwicker's excellent new documentary The Great Conspiracy- The 9-11 News Story You Never Saw at the Film Festival in Marin Friday night which was well attended. Early Saturday morning, September 11, 2004, I set up the table in Speedway Meadow and hurried to the rally at the Panhandle. I just posted an article entitled "Report on the 9-11 Rally, March/Parade to the 6th Annual 9-11 Power to the Peaceful Concert" at Indymedia, which had posted one photo of the march arriving at the 6th Annual 9-11 Power to the Peaceful Concert.

September 9, 2004
Despite the failures of the mainstream press, the 9-11 truth movement is growing by leaps and bounds, and we are producing so much media of our own, and events, that I can't even begin to list them all. Thank goodness for the calendar at 911truth.org A new 9-11 Internet Radio website is being launched in London by Simon from Thought Crime News at http://www.911TruthRadio.com.

I also stopped by the Palo Alto Weekly, again, today, to complain and spoke with Don Kazak who told me that they would run my letter (with an additional explanatory paragraph from the first letter I wrote) this Friday (did get printed see-9-11 Questions). I hope so. I picked up the San Francisco Bay Guardian today, they had placed our previous full page ads on page two, but this time, it was well buried on page 27 and has been posted as a pdf on many a website) ; I hope it has some effect. I also got an email from a friend alerting me that indymedia did post our march in its headlines section- which does make me feel a bit better. I wish I could do more and was more effective, but I have to content myself with the knowledge that at least I try and have "had some effect," perhaps as much impact as a butterfly's wings...

I was delighted to also receive a copy of GNN's new book True Lies, which is quite good. The cover features our new Media Deception dollar (the original). I was glad that they open with one of the key points that I've been trying to make for so many years, which they didn't include in the film- Aftermath- the breakfast meeting between Goss, Graham and Mahmoud Ahmad. When I met Anthony Lappe, he seemed to think it somewhat trivial..., but that was well over a year ago, perhaps they've changed their minds. Back to work.

September 8, 2004
The last few day have been very hot and torturous; I'm infuriated by the press. The Palo Alto Weekly did a column about me last week entitled Conspiracy Theorists. I visited their office and complained and they gave me 350 words to respond (initially I wrote 700 words). So I honed it down to 350-

We demanded a Congressional Investigation of 9-11.

Bush, Cheney, asked for a limited “Inquiry,” overseen by the CIA, Senator Bob Graham, and Congressman Porter Goss.

Graham and Goss breakfasted on September 11th with "the money man behind 9-11," (Lt. General Mahmoud Ahmad, head of Pakistani’s ISI, who had $100,000 wired to Mohammed Atta, identified by the FBI as the lead hijacker in the attacks.) Kissinger was chosen to head the 9-11 “Cover-Up” Commission.

The Administration lied about 9-11, destroyed evidence, and used 9-11 to justify wars, attack our Constitution, and Rights.

I organized the SF International Inquiry into 9-11, helped with the Toronto Inquiry, and am part of a global movement.

A Zogby poll found half (49.3%) of NY City residents and 41% of NY citizens say some leaders "knew in advance that attacks were planned on or around September 11th and consciously failed to act."

Our questions-

Why was the “money man behind 9-11,” meeting with officials from September 4th through September 13th?

Why did the Administration seek Pakistan's ‘cooperation' in the "war on terrorism," when the ISI was financing and abetting the 9-11 terrorists?

Why did the military fail to intercept the hijacked planes on September 11th, in violation of standard operating procedures?

Why did Bush, Rumsfeld, and Myers react so bizarrely to news of the attack, carrying on as if nothing unusual was occurring?

Why were those responsible for the military failure on 9-11 rewarded with promotions and increased budgets?

We marched against "The Global Police State"- H.R. 4104, The Intelligence Transformation Act, co-sponsored by Eshoo. Mirroring the PATRIOT Act, Homeland Security, this legislation, which may combine the worst aspects of the SS, KGB, and CIA, is being rushed through Congress.

The Project for a New American Century (neo-cons occupying office) stated their desire for imperial world hegemony, and said “the process of transformation is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event ­like a New Pearl Harbor.”

The evidence screams “inside job.”

Our Wednesday march was small, but the NY march was enormous. The movement for truth, peace, and justice is growing.

Carol Brouillet
www.communitycurrency.org

Today, I saw that they did not publish my letter.

I've been sending out faxes, phoning the press, sending out emails to the press, trying to post on the San Francisco indymedia sites and feel like I've been banging my head against a wall. At least the San Francisco Bay Guardian should have our full page ad in it today. And the pdf of the ad was posted on www.911truth.org and a few other sites, but oh it is so hard to break this story and get out the most basic facts/information...there is so much resistance.

It was incredibly hot tabling in downtown Palo Alto, today and there were lots of arguments, but the highlights for me were the people from England and Chile who stopped by and understood and supported what I was doing. I feel like we are planting seeds; I feel optimistic that the truth will come out; I just hope we can get it out as soon as possible to stop the criminals in the White House and help humanity make a critical shift away from this war paradigm to healing and respecting all life.

Frustrated by indymedia, I posted two more articles- they refuse to headline any 9-11 news or our upcoming rally/march. http://www.indybay.org/news/2004/09/1694781.php and http://www.indybay.org/news/2004/09/1694814.php

September 2, 2004 An article entitled Conspiracy Theorists, appeared online Tuesday afternoon (and appeared in print Wednesday in our local paper), I immediately rushed off a 700 word response, before I had to prepare dinner, take Daniel to soccer practice, and get to San Francisco for Mike Ruppert's address to the Commonwealth Club, later we went out for food. Gypsy and I hope to place another full page ad in the Guardian or SFWeekly on 9-11, and hopefully, we can work with Mike's publicist, as the speech and book should be groundbreaking.

We knew before that they were lying and covering it up, but now we know a bit more about how they pulled it off, and who the major players were. The key points in Mike's book-

1. I will name Richard Cheney as the prime suspect in the mass murders of 9/11 and will establish that, not only was he a planner in the attacks, but also that on the day of the attacks he was running a completely separate Command, Control and Communications system which was superceding any orders being issued by the NMCC [National Military Command Center], or the White House Situation Room.

2. I will establish conclusively that in May of 2001, by presidential order, Richard Cheney was put in direct command and control of all wargame and field exercise training and scheduling through several agencies, especially FEMA. This also extended to all of the conflicting and overlapping NORAD drills on that day.

3. I will also demonstrate that the TRIPOD II exercise being set up on Sept. 10th in Manhattan was directly connected to Cheney's role.

4. I will also prove conclusively that a number of public officials, at the national and New York City levels, including then Mayor Rudolph Giuliani, were aware that Flight 175 was en route to lower Manhattan for 20 minutes and did nothing to order the evacuation of or warn the occupants of the South Tower. One military officer was forced to leave his post in the middle of the attacks and place a private call to his brother -- who worked at the WTC -- warning him to get out. That was because no other part of the system was taking action.

5. I will also show that the Israeli and British governments acted as partners with the highest levels of the American government to help in the preparation and, very possibly, the actual execution of the attacks."

The next day, after the Listening Project, I visited the office of the Palo Alto Weekly and spoke with a very nice editor. They gave me 350 words to respond to the article and said they might want more in two or three weeks. Hard to hone down 700 words into 350- I was so tired- but this is what I wrote-

We demanded a Congressional Investigation of 9-11.

Bush, Cheney, asked for a limited “Inquiry,” overseen by the CIA, Senator Bob Graham, and Congressman Porter Goss.

Graham and Goss breakfasted on September 11th with "the money man behind 9-11," (Lt. General Mahmoud Ahmad, head of Pakistani’s ISI, who had $100,000 wired to Mohammed Atta, identified by the FBI as the lead hijacker in the attacks.) Kissinger was chosen to head the 9-11 “Cover-Up” Commission.

The Administration lied about 9-11, destroyed evidence, and used 9-11 to justify wars, attack our Constitution, and Rights.

I organized the SF International Inquiry into 9-11, helped with the Toronto Inquiry, and am part of a global movement.

A Zogby poll found half (49.3%) of NY City residents and 41% of NY citizens say some leaders "knew in advance that attacks were planned on or around September 11th and consciously failed to act."

Our questions-

Why was the “money man behind 9-11,” meeting with officials from September 4th through September 13th?

Why did the Administration seek Pakistan's ‘cooperation' in the "war on terrorism," when the ISI was financing and abetting the 9-11 terrorists?

Why did the military fail to intercept the hijacked planes on September 11th, in violation of standard operating procedures?

Why did Bush, Rumsfeld, and Myers react so bizarrely to news of the attack, carrying on as if nothing unusual was occurring?

Why were those responsible for the military failure on 9-11 rewarded with promotions and increased budgets?

We marched against "The Global Police State"- H.R. 4104, The Intelligence Transformation Act, co-sponsored by Eshoo. Mirroring the PATRIOT Act, Homeland Security, this legislation, which may combine the worst aspects of the SS, KGB, and CIA, is being rushed through Congress.

The Project for a New American Century (neo-cons occupying office) stated their desire for imperial world hegemony, and said “the process of transformation is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event ­like a New Pearl Harbor.”

The evidence screams “inside job.”

Our Wednesday march was small, but the NY march was enormous. The movement for truth, peace, and justice is growing.

Carol Brouillet
www.communitycurrency.org

August 30, 2004-Later Big news from the East Coast! Zogby Polls show half of the New York City residents believe the government consciously "let 9-11 happen." See www.911truth.org for details. I also received a letter from my Congresswoman Anna Eshoo-

August 27,2004

Dear Ms. Brouillet,

Thank you for coming to the Palo Alto office on August 25th to express your views on the 9-11 Commission and its report. I always welcome the perspectives and ideas of my constituents and I take them seriously.

I do take issue with your complaint that I haven’t been responsive to you. For almost twelve years I’m proud of the fact that I’ve responded to each and every inquiry from my constituents throughout the 14th Congressional District in a timely manner, and never doing ‘canned’ mail.

What is particularly surprising to me about your complaint is that this letter is the 119th correspondence you have received from me over the years.

On the issue of what you believe about the events of September 11th, 2001, I respectfully disagree. I do not believe that the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon were orchestrated by the U.S. government or Congressman Porter Goss. I visited the wreckage at the Pentagon myself within hours of the attack and I can personally confirm that it was an aircraft, not a cruise missile that hit the building, killing and wounding so many.

On the issue of the 9-11 Commission, I think the Commission provided an invaluable service to our nation. Their bipartisan, unanimous report on the investigation of the attack on our country is thorough, identifies failures and recommends necessary reforms. The American people have been served well by the Commission, which never have happened were it not for the families of the victims of September 11th.

I’m a co-sponsor of H.R. 4104 the Intelligence Transformation Act of 2004, because the tragic failures of 9-11 which the Commission exposed must be the basis for concrete reforms to help ensure that such disasters are averted in the future. A Director of National Intelligence with real budget authority over the intelligence community will bring accountability from one person to the intelligence community. It’s a good bill and I welcome other reform ideas as well.

I appreciate hearing from you and ask that you continue to inform me on issues you care about.

Sincerely,

Anna G. Eshoo Member of Congress

I had to write a response-

August 30, 2004

Dear Congresswoman Eshoo,

I appreciate your response to my August 25th Rally/March on your office, with the media at my back, although I had hoped you would have responded sooner, since your staff knew we would be visitng your office that day.

I have visited your office with the press and marches behind me on other occasions, since I have been demonstrating, publicly, weekly, in Downtown Palo Alto, for almost three years; I have made a point of visiting your office regularly to bring you information, books, videos, invitations to your staff to attend the educational events we have organized over the years. I have also been trying to meet with you for over two years without success. There has been no acknowledgement of the materials, information, I have given you during this time, nor have you responded in a significant way to the questions we have raised nor our demands.

I do acknowledge that I do get emails and letters from you on a variety of issues, and it was an email from you on the issue that most concerns me which prompted me to organize the most recent rally and march on your office.

You wrote: “I do not believe that the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon were orchestrated by the U.S. government or Porter Goss. I visited the wreckage myself within hours of the attack and I can personally confirm that it was an aircraft, not a missile that hit the building, killing and wounding so many.”

But you did not answer these questions that I have been trying to raise for three years-

Why was the “money man behind 9-11,” (who had $100,000 sent to Mohammed Atta- identified by the FBI as the lead pilot in the attacks), head of Pakistan’s I.S.I (Inter-Services Intelligence Agency)., Lt. General Mahmoud Ahmad, meeting with top U.S. officials from September 4th through September 13th? (Porter Goss and Bob Graham met with Ahmad on the morning of September 11th and headed the official 9-11 Inquiry)

Why did the Bush Administration seek Pakistan's ‘cooperation' in the "war on terrorism," despite the fact that the ISI was financing and abetting the 9-11 terrorists? (It’s like "asking Al Capone to help in going after organized crime.")

Why did the military fail to intercept the hijacked planes on September 11th, in violation of the most standard operating procedures?

Why did officials react in such a bizarre manner to news of the attack, with Bush, Rumsfeld, and Myers carrying on as if nothing unusual was occurring?

Why were the men most responsible for the military failure on 9-11 rewarded with promotions and increased budgets?

Who was in charge of coordinating the multiple War Games on September 11th? Why did Brigadier General Winfield, Deputy Director for Operations at the National Military Command Center, ask a junior officer, Navy Captain Charles J. Leidig, Jr., on September 10th, to stand his watch on September 11th from 8:30- 10:30 AM, and where did he go during that time, when by 8:30AM it was clear that planes had been hijacked?

These are very specific questions neither you nor the 9-11 Inquiry nor the 9-11 Commission addressed fully. If you will recall, Bush and Cheney wanted to limit the investigation and the parameters were very narrow- they simply assume the official narrative is true, without substantiating it with solid evidence; they conveniently omit, mislead, manipulate the story to justify the abominable PATRIOT Act, Homeland Security, the proposed changes in the military/intelligence agencies which will increase the secrecy, unaccountability of government, while allowing them to spy on everyone and take drastic, deadly actions against anyone they choose to label “a threat.”

I am not alone in my concerns. Today a Zogby Poll revealed that “On the eve of the Republican National Convention, half (50%) of New York City residents and 41% of New York citizens overall say that some US leaders "knew in advance that attacks were planned on or around September 11, 2001, and that they consciously failed to act.". The poll of New York residents was conducted from Tuesday August 24 through Thursday August 26, 2004. Overall results have a margin of sampling error of +/-3.5.

The poll is the first of its kind conducted in America that surveys attitudes regarding US government complicity in the 9/11 tragedy. Despite the acute legal and political implications of this accusation, nearly 30% of registered Republicans and over 38% of those who described themselves as "very conservative" supported the claim.

Less than two in four (36%) believe that the 9/11 Commission had "answered all the important questions about what actually happened on September 11th," and two in three (66%) New Yorkers (and 56.2% overall) called for another full investigation of the "still unanswered questions" by Congress or Elliot Spitzer, New York's Attorney General. Self-identified "very liberal" New Yorkers supported a new inquiry by a margin of three to one, but so did half (53%) of "very conservative" citizens across the state.

I am not a Zogby employee, but I have been questioning the public about 9-11 in Downtown Palo Alto for three years at my weekly "Listening Project," and I have found great support amongst the public for my work, and the questions that we raised when we first marched Demanding a Congressional Investigation of 9-11 in January 2002..

You wrote: “On the issue of the 9-11 Commission, I think the Commission provided an invaluable service to our nation. Their bipartisan, unanimous report on the investigation of the attacks on our country is thorough, identifies failures and recommends necessary reforms. The American people have been served well by the Commission, which would never have happened were it not for the families of the victims of September 11th.”

I and others disagree, and feel that this is the worst whitewash/cover-up in American history. The 9-11 Omissions Dossier- A Compendium of Unanswered Questions, Neglected Issues, Distortions and Discrepancies from the Kean Commission Report will be presented at public hearings in New York City on Sept. 9, 2004 and at a Town Hall Meeting at the Manhattan Center Ballroom on Sept. 11, 2004 (see http://www.911truth.org/dossier/dossier0.html for the latest beta version). A copy of the rough draft was presented to your office prior to our march.

You wrote: I’m a co-sponsor of H.R. 4104, the Intelligence Transformation Act of 2004, because the tragic failures of 9-11 which the Commission exposed must be the basis for concrete reforms to help ensure that such disasters are averted in the future. A Director of National Intelligence with real budgetary authority over the intelligence community will bring accountability from one person to the intelligence community. It’s a good bill and I welcome other reform ideas as well."

I believe that the Project for a New American Century was quite explicit in stating that, they believed that-

“America has a vital role in maintaining peace and security in Europe, Asia, and the Middle East.

we need to increase defense spending significantly if we are to carry out our global responsibilities today and modernize our armed forces for the future;

we need to strengthen our ties to democratic allies and to challenge regimes hostile to our interests and values; we need to promote the cause of political and economic freedom abroad;

we need to accept responsibility for America's unique role in preserving and extending an international order friendly to our security, our prosperity, and our principles.

…”Further, the process of transformation is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event – like a New Pearl Harbor.”

The military “transformation” that PNAC called for required a “9-11,” in order to pass the PATRIOT Act, Homeland Security, and your Intelligence Transformation Act.

I ask you- Does this really serve the interests of the American people? Or does this serve a corporate elite that profit from wars, and securing the world’s resources for the benefit of multinational corporations?

I truly believe that if the United States wanted to stop terrorism, it could, overnight, and save money, as well- just by stopping to fund terrorists, closing the Western Hemisphere Institute for Security Cooperation (School of the Americas) where, for decades, the worst abusers of human rights have been taught how to torture and terrorize people. The US is the world’s #1 bully that uses force, terror, sanctions to force other nations to concede to its will.

When I ask the public what they think/feel about the attacks on September 11, 2004, and how we might defuse terrorism, and how we can create a safer, better world for our children, and all children; I get some excellent responses. Most people believe that violence begets violence. The simplest thing the US could do to achieve true security for itself, and the world, would be to stop bullying and threatening the world with violence, and begin treating other countries with respect.

That means we should not bomb, invade, terrorize other nations; we should not interfere with their governance through covert or overt means. We should not aid and abet multinational corporations to steal their resources, and exploit their people. We should honor and respect the rights of all people, and honor and respect the Constitution, and the Bill of Rights, not trash them or allow them to be trashed, as Hitler trashed democracy in Germany in the wake of the Reichstag Fire- when he forced The Enabling Act (a mirror to the PATRIOT Act) upon Germany. That is the greatest historical parallel to our own time.

Do you realize that Prescott Bush, the current President’s grandfather, was convicted under the Trading with the Enemy’s Act, and was a major financier of Hitler? The Nazis were not defeated; they moved to the US and were absorbed into the CIA. Their dream/nightmare of global domination is being carried forward by those who seek to “transform” our “Republic” into an “Empire.”

Goss has already introduced legislation that expands the CIA’s ability to act within the US, and Bush has via Executive Order (the day after our march) increased the power of the CIA director. I am concerned that in order to maintain power, another “9-11” might be orchestrated; the “façade of democracy” cast aside in favor of blunt military rule. I am concerned out of my own love of life, for my children, for my family, for my friends, for my country, for my world.

I believe our greatest hope lies in getting out the truth about September 11th, holding the real culprits responsible. I believe that means asking and answering the hard questions; I believe that means impeachment. You are my Congressional Representative; I would hope that you would be our ally in the struggle for truth, justice and peace.

I will do all I can to oppose H.R.4104 which I term “the Global Police State” Legislation. I know how the CIA has assisted dictatorships throughout the world to assassinate, terrorize, crush dissent, and I don’t want them to be unleashed upon those of us in the US who challenge government or corporate policies. The PATRIOT Act has already allowed anyone to be labeled a "terrorist," and the "Counter-Terrorism" task forces aren't after "Al-Qaeda;" they are going after "Peace Fresno" and other non-violent peace activists.

Sincerely,
Carol Brouillet
Organizer of the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11, Phase One www.911inquiry.org

I posted both letters and a brief overview at http://www.indybay.org/news/2004/08/1693747.php

August 30, 2004
I need to get out press advisories today, as usual I am very busy, but I have been getting many queries about the documentary- In Plane Site from people who think it is great to people who think it is horrendous disinformation. I finally had a chance to see it, and while it does have some merits; I will not be promoting it, as I believe the flaws outweigh the few good points that it makes. The best review of the video that I've come across is posted at- www.darkprints.net/planesitereview.html.

I also was probably the last 9-11 activist to see Moore's film, Farenheit 9-11. Again- it does have some merits, but I will not be actively promoting the film which leaves out so much important stuff about 9-11. The most powerful part of the film for me (the best part), was seeing the black Congressional leaders standing up for the rights of voters and Gore denying them justice because no senator signed their complaint about the election fraud, the disenfranisement of thousands of voters (because he personally asked each senator not to sign- although I guess that part might not have made it into the film). It was also good to see the trouble the limo had on Inaugeration Day with so many protesters throwing eggs and objecting to the man who flagrantly stole the election- both episodes were grossly unreported in the mainstream press, and I think until the American people realize that they are being LIED to- there is not going to be serious change, but the people are beginning to wake up- as evidenced in New York, yesterday.

I did do reading/research this summer and would love to write it up, but probably won't have a chance until after September 11th- organizing takes priority.

August 29, 2004
Yesterday, my son, Daniel, turned 11, and both of us celebrated our birthday (the main reason that I didn't go to New York). Today (my mother's birthday), I went to San Francisco to raise banners, put up signs, table, leaflet and help with Solidarity Actions in support of the big protest against the Republican National Convention taking place in New York. Tikkun organized some street theatre at Justin Herman Plaza, we were a small, but colorful, lively crowd and had some press coverage.

Trying to catch up on email this evening, I received an important article from Webster Tarpley- Behind the Israeli Mole Affair: Point of Maximum Danger of War with Iran Approaching which I just posted. Webster Tarpley is most famous for his book The Unauthorized Biography of George H.W. Bush. Posted on the Internet, it is downloadable, but LENGTHY. On the streets, I find that most people have no knowledge of the Bush family's criminal history or Nazi Ties- one reason that we put on the Comedy Benefit- Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush- was simply to educate the public about this very subject with Take Back the Media's brilliant flash movie-Bush is Not a Nazi. I just posted a short overview article on this subject-The Bush Crime Family: Four Generations of Wall Street War-Making and War-Profiteering by Dr. Eric Karlstrom. I think I might make it into a pamphlet- to pass out tabling. For the most part, people still don't realize the mainstream media is lying much of the time, and they have no clue about the true history of the Bush family. Slowly, but surely, consciousness is being raised, but I'd like to help accelerate the process, as much as I can.

August 25, 2004
Yesterday, my friend, Gypsy, a great 9-11 activist, blew the whistle on Ben Veniste at a fancy luncheon in San Francisco. She said 9-11 was an inside job and addressed a number of issues the the 9-11 Commission completely failed to address before they hauled her away. She had been sitting next to the chief of police, at first she got some laughs, but later loud applause- fortunately it was all videotaped so we can show it on cable access.

Today, we had a rally/march in Palo Alto. I posted my report at Indymedia- Protesters Blow the Whistle in Palo Alto we had a small turnout (not too surprising for a weekday in August), but we did get some press and had a loud, lively, march. All in all, it was worth the effort!

August 19,2004
It has been a busy week!!!! I just posted a Blowing the Whistle on the 9-11 Commissioners- Report from Tuesday's Protest at the San Francisco Indymedia site. It also has the pdf files of the flyers we passed out at the protest- and need to pass out widely with the art/text from the Full Page Ad in the San Francisco Bay Guardian.

Yesterday, I did my usual "Listening Project" in Downtown Palo Alto and visited my Congresswoman's office to give her the latest 9-11 materials and warn them that we were planning to march on the office next week and expected some response to the questions we have raised publicly. This evening I sent her a letter.

Hopefully, people will come to the rally and march and we'll force more attention upon these issues. I sure could use some help with outreach, publicity, spreading the word, helping at the rally...

August 10, 2004
Organizing a protest of the 9-11 Cover-Up Commissioners, Gorton & Ben-Veniste, who will be coming to San Francisco to push for the "Global Police State, August 17th 5-7PM at the Fairmont Hotel- more details posted under events. A ton of organizing is going on with 9-11 events also being scheduled to happen in Santa Cruz, San Francisco & Marin on September 11th...will post details under Bay Area Events as they solidify.

August 6, 2004

Summer of Truth- San Francisco 9-11 Events being organized...

Details on the cut & paste flyer the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance will include in our handouts at the largest anti-war action this summer at Livermore Labs this Sunday (Books Not Bombs- see http://www.trivalleycares.org/".)

Front (minus graphics)-

Want a Global Security State?
Built for the same team that orchestrated 9-11 in their scheme for World Dominance?
H.R. 4104, the Intelligence Transformation Act is being rushed through Congress with the help of Bush, Kerry, The “9-11 Cover-Up Commission”… if you liked the SS, the KGB, the CIA, the PATRIOT Act, Homeland Security; you’ll LOVE it!
If not, Join us! Say-

No to The Police State!
No to War! No to Lies!
No State Sponsored Terrorism!
Stop the 9-11 Cover-Up!
Yes to Truth, Peace, Justice,
Repeal the PATRIOT Act!
Compassionate Impeachment!
Wednesday, August 25th, 2004, Rally in downtown Palo Alto at “Listening for a Change” between 11:00 AM and 1:00 PM. at Lytton Plaza, (University and Emerson.)
1:00 PM. March to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo’s office to show our opposition to the 9-11 Cover-Up and her committee’s H.R. 4104’s Police State Proposal.

Saturday, September 11th, 2004, Rally 10:00 AM in San Francisco in solidarity with people throughout the world join us in a Global Day of Action in support of the 9-11 Truth and Peace Movements. The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance will hold a rally against Lies, War, the Police State, & State Sponsored Terrorism, for Truth, Peace & Justice, Compassionate Impeachment at the Panhandle (between Oak and Fell at Ashbury),
10:15 AM march/parade up Ashbury to Haight Street through Golden Gate Park to Speedway Meadow (about two miles) to arrive at the
6th Annual 911 Power to the Peaceful Concert featuring Michael Franti & Spearhead
beginning at 11:00 AM, concert & social justice festival lasts until 5:00 PM and is free to all.
Music, Art, Humor, Endorsements welcome. To help/endorse (organizations or individuals) contact- Carol Brouillet, 9-11 Truth Alliance, P.O. 60511, Palo Alto, CA 94306, tel. 650-857-0927, cbrouillet@igc.org, www.communitycurrency.org, www.deceptiondollar.com, www.911truth.org, www.powertothepeaceful.org

On the backside, I posted a one page version of my article Bipartisan Push for the Global Security State.

August 1, 2004

Farenheit 9-11, the official 9/11 Whitewash Report came out while I was on vacation and out of the country. It's terrible to see the press, Bush, Kerry and Congress trying to ram through legislation which would help construct a new Global Security State- and earmark more money for their "Terrorism Task Force"- oops! "Counter-Terrorism Task-Force," but the Freudian slip (uttered by Kerry in one of his recent speeches) reveals the truth that Terror will continue to be wielded to control and crush dissent and opposition to our incredibly corrupt/criminal war-mongering power-holders.

I've missed my weekly demos/the Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto. I plan on starting them up again and putting my energies into producing more materials(DVDs/videos/flyers...), doing press work, and organizing more events- locally and helping with NY, if those guys can get their act together.

Fourth of July, 2004
I've taken a short vacation from my vacation to catch up on the news and write an article- Prime Suspect of the Largest Mass Murder in U.S. Nominated to Head C.I.A.. My hero, Chossudovsky, sent me a copy of his article Nominee to Head CIA has Dubious Links to Terror Network this morning; I almost decided not to write mine, but then thought "Redundancy isn't so bad- we need to get this information echoed out across the whole planet- so that they can't get away with this!!!!" I also decided to post the article I wrote for Global Outlook entitled Questioning 9-11, Loudly, Publicly- in San Francisco, Toronto and New York last May. Our best hope is still for as many people as possible to show courage, speak truth, and not let criminals run this country and the whole planet...

June 12, 2004
With the 9-11 Truth Movement growing by leaps and bounds, and so much bubbling up in the mainstream press, I no longer feel "as needed."... as last summer or the summer before when there just weren't that many of us out in the streets, making noise...So, I am finally taking a vacation; the kids (Jules is 15, Jeremy is 13, Daniel is 10) are out of school, and we will be gone the rest of June/July- visiting family, attending Boy Scout Camp in the Sierra Nevada Mountains, and (a true busman's holiday) I'm taking the kids with me tomorrow to Asilomar, Monterey for a 5 day Peace Conference where I plan to play with the kids, have fun, and raise important issues and dialogue with some politicians, activists... Almost all of the Deception Dollars have been shipped to distributers in New York, Ohio, Southern California, Santa Cruz who will handle the orders and take the weight off my shoulders. Over 4,500,000 are now in print- with over 3,400,000 in circulation. I think I've earned a vacation- and I really think the kids deserve more attention; this past school year has been so demanding of my time and energy, they were neglected.

June 6, 2004
Just sent out this press release:

Link to Phase Two- www.911inquiry.org

9/11 Truth Movement Urges Scrutiny of Official Terrorists

Toronto, May 25-31. Authors, researchers, activists, journalists, and people from around the world converged to participate in The International Citizens Inquiry into 9-11, Phase Two. The flaws in the official story, as well as evidence that the U.S. officials have lied about the events of September 11th, destroyed key evidence, have actively engaged in a cover-up, and appear to be the prime benefactors of the crime, has prompted the participants to alert the public that the criminals behind 9-11 are planning worse attacks.

Webster Tarpley, author of George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography (1992), [on the internet at www.tarpley.net.] spoke at length at both Inquiries (Phase One took place in San Francisco last March) about state sponsored terrorism, the psychological, philosophical, and chronological links from the Nazis to the neoconservative entourage in positions of power pushing The Project for a New American Century. (Full article at http://inn.globalfreepress.com/modules/news/article.php?storyid=355). Top government officials are the ones currently guaranteeing the next attacks, trying to terrorize Congress and the public into accepting their rule and submitting to their agenda, as their credibility and popularity plunge.

A former member of Canada's Pearson and Trudeau cabinets, founder of the Canadian Action Party, Paul Hellyer (photo link- http://911inquirytoronto.digitalstyledesigns.com/pages/Paul%20Hellier2_jpg.htm ) attended the Citizens Inquiry and condemned the official Inquiry as being very shallow and superficial and noted he would like to see someone in a position of authority ask questions about Bush and foreknowledge, and insist on getting answers. “We have to try and get the truth.”

Grandson of Admiral Husband E. Kimmel, the Commander-in-Chief of the Pacific Fleet who took the blame for the Pearl Harbor attack, Tom Kimmel spoke on the similarity between Pearl Harbor and 9-11. ( His article on the politics of the “National Commissions” is at http://usa.mediamonitors.net/content/view/full/6373/) Pearl Harbor was the pretext for the creation of the Central Intelligence Agency- supposedly to prevent future Pearl Harbors. While Tom refused to answer “Who was behind the 9-11 attacks?” the pattern he laid out prompted Carol Brouillet, organizer of San Francisco’s Phase One to say-

“9-11 appears to be the pretext for the creation of Homeland Security- and a new “Global Security State”- supposedly to prevent future 9-11s. The “terrorist threat” is the perfect tool to advance corporate globalization and relabel anyone that opposes corporate or government policies anywhere in the world “a terrorist.” The real terrorists are the current cabal occupying the White House using 9-11 to launch wars against the constitution, the Bill of Rights, Afghanistan, Iraq, the vast majority of humanity who cherish peace, freedom and life.”

Financial analyst Robert McHugh noted in his May 30th forecast (www.safehaven.com/article-1597.htm)-

“the Federal Reserve has confirmed our Stock Market Crash forecast by raising the Money Supply (M-3) by crisis proportions, up another 46.8 billion this past week. What awful calamity do they see? Something is up. This is unprecedented, unheard-of pre-catastrophe M-3 expansion. M-3 is up an amount that we've never seen before without a crisis - $155 billion over the past 4 weeks, a $2.0 trillion annualized pace, a 22.2 percent annualized rate of growth!!! There must be a crisis of historic proportions coming, and the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States is making sure that there is enough liquidity in place to protect our nation's fragile financial system. The amazing thing is, the Fed's actions mean they know what is about to happen. They are aware of a terrible, horrific imminent event. What could it be?

One can draw no other conclusion except that the Fed is acting irresponsibly in its managing the money supply, in fulfilling its duty to "maintain a stable currency." I reject the notion that the Fed is acting irresponsibly. No, something is up, bigger than we have ever seen in the history of the United States.”

There were many financial indicators that "insiders" profited from their foreknowledge of the 9-11 attacks. The 9/11 Truth Movement raises the questions- Who benefited? Who had the ability to commit, carry out, and cover-up the crimes? Organizer of the Toronto Inquiry Director Barrie Zwicker stated-

"If we want to learn the truth about 9/11, we will have to find it for ourselves."

Carol Brouillet, U.S. citizen, adds "Our best hope of preventing another attack is by exposing the truth about 9/11 and holding those responsible accountable; it is up to us to rein in a criminal government."

End of Press Release-----------------------

We also printed a million more Deception Dollars last week- including 250,000 Media Deception Dollars.

Finally, International ANSWER allowed a 9-11 Truth Alliance speaker (Frank Runninghorse to speak at an anti-war rally yesterday, June 5, 2004, in San Francisco; we distributed lots of posters, new 9/11 cards and the new Deception Dollars

May 23, 2004
With the "official Commission" hearings in New York last week, it seemed the ripe time to do a Press Conference and draw attention to the "Cover-Up Commission," results from our Inquiry, and draw attention to Phase Two. I also sent out the updated directory of participants, a two page report on Phase One, and organized a media strategy meeting to precede our usual 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting which drew 40 people.
Unfortunately, not too many people like writing press advisories, calling the press, doing the very difficult work of getting the media's attention and coverage. Our only real coup out of all the work of pulling together the May 20th press conference was with the San Francisco Bay Guardian, who put a reporter on the story, Liam O'Donoghue. Fortunately, Liam was a young enthusiastic guy who has really plunged into studying 9-11. He even posted my press release for me on the local Indymedia websites. I think he will probably write a good article; I just don't know how much will be able to get by the editorial gatekeepers. Our Press Conference did go quite well and was filmed for local cable access television stations and the footage will be useful for our growing flock of documentary filmmakers who are working on innumerable documentaries on 9-11. Tom Pattinson, who has been attending our meetings and has a rather unique background-


* UC Berkeley, BA, Political Science, 1965.
* Owns his own estate planning company.
* Former Air Defense officer with a top-secret clearance. Was a tactical director for four missile batteries with nuclear weapons.
* Lives in San Rafael, CA married with one daughter.
* Writer and poet.

He was our speaker on the failure of the military defenses on 9/11. He has spoken to pilots about the impossibility of the failure of the defenses that day.
I posted my opening remarks at Portland Indymedia-9-11 Scam Continues-9/11 Truth Movement grows. Ken Jenkins spoke on the psychological barriers to 9/11, Joyce Lynn spoke on the Cover-Up Commission, Riva Enteen addressed Impeachment, Don Paul spoke on the financing of 9/11, Pat Gray, Green Party Candidate, stated the Green Party's position, blasting the official Commission and demanding a genuine independent investigation, listing 10 key questions to be addressed. Paul Cox, a spokesperson for Veteran's for Peace, who helped tremendously in sponsoring our events at the War Memorial and Veteran's Building also amplified the need to explore further the questions we have tried to raise publicly.

In addition to the Press Conference, other speaking events in SF, the weekly demos, I have been trying to organize the next printing, distribution of another million Deception Dollars and a new Media Deception Dollar. There is great demand for them and we're almost completely out of edition #6. I just hope Blaine can finish the art today, in time to get proofs approved and shipping organized before I leave for Toronto Wednesday. The Media Deception Dollar should be useful in exposing the major media lies and also timely in promoting the new documentary- The Corporation which premiers in June in the U.S. and has broken Box Office records in Canada for documentaries. It is a damning look at the history, behavior of Corporations, and has some choice segments on a court ruling that "News Corporations have the right to LIE to the public," and how certain people made a fortune from the 9/11 attacks and the bombing of Iraq. We've also added "The New Pearl Harbour" to the back of the Deception Dollar to help promote the new book by David Griffin which should help the 9/11 Truth Movement win over and join forces with the Peace Movement.
Our real problem is time. Blaine is overwhelmed with work. Ken Jenkins is overwhelmed with editing the documentary for Canada on highlights of our Inquiry (and hasn't had time to finish editing our comedy/benefit- Behind Every Terrorist -There is a Bush, and other stuff).

April 30, 2004
New videos have been posted at Snowshoe Films of Ellen Mariani and Phil Berg. Nico Haupt has been doing the best job trying to keep up on news of the 9-11 activists- his latest is posted at- http://inn.globalfreepress.com/modules/news/index.php?storytopic=4&storynum=10 Earlier postings at http://inn.globalfreepress.com/modules/news/article.php?storyid=2-his blog- http://911skeptics.blogspot.com . Blaine just moved to Toronto and has been working on the www.911inquiry.org which is why he hasn't been posting his usual excellent 9-11 movement info at DeceptionDollar.com. I just hope Toronto can spare him enough time to do the art for the new issue#7 of the Deception Dollar and the new Media Deception Dollar which also needs a website... The Green Party, and even KPFA's Dennis Bernstein are suddenly going public with their support for the 9-11 Truth Movement. Better to march at the front of the parade, than get trampled...

April 27, 2004
I just posted a link to more photos and the text of Liz Gould's and Paul Fitzgerald's talks at the Inquiry. Although the Administration seems like it is in full damage control mode, I am hopeful that opposition is deep and widespread enough that "we shall overcome." The question is "when" and "how." Ed Asner came out with a public statement in support of the 9-11 movement, despite the diversity of opinions on the physical evidence, there does seem to be a growing consensus that the Administration is lying and cannot be believed.

April 24,2004
There have been a number of 9-11 events over the past two weeks in San Francisco. The Administration is feeling the heat and conceding to speak with the "Commission." I just posted Joyce Lynn's great talk- "THE 9/11 COVER-UP COMMISSION: How the Foxes are Guarding the Chicken Coop. We are plotting another meeting/march on elected officials to add to the heat. An interesting development is "CNN" turning on FOX for risking the "credibility of the press" with their bluntly pro-American/Bush war mongering; of course the pro-war CNN- who has been picketed weekly for years now for their pro-war coverage and censorship looks meek next to FOX. However, I think it is time to blow the lid off the Corporate Press and we are coming up with a new version of the Deception Dollar with the media front and center flanked by the token politicians- Bush/Cheney; I think it will be popular. The first radio programs have been broadcast and are downloadable through the T.U.C. Radio website. Documentary films and broadcast quality tapes of the Inquiry have been produced, streamed from the internet, shown in various cities, and in the works. I still haven't had a chance to listen to, read, watch all the films, talks,books, papers that were presented at the Inquiry, to produce a final report, and am also planning to send out the updated Directory of Participants when I have a chance. At least, I don't feel as stressed as before the Inquiry, and have even found time to play again with my kids.

April 12, 2004

So much is happening, I can't keep up with it all. I'm struggling just to update what happened at the SF International Inquiry into 9-11 Phase One and preparing to give public talks tomorrow and this weekend. I just found video highlights of the Inquiry posted at- http://www.radiofreeamerica.tv/video/2004-04-02/group.swf. I've also posted a few texts of talks given at the inquiry, my own on the historical overview of the 9-11 Truth Movement, "Where We are Now"- Barrie Zwicker's Opening remarks, Gray Brechin's talk The Great Endarkenment, and Bruce Gagnon's talk on Blueprints for World Domination. I still haven't had a chance to hear all the audio, myself, although it is fun to try. Maria Gilardin taped everything and the tapes can be ordered through her website- www.tucradio.org.
I also had to work on my taxes, as well as figuring out the finances for the Inquiry. The Herbst charged us much less than I had anticipated- even returning the $5400 that I had paid for broadcasting rights!!! I think we only lost about $7000 and that the event actually only cost $28000- it is always hard to calculate because of all the deposits and the monies that come back from the Performance Bond that the City of San Francisco requires. Certainly, the event was well worth all the time and effort. We also did receive donations from books/videos/Deception Dollars which made up for much of the $7000 we lost; at least we are not in debt- and will have enough money to print the next issue of Deception Dollars, later this month.

April ?, 2004
Our International Inquiry into 9-11 was a great success. Mainstream coverage is posted at Deception Dollar News. We did get broadcasting rights and hope to get the audio and video out to radio,television, and internet sites- to disseminate to as wide an audience as possible. I'm still trying to catch up on all the bills, paperwork, the directory of participants, and figuring out how to get all the transcripts/speeches/info up on our website. We had about 150 Inquiry participants (including speakers), 20 press, and tickets sold to the general public were-
3/26 - 174 sold
3/27 - 358 sold
3/28 - 229 sold
and I'm sure a large number of people just sneaked in for free. I would guess offhand that we lost between 15,000 and 10,000 on the event- our Deception Dollar printing fund, basically, but we still have some Deception Dollars left- so we will manage. I think people felt it was a historic event, and helped raise the visibility of the issue and the movement to a much higher level and much good will come from it- certainly a tremendous rise in consciousness. So many people contributed in so many ways. My heartfelt thanks to all who came and supported our efforts. We do need film editors to work with the tremendous amount of footage recorded, and if you want to help us get this onto radio, television, the internet- pleaase contact me.

February 29, 2004

I've been working for weeks on the program for the www.911inquiry.org. It's still not finished, but I have enough to post an outline, and start getting out press advisories. People need to get their Registration forms in, so that I can also book rooms and get the directory compiled and mailed out. So many details to attend to. I need a volunteer director, and am working on getting broadcasting rights for the major presentations in the Herbst. I sure could use help with fundraising- I'm shy about asking, but we're really needing cash to pull this off. We have the major stuff covered- but we could do so much more, if people would just pay the money they owe me! And a few healthy donations would sure help for the big ads we hoped to put in the paper and getting broadcating rights- so the Inquiry could go out on television stations everywhere and internet broadcast sites, and we could make dvds, too...

February 26, 2004

My computer died a couple of weeks ago, luckily my husband was able to revive it, so I can finally update this. I went to Canada last weekend to meet with the Toronto Inquiry group- which was very helpful, productive, and we'll be working together on both Inquiries.
More speakers have come forward and many of us are trying to finalize the program to post on the various websites, but with 21 hours of "program"- it is very complex , and it needs to have some flexibility, as new information is always coming forward. I don't know which date next week's Oakland meeting will be- the traditional Thursday is unavailable. Ken is working on the edit for the "Behind Every Terrorist - There is a Bush" comedy benefit video. I hope we have it done, in time for the March 20th anti-war rally.
At this point, I want to urge ALL 9-11 activists who plan on coming to the SF Inquiry to register- I need the info/data for logistical reasons- especially if they want rooms. And if you are coming from out of state- get your air tickets reserved, purchased before the fares go up.
I did receive a supportive letter from the victim's families. On the week of the Inquiry, there will be 4 hearings in DC by the Whitewash Commission, which should draw some attention to 9-11 and the shortcomings of the "Official Commission" and hopefully draw more attention to the questions we believe need to be addressed.

February 5, 2004

Our two benefit shows- Behind Every Terrorist - There is a Bush were both successes, although we didn't sellout or raise lots of money. We did have fun, the audiences enjoyed the show. We got lots of press- including this piece in the local paper- http://www.paweekly.com/weekly/morgue/2004/2004_01_30.bush30.shtml and a good write-up in the San Francisco Bay Guardian- http://www.sfbg.com/38/18/x_8days.html. We also filmed the second showing which is well on its way to being produced into a video for 9-11 activists and anti-Bush fans everywhere. If you want a copy send $20 (write check to- Veteran's for Peace) and mail it to me- Carol Brouillet, P.O. Box 60511, Palo Alto, CA 94306- that would help with production costs and help us finance the International Inquiry into 9-11.

January 16, 2004

The posters and handbills have been printed and are being posted, passed out, mailed. I've been super busy. The last 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting was attended by only 8 people. Fortunately people who "do" things don't necessarily go to meetings and quite a few people are actively helping to promote the event. There is a different humorous Bush bashing type of event Sunday in Berkeley which is in a Theatre that holds 3500 people and it is sold out! I hope our events will attract full houses; the story is starting to break now.

January 5, 2004

Just got back from the seasonal visit to Canada (that's why the phone answering machine and email weren't optimally working the past two weeks).

Unfortunately, Blaine has been dealing with a family tragedy and the artwork for our benefit/website/handouts isn't done.

Fortunately, we can add more people, sponsors to the materials now. The San Francisco Bay Guardian will sponsor both events, and Phil Berg and Ellen Mariani will be speaking at the Inquiry. Ellen lost her husband in 9-11 and launched a RICO suit against the government. They have quite a case to make and hopefully the Inquiry will provide not only a good public forum for them, but we'll be able to attract more witnesses, evidence to help their case and help all of us put the pieces together. Blaine has created a more visually engaging webpage than mine at-www.deceptiondollar.com/Inquiry911.htm

I also heard from the organizers of http://www.onedancesummit.org/ One Dance Summit, roughly coinciding with the World Social Forum-

We think the world of you.
What do you think of your world?


We believe in the people's power to move mountains... and to preserve them. We believe the people can implement the necessary changes to create a peacemaking society. A society that has a healthy respect of foreign people and their countries. A society that has a healthy respect for an ecosystem that all of our lives depend on.

Please join us:

January 12-14, 2004
Noon to Midnight
First Congregational Church
(and other city locations)
Santa Cruz, California


It sounds like a great event/organizing opportunity and the organizers appreciate wht we're doing- so I'll try to participate as much as I can in their event (while still working on ours...)

December 16, 2003

Blaine is working on the art for the posters/cards for both the Comedy event and the Conference. I'm running around like crazy, getting the deposits down, and responding to queries about the events. We also spoke at the showing of Aftermath in San Francisco last night and got a sneak preview of GNN's latest which included a segment on Flight 93/media coverage... Since Blaine is so busy, I posted the basic outline/overview of the March Inquiry which hopefully, more gifted webmasters will help improve, and then we can begin placing banners on all the 9-11 websites which support the event/inquiry. Although many people are helping, I sure could use more help! Over Christmas, I'll have my hands full with the kids and won't be able to keep up with emails and phone calls.

December 12, 2003

Great News! Our Comedy Night- Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush is on. We're in the process of signing contracts, making posters...Unfortunately, we seem to be under cyber-attack, our Deception Dollar website was knocked down , (but it is up again!) and I can't post to any of the 9-11 lists. Our International Inquiry into 9-11 is happening and I've posted a Registration form on this website (We're creating art for posters/flyers/the website this weekend). See Registration Form and please fill it out ASAP, if you are interested in coming. And KPFA's Free Speech Radio has agreed to be a sponsor!!!!

December 9, 2003

I went to Massachusetts last week to speak on "The Secret Economics of Empire" at Hampshire College. Adam Hurter of Media Magicians had pulled the event together and we visited nearby Amherst the day of the event, to pass out Deception Dollars and a few flyers. I was amazed to find the first bookstore we went into selling Deception Dollars for fifty cents each!!!! Apparently, there was quite a market for them, in less than an hour, we sold one hundred each to four bookstores.

Our comedy night "Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush" is beginning to gel, but we need to come to final agreements and sign contracts, before moving forward with publicity. There has been such positive feedback to the idea that it, too has evolved into two nights, and a film of the show- as activists throughout the country are hungry for tools to wake people up and humor is the best thing we can use to breakthrough fear and denial.

I've been working on the conference, too. Both Thierry Meyssan and Andreas von Buelow would love to come, but are afraid that they won't be able to get into the country. Meyssan was invited to speak at a conference and do a television show in New York last December, but he was unable to get a visa and the Pentagon officially told him that he was "unwelcome in the U.S.." Von Buelow mentioned that-

"A Scottish member of parliament and critic of the Bush-Irak and 911 policy was sent home with the plane she came with. I know from others to whom the same happened. So I hesitate to come."

I am hoping that they will send at least a video message, and that I'll be able to get their books in English.

The United States is where the information is most needed, but also it is hard to bring everyone together here, so I'm working with a group to do an "International Inquiry into 9-11" that could be held in stages- the first stage being in San Francisco, the second stage outside of the U.S..

November 29, 2003

Veteran's for Peace, on Veteran's Day, voted 12 to 2 to support our 9-11 Conference, evening event and our march/rally (if we would change our first demand to-
#1- Full Disclosure on 9-11!

I agreed and reported back to our local 9-11 Truth Alliance at our November Oakland meeting which was rather poorly attended. The group was also afraid that we didn't have the time/resources energy to do all the things I was proposing and strongly urged me to forget about the rallies/march and the evening event and concentrate my time and energy on the conference.

I haven't entirely let go of my hopes, however, and am still in the organizing process, trying to figre out the best way to apply my time, energy, resources to help the movement and to raise public consciousness. There are some amazing researchers, filmmakers, artists, musicians, people who are enthusiastic and willing to pull together to create some powerful events. This month has also been a month of countless demos/protests/events globally. Last night I realized we have distributed nearly half of the million Deception Dollars we printed on September 11, 2003 which have had amazing ripple effects throughout the world.

I haven't been able to keep up my website and the calendar of local events- there are going to be at least five showing s of Aftermath locally in the next few weeks, a public forum on 9-11 in Oakland next week. I've been invited to speak on the East Coast next week, and I still try to do a weekly demo. We hope to get a special webpage with major events posted as soon as possible and do a big mailing in December. It seems like an awful lot is happening, awfully fast, and there aren't enough hours in the day to catch up with all that needs to be done.

November 7, 2003

I am struggling now to write up a proposal for three 9-11 events for February and March-

Rallies and a March to commemorate the second anniversary of our march on Senator Feinstein’s office in January 2002. Our 2004 march and rally will have 4 major themes-

#1- Stop the 9-11 Cover-Up!
#2- Repeal the Patriot Act!
#3- Impeach Bush!
#4- Stop U.S.Terrorism!

Hopefully by allowing ourselves more than two weeks in preparation time- we could actually get more organizations to endorse, mobilize and join us.

And an inspiring, fun, humorous evening event (fundraiser for a 9-11 conference) with the theme-

"Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush"

(drawing together some of the best comedians I can find to help get the truth out without paralyzing the public into fear/denial...)

And a weeklong International 9-11 Truth Alliance Conference in San Francisco- drawing together our best researchers/films/art/books/speakers to raise the visibilty, strength, of the growing 9-11 movement.

To volunteer, make suggestions/donations please send me an email! cbrouillet@igc.org

October 27, 2003

We have been so busy. The Bay Area is home to over 900 non-profit organizations working on various aspects of social change. There seem to be at least five or six major events going on every day. Between doing the publicity for our 9-11 events and being sick, I have been tabling at many local events, plus the Bioneers Conference, and at the recent anti-war march/rallies in San Francisco. Friday, I spoke (with Mike Ruppert who covered 9-11) at the Redwood Sequoia Congress, the theme was "Confronting Empire" and I posted my notes as an article entitled Facing the Fourth Reich. Saturday, I returned from Berkeley at 1 am and got little sleep before I had to load the car for the big anti-war rally. We had hoped to give Cynthia McKinney an award at the Civic Center at 11:30a.m., but neither she nor Ruppert showed up at the rendez-vous spot- where my banner was. Take Back the Media was there- with Rolls Royce, Bush, Cheney and Colin Powell. At least 15,000 people came to the rallies. I "enlisted" my 15 year old son to help me- so that I could have a table at both parks. Our signs and banners were popular and people seemed more responsive than ever to our message.

City Lights Bookstore ordered a large case of Deception Dollars, and I've shipped over 50,000 Deception Dollars to the U.K. recently, as they gear up for Bush's November visit. Between Michael Moore's book and the recent Bush bashing, it does seem like the tide has turned.

October 13, 2003

Congressman Jim McDermott presented Deception Dollars to Congress on October 8, 2003 and gave a short speech RUBBER-STAMPING THE ADMINISTRATION'S POLICY IN IRAQ.

This weekend I was sick, in bed, from too much work, too little sleep, and I was cheered up by a call from Take Back the Media!!!!, whose work, especially http://www.takebackthemedia.com/bushnonazi.html I deeply appreciate. They wanted two cases of deception Dollars for their upcoming actions and informed me of their recent work which featured our Deception Dollars-


• http://www.takebackthemedia.com/noprotest.html
That cheered me up!

I also got some numbers on our Deception Dollars. We have printed over 3,340,000 and have over 2,500,000 in "circulation" (not counting the 87 Billion Dollar Notes)...

October 8, 2003

We held out "Stop the 9-11 Cover-Up!" Rally in Oakland yesterday. About 70 people came (considering it was Election Day- that was a good turnout!). We played statements by Alex Jones and Cynthia McKinney and had some good speakers and passed out lots of Deception Dollars and informational materials, and held a picket line for awhile. The police were awful! They wouldn't let us attach banners or signs to light fixtures (poles) or trees- I couldn't put up 1/5 of my banners, and people took turns holding the BIG Deception Dollar banner. We met with Congresswoman Barbara Lee's staff afterwards to give her our message and 87 BIllion in Fraudulent Event Notes in response to Bush's demand for 87 billion to occupy Afghanistan and Iraq, but she didn't have a response from Barbara, yet, regarding our request...see this article-

An 87 Billion Deception Dollar Message for Congress and Bush

October 2, 2003

New 9-11 websites are appearing, as well as stories in the mainstream press which are raising the questions we've been asking for so long. The big anti-war rally in San Francisco drew about 5-10,000 people and we passed out thousands of flyers and I tabled at the Civic Center. (I made 2500 Impeach the Terrorists! bumper stickers- let me know if you want any; they were quite popular!) We're in the process of organizing a "Stop The 9-11 Cover-Up!" rally at the Federal Building in Oakland on October 7th, plus a 9-11 Truth Alliance Press Conference, possibly the end of this month, and yet another major conference bringing together all the researchers. Paris's new album Sonic Jihad (which features his great song- "What Would You Do?") has just come out and hopefully will breakthrough some media barriers. David Kubiak, a 9-11 activist in Maine, has organized a 9-11 Meet-Up. I had never heard of them before, but it is a website which allows people to self organize themselves and meet around various causes/topics. Check it out!

September 14, 2003

I tried to post my account of recent events with a photo at Portland Indymedia The photo was a belated afterthought, as I forgot to take any pictures during the rally and march (which I was leading, carrying our big banner). The rally was filmed, SGTV wanted footage for their 9-11 program, but I wasn't able to get them the footage in time. At least the story finally seems to be breaking into the mainstream press, although in a very contained manner. We had about 50 people at our "Impeach the Terrorists!" rally at the Federal Building and on our march; both evening events had full houses, and we learned there was also a showing of "The Truth and Lies About 9-11" with Michael Ruppert that evening, as well.

The first of our new one million Deception Dollar Issue #6 was finished just in time for our rally. There are now over 3,000,000 printed and over 2,000,000 in circulation.

September 6, 2003

We had a rally at the Panhandle this morning at 10:00 a.m.- not a huge one, as we only had two weeks to pull it together, but a wonderful, lively group, two big banners, lots of great signs, several moms and children. The theme was "Impeach the Terrorists!" and we got a lot of support, cheers from the community, as we marched up Baker and down Haight Street, through Golden Gate Park to the 5th Annual Power to the Peaceful Free Concert and Social Justice Rally- where ultimately between 20-30,000 people showed up. We had a table at the rally and passed out lots of materials and met some great people. (Unfortunately,we didn't have any press or pictures taken of our rally and march, although I did an interview with Free Speech TV after the concert which included our big Deception Dollar banner). We also had a big Impeach Bush banner.

August 18, 2003

My kids have demanded most of my time this summer. I posted a Review of 9-11 books, videos, the movement, and have been out in the streets, tabling at the Veteran's for Peace Conference, at Livermore Labs... Our Deception Dollar Banner was prominently included in the press photos of the August 9th Anti-War march.

Big events are being organized this September in New York and Cancun (to oppose the W.T.O.); I just wish the anti-war and anti-corporate globalization movements could see the larger picture and realize how Terrorism is "the tool of Corporate Globalization- and how the truth about 9-11 is the Achille's heel of the global elite, but I don't know how to get that message out in Cancun.

We hope to inspire people to join our upcoming "Impeach the Terrorists!" marches (Details at Bay Area Events)

Impeach the Terrorists!

There is no greater civic duty for a citizen than to hold its’ government accountable for its actions. It is time for Americans to rise up and challenge a government that has betrayed them, killed thousands on American soil, tricked them into illegal wars, robbed them of their tax dollars, lied to them consistently, and continues to threaten the entire world with military force.

It would be a kindness to remove from power the war profiteers who felt a new “Pearl Harbour” was necessary to mobilize the country to achieve their “Project for a New American Century.” When Bush appointed Henry Kissinger to head the Independent Commission on 9-11, he emulated the murderer who writes with lipstick or blood on the bathroom mirror: “I did it! Don’t let me kill again!”

It is time clean up our house (and the Senate), recognize that the patriarchs who have been running the country, are pathologically abusing those they are supposed to be defending, protecting, and serving. Congress has been terrorized or co-opted into supporting the Bush agenda, despite the massive outcry against war voiced by the people of the United States and the world. So, it behooves the people of this country to lead they way, to raise our voices, to challenge the corrupt, deadly, unjust, illegitimate scoundrels who seized power via fraud, those who parade through the corridors of power, as if they have the right, and mandate from God, to rule or destroy the world, as they please.

Orwell wrote- “In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act.” Our media has failed us, has failed to question or challenge the biggest lies. The Big Lies which perpetuate the crumbling regime of transnational corporate interests must be exposed. The Big Lies that serve those desperately trying to consolidate their control over resources, wealth and governments must be challenged. The Big Lies that serve a tiny global elite at the expense of the vast majority of humanity, and the world’s increasingly stressed life support systems must be reavealed. For ourselves, for our children, for the future, now is the time to speak truth. It is time to shift the human trajectory from a warpath to a path where our precious physical, intellectual, spiritual, and material resources serve life. Our resources should not be squandered on weapons and artillery to terrorize, control, devour the world, enriching the war-mongerers. Our time, energy, material wealth should be rechannelled to rescuing people and planet, to nurturing healthy relationships between all people. Security must be redefined from “those who have the most weapons” to the well-being that springs from inner peace, healthy relationships, strong communities, healthy environments, meeting human needs.

Please join us in the streets, on the internet, wherever you can raise your voice!

The 9-11 Truth Alliance is now holding regular 9-11 meetings in Oakland and San Francisco on Thursdays 7-10 p.m.. I was able to attend only one in July- they have scheduled the next one for August 28th in San Francisco (which is my birthday and my youngest child's birthday- so I can't go to that meeting either.)

July 21, 2003 Update The July 2nd Aftermath showing was well attended and reviewed by Shadi Rahimi in the Oakland Tribune article- Panel: Government knew of attacks. Also the long awaited Aftermath- Unanswered Questions DVD has finally been produced and is currently available at the GNN Aftermath Website. I hope to work with Paris to get out word about his tour and maybe bring him back to San Francisco for 9-11 events/actions late August/September. There are people wanting to do things locally, as well as in Minnesota, Texas, D.C., San Diego, and New York- the question is what, where, how in the few weeks of summer remaining to us.

June 24, 2003 Update

There are those who say "If you aren't being attacked, then you're not doing anything effective..."
I must say that I have taken quite a bit of flak from "supposed 9-11 activists"- enough to keep me from attending the 9-11 organizing meetings which I started organizing last December. These infuriating people can't be bothered to protest Bush or raise the 9-11 issue when Bush is out here in the Bay Area, but they can denounce my efforts and other 9-11 activists efforts to show Aftermath- and plot protesting our 9-11 events- and prevent the meetings from doing "anything." So, I've stopped going to meetings- but kept "doing stuff"- like protesting, tabling, organizing, doing press outreach and interviews.

The next big 9-11 events in the Bay Area will be Ken Jenkins upcoming presentations in Sonoma and San Rafael, and on July 2nd- another screening of Aftermath with Mike Ruppert, Riva Enteen, Peter Dale Scott and Stephen Marshall (Guerrilla News Network- the film-maker).

Most recently, we tabled in Sacramento during the Teach-In and Organic Food Festival, as activists from all over came to protest the genetically modifed foodstuffs and corporate farming that is being forced down the throats of Americans and the rest of the world.

On our way back, Abel Ashes (who was fired for distributing 9-11 materials at work, and is now represented by Stanley Hilton, who filed the big suit against Bush and co., on behalf of the victim's families. Abel also shows 9-11 documentaries on his community access slot in San Francisco Sunday nights at 1:00 a.m.) and I (Photos) did a two hour interview on Shaman's Den."

June 3, 2003 Update

We have been busy! There have been multiple screenings of Aftermath all over the U.S. and in the U.K.. We've given talks on 9-11 to varied enthusiastic crowds who are hungry for the information. We ran out of our "plain" Deception Dollars and printed up a new batch (Version #5) in late May- 600,000 this time- so we now have over 2,000,000 in print! The Deception Dollars have been added to the collection of the California Palace of the Legion of Honor- Art Museum in Lincoln Park (a beautiful museum overlooking the Golden Gate Bridge which houses the da Vinci's, Monets...) It was a thrill to meet the curator with Blaine, who attended our last 9-11 organizing meeting which drew over 50 people. We all ran out of Aftermath videotapes and GNN has just produced a new version including the panel and Q & A from our San Francisco event. Mike Ruppert's ad in the Washington Post created quite a stir in DC and over $50,000 has been raised to place the ad in many newspapers across the country to reach even more people.

April 25th, 2003 Update

We did it! We held two outstanding 9-11 events! On April 21st, we not only filled the Herbst theatre, but three hundred people were waiting in line when the last ticket was sold. GNN's documentaries received a standing ovation. In Palo Alto, we didn't have quite the crowd, but a well attended event, nonetheless, and we created at both events the space for legitimate dialogue on 9-11. We also built community, simply the process of working together to pull off both events. Here is one story that was posted on the local Indymedia site- http://sf.indymedia.org/news/2003/04/1602964.php. Here is Joyce Lynn's review entitled Film AfterMath: Unanswered Questions from 9/11 draws overflow crowd which was posted on Online Journal. I also wrote an article describing my experience-

Aftermath of Aftermath- Unanswered Questions from 9-11
from an organizer's point of view The radio archive is posted at www.radio4all.net.

April 15, 2003 Update

We have been very busy organizing two major screenings of Guerrilla News Network's new investigative documentary- Aftermath Unanswered Questions from 9-11. Details are posted under "events" and at http://www.deceptiondollar.com/AfterMath.htm. Hopefully these screenings will breakthrough the media taboo on this subject. Mike Ruppert, Riva Enteen, Peter Dale Scott, Barry Zwicker will be speaking- and Blaine Machan, the artist of the Deception Dollar and the Posters/flyers will also be coming. We made 5,000 enormous 29" x 40" movie posters with the questions on them (you can view them at this url, under the black and white newspaper ads-http://www.vorteximages.com/new%20web%20page/recentworkpage/recentworkimages/tempjobpage/GNNtemp.htm) and 10,000 beautiful flyers- art is one way to bypass the media and get people's attention.

On the East Coast, Kyle Hence, John Judge and other 9-11 activists have formed a 9-11 Citizen's Watch to keep an eye on the official "whitewash" Independent Commission.

March 17th Update

Recently,we held a meeting in SF. We also distributed cases of the new million dollar edition of the deception Dollars- which have been a hit locally, nationally and internationally- donations for deception Dollars have also helped to fund the key 9-11 work.At the meeting we also organized ourselves to participate in the direct action Friday, March 14th, at the pacific Stock Exchange to stop the war, and at the big Saturday rally. Our beautiful Deception Dollar banner was on several television reports on the action. On the 15th, we had a number of 9-11 banners, tables at the big rally/march and distributed thousands upon thousands of deception Dollars. Additionally there was an event in the evening- showing Aftermath, and The Great Deception, panels, poetry, spoken word on 9-11 at the Black Box in Oakland- all in all a great event and well attended.

February 25th update

Much of my time has been spent getting those Deception Dollars out. The banners turned out beautifully and captured media attention- some of the print images are posted here-http://www.sigacanada.com/frontpage/politicalart/deceptiondollar/banner.htm. I'm now trying to raise money to make a million more! (if you can please make a donation now- or if you want to order a box for the next big rally on March 15th- prepay before we go to print for a special activist discount).

February 8th update-


There was an organizing meeting in New York for the Citizen's Commission on 9-11 in early February. Kyle Hence spoke with Ed Asner and he's "on board," hopefully the high profile Hollywood stars will endorse our efforts and help us to get more media attention. At the beginning of February 500,000 Deception Dollars were printed. These are one of our best outreach tools! This was the third edition and greatly improved! We've shipped them all over the country and could use help distributing them at the big anti-war rallies. I can also supply people with boxes/large amounts of them. A $100 donation will get you 2000 Deception Dollars- and help finance the 80% that we are giving away for free at rallies. We also made four huge Deception Dollar Banners which say "Support a People's Commission" and "9-11 Follow the Money." The banners will be in New York, Calgary and "?"- there is one extra- if you want to pay for the hard costs- 8' x 4' and costs about $250-US.


January 30, 2003- Update

Guerrilla News Network's documentary Aftermath- Unanswered Questions from 9-11. is finally finished and available in video vhs format!

On Martin Luther King's Birthday, we marched on our Congresswoman's Office demanding "Preemptive Impeachment". We raised the 9-11 issue and got some coverage from four local television stations and the local paper. Joyce Lynne also wrote Beating the drums for justice: Calls for Bush's impeachment for 9–11.

We have formed a 9-11 Truth Alliance. We are also working on forming a Citizen's 9-11 Commission. Meetings were held in New York and San Francisco on December 19th to further that goal. An invitation to help create a Citizen's 9-11 Commission was sent out by WILPF's New York Metro. At our last meeting, we discussed creating a speaker's bureau and organizing showings/premieres of Aftermath. Next SF meeting is on February 27thh- see Bay Area 9-11 Events or Events for details. The network is growing and there will be more meetings and a planning gathering in Washington D.C. this January,in New York this February, in preparation for a National Gathering in DC in March.

If you have trouble communicating this information to others, there is an excellent Primer on understanding conspiracies which is useful to read and share with others and Jon Phalen's Let's Step Out Of The Box For A Moment, Shall We? A reply To The Anticonspiratorialists.

Contact your representatives. Raise these issues, ask questions, spread the word!

The official whitewash Final Report of the Congressional Joint Inquiry Into September 11 is out.

We were planning to develop a Citizen's Commission on 9-11, even before Kissinger (war criminal and pathologically secretive, renowned liar) was appointed to head the "official" commission.(He has since, abandoned ship.) We are trying to do this in a transparent, public way, to encourage the widest possible participation.

November 20, 2002, our local paper did a cover story on the peace movement, featuring me. While a "nice" article, they missed the gist of my work, but hopefully they will print my Letter to the Editor.

November 10, 2002- I spoke at a conference and was on a one hour local television show- focused entirely on September 11th. I just posted The Truth about 9-11 on my website, which is a personal narrative, and includes why I think the truth about 9-11 has the potential to "wake-up" and transform American society.

On October 26th, in San Francisco, we participated in the Anti-War March which filled Market Street from Justin Herman Plaza to the Civic Center. We distributed at least 5,000 "Deception Dollars" to the crowd. We set up a "People's Investigation of 9-11" table at the Civic Center and distributed lots of Deception Dollars, articles, books, magazines, videos, information and told people about the 9-11 Teach-In which followed the rally.

We printed an additional 100,000 Deception Dollars, and have since run out! If you would like to contribute financially towards printing more of them- 300,000 is the size of our next priniting- hopefully,or if you want to volunteer to disperse them, please contact me!cbrouillet@igc.org

Kyle Hence, who organized the DC Unanswered Questions Press Conference and the website- http://www.UnansweredQuestions.org came out to the Bay Area to help raise the visibility of the 9-11 issue at the Bioneers Conference in Octonber. The response from the "Bioneers" was very encouraging and the networking of networks and collaboration of committed individuals working on 9-11 is beginning to coalesce in increasingly tangible, powerful ways. There are simply more "direct action/organizing opportunities/demonstrations..." happening than I can even list in the Bay Area alone. We are also developing more outreach materials for all 9-11 activists to use to educate their communities, hopefully a "do it yourself" 9-11 Teach-In kit will encourage people everywhere to mobilize their circles to action.

We held a Press Conference on the creation of a People's Investigation of 9-11, in San Francisco on Friday, October 4, 2002

That evening Mike Ruppert spoke to a large audience in San Francisco.

On Sunday, October 6th, another march was held in San Francisco, under the Real Terrorists- Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld banner. We met at Embarcadero Plaza and marched up Market to join the thousands at the Not In Our Name Rally at Union Square, a great event, as contingents from all over the city converged in solidarity to oppose WAR. I was heartened by how receptive people were to our information and message.

Guerrilla News Network is producing a documentary based upon the Unanswered Questions raised at the Washington D.C., June 10th 9-11 and the Public Safety Press Conference, all are encouraged to view it at- http://www.guerrillanews.com/after_math/ to understand 9-11 and the importance of “Questioning” the official story...

Received a September 10, 2002 Press Release from the Green Party who are calling for-

A NEW DEMOCRATIC DIRECTION IN U.S. POLICY

Greens urge steps to promote peace, justice, and adherence to the U.S. Constitution and international law.

WASHINGTON, DC -- The Green Party of the United States marked the anniversary of the September 11 attacks with a call for a new democratic direction in U.S. policy. Candidates and activists of America's only growing political party support a new program based on adherence to U.S. and international laws, respect for civil liberties, sound environmental policy, economic security, and peacemaking:

(1) BRING JUSTICE TO THE PERPETRATORS OF SEPTEMBER 11.


"We're concerned that the perpetrators of the attacks remain at large and that the Bush administration has made no effort to pursue legal means to bring them to justice,"
said Ted Glick, New Jersey Green candidate for the U.S. Senate. "We join Greens around the world in supporting the indictment, capture, and prosecution of those responsible for the September 11 attacks."

(2) ESTABLISH AN INDEPENDENT SEPTEMBER 11 TRUTH COMMISSION.

"Greens are disappointed that Congress has failed to establish a public and independent truth commission to investigate the origins and consequences of the September 11 attacks," said Ben Manski, Wisconsin Green and member of the party's national steering committee. "Greens, along with other members of the 9/11 Emergency National Network and many other Americans, have proposed the immediate establishment of such a commission, charged with calm, determined, and open investigation of the facts related to the historic events which form the basis of U.S. foreign and domestic policy today."

Full Press Release posted at-http://www.greenpartyus.org/press/pr_09_10_02.html

Here's some more news:

The excellent book-The War on Freedom- How and Why America was Attacked, September 11, 2001 by Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed is out, and the author, Nafeez, just spoke to us on September 11, 2002 via computer magic at an event in San Francisco.

The New GNN 9-11 Aftermath Documentary (at least a rough cut) just premiered at 4 events in September on the East and West Coast.

In July I met the All People's Coalition- founded in Oakland on November 10, 2001. They are organizations and individuals coming together to oppose the current U.S. escalation of violence in the Middle East and other parts of the world, justified by the so-called "war on terror." Their actions are guided by the principle that any struggle for peace must have as it's foundation, social justice for the world's oppressed people -- both inside and outside the U.S.!

The Points of Unity are:
1. Stop the war

2. Social justice and civil liberties around the world and in the U.S.

3. Oppose racial and religious attacks and bigotry.

4. Universal Declaration of Human Rights for all Peoples including Palestinian, Iraqi, Afghan and all oppressed people around the world and in the U.S.

5. Oppose all forms of terrorism, including government/state sponsored terrorism.

They hold weekly meetings at various localities around SF Bay, and organized two "Bush Did It!" marches, and rallies, and three public forums the week of September 7th- 14th.

The First Bush Did It!" Rally and March was on September 7, 2002 in San Francisco- complete with a great marching band! At the 4th ANNUAL 911 POWER TO THE PEACEFUL FESTIVAL 20,000 people showed up!

On September 9, 2002, in Oakland, we showed The Great Deception and Unanswered Questions and The War on Freedom were the topics of a public forum with John Leonard, the publisher of The War on Freedom,Joyce Lynn, and Carol Brouillet, Community Activists. Perhaps forty people came, and the talk was lively, some of us stayed til midnight.

Between demos on September 11th, I got a call from the SF Examiner which published an article called 9-11 Skeptics Abound. Not only did they misidentify me, but they got some crucial facts wrong, so I sent them a response and request for a Correction!!!!

On September 11th in Oakland the All People's Coalition marched and rallied in front of the Oakland Federal Building, and hosted a "Bush Did It!" Forum". Here's the All People 's Coalition website:http://www.bushdidit.org
Here is the "Bush Did It!" flyer for the September 7th & 11th SF events- Please cannibalize this for your own events!!!

bushdidit.pdf

We are actually getting better coverage from the mainstream press than the alternative press, whose gatekeepers seem to be in overdrive. Some investigative work into the funding of the established Left helps explain this phenomena- here is Bob Feldman's excellent work and a funding map of the Progressive Institutions-
ALTERNATIVE MEDIA CENSORSHIP: SPONSORED BY CIA's FORD FOUNDATION? by Bob Feldman


• http://www.questionsquestions.net/gatekeepers.html

Our Protest of Dick Cheney in San Francisco!...

We had a good turnout- the police were actually nice and supportive- let the hecklers off without a wrist slap- after they disrupted Cheney's speech with "Cheney is a corporate criminal- No war on Iraq!" which made the headlines of the Oakland Tribune. We had our "REAL TERRORISTS-
Bush Cheney, Myers...
Guilty of 9-11..." banner there, plus others and plenty of help. The All People's Coalition were handing out flyers with BUSH DID IT! on them and details of upcoming protests in SF and Oakland
http://www.sf.indymedia.org/news/2002/08/139909.php

We protested General Myers (Pentagon clown most guilty for the Failure of the military on September 11th- who should have been demoted, but was promoted, and is advocating the militarization of Space, reorganization of the military in North America...WAR, WAR...) at the Fairmont Hotel July 31, 2002. I was interviewed by five television stations, AP, and Contra Costra Times. Here's the link to the article on the event posted at the indymedia site.

August 1st, activists are getting copies of the book, The War on Freedom to their legislators. You can help get the message out, buy a copy online (say at Amazon- they will add your message and ship it direcly to your representative- you need to look up the address).

This important Press Conference was held last June:


9-11 and the Public Safety: Seeking Answers and Accountability

Washington, DC National Press Club Conference A Major Success


UPI, CNN, NHK: Japan TV, Philadelphia Inquirer, American Free Press, Financial Times, Vanity Fair, Paris Intelligence Online, Accuracy In Media, International Currency Review, and numerous investigative journalists attended the press conference.

Please look for audio archives of the event at Unanswered Questions
Here are articles on the Press Conference that were posted at http://www.indymedia.org


http://sf.indymedia.org/news/2002/06/133801.php
http://sf.indymedia.org/news/2002/06/133802.php

If you are interested in helping to create a Citizen's Inquiry of 9-11, please contact Kyle Hence (Unanswered Questions) or here on the West Coast.

I will be demonstrating this Wednesday and all Wednesdays (11 am- 1pm at Lytton Plaza, corner of University and Emerson) until we end this fraudulent war...

I must say that I have been shocked by the behavior of "the progressive Left," since they cancelled the big protests against the White House last September and the Sierra Club suggested that people "lay off" the attacks on Bush. People that I have known, admired and whose work I have promoted over the years- Noam Chomsky, Michael Albert, Norman Solomon... instead of critically examining the events of September 11th, have accepted the official story and attacked those of us who are raising questions!!!! I honestly don't know if they are mentally impaired, stupid, scared, or have been co-opted into "protecting the status quo and their positions of honor and prestige." However, they are gatekeepers barring the dissemination of critical information, and I am frankly mad at them. Instead of wasting time bickering within the "movement for peace and justice"- we should be able to clearly recognize the facsist attack that we are facing now. John McMurty wrote this in response to Michael Albert, of Z Magazine's attacks upon those "raising questions."--

"What Did Bush Know, When?" Reply to ZNet Commentary of May 22, 2002

http://www.globalresearch.org/view_article.php?aid=235703012

I also appreciated this article- Why They Believe the Government- Left Denial on 9/11 by August West


http://sf.indymedia.org/news/2002/03/117429.php

Here is the most comprehensive analysis-
"9/11 "Conspiracies" and the Defactualisation of Analysis
How Ideologues on the Left and Right Theorise Vacuously to Support Baseless Supposition
A Reply to ZNet's 'Conspiracy Theory?' Section," by By Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed


http://www.globalresearch.org/view_article.php?aid=342536303

MalcontentX also wrote an excellent piece on the "Left" which I just posted at www.communitycurrency.org/LEFT.html

         This website could use a lot of updating, but I've been so busy organizing, making leaflets, flyers, January I went to New York to protest the World Economic Forum (and also attend the Counter Forum organized by the students for Global Justice- where I did a workshop on Community Currency). I'm trying to help tie the anti-war and anti-globalization movements together with a deeper understanding of the current situation. A group of us have also embarked upon a "Transformational 9-11 film project." We have footage of Mike Ruppert, the Teach-In on 9-11, the powerful personal transformative experience of the film-making/activist group, our vision for deep cultural change, and we will soon get tape from the recent DC 9-11 Press conference. If you would like to contribute in any way, please let me know!

         Mike Ruppert spoke on February 21, 2002 in San Francisco. His presentation powerfully obliterated any shadow of a doubt that I held of the Bush/CIA complicity in 9-11. Mike is Publisher/Editor of From the Wilderness, a newsletter read by more than 2,200 subscribers in 27 countries including 20 members of the US Congress, professors at 12 universities, many authors and journalists. His website is at http://www.copvcia.com,

Inspired by Mike, I created a new banner-

Allowing Ex-CIA Snider
to investigate 9-11
is like allowing Ex-CEO Lay
to investigate ENRON

the other side says-
REAL TERRORISTS-
Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld...
GUILTY of 9-11 you ask-
"Why?"Oil, Drugs, Power...
"How?" www.tenc.net

We had a great Teach-In on 9-11 at San Francisco State University on April 25, 2002.

When Bush visited San Jose and Santa Clara on April 30, 2002, we carried the banner to both events (Snider resigned his position the day before- just to make my banner partially obsolete, no doubt!)


All sorts of conferences, demonstrations, events are happening daily. Every week, on Wednesdays from 11-1, W.I.L.P.F and others (usually me unless I'm out of the country or it is raining) are at Lytton Plaza in Downtown Palo Alto at the "Listening for a Change" event, with banners, literature, leaflets, food... listening and dialoguing with people on these issues. On May 11, 2002 in Berkeley, at the  Global Network Against Weapons in Space 2002 Conference, Kathy Kelly and I did 2 workshops entitled Deadly Connections: Corporate Globalization, Space and War.

I'm glad that the mainstream press has finally raised a few questions, but I think it is an exercise in damage control- they are still not asking the BIG questions!!!

May 15, 2002, I received a copy of the footage broadcast by NBC on September 11, 2001 along with a 21 page pamphlet entitled NBC Spins 911 by George Trinkaus. The pamphlet powerfully indicts the media for "covering up the inconvenient evidence that it inadvertantly revealed that day and weaving the official truth by "totalitrian force." "Media critics commonly talk about "bias" or "distortion," but what we are dealing with here is proactive propaganda. NBC is spinning 911 out of whole cloth. Rigorous censorship is, of course, essential."

I've been so busy demonstrating and gathering information that I haven't had time to update this site properly, but one of the key bits of information that I have run across on other sites is the brief video image of a huge plume of smoke rising from another building, before the collapse of either of the World Trade Center Towers see http://www.lebensaspekte.de/ go to 911-BEGINNERS to Media Section and Building 7- the mysterious explosion. Clearly there was a major explosion in another building- not caused by either plane. This information fits in with one excerpt from Trinkaus's pamphlet-

"At 11:56 AM Dawson is reporting on an interview he had conducted "just moments ago" with Albert Perry, Chief of Fire Safety for the Fire Department of New York City.
Dawson: "Perry told me that shortly after nine o'clock he had ten alarms, roughly 200 men, in the building trying to effect a rescue of the civilians who were in there. And basically, he received word of some kind of secondary device, that is, another bomb going off.
"He tried to get his men out quickly as he could, but he said there was an explosion that took place. And an hour after that first hit, the first crash [that] took place, there was another explosion in one of the towers here.
"According to his theory, he thinks there were actually devices that were planted in the building.
"One may have been in the plane. A second device, he speculates, was probably planted in the building.
"So that's what we've been told by Albert Perry, who is chief of Safety for the New York City Fire Department, just moments ago," reports Dawson.
Dawson goes on, "Now we are continuing to hear explosions here downtown."
Dawson reports that "the whole area is cordoned off and that rescue workers are waiting to get in."
"But the bottom line," Dawson concludes, "is that he, Albert Perry, said that he probably lost a great many men in those secondary explosions, and he said that there were literally hundreds, if not thousands, of people in those towers when the explosions took place."...[To get the pamphlet donate money, write, contact High Voltage Press (Counter-Propaganda), P.O. Box 1525, Portland, OR 97207, USA. toll-free 877-263-1215, Teslapress@aol.com ]

As there was not a "lone gunman" who was solely responsible for the death of J.F.K., the planes were not solely responsible for the collapse of not two, but many buildings at the World Trade Center Complex, indicating that more people were involved, as well as a massive cover-up. I don't think I have a link to the site which has FEMA saying they arrived "the night before the attacks," which is also a damning admission, but I have hesitated to put in links to blatantly right-wing websites.

If anyone wants to organize a showing of 9-11 videos or do a 9-11 teach-in or want a speaker on this topic.
Contact me for more details- Carol Brouillet (650) 857-0927 cbrouillet@igc.org.